OCR |
 | [...]Box 498. G.P.0.. Adelaide, South Australia, 5001; and its telephone number is 228 4333.ADELAID[...] |
 | [...]Calendar of the University is published annually in three Volumes, as follows:VOLUME I General inf[...]Conservatorium of Music Institutions, Foundations and Colleges of the University Public Lectures and Courses Scholarships and Prizes Societies Associated with the University[...]ils of Courses”, being- Regulations, Schedules and Syllabuses of degree and diploma courses Rules Timetables VOLUME 111 An[...]nancial Statements List of Graduates, Associates and Diploma holders of the University These Volumes are normally published as follows: VOLUME 1: In May: price 750. VOLUME II: In December of previous year: price 25c. VOLUME III: In August: price 25C. Postage extra. |
 | [...]n of the Coat of Arms is as follows:Per pale Or and Argent an Open Book proper edged Gold on a Chief Azure five Mnllets, one of eight, two of seven, one of six and one of five points of the second, representing the Constellation of the Southern Cross; and the Motto associated with the Arms is—[...] |
 | TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME IIDEGREE AND DIPLOMA COURSES (The information in this volume is correct as at 28 November, 1973.) REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES [Syllabuses for each de ee and diploma are to be found immediately following the corresponding Begu ations and Schedules] FACULTY or Acmcuu'um SCIENCE: Bachelor of Agricultural Science (B.Ag.Sc.) - - - 510 Master of Agricultural Science (M.Ag.Sc.) - — - 535 FACULTY or Ancrm‘Ecrum: AND TOWN PLANNING: Bachelor of Architecture (B.Arch.) - - — — - 538 Master of Architecture (M.Arch.) - - - - - 581 Master of Town Planning (M.T.P.) - - - - ~ 563 FACULTY or ARTS: Bachelor of Arts (B. A) - - - - - 573 Diploma in Applied Psychology (Dip App. Psych. ) ~ 656 Diploma in Librar} Studies (Dip. Lib. Stud. ) - - — 662 Diploma in Education (Dip. Ed. ) - — — ~ 664 Advanced Diploma in Education (Adv Dip Ed. ) - — 672 Mastm of Education (M. Ed. ) - - - - 684 Master of Arts (M. A.) — - - - - - - 687 Doctor of Letters (D.Litt.) - - - - - - 691 FACULTY or DENTISTRY: Bachelor of Dental Surgery (B. D. S. ) > - — - 694 Bachelor of Science in Dentistry (Honours degree) (B. Sc Dent.) - — - 714 Master of Dental Surgery (M D. S. )- » - - - 720 Doctor of Dental Science (D. D. So. ) - - - - - 72.3 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS: Bachelor of Economics (B.Ec.) - - - — - 726 Diploma in Business Management (Dip. BM.) - - 753 Master of Business Management (M.B.M.) - — - 761 Master of Economics (M.Ec.) - - - - . - 765 |
 | FACULTY 017 ENGINEERING: Bachelor of Engineering (B.E.) - - . . . Master of Engineering (M.E.) — — - . . . Master of Applied Science (M.App.Sc.) - - ~ -FACULTY OF LAW: Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) - . - . . _ Master of Laws (LL.M.) - - . . . _ . Doctor of Laws (LL.D.) - - . . . . . FACULTY or MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES: Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences (BISci) - - - . . . . _ Diploma in Computing Science (Dip. Comp. Sc. ) Master of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences (M. Sc) - - - — . _ Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences (D. So.) - - - - - - - FACULTY OF MEDICINE: Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (MB, BS.) Bachelor of Medical Science (Honours degree) (B.Med.Sc.) Diploma in Clinical Science (Dip.Clin.Sc.) - - - Master of Surgery (M.S.) - - - - — - - Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) - - - - - — FACULTY or MUSIC: Bachelor of Music (B.Mus.) Master of Music (M.Mus.) - Doctor of Music (D.Mus.) - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I FACULTY OF SCIENCE: Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Science (B.Sc.) Master of Science in the Faculty of Science (M.Sc.) Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Science (DISc.) » FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCE: Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.) - - - . . Bachelor of Applied Science (B.App.Sc.) - - - - Bachelor of Pharmacy (B.Pharm.) — - _ . - 768 818 821 824 854 856 860 893 897 8[...] |
 | [...]ONMENTAL STUDIES: Master of Environmental Studies - - - - -BOARD or RESEARCH STUDIES: Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) - ~ — - — - HIGHER DEGREES: Notes and Instructions to candidates for Higher Degrees (by thesis) - - - . . . _ . RULES AND TABLES RULES: The University Library - - - - - - - Laboratory and General Rules Napier Birks Room — - — - - - - - Computing Annexes - - - . — - - - Conduct of Examinations FEES, CHARGES AND Cos-rs - . . . _ _ TME-TABLES FOR 1974 - - - 1 . . . . TABLES or: Departments - — - — - _ . _ - Syllabus Numbers Subjects — - — - - . . V _ _ 1100 1104 1110 1116 1120 112[...] |
 | FACULTY OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCEREGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Agricultural Science (B Ag Sc.). Regulations and Schedules ~ - — - - 510 Syllabuses - » . - _ . . _ . 517 Agricultural Biochemistry and Soil Science - — . 518 Agronomy . . - . _ _ , _ _ 520 Animal Physiology . . . . . . . 523 Biometry - . _ . . . . . . 525 Economics (for B,Ag.Sci) . . . . 526 Entomology . . _ _ _ . _ _ _ 523 Plant Pathology - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 530 Plant Physiology _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 531 Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc, — — — , . _ 532 Master of Agricultural Science (M.Ag.Sc.): Regulations - - - . _ . - . . 535 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD): Regulations and Schedules: See “Board of Research Studies” on page - — - — — — . 1104 509 |
 | [...]B.AG.SC AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE REGULATIUNsOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Science. A candidate may obtain either degree or both. 2. Except in s ecial cases allowed by the Council, every candidate for the degree 0 Bachelor of Agricultural Science shall after matricu- gxtion spend at least four academic years in courses of study for the egree. °3. To qualify for the degree, whether the Ordinary or the Honours degree, every candidate must do such written, laboratory and other practical work as is required and pass examinations in the sub'ects prescribed. He must also present evi[...]o be undertaken, the examinations to be 3 passed and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be drawn u by the Faculty of Agricultural Science and submitted to the Counci for approval. (b) Such[...]rom such other date as the Council may determine, and shall be published in the next edition of the University Calendar. 5.[...]e, a candidate shall not he admitted to the class in any subject for which he has not satisfactorily completed the pro-re uisite studies as pre- scribed in the s llabus for that subject: Provide that the F[...]emption from the requirements of this regulation, and on such conditions, as it may determine.[...] |
 | [...]may be exempted from attendance at practical work in a subject in which he desires to be emmined, but only upon grounds approved by the Council.7. (a) Except in cases approved by the Council, the annual examina- tion in a subject shall be held soon after the completion of the course of instruction in it. Supplementary examinations, when granted, shall be held at such time as may be fixed whether in term or in vacation. ° (b) A candidate shall enter for examination on a form and by a date rescribed by the Council, but shall not[...]himself or examination unless he has done written and laboratory or other practical work, where required, to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned. (c) At the annual examination in a subject, the examiners may take into account the candidate’s written or practical work in the subject and his results at terminal or other examinations in it. {8. (a) A candidate who fails to pass in any subject shall, before presenting himself again for examination, again do practical work in that subject to the satisfaction of the professor and lecturers con- gerned unless exempted from doing[...]date who has twice failed to pass the examination in any subject may not enrol for the subject again except by permission of the Faculty and under such conditions as the Faculty may prescrib[...]o sit for or absents himself from the examination in any subject after having attended substantially the full course of instruction in it shall be deemed to have failed to pass the exa[...]assifications of pass at an annual examina- tion in any subject for the Ordinary degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Cre[...]with Distinction or with Credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the classification; the names of other candidates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order either in one list or in two divisions as the Council may, on the recommen[...]. If the list of candidates who pass be published in two divisions, a pass in the higher division may be prescribed in the appro riate syllabus as prerequisite for admi[...]once only. '10. (a) A candidate for the Honours degree shall spend an addi- tional year in advanced study in one of the subjects listed in the schedule relating to the Honours degree. " Amended 21 December, 1967. {Amended 24[...] |
 | [...]A|‘..sc, AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE REUL‘LATI’JNS AND ECIIEDULIH(b) The names of candidates who qualify for the Honours degree shall be published in alphabetical order within the following classes and divisions: First Class Second Class Division A[...]lass. “ll. A candidate who has passed subjects in other faculties or other universities or elsewher[...]be granted such exemption from these regulations and schedules made under them as the Council on the r[...]gulation 4.) NOTE: Syllabuses of sub'ecw for the degree of B.Ag.Sc. are published below, immediately after the re I tions and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for otter degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of the volume. 1. THE ORDmARY DEGREE l. The subjects of study for the Ordinary degree shall be as follows: Group A subjects: Biology 1 Chemistry I Geology I Mathematics I and IM Physics I Zoology I (See also 3. below) Group[...]gy IH Computing IH General Geology 1H“ Genetics and Human Variation IH Geology 111 ° General Geology IH and Physical Geolo IH will be available in 1974 0an to students who have already passed one 0 these half-subjects and who wis to enrol in the other to complete the requirements for[...] |
 | [...]subjects: Agriculture II Applied Mathematics IIA and 11B Botany II Chemistry II Genetics II Geology II[...]al Microbiology Agriculture III Animal Physiology and Production I Biometry I Crop Physiology Economics of Natural Resource Use” Entomology and Plant Pathology Farm Managemeutf Farm Prices and PolicyH Mathematical Statistics II Soil Science I° General Geology IH and Physical Geolo IH will be available in 1974 onl to students who have already passed one 0 these half-subjects and who wish to enrol in the other to complete the requirements for entry[...]arm Management will be offered for the first time in 1974 and thereafter in alternate years (i.e. even years). °° Economic[...]esource Use will be ofl'ered for the first time in 1975 and thereafter in alternate years (Le. odd years). H Farm Prices and Policy will be altered for the first time in 1975 and there- after in alternate years (i.e. odd years). 513 |
 | [...]II‘s Agriculture IV Agronomy Animal Physiology and Production II Economics III (see 4. below) Entomo[...]I Soil Science II2. To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall, subject to the conditions and modifications specified in clause 4, satisfactorily complete the following courses: (2!) Chemistry I and three Group A subjects or their equivalents. Thes[...]e either (i) General Biology 1H, Plant Biology IH and Zoology I, or (ii) Biology 1. (b) Agriculture 11 and either two other subjects from Group B or one other sub'ect from Group B and a Group A subject not previously ta en or its equivalent. (c) Agriculture III, Agricultural Microbiology and either Bio- metry I and three other subjects from Group C or Mathe- matical Statistics II and two other subjects from Group C. ((1) Agriculture IV and either two other subjects from Grou D or one other subject from Group D and two subjects rein Group C not previously taken.[...]e equivalent of a first—year subject available in the Faculty of Arts in lieu of not more than one Grou A subject, or its[...]ultural Economics I was offered for the last time in 1973; Agricultural Economics 11 will not b[...] |
 | [...]date wishing to present Economics 111 towards the degree must take International Economics IIIH and two half—subjects from the following list, one[...]5. The list of subjects to be presented for the degree must comply with the following conditions: The fo[...]ons of subjects shall not be presented: Biology I and any one of General Biology 111, Plant Biology III[...]Mathematics HM, Pure Mathematics 11; Computing 1H and Applied Mathematics 1113 Agricultural Economics I and either Macroeconomics 1H or Microeconomics IH; Economics III and Mathematical Statistics ll; Physics I and Physics IM; Farm Prices and Policy and Agricultural Economics IIIH; Geology I and any one of Geology 111, General Geology IH, Physical Geology IH; Geology IH and either General Geology 1H or Physic-.11 Geology IH;Public Finance IIIH and Economics of Natural Resource Use. 6. A candidate who enrolled for the degree during or before 1971 may continue either under the schedules then in force or under the new schedules. Attention is dr[...]footnote on the subjects Agriculhlral Economics 1 and Agricultural Economics 11. 7. The Flinders Unive[...]candidate who has completed the first two years in the School of Biological Sciences may apply for status in the Faculty of Agricultural Science and may be admitted to subjects in Group C. (b) Extra study, as prescribed by the Head of the Department con- cerned, may be required in nominated subjects before the candidate enters th[...]conomics IIIH will be altered for the first time in 1975 and may not be presented by candidates who have passed Economics II in 1973 or earlier. 515 |
 | [...]College may be exempted from taliing the subjects in Group C and may be admitted to the subjects in Group D, at the discretion of the Head of the Department concerned and with permission of the Dean of the Faculty.9. P[...]ultural Science before he will be admitted to the degree. The candidate will be required to ain ractical experience on properties in at least three difierent ngricu turallcnvironmcnts and he should discuss in advance with the Practical Experience Administrat[...]actical experience. " Students who were enrolled in 1972 in the second, third or fourth year of the course m[...]see Calendar for 1973, p. 515). II. Tm; HONOU'RS DEGREE l. A candidate may, subject to approval by the Head of the Depart- ment concerned, proceed to the Honours degree in one of the following disciplines: Agricultural Biochemistry Agronomy Animal Physiology and Production Animal Husbandry and Nutrition Biometry Entomology Genetics Horticultu[...]ogy Soil Science 2, A. candidate for the Honours degree in any subject shall not begin Honours work in that subject until he has com letod the course of stud for the Ordinary degree, all the courses in that subject available for tie Ordinary degree, and such other pre-requisite subjects (it any) :15 may be prescribed in the syllabus, 516 |
 | [...]OF SYLLAEUS NUMBERS AGRICULTURAL SCIENCEOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE SYLLABUSES[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]subject, as follows: Agn‘cultural Biochemistry and Biometry Section - - - ~ - Y Soil Science - - - — - B Entomology - - - » - - E Agronomy — - A — - ~ A Plant Pathology - - - - - P Animal Physiology » - - — N Plant Physiology - - - - — F The first digit— 0—6: Indicates that[...]es a half-subject, two of which count towards the degree as a whole subject. NOTE: Some subjects listed in the schedules of the degree of B.Ag.Scc are taught by departments of other faculties, In the syllabus numbers of those subjects the two di[...]nce shown above. For syllabuses oflthese subjects and half-subjects see the table of subjects at[...] |
 | [...]ES AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE AGRICULTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY AND SOIL SCIENCEAGRICULTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY AND SOIL SCIENCE. W303. Axricultural Biochemistry I. A course of two hours lectures and five hours practical work a week for three temis[...]termediary metabolism of micro—organisms. litan and animals. Topics include cnzymology; metabolism of carbohydrates. ii i 5. protein and nucleic acids; control mechanisms; biochemistry of vitamins an coenzymes and biochemistry of nitrogen and sul hur cycles in nature. Practical work will consist of experiments related to the a ove topics. Text-books: Conn. E. E., and Stumpt, P. K., Outlines of biochemist", 3rd edition (Wiley). Whitlen A., and others, Principles of biochemistry, 4th edition ([...]chemistry II. Pro-requisite subject: A good pass in W303 Agricultural Biochemistry I. Completion of 5[...]be an advantage. A course of two hours lectures and ten hours tutorial and practical work a week for three terms dealing wit[...]ntermediary metabolism of micro-organisms. plants and animals. The topics will he considered in three main sections: 1. THE REGULATION 014 CELLULAII Ac'rIvr-rv. Allosteric, conformational and co-o erativity cilccts; identity of control points in metabolism, to include an analysis 0 the kinetic[...]nvolved 2. THE BtoCHl‘lh-IICAL BASIS OF GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT. Cell division and the biosynthcsis of nucleic acids during the cell cycle. Modulation of protein level in higher organisms. 3. DIVERSITY IN METABOLIsM, Utilization of inorganic nitt‘o on and sulphur compounds in micro-organisms and in plants, specialized pat ways related to compounds[...]expeIimcnts related to the above topics, training in the use of stable and radioactive isotopes in biochemistry as well as a short research project.[...]ger, A. L., Biochemistry (Worth). Wllilitfi,)A., and others, Principles of biochemistry, 4th edition (McGraw- l . A reading list will be given in the lectures. W313. Soil Science I. A course of two hours of lectures and three hours of practical work a week for three terms. dealing with soil formation and composition, and the chemistry and physics of soils in relation to soil fertility. Topics considered inc[...]distribution of the major soil types of the world and Australia; cmnposi— tion of the inorganic and organic fractions of soils; clay mineralogy; chemistry of the plant nutrients in soils; the nitrogen cycle; air and wnter movements in soils; the physics of irrigation and drainage: soil erosion. Practical work will consist of a number of field excursions, and laboratory work related to the above topics. Text[...]edition (M.U.P.). Russell, E. J., Soil conditions and plant growth, 9th edition (Longmans). 518 |
 | B.AC.SC.~'SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF AGRICULTURAL BIOCHELIISTEY AND SOIL SCAENCE AGMCULTURAL SCIENCEReference books[...]tion (Reinhold). Clarke, G. R., Study of the sail in the field, 4th edition (O.U.P.). Cooke, G. W., T[...]oil Science 1L Prerequisite subject: A good pass in WBlS Soil Science I. Completion of SC12 Chemistry 11 would be an advantage. A course of two hours lectures and ten hours practical work a week for three terms devoted to fundamental studies of the chemistry and physics of the soil. The major topics considered are: the genesis and composition of clay minerals in diiferent soil types; the reactions of ions and water at the surfaces of colloidal particles, and the influence of these reactions on the physical and chemi- cal properties of soils, particularly the otentinl and on acity o t e soil to provide the major plant nutrients and trace cements; the d‘ usicn of ions in soils and the chemistry of nutrient u take by plants; the composition of the organic colloids and the kinetics and icchemistry of organic matter transformations; soil organisms; sorption and movement of water in soil and the relation to aeration, structure and other physical properties of thi. soil; asoccts of soil and water management. Practical work will be related to the above topics and will include a research project. Indagdition to[...]o soil microbiology (Wiley). Bartholomew, W. V., and Clark, F. E., (eds.), Soil nitrogen (American Soc[...]gronomy). Brown, Gr (ed.), X-ray identification and crystal structures of clay minerals (Mineralogica[...]l chemical analysis (Constable). McLaren, A. D., and Peterson, S. H. (eds), Soil biochemistry (Marcel[...]Pergamon). Shaw, B. T., Soil physical conditions and plant growth (Academic Press). 519 |
 | [...]se of three lccturcs, three hours practical work, and one tutorial a week for three terms.HUMAN ECOLOGY AND AGRICULTURAL Rnsomcrs: Human social development:[...]agriculture; changing views of agriculture. food and food production. Hunter/ Gatherer Phase: energy flow; disease and population control; attitudes to the environment; the domestic transition. Subsistence and Surplus Agricultural Plumes: toolinolo of agricul[...]the following topics. Climate: Radiation: energy and water balances. Climatic variations; macro< and micro-climates; relationships to plants, animals and man. Physingmphy: Interactions with climate; major topographic units; meso~topography and land use. Water: Sources, distribution. qualit , uses. Sails: Origin and constitution of soils: Great Soil Groups of the World; geomorphology, soils and land use of Australian regions. ECOLOGY or NATURAL AND AGRICULTURAL SYSTEMS: The baSic similaritics and differences between natural and man-made systems are considered in terms of their thermodynamic stability. Environmental limits. ecological niches. Plant and animal variability, breeding and selection. Intensive ‘culturc and animal husbandry. Causes of instabiity and inana emcnt of in erently unstable systems. The allocation and protection of natura msorrrccs and the formulation and implementation of agricu tural policies. Text-bo[...]e-requisite subjects: WAOI Agriculture I (Part A) and WA12 Agriculture I (Part B). (Taught for the last time in 1973.) A course of two lectures and three hours practical work a week for three terms. PLANTS AND ANIMALS: Variability, adaptation, breeding. SOLL AND WATER MANAGEMENT: Water resources, evaporation c[...]E'BS: Fertilizer technology; incidence diagnosis and correction of nutrient deficiencies. HoanCULmAL INDUSTRIES: Relation to agriculture; production zones,- typical horticultural enterprises and problems. PAsTunE PRODUCTION: Native and sown pastures, seeds mixtures, pasture establishment, ecology and management. LANn DEVELOPMENT: Efliciency and allocation of resources. Representative agricultural development in Australia. AcmcuLTUIiAL CLIMATOLOGY: Radiation, energy and water balances. Climatic variations; macro- and micro- climates; relationships to plants, animals and man. 520 |
 | [...]ironment, 4th edition (M.U.P.). Bannister, A. E., and Raymond, 8., Surveying, 2nd edition (Pitman). Coo[...]d control as a science (Wiley).McVickar, M. H.. and others, Fertilizer technology and usage (Soil Science Society of America). Molnar,[...]M., Australian grasslands (A.N.U.). Wadham, S., and others, Land utilization in Australia, 4th edition (M.U.P.). Williams, D. B. (ed.), Agriculture in the Australian economy (S.U.P.). WA04. Agricultu[...]riculture I (Part A), WAI2 Agriculture I (Part B) and WA03 Agriculture 11 (in 1974 re-named WAGS Agriculture 111). A course of two lectures and three hours practical work a week for three terms[...]UNDERLYING Acmcummul. PRACTICE: Seed production and certification. The ecology and control of weeds. Plant and animal protection. Quarantine regulations. THE A[...]es: Structure, legislation, production, marketing and research in Australia Coop PRODUCTION AND Till-Z CHOP INDUSTRIES: Growth, use and distribution of crops. Principles of crop production; hysio- logical and environmental factors. important crops of Australia Pro uction- trends, organisation and marketing. Students are required to participate in and report on tours of agricultural areas in South Australia. Text-books: Australia. C.S.IiR.[...]an environment, 4th edition (M.U.P.). Wadham, S., and others, Land utilization in Austmlia, 4th edition (M.U.P..). Reference book[...]cience (Wiley). Williams, D. B. (ed), Agriculture in the Australian economy (SiU.P.). WA74. Agronomy.[...]Division I or higher. A course of three lectures and seven hours practical a week for thrcu terms. The[...]ntal project Acnoxowc Emmi—MEYTATION: Applied and basic research; empiricisrn; development of a research project; formulation and testing of hypotheses; errors in experimentation; field and pot culture experiments; the role 0 controlled cnvironmcnts. Mmmr. NuTurrmN AND Cnon GROWTH: General relationships between mineral nutrition and plant growth; methods of assessing soil fertility and fertiliser needs; soil and plant analyses and the concept of critical levels; genutypic variation in nutrient requirements; nutritional etIccts on plant/water relations and disease resistance. 521 |
 | [...]OMPETITION: Nature of competition; density, time and yield; plasticity of plants; factors for which competition occurs; the operation of competition; competition in mixtures; plant arrangement; competition in relation to plant breeding. Gnowrn, Pnonuerrvrrv AND Puorosrnrrrnsrs or CROPS: Growth rates, quantita[...]is; community photosynthesis; productivity models and simulation; respiration. MAss AND ENERGY TRANSFER IN PLANT CoMMUNi-nns: (i) Soil/Plant: Dynamics of water and nutrient supply to the growing crop. (ii) Plant/Atmosphere: Energy balance and the use of energy; water balance, evaporation; CO2 movement. PASTUHE ECOLOGY, Pnonucrrozv, MANAGEMENT AND UTILIZATION: The grazing animal in the ecosystem; )asture production under grazing; nutritive value of pastures and the role 0 supplementary forage crops and fodder consen'ation: soil-plnnt-animal interrelationships of grazing management and animal production systems. Evozu-rron, VAmATION AND TAXONOMY or CHOP PLANTS: Origin, evolution, morphology and develo ment of wheat, oats, barley, rye, maize, sorghum, subterranean clover, pasture egumes and grasses. Text-books: Rose, C. W., Agricultural p[...]ress). Recs, A. R, Cockshull, K. E., Hand, D. W., and Hurd, R. (1., Crop processes in conlrol/ed environments (Academic Press). Reference books: Alexander, G., and Williams, 0. B. (eds), The pastoral industries 01[...]gs, vol. 2. 1969. Commonwealth Bureau of Pastures and Field Crops. Bulletin 42: Methods of surveying and "measuring vegetation by D. Brown The Bureau). Commonwealth Bureau of Pastures and Field Crops: Bul etin 45: Research techniques in use a! the Grassland Research Institute, Hurley b[...]ff (The Bureau). Commonwealth Bureau of Pastures and Field Crops. Bulletin 47: Some concepts and methods in rub—tropical pasture research by the Staff of t[...]Division I or higher. A course of three lectures and seven hours practical work a week for three terms[...]work includes an individual project. Objectives and bases of breeding programmes. Plant introduction,[...]breeding systems, variability, selection methods, in self and cross-pollinated plants. Crop plant evolution. P[...]ale sterility, disease resistance, cyto- genetics and inter-specific hybridization in relation to plant breeding. Breeding for yield and quality. Biometrical, physiological and biochemical analysis. General philosophy of breed[...]nt breeding (Wil ). Burnhan-i, C. R., Discussions in cytogenetics Burgess). Falconer, D. 5.. Introduction to quantitative genetics (Oliver and Boyd;. Hutchinson. J. B. (ed.), Essays on[...] |
 | [...]IENCE ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. WN03. Animal Physiology and Production 1. A three-term course of five hours weekly in three sections. ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY: Gross structure and histology, with emphasis on the anatomical specialisation of ruminants. PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOCHEMISTRY: Animal functions in relation to environment, nutrition and productive cliiciency. Functions of skin, glands, hair and wool. Body composition, rowth; metabolic turnover and conversion of water, electrolytes, proteins, car-ho rydrates and fats. Chemistry and synthesis of milk, meat and wooli Circulation and body fluids. Digestion, secretion absorption and transport of metabolitesi Endocrine functions, reproductive physiology. Nervous and neuroendocrine control. Behaviour. Adaptive mechanisms. Principles of animal breeding. Nu-mmoN AND PRODUCTION: Basic concepts of animal nutrition: balance of energy. carbon, nitrogen. electrolytes, and water. Energy, mineral and vitamin uircments and deficien- cies in growth, production an reproduction. Ecology an nu[...]ry feeding, drought feeding, lot feeding; the use and limitations 0 feeding standards. Nutrition of pigs and poultry. Nutrition as a factor modifying the fomi. composition and carcass quality of farm animalsi Reference hooks: Alexander, G. and Williams, 0. 3., The pastoral industries of Australia [Sydney Barnett, S, 1L, nstinct and intelligence (Pelican). Bell. C. H., Davidson, J. N., and Scarborough. H. 5,, Texlbnok of physiology and biochemistry (Livingstone). Blaxter, K. L., Ener[...]ruminants (Hutchinson), Brody, 5,, Biocuergetics and growth (Reinhold). Clark, W. E, lc Gros, The tissue: of the body (O.U.P.). Conn, E. E., and Stumpf, I’. K.. Outlines of biochemistry (\Viley). Davson, IL and Egglcton, 0., Principles of human physiology (Chu[...]Dougherty, R. W. (od.), Physiology of digestion and metabolism in the ruminant (Buttenvorth ) . Hufez, E. S. E., Reproduction 0/ domestic aniumls (Lea and Feliiger). Hflfel. E. S. E.. and Dyer, I. A., Animal growth and nutrition (Lea and Febiger). Hammond, 1., Progress in the physiology of farm animals (Butterworth). Ha[...]anatomy of the sheep (Q.UiP. ). Maynard. L. A., and Loosli, J. K, Animal nutrition (McGrmv-liill). N[...]n). Phillipson, A. (ed), Physiology of digestion and metabolism in the ruminant (Oriel Press). Pike, E. L., and Brown, M., Nutrition: an integrated approach (Wiley). Rice, V. A. and others, Breeding and improvement of farm annuals, 6th edition (McCraw-Hill). Spedding. C. R. W., Sheep production and grazing management (Balliére). Toner, P. G., and Curr, K. 13., Cell structure (Livingstone)[...] |
 | [...]CIENCE ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY WN04. Animal Physiology and Production H. Pro-requisite subject: WN03 Animal Physiology and Production I. A three term course of ten hours a week including a project. ANATOMY AND Hrs'romcv: More detailed study of the structure of sheep, pig and bird. Histology, and electron micrography of cells. Stnxchrre-function relations of muscle, storage organs, glands, egg formation and reproductive tract. PHYSIOLOGY : Special topics. includin rumen biochemistry and physiology]. secretion, trans- port and absorption in kit ney, glands and gut. Size. seasonal r ythms. Starvation and overmutrition. metabolic dysfunction. Endocrinology, fertility foetal physio— logy, lactation and growth. Physiolo "cal ecology of animals. Breeds and environ~ xncnt. Human components of anima product[...]ganisation, behaviour. Animal population, density and social interactions. Immunology. Population genetics. Comparative sociological aspects of production and consumption. ANIMAL PRODUCTION: Special aspects of ruminant metabolism and nutrition. Principles of ex eri- mentatlon with grazing animals, methods for studying production in the old: wool, growth, milk production, reproduction, body growth and its components; carcass evaluation. Seasonal productivity and nutritive value of pasturts. nitrogen turnover of[...]s. The assessment of herbage intake, grazing time and composition of the diet. PRINCIPLES OF DISEASE C[...]s, fungi, worms, arachnids, insects. Degenerative and neoplastic disease, Biochemical lesions, poisons, and nutritional efccts. Control by immunity, trace el[...]s, management. Reference books: Annison, E. F., and Lewis, D., Metabolism in the roman (Methuen). Blaxter, K. L. (ed.), Energy metabolism (Hutchinson). Berger, P., Invitation in sociology (Pelican). Cantarow, A., and Scheparlz, 8., Biochemistry (Saunders). Donovan,[...]ian neuroemlocrinologu (McGraw~Hill). Dukes, H. 1-1., The physiology of domestic aninmls (Comstock).[...]S. E. (ed. ), Adaptation of domains animals (Lea and Febigcr). Harper, 11. A., Review of physiologica[...]life (Wiley). Lerner, l. M., Population genetics and animal improvement (C.U.P.). Lorenz, K.. Studies in animal and human behaviour (Methuen). Martini, 1... and Ganong, W., Neurocndacrinologu (Academic Press). Mitchell, [-1. H., Conmaraiite nutrition of man and domestic animals (Academic Press). Moulc, C. B.[...](3., Atlas of ultrastmctme (Saunders). Ucko, P., and Dimbleby, J. Domestication and exploitation of animals and plants (Duckworth). Yeates, N. T. M., Modem aspects of animal production (Butterworth). Young, W. 0, Sex and internal secretions (Williams and Wilkins). 524 |
 | [...]3. Biometry I. The course comprises two lectures and a one~hour practical Class each week. The syllabus comprises: (a) First and second icmn: Elementary statistical methods, non-[...]puter programming, standard tests of hypo- theses and sampling distributions, linear regression, analysis of variance, some simple experimental design and analysis. (b) Third term: Further experimental design and analysis, sequential analysis, transformations of data, systems analysis and other selected biomathema- tical topics. Reference beaks: Bailey, N. T. L, Statistical methods in biology (English Univmity Press). Clarke, G. M., Statistics and experimental design (Arnold). Cochran, W. G., and Cox, G. M., Ezperhmmtal design (Wiley). Colquhoun[...]ol. 1 (Edwards Brothers. Inc.). Snedecor, G. W., and Cochran, W. 0., Statistical whods, 8th edition (The Iowa State University Press). Steel, R. G. D., and Torrie, I. H., Principles and procedures of statistics (McGraw-Hill ) . 525 |
 | [...]H. For syllabuscs see under Faculty of Economics (Degree of B.Ec.).Group B half—subfacts: EESC. Macroe[...]H. For syllabuses see under Faculty of Economics (Degree of B.Ec.). Group C subiects: EE43. Economics of[...]e. Pre-requisite subject: EEIC Macroeconomics IH and EEZC Microeconomics III. Starting in 1975, this course will be oliered in alternate years, i.c. odd years, for students proceeding to the degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Science. The course will consist of two lectures and one tutorial a week throughout the year, and will cover the following topics: Methods of project evaluation, special problems associated with public projects including the social rate of discount and private versus social costs, and the application of benefit-cost analysis to public agricultural projects in Australia. Resource conservation and the economics of common property resources, exter- nnlities and the theory of public oods as applied to environmental problems. and an analysis of the client on e leiency of resourc[...]uisite subject: EEZC Microeconomics IH. Starting in 1974, this course will be offered in alternate years, i.e. even years, for students proceeding to the degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Science. The course will consist of two lectures and three hours practical work a week and will cover the following topics: The nature of f[...]s, theories of farm management, farmer-5’ goals and an analysis of farm investment. Farm management techni tics—including cash flow. partial and parametric lmdgctin , gross margins arm ysis, development budgets and net present value. and the (ccision theoretic approach to fann managemen[...]give students the opportunity to gain experience in the use of these techniques. EE63. Fan-n Prices and Policy. Pre-requisite subject: EElG Macroeconomics III and EEZG Microeconomics 1H. Starting in 1975, this course will he offered in alternate years, i.e. odd years, for students- proceeding to the degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Science. The course will consist of two lectures and one tutorial a week throughout the year, and will cover the following topics: An analysis of the determinants of prices for agricultural products, and various methods of forecasting agricultural prices. The objectives of agricultural policy, and an analysis of agricultural policy measures in Australia and some overseas countries. Group D subjects: EEOE.[...]cs III is available to students proceeding to the degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Science. A candidate who wishes to present EEOS Economics 111 for the degree must stud EE7G International Economics 11111 and two half-subjects from the following list[...] |
 | [...]conomics IIHI will be offered for the first time in 1975, and may not be presented by a candidate who has passed E1302 Economics II in 1973 or earlier.EE84. Agricultural Economics II. Pre-rcquisite subject: A pass in EE83 Agricultural Economics I. This course will be offered for the last time in 1974. The course entails seven hours of class work er week, and consists of a combination of lectures, discussion cups, tutoring and exercise sessions. The exact combination is varied to suit[...]year lectures average about four hours per week. In addition, students are required to spend a consid[...]a farm business, an analysis of fann investment, and an extensive review of the theory of agricultural[...]to the a plication of farm management techniques and relevant methods of economic analysis; including[...]give students the opportunity to gain experience in the use of t esc techniques. Textbooks : Chisholm, A. H., and Dillon, J. L., Discounting and other interest rate procedures in farm mmgemeni (Univ. of New England, Armidale. Dc[...]l farm management guidebook no. . Makcham, I. P. and others, Best-bet [arm decisions (Univ. of New Eng[...]manage- ment guidebook no. 6). Rickards, P. A., and McConnell, D. UL, Budgeting, Toss margins and gogmmming for farm planning ( niv. of New ngland,[...]P., et al., Farm management planning, budgeting, and financial control. Reference books: Bisho , C. E, and Toussaint, W. 0., Introduction to agrimltural economic mm ysis (Wiley). Bradford, L. A., and Johnson, G. L.. Farm management analysis (Wiley). Castle, E. N., and Becker. M. H.. Farm business mam: omen: (MacMillan). Dillon, J. L., The analysis of response in crop and iuestock production (Pergamon Press). Hardnker, I. B., at al., Farm management and agricultural economics (Angus and Robertson). Heady, E. 0., and Candler, W., Linem- programming methods (Iowa State Univ Press). Heady, E. ., and Dillon. 1. L.. Agricultural production functions[...]odern microcoonomics éRand McNally). OHicer, K, and Dillon, J. L.. Calculating the best-bet fad er re[...]ueensland Dept. of Primary Industries, Accounting and planning for farm management. Wright, A., and Watson. A. 5., Sheep flack growth rate tab[...] |
 | [...]CUSNtZF. ENTOMOLOGY ENTOMOLOCY. WEOCL Entomology and Plant Pathology. A course of two lectures and one practical class each week throughout the year. Half the year is spent on Entomology and half on Plant Pathology. ENTOMOLOGY: The course[...]t posts, the physiological action of insecticides and an introduction to insect taxonomy and morphology. Students will be required to make a[...]ust be submitted during the last week of lectures in third term. Collection should begin in the long vacation preceding the course and cquipxncnt may he obtained by intending slurlrnts[...]n (Methue‘n). Reference books: Borror, D. 1., and De Long, D. M., An introduction to the study or i[...]. D., Insect natural history (Collins). Martin, 1-1., Scientific principles of crop protection (Longmans). O’Brien, R. D,, Insecticides: action and metabolism (New York Academic Press, 1969). Tillyard, R. J‘, Insects of Australia and New Zzaland (Angus and Robertson). Australia, C.S.I.R.O., The insects o[...]ature of plant disease; physiological disordon‘ and diseases caused by bactcria. viruses. fungi. nematodes with examples of each class occurring in Australia. physiology of parasitism: fprinciples; of disease control, influence of environment. cultural practices. use 0[...]Hill), Reference books: Evans, E., thnt diseases and their chemical control (Blackwell). Farris, C. 1L[...]mology II. Pic-requisite suhject: WE03 Entomology and Plant Pathology. A course of three lectures and six hours practical work a week on a more detailed study of: (1) Insect morphology and taxonomy. with practice in the classification of insects to Families. (2)[...], post—embryonic development, insect physiology and bio- chemistry. (4) Forest entomology, insect behaviour, social insects and apicultuxe. 528 |
 | [...]to make a collection of insects, properly mounted and idemified. illustrating the mo holo ical and taxonomic features of insects. The collection may be commenc in l a long vacation preceding the course. Equipment[...]re the vacation. The collection must be submitted in the last wee of the final term.Textbook: Austr[...].U.P.). Reference books: Anderson, R. F., Forest and shade-tree entomology (Wiley). Andrewartha, H. 0., and L. C. Birch, The distributian and abundance of animals (U.C.P,). Chapman, R. F., T[...]fion (Methuen). Metcalf, C. L‘, Flint, W. P., and Metcalf, R. L., Destructive and useful insects (Mchw—Hill). Sokal, R. 11., and thlf, F. J. Biometry (Freeman). Southwoad, T. R[...]Methuen). Tillyaxid, R. 1., Insects of Australia and New Zealand (Angus and Robert- son . 529 |
 | [...]ricultural Microbiology. A course of one lecture and one practical a week throughout the year. An int[...]o-organisms; their morpholo , physiology. ecology and general classification; the techniques used in the stu y of microorganisms; the occurrence of n1icm~organisms in soil. air and water; their importance in agricul- ture and industry; the microbiology of foods. WP04. Plant Pathology II. Pro—requisite subjects: WEOB Entomology and Plant Pathology and WP03 Agricultural Microbiology. A course of nine[...]ek for three terms covering: The classification and morphology of fungi; fungal physiology; Elle. ecology of fungi and bacteria in relation to diseases they cause: the classification) ecology of and diseases caused by plant arasitic nematodes: the[...]viruses; their transmission, infection or plants and multiplication; physiology of parasitism; important diseases in Australia, Text-books: Agrios, C. Ni, Plan! path[...]. C., Plant pathology. Std edition (McGraw-Hill); and Alexopoulos, C. 1., Introductory mycalogy, 2nd ed[...]). Reference hooks: Goodman. ll. N.. Kiraly, Z.. and Zaillin. ML. The biochemistry marl pligriologu of[...]ematodes (Arnold). Zuckerman, B. M., Mai. W. F., and Rohcle, R‘ A.. Plant parnritiu nmnalodes[...] |
 | [...]Physiology. This course consists of two lectures and three hours practical work a week for three terms and covers:Effects of external environment, including temperature, light, water and atmospheric conditions on the determination of plant size, form and development; the growth patterns of selected crop p ants. The interaction of internal and environmental factors in the physiological control of dormancy. germinatio[...]eaves, stem), accumulation of storage substances, and sexual reproduction (floral initiation, seed set[...]information), presen- tation of such assessments and the undertaking of a short experimental project, Text-hook: Leopold, A. C, Plant growth and development (McGraw—Hill). Reference books: Such books and papers as are assigned during the course. WF04.[...]r standard A course consisting of three lectures and seven hours of practical work a week for three terms. Lectures, practical work, demonstrations and field trips will cover:— The growth of fruit t[...]controlling growth, the uses of growth regulators in horticulture, The water requirements of crops, methods of irrigation and drainage. Mineral nutrition, fertilizers and soil management. Movement and accumulation of substances in plants, reserves. Bud development and bearing habit, propagation principles and methods, rootstocks, pruning and training. Flower and fruit morphogenesis, mechanisms of floral initiation, fruit setting and fruit growth, and practices involved. Ripening of fruits, harvesting, post-harvest physiology, storage, marketing and processing of fruits. Horticultural production and establishment, varieties, protection, frost. The[...]ltural crops. Attention will be ivcn to training and experience in experimental method, readin , writing andg speaki[...]f indivi: ual study involving literature revision and limitefi original investigation. No text-books a[...]in practical agricu tural experience as laid down in the regulations. In addition, students in Agricultural Science are required in the fourth year of the1 course to attend o[...] |
 | [...]ACrSC.—SYLLABUSES nonrcum'mur. SCXENCE HONOU'RS DEGREEHONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE. The Honours degree in Agricultural Science may be taken in Agricultural Biochemistry, Agronomy, Animal Husbandry and Nutrition, Animal Physiology and Production, Biometry, Entomology, Cent-tics, Hort[...]W389. Agricultural Biochemistry for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. Pro-requisite subject: A Credit or Distinction in W304 Agricultural Bio- chemistry 11. WB99. Soil Science for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. Pres-requisite subject: A Credit or Distinction in W314 Soil Science 11. Students wishing to take the Honours degree in either Agricultural Bio chemistry; or Soil Scienc[...]d of the Department of Agri- cultural iochemistry and Soil Science during the third term of their final year of the B.Ag.Sc. ordinary degree. Candidates will be required to attend tutorials and to prepare seminars on selected topics. A researc[...]idate who will be required to present the results in a short thesis at the end of e course. Examinatio[...]didates should have a reading knowledge of French and German and may bn required to attend courses in these subjects. Candidatcs are expected to begin[...]Honours degee of B.Ag.Sc. WA79. Animal Husbandry and Nutrition for the Honours deyee of B.Ag.Sc. WA99. Plant Breeding for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. A candidate for the degree will be required to pass such examinations on the[...]cribed by the Head of the Department of Agronomy, and to submit a thesis reporting research work undert[...]candidate may also be required to attend lectures and an; examinations in related subjects and to satisfy the Head of the Department at he has a[...]ersity time not devoted to lectures must be spent in activities approved by the Head of the Department[...]tes should consult the Head of the Depart— ment and should be prepared to begin studies on or about 1 February. WN99. Animal Physiology and Production for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. A candidate for the degree will be required to pass such examination on the[...]may be prescribed by the Head of the Department. and to submit a thesis reporting research work undert[...]candidate may also he re uired to attend lectures and ass examinations in related subjects and to satisfy a Head of the Department at he has a r[...]ersity time not devoted to lectures must be spent in activities ap roved by the Head of the Department[...]ould consult t e Head of the Department concerned and should be prepared to begin studies on or[...] |
 | E.AC.SC.—5YLLABUSES FACULTY OF HONOU'RS DEGREE AGRICULTURAL SCIENCEWESQ. Entomology for the Honours degree of ILAgSc. Students who wish to take the Honours Degree in Entomology should consult the Professor of Entomo[...]ndidates are expected to attain a higher standard in general Entomology than that required for the Ordinary Degree. In addition, they are required to study more intensively some branch of Entomology and to carry out a research project in that field. Candidates may be required to attend such lectures and to pass such examina- tions as the Professor may require. All time not necessarily devoted to lectures and set work must be spent in the laboratory. A course of reading will be prescribed by the Professor and should be com~ menced in the long vacation prior to the Honours year. Candidates must have some reading knowledge of French and German and may be required to attend courses and pass examinations in these subiects. WP99. Plant Pathology tor the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. A candidate for the degree will be required to pass such examinations on the[...]may be prescribed by the Head of the Department, and to submit a thesis reporting research work undert[...]candidate may also be required to attend lectures and pass examinations in related subjects and to satisfy the Head of the De artment that he has[...]ersity time not devoted to lectures must he spent in activities approved by the Head of the Department[...]dates should consult the Head of the Depart- ment and should be prepared to begin studies on or about 1 February. WF89. Plant Physiology tor the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. A candidate for the degree will be required to pass such examinations on the[...]may be prescribed by the Head of the Department, and to submit a thesis reporting research work undert[...]candidate may also be re uired to attend lectures and pass examinations in ralated subjects and to satisfy 9 Head of the Department that he has a[...]ersitv time not devoted to lectures must be spent in activities approved by the Head of the Department[...]consult the Head of the Depart— ment concerned and should be prepared to begin studies on or about 1 February. WF99. Horticulture for the Honours degree of B.AgrSc. A candidate for the degree will be required to pass such examinations on the[...]may be prescribed by the Head of the Department, and to submit a thesis reporting research work undert[...]candidate may also be required to attend lectures and ass examinations in related subjects and to satisfy the Head of the Department t not he ha[...]ersity time not devoted to lectures must be spent in activities approved by the Head of the Department[...]ld consult the Head of the Depart- ment concerned and should be prepared to begin studies on or about 1 February. WY89. Biometry for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. Pre-requisite subject: QT03 Mathematical Statistics 111. A candidate for the degree will be required to pass such examinations on the[...]as may be prescribed by the Head of the Section. and to submit a thesis reporting research work[...] |
 | [...]rAG.SC.—SYLLABUHES AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREEA candidate may also be required to attend lectures and pass examinations in related subIects and to satisfy the Head of the Section that he has a[...]ersity time not devoted to lectures must he spent in activities approve by the Head of the Section Intending candidates should consult the Head of the Section and should be prepared to begin studies on or about 1 Febnmry. SJ79. Genetics for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. A candidate for the degree will be required to pass such examinations on the[...]may be prescribed l3: the Head of the Department, and to submit a thesis reporting research work no ert[...]candidate may also be re uired to attend lectures and ass examinations in related subjects and to satisfy t is Head of the Department int he has[...]ersity time not devoted to lectures must be spent in activities approve by the Head of the Department.[...]ould consult the Head of the Department concerned and should be prepared to begin studies on or[...] |
 | [...]CULTY OF REGULATIONS AGRICULTURAL SCIENCEOF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE REGULATION S '1. (a) Subject in each case to the applicant's academic qualifica-[...]d by the Faculty of Agricultural Science as suffi- cient, the following persons may become candidate[...]to the approval of the Council, the Faculty may7 in special cases and subject to such conditions (if an ) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for t e degree a persOn who does not hold a degree of a university but has given evidence Eatisfacto[...]egrce. ”2. A candidate who holds the Honours degree of Bachelor oi Agricultural Science or its equivalent in a university recognised by the University of Adelaide may proceed to the degree of Master of A icultural Science at the expiration of one year from the date of his a mission to the Honours degree of Bachelor: no other candidate shall proceed to the degree before the expiration of two years from the date[...]ature. 3. Subject to conditions to be determined in each casc, a graduate of :1 university recognised[...]e may be allowed by the Council to proceed to the degree in compliance with those regulations. Every such can[...]ime study beyond that prescribed for the Ordinary degree, and has obtained an Honours degree at the University or at another university recognised “Amended 16 March, 1961, and 4 October, 1962. fAmended 21 December, 197[...] |
 | [...]om a time recommended by the department concerned and approved by the Faculty.(b) On completion of su[...]n to transfer his candidature to that for another degree or may terminate his candidature. 5. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall submit a thesis upon an approved subject and shall adduce suflicient evidence that the thesis[...]. A candidate may also submit other contributions in Agricultural Science in support of his candidature. §6. Every candidate[...]three terms" notice of his intended candidature, and Slmll indicate therewith in general terms the subject of the research work or[...], may appoint a supervisor to guide the candidate in his work. The candidate shall submit his thesis not earlier than three terms and, except by special permission of the Faculty, not later than nine te[...]nt a Board of Examiners to report upon the thesis and any supporting papers that the candidate may subm[...]may require any candidate to pass an examination in the branch of science to which his original research or inve[...]the Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with direc- tions given to candidates[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the Board of Examiners shall, on the r[...]culty of Agricultural Science, be admitted to the degree of Master of Agricultural Science. 110. The fees[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. Regulations allo[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNINGREGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Architecture (B.Arch.) Regulations and Schedules - — — - - - 538 Syllabuses — — - - — - — - - 543 Master of Architecture (M.Arch.) Regulations - - - . . _ - _ _ 561 Master of Town Planning (M.T.P.) Regulations and Schedules - — — - - - 563 Syllabuses - - — . — . _ _ _ 557 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See “Board of Research Studies” on page - - — . . . . 1104 537 |
 | FACULTY OF AncHrTEcTUIlE DANIEL AND TOWN PLANNING REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Architecture. 2. Schedules defining the courses of study, including lectures and the practical work to be undertaken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be drawn up by the Faculty and submitted to the Council. Such schedules shall b[...]or such other date as the Council may determine, and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]s been given. 3. (a) To qualify for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Architec— ture a candidate shall regularly attend lectures and do written and practical work (where such is required) and pass examinations in the subjects prescribed. (b) Before being admitted to the degree a candidate shall also sub— mit satisfactory ev[...]ractical experience, not necessarily consecutive, in work approved by the Faculty as appropriate to hi[...]date who has completed the work of the third year and who wishes to proceed to the Honours degree must apply to the Faculty, on or before 1 March of the year in which he intends to take the Honours course, for[...]his application. (c) To qualify for the Honours degree a candidate shall complete the full course rescribed for the Ordinary degree and shall in addition undertake fur er work of an advanced nature and pass examinations in such work. Further, he must pass in the subjects which he takes after his acceptance[...]than is required from candidates for the Ordinary degree. 538 |
 | ELAHCH. FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE REGULATtONs AND TOWN PLANNXNC°(d) The names of candidates who pass with Honours shall be arranged alphabetically in the following classes: First Class, Second Class[...]second class Honours may be awarded the Ordinary degree provided he has in all other respects completed the work for that degree. (e) Before being admitted to the degree a candidate shall also sub— mit satisfactory ev[...]ractical experience, not necessarily consecutive, in work approved by the Faculty as appropriate to hi[...]y 3. candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject for which he has not completed the prerequisite work as prescribed in the syllabus for that subject. 6. (a) All annual[...]academic year, except that practical examinations and examinations in a subject in which the course of instruction has been complete[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date rescribed by the Council, but shall n[...]he has regularly attended the prescribed lectures and has done written and practical work where required to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned. (0) Written and practical work done by candidates at the direction of the professors or lecturers and the results of terminal or other examinations in any subject may be taken into consideration at the final examination in that subject. ((1) There shall be three classifications of pass at the annual examination in any subject or division of a subject for the degree as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Cred[...]with Distinction or with Credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the classification; the names of other candi— dates who ass shall be arranged in alphabetical order either in one list or in two ( ivisions as the Faculty may determine. If the pass list he published in two divisions, a pass in the higher division may be pre— scribed in the syllabuscs as pro—requisite for admission either to further courses in that subject or to other subjects. (e) A candidate who fails to pass in any subject shall again attend lectures and do practical work in that subject to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers unless exempted by the Faculty. Any suc[...](f) Supplementary examinations will be held only in special circum- stances approved by the Faculty af[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE B.ABCH. AND TOWN PLANNING REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES7. Except in case of illness or other sufficient cause allowed b the Faculty. no candidate shall be credited in any year with atten once at lectures or practical work in a subject unless he has attended the lectures and practical work respectively in that subject to the satisfac- tion of the lecture[...]date who has twice failed to pass the examination in any subject or division of a subject mav not pres[...]may not proceed with the subject again except by special permission of the Faculty, and under such conditions as the Faculty may prescrib[...]who is refused per- mission to sit or examination in any subject or division of a subject shall be dee[...]ation. 10. A student who has passed examinations in mm materia in another faculty or otherwise, or who desires that[...]nical schools should be counted 72m tunto for the degree of Bachelor of Architecture may on application be[...]ulation 2.) NOTE: Syllabuscs of subjects for the degree of B.Arch. are published below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the and of the volume. 1. Durin the first, second, third, fourth and fifth years every can- didate shal , unless exempted therefrom, attend courses of instruction and at the annual examination for the appropriate year shall satisfy the examiners in each of the following subjects: (a) First year:[...]I History of Architecture I Architectural Design and Planning I Architectural and Free Drawing Elective Studio Work I 540 |
 | HAABCII. SCHEDULESFACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING (b) Second year: Building Constru[...]History of Architecture 11 Architectural Design and Planning 11 Architectural Surveying Studio Work[...]11° Building Science III Architectural Design and Planning III Professional Practice I Studio Work[...]s III" Building Science IV Architectural Design and Planning IV Urban and Regional Flaming and Urban Design 1 Professional Practice II Studio W[...]nts ad- ditional seminar courses will be provided in a selection of the following topics: (i) (ii) (iii) Advanced Architectural Design and Planning Architecture and Environment Development of Contemporary Architect[...]d Building Architectural Structure Urban Design and Planning Landscape Design Professional Management and Administration Interior and Furniture Design Building Services Architectura[...]hitecture " NOTE: Structures II will be replaced in 1975 by Architectural SLructures Ill; Structures III in 1976 by Architectural Structures IV; and Structures IV in 1977 by Architectural Structures V. 541 |
 | [...]ction V Structures IV“ Building Science V Urban and Regional Planning and Urban Design 11 Architectural Thesis Professional[...]ts ad-ditional seminar courses will be provided in a selection of the topics set out under Prelimina[...]u ess he has completed the whole of the work of, and assed the examina- tion to er to, the precedin ye[...]rs a candi ate who fails to satisfy the examiners in not more than two subjects at an annual examinati[...]to present himself for a su lementary examination in the subject or subjects concerned; and ifplie satisfies the examiners in the supplementary examination he shall then be de[...]prac- tical experience. 4. Matriculated students in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering who completed subjects for that degree prior to 1958, may transfer to the course for the degree of Bachelor of Architecture, and shall be granted such status as may in each case be determined. 5. Courses of study mus[...]ach year. °NOTE: Structures IV will be replaced in 1977 by Architectural Structures V. 542 |
 | [...]LAEUSES FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE SYLLABUS NULLBEES AND TOWN PLANMNGOF THE DEGREE 0F BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE SYLLABUSES Text-bo[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative wc‘ hts giv[...]numbers: The two letters identify the faculties and departments responsible for subjects as follows: Faculty of Engineering, Department of Civil Engineering - — — NC Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning, Department of Architecture and Town Planning - ’ - - - RA The first digit— 0v6: Indicates that the s[...]second digit— 1—5: Indicates year of Ordinary degree subject, e.g. first, second, and so on. (627: Not used.) 8: Indicates Preli[...] |
 | [...]m; the building contractor. Foundations. External and internal walls. Ground floor construction and fireplaces. Roofs. Joinery—doors and windows. Masonry.Text-books : Foster, J. 3., Structure and fabric, parts 1 and 2, Mitchell’s Building Construction (Batsford). King, H., and Everett, H., Components and finishes, Mitchell's Building Construction (Bats[...]ustralian methods of building construction (Angus and Robertson). Reference books: Gratwiclc, E. T., Damoness in buildings, volumes I and II (Crosby Lockwood). Mitchell, G. A., and Mitchell, A. M., Elementary building construction[...]se consists of approidmately 40 hours of lectures and 40 hours of tutorials on the following topics: The nature. function and form of structures. behaviour and failure of structural materials. Loads on structu[...]rium of forces. force diagrams for simple trusses and other statically determinnte plane frames. Elasticity. stress and strain. Design of axially loaded members Shear force and bending moment diagrams. Bending stresses. Design[...]will be required to undertake a structural design in association with Studio Work I. Text-book: Cowan[...]f structural design (Batsford). Reynolds, T. J., and Kent, L. E., Introduction to rtmctural mealwnics,[...]ilding Science I. Introduction; man, environment and shelter. Human responses. The nature and properties of common building materials; occurrence and manufacturing problems; physical phenomena; moisture and porosity: moisture movement. Principles of contro[...]l environment; sun control; daylighting standards and assessment; natural ventilation. Text-books: Aus[...]mental Building Station, Bulletin No. 8: Sunshine and shade in Australasia, by R. 0. Phillips (C.E.B.S.). Australia. Labour and National Service Department of, Industrial[...] |
 | B.ARCII.—SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE FIRST YEAR AND TOWN PLANNINGGreat Britain. Building Research B[...]S.O.). Reference hooks: Butterworth, 13., Brick: and modern research (Crosby Lockwood). Ragsdale, L. A., and annham, E. A., Building materials practice, (Arno[...]tecture of Egypt, Mesopotamia, the Aegean. Greece and Rome; and of the Early Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque, and Gothic periods. Text-hooks: Fletcher, B., History[...]cture (Paul Hamlyn). Cowell, F. IL, Everyday life in ancient Rome (Batsford). Gardner, H., Art through[...], P., Mediaeoal world (Paul Hamlyn). Quennell, M. and C. H. 13., Everyday things in ancient Greece (Batsford) Saggs, H. W. F ., Everyday life in Babylonia and Assyria (Batsford/ Putnam). Simpson, F. M., Hist[...]of mankind (Harrap). White, I. M., Everyday life in ancient Egypt (Bastard/Putnam). RASI. Architectural Design and Planning I. The role and function of the architect in society historically and today; the elements of architectural design; perception; space sequence and circulation; numerical techniques; structural typ[...]ell, W. P., Architecture (Hamlyn). Damaz, P., Art in European architecture (Reinhold). Danby, M., Gram[...], Architecture (Oxford U.P.). Gregory, R. L., Eye and brain (Weidenfeld and Nicholson). Grapius, W., The scope of total architecture (Allen and Unwin). Hall, E. T,, The hidden dimension (Doubleday). Hamlin, T., Forms and functions of 20th century architecture, 4 vols.[...], W., Elements of the art of architecture (Thames and Hudson). Ponti, C., In praise of architecture (Dodge Corporation). Rasmussen, S. E., Experiencing architecture (MlI.T., Chapman and Hall). 545 |
 | FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE B.AECH.—SYLLABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING FIRST YEARRichardson, D., Made by[...]itecture or space (Horizon). RA71. Architectural and Free Drawing. Standard drawing oflico practice. Orthographic projection; Isometric and axonnmetric projection. The theory and practice of architectural perspective. division and measurement in perspective, angular and parallel perspective and interior perspective. Reflections in perspective. Sciagraphy. Systems of rendering in various media and drawing presentation; lettering and ay-out; creative design: colour. Free drawing. Text-books: Lee, L. A., and Reekie, R. 1“,, Descriptive geometry (Arnold).[...]p (Arnold). Sierp, A., Applied perspective (Angus and Robertson). Reference books: Lockard, W. K., Dra[...]ichter, G., Perspective for the architect (Thames and Hudson). M81. Art History and Appreciation. The evolution and development of art forms through history and appreciation of contemporary development in the arts. Text-books : Bazin, G., A concise history of art, 2 vols. (Thames and Hudson). Christensen, E. 0., A pictorial history[...]The principles of art (Oxford). de la Croix, H., and Tansey, R. G, Gardner’s art through the ages (Harcourt, Brace and World). Lovey, M., A concise history of pointing—from Giotto to Cezanne (Thames and Hudson). Orban, D., Understanding ort (Ure Smith[...]ew directions (Studio Vista). Tyndall, G. de V., and Chambers, G. E., A synopsis of art history (Angus and Roberston). Reference books: Arnheim, 11.. Art and visual perception (California U.P.). Carraher, R. G., and Thurston, J. 13., Optical illusions and the visual arts (Studio Vista). Dewey, 1., Art a[...]1., The art of colour (Reinhold). Maillard, R., and Lake, C., A dictionary of modem painting (Methuen). Read, H., A concise history of modern painting (Thames and Hudson). Smith, 13., Australian painting (Oxford)[...]. The practical apiplicotion of theoretical work in architectural and free draw- ing, architectural esign, building construction and building science. 546 |
 | [...]L1.ABUSES FACULTY OF ABCHl'l‘ECTURE SECOND YEAR AND TOWN PLANNINGSECOND-YEAR SUBJECTS. M02. Building Construction II. Paths and pavings. Upper floor construction and fireplaces. Timber frame construction. Framed timber roof construction. Roofing. internal wall and ceiling finishes. Staircase construction. Gas and electricity services. Windows and doors. Joinery, cupboards, etch, and hardware. Screen walls and fences. Text-hooks : Sharp, W. W., Australian methods of building construction (Angus and Robertson). McKay, W. 13., Building construction, Vol. 2 (Longrnans). Mitchell, G. A., and Mitchell, A. M., Elementary building construction[...]ng details (Architectural Press . Pearson, R. C., and others, Timber engineering design handbook, 2nd e[...]., Australian timber handbook, 3rd edition (Angus and Robertson). NC52. Architectural Structures 11. (This course will be given for the first time in 1974.) The course consists of approximately 30 hours of lectures and 50 hours of tutorials, design and laboratory classes on the following topics: Concrete as a stmclurnl material. Shear stress in beams. Design of reinforced concrete and composite beams. and iloor systems. Introduction to prestressed concrete. Steel. reinforced concrete and composite columns. footings and founda- tions. Dcflection of beams. Proppcd cantilevers, fixed and beams and two span continuous beams. Structural connections[...]will be required to undertake a structural design in association with Studio Work II. Textbooks: C. 8: GA. Australia, Design, control and ohamoteiisfics of concrete. Standards Association of Australia, A3145“), 1973, Use of reinforced concrete in structures (metric version). Standards Associatio[...]structures code. Reference book: Crowley, S. W., and Dillon, R. M., Steel buildings (Wiley). RAH. Bui[...]of satisfactory environment; luunnn plifisiology and comfort condi tlons relating to radiation. temperature, humidity, ‘ght, sound and ventilation. Climatology of Australia. Solar radiation and building shape. Thermal inertia of building mater[...]f colour of materials; insulation- con- densation and vapour barriers. Ventilation and air movement through buildings. Properties of sound: acoustical properties ol materials; noise and the design of rooms. Light measurement. Electricity supply and wiring. Structural properties and applications of materials; adhesives and adhesion; sheet materials generally. Metals; corrosion; hardness of water and softening systems. Sanitary science; hygiene. Water sup ly; hot and cold water services; glumbing. Central hea[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE BAHCHrsYLLADUSES AND TOWN PLANNING SECOND YEAHAustralia. Commonwealt[...]er. Bedford, T., Basic principles of ventilation and heating, 2nd edition (Lewis). Billington, N. 5.,[...]rties of buildings (Cleaver Hume). Parkin P. H., and Humphreys, H. K, Acoustics, noise and buildings (Faber Paperback). S.A. Works. Ministry of, Regulations under the Sewerage Act 1929-1962, (SA. Government Printer). Shferr'idan, N. R, and others, Air conditioning (University of Queensland ess . Reference books: Australia. Department of Labour and National Service, Sanitary plumbing and water supply (McCarton Bird). Blake, E. 1-1.. and Jenkins, W. R., Drainage and sanitation (Batsiord). Diamant, R. M. E., Insulation of buildings (Ilifie). Faber, 0., Heating and ventilating (Spon). Knudsen, V. 0., and Harris, C. M., Acoustical designing in architecture (Wiley). HAZE. History of Architecture 11. Renaissance architecture in Italy, France and England. Mannerism and Baroque. The Regenc , 19th and 20th centuries architecture. The early architectu[...]Penguin), Wittkower, E., Architectural principles in the age of humanism (Tiranti). Reference hooks:[...]ry of architecture (Pit'man). Bazin, G., Baroque and rocaco (Thames and Hudson). Burckhardl; 1., The civilisation of the renaissance in Italy (Phaidon or Mentor). Clark, K., Civilisati[...]hrough the ages (Bell). Giedion, 8., Space, time and architecture (Harvard University Press). Encyclopaedia of modem architecture, editcd by G. Hatie (Thames and Hudson). Ioedickc, 1., History of modern archite[...]modern world (Paul Hamlyn). Marfindale, A., Man and the renaissance (Paul Hamlyn). Pevsner, N., Pion[...]Pevsner, N., The sources of modern architecture and design (Thames and Hudson). Simpson), F. M., History of architectur[...]History of art series RA32. Architectural Design and Planning II. The theory and application of design, methodologies and programme develop- ment: communities and groups of buildings; environment and architectural siting and density; landscape; visual elements of design and aesthetics. 548 |
 | [...]LLAuL‘si-.s FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE SECOND YEAR AND TOWN PLANNINGReference books: Alexander, C., Sy[...]Modular co~ordinatiom Charmayell', 8., Community and privacy (Doubleday). Fry, E. M., Fine building (Faber). Greenough, 11., Form and function (University of California Press). Guade[...]s et thém‘ie d3 l’architecturc (Lihrnirie do In Construc. tion Modems). Halprin, L., The H.S.V.P. cycles (Braziller). Hamlin, T., Farms and functions of 20:}; century architecture, 4 vols. (Columbia). Jellicue, G. A., Studies in landscape design (0.U.P.). Kepes, C., The languag[...](Edi< lions de Minuit). Le Corbusier, Modular 1 and Modular 2 (Faber). Le Corbusier, New world of space (Reynal and Hitchcock). Le Corbusier, Towards a new architec[...]ss). Lynch, K., Site planning (M.I.T.). McHarg, In Design with nature (Natural History P12). Nelson[...]design (Whitney). Norbcrg Schulz, C., Intentions in architecture (M.I.T.). Ramsey, C. G., and Sleeper, H. R., Architectural Graphic Standards ([...]in, E., Architemrally speaking (Reinhold; Chapman and Hall). Scholiield, P. H., Theory of proportion in architecture (Cambridge). Sullivan, L., Kinderga[...]. Architectural Surveying. The Conskmcfion, use and adjustment of surveying equipment; optical square; stall; levels; thcodolites and tellurumeter. Chain surveys, levelling, traverses- measuremeut and setting out of building works; cum utation of traverses and levels. areas and volumes with straight and irregular oundaries: use of lani» meter; plane tabla surveys. Survey and measurements of existing buildings rc afing lo dilapidations and alterations, photogmmmetry. Text-books: Bannister, A., and Raymond 5., Surveyng (Pitman). Curtin, W., and Lane, R. F., Concise practical surveying (E.U.P.)[...]]. The practical application of theoretical work in architectural design; building constructio[...] |
 | FACULTY OF AHCHI'I‘EC’YUMIZ B.AI\CH.7SYLLA‘BUSES AND TOWN PLANNING THIRD vEAIlTHIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS. M03. Building Construction LII. Retaining walls. Steel and reinforced concrete frame construction. Concrete slab floors and roofs. Foundations. Joinery, fitmean etc. Special doors and win- dows. Brickwork and panel wallinsi; Sharing: timlJerin to benches. Designed foundations and dampgroofiug of asements. Ductwor . Fire services, require- ments, etc. Staircases, e-resistlng and special. Text-hooks: Sharp, W, W», Australian methods of building construction (Angus and Robertson). McKay, W. 13.. Building construction[...]ilding, Vol. 2 (H.M.S.0.). Eastwick—Field, 1., and Stillman, 1., The design and practice of ioinery (Architectural Press). Reference bunks: Mitchell, G. A., and Mitchell, A. M., Advanced building construction, volume 1. Components, services and finishes; revised by D. Neild; volume 2. The str[...]. S. Foster (Batsford). Salvadori, M., Structure in architecture (Prentice-Hall). NC23. Structures II. (This subject will be replaced in 1975 by Architectural Structures III.) Deflection of beams. Bending and shear stresses in beams. Principal stresses. Compound beams including reinforced concrete. Combined bending and axial stress. Compression of slender struts. Deflecfions of framed structures. Bolted, riveted and welded joints. Text-book: Jensen, A., and Chenoweth, H. H., Statics and strength of materials. 2nd edition (McCraywHill). Reference book: N‘l‘lflll'l C. H.. and Wilbur, I. 13,. Elementary structural analysis (M[...]I. (This course will be given for the first time in 1975.) The course consism of approximately 30 hours of lectures find 50 hours of tutorials, design and laboratory classes. In addition. approximately 30 hours will helsplent o[...]oxi- mate solutions. Analysis of continuous beams and simple frames by moment distribution. Applications of computers to analysis. Prestressed concrete, design and applications. Advanced structures. Selection of s[...]of structures (California U.P.). Crawley, S. W., and Dillon, R. M., Steel Buildings (Wiley). Salvadori‘ M,, Structure in nvchitectmc (Prentice-Hall). 550 |
 | E.ARCH.>-—SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF ARCHYTFCTURE THIRD YEAR AND TOWN PLANNINGRA13. Building Science III. Internal environment; heating and air-conditioning (public and commercial buildings); artificial illumination; noise control. Acoustical desi n of auditoria and stUdios. Sun control problems associated with large buil ings. Daylight control in group lanning. Fire in buildings; fire resistance of materials. Func- t[...]nning; ergonomics. Materials; concreting cements, special cements and additives; dense concrete surface finishes. Cera[...]Text—books: Great Britain. Ministry of Housing and Local Government. Planning bulletin 5: Planning for daylight and sunlight (H.M.S.O.). Lighting Industry Federation (London). Interior lighting design. Parkin. P. 11,, and Humphreys, H. IL, Acourtics, noise and buildings (Faber Paperback). Standards Assoc. of[...]ms). Reference hooks: Gay, C. M. (ed) Mechanical and electrical equipment for buildings, 5th edition, by \V. ]. McGuinness and others (Wiley). Harris, N. (1, Modern air-conditioning practice (Mchw-Ilill). Phillips, D., Lighting in architectural design (McGr-mv-Hill). BASS. Architectural Design and Planning III. Theories of architecture and planning principles, historical and modern; interior design; specialised building types; the allied arts. Landscapc architecture and design. Principles of management. Computer applications. Reference books: Birren, F., Color, farms and space (Reinhold). Blake, l’., The muster builders (Gollancz). Chennayelf, S. 1., and Alexander, (3.. Community and privacy (Pelican), Gibberd, F., Town design (Architectural Press). Giedion, 5., Architecture, you and me (Harvard University Press)‘ Giedion, 5., Me[...]. 1., What is design (Timnti). Hamlin, T., Forms and functions of 20th century architecture, 4 vols (Columbia). Hntje, G. U.. Design for modern living (Thames and Hudson). Jensen. 1L, High density lining (Hill).[...]hitecture of today (chmmer). Neutro, R. 1., Life and human habitat (Koch). Neutro. 3,, Survival through design (O.U.P.). New directions in architecture, Series (Studio Vista). Norbcrg-Scliulz. C., Intentions in architecture (Allen andIn praise 0! architecture (Dodge). Ramse , C. C., and Sleeper, H. IL, Architectural Graphic Standards ([...]ican). Richards, I. M.. The functional tradition in early industrial buildings ( Architectural[...] |
 | FACULTY m“ ARCHITEUIURE H.ARCH.—SYLLAHUSES AND TOWN PLANNING THIRD YEAR, FOURTH YEARBASE. Professional Practice I. Specification: structure and organisation of building industry; central and local government; general law of contract; pricin[...]preparation of quan- tities. Business management and administration; book-keeping and accountancy. Building Act nnd bye-laws, and other legislation. Reference books: Aqua Group,[...]H., Building reguhtions: a review Of the position in some western countries. South Africa, National Building Research Institute, Bulletin 54. Building Act and Regulations 1970-71 (S.A. Govt. Printer). Green, R., Architects gu[...]) (Architectural Press). Hudson, A. A., Building and engineering contracts, lOLh edition, edited by E. I. Rimmer and I, N. D. Wallace (Sweet and Maxwell). Institute of Quantity Surveyors (Aust)[...]e building industry (The Institute). Koontz, H., and O’Donnell, C., Principles of management (International Students Paperback). Newman1 W. H., Summer, C. E., and Warren, E, Kirby, The process of management, late[...]sh Architects, Handbook of architectural practice and management (R.I.B.A.). Royal Australian Institut[...]al Institute of British Architects, The architect andand Close, H. A., The standard form of building contr[...]is,dl)h. L, Specification writing for architects and surveyors (Lock- WDO . Willis, A. 1., The elemen[...]I. The practical a plication of theoretical work in architectural design, building construction, buil mg science, and structures. FOURTH-YEAR SUBJECTS. RA04. Buildin[...]ad bearing walls, cross wall constmch‘on. Roofs and roof lights. Prestressed concrete. Special structures: factories, large span roofs, etc. Text-book: Mitchell, G. A., and Mitchell, A. M., Advanced building construction,[...]Reference books: Angerer, F., Surface structures in building (Tiranti). Cassie, )W. F., and Napper, J. H., Structure in building (Architectural Press . 552 |
 | B.ARCH.—SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE your”! YEAR ANDin architecture (Reinhold).Prisltfira, H. K., Prestressed concrete for architects and engineers (McGraw- l . Roland, C., Frei Otto structures (Longmans). Salvadori, M., Structure in architecture (Prentice-Hall). Siege]. 0.. Structure and form in modern architecture (Crosby Lockwood). Torroja M[...]4. Structures III. (This subject will be replaced in 1976 by Architectural Structures IV.) Analysis o[...]tmctural systems. Text-books: NoIrIrifi,)C. H., and Wilbur, I. 13., Elementary structural analysis (M[...]ncrete m structures. Code No. CA.34 Part 1 (1969) and Part 2 (1972) Loading Code. NC54. Architectural[...]. (This course will be given for the first time in 1976). The course consists of 18 lectures and 36 hours of practical classes, and design tutorials in conjunction with Studio Work IV. Lecture topics will include: Soil mechanics—foundations, slope stability and retaining walls. Structural economics and construction (problems. New structural materials. Precasting and prefabrication. Application 0 computers to struct[...]AI4. Building Science IV. Lightweight aggregates and concrete; recast and prestrcssetl concrt'te pro- ducu. Behaviour of materials and Sh'ut‘lul‘al’elefllellls in tires, protective measures. Plastics and building applications; stmclural smnlwich panels. Protection and decoration of materials and surface finishes. Illumination; design of the vi[...]er installntinus. Mechanical engineering services in large buildings; air-con itionin . lifts and escalators. Introduction to climatic aspects of g[...]t for buildings, 51h edition, by W. I. McGuiness. and others (Wiley). Great Britain: Building Research[...]g during daylight hours (I.E.S.). Kinzcy, B. Y., and Sharp, H. M., Environmental technologies in architecture ( Prentice-Hall ) 4 Ontario Assoc.[...]tal services of buildings. Phillips, D., Lighting in architectural design (McGraw-Hill). Sherra[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ABCHI'ILCTUHE ll.ARCH.ASYLLAHUSES AND TO\VN PLANNING FOURTH YEAHContem Reference hooks: Bird, E. L., and Docking, S. 1., Fire in buildings (Black). Lushington, B., Plastics and you (Pan). Olgyay, V,, Design with climate (Princ[...]akosch, G. R., Vertical transportation: elevators and escalators (Wiley). M34. Architectural Design and Planning IV. orary developments. The relationship of structure and design. Specialised) design problems. The design[...]stems (Reinhold). Angerer, F., Surface structures in building (Tiranti). Banham, R., The architecture[...]erecl emaimnment (Arch. Press). Cassie, )W. F., and Nappcr, J. H., Structure in building (Architectural Press . Hamlin, T., Forms and functions of 20th century architecture, 4 vols. ([...](Batsford). Michaels, L., Contemporary structure in architecture (Reinhold). Nervi, P. L., Structure[...]contemporary architecture. Rafnvsvefil, f}. G., and Sleeper, H. R., Architectural graphic standards e[...]cisions (Chapman Hall). Salvadori, M., Structure in architecture (PrenticeHall). Siege], 0., Structure and form in madm architecture (Lockwood). Sleeper, H., Building, planning and design standards (Wiley). Time Saoer Standards ([...]turning point of building (Reinhold). RAM. Urban and Regional Planning and Urban Design I. The architect and town planning» the history of town planning from ancient times; colonial town planning; pronlcms in town planning deriving from the industrial revolu[...]bum principle; the neighbourhood unit; satellites and new towns; regionalism; the central core and urban renewal; town planning as an art form; civic art and urban design. 554 Text-books: Callion, A. ll, and Eisner, 5., The urban pattern (Van Nostrand). Mumford, L., The city in history (Pelican). Reference books: Abercrombie, L. P., Town and country planning (O.U.P.). Collins, G. R., and Collins, C. C., Camilla Sitte and the birth of modern city planning (Columbia U.P.)[...](Architectural Press). Giedion, 8., Space, time and architecture (Harvard U.P.). |
 | B.ARCH.—SYLLADUSES FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE FOURTH YEAR AND TOWN PLANNINGHiorns, F., Town building in history (Harrap). 1e Corbusier, The radiant city[...]y (.\-I.I.T. I’rL-ss). Rasmussen, S. E., Towns and buildings (Liverpool University Press), Reps, J.[...]raw—Hill). Stamp, L. D., The geography a] life and death (Collins). Tetlow, 1., and Goss, A.. (James, towns and traffic (Faber). Weber, M., The city (Macmillan)[...]city observable (M,I.T. Press). Zucker, P., Town and square (Columbia University Press). M54. Profess[...]li). Great Britain: Ministry of Public Buildings and Works. Research Develop- ment Suction, Cost contml in building design, Research and development building management handbooks, Nu. -t[...]ons, current edition. Reference hooks; Hudson. .-\. A., Building uud mminm‘rinu contracts, 10th edition edited by E. I. Rimmer and J. N. D. \Valkcr (Swect and Maxwell). Institute of Quantity Surveyors (:tiis[...]V. The practical application of theoretical work in architectural design, urban planning, building construction and services, building science, and stmctures. M98. Preliminary Honours Architecture[...]udents additional Seminar courses may be provided in a selection of the following topics: (3) Advanced Architectural Design and Planning. (b) Architecture and Environment. (c) Development of Contemporary Arc[...]. (1!) Architectural Strucmre. (f) Urban Design and Planning. (g) landscape Design. (h) Professional Management and Administration. (i) Interior and Furniture Design. (1) Building Services.[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE B.AECH.—SYLLAHUSES AND 'I'U\VN PLANNING FIFI'H VEABFIFTH—YEAR SUBJEC[...]uilders‘ lant, Road construction. Concrete work and finishes. Glass- concrete an (patent glazing. Lifts and escalators. Curtain walling. Factory production a[...]it, R. M. E., Industrialised building, vols. l, 2 and 3 (Ilifl'e Books I - . Morris, A. E. I., Premst concrete cladding (Fou[...]5. Structures IV. (This subject will be replaced in 1977 by Architectural Structures V.) Soil mechan[...]. (This course will be given for the first time in 1977.) No lectures will be given in this course which will consist of structural desi[...]opics. M15. Building Science V. Quality control and materials. Sound measurements and acoustics tests on build- in ! elements and autliioria; noise surveys. Climatic aspects of group planning: solar radiation; sunlight and orientation; daylighting; air movement and atmospheric pollution. illumination; luminance design; street lighting. Solar heating and cooling. Bearing properties and classification of soil; Soil stnbilisation. Specialised problems and scientific research for architecture and town planning. Reference book: Hopkinson, R. G., and others, Daylighting (Heinemann). BASS. Urban and Regional Planning and Urban Design 11. The practice of town and country planning. The principles of civic survey and the study of modern planning schemes. Outline of planning legislation. Re ‘onal and national planning with reference to economics, sociology and demograp y. Text-book: Brown, A. 1., and Sherrard, H. M., Town and country phmm‘ng (Mel- bourne U.P.). Reference hooks: Association for Planning and Regional Reconstruction, The town and country planning text-book (Architectural Press)[...]Great Britain (Manchester U.P.). Calliun, A. B., and Eisner, S., The urban pattern (Van Nostran[...] |
 | B.ARCH.—SYLI.AHUSES FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE FIFTH YEAR AND TOWN PLANNINGJensen, R., High density living (Hill). Keeble, L. 8., Principles and practice of town and country planning (Estates Gazette. London). Landau, R, New directions in British architecture (Studio Vista). Mumford, L., The culture of cities (Seeker and Warburg). Ra kin, C., and Crigsby, W. G., Residential renewal in the urban core University of Pennsylvania). Rasmussen, S. E, Towns and buildings (Liverpool U.P.). Sharp, T., Town plann[...]1., An introduction to the study of town planning in Australia (Govt. Printer, N.b.W.). Unwin, Er, Town planning in practice (Fisher Unwin). Winston, D., Sydney’s great expEriment (Angus and Robertson). RA75. Architectural Thesisi To be on a selected and approved subject involving architectural design, build- ing science, and constructional problems and to be accompanied by a suitable report. RA45. Studio Work V. Advanced projects in architectural design and applicab‘ons relating to building science, architectural construction, and structures. BASS. Professional Practice III. Th[...]ce or anisah'on. Programming. Building investment and budgeting Variations. Certi cates and accounts. Law relating to the architect. Arbitration. Insurance. Bankruptcy and liquidated damages. Contract law. Text—book: Brunton, Baden Hellard and Boobyer, Management applied to architec- tunzl pr[...]U.P.). Reference books: Hudson, A. A., Building and engineering contracts (Sweet and Maxwell). Keating, D., Law and practice of building contract: (Sweet and Maxwell). Turner, H. H., Architectural practice and procedure (Batsford). Willis, A. I. and George, W. N. B., The architect in practice (Crosby Lockwood). 557 |
 | FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE B.ARCH.-—SYLLABU5ES AND TOWN PLANNING HONOURS DEGREEHONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE. RA99. Final Honours[...]udents additional Seminar courses will be rovided in a selection of the topics set out under RA98 Prel[...]ggested reading list: Buchanan, R. A., Technology and social progress (O.U.P.). Curl, I. 5., European cities and societies (Hill). Handler, A. 15., Systems approa[...]Klemm, F., A history of western technology (Allen and Unwin). Seidenberg, R., Post historic man: An inquiry (Bacon). Man in the city of the future: a symposium, ed. by R. Bells and C. Walton (Macmillan ) . Young, 1. Z‘, The explosion of science (Thames and Hudson). Mantoux, P., The Industrial Revolution in the eighteenth century (Cape). Calder, N., Technopolis: Social control of the uses of science (MacCibbon and Ken). Mumford. L.. Tin: myth of the machine (Sucker and Warburg). Mumford chhnirw nml civilisation (Harc[...]itecture (Architectural PL). “’itlkowcr. IL .-\n.'hi(ccmml principles in the age; a] lzmnanim (Tirami). Banlmm, R.. Theory and design in the first nuts-Irina age (Framer). (b) Text-books: Arvin, R., Man and environment (Penguin). Australia. Bureau of Meteorology, Climate and meteorology of Australia (Govt. Printer, Canberra ). Bedford, T., Basic principles of ventilating and heating, 2nd edition (Lewis). Billington, N. 5.,[...]lia: C.E.B.S., Bulletin No. 6). Fry, E. Maxwell, and Drew, 1., Tropical architecture in the dry and humid zones (Balsford). International Commission on Illumination, Sunlight in huildingr, ed. R. G. Hopkinson (Bouwcentrum). Kinzey, B. Y., and Sharp, H. M., Environmental technologies in architecture (Pi-entice-Hall). Manning, P. (cd.)[...]th climate (Princeton U.P.). Shlezfidasi, N. K, and others, Air conditioning (University of Queenslan[...]ovember, 1948, Measure; or Arouin, I. E., Climate and architecture (Reinhold). Brooks, C. E. P., Climate in everyday life (Bonn). Redford, T.. Environmental warmth and its mettrurement, Medical Rcsearch Council[...] |
 | B.ARCH.7SYLLAEUSES FACULTY OF ARCIHTECTUEE HONOURS DEGREE AND 1UVVN PLANNINGBruce. W.. Man and his thermal environment (National Research Counci[...]er No. 84). Building Research Institute, Windows and glass (Building Research Institute. Washington).[...]arvard U.P‘). Groundwater. 1., Solar radiation in air conditioning (Lockwood). Holmes, B. M., Weathering in the tropics (Australia: C.S.I.R.O. Division of Bu[...]ng Station, Technical Stu yA 36). Koeppe, C. E.. and dc Lang, C. C., Weather and climate (McGraw—Hill). Lee, D. H. K., Physiological objectives in hot weather housing (Govt. Printing Office, Washington). Macpherscn, R. K., Environmental problems in tropical Australia (Govt. Printer. Canberra). Markham, S. F., Climate and the energy of nations (0113.). Michigan. Univers[...]- ject. SER: School environments research, Vols. 2-3 (University of Michigan). Mills, C. A., Climate makes a man (Gollancz). 0156313193 A., and Olgyay, V.. Solar control and shading devices (Princeton Trewartha, G. T.. and others. Elements of geography, physical and cultural ( McCraw-Hill ). U.N.E.S.C.O., Arid Zone Research Series (U.N.E.S.C.0.). Parts VII Wind and solar energy symposium, X Climatology], XI Climatology and mlcrocllmalnlany. U.S.A.: Housing and Home Finance Age Icy, Application of climatic dat[...].S. Govt. Printing 0 ice). Various other British and Australian] Building Research Station publication[...]o, L., History of modern architecture (Roufledge and Kegan Paul). Collins, P.. Changing ideals in modern architecture (Faber and Faber). Encyclopactir‘a of modem architecture, edited by G. llatje (Thamcs and Hudson). Icedicke. 1., History of nwdern architec[...](Pelican). Reference books: Brigham), R., Theory and design in the first machine age (Architectural ress . Banh[...]ter builders (Gollnncz). Giedjon, 8., Space, time and architecture (Harvard U.P.). Hitchcock, H. 11., Architecture of the 19th and 20th centuries (Pelican). Makers of contemporary[...]ards Institution. BS. 2900: Modular co-ordinotion in build- ing, Part I, Glossary. 559 |
 | FACULTY OF ARCH.” L'CIURE B.ARCH. ‘SYLLABUSES AND 560 TOWN PLANNING HONOURS DLGREE Cement a)nd C[...]uses from component parts (Reinhold). Corker E., and Diprose, A., Modular primer (Modular Society Ltd.[...]. Harrison, D. Dex, An introduction to standards in building (Spon). Kent. S. R, Modular (hailing ma[...]lding Research. Technical Paper 123). Madge. J. 1-1., Tomorrow’s houses (Pilot Press). Massachuse[...]opean Productivity Agency. Modular (to-ordination in build- ing, first report of EPA project 174 (H.M[...].5148: Recommendations for modular co-ordinotion in building (S,A.A.). Wachsmann, K., The turning po[...]13., Prefabrication: a history of its development in Great Britain. National Building Studies Special Report No. 36 (H.M.S.O.). (e) Reference books: A[...]say on man (Yale U.P.). Conference on systematic and intuitive methods in engineering, industrial design, architecture and communications (Pergamon). Cornell, E., Humanist[...]ionalist theory (Columbia U.P.). Fry, R., Vision and design (Pelican). Cetzels, J. W., and Iackson, P. W., Creativity and intelligence (Wiley). Chiselin, 13,, The creative process (Mentor Books). Gilbert, K, and Kuhn, H., A history of esthetios (Thames and Hudson). Cotshalk, D. W., Art and the social order (Dover). Kneller, G. F.. The art and science of creativity (Holt). Koestler, A.. The[...]n art (Oxford). Maritain. 1., Creative intuition in art and poetry (lvleridian) Moholy-Nagy, L., The new vision and abstract of an artist (Wittenborn). Norberg Schulz, C., Intentions in architecture (Allen and Unwin). Panofsky. E., Gothic architecture and soholasticism (Meridian). Phflipson, M., Aesthet[...]ridian). Wittkower, R., Architectural principles in the age of humanism (Tiranti). |
 | M.ARCH. FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE REGULATIONS AND TOWN PLANNINGOF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a degree of Master of Architecture. 2. A candidate for the degree shall either: (a) have been admitted to the de ee of Bachelor of Architec- ture in the University of Ad ide; or (b) have been admitted to another degree in the University of Adelaide or to a degree in another university recognised by the University of Adelaide, the qualifications of which degree are considered by the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning to be equivalent for the purpose to those of the degree of Bachelor of Architecture. lZZA. Subject to the approval of the Council, the Faculty may in special cases and subject to such conditions (if an ) as it may see [it to im osc in each case accept as a candidate for the degree a person who ocs not hold a degree of a university but has given evidence antisfacto[...]dertake work for the egrcc. 3. To ualify for the degree a candidate shall prepare a thesis, em- bodying t[...]to an architectural to ic which has been approved in advance by the Faculty, which he has prepared under the guidance of and in regular consultation with a supervisor or supervi[...]rvisor or super- visors appointed by the Faculty, and pass examinations in, advanced courses related to his field of[...] |
 | [...]. Unless the Faculty approve an extension of time in a particular case, a candidate shall submit the thesis not earlier than one calendar year and not later than three calendar years from the date of approval of the topic.6. If in the o inion of the Faculty a candidate for the degree is not making satisgactory progress, the Faculty[...]ouncil, withdraw its up roval of his candidature, and the candidate shall cease to be enro ed for the degree. '7. A candidate shall lodge with the Registrar three copies of his thesis, prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]d subieCt to the candidate passing an examination in the field of study immediately relevant to the s[...]or (c) be returned to the candidate for revision and re-submission (within such period of time as the[...]ow); or (d) be rejected. 9. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy whose work is considered[...]o be of sufficient merit to qualify him for that degree, but of sufficient merit to unlit him for the degree of Master of Architecture, may be admitte to he degree of Master provided that he is otherwise qualified to become a candidate for the degree. 10. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners may he admitted to the degree of Master of Architecture. 11. The fees to be pa[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall he published in the University Calendar. Regulations allo[...] |
 | MIL? FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE REGULATIONS AND TOWN PLANNINGOF THE DEGREE 0F MASTER OF TOWN PLANNING REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a degree of Master of Town Planning. hzllA candidate for admission to the course of study for the degree 5 a : (a) he a graduate of the University of Ade[...])roval of the Council the Faculty of Architecture and Town lanning may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (it any) as it may prescribe, accept as a candidate for the degree a person who does not hold a degree of a university, but has given evidence satisfact[...]Faculty of his fitness to undertake work for the degree; (b) have completed any preliminary work prescribed in accor- dance with the schedules; (e) have obtained the approval of the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning for his candidature. 3. To qualif V for the degree a candidate shall: (a) atten courses of study ex[...]e work or three academic years of part-time work, and pass the examinations prescribed in the schedules; (1)) satisfactorily complete the practical work prescribed in the schedules; (0) subsequently present a thesis[...]d by the Faculty, prepared under the guidance of, and in regular con— sultation with, a supervisor or su[...]s thesis unless he has regularly attended classes and has satisfactorily completed such written and practical work as may have been re- quired[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE M.T.P. AND '10in PLANNING REGULATIONS4. Schedules defining the preliminary work, the courses of study for the degree, the practical work required and the examinations to be passed b candidates shall be drawn in from time to time by the Faculty an a proved by the Council. Tic schedules so prescribed shall he publis led in the. Calendar. 5. Unless the Faculty approve an extension of time in a particular case, a candidate shall: (a) within[...]from the date of completing the courses of study and practical work prescribed in regulation 3 submit in writing to the Academic Registrar the topic of th[...]hich he proposes to so unit the thesis prescribed in regulation 3; (b) not earlier than one calendar year and not later than three calendar years From the date[...]aculty of the topic, submit the thesis prescribed in regulation 3, 6‘ If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for the degree is not making satisfactory progress the Faculty m[...]Council, withdraw its a proval of his candidature and the candidate shall cease to be enro ed for the degree. 7. The Faculty shall appoint examiners to conduct the examinations prescribed in regulation 3. 8. Except in special circumstances approved b the Faculty, a can- didate who has failed the examinations in any 0 the courses of study may not present himself for Ice-examination in those courses of study. 9. A candidate shall lodge with the Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]b) be accepted subject to the candidate passing a special ex- amination in the field of study directly related to the subje[...]or (c) be returned to the candidate for revision and rc-suhmission (within such period as the Faculty may allow); or (d) be rejected. 11. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy whose work is cons[...] |
 | M.T.r. FACULTY OF AIKCIII’IECTURE nECULATioNS AND SCHEDULES AND TOWN PLANNINGthat degree, but of sufficient merit to qualify him for the degree of Master of Town Flaming, may be admitted to the degree of Master provided that he is otherwise qualified to become a candidate for the degree. 12. A candidate who, before 31 December, 1967, has passed the examinations prescribed in the schedules may complete the require- ments for the degree in accordance. with the regulations and schedules then in force, with such modifications as the Council may[...]pprove, provided that the candidate: (a) submits in writin the topic of his proposed thesis to the Registrar by 1 ]u y, 1968; and (b) prepares and submits the thesis within three calendar years of[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners may be admitted to the degree of Master of Town Planning. 14. The fees to be p[...]chedules at tees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. Regulations allowed 21[...]ULES (Made by the Council under Regulations 2, 3 and 14.) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for ”16 degree of M.T.P. are published below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for at er degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of[...]cs or Geography as a three-course subject for the degree) Bachelor of Economics Bachelor of Engineering (in Civil or Electrical Engineering) Bachelor of Laws Bachelor of Technology (in either Building Technology, Civil Engineering or[...]isfy the requirements of this schedule by passing in such subjects and/or carrying out such further work as may in his case be prescribed by the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning. 565 |
 | FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE M.T.P. AND TOWN PLANNING SCHEDULESSCHEDULE II: COURSES OF STUDY 1. A candidate for the degree of Master of Town Planning shall satisfactorily complete the following courses of study and practical work, and pass such examinations therein as may be prescribed by the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning: (a) Theory and practice of town planning. (b) History of town pl[...]design. (d) Elements of statistics. (e) Social and economic aspects of planning. (f) The law in relation to planning. (g) Physical basis of plan[...]all, after comple- tion of the courses prescribed in clause 1 of this schedule, undertake for at least six months such part-time practical work (in the form of projects dealing with the problems of survey, plan and physical de- velopment) as may be prescribed by the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning. 3. A candidate who desires that work which he has completed in the University or in another institution approved by the University for the pulpose should be counted pro tanto for the degree of Master of Town Planning may, on written applic[...]cil, on the advice of the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning, shall determine. 566 |
 | [...]ABUSES FACULTY OF ARCmTEcTU‘nE SYLLABUS NUMBERS AND T0\VN PLANNINGOF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF TOWN PLANNING SYLLABUSES Text~boa[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]st letter identifies the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning: R. _TheAsecond letter identifies the Department of Architecture and Town Plan- nmg: . The first digit 0—9 identifies each of the ten subjects {or the course work for the degree of Master of Town Planning. The second digit 0 indicates that it is a pie—thesis subject for the degree of Master of Town Planning. |
 | [...]ES AM) 'l'OVVN PLANNING COURSE WORKEAOO. Theory and Practice of Town Planning 1. Introduction—Nature and purpose of planning, lanning at various levels, structure of towns, town and country, principles ungerlying the preparation oi town and regional plans. Theory of land use, movement, and their relationship. Basic planning surveys: Land use, land values, land suitability, condition of buildings and environment, visual features, transportation. Growth factors: urban and regional economy, population. Elements of town plans—residential areas, land subdivision and development, layout of detached and mixed housing areas, neighbourhoods and living areas, residential density, residential zo[...]housing requirements. Text-books: Brown,)A. J., and Shermrd, H. M., Town and country planning (Melh. U.I’. . Chopin. F. 8.,[...]Various reports (N.C.D.C., Cunhenaf. Baker, (3., and Funaro, 13., Parking (Reinhold). Boyd, R. P., The Australian ugliness (Cheshire). Forth, M. L. and McKeever, J. IL, Planned industrial districts (Urban Land Institute). Coddes. I’., Cities in evolution (Williams and Nnrgote). Gibbs, J. P., Urban research methods (Van Nostrand). Coach, R. B., The selection and layout of land for playing fields and play grounds, Reports of the New Towns Committee[...]n, H.M.S.O.). Great Britain. Ministry of Housing and Local Government, Design in town and village. by T. Sharp, and others (H.M.S.0.). Great Britain, Ministry of Transport, T ruffio in towns (The Buchanan Report) (H,M.S.O.). Gmen V. D.. and Smith. L., Shopping towns, U.S.A. (Reinhold). Is[...]odern highways (Span). Keeble, L. B., Principles and practice of town and country planning (Estates Gazette). Logie, (3., Industry in towns (Allen and Unwin). Lynch, K, Site planning (M.I.T. Press).[...]ge of the city (Technology Press). Mayer, H. M., and Kohn, C. F., Readings in urban geography (Uni. of Chicago Press). Melboume Melbourne and Metropolitan Board of Works, Melbourne Metropolitan Planning Scheme, 1954, Survey and analysis—Report (Melbourne and Metropolitan Board of Works). Mumford, L., The culture of cities (Seeker and Warbutg). Mumford, L., The city in history (Harcourt Brace). National Committee on[...]on Inc., New York). Bitter, P., Planning for man and motor (Pergamon Press). Robinson, 13., and Keeble, L. B., The development of building[...] |
 | M.T.P.rsYLLABUSEs FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE COURSE ‘VOHK AND TOWN PLANNINGS.A. Town Planning Committee, Re a[...]new towm for America (Reinhold). Stephenson, G., and Hepburn, J. A., Plan for the met? Dlltfln region, Perth and Fremontle—Report (Government Printing 0 cc, Perth). Tunnard, C., and Pushkarev, 15., Man-mode America: chaos or contro[...]. Winston, D., Sydney’s great experiment (Angus and Robertson). Note.——Students will be expected[...]current develo merits occurring during the course and the following periodicals are recommen ed for thi[...]own Planning Institute Journal. The Town Planning and Local Government Guide. Town and Country Planning (U.K.). RAID. Theory and Practice of Town Flaming H. Form and function: optimum size of cities, defence, dispersion, concentric, linear and radial growth, satellite towns, other forms of de[...]al districts. industrial zoning. mineral workings and after use; wholesaling and storage areas; business centres, commercial zonin[...]es, water sport facilities, sports grounds, parks and anions, caravan parks, commercial recreation facilities; education, health and2 other institutions; trans ortation: future trave[...]time—work travel, travel assign- munt, freeways and other roads. interchanges and their eiiect on land use. public transport, systems of tralhc and transport. The town as a whole: design of new to[...]xisting towns. Political level of decision making in planning. Text-books and Reference books as for M00. M20. Theory and Practice of Town Planning 111. The central business area: studies of land use, movement and design. Redevelopment, rehabilitation and conservation: economic. social and technical aspects, design. Programming: objects, methods and implementation. Statutory planning practice: principles and methods of development, control zoning and reservations, by-laws and ordinances; regional, metropolitan and loco planning} schemes: preparation, role of the[...]ic relations, the Planning Institutes, Textbooks and Reference books as for RAOO. M30. History of Town Planning. Origins, Ancient town lmming. Medici-val and early Renaissance. Baro ue. Georgian and Regency. ln uerinl revolution. Garden city moveme[...]lanning concepts. including the Radburn principle and the neighbourhood unit Early planning in Australia. 569 |
 | FACULTY OF ARCHITFCTUBE M.T.T‘.~SYLLADUSE§ AND TOWN PLANNING (tourist: WORKText-hooks: Hioms, F., Town building in history (Harrap). Mumford, L., The city in history (Seeker and Warburg). Reference books: Collins, G. R., and Collins, C. C., Camilla Sine and the birth of modern city planning (Phaidon). Giedion, 5., Space, time and architecture (Harvard U.P.). Gibberd, F., Town design (Architectural Press). Hackett, 3., Man, society and environment (Percival Marshall), Rasmussen, S. E., Towns and buildings (Liverpool U.P.). Rosenau, H., The ideal city in its architectuml evolution, (Rout-ledge and Kegun Paul). Stewart, 0., Prospect of due: (Longumns). Solution. 1., Town planning in Australia (Government Printer, N.S.W.). Tout, T.[...]., The city of man (Sorihners). Zucker. P., Town and square (Columbia U.P.). M40. Environmental Design. (i) Architecture in relation to planning: Design in relation to use. Design as a means of environment[...]cture. Concepts of unity, harmony. contrast. Mass and volume. Fomrality and informality. Architecture as a social phenomenon: building in relation to the town (ii) Civic design: Introduc[...]f buildings to each other, to groups. to streets. and to the town. Appropriateness and good relations between buildings: some methods of[...]art of the living town; the concept of permanence and change. Advertising as part of the urban scene.[...]esign: The relationship between landscape pattern and architecture Landscape in the urban scene. Layout of open spaces. parks, recreational areas, camps, cemeteries, etc. Planting in relation to utility and aesthetics: the materials of landscape design Public and private open space in the countryside. Preservation of rural amenity by[...]stics. Statistical measurements: classification and tabulation of data; limits of accuracy. Types of distribution: averages and measurements of dispersion. Graphical methods: index numbers; sampling and the calculation of standard errors; linear correlation; elementary curve fittin and interpolation; analysis of time-series, Computation and statistical metho programming. Application to town planning in respect of population, industry. transport, utilitles, etc. M60. Social and Economic Aspects of Flaming. (1) Economics: Scope, method and fundamental concepts of economics. Economic development in Australia, and potential development as it afiecu planning. The economics of land use on national, regional and local level. Land tenure and its eflect on planning. Land values and rents. Financial aspects of private and public developments. (ii) Sociology: Principles[...]graphy. Elements of social economics. Measurement and interpretation of economic and social phenomena. The idea of social plann[...] |
 | h[.T.P.7SYLl./\BU§ES FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE COURSE WORK AND TOWN PLANNINGRA70. Law in Relation to Planning. Forms and functions of central, state and local governments. History of planning legislation. Development of planning legislation in Australia. Current Planning Acts. Other legislati[...]he geological formation of Australia. Solid rocks and surface deposits. Relation of geology to surface relief and scenery. Relation of eulogy to fertility and agriculture. Weathering and erosion. Water supply. with re erence to protection from contamination Mineral deposits and mining. Construction and interpretation of geological maps. (ii) Geography: Land distribution. Distribution and potential density of population. Location of industry and commerce. Distribution of mineral and power resources. Communications. Pattern of agric[...]rt by road, rail, water, air. Planning. designing and construction of roads. Road junctions, bridges, s[...]c. Public services: water, gas, electrical sup ly and distribution systems. Sewer and storm water disposal. Traffic capacity anti) regulation. 'l‘mllic census. Parking sites and garages. Street lighting. éii) Surveying: The u[...]Computation of areas. Principles of aerial survey and photo grammetry. The use and compilation of maps. The compilation and interpretation of the topographic plan. Practical Project Work. To illustrate and elaborate problems of survey, plan and physical development. Thesis. On a subject to b[...]e Faculty. Reference books for the course for the degree of Master of Town Planning: Abercrombie. L. P.. Greater London plan 1944 (Hit/1.5.0.). Ahercrombie, P., Town and country planning (Thornton Butterworth). Alexander, W. P., Education in England: the national rys'tm, how it works (Newne[...]hitectural Review, December 1956, Counter attack (Special Number). Association for Planning and Regional Reconstruction, Town and country planning text-book (Architectural Press).[...]). Batson, R. G., Roads, their alignment, layout and construction (lang- mans). Bjorklnnd, E,[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE M.T.F.~S‘!I.LABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING COURSE Wonk572 British Industrie[...]ell), Buchanan, C. D., Mixed blessing: the motor in Britain (Hill). Bullock, E. H., Planning tomorro[...]oduction to economics (Butterworth). Canter, T., and Downham, I. S., The communication of ideas (Chatto and Windus ). Carcopino, ]., Daily life in ancient Rome (Routlerlge). Clarke, W. M., The ci[...]mics (Pelican). Cole, G. D. H., Britain’s town and country pattern (Faber). Collins, B. 1., Development plans explained (H.M.S.0.). Collins, H. 1., and Hart, C. A., Principle» of mad engineering (Arnold). Connor, L. 11., Statirtics in theory and practice (Pitrnan). Cotg'rove, S. 1“,, Technical education and social change (Allen and Unwin) Crossley, E. L., The United Kingdom dairy[...]tural Press). Current Town Planning Acts, Orders and regulations for the United King- dom and Australian states. East, W. G., The geography be[...]ber). Fag/ca; C. B., A residential unit for town and country planning (Landon .P. . Feamsides, W. 0., and Bulman, 0. M. B., Geology in the service of man (Pelican). “Fortune", The e[...]tain (Manchester U.P.). Freeman, T. W., Geography and planning (Hutchinson). Forshaw, J. H., and Ahercrombie, L. P., County of London plan l943 (M[...]planning handbook (Law Book Co.). Gillie, F. B., and Hughes, P. L., Some principles of land planning ([...]spects of town planning (Association for Planning and Regional Reconstruction). Class, D. V., Social mobility in Britain (Rontledge) Goldsmith, H. E., Practical[...]dnd, E. A., Revolution of environment (Rorrtledge and Kegan Paul). Gufldnd, E. A., Our world from the air (Chatto and Windus). Great Britain. Advisory council on scie[...]b-Committee on Growing Demand for Water, ist, 2nd and final Reports (H.M.S.O.). Great Britain,[...] |
 | MtT.P.vSYLLAEUSES FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE COURSE WORK AND TOWN PLANNINGGreat Britain. Central Office of Information, Post-war industrial progress in the United Kingdom, Reference Pamphlet R. 3908 (C[...]f Information, Reference Division, Nuclear energy in Britain, C.O.I. Reference Pamphlet RF. P. 4192 (H[...]Information, Reference Division, Rural industries in Britain (Reference Paper R. 3334, C.O.I.). Great Britain. Committee on land utilization in rural areas, Report (Scott Report) (H.M.S.O.). Great Britain. Department of the Environment, Roads in England and Wales, (Annual Report) (H.M.S.O.). Great Britain[...]. General Register Oflice: Census, 1951, England and Wales. Report on usual residences and work-place (H.M.S.O. ]. Census, 1951, England and Wales. Report on greater London and five other vonurbufions (H.M.S.O.). Studies on Medical and Population Subjects, No. 27, Newton, M. P., and Jeffrey, I. R., Internal migration (H.M.S.O.). G[...]tive fall-out (H.M.S.O.). Great Britain. Housing and Local Government, Ministry of, Advisory handbook[...]entral areas ( H.M.S.O.). Great Britain. Housing and Local Covemment, Ministry of, Design in town and village; Part 2: The design of residential areas[...].O.I.). Grfgt Br;tain, Laws, Statutes, etc, Town and country planning act 1947 pun . Great Britain. Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, Agricultural statistics, United Kingdom ann[...]tres (H.M.S.O.). Great Britain. Ministry of Fuel and Power, Committee on national policy for the use of fuel and power resources (see: Great Britain. Parliament. Parliamentary paper. 1951-2, No. 12). Great Britain. Ministry of Housing and Local Government, The review of development pkms,[...]0 (H.M.S.O.). Great Britain. Ministry of Housing and Local Government, The control of mineral working[...]in. Ministry of Transport, Memo No. 575— Layout and con- ?tfiuidtignogf roads; design and hiyaut of roads in built-up areas Great Britain. Ministry of Transp[...].). Great Britain. Ministry of Transport, London and Home Counties Traffic Advisory Committee, Annual[...]. Great Britain. Ministry of Transport, Trafiic in towns (The Buchanan Report) (H.M.S.O.). 573 |
 | FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE M.'1'.P.~SYLLABUSF.S AND TOWN PLANNING COURSE WORK574 Great Britain. Ministry of Works and Planning. Expert Committee on Compensation and Betterment, Final report (Uthwatt Report) (H.M.S.[...]Towns Committee, Reports (interim, second interim and final) (H.M.S.O.). Great Britain, Parliament. H[...]S.O.). Great Britain. Post Office, Broadcasting,- Memorandum on television policy, Cmd 9005 (H.M.S.[...]research (H.M.S.O.). Hackett, 13., Man, society and environment (Marshall). Hall, M. P., The social[...]. 0., Introduction to the law of local government and administration (Butterworth). Harvey, D. G. T.,[...]. G., The making of the English landscape (Hodder and Stoughton). Housing, Building and Planning, No. 8, Housing and town and country planning. Howard, E., Garden cities of tomorrow (Faber). Hughes, T. H., and Lamborn, E. A. C., Towns and town planning: ancient and modern (Clarendon). Huxley, Julian, TVA-adventure in planning (Architectural Press). Institution of S[...]onference, 50th, London, 1958. Proceedings, pp. 69-117 (five papers on bridges). International Cong[...]Report; Proceedings, edited by P. T. van der Holt and G. S. Duggan. Jackson, W. E., Local government in England and Wales (Penguin) Jennings, 1., The Queen’s gove[...]igh density living (Hill). Keeble, L. Principles and practice of town and country planning, 2nd edition (Estates Gazette, 1[...]nty of London development plan 1951 — statement and analysis (L.C.C.). Maud, I. P. R., Local government in modern England (O.U.P.). Mekie, E. C., and Williams, H. B., Town and country planning law (Spon). Mess, H. A., Social groups in modern England (Nelson). lelsdletoii, R. E., and Chadwick, 0., A treatise on surveying, vol[...] |
 | [...]SYLLADL‘SES FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE COURSE WORK AND TOWN PLANN‘JNGMorrison, H. 5., How London is[...]es Barrie). Mumford, L., City deoelonment (Seeker and Warburg). National Building Studies Special Report No. 7, District heating in American housing (H.M.S.O,). National Council of Social Service, Size and social structure of a tow" (Allen and Unwin). National Council of Social Service, Voluntary social services: handbook of information and directory of organisations (N.C.S.S.). Orrnsby,[...]ary principles of surveying (Benn). Orwin, C. S., and C. 5., Farms and fields (O.U.P.). Parry, R., and Jenkins, W. R., Elementary textbook on land surveying (Estates Gazette). Planning, No. 407. Agriculture and land use (P.E.P.). Planning, No. 409, Britain and commonwealth migration (P.E.P.). Planning, No. 420, Television in Britain (REP). Planning No. 437, The British ship[...]ter of research for all those concerned with town and country planning (Town Planning Institute). Flatt, J. I., and Challinor, 1., Simple geological structures (Murb[...]uilding of satellite towns (Dent). Quennell, M., and C. H. B., Everyday life in Roman Britain (Batsford). Ra kin, C., and Grigsby, W. 0., Residential renewal in the urban cm (J Pennsylvania U.P.) Rasmussen, S. E, Towns and buildings (Liverpool U.P.). Rauda, W., Raumprobl[...]n architecture (Penguin). Rivet. A, L. F., Talon and country in Roman Britain (Hutchinson). Roberts, J. R. H., The law of town and country planning (Knight). Rosenan, H., The ideal city in its architectural evolution (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Saarinen, E., The city—its growth[...]utchinson’s University Library). Stamp, L. D., and Beaver, S. H, The British Isles: a geographic and economic survey (Longmans Green). Stamp, L. D.,[...]The face of Britain (Longmans). (See British life and thought, No. 5.) Stamp, L. D., The land of Britain: its use and misuse (Long'mans). Stamp, L. D., Man and the land (Collins). Stamp. L. D., Applied geogra[...]n, 1,, Introduction to the study of town planning in Amalia (Government Printer, N.S.W. ). 575 |
 | FACULTY OF ARGHTECTURE M.'l‘.P.—SYLLAI¥USE5 AND TOWN PLANNING COURSE VVOBKOx Summorson, I., Ge[...]s). The approach to land use planning (Political and Economic Planning). Tippett, L. H. C., Statistic[...]ish sncial history (Longmans). Tubbs, R., Living in cities (Penguin). Tunnard, C., The city (If mun (Scribners). Tyrwhigt, 1., Planning and the county-glide (Art and Education Publica— tions . Unwin, IL, Town planning in practice (Fisher Unwin). Wizatkins), E. 3., How[...]Greeks built cities (Macmillan). Zucker, P., Town and square (Columbia U.P.). |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS Bachelor of Arts (BA) Regulations and Schedules - - Syllabuses — - » - - » Anthropology . _ Asian Studies - . Classics — Economics (for B./\.) English _ Fr[...]olitics — Psychology _ Ill 111.11.... Diploma in Applied Psychology (Dip.App.Psych.) Regulations and Schedules — - Syllabuses » - - - . . . Diploma in Library Studies (Dip. Lib. Stud ) Regulations - . Diploma in Education (Dip.Ed.) Regulations and Schedules - - - » . _ Syllabuses - - - - - — . . _ Advanced Diploma in Education (Adv.Dip.Ed.) Regulations and Schedules - - - - . Syllabuses - - » _ . . . Master of Education (M Ed.) Regulations and Schedules - - - Syllabuses of Course Work (Sec Advanced Dip. Ed ) Master of Arts (M.A.) Regulations - — — _ . . _ . _ Notes by Departments - - . — . _ - Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See “Board of Research Studies” on page - _ . - s _ Doctor of Letters (D.Litt.) Regulations - - — _ . - . . . 578 587 588 589 59 1 602 604 613 6[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS D.A. REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Honours degree and an Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts. A candidate may obtain either degree or both. f2. The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend over three academic years and that for the Honours degree over four academic years. f3. (21) In these regulations and in schedules made under them by the Council the word[...]e of study at the Univer- sity normally completed in one academic year. In syllabuses, if the context so requires, it may me[...]dules defining (i) the subjects of study for the degree to be provided by the University, (ii) the range of subjects (including lecture courses. Iaborato courses and other rnctical work) to be satisfactorily completed andythe examinations to e passed by candidates, and (iii) the fees to he paid by candidates. ( c) Su[...]pecified by the Head of the Department concerned and submitted to the Faculty and the Council for approval. (e) Schedules made and syllabuses approved by the Council shall be published in the next edition of the University Calendar. M. A candidate for the degree shall attend classes as required by the Head of the Department concerned and pass examinations in accordance with the provisions of Schedule II (Ordinary degree) or Schedule III (Honours degree). ’rAllowed 28 January, 1.965. §Amendcd 24 December, 1969, and 21 December, 1972. 578 |
 | [...]work of the Final Honours year must be completed in one year of full-time study, save that on the rec[...]ames of the candidates who ualify for the Honours degree shall be published in a] hahet-ical or er within the following classes and divisions in each sc ool:First Class Second Class Division[...]is unable to complete the course for the Honours degree within the time allowed, or whose work is unsatis[...]which may permit him to r'c-cnrol for the Honours degree under such conditions (if any) as it may determin[...]enrol a second time for the Final Honours course in the same school if he (i) has already qualified for Honours in that school; or (ii) has presented himself for examination in that school but has failed to obtain Honours; or[...]t completed the pro-requisite Subjects prescribed in the Syllabuses. 7. A candidate shall do such wri[...]scribed by the professor or lecturer. '8. Except in special cases approved by the Council the annual examinat[...]candidate shall enter or examination on the form and by the (late rescribed by the Council, but shall[...]ss he has regularly attend the prescribed classes and has done written and laboratory or other practical work, where required, to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned. H Allowed 16 Decembe[...] |
 | [...]dates by direction of the Professors or Lecturers and the results of terminal or other examinations in a subject may be taken into consideration at the[...]s of candidates who pass at an annual examination in any subject or division of a subject for the Ordinary degree shall be published in alphabetical order in the following classifications:Pass with Distin[...]ith Credit, Pass. If the pass lists be published in two divisions, a pass in the higher division may be prescribed in the syllabuses as a pre-requisite for admission either to further courses in that subject or to other subjects. 10. A candidate who fails to pass in a subject and who desires to take the subject again shall again attend lectures and do practical work in the subject to the satisfaction of the >rofessors and lecturers, unless exempted therefrom by the Facul[...]date who has twice failed to pass the examination in any subject or division of a subject may not enrol for that subject again except by special permission of the Faculty and then only under such conditions as the Faculty ma[...]ted) after havin en- rolled for at east two terms in that year, shall be deemed to ave failed to pass the examination ”12. A candidate who has passed subjects in other faculties or univcrs cs or elsewhere may on[...]be granted such exemption from tiese regulations and from schedules made under them as the Council on[...]f the Faculty may determine. :131 (a) A graduate in another faculty who wishes to proceed to the degree of Bachelor of Arst and to count towards that degree subjects which he has already resented for another degree may do so subject to the following con itions:—[...]re than three such subjects, save that a graduate in aw may present five such subjects; (ii) he shall[...]the re cvant schedule made under regula- tion 4; and (iii) he shall present two third-year subjects not presented for another degree. jAllowed 16 March, 1961. ”Allowed 28 January, 1965; amended97l7 December, 1970, and 21 December 1 2r {Allowed 16 December, 19[...] |
 | [...]te who holds a diploma may be granted such status in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts as the Faculty shall in each case determine; rovidcd that if status be gr[...]bjects the can rdate shall, except as rovided for in section (e) of this regulation, surrender his diploma )efore being admitted to the degree.(0) A matriculated student who was enrolled for the Diploma in Social Studies before 30 June, 1962, may until 30 june, 1967, present for the degree of Bachelor of Arts more than three subjects whic[...]endering his diplonm before being admitted to the degree. §l4. N0 graduate who has obtained an Honours degree in a subject or field of study in another faculty may obtain the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts in a corresponding subject, field of study, or Scho[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar, Regulations allowed 17[...]HEDULES (Made by the Council under Regulations 3 and 15.) NOTE: Syllabnses of subjects for the degree of ILA. are published below, immediately after the )‘egnlations and schedules of the de ree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the ta le of subjects at the end of[...]1. The following shall be the subjects of classes and examinations: Group A: (1) Arts subjects: Anthr[...]I Drama I Economic Geography I English I French I and IA German I and IA Greek I and IA History IA, IB and IC Latin I Mathematics IM |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS EA. SCHEDULESMusic I and IA Politics 1 Psychology I Social Economics I H[...]man Geography IH Introductory Philosophy IH Logic and Argument IH Macroeconomics IH Mathematics IH Mic[...]al Geology IH“ Physical Geology IH‘I Genetics and Human Variation IH (3) Mathematical Sciences suh[...]dies II Classical Studies II ”General Geolo IH and Physical Geology IH will be available in 1974 onl to students w a have alrea y passed one of these half-subjects and who wis to enrol in the other to complete the requirements for[...] |
 | [...]) (4) Economic History II English II French 11 and HA Geography HA and HE German II, IIA and HE Greek II and IIS History II Latin II Linguistics II Mathematics IIM Music II Old and Middle English II Philosophy II Politics HA and HB Psychology 11 IIalffisubjects: Macroeconomic[...]etics 11 Geology II Organic Chemistiy II Physical and Inorganic Chemistry 11 Physics II Physiology 11 Z[...]atical Sciences subjects: Applied Mathematics IIA and HE Mathematical Statistics 11 Pure Mathema[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS ILA. SCHEDULESEconomics III English 111 and 1115 French III and IIIA Geography IIIA and IIIB German III and IIIB Greek III and IIIS History IIIA, IIIB and IIIS Latin III Music III and IIIS Old and Middle English III Philosophy IIIA and 11113 Politics IIIA and IIIB Psychology III (2) Science subjects: Applied Mathematics IIIM Biochemistry III and IIIM Botany III and IIIM Computing Science IIIM Genetics III Geochemistry III Geology III and IHM Geophysics III Histology and Cell Biology 111 Microbiology 111 Organic Chemistry III and IIIM Physiology IIIA, IIIB and IIIM Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IIIB and IIIM Physics III and IIIM Pure Mathematics IIIM Theoretical Physics I[...]atical Sciences subjects: Applied Mathematics III and IIIA Computing Science III and IIIA Mathematical Physics III Mathematical Statistics III Pure Mathematics III and IIIA 2. No subject shall be counted twice, and a candidate shall not present both subjects of any of the following pairs: Ancient History II and either Greek II or Latin II or Latin III; Applied Mathematics IIA and Applied Mathematics IIB; Biology I and either Botany I or Zoology I or General Bi[...] |
 | ILA. FACULTY OF ARTS SCHEDULESChemistry II and either Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II or Organic Chemistry II; Classical Studies I and either Greek 11 or Greek III; Computing III and Applied Mathematics IIB; Economics I and Social Economics I; Geography I and Economic Geography 1; Geology I and either Geology IH or General Geology IH or Physical Geology IH; Geology IH and either General Geology 1H or Physical Geology IH; German I and German IA; German II and German IIA; Greek IA and Creek 118; Greek I and Creek 1118; Mathematics HM and either Pure Mathematics II or Applied Mathematics[...]tics IIB or Com- puting IH (after 1974); Music I and Music IA; Psychology I and Psychology IA. 3. A candidate shall not present[...]t present morc than two of History IA, History IB and History IC. 5. A candidate who enrolled as a matriculated student before 31 March, 1964, and fpassed in Education before 31 March, 1966, may present that subject or either the Ordinary or the Honours degree. 6. When, in the opinion of the Faculty of Arts, special circum< stances exist, the Council, on the recommendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary any of the provisions of clauses 1-5 above. 7. These schedules came into force on 1[...]‘j‘, 1973, may continue under the regulations and schedules in force in 1972. Alternatively, he may complete his degree under the present regulations and schedules with such modifications as may be nece[...]the present schedules. SCHEDULE II: THE ORDINARY DEGREE 1. To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall present nine subjects wh[...] |
 | [...](c) Not more than three subjects from Group A(2) and B(2.). A subject which includes a Science half-su[...](d) Not morc than four subjects from Group B(3) and C(3).NO'I'Ezinot forming tFart of the regulations and schedules): The Faculty of Arts recommends that ie normal pattern of study for the Ordinary degree oi Eadifhlhdim be four subjects in the first year, three in the second and two in t e irti SCHEDULE III: THE HONouns DEGREE 1. A candidate for the Honours degree shall attend classes regularly and pass examinations in one of the following subjects: Classical Studies, Classics, Economics, English Language and Literature, French Language and Literature, Geography, German Language and Literature, History, Latin, Music, Philosophy, Politics, Psychology, or in a combination of subjects approved by the Faculty and including such subjects of two schools as shall b[...]ts within the Faculty of Mathe- matical Sciences and Faculty of Science may be combined with any one of the above. A candidate wishing to proceed to Honours in subjects within the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences is referred to regulation 11 of the degree of Bachelor of Science in Mathematical Sciences. A candidate desiring to e[...]school concerned. 2. A candidate for the Honours degree in any subject shall not begin final-year Honours work in that subject until he has ualiflcd for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts and has complete all the courses in that subject prescribed for the Ordinary degree and such pre. requisite subjects (it any) as may be prescribed in the syllabus. 3. Except by permission of the Fac[...]e whole of the final examination for the Honours degree at the one annual examination. 586 |
 | B.A.—SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF ARTS SYLLABUS NUMEEnsOF THE DEGREE 0F BACHELOR OF ARTS SYLLABUSES Text—books: S[...]o-requisite subjects: Students are reminded that in order to proceed to the second year in any subject in the Faculty of Arts they must. in the case of any first»ycnr subject or prr- requisite subject in which the past list is published in two divisions. pass at Division I level or higher. unless special permission is obtained in writing from the Academic Registrar. Examination[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]t teaching the subject, as follows: Anthropology - - - - - A German - - - — — < - G Asian Studies — - » - — Q History - - - - - - - H Classics . — - ~ . - — C Philosophy - - » » ~ — L English — — — - - - - E Politics — - - — - - - P French - - - - - - - ~ F Psychology - - - - » - Y Geography - — - — - — I The first digit— 076: If followed by 1. 2 or 3 indicates that the subject is in sequence with another subject. 7—9: Indicates that the subject is either not in sequcnce with another subject or is grescribed for the Honours degree. (Except Old and Middle English II an III.) The second digit—[...]bject taken only by Honours students. (Except Old and Middle English II.) Indicates third-year[...] |
 | [...]HROPOLOGY ANTHROPOLOGY This is a new department and a full undergraduate course in Anthropology will be developed. Students will be expected to attend regular tutorials as well as lectures and to submit written work when required. The books[...]ed to provide a general background to the sgbjeet and more exhaustive reading lists will be distributed[...]The course will be a encml introduction to social and cultural Anthropology: the ideas and beliefs of nun-western par) )les and their patterns of social and economic organisation. Topics include witc craft and magic, modes of economic production and distribution, and problems relating to power and authority in tribal and peasant societies. A primary aim of the course wi[...]nding of the general principles underlying social and cultural organisation. Preliminary reading: Nodal, S. F ., The foundations of social anthropology (Cohen and West). °Ciuckman. M.. Politics, law and ritual in tribal satiety ( Mentor). "Kaplan, D., and Manners. R. A., Culture theory (PrenticeJ‘lall)[...]c (Rautlcdgo). °.\‘lauss. M., The gift (Cullen and West). "Barnett= H. 6.. Being a Palamm (Holt. Rinehart and Winston). “Harmerz, LL, Soulrin'e (Columbia). °Hart, C. W. M., and Filling, A. R, The Tiwi of North Australia (Holt, Kinshart and \Vinston). ”Newman, I’. L., Knowing the Gummmbu (Holt, Rincliart and Winstnn), ”Fospisil, L., The Kapaulm Papmmr of West New Guinea (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). ‘Bcattic, L, Bunym‘a: an African kingdom (Holt, Einehart and Winston). Bowen, E. 5., Return to laughter (Gollanczl. Turnbull, C., The forest people (Simon and Scliuster). ”Redfield, R. 8., The little community (Chicago). Books marked " are available in paperback editions. 588 |
 | [...]I. Subject to the availability of stall a course in modem Chinese language (Mandarin) will be introduced in 1974, beginning with Chinese I (no pref requisite[...]1974). AQ12. Asian Development .11. (Enrolment in this subject in 1974 depends on the availability of staff. This w[...]: Any two first-year subjects (or the equivalent in bulbsuhjocts) in the departments of Economics. Geography. History[...]ry subject surveying (lu- historical backmund to. and nature of cnntmnpnmry political and economic institutions on issues in the three major regions of Asia: East. South and South- East Asia. It will he conducted as two lectures and one tutorial per week throughout the year. Intro[...]onomics (Penguin). Stein, L.‘ Economic maliries in poor countries (Angus and Robertson). Myint, 11., South East Asia’s econo[...]Fins)! Asian world (Bell), Panikkar. K. M., Asia and anstmn dominance (Methucn University Paperbacks ) . Reference. books: Little, 1, M. D.. Snitovsky. T., and Scott, M. F., Intluxtry and trade in some developing countries (O.U.P.), Myrclal, (3.[...]on is also available). Sutch'Ee, R. Br, Industry and underdevelopmont (Addison W'esley). Bernstein, II[...]leunlomnen! uml develomnent (Penguin). Seers, D., and Joy, L. (eds). Development in a divided world (Penguin). Onslow, C. (ed), Asian economic development (VVeidnnfeld and Nicnlson). Kirby, E. 8,, Economic denelomneni in East Aria (Allen and Unwin). Robinson, E. A. C.. and Kids-on, M. (eds), Economic development in South Asia (St. Martins Pro. Economic somey of Asia and Far East (annual) (U.N.E.C.A.F.E.); and Economic bulletin for Asia and the Far East (quarterly) (U.N.E.C.A.F.E.). Donnithorne, A. G., China’s economic system (Allen and Unwin). Li Chnh-Ming (ed.), Industrial development inand Lipton, M. (eds), The crisis in Indian phmning (0.U.P.). Colay, F. H., The Philippines: public policy and national economic development (Cornell U.P. ). Power, I. Hi, and Sicat, C, 'P., The Philippines: industrialisation and trade policies (O.U.P.). 589 |
 | [...]'LLABUSE§ 590 ASIAN STUDIES Stolnbcrg. D. J., In search of South-East Aria: a modern history (Placgur). Friedman. E.. and Seldom. Mu Alilcrfm’a Aslu (Random). Caldwell.[...]am ), SansonL R. L., The economics of insurgency in the Mekong Delta 0! Vietnam l.\l.l.T. Press). Me[...]s a} revolution (Allen Lane). Fitzgerald. E. Fire in the lake (Little. Brown). Other mien-lice[...] |
 | [...]Assus (LA-rm) CLASSICS The editions of Greek and Latin toxts mentioned below are not prescribed. b[...]he year. Before starting the final Honours year in any school, students niust be qualified for admission to the Ordinary degree. LATIN There are three subjects in Latin for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts: \COl Latin 1. AC02 Latin TI, and ACO!) Latin Ill. F cop! with the perm ion of the Faculty of Arts. no student noceediug to a degree may talw the sulzject AC02 Latin Il until he has passell the final examination in ACUl Latin 1. or the subject AC08 Latin [[1 until he has passed the Final oxaminatinn in ACOZ Latin 11. No subject is pro-requisite to ACO[...]atin at the Matriculation Examination is assumed. and, in grant-ml. studvnts are not advised to attempt the subject unless they have reached Guide C or higher in that examination. Every student taking a subject in Latin should have a Latin-English lexicon and a Latin rammnr. Students who propose to take more than one subject in Latin should ave Lewis and Short. Latin Dictionary (O.U.P.). ACO] .[...]Each work is the suhject of two weekly lectures in one term. The works may be examined separately du[...]rans- lation, short passages are set for comment, and an essay may also be set. (b) Additional Latin r[...]er of themes drawn from Roman literature, history and society. The material that students will use will[...]uring the year. There will be weekly written work and a weekly tutorial. ACOZ. Latin II. The subject[...]ately during the your. (h) Medieval Latin lyric, and practical criticism of passagvs from Latin litera[...](c) The history of the later Roman Republic (133-21 B.C.). See the syllabus [or AC72 Ancient History 11 for the content of the lectures and the preliminary reading necessary. The lectures will be given, and an essay is to he written. in the second term. Students should olitnin C[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS E.A.-‘SYLLABUSYS ...cs (LATINl A003. Latin 11!.[...]re: Tacitus1 Annals XIV, ed. Woodcock (Methuen), in addition to the works prescribed for ACOZ Latin 1[...]eparately during the year. Medieval Latin lyric, and practical criticism of passages from Latin litera[...]d. The history of the early Roman Empire (27 B.C.-180 A.D.). See thr syllabus for AC72 Ancient History I] for the content of the lecturm and the preliminary reading necessar . The lectures will be given. and an essay is to he written in the [tin] term. Students should obtain Cary, History of Rome (Macmillan) or Wells and Barrow. Short history a] the Roman Empire to the[...]ius (Methuenh Roman society of the late Republic and early Empire. For special reading the following books are recommended: Cowell, F. R, Cicero and the Roman Republic (Pelican); or Cowell, F. R., Everyday life in ancient Rome (Batsford). Carcopino, 1., Daily life in ancient Home at the height of the Empire (Pelican). ACSQ. Latin for the Honours Degree of B.A. Pre»i'equisite subjects: ACOI Latin T,[...]nal Honours year consists mainly of weekly essays and tutorials. Essays in one term are devoted to literature, and in the other two to history and society. Unseen translation is also practised. T[...]ory: the Age of Augustus. Roman society, thought and religion. A wide choice of topics will be given in papers (c), (d) and (e). 592 |
 | [...]CLASSICS (CREEK) CREEK There are [our subjects in Creek for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts: AC'Tl Creek IA, ACII Greek 1. AC12 Creel: II and AOL? Greek Ill. Except with the permission of the[...]eek ll until he has passed the final examination in AC“ Greek I. or the subject ACIS Greek III until he has passed the Final examination in AC12 Creel: II. No subject is pro-re uisite to AC11 Creel: I. but. in general. studvuts are advised to have obtained ti[...]Creek at the Matriculation Examination. or a pass in AC’I'I Cruel; IA. EVCI'y Student taking a subject in Creel: should have a Greek-English lexicon and a Greek grammar. Students who propose to take more than one subject in Greek should have “(Hell and Scott, Creek-English Lexicon, 9th edition, ed. jo[...]language a reading knowledge of cla. ‘ l Creek in one year. It is countable as one of the required nine subjects towards the Ordinary degree. It occupies four hours of formal Iuition n week. Students who pass in the examination at the und of this subject will be cxpectud to takc AC11 Crock I in a subsequent year. The following books will he used: Walters, W. C. F., and Conway, R. S., Deigma (Murray). Creel- unprenared translation. eds. Al McDonald and S. J. Miller (Mac- millan). ACll. Greek I. The[...]ree works of Greek literature: Homer. Odyssey X1, in Odyssey I-XII, ed. Stanford (Macmillan). Hits, IA];Jr;logz./, in Plato, Euthyphm, Apology, and Critu, ed. Buruet Euripides. Alcesfls, etl. Dale (O.U.P.). Each work is the subject of two weekly lectures in one term. The works may be examined separately d[...]trans- lation, short passages nre set or comment, and an essay may be set. (b) Additional Creel; readi[...]r of themes drawn from Greek literature. history, and society. The material that students will use for[...](luring thc year. It involves weekly written work and a weekly tutorial. AC77. Creek US. This s[...]those who have been accepted as Honours students in Classical Studies or Latin. It aims to give stude[...]he language a wading knowledge of classical Creek in one year. It occupies four hours of formal tuition a week. The books used are as set out in the syllabus ior AC71 Greek TA. AC12. Cre[...] |
 | [...]ncient History [I for the content of the lectures and the preliminary reading necessary. The lectures will be given, and an essay is to be written. in the first term. Students should obtain Ehrenberg.[...]ersity Paperback).(c) Greek unseen translation, and the study of a literary genru: drama. There will be weekly written work and a weekly tutorial in the second and third terms. The material to be used by students[...]those who have been accepted as Honours students in Classical Studies or Latin. The syllabus is as s[...]iterature: Aeschylus, Agar/18mm)". ed. Denniston and Page (0.U.P.), in addition to the works prescribed for ACl2 Greek 1[...]ed separately during the year. (b) Greek society and thought down to the fourth century BC. No special lectures will be given. but in the first term weekly written work and :1 weekly tutorial will be concerned with Crack t[...]. For preliminary readins Comforcl. Ft M., Before and after Socratex (C.U.1’.) is recommended. For G[...]cracy (Blackwell), (c) Creek unseen translation. and the study of a literary genre: drama. There will he weekly written work and a weekly tutorial in the second and third terms. The material to he used by st[...] |
 | B.A.-—S\'LI.ABUSES FACULTY or“ .mrs CLASSICS (CLASSICAL STUDIES)CLASSICAL STUDIES There are three subjects in Classical Studies for the Ordinary degree of Ilnchelor of Arts: AC3l Classical Studies I. AC32 Classical Studies I] and ACES Classical Studies Ill. Except with the permission of the Faculty of Arts. nu student proceeding to a degree may take the subject AC32 Classical Studics 11 until he has passed the final examination in AC31 Classical Studies I. or the subject: ACSS Cl[...]ntil he has passed either the linnl examina- tion in AC82 Clsuisical Studies [I or both the final examination in ACSI Classical Studies I and the final examination in AC72 Ancient History II. No subject is prerequisite to ACSI Classical Studies I. In these subjects Classical literature is studied in translation. and no knowledge of Greek 01' Latin is required. A s[...]towards the dcgrcc both ACSI Classical Studies I and either ACIZ Crack II 01' AC13 Greek HI. AC3]. Cl[...]ect forms an introduction tn the classical world. and is concerned with the literature of classical Greece and its social and cultural background. Greek epic is Studied in first term. Greek tragedy in second term. and Greek L‘Oillt'dy and Greek philosophv in third term. As an example of the method that is f[...]tment of epic is as follows: there is one lecture and one tutorial a week on epic literature. combining[...]ey with detailed study of the Iliad. the Odyssey. and thc Argonautica. The tutorial. for which preparat[...]ith the lecture. A second lecture n wcck is given in a general course intended to provide background f[...]world (Sphere Books). Bowra, C. .\'l., Landmarks in Greek literature (Wcidenffld Coldbnt-k 01‘ Pel[...]mmended books: Beye, C. R, The Iliad, the Odyssey and the epic tradition (Macmillan). Ilowra, C. M.. Ho[...], World of Odysseus (Pelican). Kirk. C. Si, Homer and the epic (C.U.P. paperback). Knight, W. F. 1.. Many-minded Homer (Allen and Unwin). Mireaux, E, Daily life in the time of Homer (Allen and Unwin). Steiner, Gt. Homer (Prentice-Hall). Thomas. C. C. (ed), Homer’s history (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Thornton, A., People and themes in Homer’s Odyssey (hlcthuen). 2. DRAMA. P[...] |
 | PADULTY 01- Ann B.A.—S\LLA15L‘SE5 CLASSICS (CLASSICAL smm[...]aEuripides: Hippolytus Bacchae Alma-it‘s All in Crane and Lattimore. Creek Tragedies, 3 volumes (Univ. Chic[...](Mentor paperback) Menandcr: The bud-tempered man in Menander, Plays and fragments (Penguin). Recommended reading: Arnolt, P., Greek scenic conventions in the fiflh century B.C. (O.U.P.). Bowra. M., Sop[...]y (Oxford paperback). Dodds, E. R‘. The Greeks and the irrational (Beacon paperback). Dover. K. 1..[...](Blackwell). Grant, M., The Myths of the Greeks and Romans (Weidenfcld). Grube. C. M. A., The Drama of Euripides (Madmen). Jones, 1., On Aristotle and Greek Tragedy (Chauo and WinLlus). Kitto, II. D. F., Farm and Meaning in Drama (Meihuen paperback). Lattimore, R. A., The[...]nslr Pickatd-Cambridge, A. W., Dilhymmb, Tragedy and Comedy, revised edition (0.U.P.). Waldock, A. J.[...]tist (C.U.l’.). Webster. '1‘. B. L.. Studies in later Creel: comedy (Manchestcr U.P.). VVebslcr. '1‘. B. L., Studies in Mcnandcr (Manchester U.P.). Whitman. C. 11.. Arixtanhanes and the Comic Herc (Harvard Univ. Presfl. Whitman, C. H.. Sophocles: a study in Homeric hmuanism (Harvard Univ. Press]. 3. HEHOD[...]r, New York). Usher, 8., The historians of Greece and Rome (University paperback). Fomam, W,, Herodotus[...]dies I. The subject is concerned with the social and cultural development of Rome from the origins to[...]ining literary studics with a study of the social and cultural background. Roman art and architecture is studied in second term. Parts of the syllabus may be[...] |
 | [...]., The Romans (Pelican). \Nhitirlcr, M., Roman ml and architecture (Thames and Hudson paperback).Recommended reading: Arnott,[...], Dufl‘, J. Wi htr, A literary Melon] of Rome in the golden age (Benn paperback). Dull', J. Wiglit., A literary histarg of Rome in the silver age (Benn paperback). Grant, l\'1., Roman literature (Pelican). Higginbmhmn, J. (cd.). Greek and Lath- lltemture, a comparative study University p[...]students should obtain: Plautus, The not of gold and Pseudalus. in The pot of gold and (”her plays (Penguin). Recommended books: Beare, VV., The Roman stage (Mcthuen). Dorey, T. A,, and Dudley, D. R, (ed.), Roman drama (Routlcdge and Kegan Paul]. Duckworth, G. E., The nature of Roma[...]ndiana U.P. paperback). Sallust, Jugurtlir'nc war and conspiracy of Cutiline, tr. Handler-d (Penguin).[...]n Paul). Dudley, D. E. (ed), Lucretius (Roulledge and Kegan Paul). Laistner, M. L. W., The greater Roma[...]ee (Murray paparback). The Eclogues, Genrg‘ics and Aeneid of Virgil, tr. Day Lewis (Oxford paperback[...]e—Hall). Dudley, D. R. (ed.), Virgil (Roulledge and Kegan Paul). Highei, (3., Poets in a landscape (Hamilton). Luck, 0., The Lati[...] |
 | [...]sical Studies II or both AC31 Classical Studies 1 and AC72 Ancient History HrT he subject is concerned. in the first two terms, with comparalive studies of some literary genres ractiscd in Greece and Home: pastoral. satire the novel, and hisloriographyr The third term's study is of the literature of the later Roman Empire and the society that produced it. Parts of the sylla[...]separately during the year. 1. PASTORAL, SATIRE, AND TIIE NOVEL. (a) Pastoral. Tcxts which students sh[...]kn’tas, tr. Mills (Purdue). Virgil’s Eclogues in The Eclogues, Georgia's and Aeneid of Virgil, tr. Day Lewis (Oxford paperback). Recommended reading: Higginlmtham, J. (e(l.), Greek and Latin literature, a comparative study (University[...]cal essays on Roman literature: Satire (Routledge and chan Paul). Witkc, C., Latin satire (Leiden, Bri[...]xts which students should obtain: Lungus, Daphm'x and Chloe, tr. Turner (Penguin). Petronius, The saiyricmi and the fragments, tr. Sullivan (Penguin). Apuleius,[...]Walsh, P. G., The Human navel (CrU.P.). 2. GREEK AND HUMAN Hisromocmmflr. Texts which students shoul[...]by Finley (Penguin). Sallust, The Jugurihine war and the conspiracy of Catiline, tr. Handford (Penguin[...]t (Penguin). Usher, 5., The historians of Greece and Home (University paperback). The above works will he studied as part of a course in the general develop- ment of historical writing, including the work of Polybius and Livy. 598 |
 | [...]k). Dorey, T. A. (ed), Latin hislarimu (Routledge and Kegun Paul). Grant, hi, The ancient historians (Weidcnfeld and Nicholson). Laistner, M. L. W., The greater Roman[...]ed with the Craectrltomun civilization of the 4th and 5th centuries AD. The justification for such a c[...]is that it is important to examine a civilization in decay as well as in 'rowlh and climax. These centuries also form a bridge betwee[...]ds. Part of the term will he spent on St. Au tine and the rest of the term on a project involvin a 3-4.000 word essay. Stu ents can choose one of the f[...]war on: the gan resistance to Christianity; monks and the ascetic movement; reasons for Ill: fall of the Roman empire in the West‘ There will be weekly opportunities to discuss progress and problems and the project will count for a large part of the ov[...]Downey, G., The late Roman empire (Holt, Rinchart and Winston). St. Augustine, City of God, abrid. Bour[...]. (ed.), Fall of the Roman empire (Holt, Rinehart and Winston).Chitty, D. J,, The desert at city: an introduction to the study of Egyptian and Palestinian momsticism under the Christian empire[...]. Momigliano, A., The conflict between paganism and Christianity in the fourth century (Clarendon). Versfeld, M., Gui[...]he year. AC79. Classical Studies for the Honours Degree of BA. Pre-rcquisite subjects: AC31 Classical St[...]l Studies 111; either ACOI Latin 1, ACOZ Latin II and AC03 Latin III or AC78 Creek 1118. The work of t[...]sist of: (a) Thle study of 3 Crack or Roman text inand social development of classical Greece and Rome, to he studied under set topics: e.g. carly Grcck l ric and its background; the Athenian tragedians; the new learning; an 50 on. (c) A special topic, to hr: chosen from the field of classical studies in accordance with the interests of the candi[...] |
 | [...]. A student cannot count as subjects towards his degree both AC72 Ancient gistriry II and any of the following: ACOZ Latin 11, ACOS Latin III, AC12 ree II. .-\ coursr- of lectures concerned with the political and social history of Crown (600404 BC.) and Run".- (133 B.C.-:\.l). 180). The lectures will assnnw that student[...]ar with the outline of the periods being treated. and it is «is itial that. before the hoginning of ea[...]died. The lectures on Greek history will he given in Iliu first tor-m. thnso on Roman Republican history (133—527 BC.) in the second. and those on Roman Imperial history in the third. An essay is to he written each term. Tutorials will be held on special topics throughout the year. Parts of the syllabu[...]tudents should obtain: Ehrenberg, V., From Salon. in Socrates (Methucn University Paperback). Gary, M.[...]w (Methuen University Paper- ac . Plutarch, Rise and full oi Athens (Penguin). I’lutarch, Full of th[...]reek society (Penguin). Bengtson, H., The Greeks and the Persians (Weidenfeld and Nicolson). Bowra. C. M.. Pericleun Athens (Weidenfeld and Nicolson). Burn, A. R, Persia and the Greeks (Arnold). Claster> J. N., Athenian democracy (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Forrest, W. (3., The emergence of Gree[...]onnesian War (Cornell U.P.). Kagan. D., Problems in ancient history, vol. 1 (Macmillan). Meiggs, R,[...]VIII-X (C.U.P.). Brunt, P. A., Social conflicts in the Roman republic (Chatto and Windus). Kagan, D., Problems in ancient history, vol. 2 (Macmillan). Hill‘gliJSIPT). Rice, The Roman republic and the founder of the empire Cowell, F. K, Cicero and the Roman republic (Pelican). Balsdon, J. P. V. D., Julius Caesar and Home (English U.P.). Appian. Roman history[...] |
 | B.A.—SYLLAEUSES FACULTY OF ARTS CLASSICS (HONooes DEGREE)Badian, E., Roman imperialism in the late republic (Blackwell). Dickinson, I., Death of a republic (Macmillan). Lewis, N., and Reinhold, M., Human civilization, vol. 1 (Columbi[...]evements of the divine Augustus), cd. P. A. Brunt and I. M. Moore (O.U.P.). Tacitus, On imperial Rome, tr. Grant (Penguin). Miller, E, The Roman empire and its neighbours (Weidenfeld and Nicolson). Starr, C. G., Civilization and the Caesars (Norton). Lewis. N.. and Reinhold, M. (eds.), Roman civilization. vol. II[...]Enemies of the Roman order (O.U.P.). Wells, 1.. and Barrow, E. Hr, A short history of the Roman empire (Methuen). Yavetz, Zr, Plebs and Princem (O.U.P.). AC99. Classics for the Honours Degree of BA. Prerequisite subjects: ACO! Latin 1, AC02 Latin II and AC03 Latin III; ACII Creek 1, ACIZ Creek 11 and AC13 Creek 111. The formal work of the final Honours year consists mainly of weekly essays and tutorials. Essays in one term are devoted to literature, and in the other two to history and society. Unseen translation is also practised. T[...]translation into English from Greek prose authors and poets. (b) Passages for translation into English from Latin prose authors and poets. (c) Greek and Latin literature. (d) Creek and Roman history: Imperial Athens, and the Age of Augustus, (8) Greek and Roman society, thought and religion. A wide choice of topics will be given in pagers (c), (d) and (e). In each m paper candidates must answer questions fro oth the Greek and the Roman sections. 601 |
 | [...]S B.A.—SYLLABUSES ECONOMICSECONOMICS (FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS) EE71. Social Economics I.[...]tudents who intend to take only a one-year course in Economics. and all such students are recommended to take it instead of the two llnlf—subjchs EEIG Macroeconomics In and EEZG Microeconomics II-I. It will not he accepted as qualifying a student to enrol in the second-year half-subjects EESG Macroeconomics III-i and EEdG Microeconomics 11“, except that students who have passed with a distinction or near distinction in E1571 Social Economics 1 may with the apnmval cf the Professor of Economics, be permitted to enrol in EEJG Macroeconomics III] and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. This course is given each year, alternating between day lectures in odd years and evening lectures in even years. It comprises two lectures and one tutorial a week. Its scope is as follows: The economic basis of social welfare. with special reference to the following topics: demand and supply; competition and monopoly; distribution of income and wealth; intcmotional trade; national accounting; money and banking; theory of employment: government policy in depression and inflation; capital accumulation in underdeveloped areas. Preliminary reading: Heil[...]extbooks: Gill, R. T., Economic development past and present (Prentice-Hall). Samuelson P. A., Hancock, K. J., and Wallace, R. 11., Economics, Australian ed. (McGrnw-Hill). Reference books will be prescribed in lecturcsl EEIG. Macroeconomics IHl EE2Gt Microec[...]H. For syllabuses see under Faculty of Economics (Degree of B.EC‘). EED3. Economics III. EEOB Economics III is available to candidates proceeding to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. A candidate who wishes to present EE03 Economics III towards the degree must take EE7G International Economics IIIH and two half-subjects from the following list one of[...]ese half-subjects see under Faculty of Economics (Degree of B.Ec.). ° EEGG Microeconomics IIIH. will be oilered for the first time in 1975, and may riot be presented by a candidate who passed EE02 Economies II in 1973 or car ier. 602 |
 | E.A.-‘SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF ARTS ECONOMICSEE73. Economic Development Studies In. Pre-requisite subject: If the half-subject EElH Macroeconomics and Inter- national Trade IIIH has not been passed, the half-subject EE7G International Economics IIIH and EESG Macroeconomics IIIH must be taken concurrent[...]III is available to candidates proceeding to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. A candidate who wishes to pr[...]study the subject 151513 Economic Development [11 and either of the half-subjects EE5H History of Econo[...]ct may gotdlm $1)?"th towards E1303 Economics Ill and E1373 Economic Development to ies . For syllabuses of this subject and theta half-subjects see under Faculty of Economics (Degree of B.Ecl). EE99. Economics for the Honours Degree of B.A. and B.Ec. For syllabuses see under Faculty of[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS B.A.—SYLLAEUSES ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITEKA’I'UMENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE AEOI English I, A1302 English II. AE03 English III. AFB? Old and Middle English 11, A1388 Old and Middle English 111. A1382 American Literature II.[...]Studies II. A1373 Australian Literary Studies III and A1592 Linguistics II are subjects for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts. No student proceeding to a degree may. without special permission. take AEOZ English II or AE87 Old and Middle English II until he has passed the final examination in AEOI English I, A1203 English III until he has asset]. the final examination in AE02 English II. A1588 Old and Middle Englis III until he has passed the final examination in AE87 Old and Middle English II, or A1273 Australian Literary Studies III until he has passed the final examination in AE72 Australian Literary Studies ll. The subjects are made up of lectures and tutorials. Since the tutorial groups are small, and are arranged as far as possible at times to suit the best convenience of both students and tutors. all students must attend the preliminary meeting held in thedllrst week of the first term in each year, at which the tutorial time—table is lixe . In AEOI English I and AEOZ English II there are two lectures and one tutorial per week. In AEOS English III, three lectures and one tutorial. AEOl. English I. I. ENGLISH LANGUAGE. The history and structure of the English language. Bolton, W. F.,[...]s: A. Poetry: Chaucer, The nardoner’s prologue and tale. ed. A. C. Spenring (CUJ‘J. Shakespeare, T[...]r-Smith (lleinemann). Wordsworth. Selected poetry and prose, ed. G. Hartman (Signet).' Hopkins, Poems and prose, ed. \V. H. Gardner (Penguin),‘ Modem poe[...]studied from these texts will he announced early in 1974. B. Drama: Shakespeare, Coriownus ( Signet[...]C. Novel: Fielding, Tom Jones. Dickens, Dombey and son. James. Washington Square. Conrad, Heart of d[...]5., A house for M1. Biswas. Lawrence, D. H., Sons and lovers. Assessment as at present envisaged is based upon the year's work (essays and tutorial assignments) and upon two three-hour examinations at the end of the course in the proportion of one-third to two-thirds. 604 |
 | B.A.—SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF ARTS ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATUREAEOZ. English II. Pre-requisite subj[...]marily concerned with English literature from 1550-1780. There will be a special study of Shakespeare and the Elizabethan drama and in addition. one topic must be chosen for intensivc[...]r options adored. I. ENGLISH LITERATURE FROM 1550-1780. Spenser. Poetry, ed. H. Maclean (Norton). T[...]ge). Including Spenser, Prnthalamimi. Davis, 8., and Davis, E. (eds), Poets of the early seventeenth c[...]Microcmmogmphie (Scalar). Million) Paradise lost and selected poetry and muse, ed. N. Frye, (Rina- art . Dryden, Selected[...]ed. E. I. Avery (Arnold). Pope, Selected poetry and prose, ed. W. K. Wimsatt (Rinehart). Davie, D. (e[...]enguin). Swift, Gulliver's travels, ed. P. Dixon and I. Chalker (Penguin). Richardson, Pamela, vol. 1[...]s, ed. I. P. Hardy (O.U.P.). II. SHAKLSPEAI‘IE AND THE DRAMA 0F His ACE. Marlowe, Tamhurlaine the g[...]y, ed. J. B. Steane (C.U.P.). Shakespeare. Roman and Juliet, Henry IV, Part I, As you like it, King Le[...]he Changeling, ed. H. W. Bawcutt (Methuen). III. SPECIAL S'nmrns nY OPTION. One of the following: (1) Narrative romance in prose and verse. (2) Beowulf, trans. D. Wright (Panther).[...]ewer (Arnold). Sidney, Sir P., Arcadia, extracts in Sir Philip Sidney: selected prose and poetry, ed. R. Kimbrough (Einchart). Scott, Sir[...]an). Tolkien, J. R. R., Lard of the rings (Allen and Unwin). The flaetry of Edmund Spenser.[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS B.A.—SYLLAHUSES ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE(3) Drama since 1700. A study of some[...]e beaux’ st’ratagem (Regents) (also available in Restoration plays, Everyman, see below). Lilln, The London merchant (Regents) (also available in Eighteenth century plays, Everyman, see below).[...]ortance of being earnest (Heineinann). Shaw, Man and superman (Penguin). Eliot, T. S., The cocktail p[...]nadmism‘hle evidence (Faber). Wesker, A, Roots in the Wesker Trilogy (Penguin). Bond, E., Saved (M[...]ongi’s harvest (O.U.P.). ano, A., Hihberd, J., and Romeril, ]., Plays (Penguin). Students will be expected to read more widely in collections and the work of the authors listed above. Suggested a[...](Every- man), Eighteenth century plays (Everynmn) and Late Victorian plays (Oxford paperback). (4) Indian, African and Chinese literature in English and translation. Tagore, R, Gitnnioh' (Macmillan). Rao, R., The scroent and the rope (John Murray). Narayan, R. K., The prin[...]ouseholder (John Murray). Markandaya, K., Nectar in a sieve (Signet). Dcsani, (3., All about II. Hatter (Penguin). Senghor, L., Prose and poem , trans. I. Reed and C. Wake (Oxford). Soyinka, W., The [ion and the jewel (Three Crowns). Snyinlra, VV., The mad[...]esent cnvisajcd is by assignments during the year and two exam ntion papch' at the and o it. In the first paper, two questions must be answered on each of Sections II and [II above: in lhc second paper, two questions on each of two grains of texts in Section I, namely the earlier texts to Congreve and the latter texts hum Pope. Four (uestions[...] |
 | B.A.—SYLLABUSE5 FACULTY OF ARTS ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATUREAEOS. English III. A study of English Literature and Drama with s ecial but not exclusive reference to[...]Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, Browning, Hardy, Yeats and T» S. Eliot. The selection will include Wordswor[...]ion Will also include a study of the prose essays in Foakes (ed.) Romantic criticism (Arnold's English[...]d Standard Authors). Wordsworth, Selected poetry and prose (Signet). Coleridge, Selected poems (New Oxford English Series). Shelley, Selected poetry and prose (Modern Library). Keats, Selected poems and letters (Riverside Edition)» Tennyson, Toning/so[...]ed poetry (Papermac). Eliot, Collected poems, 1909-1962 (Faber). Foskcs (ed), Romantic criticism (Arn[...]of the artist as a young man. Lawrence, W’onwn in lime. Woolf, The waves. White, Riders in the chariot. C. SHAKESPEARE; MODERN DRAMA. Shakespeare, Hamlet, Antony and Cleopatra, Henry IV, Part I and Part II. Ibsen, Ghosts and other plays (Penguin), The master builder and other plays (Penguin). Chekhov, Three .visters and other plays (Penguin), Strindberg, Three plays (Penguin). Pirandello, Henry IV, and other plays (Penguin). Brecht, Mother Courage, Ga[...], Endgame, Waiting for Godot (Faber). Assessment in at present envisaged is by assignments during the year and by three examination papers at the end of it. In the first paper two questions relating to the course in general terms must he answered. In the second paper three uestimrs relating to poetry since 1780 must he nnswerad. In the third paper t nae questions relating[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS H.A.—SYLLABUSES ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATUREA1387. Old and Middle English II. A. ANGLO-SAXON CULTURE AND INSTITUTIONS. B. INTRODUCTION TO OLD ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. Prescribed book: Cassidy, F. G. and Ringler R. N. (eds.,) Brights Old English grammar and reader 3rd edition (Holt Rinehart and Winston) C. INTRODUCTION To EARLY MIDDLE ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. Prescribed hook: Bennett, J. A, \V., and Smithers, G. V. (eds.), Early Middle English verse and prose, 2nd edition (Clarendon). AESS. Old and Middle English III. A. MEDIEVAL ENGLISH CULTURE AND INSTITUTIONS. B. OLD AND MIDDLE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. For reference: Quirk, R., and Wrenn, C. L.] An Old English grammar) 2nd edition[...]TO lVITDDLE ENGLISH LITERATURE. D. STUDY OF OLD AND MIDDLE ENGLISH TEXTS. Prescribed books: Sweet, H[...]of the two lecture periods will regularly be used and the second occasionally, according to flexible n[...]lemiined the swtem of holding seminars at 10 a. m.- -12 noon and 2- 4 p. III. will be continued and pIovision will be made for at least one eI ening meeting for those who cannot fit in at any of these times. The course may not be attempted externally. I. POETRY AND Pnosn IN GENERAL. 1. Elliott and Mitchell (eds), Bards in the wilderness. Adam Lindsay Gordon, Colonial Poe[...]early. Clarke, M., His natural lifle (Penguin) )and For the ierm of his natural life (Introduction by F1 ‘ntt) (Angus and Robertson). O’Reilly, I. B., Moondyne (S[...] |
 | BiA.7SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF ARTS ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE3. Fiction, later. Furphy, 1., Such i[...]n who loved children. Stow, R, The merry-go-muncl in the sea. While, P., The tree of 1mm. Keneally, T.[...]. Hazzard, S.. The evening of the holiday; People in glass houses. 4. Prose, descriptive and critical. Clark, M., A colonial city, cd. Hcrgenhan (Queensland U.P.). (This book is available in multiple copies at the Barr Smith Library.) Barnes, 1.. The writer in Australia (M.U.P.). II. Mom: SPECIALISED TOPICS. 1. Regional Study. In connection with Clara Morison and Pam'ng the way. a selection of early and later South Australian verso will be provided to[...]udy Supplementary reading Will also be indicated in K. E. Fitzpatrick, Australian anlm‘ers (Worlds'[...]will also be made to F. Manning, Her privates we, and L. Mann, Flesh in armour. Assessment will be continuous with essays and other class papers and a single three hour examination at the end of the[...]will: the Chair- man of the Department. a course in Australian Literary Studies at Lhird~year level,[...]opics for extended study. with three major essays and such other class work as may be determined. Assessment will be continuous and the course will be completed with one examination of three hours and a fourth essay or a second three hour examination in its place. Details of the course, with times of meetings will be available at the English Department ollice in December of thc prcceding year. In order to qualify for admission 3 good performance in A1572 Australian Literary Studies II is advisable[...]ding with enrolment. The provision of the course in 1974 is contingent on stalt being available to teach it and a satisfactory level of demand. This cours[...] |
 | FACULTY (3F ARTS D.A.~5YLLABUSES ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATUREAESZ. American Literature 11. Prereq[...]OI English I. The course consists of two lectures and one tutorial :1 wcck. It is not available to exte[...]PnosE: Emerson, Easays (Signct). Thoreau, Walden and Civil disobedience (Signet). °Hawthorne, The sca[...]orton). “Twain, Huckleberry Finn. ° Available in Four classic American novels (Siguct). James, The[...]Fitzgerald, The Great Gatsby. Faulkner, The sound and the fury. The essential Hemingway (Penguin), Elli[...]rs, The ballad of the sad cafe. Galloway, D. 13., and Whitley, J. (eds) Ten modern American short stori[...]ected poems (Fabcr). Penguin modern poets, Nos. 5 and 9. Gleeson, P. (ed), A first reader of contempor[...]. The course will consist of one lecture per week in the history and development of theatre arts and one studio session in the theory and practice of drama. Preliminary reading could incl[...](Hcinemann Educational). Nagler, A., Source hook in theatrical history (Dover). Nicoll, A., World dra[...]ements of drama (Cambridge). Williams, 11., Drama in performance (Penguin). This subject will be ollered in 1974 according to the availability of stall. 610 |
 | BiAi—SYLLABUSES FACULTY or ARTS ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATUREAE92. Linguistics II. I’m-requisite: A Division I Pass or better in any of: AEOI English I; AFOI French I or AFll Fre[...]logy l. The subject will consist of two lectures and one tutorial 3 week providing an introduction to (i) grammar and descriptive linguistics and (ii) historical and soeial linguistics The course may not be attempt[...]eoretical linguistics (C.U,P.), English Language and Literature for the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Arts. Students wishing to take Ho[...]k. They will he required to satisfy the examiners in .-\E79 English 1115, which will involve work in the s 'contl and third years. The exmnination will numia ly be tak[...]fore proceeding to AEQEJ Honours English Language and Literature, which will normally be taken in the fourth year. AESQ. English Language and Literature, Honours, Second Year. During the second year, in addition to AE02 English II and the other re uisite second-year subjects, students accepted for Honours will attend special easscs and will be required to reach a satisfactory standard[...]ing further. AE79. English ms. The Honours work in the third year will he on extension of the Honours work of the second year. and will normally he taken concurrently with A1303 English Ill and another third-year subject, which for ihme taking payers (ii) or (iii) or (iv) in AEQB Honours English Language and Literature will be A1388 Old and Middle English III. The axrnninuiiun in A1379 English IlIS, covering the Honours work of the second and third years. will normally be taken in August of the third year. It will consist of the following topics: (i) English Language. (ii) Shakespeare and the Drama of his age. (iii) Special Period. (iv) Special Topic. fill |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS E.A-—SYLLABUSES ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (HONOUES DEGREE)AE99. Honours English Language and Literature. The examination will normally be taken at the end of the fourth year and will consist of the following papers: (1') Gener[...]d Norse. (iii) Old English. (iv) Middle English Special. (v) Middle English General. (Vi) szgcizil Perio[...]erature (taken from the period after 1 0. (viii) Special Author or Authors. (ix) Special Topics. (x) Special Topics. (xi) The Novel. (xii) Drama. (xiii) Ameri[...]Commonwealth Literature. (xvi) Continental Novel in Translation. Before presenting themselves for examination in papers numbered (ii), (iii) and (iv), students will be rer Hired to attend classes and pass the examinations in AEST Old and Middle English II and AEBB Old and Middle Enfilish III. In papers (vi), (vii). (ix) and (3:) they may not take the same perio s or to ics as in AE79 English [US [(iii) or (iv)]. Students may su[...]of the Department as alternatives to papers (viii)-(xvi). Information about special periods, topics and authors is obtainable from the English Dep[...] |
 | B.At~SYLLAHUSES FACULTY OF ARTS FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATUREFRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE There are six courses in French for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts: AFll French IA, AFUI French I, AFOZ French 11, AF72 French HA, AFOS French III and AF88 French IIIA. AFlI French IA assumes little or no previous knowledge of the hmgua c and is a first-year unit for the degree of BA. The aim of the course is to provi c a basic working knowledge of the written and srokcn Ian rage to those students who have done l[...]wledge of French for Honours or postgraduate work in another discipline, No subject is rare-requisite[...]ourse only if Ihey hare reached Grade D or higher in that examination or possess some other equimlent qualification. Students enrolled in AFOI French I for the first time will not be exempted from attendance at lectures and tutorials, AF72 French “A may be taken as an additional course to AF02 French 11, and may be taken either in second or third car, the only pres-requisite being a pass in AFOl French I at Division I standard or higher. A[...]or admission to AFOS French III, for which a pass in AF02 French II is required. AFBB French IIIA may also be taken as an additional course to AF03 French III, and will normally be taken in third year. the pre~requisite being a pass in AF72 French 11A. The sequence AFOI French I. A177[...]ch IIIA will count as a sequence for the Ordinary degree In AF02 French II and AFOB French III the lectures on the literature may be given in French. All exercises set during the year form an integral part of the courses, and students may he refused permission to sit for the[...]1. LANGUAGE. (a) Grammar, vocabulary, translation and writing of French. (17) Speaking, aural comprehen[...]t of this section of the course will be conducted in the Language Laboratory. ) Prescribed text: Bieler, A., and others, Perspectives cle France, revised 1972 edi[...]) . Rceornmended reference books: Murray, M. W., and Lentz, E. E., A French vocabulary (Blackie). Mans[...](Harrap). Mansion, 1. E., Hamm’s shorter French and English dictionary. 2. MODERN FRANCE. Background reading, illustrating the life and culture of contemporary France. Prescribed text: Harris, J., and Le'véque, A,, Basic French reader, 3rd edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Recommended reference book: Ardagh, J., The new France (Pelican). 3. LITERATURE AND THOUGHT. Significant modern French authors, read partly in French, partly in translation, with alternative texts to suit special needs. 613 |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS BiAr-SYLLABUSES FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATUREPrescribed texts: Camus, L’Etnmger[...]Hall). (This section of the course, held largely in tutorial roups during the latter part of Ihc year[...]wledge of French for Honours or postgraduate work in another subject.) AFOl. French I. The course comprises: 1. Tuition in the speaking and writing of French by means of the Language Labora[...]ours a week), lectures on grammar (1 hour a week) and tutorials (1 hour a week); 2. Translation from English into French in the form of sentences, short dialogues, the‘mcs[...]aboratory work; 3. Lectures on French literature and civilisation: 2 hours a week. 1. LANGUAGE. Prescribed bnolc: Pulitzer, R. L., and Hagiwara, M. P., Active review of French (Blaisdell). The student should consult in the library: Armstrong, L. E., The phonetics of French (Bell). Mansion, I. E, Harnm's standard French and English dictizmary, 2 vols. Pctit, (7., Dictimmm're frangais-unglavis and Dictimmuire anglais-fmncm's (Hachette). Le Petit[...]Background lectures to the period of literature and texts which are to be studied. In addition, lectures will be given on such s[...] |
 | E.A.—SYLLABUSFS FACULTY OF ARTS FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURECinema (illustrated by the showing of films) and on daily life in modern France (illustrated by slides). There will[...]France (Pelican). Reference books: Parker, C. S., and Grigaut, 1’. L., Initiation Li la culture frangaise (Harper and Row). Michaud, 6., Guide France (Hachette). AF02[...]lexieologiqm a“ e . 2. Tumor! [N THE SPEAIUNG AND WRITING on FRENCH BY MEANS on THE LANGUAGE LABORATORY AND IN TUTORIALS. Prescribed texts: Dayan, F., Les formes nerbules L‘lu anpaiJ—Gmmmar notes and Dialogues et exereices structumux, 2 vols. (University of Tasmania). Helbling, 11., and Barnett, A., L’Actualr'té Franpaise and Interviews. Tape study guide (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Beauvoir, S., de, Les belles images (Folio). 3. LITERATURE AND CIVILISATION: THE SEVENTEENTH AND EIGHTEEN'I‘H CENTUEIES. Questions for special study: Term I: Le theatre au XVIIe et en XVIIIe s[...]stion studied. The marks obtained by the student in essays will be incorporated with his total mark f[...]oks: Lager-(la, A., et Michard, L., XVIIe Siécle and XVlIle Siécle (Hanap). Works set for detailed study and explication de textes: Term 1: Corneille,[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS B.A.—SYLLABUSES FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURETerm II: La Fayetie, La Princesse de[...]APO-2. French II. the pre-requisile being a pass in AFOI French I at Division I standard or higher. A[...]dmission to AFB-’3 French III, fnr which a pass in AFOZ French I] is required. AF’IZ French II:\ will also be taken by intending French Hannurs candidates in their second year of study. This course consists[...]TORY on THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. (B). GRAMMAR OF OLD AND MIDDLE FRENCH. Prescribed book: Raynaud de Lage,[...]se, 2 vols. (Colin). 2. INTRODUCTION TO MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE FRENCH LITERATURE. Prescribed books: Groult, P., Emond, V., and Murm’lle, C., Littémtme franpaire du moyen age[...](Duculot). (The Department has copies of vols. I and II which students may borrow for the year.) Holb[...]Boase, A. (ed), The poetry of France, vol. I: 1400-1600 (Methuen University paperbacks). Reference b[...]((191 Duca). Cruickshank, 1., French literature and its background. I. The sixteenth century ([...] |
 | B.A.—SYLLABU5ES FACULTY OF ARTS FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATUREAFOS. French 111. Prerequisite subjec[...]s (Harrap). Reference books: As for AFOI French I and AF02 French 11. 2. Tux-non IN THE SPEAKING AND wnrrrNc or FRENCH BY MEANS OF THE LANGUAGE LABORATORY AND IN Til-towns. Prescribed texts: Dayan, F ., Les forms verbales du franpais—Grammar notes and Dialogues ct exercices structuramc, 2 volumes (Un[...]phrase. Les modalités de l’exnressian, PurLs l and 2 (Univ. of Tasmania). 3. LITERATURE AND CIVILISA'I‘ION: THE NINETEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENTumEs. Questions for special study: Term 1: La paésie depuis Baudelaire. Term[...]estion studied. The marks obtained by the student in the essays will be incorporated with his total ma[...]hooks: Lagarde, A., at Michard, L., XIXe siécle and XXe siécle (Harrap). Works for detailed study and explication Lie textes: Term I: Baudelaire, Les[...], La Symphonie pastarale (Harrap). Proust, Combmy in Du cdté d9 ohez Swarm (Folio). Malraux, La Condi[...]o AFOB French III, the Dre-requisite being a pass in AF72 French HA. AFSS French IIIA will Also be taken by intending French Hanours candidates in their third year of study. This course consists of: 1 (A). Hm'romr or 11-12: LANGUAGE. Detailed study uf the history of the language, with special reference to phonetics and syntax. 617 |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS B-A-—SYLLABUSE FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE(B). UNSEEN TRANSLATION. Unseen translation from Old and Middle French, with linguistic com— mentary. Re[...]do l'ancz‘en frun‘mis (Laroussc). Brunot, R, and Bruneau, C., Précis tie grammm're historique do la langue frunyaise (Masson). Bourciez, E., and J., Phanétique francaisc, étude historians (Kli[...]u seiziéme rtécle .U.P. . 2. STUDY OF MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITEnAny TEXTS. Prescribed books: La[...]er U.P.). La Chastelm'ne do Vergi, ed, Cr Raynaud andin Du Clité do ch22 Swann (Folio). Bornanos, Nouoel[...]s Gommes (Prentice»Hall). AF99. French Language and Literature for the Honours Degree of B.A. Student's intending to take Honours shou[...]k. It is also possible to take a combined Honours degree, consisting of F rcnch and another subject. For this also, students should c[...]e required (i) to take the courses AFOZ French 11 and AF72 French “A in their second ycnr. and AFOS French Ill and AFES French IIIA in their third year; (ii? to devote their fourth year entirely to advanced courses and (exercises (inclur ing .1 10,000 word thesis) in literature and philology. The marks obtained for the essays in both the third and the fourth years may be considered with the final examination results in determining the student's classification.[...] |
 | B.A.—SYLLA]]USES FACULTY OF ARTS FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATUREChateauhriand, Mémoires d'outre-tomh[...]amus, La Paste (Methuen). Either: 2(A). MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. This will consist of the following: (a) History of the language: vocabulary and semantics. (h) Unseen translation from Old and Middle French with linguistic commentary. (c) Medieval and Renaissance texts. Prescribed books: La Chanson[...]ckwell), Lo Chastelm'ne (lc Vcrgi, ed. G. Baynaud and L. Foulet (Champion). Bode], Le Jan 110 Saint Nic[...]'Etmngsr (Mctliuen). Proust. U" Amour (IL? Swarm in Du Coié lIL' clicz Swmm (Folio). chanos, Nouoell[...]ionn, Regain (Livrc (la Pnche). Butor, L'Empioi (in temps (10/18). Snrraulc, La Pianéiuvium (Folio)[...](Prentice-i-Iall). 3. OPTIONS. The study of one special subject, chosen from a list which will be supplie[...]of the fourth year. Some of the subjects oilered in 1974 wi incu e: Chrétien de Troyes, Racine, Rac[...]Nouveau Roman, lcxicography, linguistics, Pascal and the Jansenists. Honours students should make themselves familiar with the following works: Lauglois, R, and Marcuil, A., Guide biblicgmphique des études Zittéraires (IIachette). Bouvier, E., and Jourda, R, Guide d2 l’e’zudiant en lil[...] |
 | [...]. Not available to extemal students. Two lectures and two hours tutorial/practical a week throughout th[...]he shape of the earth; distribution of continents and oceans; structure of the continents and major landforms; gcomorphological methods.The ener balance of the atmosphere and the earth's surface. The diurnal. seasonal on latitudinal imbalance of radiation; the role of the wind in correcting this imbalance,- climatic moat-ion. Distributions of main plant and animal groups in World. Dispersion: continental and island groups. Origins and dispersal of Australian groups. References: Barry, R. G.. and Chorley. R. 1., (Mefliucn University Paperbacks)[...]k. Elton, C. S., Ecology of Invasions by animals and plants (Methucn). Flohn. H.. Climate and weather (World Univ. Lib.). Keast, A. (921.), Biogeogruphy and ecology in Australia (Junk). Petterssen, 8., Introduction t[...]eogmphy (McDonald 6r Evans). Atmorphere, weather and climate A12H. Human Geography 1H. No pie-requisite. Not available to cxlemfll students. Two lectures and two hours tutorial/ radical a week throughout the[...]e finite earth. The course examines this problem and looks at the various ways in which different suck-ties organise their social and economic systems to deal with increasing pressure upon resources. References: Brock, 1. 0. M.. and Webb, 1. W., A geography of mankind, 2nd edition[...]osinski, L. A., Prothero, R. M. (eds.), Geography and a crowding world (O.U.1’.). A112. Geography HA and A122. Geography 113. Prerequisites: AJIH Physica[...]raphy I. There are four fields of study offered in this course. each representing a half-year subjec[...]prises two of the fields of study set out below, and A122 Geography IIB comprises any two fields of s[...]Geography IIA. There will be one lecture a week and one hour for practical work or for a tutorial in each week through the year in all four of the fields of study offered. A. BIOGEOGHAPHY AND CLIMATOmGY: Processes in the atmosphere leading to the vertical and horizontal dispersal of heat and mass in the atmosphere. Modem theories of condensation and precipita- tion; the possibility of man modifying[...]rsity, stability. World distributions of main ant and animal groups. Dispersion; continental and island groups. Origins and gispersal of Australian groups. 620 |
 | [...]ULTY OF ARTS GEOGRAPHYReferences: Barry, R. C., and Chorley, R. J.. Atmosphere, weather and climate (Methuen). Darlllrligton, P. ]., Biogeagr[...]) Elton, C. S.. Ecology of invasions by animals and plants (Methuen). Ceniilli, ]., Australian climate ”Interns (Nelson, Australia). Kcast, A., Biogeogmphy and ecology in Australia (Junk). Odum, E. P., FundameniaLs of e[...]cGraw-Hill). Robinson, 11., Hiageogmphy (McDonald and Evans). B. STRUCTURAL GEOMORPIIOLCIGY: The form[...]e processes responsible for shaping the muffler: and with variniions in structure and process in time. This course is concerned priinnril with the[...]red include the ellcClS of, 'oints. faulls, folds and rock ly on landfnrm devclo ment. Volcanoes are al[...]ed to the Mount Lofty Ranges, the Flimlers Ranges and Eyre Peninsula. each of which not only illustrate[...]or considering t a total development of landforms and the methods used to analyse and explain geomn holngical problems. A field camp will be hold in lh-r Flindcrs Ranges in a dition to at lens: one day excursion in the Adi-laid: arr-a. References: Holmes, Al, Pri[...]This course treats the space-economy as a si'stem and eramines the Various factors, economic, social, political and physical which influence the locations, patterns, and movemans of economic phenomena. References: Chisholm. M., Geography and economics (Bell). Eliot—Hurst, M. E., Geography of economic behaviour (Prentice-Hall). Estall, R. (1., and Buchanan. R. 0., Industrial activity and economic geography (Hutchinson). Lloyd, P. FL, and Dicken. P.. Location in space: a theoretical approach to economic geography (Harper and Bowl 1.). SOCIAL GEOGRAPHY: Social geography is[...]stems. These systems result from the various ways in which men organise the space around fliem to accommodate tl . values and concepts. The migration of people and the diffusion of ideas within and between social systems as well as the organisatio[...]group's perception of its environment. Both urban and rural societies will be studied. References :[...]relations (Tavistock). Cox, K. R., Mari, location and behavior: an introduction in lmman geography (Wiley). Johnston, 3. J.1 Urban residential patterns (Boll). LaInIeIglrfm, D. A., and Palm, R., An invitation to geography (McCr[...] |
 | [...]B.A.—SYLLAEUS!3 GEOGRAPHYA113. Geography IIIA and A]23. Geography IIIB. Pre-re uisites: A112 Geogr[...]s a half-subject consisting of one lecture a week and the equivalent of two hours per week of tutorials[...]A113 Geography lIlA comprises two half~suhjccts. and A123 Geography IIIB comprises any two half-subjects not offered in A113 Geogta hy 111A. With the consent of the Chai[...]c options may be combined with appropriate units in another faculty and counted as the equivalent of either A113 Geograph[...]“The following halt—subjects will be offered in 1974 as staff and enrolments a ow: A. AUSTRALIAN DEVELOPIVLENT: The physical and economic factors affecting primary industry in Australia; and a study of thc interaction of these factors in selected areas of Australian development. Refere[...]environment, 4th edition (M,UlP.). Dury, G, H., and Logan, M. 1., Studies in Australian geography (Heinemann, Aust.). Found,[...]J. i\.. The natural resources of Aurtralia (Angus and Robertson). Throsby, C. D., Agricultural policy ([...]including evolution of atmosphere, hydrowhcre, hi0- sphere. Development and change in food chains with change of environment Evolution of man; cflect of man on species and communities. Management of natural resources. A Field Camp will be held. References: Drake, E. T., Evolution and envimnnmnt (Yale U.P.). Laporte, L. F” Ancient[...]0] life (Prentice-Hall). Paperback. Ucko, P. J.. and Dimbleby, G, W., The domestication and exploitation a} plums and animals (Duckworth). Paperback. Watt, K. L 1?, Pr[...]h Quaternary, artly with earlier climatic changes and their effects. Geological and gcomomhollhgicnl evidence of climatic change, includin sea-level changes and migration of climatic zones, Definition, duration and sulldivision of the Quaternary. and the evidence and techniques used to establish the sequence. Theor[...]Chan e, particularly those based on astronomical and meteorological factors» Evo ution and distribution of plant and animal communities from the origins of life up to and including the Quaternary considered in relation to climate. In addition to lectures, tutorial and practical work, there will be field work in areas which display evidence of climatic change. References: Butzer, K. W., Environment and archaeology {Methoen}. Charlesworth, J. K., The quaternary era (Arnold). West, R. G., Pleistocene geology and biology (Longmans). 622 |
 | [...]F. E, The pleistooene period (Methuen). Lamb, H. 1-1., Cllmaic: present, past and fulnrc (Methuen). Nairn. A. E. M. (ed.), Problems in paleoclimatologu (Wiley).Royal Meteorological Society. World climate from 8000-0 B.C.: proceed- ings of the international confere[...]y (MoGraw—Ilill). Drake. E. T. (od.), Evolution and enuimnment (Yale U,P.). Keast. A. (cd.). Biogeographu- and ecology in Australia (Junk). D. CLIMATDLUGY: Further studies in the radiation balance of the atmosphere. The relation between up or tropospheric flow and surface weather development. The heat balance of t e human body and the eftect of clothing and housing on this balance. The climates of the cont[...]will be held. Reforencus: Crowe, P. R., Concepts in climatology (Longmxms). Lowry, W. P., Weather and life (Academic Press). Pettcrsscn. 5., Introduction in meteorology, 3rd edition (MchIw‘I-lill). Seller[...]ible for building the land surface are considered in this course. They inclu c weathering. mass movements, and the work of running water, the wind. ice, glaciers and waves. Particular attention is given to the influence of climate, to the form and development of slopes. and to evolutionary aspects of landform development.[...]strate the ellccts of various particulflr agents in she ing the land5 surface (mg. the Simpson Desert[...]Basin 0 the \vcstum United States) are considered in some detail, but overall thc course is problem-or[...]ld Camp will be held, probably on Eyre Peninsula, and there will be at least one excursion in the Adelaide aroa. References: Embleton, C., and King, C. A. M., Glacial and periglacial geomorphology (Arnold). Guilcher, A., Coastal and submarine morphology (Methuen). Morisawa, M., Streams: their dummies and morphology (McGraw-Hill). F. LOCATION THEORY: T[...]d for students who have already had some training in Economic Geography. The theoretical bases of locational decisions and their implimtiom‘ for the spatial structure of[...]se theories will also be discussed, Not available in 1974. References: Hoover, E. M., An introduction[...]ichardson, H. W., Rn-glonul eormomics (Weidenfcld and Nicolson). Smith, D. M., Industrial location (Wiley). G. SocrAL GEOGRAPHY: This course deals in particular with the urban society and the problems arising from urbanism and urbanisation. The organisation of the urban com- munity and its use of resources will be studied. Concepts at social and spatial distance will be related to difficulties facing the modern city. Referencu: Cousins, A. N., and Nagpaul, H., Urban man and society: a reader in urban sociology (Knopf). 623 |
 | in world perspective; a reader (Crowell), Gale, G.[...]nes (AiN.U. Press). Hunter, (L. Industrialimtion and race relations (O.U.P.). Juppenlatz, M.. Cities in transformation: the m'han squatter prohlcnz of the developing world (Queensland U.P.). Morrill. R. 1..., and Wohlenber , E. H., The geography of noverly in the United States (MoGraw-Ilill , Rose, H. M., The black ghetto (McGraw-Hill). J. Soorn AND SOUTH-EAST ASIA: A geographical study of India. Pakistan and Bangladesh and the countries of 5.1:]. Asia with particular reference to the economic and social development in recent years. Not available in 1974, References: Asian Development Bank, SE. Asia’s economy in the 70's (Longmans). Fryer, D. W., Emerging South[...]. L. C., South Asia (tlcinemann). Spata, O. H. K, and Learmonth, A. M., India and Pakistan (Mcthnen). Spencer, J. E., and Thomas, W. L., Asia east by south, 2nd edition (W[...]aphy of Australia, the main phases of exploration and settlement of the continent, and the evolution of the space content in terms of land subdivision. agriculture and rural settlement, com- munications and urban centres. Attitudes and actions in the creation of the visual landscape are also considered, and special emphasis is placed on the making of the South Aus[...]he physical environment within which it functions and from which it draws some of its resources. There will be two lectures and one tutorial a week through the year, Not available to external students. References: Greenwood, N. H., and Edwards, J. M. 13., Human environments and natural systems ( Prentice-Hall ). The limits to growth. ed. by D. H, Meadows, and others (Earth Island). National Research Council. Committee rm resources and man (Freeman), Scientific American, “The Biosp[...]ources (Harper). A199. Geography for the Honours Degree of B.A. Entry to Honours will depend on satisfactory performance in the work of the third year. Honours work includes seminars, written examinations and a field study of a selected geographical[...] |
 | B.A.—SYLLABUS s FACULTY OF ARTS CEHIWAN LANG AGE AND LITERATURE GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE AGOI German I, AGlI German IA, ACOZ German II, AGI2 German IIA and AGOS German 111 are subjects for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts. A087 German 1113 and A088 Gcnnan 11113 are in principle for honours candi» dates only. See Syllabus AG99 German for (In: Honours Degree of B.A. See also AG02 German II (Part B), for special arrangements involving AG87 German 1113. Student[...]eidt's concise German dictionary, 2 vols. (Ho der and Stouglrton). Recommended texts: Eggeling, II. E,[...]rig, G., Deutschas Wiirterbuch (Bertelsmann). B. IN'lRODUCTION To MonEnN GEnMANY. Prescribed texts: (Jr-icsbach, IL Ernste and heitere Erziihlungcn I (Ilucbcr). Koupke, W., Die Deutscheu: Vergangenheit and Gegenwart (Holt, Rineliarl and Winston). 'Panorama': Bertchte. Analysen, Meiuung[...]German tradition (Wiley). Elliott, B. J., Hitler and Germany (Modem times series) (Longinnns). Remak,[...]studies (Methuen). Waite, R. G. L. (ed.), Hitler and Nazi Germany (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). C. INTRODUCTION TO Mumzml GERMAN LITER[...]F. (ed.), Prosa des- Expresslonismus (Reclam 8379-82). Brecht, B., Leben ties Galilel (Heinemann). \Veiss, P., Marat (Suhrkamp/Harcourt, Brace and World). Grass, 6.. Katz and Mans (Heinernann). Ritchie, J. M. (ed.), Periods in German literature (Oswald Wolfi). Recommended texts: Brecht, 13., Herr Puntila and sein Knee/it Matti (Methuen). Frisch, M., Btedermann and die Brandstifter (Suhrkamp). Dijrrenmatt,[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS B .A 4 —SYLLAEUSES GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE D. PRACTICE IN comvansAnon. Practice in cunvcrsatiun, renunciation, intonation. vim, is ivun in regular tulnrinl classes. Candi: may will also he[...]work tilrnugli a su'cified number a] prngrmnmcx in the language Inlmmtor . Attention is mwn to the Gcmum Club and the Goethe Society. Both )odics conduct their meetings in German. Details arc posted in the Department. A002. German II. Pre»requisite[...]rman I, (3)) plus: Ha(mmond.) E. T., Fon'hildung in (IE1- deutschen smache, Student’s book OiUl’i . Fr[...]ur tier sechziger Jahra (Wagenbach ). B. STUDIES IN GERMAN LITERATURE, 1800-1900. Prescribed texts: Forster, L. (ed.), Penguin book of German verse (Penguin). Kleist, 1-1., Erzdhlungen (div). Heine, H., Atta Troll; Deu[...]). Killy, W. (ed.), Deutsclles Lesebuch. vols. 2 and 8: Klasm'k and Romantik; Dax 19. Jalurhmxdert (Fischer Biichexei 992-93). Zimmermann, M. (ed), Caricnlaube (div). Rec[...]d.), Dar Zeitalter des lmperiulismus: Kalserreich and enter Weltkn'eg 1871—1918 (Goldmanns gelbe Taschenbiicher 1819). Gearey, 1., and Schumann, W., (eds), Einfuhrung in die deutschs Literatur (Holt). Ritchie. l, M. (ed). Period: in German literaiure (Oswald Wolff). Ri§§2)G. (611.), 1871-1914: Histarisehes Lesebuch (Fischer Biicherei Ruland, R. (ed.), Nations" in) Aufbmch: Refluumn’nn and Fortschrifl 1815-1871 (Coldmanns gelbe Taschenbiicher 1818). Wgalétagtaow, R. (ed.), Epochen tier (leafsciwn Lyrik 1830-1900 (dtv NB, Candidates who have given evidence[...]tted to omit the appropriate part of (a) Language and to take as substitute either AG87 German HE (A) Studies in Amman literature; at an additional cums: in nineteenth century literature based on the follow[...]ne Krug (Macmillan). Das funge Deutschland. Tate and Dokumente (Reclam 8703-07). |
 | B.A.—S\‘LLM!U>1L\' FACULTY OF ARTS GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATUREGotLhelf, 1., Die schwarze Spinne (Bl[...]his is an integral part of the annual examination in ACOZ Ccnnan II in which performance thmughmzt the year will he taken into account. Practice in cmwcrsntiun, prnnunciation intonation. etc" is given in rpgular tutorial classes. Candidates will also be required to work through a specified number 0/ programmes in the language Iabomtury. Attention is drawn tn the Cermnn Club and the Goethe Sncicty. Both hmlics conduct their mectings in German. Details are posted in the Department. AG03. German III. 1. LANGUAGE.[...]bach). Recnmmended text: Schipporeit, L., Tenses and time phrases in modem German (Huehcr). 2. STUDIES IN GERMAN LYHiC POETRY. Prescribed texts: Bridgewat[...]Die deutschz Lyrik, 2 vols. (Bagel). 3. STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY GERMAN PROSE. The course will consist of thirteen lectures on the texts in A below and thirteen seminars on each section of B below. A.[...]clas Malta Laurids Brigge (Insol). Mann, T., Tad in Venedig (0.U.P.). Débh'n, A., Berlin Alexandemla[...]DeuLsches Leselmch 4 (Fischer Biioherei 994). E. Special studies. Members may choose one of the following special study groups. (i) 1900-1920: Either Hofmannsthal. H. van: Andreas uder die Vercinigten: in H.v.H., Four stories (O.U.P.). 01' Musil,[...] |
 | FACULTY 01? ARTS SYLLABUSES— GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATUREVVassermann, ]., Caspar Hauser (Fisch[...]ann, II., Der Unzertan (dtv 256—257). (ii) 1920-1945: Kafka, R, Der Prozess (any edition). Mann, T[...]222). r chhers, A., Dar siabie Kreuz (rororo 751-752). (ill) l945-l972: Boll, H., De! Zug war piin[...]VVagenbach). Recommended tcxts: Frcnzel, H. A., and E, Daten denischer Dichmng, vol. 2 ((ltv 3102). G[...]eg). Kotgwiki, G., Hisia'risches Lesabuch 3, 1914-1933 (Fischer Biicherei 8 2 . 4. STUDIES IN GERMAN Lr'iEnA‘runE, 1760-1805. Prescribed texts: Lessing, Minna mm Bamhelm[...]n des iungen Wenhers (Blackwell). Goethe, Hermann and Dorothea (dtv GAG). Goethe, Faust (\Vegner) Schil[...]ll) . Killy, W. (cd.), Deutsches Lesebuch, vols. 1-2 (Fischer Biicherei 991-992). Recommended texts: Von Hofe, H. H.. Faust: Leben, Legande and Literati” (Holt, Rinshart and Winston). Gray, R. 1).. Goethe: a critical intro[...]his is rm integral part of the annual examination in A003 German 111 in which performance throughout the year will be taken into acwunt. Practice in conversation. pronunciation, intonation, etc.. is given in regular tutorial classes, Attention is also drawn to the German Club and the Goethe Society. Both bodies conduct their meetings in Cannon. Details are posted in the Department. AGII. German IA. N.B. No p[...]quired. A. LANGUAGE: GRAMMAH, GENERAL TRANSLATION AND cmwosrnox. Prescribed texts: Langenscheidts Han[...]di’s concise German dictionary, 2 vols. (Hodder and Sloughtan). Ellert. F. C., and Heller, P., German One (Health), 628 |
 | B.A.-SYLLADUSES FACULTY OF ARTS GERMAN LANGUAGE AND Lt'rEnATURERecommended texts: Eggeling, H. F.,[...]University Tutorial Press). 8. LANGUAGE: READING AND SPECIAL TRANSLATION. Prescribed texts: Von Hole, H. H., [m Wandel def Jaime, 4th edition (Holt, Rinehflrt and Winston). Ryder, F., and McCormick, E., Lebendige Literatur, Pt. 1 (Hougbt[...]his is an integral part of the annual examination in AGII German Ir\ in which performance throughout the year will be taken into account. Practice in conversation. pronunciation. intonation. 1:10.. is given in regular tutorial classes. Candidates are advised that they must devote a total of at least [we hours wool-1y in independent work (n the language laboramry. Attention is also drawn to the German Club and the Goethe Society. Both bodies conduct their meet. ings in German. Details are posted in the Department. A012. German IIA. Pie-requisite[...]or highert A. LANGUAGE. .Translation, composition and essay writing; the language of literary criticism. Prescribed texts: Ha(mmond,) R. T., Fortbildung in dcr deutschen Smache (student's book] O.U.P. t Gearey, J., and Schumann, W. (eds-J, Einfiihrung in die deutsche Liter-amt (Holt). Lechner, Mr, Tonb[...]idt's concise German dictionary, 2 vols. (Ilodder and Stonghton ) . Recommended texts: See A011 German[...]Liebe Deine Deutschen wie Dian selbrt (rororo 1297-98). Wagenbach, K. (ed.), Lerebuch: Deutsch[...] |
 | FACULTY OF AnTS SYLLABUSES— C. D. GERMAN LANGUAGE AND Li‘l'ERATUHE GEfil-IAN LITERATURE OF THE NINE[...]., Der Schimmelieiter (O.U.P.). Keller, F., Romeo and Julio ouf dem Dorfe (Harrap). IIauptmann, G.. Bah[...]oetry (Routledge). Ritchie, J. M. (ed.), Periods in German literature (Oswald W015). Wiese, B. van, Die deutsche Nouelle, 2 vols. (Bagel). ORAL res-r. .-\t the end of the year. candidates must pass an or[...]is is an itiiegral part of the annual examination in AGIZ German 11A in which performance throughout the year will be taken into account. Practice in conversation, pronunciation, intonation, etc, is given in regular tutorial classes. Candidate: will also be required to work through a specified number of programmes in the language Ia]mmfary. Attenh'on is also drawn to the Cernmn Club and the Goethe Society. Both bodies mnduct their meetings in Germain. Details are posted in lhe Department A087. German IIB. ADVANCED GEHM’AN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE I. GENERAL : A. 630 Prescribed texts: Conrady, K. 0., Einfiihrung in die neuere deutsohe Literaturwissensohafl (rororo 252-3). Penguin companion to literature, vol.[...] |
 | E.A.—SYLLAEUSI‘TS FACULTY OF ARTS GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATUREB. [NTRODUTION T0 CULTURAL HISTORY. P[...]lfram Von Eschanbach, Pm'zival, ed. H. M. Mustard and C. E. Passage (Vintage Books: Random House). Hee[...]LANGUAGE 1. Details of this course are available in the Department from December 1973. D. HONoUns SEM[...]1973: all members WI 1 present at least one paper in the course of the year. AGSS. German IHB. ADVANCED GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE II. A. MYTHOLOGY AND LITERATURE. Prescribed texts: Holderlin, Gedichte[...]e savage mi (University Paperbacks). Murray, Myth and rinytllmaking (Braziller). B. SEVENTEENTH CENTUR[...]auerliche Simplicissimus (Reclam). C. LITERATURE AND SOCIETY IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY. Prescribed texts: Heine,[...]uland, R. (ed) Natiancn im Aufbruch: Restauraiinn and Fartsahritt 1815-1871 (Coldmanus gelbe Taschcnbiicher 1818). Wulheraow, R. (ed.), Epochen der deutschen Lyrik 1830-1900 (dtv 4022 . 631 |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS E.A.7SYLLADUSES CEEhIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (IIONOUES DEGHEE]Hormand, J. (9d,), Das iunge Deutschland: Taste and anumcnte (Reclam 8703-7]. Bramsted, E... Aristocracy and like middle- classes: social types in German literature 1830-1900 (Phoenix Books. University of Chicago Press).[...]s 19. um] 20. Jalnlmnderts (Fischer). D. STUDIES IN NINETEENTH AND TWENTJETH CENTURY DRAMA. Prescribed texts: Ncstr[...]antans Tad (Manchester U.P.). Wagner, PL, Tristan and Isolde (Reclmn). Hauptumnn, (3., Der Biberpelz (U[...]ANGUAGE 11. Details of this course are available in the Department from December 1973. F. lioNoUns S[...]87 German 1113 (D). A099. German for the Honours degree of BA. Before entering the final honours year candidates for the honnurs degree in German must (i) pass A001 Cemian 1 or A011 German 1A; ACOE German 11 in A012 German 11A; AGST German 1113, A603 German 111, and ACES German ”113. at appropriately high standard: (ii) pass in three other subjects as indicated in Sc‘liedules—Degree of B.A.. Schedule III: The Honours Degree. During the Final year students will write a dis[...]ade not later than the beginning of the thir term in the preceding ear after consultation with the Pro[...]ourses: (a) Advanced language 111. (b) Mythology and literature. See AGES German 111B (A). (0) Studies in nineteenth and twentieth curitury drama. See AGBS German IIIB (D[...]mbine German with another subject for the Honours Degree. They should consult the Professor of Ger[...] |
 | But—SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF ARTS SWAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATUREA674. Science German. This subject is open to members of staff, research students and those honours students required by their Deprutnents to take the course in Science German. It consists of two ectures weekly thron hon! the year. Its aim is to ensure fluency in tending German and in transfimon from German into English. No previous[...]s required. Text-beaks : Rosenberg-Rod ers, A., and Hurwuod, E. K., Gamma for science students[...] |
 | [...]LLAHUSES [HSTOEYHISTORY There are six subgecks in [iistor-g a seventh subject, AHSD History 1115. is available only to stm ents enrolled or the Honours School in History. A student proceeding to a degree must ass in AHOI History IA or AIlfil History 18 or Al-Ml His[...]! Politics I before he may take AHOQ. History 11; and in AIlOZ History II before he may take AHOS History[...]dem Europa (O.U.P.). Dickens, A. (3., Re ormailon and society in sixteenth-century Europe (Thames and flu on paperback). Elliott. I. H., Europe divided, 1559-1598 (Fontana paperback). Elton, G. R.. Reformation Europe, 1517-1559 (Fontana paperback). Friedrich, C. L, The age[...]ble from the olfice of the Department of History in February. AH31 . History 13. REVOLUTIONARY EUROPE 1780-1870. No pro-requisite subject. A first-year cour[...]ble from the oifice of the Department of History in February. A1141. History IC. THE UNITED STATES: Commas TO NATION 1608-1877. No {ire-requisite subject. A first-year cou[...]over black (Pelican). Gatell, F. 0., Goodman, P., and Weinstein, A. (eds.). The growth of American politics (Oxford). Goodman, P. (cd.), Essays in American colonial history (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Gatell, F. 0. (ed.), Essays on Jacksom‘an America (Holt, Rinchart and Winston). Unger, I. (edr), Essays on the Civil War and reconstruction (Holt, Rime- bart and Winston). Greene, J. 1’. (ed.), The reinterpretation of the American revolution (Harper). Blum, J. M., and others, The national experience (Harcourt[...] |
 | [...]HISTORY AH02. History II. Pre—requisite: Pass in AHOI History IA or AI-IBI History 113 or AH41 His[...]O] Politics I. Options will be offered, as staff and enrolments allow, from among the following: A. SOUTH ASIAN HISTORY. A study of the history and civilisation of the Indian subcontinent (India, Pakistan, Ban ladesh) emphasising social and political developments in the nineteenth an twentieth centuries. Introduct[...]. Spear (Pelican). Srinivas, M. N., Social change in modern India (California U.P.). Mche, I. R. (ed.),The noiitioal awakening in India (Prentice-Hall). MoDEnN EAST ASIAN HISTORY. A study of East Asian history in the nineteenLh and twentieth centuries, with special reference to China. Introductory reading: Reischauer, E. 0., Fairbank, I. K., and Craig, A M., East Asia: the modern transformation (George Allen and Unwin). Bianca, L., Origins of the Chinese revol[...], W. (3., The modern history of Japan (Weidenfeld and Nicolson). MoonnN SOUTH EAST ASIAN HIsronY. A study of South East Asian history in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries within which special options will pennit the Study of the history of one country in depth. Introductory reading: Bogirfbjw and Bends, H., A history of modern South East Asia (Prentice- a . Steinberg, D. 1., In Search of South-East Asia: a modern history (Prae[...]enticeHall). Allen, R. H. 5., Malaysia: prospect and retrospect (O.U.P.). Chesneaux, 1,, The Vietname[...]ors). PACIFIC HISTORY. A study of social change in the Pacific Islands, New anland and New Guinea from the eighteenth century to the present day. Introductory reading: Davidson, J. W., and Scan, D. (eds.), Pacific Island portraits (AIN.U[...]ynesia (New Amer. Lib.). Maude, H. E., Of islands and men (0.U.P.). Shineberg, DI, They came for sandal[...]lond (O.U.P.). Hastings, P., New Guinea: problems and prospects (Cheshire). RUSSIAN MSTORY IN ME NINETEEN'I'I-I AND TWENTIETH CENTURIES. Introductory reading: Kocha[...]FOUNDATIONS OF THE MODERN WonLD: BRITAIN, RUSSIA AND GERMANY: NINETEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENT‘IRIES. Introductory readi[...] |
 | [...]erman economy, 1870 to the present (Weidenl‘eld and Nicolson).Nove, A., An economic history of the[...]e impact of Western man: a study of Europe's role in the world economy 1750-1960 (Macmillan). Barber, W. J., A history of eco[...]A study of the interaction between industrialism and culture in England 18404918. Source material may be found not only in historical writing, but also in literature, painting, music, architecture and other arts. Introductory reading: Houghton, W. 1[...]Pelican). Hilton, T., The ore-Rophaelites (Thames and Hudson). Jordon, R. F.. Victorian Architecture (Pelican). Gilbert and Sullivan, The Savoy operas (Paper-mac). Hauser, A[...]back). Pevsner, N Sources of modern architecture and design (Thames anrl Hudson Paperback). THE ENGLISH REVOLUTION AND THE MoDEnNrsATION OF ENCLrsH sorzrn‘rr 1603-1760. Preliminary reading: Aylmer, G. E., A short[...]Plumb, J. H., The growth of political stability in England 1675-1725 (Peregrine). Plumb, I. H., England in the eighteenth century (Pelican). AUSTRALIAN Hrs[...], Australia (Hutchinson). Clyrm, S., Urbanization in Auxtralian history, 1788-1900 (Nelson). Collan, R, Radical and working class politics (I\'I.U.Pr). Hancock, W. K[...]ralian legend (O.U.P.). Younger: R. M,, Aush'alia and the Australians (Rigby). LITERATURE AND SOCIETY: BRITAIN AND EUROPE 18701945. A study of some major crises in twentieth century Europe through historical and literary sources. concentrating on the British experience and vision: including the im not of the Great War. the Russian Revulmion. European Fascism and t c Sccond \Vorld “'31-. (Common lecture course with History IIIS: Britain 1914-1945) |
 | [...]oleon (Pelican). Stearns, P. N., European society in upheaval (Collier-Macmillan).For all subjects l[...]ble from the olfice of the Department of History in February. AH03. History IIIA. Pie-requisite: Pass in AHOZ History 11. One of the following options no[...]History IIIB. Options will be altered, as staff and enrolments allow, from among the following: Sout[...]ific History. Russian history of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, Material Foundations of the Modern World: Britain, Russia and Germany: nineteenth and twentieth centuries. G. Culture in Victorian England. I. The English revolution and the modernisation of English society 1603-1760. K. Australian History: Gold Rush to Great Depression. L. Literature and Society: Britain and Europe 1870-1945. The syllabus in each of the subjects listed for AH03 History IIIA will be similar to that of the corresponding subject in AHOZ History II; but students taking AH03 History[...]nmvow? AH13. History IIIB. Prerequisite: Pass in AHOZ History 11. One of the following options no[...]History IIIA. Options will he oliered, as staff and enrolments allow, from among the following: Sout[...]ific History. Russian history of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Material Foundations of the Modern World: Britain, Russia and Germany: nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Culture in Victorian England. The English revolution and the modernisation of English society l603-1760. Australian History: Gold Rush to Great Depression. Literature and Society: Britain and Europe 1870-1945. The syllabus in each of the subjects listed for AH13 History 1118 will be similar to that of the corresponding subject in AHOZ History 11; but students taking AH13 History[...]relating to the material of the subject. F‘?q '-“_O NUDE??? 837 |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS H.A.ASYLLABUSES HISTORY (Hovouns DEGREE)M189. History HIS. Available only to students[...]an of the Department to enter the Honours courses In 1974 the s llahus will consist of either (i) Aust[...]an politics 1914—1940. History for the Honours degree of B.A. A student wishing to join the Honours Sc[...]1 History 10 or APOI Politics 1; AHOZ History II. In their third year Honours students will take: (1) AHOS History IIIA, and (2) AH89 History IIIS. A student who has special reasons for wishing to complete Part III of a sub[...]normally be given to a student who has not passed in AHOI History IA or AH31 History IE or AH4I History IC. In special circumstances Arts graduates may apply to he allo[...]l Honours will depend on satisfactory performance in the work of the third year. Final Honours work includes the writing of a thesis, two special subjects, and a general essay paper. 638 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS Mvsu: (ron ILA.)MUSIC (FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS) All students are encouraged to participate in the practical work of the Department (eg. choir;[...]pply for admission as ‘single study’ students in voice or instrument. UAGl. Music IA. No previou[...]Music THEORY: Elements of notation, terminology, and formal analysis. 2. MUSIC IN WESTERN Scenery: A study of selected areas in music history, taking into account the general cu[...]-Western music. Text-books : Dunwell, W., Music and the European mind (Herbert Jenkins). Karolyi, 0.,[...]musical style (McGraw-Hill). Einstein, A., Music in r e romantic em (Dent). Grout, D. J., A history[...]nomusicologisi (McGraw-Hill). Lang, P. H., Music in Western Civilisation (Dent). Merriam, A. P., The[...]y of music (Northwestern U.P.). Netti, 5., Theory and menad in eihuomusicoiogy (Collier Macmillan). Newman 1., R[...]roque music (Prentice-Hall). Pauly, R. 0.. Music in the classical period (Prenticeflall). Sachs, (2., The rise of music in the ancient world (Norton), Salzman, E., Twentieth. century music Prentice-Hall). Seay, A., Music in the mediaeuai wori (Prentice-Hall). \thrup, J. A,[...]f tonal harmony from Each to Beethoven. 2. MUSIC IN WESTERN Socuz'nr: A study of selected areas in music history, taking into account the general cu[...]on—Westem music. Text-books: Dunwell, W., Music and the European mind (Herbert Jenkins). Goldman, R. F., Harmony in Western music (Norton). Reference books:[...] |
 | [...]es/seminars a week. 1. MUSIC THEORY: (2) Studies in acoustics and instrunicnts'. (b) Analysis and stylc study. 2. HisToKY oF MUSIC: (Terms I and III only). A choice of topics within the 18th and 19th centuries. 3. PRACTICAL WORK: (3) During Term H, a choice of workshops/seminars in one of the following areas: electronic music; ethnomusicology; music in education. or (b) Individual instruction throughout the year inand harmony (Anchor Books). Hardy, G., and Fish, A.. Music Literature: a workbook for analys[...]rs of music (Ducku'm'th). Bukofzer, M. F., Music in the baroque era (Dent). Cooper. MS. French music[...]noan-University paperbacks). Einstein, A., Music in the romantic em (Dent). La Rue, 1., Guidelines f[...]UA53. Music III. Pro—requisite subject: a Pass in UA52 Music 11. The course consists of twelve hou[...]weeks of two terms. PROIECTS: Two projects, one in each of two terms, chosen from the Department’s[...]sicongical implications of aesthetics, philosophy and sociology. In addition to the written assigiunents within each project (e.g. style studies through analysis and applied technique: of hamiony and counte oint; essays, etc.) students are encourage[...]ve course work for each Project lasts four weeks. in the first half of .1 term, when a Project group[...]tensive group work. a student continues his study in the various fields which have been discussed: for instance he prepares a recital programme. composition and/or research papers relatin to the various[...] |
 | [...]. PRELIMINARY HONOURS: Preliminary Honours work in a chosen area: cLhnOInusicology; musicology; music in education. Pnopzc-r: One project (additional to[...]aculty of Music’ . UA69. Music for the Honours Degree of B.A. Students intending to take Honours shoul[...]jects: UA51 Music I, UA52 Music IL UASS Music III and UA68 Music 1115. Candidates will complete resear[...]ETHNOMUSiCOLOGY. Sylhtbus: A course of seminars and individual tuition in the theoretical back- ground to ethnomusicology,[...]on, analytical procedures, performance techniques,- or 2. HISTORICAL Musrcomcy. Syllabus: A course of seminars and individual tuition in: paleogra hy: selected theoretical writings; edit[...]MATIC MUSICOLOCY. Syllabus: A course of seminars and individual tuition in: advanced acoustics; psycho-acoustics; inusic phy[...]; music philosophy; information theory. 4. MUSIC IN EDUCATION. A course of worksho s in creative music, and improvisation; and a comprehen- sive study of more a vanced teaching methods, including associated work in electronics. Part of this work will involve students taking projects into primary and secondary schools, 641 |
 | [...]ILOSOPHY PHILOSOPHY There are two halfrsubjects and three subjects in Philosophy for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts. ALlH. Introductory Philosop[...]half-subject. The half-subject is to be completed in one year and is not normally available to external students. There is one lecture each week and one tutorial each fortnight. The half-subject is[...]to philosophy. There will be a course of lectures in the first term on Ethics and in the second and third terms there will he lectures on the followin topics: body. mind and death; freedom and determinism; the existence of Co . The aim of lhesc lectures is to consider what man is and what his place in the universe might be. Text-books: Frankcna, W.[...]hilosophy series). Berofsky, B. (ed.), Free-will and determinism (Harper. Sources in Con» temporary Philosophy series). Campbell, K. K., Body and mind (Macmillan. Problems in Philosophy series . Hick, I. (ed.), The existence of God (Macmillan. Problems in Philosophy series ). ALZH. Logic and Argument IH. There is no pre-requisite for this half-subject. The half~subject is to he completed in one year and is not normally available to external students. There is one lecture each week and one tutorial each fortnight. There are five courses of lectures in the half-subject, as follows:— A. A course in the first term dealin with elementa formal logic[...]istency an truth-functiona validity. B. A course in the second term dealing further with elementary f[...]ty. an introduction to quantificational validity and the notion of proof. C. A course in the second term dealing with informal logic, including elementary theory of meaning and identification of fallacies. D. A course in the third term dealing with a special topic or topics in logic, (e.g. elementary axiomatics, logic and computing, logic and rationality). E. A course in the third term dealing with a special to ic in philosophy. This will be a non-teclmical introduction to the philosop y of science and does not require a scientific background. The h[...]ACE. Students who intend to take the logic option in ALO2 Philosophy 11, which is a pre-requisite for ALQQ Philosophy for the Honours degree of BA, must take either ABD or ABE. Text-books: Foilfitgurse A: Jeffrey, R. C., Formal lagt‘c: its scope and limits (McCraw- I . Fafigfiirse B: Jefl'rey, R. C., Formal logic: its scope and limits (McCraw- I . For course C: Wilson, I. 13., Language and the pursuit of truth (Cambridge U.P.). For course D: No set text. For course E: Quine, W. V. 0., and Ullian, I. S., The web of belief (Random H[...] |
 | [...]rc-requisitc for ALQQ Philosop y for the Honours degree of HA. The puss-mar is an aggre ate over the two options chosen (see below). The subicct is to be complete in one year and is not normally available to external students.There are two lectures and one tutorial each week. The subject has three parts: Part A.(II), Part B.(II), and Part Logic (11). Some two of these must be taken.[...]pre-requisite for AL99 Philosophy for the Honours degree of BA. Part A.(II) in 1975, which will be similar to Part A.(II) in 1974, will also be ollered as an option in ALOS Philosophy IIIA, but will be available only[...]dy counted Part A.(II) towards AL02 Philosophy 11 in 1973 or subsequently, PHILOSOPHY A.( II ). Ther[...]erms of lectures on ethics, political philosophy, and the philosophy of the social sciences, and one term on moral responsibility. PHILOSOPHY B.([...]ll be three terms of lectures dealing with topics in the philosophy of science, the philosophy of mind, metaphysics and epistemology. PART Locrc (II ). There will be two terms of lectures on elementary logic and one term on the philosophy of logic. Text-books:[...]illan Student Editions). Berogsky, 13., Free will and determinim (Harper and Row). For Philosoyhy B. (11 ). Quine, W. V. 0., and Ullian, I. S., The web of belief (Random House).[...]entice-Hall). Boserfilfal, D. (ed), Materialism and the body-mind problem (Prentice- Ha . For Part L[...]LOS. Philosophy IIIA. The prerequisite is a pass in AL02 Philosophy II. Students who choose the logic[...]hy II. (Any student who passed ALOZ Philosophy II in or before 1970 will be deemed to have satisfied[...]chosen (see below). The subject is to be complete in one year and is not normally available to external students.[...]s four parts, Part Aug}; Part B(III), Part C(III) and Part Logic(IlI). Some two of these must be t en.[...]e as for Part A(Il), exc t that a higher standard in written work and examinations will be required. art A(III) is avai[...]ady counted Part A(II) towards AL02 Philosophy 11 in 1973 or subsequently. and is available only when the timetable permits. 643 |
 | [...]ne term of lectures on the problems of universals and individuation, and two terms on the philosophy of religion.PART C([...]of truth, one term on grafiimardagnd philosophy, and one term on meaning, intending and doing things wit wor . PART LOGIC( III). The course deals with incompleteness, undecidability, modal logic and problems in the interpretation of formal systems. Text-books[...]illan Student Editions). Berofsky, 13., Free will and determinism (Harper and Row). For Part B(III). Swinbnme, R., The concept of miracle (Macmillan). Yandell, K. 13., God, man and religion (McGraw-Hill). Strawson, P. E, Individua[...]For Part LogieUII). Linslty, L. (ed.), Reference and modality (O‘U.P. paperback). Massey, C. 1.. Understanding symbolic logic (Harper and Row). Quine, W. V. 0., Word and obiect (M.I.T. Press). AL13. Philosophy IIIB. P[...]I The course of lectures will be given every year and will be completed in one year. Subjects of examination will be the topics discussed in the following books: Hare, Ill hi, Language of morals (O.UIP.). Hare, E. M., Freedom and reason (O.U.P.). Aristotle, Nicamachean ethics, t[...]hort history of ethics (Routledge). Walsh, Jr J., and Shapiro, H. L. (eds), Aristotle’s ethics: issues and interpretations (Wadsworth). Hudson, \V. D., Mode[...]ts’ Edition). AL99. Philosophy for the Honours Degree of BA. Pro-requisite subjects: ALOI Philosophy I, AL02 Philosophy II and AL03 Philosophy IIIA. Besides satisfying the re uirernents set out in Schedule III of the degree of Bachelor of Arts, a candidate should have included the Logic option in his course in ALOZ Philosophy II or should have passed a logic examination of equivalent standard. Courses and texts will be decided at the beginning of[...] |
 | [...]ARTS POLITICSPOLITICS Five courses are offered in this Depaitment: APOI Politics I, APSZ Politics IIA, AP42 Politics 1113, AP03 Politics ”IA and AP13 Politics lHB. The books recommended on: not[...]how the lectures should be supplemented. Essays and written exercises are regarded as an integral par[...]ises two sections—a study of Australian society and its political system and an introduction to political theory. Introductory notes and reading lists will be available at the oflice of the Politics Department on 4 February. 1974. and should be collected by intending student; as soon[...]hereafter. Preliminary reading: ‘Playford, J., and Kirsner, D., Australian capitalism—towards a socialist critique (Penguin). “Marx, K., andand representative government (Every- man . “Miller, J. D. 13., and Jinks, 13., Australian government and politics (Duck- worth. 1971 edition). 'Strachey,[...]e of democracy (Encounter). 'Encel, 8.. Equality and authority (Cheshire). ”Mayer, H., and Nelson, H., Australian politics (Cheshire). Rouss[...]ic theory (Random). Books marked ' are available in paperback editions. AP32. Politics IIA. Pre-requisite: Pass in APOl Politics I. Other prerequisites for particular options are cited below, and in special cases alternative pre-requisites may he accepted[...]ernal students. Options will be offered, as staff and enrolments allow, from among the following: Political sociology. Political theory and American politics. European politics. Marxism and third world ideologies. Contemporary socia[...] |
 | [...]ES POLITICSThis course will examine theoretical and empirical approaches to the political aspects of sociology. It will examine the nature of sociology and sociological method includin the problem of objectivity and values. The various concepts of social order will e studied and in both these fields attention will he paid to the[...]the classical soeiolugists, particularly Durkheim and VVebt-r. The more empirically-based section of t[...]ss; community power: social change, modernisation and revolution. Field-work pm'ccts are encouraged as an integral part of the course and lectures in survey metiotl will he provided. Introductory reading: |'Almond, G. A., and Coleman, J. S. (eds.), Politics of the developing areas (Princeton U.P.). °Almond, G. A., and Verbn, 5., Civic culture (Little Brown). ‘Apte[...]ation (Chicago U.P.). “Aron, R., Main currents in sociological thought, vol. 2 (Penguin). ”Berge[...]sociology (Penguin). °Bottomore, T. B., Elites and society (Penguin). “Bottnmore, T. B., Sociology (Allen and Unwin). °Cohen, 13., Modern social theory (Hein[...]itical sociology (Harper). "Dahrendorf, R, Class and class conflict in an industrial society (Routlcdge). Davies. A. F., and Encel, 5., Australian society (Cheshire). "Dawson, R. E., and Prewitt, K, Political sociolisctiun (Little Brown[...]ological imagination (Penguin). ”Moser, C. A., and Kalton, G., Survey methods in social incestigzttion (Heinemann). “Nordlinger, E. A., Politics and society (Prentice—Hall). ”Olsen, M. E., Power in. societies (Macmillan). °Pizzorno, A. (ed.), Political sociology (Penguin). °Pye, L. W., and Verba, 5“ Political culture and political development (Princeton U.P.). “Rex,[...]of sociological theory (Routledge). “Rush, M., and AlthoE, P., An introduction to political sociolog[...]oductory readings (Penguin). B. POLITICAL THEORY AND AMERICAN POLITICS. grirequisites: APOl Politics I or AH41 History IC (American History 1600- 18 . Not available to students who have already[...]ideas, particularly those connected with maiority and minority rights, the American association of democracy and free enterprise and on the American science of politics in the twentieth century. Depending on student inter[...]on the military-industrial power éito, the lobby and pressure group theory, American elections and political parties, racism and Myrdal's American dilemma. the radicals and their analym of American society. the e.\ nsion o[...]Third- car students will be expected to un ertakc in greater depth work in a specific field of interest to be arranged with their tutor early in the year. Suggested reading: An American "college text" such as Burns and Pcltason or Irish and Prothro. De Tocqueville, Democracy in America. |
 | [...]OF ARTS PULITICS”McKenzie, W. J. M., Politics and social science (Pelican). The Federalist Papers; ed. and introd. by BeloH, (Blackwell’s Text edition). The New York Times (Week in Review). ”Zeitlin, M. (BIL), American society, inc. (Markham). ”Edwards. R. C., Reich. M., and Weisskopf, T. E.. The canitaliti System, a radica[...](Prentice-Hall). Christolfel. T., Finkelhor, D., and Gilbarg, D., U17 against the American myth (Holt[...]APOl Politics I or AH3| History 13 or the option in AHOZ History 11, AHOS History IIIA or AIDS Histor[...]litical systems of Britain, F rancc, West Ccnnrmy and the Soviet Union. A preliminary reading list will[...]uary, 1974. Some useful texts: Macridis, R. C., and Ward) R. E. (eds) Modem political systems: Europe, 3rd edition (Prentice—Hall). Rose, IL, Politics in England (Faber). ‘Blomlel. 1., Voters, nartier and leaders (Penguin). “Hanson. A. 1-1.. and Walles, M., Governing Britain (Fontana). °El1rmann. H. “7., Politics in France, 2nd edition (Little Brown). “Blondel, J.. and Godfrey, E. D., The government of France (Methuen[...]icago U.P.). ‘Schapiro, L. 13., The government and politics of the Soviet Union ( Hutchinson). °Barghoorn, F. C., Politics in the USSR, 2nd edition (Little Brown). 'Heidenheim[...]rd edition (Crowell). ”Edinger, L. ]., Politics in Germany (Little Brown). “Almond, C. A., and Powell, C. B., Comparative politics (Little Brown). D. MARXISM AND THIRD WORLD IDEDLOGIES. Pre<requisitesz APOl Politics 1 or AHS] History 13 éllevolutionary Europe: 1780-1870), or other subjects. at the discretion of the[...]le to students who have already passed the Social and Political T htury part of AP32 Politics IIA or M4[...]nineteenth century to the present day. Theorists and movements in Europe and the Third World will be considered. The course wi[...]to two parts. (a) A study of socialism, Marxism and anarchism, with particular em basis on the writings of Marx and later Marxists. A detailed course outline an read[...]be available from the Politics Department Office in late January. Basic reading: ”Horowitz, I. L.[...]”Jordan. 2. E. (ed), Karl Marx: Economy, class and aoc'ml revolution Nelson). 'Krimennan, 1..., and Perry, L. (eds.), Patterns of anarchy (Anchor). 'Lichtheim, G., The origins of socialism (Weidenfeld and Nicolson). °Lichtheim, G., A short history of socialism (Woidenfeld and Nicolson). *Lichthaim, G., Marxism (Routle[...] |
 | [...]3., Tier: thought of Karl Marx (Macmillan). Marx and Engels, Selected works (one volume edition—Fore[...](Pelican). (b) After an examination of classical and contemporary theories of imperialism and nee-colonialism the ideas of the revolutionary th[...]uch as the Negritude tradition, African socialism and African democracy. Basic reading; °Lcr1in, V. I., Imperialism: the highest stage of capital[...](Heinemann). ‘Rhodcs, R. 1. (ed.), Imperialism and underdevelapnwnt—a reader (Monthly Review). °F[...]e earth (Penguin). °Handyside B. (ml) Rauvlution in Guinea—selected texts of Amilcar Cabral (Monthly Review). aDelmly, R.) Revolution in the revolution (Penguin). ”Ho Chi Minh, On revo[...]al thought of Mao Tse-lnng (Penguin). °Rced, 1., and Wake, C. (eds), Senghor: prose and poetry (O.U.P.). *Wauthicr, C., The literature and thought of modern Africa (Pall Mall). ‘Friecgalnd, W. H., and Rosberg, C. (eds), African socialism (Stanford U. . . ‘Nyerere, J. K, Freedom and socialism (East African Publishing Home), °Gueva[...]l’re-rer uisites: APO! Politics I or the option in AHOZ History II. A1103 History IIA or A1113 History 1113 called "Culture in Victorian England". Not available to students wh[...]e pie-1974 APO3 Politics [HA—Industrial Society and Theories of Community. The course is concerned with the nature and problems of social life in modern industrial societies. In parLicular, certain radical views of human freedom, autonomy or authentieit , and the kinds of social rte-organisation which they e[...]feminism: An analysis of the theories of feminism and the assumptions they contest. The theories will b[...]ify investigations of the position of women, past and present The prescriptions for change and the predictions for the future will he examined. Preliminary reading: Atkinson. Dr, Orthodox consensus and radical alternative (Heinemann). Bimbaum, N., Tow[...]humanism (Doubleday). Goodman, P., Utopian essays and practical proposals (Vintage). Illich, 1., De-sclioollng society (Calder and Boysrs). Illich, 1., Celebration of awarzm[...] |
 | [...]-culture (Faber), Skinner, B. F., Beyond freedom and dignity (Knopf), To'nnics, F.. Community and society (Harper). Trilling. I... Sincerity and authenticity (“award U.l’.). °Beauvnir, S.[...], F., The origins of the famih , private property and the slate. Figos, E. Patriarchal attitudes (Faber[...]f those units of AH02 History II, AHOS History HM and AHIS History HIB named A, B, C, D, E, or F or A103 Geography III (South and South East Asia) or EElS Economic Development III[...]will consider broad uestions relating to politics and social change in Asia. Although the course will flocus primarily upon China and India, broad comparative questions will be raised including the nature of theory and practice. Among the topics which will be raised a[...]ice on present societies, Asian views of politics and the political and the nature of revolution and reaction in Asia. Recommended books: 'Ali, T., Pakistan (Morrow). 'Bailey, F. 0., Politics and social change: Orissa in 1959 (California U.l’,). Brass, P. R. Factional politics in an Indian state (California U.P.). “Hartlgravc. R. L., India: govermnent and politics in a developing nation (Harcourt. Brace). ‘Kothari, R. Politics in India (Little. Brown). 'McAlister, J. T., and Mus, P., The Vietnamese and their revolution (Harper). °Monre, B., The social origins of dictatorship and democracy (Allan Lane/ Penguin). “Smith, D. E. (ed), South Asian politics and religion (Princeton (LR). °Smitb, W. (2., Islam in modern history (Mentor). "Wolf. F... Peasant war[...]nthly Review). Hunter, N., Chinese spirituality (in press). Hunter, N., Shanghai journal (Pracgcr).[...]Hinton, W., The hundred day war (Monthly Review)- Myrdal, 1., Report from a Chinese village (Heine[...]onal relations between advanced Western societies and the countries of South-East Asia and Latin America, including the phenomenon of[...] |
 | and economic development in the “third world” and attempted solutions, including a comparative study of Vietnam, Philippines, Indonesia and China; (0) The relationships between the major powers as a backdrop to the issues raised in (a) and (12). Recommended books: “Rhodes. R. I., Inwerialism and underdevelopmentia reader (Monthly Review). "Ilay[...]the third world (Monthly Review) “Baron, P. IL, and Sweczy, P. M., Monopoly capital (Pelican). “lia[...]of imperialism (Monthly Review). 'Uphoffi N T., and Ilchman, W. F. (eds.), The political ccmloum a] d[...]onal analysis (Merril). “Wheelwright, E. 1..., and McFarlane, B., The Chinese road to socialism (Pel[...]ics of communist Clu‘na (Goodyear). ‘Myiut, 1-1., Southeast Asia’s economy (Penguin). “Friedman. E., and Sclden, M. (eds), America's Asia (Pantheon). “[...]years of Crisis (Prentice-Hall). °Ferguson, Y., and Walker, W., Continuing issues in international politics (Goodyear). °Clark, G., In fear of China (Lansdowne). “Horowitz, D., From Yalto to Vietnam (Penguin). ”Playlord, J. D., and Kirsner, D., Australian capitalism, 2nd edition (Penguin). Books marked “ are available in paperback editions. AP42. Politics IIB. Prerequisites: A5 for the subjects in APSZ Politics IIA or, alternatively‘ a ass in AP32 Politics HA. In special cases, other pro-requisites may be accepte by the[...]IA or AI’42 Politics 1113. B. POLITICAL THEORY AND AMERICAN POLITICS. Not available to students who[...]Z Politics ILA or AP42 Politics 1113. D. MARXISM AND Tnmo Wonu) Innomcnss. Not available to students who have already passed the Social and Political Theory component of the pre-1974[...] |
 | [...]litics AP03. Politics HI A. Pie-requisite: Pass in AP32 Politics ”A or AP42 Politics IIB, or other[...]rnal students. Options will be altered, as staff and enrolments allow. from among the following: A. P[...]itics HA or AP42 Politics HE. E. Pom-moan THEORY AND AMERICAN Pouncs. Not available to students who h[...]32 Politics IIA or AP42 Politics 118. D, MARXISM AND THIRD WORLD Inzonocms. Not available to students whn have already passed the Social and Political Theoiy component of the pro-1974 A1332[...]ed the pro-1974 APlS Politics IIIB. The syllabus in each of the subjects listed for APOS Politics IIIA will be similar to that of the corresponding subject in APSZ Politics IIA or AP42 Politics 1113; but stud[...]ject. APR}. Politics 1113. Pro-requisites: Pass in APSE. Polich 11A or AP42 Politics 1113 or Al’m[...]Politics IIlA. Options will be offered, as staff and enrolments allow, from among the following[...] |
 | [...]TS E.A.~SYLLABUSES POLITICSB. PouTICAL THEoflY AND AMERICAN POLITICS. Not available to students who[...]2 Politics IIA or AP42 Politics 1115. D. MARXISM AND THIRD WonLD IDEOLOGIES. Not available to students who have already passed the Social and Political Theory component of the pie-1974 AP32 P[...]ics HE. G. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS. The syllabus in each of the subjects listed for APIS Politics IIIB will be similar to that of the corresponding subject in AP32 Politics “A or AP42 Politics 1113; but stu[...]l of the subject. AP99. Politics for the Honours Degree of B.A. Students intruding to take Honours shoul[...]r. They will be re uired to undertake such thesis and seminar work as may be required by the {ca[...] |
 | B.A.7S\’LLAHUSES FACULTY OF ARTS PSYCHOLOGYPSYCHOLOGY In 1974 there will be three courses in Psychology for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts: AY01 Psychology I, AYOZ Psychology II and AY03 Psychology III. AYOI . Psychology I. This[...]e main fields of modern experimental psychology, and qualifies the student to take further psychology[...]chology, personality. social psychology, thinking and) language, elementary descriptive and inferential statistics. The course is made up of three lectures, one tutorial and a one hour laboratory assignment each week. In addition students are required to spend periods not exceeding a total of five hours in the year as participants in psychological ctperimonts. Preliminary and parallel reading: Psychology today: an introducti[...]man (BBC). References: Carroll, J. B., Language and thought (Prentice-Hall). Deese, I. E., Psychollnguistz'cs ( Allyn and Bacon). Geiwitz, P. J., Non-freudian personality[...]life (Penguin Books). Munn, N.. Fernald, L. D., and Femald, P. 8.. Introduction to psychology. 3rd ed[...]ent of the child (Prentice-Hall). Runyon, R. P., and Haber, A., Fundamentals of behavioral statistics[...], Foundations of physiological psychology (Harper and ow . Butter, C. M., Neuraosychology: The sturly of brain and behaviour (Brooks-Cole). Tyler, L. 13., Tests and measurements (Prentice-Hall). Approximately 20 Scientific American oil-prints will he recommended in lectures during the year. AYOZ. Psychology II. P[...]The course comprises: (i) Theory: three lectures and one tutorial :1 week; (ii) Laboratory: on average of two hours a wc-ol: in Terms I and II devoted to general experimental work and social psvchology; (iii) Demonslmlions, films and visils to institutions: these replace the laborat[...]e course is oriented towards the controlled study and measurement of human and animal behaviour, both individual and social. It also deals with the testing of contemporary psychological theory and the possibilities for their application. 11 Refe[...]e preliminary meeting of the class. Hickman, L.. and Henchy. T., Beyond the laboratory: field research in social psychology (McCraw-Ilill l. 653 |
 | [...]S E.A.—SYLLABUSES PSYCHOLOGY Campbell, B. A., and Church, R. M. (oils), Punishment and aversive hehnm'onr (Appleton-Century-Croftx). Co[...]l psychology of sensory behaviour (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Day, E. H., Perception (Wiley). Goldstein, IL, and others (eds), Controversial issues in learning (Appleton-Century-Crofts )i Haber. R. N.. Contemporary theory and research in visual perception (Holt. Rinehnrt and Winston). Hilgartl. E. It, and Bower, C. H., Theories of learning, 3rd edition ([...]—Hill). Murrell. K. F. H., Ergonomics (Chapman and Hall). Pribram, K. H., Languages of the brain (Prentice-Hall). Runyon, B. 1’., and Haber, A., Fundamentals of behavioural statistics[...]ey). Sidowski, I. B. (ed.), Experimental methods and instrumentation in psychology ( McGraw-Hill) . Steger, J. A. (ed), Readings in statistics (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Thlompson, B. F ., Foundations of physiological psychology (Harper and ow . Welford, A. T., Fundamentah of skill (Madmen). Yates, A. J., Frustration and conflict. AY23. Psychology III. Pie—requisit[...]gy II. The course will consist of three lectures and one tutorial class each week throughout the year.[...]practical work itself will be carried out mainly in the student's own time. The lecture toFics will include: psychological statistics and research design, role theory, physio ogical and motivational processes, perception, and personality. Important reference books are as fol[...]emotion (Penguin). Arnold, M. B. (ed.), Feelings and emotions (Academic Press). Biddle, B. J., and Thomas, E. J. (eds), Role theory: concepts and research (Wiley). Corso, I. F., The experimental psychology of sensory behavior (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Goodstein, L. D., and Lanyon, R. I. (eds), Readings in personality assessment (Wiley). Hays, W. L., Sta[...]the social sciences, 2nd edition (Holt, Rinuhart and Winston); or Edwards, A. L., Statistical methods, 3rd edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Kish, L., Survey sampling (Wiley). Lunyon, E. 1., and Goodstcin, L. D., Personality assessment (Wiley). Limlzey, G.. and Aronson, E. (eds). Handbook of social psychology, 2nd edition. volumes 1 and 2 (Addison-Wesley). Semeonoff, B. (at), Personal[...]n). Vvlfiffi‘3 B. 1., Statistical principles in experimental design (McGraw~ ; 01 Edwards, A. L., Experimental design in psychological research, 4th edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Young, 1’. T., Motivation and emotion (Wiley). (Preliminary reading: McT[...] |
 | B.A.—SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF ARTS PSYCHOLOGY (HONOURS DEGREE)AY99. Psychology for the Honours degree of BA. Pro-requisite subjects: AYOI Psychology I, AY02 Psychology 11 and AY23 Psychology Ill. Candidates are required to give their full attendance For an entire academic your to a special course of study in the psychological laboratory. The course will include lectures and discussions on advanced topics. It will also involve the writing of a substantial essay and the presentation of a dissertation embody‘ ing the results of. and a survey of the literature relevant to, a[...] |
 | [...]ARTS DLP.APP.PSYCH. IiLchLATiuNsOF THE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a postgraduate Diploma in Applied Psychology. 2. A candidate for admission[...]r the diploma shall: (a) have been admitted to a degree of the University or to a degree of another university accepted for the purpose by the University, and (b) have obtained the approval of the Head of De[...]t to the approval of the Council, the Faculty may in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case accept as a candidate for the diploma a[...]y to be undertaken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be prescribed in the schedules approved by the Council. Such sched[...]or such other date as the Council shall determine and shall be pub- lished in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]desires that the examinations which he has passed in the University or elsewhere should be counted pro tam‘o for the Di loma in Applied Psychology, may on written applica[...] |
 | [...]assifications of pass at an annual examina- tion in any subject for the Diploma: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit, and Pass. The names of candidates within each classification shall be arranged in alphabetical order.7. (a) A candidate who fails to pass the examination in any subject or who fails to complete satisfactorily the prescribed practical work, and who desires to take the subject or practical work again, shall again attend such lectures and satisfactorily do such written and practical work as the professor or lecturer conce[...]date who has twice failed to pass the examination in any subject or who has twice failed to complete s[...]or that subject or practical work again except by special permission of the Faculty of Arts to be obtained in writing from the Academic Registrar and then only under such conditions as may be prescri[...]candidate who has enrolled for at exist two terms in an academic year and who is refused permission to sit for examination[...]ndidate who complies with the foregoin conditions and satisfies the examiners shall be awarded the Dip oma in Applied Psychology. Regulations allowed 17 Decem[...]NOTE: Syllabuses of the subjects for the Diploma in Applied Psychologv are published below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the diploma, For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at llu~ end of[...]se of study. 2. A candidate who holds an Honours degree of B.A. or 13.80. in Psychology, or an Ordinary degree of B.A. or B.Sc. with Psychology as a third-year[...]the Department of Psychology that his experience in psychology is equivalent to a three-year u[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS DIRAPPJ’SYCH. SCHEDULESsequence in psychology, and is of a kind which will enable him to understand and profit from the course of study for the diploma.[...]: COURSE or STUDY 1, A candidate for the Diploma in Applied Psychology shall regu- larly attend lectures and seminars, do such written work as may be prescribed, and pass examination in the following subjects (unless cxemptcd under reg[...]s ( 0) Occupational Psychology ((1) Personality and Social Relations (e) Psychopathology (f) Statistics and Methodology (g) Educational Psychology 11 may be presented in place of any two of the subjects (a) to (6) above[...]tisfactorily the prescribed practical work, which in the case of part-time students will be undertaken[...]e practical work will me u e: (a) Practical work in applied psychology for a total of at least two hu[...]field of applied psycho- logy, chosen hy himself and approved by the Head of the Department of[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS SYLLABUS NUMBERSOF THE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY SYLLABUSES Text-banks: Stude[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]cates that it is a suhicct for either the Diploma in Applied Psychology or the Diploma in Education 659 |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS DIP.APP.PSYCIL—sYLLAuUsns DIPLOMA IN APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY The course is intended primar[...]the Faculty of Science who have cit er an Honours Degree in Psychology or an Ordinary Degree with Psychology as a major subject. Graduates who[...]at they have an equivalent standard of attainment in psychology may also be permitted to proceed to th[...]e course are expected to develop research skills. and some students may be encouraged to pursue their research interests for a higher degree. The course will normally be com lcted in two years of part-time study. It includes lecture[...]l work session per \V'Ct'k throughout the course. and lectures on special topics. The suhiects of study 1-5 below are normally examined in the first year of the course. and subjects 6 and 3 below in the second ycar. Assessment of students will be made on the basis of attendance and essays, cxerciscs or tcsts during the year. as we[...]AY24 Occupational Psychology. AY34 Personality and Social Relations. AY44 Psychopathology. AY54 Statistics and Methodology. AYG4 Practical Work. AY74 Research[...]urvey. ADSO Educational Psycholu 11 may be takcn in place of any two of the subjects 1 to 5 a (we. @[...]ur session per wcek. Topics will include: Changes in individual capacity and personality through the life-span, from childhood[...]ciples of human performance; the nature of skill, and implications for the design of machines and of working environments; methods of job-analysis; fatigue and boredom. AY24. Occupational Psychology. Lect[...]opics will include: Factors affecting performance in occupational settings, such as : motivation; vocational guidance, personnel selection and training; managerial organisation. AY34. Personality and Social Relations. Lecturcs will be given for one[...]s will include: (a) The study of human adjustment and creativc chavimu'. (b) Interpersonal relationships in small group situations. 660 |
 | [...]er week. Topics will include: Psychosis, neurosis and personality disorders. and their animation: the role of interpersonal perception, communication and transaction in the (lcvclopment and maintenance of disorder; psychotherapy.AY54. Statistics and Methodology. Lectures will be given for three terms, with one two-hour session per week. and these will normally be attended durin the second[...]ct groups; cvnlunu'n the elfects of actions taken in the field; uses of regression and covariance; actor analysis; the stud of individua[...]sts, zmd the study of their reliability. rali ty. and utility; the design of questionnaires. and the design and conduct of social surveys. AY64. Practical Work. Practical work in applied psychology will lie recuircd for a total[...]dred hours, This will normally be no crtaken both in the form of practical demonstrations and exercises in the Psychology Department. and in work in conjunction with agencies co—o crating with the Department. Practical work in the Department would inclutc experience in psychological testing. inlcrviewin , and casework. Assessment will he made on the basis of attendance andand approved by the Chairman of the Department of Psy[...]chology II. For syllabus see the Advanced Diploma in Education. 66] |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS DIP.LIB.STUD. REGULATIONSOF THE DIPLOMA IN LIBRARY STUDIES REGULATIONS ll There shall be a postgraduate Diploma in Library Studies. 2. Except as provided for in regulation 3, a candidate for admission to the co[...]t to the approval of the Council, the Faculty may in special cases and subject to such conditions (if an ) as it may im ose in each case, accept as a candidate for the diplhma a erson wro (hes not hold a degree of a university but has given evi encc satisfacto[...]y to be undertaken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be rescribed in schedules approved by the Council Such schedules[...]r such other (late as the Council shall determine and shall he published in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]desires that the examinations which he has passed in the Universit or elsewhere should be counted for the Diploma in Library Stu ies, may on written application be gr[...]assifications of pass at an annual examina- tion in any Subject for the diploma: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit. and Pass. The names of the candidates in each classification shall be arranged in alphabetical Order. 6 62 |
 | [...](a) A candidate who fails to pass the examination in any subject or who fails to complete satisfactorily the prescribed practical work, and who desires to take the subject or practical work again, shall again attend such lectures and satisfactorily do such written and practical work as may be prescribed, unless speci[...]idate who has twice failed to ass the examination in any subject or who has twice failed to comp ete s[...]for that subject or practical work again except b special permission of the Facult of Arts to be obtained in writing rom the Academic Registrar and tien only under such conditions as may be prescri[...]idate who com lies with the foregoin§ conditions and satisfied the examiners shal be awarded the Dip oma in Library Studies.10. The maximum number of candidates who may be enrolled in any course for the diploma shall be determined fr[...]uncil on the recommendation of the Faeul of Arts; and nothing in these regulations shall be held to bind t e Council to provide any or all the courses in any year if for any reason the Council dec[...] |
 | FACULTY 01¢ ARTS DIRED. REGULATIONSOF THE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION REGULATIONS [NOTE: These regulations[...]1962.] 1. There shall be a postgraduate Diploma in Education, °2. Except as provided for in regulations 2A and 3 a candidate for admission to the course for the diploma shall have been admitted to a degree of the University or to a degree of another university accepted for the purpose by[...]t to the approval of the Council, the Faculty may in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any as it may see fit to impose in each case accept as a candidate or the diploma a person who does not hold a degree of a university but has given evidence satisfacto[...]dertake work for the diploma. 3. A candidate who in the year immediately )receding the year in which he wishes to be admitted to the course or the diploma failed in only one subject necessary for the completion of any Ordinary degree of the University may, with s ecial permission of the Faculty he admitted to the course for the ciploma if in the same year he enrols for a subject necessary for the completion of his degree. The diploma will not be conferred upon the candidate until he has been admitted to the degree. 4. To qualify for the diploma 3 candidate shall[...]art-time study extending over at least two years; and (b) satisfy the University in a course of practical teaching. 5. The course of study and the fees to be paid by the candidate shall be prescribed in schedules which shall be drawn up from time to time by the Faculty of Arts and approved by the Council. Such " Awaiting[...] |
 | DIPJiD. FACULIY OF ARTS nL‘CL‘LAuONS AND SCHEDULESschedules shall take effect as from th[...]or such other date as the Council shall determine and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]desires that the examinations which he has passed in the University or in another university should be counted pm tanto for the Diploma in Education, may on written application be granted[...]date who has twice failed to pass the examination in any suhicct or division of a subject may not enrol for the subject again exce t by special permission of the Faculty and then only under such con itions as the Faculty ma[...]ted) after having enrolled for at least two terms in that year, shal be deemed to have failed to pass[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall be awarded the Diploma in Education. ID.° These regulations shall come into force, and all existing regula- tions shall be repealed. on 1 January, 1962. However, a student who matriculated in the University on or before 31 March, 1960, may a[...]the course. for the diploma under the regulations in force in 1960 provided that he satisfies the requirements[...]NOTE: Syllahuses of the subjects for the Diploma in Education are published below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the diploma. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of[...]culty, regularly attend lectures, do such written and tutorial work as may be prescribed, and pass examinations in the following subjects: 665 |
 | [...]1; Educational Psychology 1; Practical Teaching and Methodology; provided that a part-time teaching candidate who has had practical teachin experience and is enrolled in Practical Teaching and Metho ology may apfly in writing to the Faculty of Arts, through the Acad[...]r exemption from attendance at classes, tutorials and supervised teaching practice in that subject. 666 |
 | [...]USFE FACULTY OF ARTS SWVS HumansOF THE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION SYLLABUSES Text-books: Students are e[...]he d artment concerned details of the examination in that subject including the reelative weights give[...]cates that it is a subject for either the Diploma in Education at the Diploma in Applied Psychology. |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS D1P.ED.7SYLLAHUSES EDUCATIONDIPLOMA IN EDUCATION. The course for the diploma is a single. composite course of full-time study lasting for one year and requiring the whole of a candidate's time to be d[...]ts of reading, attendance at a number of tutorial and seminar classes each week. such practical and written exercises as may he prescribed, visits to schools and other institutions. periods of supervised teaching practice, and attendance at lecture courses. Each of the lectu[...]of Education I. The following books, or chapters in books, should he read: Plato, The republic, particularly sections 9- 14 and 18- 28 in F. M. Cornford’s edition. Rousseau, J. J., Emile. Arnold, M., Culture and anarchy. Mill1 J. 8., On liberty. O'Efinngr, D.[...]troduction to the philosophy of education ( Allyn and Bacon). Peters, E. 5., Ethics and education (Allen and Unwin). mildlmllaUIt’ R. D. (ed.), Philosophical analysis and education (Rout— e ge . Hirst, P. H., and Peters, R. S., The logic of education (Routlcdge)[...]The course corralprises three topics: Education in Australia; education in antiquity and in e middlc ages; secondary education in England from the renaissance to the present day. Among the hooks recommended for reading in connection with the course, the following are of special importance: Cleverley, 3., and Lawry, J. (eds), Australian education in the twentieth century Longmans). Turncyj C. (ed), Pioneers of Australian education, vols. l and 2 (Sydney .P. . Hyams, B. K, and BPssant, 13., Schools for the people (Longmans). Education in South Australia, Report of the Karmel Committee 1969-70 (Govt. Printer, S.A.). Lawson, M. D., and Petersen, R. C., Progressive education: an introduction (Angus and Robertson). Childe, V. C., What happened in history (Penguin/Pelican). Kocstler, A., The sle[...]enguin). Marrou, H. 1., The history of education in antiquity (Sheed and Ward). Knowles, D., The evolution of medieval th[...]. Brown, P., The world of late antiquity (Thames and Hudson). Bolgar, R. 3., The classical heritage and its beneficiaries (C.U.P.). Brooke, C., The twelfth century Renaissance (Thames and Hudson). Leif, C., Paris and Oxford Universities in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries (John Wiley). Kristcller, P. 0., Renaissance thought, the classic, scholastic and humanistic strains ( Harper Torchbooks ). 668 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS EDUCATIONCurtis, M. H., Oxford and Cambridge in transition, 1558-1642, an essay on changing relations between the English universities and English society (O.U.P.). Charlton, K., Education in Renaissance England (Routledge). Vincent. W. A. L., The grammar schools, their continuing tradition, 1660-1714 (John Murray). Newsome, D., Godliness and good Learning (John Murray). Cruickshank, Mt, Church and state in English education, 1870 to the present day (Macmillan). Banks, 0., Parity and prestige in English secondary education (Houtlcdge and Kegan Paul). AD24. Sociology of Education I. This is an introductory course and, althoulgh its principal aim is to indicate the relationship between education and its socia settincf, a special emlphasis is placed on theoretical sociology befo[...]social class. he nature of social stratification in Australia and the relationship between social class and educational op ortunity. The reading list is give[...]discusse {or which there is no adequate reference in readily available texts (e.g. one of such topics is concerned with the influence of sociologist's own theoretical orientation on the way in which he applies the subject to the solution of e[...]lems). Students will also be referred to articles in sociological and educational ioumels. Bottomore, T. B., Sociology: a guide to problems and literature (Unwin). Berger, P, L., Invitation to[...]c perspective (Penguin). Elvin, H. L., Education and contemporary society (Watts). Bottomore, T. 3., Classes in modern society (Allen and Unwin). Tnmin, M. M., Social stratification (Prentice~Ha].l). Davis, A., Social class influences on learning (Harvard). Henderson, R. F., and others, People in poverty.- a Melbourne survey (Cheshire). Riessman, F., The[...]R., The uses of literacy (Penguin). Jackson, 8., and Marsden, D» Education and the working class (Penguin). Halsey, A. H., and others, Education, economy and society (Free Press). Davies, A. F., and Encel, 8., Australian society: a sociological int[...]an Australian study (Sydney U.P.). Katz, F. M., and Browne, R. K., Sociology of education (Macmillan). Partridge, P. IL, Societi, schools and progress in Australia (Pergnmon). Fensham, P, J. (ed), Rights and inequality in Australian education (Cheshire), Horne, D., The[...]hensive school (Penguin). Ford, 1., Social class and the comprehensive school (Routledge). Rubinstein, D., and Stoneman, C., Education for democracy (Penguin). Cox, C. 13., and Dyson, A. E., Fight for education and The crisis in education (Black Paper I and II. The Critical Quarterly Society). Jackson, 38., Streaming: an education system in miniature (Routledge). Zweig, F,, The student in the age of anxiety (Heinemann). Hodgfiifison, H. L., Education in social and cultural perspectives (Prentice- Ha . Hifigfidrson, H. L., Education, interaction, and social change (Prentice- a . Martin, J., R[...] |
 | [...]’.ED.—SYLLABUSE§ EDUCATION Smolicz, J. 1., and Wiscmnn, 3., European migrants and their children: Interaction, assimilation, educat[...]Australian Education, vol. 4, 1971, No. 2 (June) and No. 3 (September)). Melbourne studies in education 1968-1969 (M.U.P.). Melbourne studies in education 1972 (M.U.P.). Etzioni, A., Modern organizations (Prentice-Hall). Josephson, E., and M., Man alone (Dell). Israel, 1., Alienation from Marx to modern sociology (Allyn and Bacon). Durkheim, E., Suicide (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Durkheim, E., The division of labour (Free Press). Gelgflllll-L H., and Mills, C. W., From Max Weber (Routledge and Kegan 8 . Bottomore, T, 13., Karl Marx: Early wr[...]es (Appleton-Century- Cro ts . Fischer, E., Marx in his own words (Allen Lane). Wollf, K. (ed.), The[...]n). Illich, 1., Celebration of awareness (Calder and Boyars). Illich, I., The schooling society (Calder and Bayars). ADM. Educational Psychology 1. The following books should be read as early as possible in the course to provide useful background material:[...]educational psychology (Madmen). Bradley, J. I., and McClelland, J. N., Basic statistical concepts: a self- instructional text (Scott, Foresman and 00.). During Lhe course students will be require[...]d a number of articles from journals of pschology and educational psychology and the following books or selected portions of them:[...]psychology: a brief introduction (Holt, Binelmrt and Winston). Secord, P. F., and Backman, C. W., Social psychology (McCraw-Hill).[...]. Butcher, H. 1., Human intelligence, its nature and assessment (Methueu). Wiseman, S. (ed.), Intelligence and ability (Penguin). Wason, P. C., and Johnson-Laird, P. N. (eds.), Thinking and reasoning (Penguin). Reichmann, W. 1., Use and abuse of statistics (Penguin). Bloom, B. S. (ed)[...]teachers (PrenticeHall). Heim, A., Intelligence and personality (Pelican). Holt, J. C., How children learn (Pelican). Piaget, )J., Sciencg of education and the psychology of the chihi (Long— mans . |
 | [...]An'rs EDUCATIONEysenck, H., Race, intelligence and education (Sun Books). Gilchrist, M., The psycho[...]P. E., Creativity (Penguin). MncGinifie, W. H., and Ball, S. Readmgs in psychological foundations of allucaiion (McGraw-Hill). ADM. Practical Teaching and Methodology. The prescribed period of supervised[...]n aggregate of nine weeks. There will be classes and seminars on the methods of presenting the[...] |
 | [...]Anv.nrr.Fn. REGULATIOXSOF THE ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a postgraduate Advanced Diploma in Education. 2. A candidate for admission to the course for the diploma shall: (a) have been admitted to a degree of the University or to a degree of another university accepted for the purpose by the University; and (b) hold the Diploma in Education of the University or a qualifi- cation accepted by the University as equivalent.[...]t to the approval of the Council the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the diploma 9. person who does not hold a degree of a university but has given evidence satisfacto[...]ears. 4. Schedules defining the course of study and prescribing the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn u from time to time by the Faculty of Arts and shall be :1 proved by t e Council. Such schedules[...]or such other date as the Council shall determine and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]desires that the examinations which he has passed in the University or in another university should be counted p10 tanto for the Advanced Diploma in Education, may on written application be a[...] |
 | ADV.DIP,ED. FACULTY OF ARTS REGULATIONS AND SCHFDL‘LES6. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall be awarded the Advanced Diploma in Education. 7. A candidate who passes the examinations in all the course work subjects prescribed for the degree of Master of Education shall on written application be awarded the Advanced Diploma in Education. Regulations allowed 21 December, 1972[...]abuses of the subfiects for the Advanced Di )lnma in Education are published below, immediately a ter the regulations and so Iedules of the diploma. For syllahuses ot subfects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the em ol t[...]lty, regu- larly attend lectures, do such written and tutorial work as may be prescribed, and pass examinations in the following subjects: Theory of Education II;[...]ducation II; or Comparative Education; or History and Sociology of Science. 673 |
 | [...]F ARTS SYLLABUS NUMBERSOF THE ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION AND OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION (COURSE WORK) SYLLABUSES[...]19 )artxnunt concerned details of the examination in that sulxiuct including the H Um: weights given t[...]tes that it is a subject for the Advanced Diploma in Education or for the degree of Master of Education. 675 |
 | [...]D.—SYLLAB\JSES EDUCATION THE ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION AND THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION. Each of the four courses necessary for the diploma and/or the degree consists of one seminar class a week lasting for an hour and a half and such written and practical work as may be prescribed. ADOO. Theor[...]houghts concerning education. Arnold, M., Culture and anarchy. Dewey, 1., The school andin Plato’s Republic (C.U.P.). Comenius, J. A., The[...]J. 11., How Gertrude teaches her children (Allen and Unwin). Silber, Kate, Pestalozzi: the man and his work (Routledge). Froehel, F. W. A., Education of man. Mil], I. and I. 3., 0n education, ed. F. A. Cavenagh (C.U.P.). Spencer, 11., Education. intellectual, moral and physical. Newman, I. H., Idea of a university. Huxley, T. H., A liberal education; and where to find it. in his Lectures and lay sermons (Dent). Dewey, ]., My pedagogical cr[...]worth, W., The prelude. Leavis, F. R., Education and the universities (Chatta and Windus). Lawrence, D. H., Letters. Lawrence, D. H., Education of the people, in his Phoenix: posthumous papers (Heinemann). Suttie, I. D., The origins of love and hate. Stewart, W. A. C., Quakers and education (Epsworth). Castle, E. 13., Moral education in Christian times (Allen and Unwin). Leavis, F. R., and Thompson, D., Culture and environment (Chatto and VVindus). ADIO. History of Education II. The course comprises two topics: The history of education in Australia; the history of education in France (a reading knowledge of French is NOT requ[...]areth (Hamilton). Jaeger, W., Early Christianity and Greek Paideia (Bellmap). |
 | [...]ssions. Rashdall, H., The universities of Europe in the middle ages, 2nd ed., ed. Powicke and Emden, 1936, 3 vols. (Clarendon Press], for refer[...]ood (Cape). Barnard. H. C.. The French tradition in education: Ramus to Mme. Necker (Ie Saussure (C.U[...]3 vols. (Wa degrave). Barnard. H. 0., Education and the French revolution (C.U.P.). Johnson, D., Gui[...]tagon Books). Debiesse, 1., Compulsory education in France (UNESCO). Toulrnin, 5. El, and Coodfield, 1., The discovery of time (Hutchison). Smeaton, W. A., Fouwroy: chemist and revolutionary, 1755-1809 (Heffer). Waddington, P.. The history, administration and function of the Bacca- lauréut as a secondary school examination in France (Xerox copy avail- able in the Barr Smith Library). Arnold. M.. Schools and. universities on the continent (Michigan U.P.). Graves, N. J. Technical education in France in the nineteenth century (Vocational aspect of secondary and further education, vol. 16, 1964. pp. 148-160 and pp. 163-175). Graves. N. 1., The "grandes écnles" in France (Vocational aspect of secondary and further education, vol. 17, pp. 40-49). Zeldin, T., Higher education in France, 1848-1940 (Journal of Contem- porary History. vol. 2, 1967. pp, 53-80). Hughes, H. 8., Consciousness and society (Vintage Books, Random House). Wykes, Ol[...]e durin the Fourth Republic (Xerox copy available in the Barr Smith Librarylt. Fraser, W. TL, Education and society in modern France (Routledgelt Cros, L.. The explosion in the schools (S.E.V.P.E.N.). Hulls. W. D.. Society, school: and progress in France (Pergamon), Capelie, 1.. Tomorrow's educat[...]ght (Collins), French. E. L, Secondary education In the Australian social order, 1788- 1898 (Xerox copy available in the Barr Smith Library). Goodman, FL, Secondary education in Queensland, 1860-1960 (A.N.U.). Nodal, C.. Australia's colonial culture (Cheshire). Fogarty, IL, Catholic education in Australia 1806-1950, 2 vols. (.\i.U.P.). New South “Vales. Edu[...]nitt‘ee appointod to survey secondary education in New South Wales, 1957 (The Wyndham Report) (N.S.W[...]. Cieverlcy. J. F, The first generation: school and society in early Australia (Longmnns ). Austin, A. 0.. Australian education, 1783-1900, 3rd edition (Pitman). Austin. A. G.. Select documents in Australian education (Pitman), Batman, At. A short history of education in New South Wales (Martindaic). Grundy, D.. Secular, compulsory and free (.\t.U.P.). Hansen, I. \’., Nor free, nor secular (O.U.I’.J. Schools in Australia: Report of the Intrrim Committee[...] |
 | [...]etical sociology (Free Press). Melbourne studies in education 1988-1969 (M.U.P.). Melbourne studies in education 1972 (M.U.P.). Fallding, H., The socio[...]outledge). Sexton, P. C., Readings an the school in society (Prentice-Hall) Jackson, J. A., Sacral st[...]ridge University Press). Bottomore, T. B., Cksses in modern society (Allen and Unwin). Bottomore, T. B., Elites and society (Penguin). Lefebvre, H., The Sociology of Maria (Allen Lone). Encel, S., Equality and authority (Cheshire). Congelton, A. A., Status and prestige in Australia (Cheshire). Ford, L, Social class and the comprehensive school (Routledge). Stevens, R, The new inheritors (Hutchinson). Koemer, J. D., Reform in education (Weidenfeld and Nicolson). King, IL, Education (Longmans). Thale[...]ing for teachability (Wiley). Yates, A., Grouping in education (Wiley). Eizioni, A., Modern organizations (Prentice-Hall). Etzioni, A., Readings in modern organizations (Prentice—Hall). Hansen, D. A., and Gerstl, T. E., On education: sociological perspectives (Wiley). Merton, R. K., and others, Reader in bureaucracy (The Free Press). Hart, P. K., and Reiss, A. 1., Cities and society: a reader in urban sociology (The Free Press). Fromm, E., The sane society (Routledge). Merton, R. K., Social theory and social structure (The Free Press). Cockhum, A, and Blackburn, 11., Student power (Penguin). Columbia University. Columbia College, Man in contempora societ (Columbia on). W 9 Zubnycki, J[...](A.N.U. Press). Price. C. A., Southern Europeans in Australia (Oxford). Travers, R. M. “7., An int[...]ational research (Macmillan). Young. M.I Innovath and research in education (Routledge). Wakeford, J.. The Strategy of Social Enquiry (Macmillan). Stephan, F. 17., and McCarthy. P. I., Sampling opinions (Wiley). Garr[...]ducational research (Pergamon). Fischer, E., Marx in his own words (Penguin). Durkheim. E, Suicide.[...]to . Students will also be referred to monomphs and articles in sociological and educational journals. They will also be expected to refer to government reports of educational and sociological importance. 678 |
 | [...]II. This course of lectures, tutorials, written and practical exercises will have specigl rIeterence to educational research and the application of it to teaching in so on s. Students must be familiar with the foll[...]o to consult several other journals of psychology and education. The following list of recommended book[...]d to be prescriptive; nor can it be comprehensive in view of the flexibility of the course. Ausubcl.[...]onal psychology: a cognitive view (Holt, Rinchart and Winston). Lloyd. 13., Perception and cognition (Penguin). Tanner, I. M.. and Inhelder, B. (eds) Discussions on child developme[...]111, [V (Social Science Paperbacks). Piaget, 1., and lnhcltler, 8., The mychologu of the child (Routle[...]y: an objective approach (Wiley). Eysenck, H. 1., and Eysenck, S. 13., Personality structure and measurement (Routledge). Butcher. H. 1., Human intelligence, its nature and assessment (Med-men). Brown, R. W., Social psychology (Collier-Macmillan). Bruner, J. 5., and others, A study of thinking (Wiley). Bruner, J. 5., and others, Studies in cognitive growth (Wiley). Shulman, L. 8., and Keislar, E. R. (ed-1.), Learning by discovery (Ra[...]R. M., The conditions of learning (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Maccoby, E. E. (8d,), The development o[...]avistock). Rosenthal, 11., Experiincnter efiects in behavioural research (Appleton- Century—Crofts ). Vygcmky, L. 5.. Thought and language (M.I.T. Press). Diamanzw and Jeeves, M., Thinking in rtructures (Hutchinson Educav ona . Hudson, L., C[...]on, L., Frame: of mind (Methuen). Wallnch, M. A., and Kogan, N., Modes of thinking in young children (Holt, Rinehatt and Winston). Wicrsma. W.. Research methods in education (Lippincott). Campbell, D. T., and Stanle , I. 0., Experimental and quasi experimental designs for research (Ban , McNally and 00.). Forth, H., Piaget and knowledge (Prentice-Hall). Ceiwitz, P. 1., Nan-fraudian personality theories (Basic concepts in psy- chology series). Inhelder, 13., and Piaget, 1.. The growth of logical thinking[...] |
 | [...]ful are: Guillord, J. P., Fundamental statistics in psychology and education ( M cGraw—Hill ) . McNemar, Q., Psyc[...](Wiley). Fergtlrffn, G. A., Statistical analysis in psychology and education (Mn-Craw- HI' . Cattell, R. 15., Facto[...]lt, IL. The structure of English education (Cohen and West). johnson. W. [1. E... Russia's educational[...]nations (Harvard U.P.). Cruickshank. M.. Church and state in English education, 1870 to the present day (Macmillan). Dancy, I. C., The public schools and the future (Faber). King. E. J., Other schools and ours (Holt). The following books should also be[...]yrdal, 0., An American dilemma: the negro problem and modern democracy (Harper). U.N.E.S.C.O.. World s[...]. vol. 1: Handbook of educa- tional org/intention and statistics. Durkheim, E., L'éoolutton pédagogique en France (Alcan). Edwards. N., and Rickey, H. G., The school in the American social order (Houghton ) . The worl[...]on, 1938. Hans, N. A., Educational tradi— tions in the English-wreaking countries (Evans). Hans, N. A. and Hesse-n. 5., Educational policy in Soviet Russia (King). U.N.E,S.C.0._ Education in the modern world. Simon, 3., Studies in the history of education (Lawrence and Wishart). Peterson, A. D. C.. A hundred years of education (Duckworth). Dempster, I. I. 134, Purpose in the modern school (Madmen). Neal. L. 17., External examinations in secondary modern schools. Leeds University. Institute of Education. Researches andand Education Pit). The world year book of education[...].), Medsker, L. L., The funtor college: progress and prospect (McGraw-Hill). Conant, I. 3., Th[...] |
 | and Sohn, Revolution in teaching (Bantam). De Grazia and Sohn, Programmes teachers and machines (Bantam). Crow, (L. and Crow. L. D.. Vital issues in American education (Bantam). Bnrzun, I. M., The house 0! intellect (Harper). Rieérrfiagl, D.. Constraint and variety in American education (Nebraska Lieberman, M., The[...]lic education (Chicago U.P.). Buftsfl, {1.) F._ and Cremin, L. A., A history of education in American culture 0 l . The world your book of e[...]s (O.UrP.). Barnard, H. C., The French tradition in education (C.U.P.). Bereday, C. 2. 17., and Pennar, J. (eds), Politics of Soviet education (Stevens). Bercday. G. 2. R, and others, The changing Soviet school (Houghton). Robbins. L. C., The university in the modern world (St. Martin's Press). Education in South Australia: Report of the Karma] Committcc. 1969-70 (SA. Govt, Printer). Hansen, 1. V., Nor free, nor secular (O.U.P.). McLainc. A. C., and Selby Smith, It, (eds) Fundamental issues in Australian education (Novnk). Schools in Australia: Report of the Interim Committee of the[...]3 (Commonwealth Govt. Printer). Simpkins, W. S.. and Miller. A. H. (eds), Changing education—Am-tral[...]ols (Vic. chlmical Teachers 500. . AD50. History and Sociology of Science. A study of the development[...]arliest times to the beginnings of modern science and of selected topics in the development of chemistry and the historical sciences from the seventeenth cent[...]e; the nature of scientific methods, explanation and proof; the cross—fertilization between sciences; the relation between pure science and technology; the influence of non-scientific factors upon the growth of science; and the social and moral responsibilities of scientists. Special emphasis will be placed on the study of the etlects of scientific and technological change on man’s natural environment and on the structure and function of social institutions. Attention will also be given to the place of the history and sociology of science in the education of scientists at both seconda and tertiary level and to the role of scientific education in helping in mntro the socially dysfunctional as ects of scientific and technological innovation. Interests of individual[...]. The course is intended primarily for graduates in science but, with the ap- proval of the Head of the Department of Education, in special cases other qualified graduates may be permitted[...]C., Edge of objectivity (Oxford U.P.). 1.25238wa and Musgrave, A., Criticism and the growth of knowledge Mulkay, Mr 1.. The social[...]e (Pelican). Ben-David, L, The scientist’s role in society (Prentice-Hall). Sambursky, 5., Physical world of the Greeks (Routledge), Clagett, M., Greek science in antiquity (Abelard-Schuman). Crombie, A. C[...] |
 | [...]eat chain of being (Harper). Adams, F. D., Birth and development of the geological sciences (Dover). S[...]of man (Routledge). Polauyi, M., Science, faith and society (Oxford). Oppenheimer, I. R., The flying trapeze: three crises for physicists. Read, 1., Humour and humanism in chemistry (Bell). Klemm, 17., History of western technology (Allen and Unwin). White, I... T., Medieval technology and social change (Clarendon). Derry. T. K.. and Williams, T. L, A short history of technology (Clarendon). Boubiczck, R, Ethical values in the age of science (C.U.P.). Weizsiicker, C. F. van, The relevance of science (Collins). Rose, H., and Rose 5., Science and society (Allen Lane). Vovoulis, A., and Culver. A. W., Science and society (HoldenADay). Price. D. I. do 8., Little[...]e (Columbia). Marsak, L. M., The rise of science in relation to society (Macmillan). Buchanan, R. A, Technology and social progress (Pergamon). Spicer, E. H., Human problems in technological change (Wiley). Tngker, )R. A. 11.. The contribution of science to education (Mills and neon . Yudkin, M., General education (Allen Lane). Jevons, F. R, The teaching of science (Allen and Unwin). Ross. A. S. C.. Arts 0. science (Methuen). Brierley, IA. Science in its context (Heinemann). Useful background reading will be found in the following paper-backed books: 682 Hurd, D. L., and Kipling, I. J. (eds.), Origins and growth of physical science, 2 vols. (Penguin). Rook, A. (ed), Origin and growth of biology (Penguin). Toulmin, 5., and Goodfleld, 1., Fabric of the heavens (Penguin). Toulmin, 5., and Goodb‘eld, 1., Architecture of matter (Penguin). Toulmin, 8., and Goodfield, 1., Discovery of time (Penguin). Forbes, E. 1., and Dijksterhuis, E. J., A history of science and technology. 2 vols. (Penguin). Moonman, E., Science and technology in Europe (Penguin). Reference books: Taton, 11., A general history of the sciences, 4 vols. (Thames and Hudson). Sexton, G. A. L., An introduction[...] |
 | [...]ington, }. R., A history of chemistry, vols. 2. 3 and 4 (Macmillan). Needham, 1., Science and civilization in China, 4 vols. to date (C.U.P.). Daumas, M., Hist[...]F.).Singer, C. 1., Holmyard, E. L, Hall, A. It, and Williams, ’1'. I., A history of technology. 5 v[...]ress). Collections of source materials, journals and collected essays: The source materials will be s[...]wton, Bacon, Harvey, Boyle, Hales, Dalton, Darwin and Pasteur. Man important Creek and Latin works are available in translation in the 'Loeb Chissics Library' and in Source Book in Greek Science (eds. Cohen, M. 1%., and Drnbkin. l. 15.). For modern science apart from the collections of rcadin 5 included in several of the recom- mended books. useful material will be [aunt in the Source Books in Astronomy (eds. Shopley and Haworth), Physics (ed. Magic, W. E). Chemistry (eds. Leicester, H. M., and Klickstcin, H. 5.). Geology (eds. Mather, K. F., and Mason. 8. L.) and Medical History (ed. Clendening. L.). Much of the important reading for the course is contained in the articles in journals such as The British ionmal for the histo[...]cieniia, Journal of the history of ideas, Minerva and Technology and culture. A number of valuable articles and essays from these and other journals have been collected and reprinted. Books to which students will need to r[...]pers presented to the international conferL ences and symposia and of essays written in honour of eminent scientists and historians and philosophers of science. Valuable collections of this type are: Clijggtt), M. (ed.), Critical problem inin the history and method of science (Claren- on . Underwood, E. A. (ed.), Science, medicine and history: essays in honour of Charles Singer (0.U.P.l. W'iaenefigf. P., and Noland, A, (eds), Roots of scientific thought (Basic 00 . Goll’dsgnitli, M., and McKay, A. L. (eds.), The science of science (Souvenir l" , Class, H. 13., and others (eds), Forerunner: of Darwin: 1745—1859[...]ann). Conant, J. B. (ed), Harvard case histories in experimental science, 2 vols. (Harvard U.P.). Fo[...]tific journals will be consulted. Thesis for the degree of Master of Education. A candidate is re[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS MJSD. [\EGULA rloNsOF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION RE GULATIONS 1. There shall be a degree of Master of Education. §2. A candidate for admission to the course for the degree shall: (a) have been admitted to a degree of the University or to a degree of another university accepted for the purpose by the University; and (b) hold the Diploma in Education of the University or a qualification a[...]to the approval of the Council the. Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case accept as a candidate for the degree a person who does not hold a degree of a univer- sity but has ivcn evidence satisfactory to the Facultv of his fitncss to un ertake work for the degree. 7 #3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall: (a) satisfactorily complete a[...]study or at least two years of part- time study; and (h) subsequently either present a satisfactory t[...]tion on a subject approved by the Faculty of Arts and also be examined on a second subject approved by[...]Arts. 4. Schedules defining the course of study and prescribing the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn up from time to time by the Faculty of Arts and shall be approved by the Council. Such schedules[...]or such other date as the Council shall determine and shall be pub- lished in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]66. §Amended 9 January, 1969, 21 December, 1972 and further amendment awaiting allowance at ti[...] |
 | MILD, FACULTY OF ARTS REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES5. A candidate for the degree by part-time study shall be examined in any year in not more than half the subjects of the course of[...]of his thesis or the subject of his dissertation and the sub- ject on which he desires to be examined.[...]shall appoint a supervisor to guide the candidate in his work. 17. A candidate shall present his thesis, or submit his dissertation and take the examination on his approved subject, wit[...]ies of the thesis or of the dissertation prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]nt examiners of the thesis or of the dissertation and the approved subject, of whom at least one shall[...]mined orally on his thesis or on his dissertation and may also be required to pass a written examinatio[...]who desires that examinations which he has passed in the University or in another university should be counted pm tantc for the degree of Master of Education, may on written applicatio[...]idate who complies with the foregoing condifions and satisfies the examiners shall, on the recommendation of the Faculty of Arts, he admitted to the degree of Master of Education. Regulations allowed 16 M[...]ed 22 December, 1966. H Amended 22 December, 1966 and further amendment awaiting allowance at time of p[...]ulation 4.) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of M.Ed. (Course Work) are published above, immediately after the re ulntions and schedules of the Advanced Diploma in Education. For 5 llabuses 0 subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of su facts at the end of[...]culty, regularly attend lectures, do such written and tutoria work as may 685 |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS M.ED. SCHEDULESbe prescribed, and pass examinations at the standard prescribed in the following subjects: Theory of Education II;[...]ducation 11; or Comparative Education; or History and Sociology of Science. 2. In order to reach the standard prescribed in clause 1 a candidate shall: (a) pass in each subject; and (b) pass with Credit or Distinction in at least one of the subjects prescribed in clause 1. 3. A candidate who was enrolled in any of the course-work subjects on or before 31 March, 1972 mm complete the degree under the schedule in force at the time 0' his cnrolmcnt providcd that[...]schedules): Candidates who pass the examinations in all the subjects prescribed in clause 1 of the schedules are adivised to read regulation 7 of the regulations of the Advanced Diploma in E ucation. SYLLABUSES The syllabuses of the subjects for the Dre—thesis course work for the degree of Master of Education are published above, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the Advanced Diploma in Education. 686 |
 | MnA. FACULTY OF “TS REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS REGULATIONS 1. (82, A Bachelor of Arts may proceed to the degree of Master of Arts y complyin with these regulations, but may not be admitted to the degree until t e expiration 0 two academic years from the date of his admission to the Ordinar degree or one year from the date of his admission to the[...]il, the Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree, on such conditions éif any) as it may impose in each case, a person who (i) holds the egree of Bachelor of Arts or its equivalent in a university recognised for the purpose by the University of Adelaide, and (ii) satisfies the requirements of regulation 2.[...]to the approval of the Council, the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (git any) as it may impose in each case, accept as a candidate {or the agree a erson who does not hold a degree of a university, but has given cvi ence satisfact[...]aculty for his fitness to undertake work for the degree. 2. A candidate for the degree shall first satisfy the Faculty of his ability to proceed to the degree in the subject of study he selects. To do so he must: (a) have obtained the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts in a school to which his subject of study relates; or (b) have passed in all the courses for the Ordinary1 degree that are compulsory for the Honours degree of Bac elor of Arts, and in addition an examination of Honours standard, in a school or schools to which his subject of study[...]hat satisfies the Faculty that his case deserves special approval. 3. Every candidate shall either: (a)[...]hesis on a subject agproved h the Faculty of Arts and (if required) adduce su cient evi ence 687 |
 | [...]S that the thesis is his own work; provided that in Classics a candidate shall present himself for an examination in addi- tion to presenting a thesis; or (b) satisfy examiners, by means approved by the Faculty in each case, that he has completed a course of advanced study in work selected from two departments within the Faculty and approved by the Faculty. A candidate who wishes to proceed to the degree in a course of stud selected from two departments sh[...]ith the hen s of the departments concerned, apply in writing to the Academic Registrar for permission so to proceed and shall state in his application the course which he wishes to und[...]the Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with direc- tions given to candidates[...]he Faculty expressly approve an extension of time in a particular case the thesis shall be submitted w[...]to take an examination, written or oral or both, in the field of study immediately relevant to the s[...]l be prescribed from time to time by the Council, and the schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. 6. A candidate who fulfils the re uirements of these regulations and satisfies the examiners under regu ation 4 shall on the recommen- dation of the Faculty be admitted to the degree of Master of Arts. Regulations allowed 12 Decemb[...]o take combined courses; such applications should in t e first instance be discussed with the[...] |
 | Mot. FACULTY m“ ARTS XOTES BY DEPARTMEXTSOF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS NOTES BY DEPARTMENTS The attention of all candidatus is directed to "Notes and Instructions to candi» dates for higher degrees (by thesis)” which gives general advice to candidates and sets out the specifications for theses. (Soc page 1110.) Classics: Candidates for the degree of M.Ar in Classics must: (a) present a thesis on a subject[...]ate length; (l)) present himself for csmnination in a portion of work approved by the Faculty of Arts[...]f applicants to be admitted as candidates for the degree are Set out in the regulations of the degree of Master of Arts. In general, a candidate should have obtained a good Honours degree in Latin or Classics. The degree is intended to he obtained normally by one year of full-time or two years of parHime study. Work towards the degree is pursued under a super— visor or supervisors appointed by the Faculty, and consists large] of reading and essay work until the candidate is rcadv to begin[...]onsult the Chairman of the Department of Classics in the first instance. English Language and Literature: Candidates for the degree of MA. in English Language and Literature are advised to take the eariest opport[...]r courses. Candidates who wish to nalify for the degreeand must he comEleted within the period unless an ext[...]the Chairman of the Department. English Language and Literature: MA. Qualifying Examination. 1. Two papers to by selected from AEQQ Honours English Language and Literature, papers (ii)-(iv). These two papers must be taken at the end of[...]e students. 2. (a) AE99 Honours English Language and Literature, paper (i). (b) Two papers not taken in the previous year. to be selected lrom Fin[...] |
 | [...]MENTS Candidates who have a satisfactory Honours degree or who have qualified by means of the M.A. quali[...]Department as early as poss: 0. French Language and Literature: Candidates for the degree of MA. in French Language and Literature are advised to consult the Chairman of[...]artment 0 renc . Geography : Candidates for the degree of MA. in Geography are advised to consult the Chairman of the Department. German Language and Literature: Candidates for the degree of M.A. in German Language and Literature are advised to consult the Professor of German. History: Candidates for the degree of M.A. in History are advised to consult the Chairman of the Department. Music: Candidates for the degree of M.A. in Music are advised to consult the Head of the Department. Philosophy: Candidates for the degree of M.A. inand the course of reading for their thesis. Paliticr : Candidates for the degree of MA. in Politics are advised to consult the Professor at the earliest opportunity. Psychology : Candidates for the degree of M.A. in Psychology are advised to consult the Chai[...] |
 | D.LITT. FACULTY OF ARTS REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE 0F DOCTOR OF LETTERS REGULATIONS 1. (a) The Faculty of Arts may accept as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Letters :1 person who has qualified for any degree in the University of Adelaide. (b) 0n the recommend[...]ts, the Council may accept as a candidate for the degree a erson who (i) has obtained in another university or institution 0 higher educat[...]r the pu ose by the University as e uivalent to a degree of the University; fir-lg (ii) has, or has had, a[...]University. E0) No person may be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Letters be ore the expiration of fi[...]n which he obtained the qualification prescribed in (a) or (b)(i) above. 2, (MA person who desires to become a candidate for the degree shall give notice of his intended candidature in writing to the Academic Registrar and with such notice shall furnish particulars of his scholarly achievements and of the work which he proposes to submit for the degree. (b The Faculty of Arts shall examine the information submitted and ecide whether or not to allow the applicant to pr[...]be external examiners. 3. (a) To qualify for the degree the candidate shall furnish satis- factory evidence that he has made an original and substantial cont-ri- bution of distinguished meri[...]any unpublished original work that he may submit in support of his candidature. 691 |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS D.Li'rT. REGULATIONS(c) The candidate in submitting his work shall, where applicable, state generally in a preface and specifically in notes the main sources from which his information is derived and the extent to which he has availed himself of the[...]publica- tions are concerned. He may also signify in general terms the portions of his work which he c[...]ny, of his works has already been submitted for a degree in this or any other university. 4. The candidate s[...]strar three copies of the works submitted for the degree, any unpublished work being prepared in accordance with the directions given in sub- paragraph (b) of clause 2B of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. If thr- work is accepted for the degree the Academic Registrar will transmit two of the c[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners may, on the recommendation of the Faculty of Arts, be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Letters. 6. The fees to be paid by[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. Regulations allo[...] |
 | FACULTY OF DENTISTRY REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Dental Surgery (B.D.S.) Regulations and Schedules - - ~ - - - 694 Syllabuses - - _ . . . - . . 701 Bachelor of Science in Dentistry (B.Sc.Dcnt.) Regulations and Schedules - - - - — - 714 Syllabuses » - - - - — - — - 717 Master of Dental Surgery (M. D. S. ) Regulations - — _ _ - - . 720 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See “Board of Research Studies” on page - — — - . _ l 1104 Doctor of Dental Science (D.D.Sc.) Regulations - - . . . . . . . 723 693 |
 | FACULTY OF DENTISTRY BiD.s. RELULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF DENTAL SURGERY REGULATIONS ”1. There shall be a degreeand other practical work to be under- taken, the examinations to be passed, and the fees to be paid, shall be drawn up by the Facult of Dentistry and submitted to the Council. Such schedules shall be[...]rom such other date as the Council may determine, and shall be published in the University Calendar. 3. A candidate shall enter for each annual examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council, but shall[...]s completed to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned the course of study and practice prescribed for that examination. 4. Wri[...]done by candidates by direction of the professors and lecturers and the results of terminal or other examinations in any subject may be taken into consideration at the final examination in that subject. 5. All regulations hitherto in force concerning the degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery are hereby repealed[...]ht or status acquired, duty imposed, or liability in- curred by or under any regulation hereby repealed. *6. The course of study for the degree of Bachelor of Dental Sur- gery shall extend over five years after matriculation. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall: ° Amendment awaiting[...] |
 | [...]TISTRY REGULATIONS(a) regularly attend lectures and clinical practice and do written and laboratory or other practical work to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned; (b) satisfactorily complete[...]hat a candidate may begin the first tenn’s work in the following year’s course of study pending th[...]self. W'7'. The annual examination Shall be held in or about August or November, as the Council shall in each case determine from time to time. The supple[...]who has been prevented by illness or other suffi- cient cause from attendance at the whole or part[...]not be re-examined at a supplementary examination in any subject or group of subjects inin May or June. On the recommendation of the Board o[...]he Faculty may dehar any candidate who has failed in the Final Examination from presenting himself at[...](it) There shall be three classifications of ass in each com- ponent subject of the annual examinatio[...]with Distinction or with Credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the relevant classification; the names of candidates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order. (b) A candidate who fails to ass in any subject of an annual examination shall, unles[...]in attend lectures, clinical practice, laboratory and other practical work in that sub'ect before presenting himself again for examination. In the case 0} the third, fourth and fifth years, such a candidate may also be requir[...]ently, such lectures, clinical practice, laborato and other practical work as the Faculty may prescribe, in other su feats of that annual examination. ° Amended 17 December, 1970. iAllowed 17 December, 1970, and amendment awaiting allowance at time of t[...] |
 | FACULTY OF DENTISTRY B.D.S. REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES( 0) Except in the case of the First Annual Examination, a candi[...]y subject shall not be granted a classified pass in that su ject. i12. A candidate who has passed subjects in other faculties or univci 'ties or elsewhere, may[...]be granted such exemption from tiesc regulations and from schedules made under them as the Council on[...]t forming part of the regulations): Regulations 13-16 governing the Honours degree have been re calcd (awaiting allowance at time of printing), This degree will be replaced y the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in Dentistry the regulations and schedules of which are published below. imme~ diately after the regulations, schedules and syllnhuses of the degree of B.D.S. SCHEDULES (Made by the Council und[...]the Dental School Office t lists of instruments and equipment required by each student before commencing each year’s course. 3. Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of B.D.S. are published below, immediately after the regulations ruul schedules of the degree For syllabnses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of[...]DY. 1, Approval of Enrolment. Students enrolling in the first year of the dental course, and all other students enrolling in the dental course for the first time, must have[...]very student shall attend a course of instruction in the following subiects: (3) Biology, (13) Chemistry, (C) Behavioural Science, (d) Physics and (e) Genetics During the second year eve student shall attend a course of instruction in each of the followin subjects: lZr) General Anatomy, (b) General and Dental Histology, (c) Bioc emistry, (d) Human Physiology, (e) Oral Anatomy (f) Dental Materials and Technicsi During the third year every strident shall attend a course of instruction in each of the following subjects: (a) Human Physiol[...]c Dentistry, (g) Pharmacolo ' anrl 'lherapcutics; and shall attend at the Dental Department of the Roya[...]tal for clinical instruction. During the fourth (and fifth years every student shall attend a course of instruction in each of the lollowing suhfectsz—(n) General Med[...]Microbiology, (h) Oral PatholOgy, (i Ora Surgery and Anaesthesia, (ll Pharmacology, (k) Conservative Dentistry. (1) Crown and Bridge Prosthesis, (m) Partial Denture Prosthesis[...]iples of Dental Practice, (q) Ap lied Physiology; and shall attend at the Royal Adelaide Hospital courses of clinica instruction in medical and surgical practice; and at the Dental Department of the Royal Adel[...] |
 | [...]ination the candidate shall satisfy the examiners in each of the following subjects and half—subjects:(i) 5271 Biology 1. (ii) SC71[...]. (iv) SP7H Physics IM. (v) SJBH Genetics IM. .-\ candidate who having been enrolled in the first year of the course in 1972 or earlier satisfies the examiners in 1973 in the subjects Biology I. Chemistry I (at Division I standard or higher), Physics I, and an approved fourth subject selected from those wh[...]for the First Annual Examination on his passing. in Part 1 of the course of study for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Science in that University provided that the Part I course[...]ination the candidate shall satisfy the examiners in each of the following subjects: (1') General Anatomy. (ii) General and Dental Histology. (iii) Biochemistry, (iv) Oral[...]ation the candidate shall satisfy the ex- aminers in each of the following subjects: (i) Human Physio[...]ion the candidate shall satisfy the ex— aminers in each of the following subjects: (i) General Medi[...]ntology (v) Oral Pathology II (vi) Pharmacology and Therapeutics (vii) Restorative Dentistry 111. -—-c_ “The following Part I course will be acceptable: Chemistry I, Physics I, Biolo y and Mathematics I or IE 01' Earth Sciences I or any Part I course in the Schoo of Humanities or the School of S[...] |
 | [...]naflon the candidate shall satisfy the examiners in each of the following subjects:(1) Preventive Denb'suy (ii) Orthodonua (iii) Oral Surgery and Anaesthesia (iv) Oral Medicine (v) Restora[...] |
 | [...]directed by the Dell: of the Faculty of Dmtutry; and each student shall he admitted to the practice of the limits! and" th- disciplinury cont-m] of the Medlcnl Superintendent m Dental Superintendent w ' I mending - Department of the Hospltal.2, Nu ltudent may in[...]very Itudsnt shall canduct himself with propriety and discharge the duties assigned to him, Ind pay for[...]tudent shall at all times be under the dixecfion and supervision of a duly Appointed member of the teaching stnfi of the University of Adelaide, and shall carry out Inch work In Ihall bu allotted to him. 5. No student shall ad[...]ry Dental Oflicer under Whose care the pahent is In men. 7. Any Itudenl infringing any of these rule[...]l Superintendent Dr Ihe Dental Sllpflrinlcndent. In the can at such temporary hum-mien, writte[...] |
 | [...]SES FACULTY OF DENTISTRY SYLLABUS NUMBERSOF THE DEGREE 0F BACHELOR OF DENTAL SURGERY SYLLABUSES Text-[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]rious subjects, as follows: Faculty of Dentistry - - - D Faculty of Medicine - - - M Faculty of Science » - » » S The second letter: if it follows M, is e[...]epartment of Oral Biology H: Department of Dental Health P: Department of Oral Pathology and Oral Surgery. R: Department of Restorative Dentis[...]cates that the subject forms part of a sequence. 7-9', Indicates that the subject does not form part of a sequence. The second digit— 1-5: Indicates year of subject, e.g. first,[...] |
 | [...]d to meet the specific needs of students enrolled in the Faculties of Medicine and Dentistry. Principles are illustrated with biological and medical examples.A Smucrrmn AND BONDING. l. Crystals and the solid state; the principle of X»ray crystall[...]eloped to a level for understanding of structures and reactions c ewhero in the course. 3. Qualitative discussion of spectrophotometry and spectral techniques used to establish molecular s[...]structure of biological molecules, metal chelates and haem-type complexes. B. Echn-rrcs AND CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIA. 1. Equilibria in aqueous solutions: concepts of free energy, enthalpy and entropy; bullets; metal—complex formation. 2.[...]electrodes. 3. Interfacial phenomena: interfaces and adsorption; monola ers; electrical double-layers;[...]brium; hydro- philic colloids. 4. Macromolecules and their physical characterisation. C. RATE PROCESS[...]rocess. D. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. The lecture course in Organic Chemistry will be devoted to a discussion[...]rence, preparation ant dproperties, both physical and chemical, of the major , families of organic com[...]ides heterocyclic compounds aldehydes amino acids and proteins ketones carbohydrates Representative examples will be included of compounds of medicinal and biological importance, e.g., anaesthetics, analgesics, anti—inflammatory drugs, anti— septics, bacteriostats,[...]nucleotides, steroids etc. At appropriate places in the course the following topics will be presented: 1. Isomerism: geometrical, optical, recognition and separation of isomers. 2. Spectroscopic methods: apiplications of ultra-violet, infrared, n.m.r., and mass spectrometry in the i entification of organic compounds. 3. Flu[...]cence spectroscopy. 4. Carcinogenesis: separation and identification of carcinogenic hydrocarbons. 702 |
 | [...]FEST YEAR 5. 6. 7. 8. Polymers: preparation and properties of synthetic organic polymers, protein[...]al processes: simple examples of transformations, in aim), of organic molecules, transport mechanisms. Fats and waxes, lipids. Text-hooks: Campbell, I. A., Chemical systems (Freeman, 1970). Bichafils, Cram and Hammond, Elements of organic chemistry (McCraw—[...]pproaches to the understanding of human behaviour in health and disease. Biological, ps chological, sociological, anthro- pological and development aspects will he consir cred. The course consists of three lectures, one tutorial, and one three-hour practical class, per week. Text-books : Mussen. P. H., Conger. J. 1., and Kagau, 1., Child development and personality, 3rd edition (Harper). Munn, N. L., and Fer-nah], L. D., and Fonmltl, I’. 8., Basic psychology, 8rd edition[...]ence books: Engel, G., Psychological development in health. and disease (Saunders). Maxwell, A. E., Basic statistics in behavioural research (Penguin). Butcher. 1'1. 1,[...]ientific American ( Freeman). Proshansky, H. M, and Scidcnbery, B. (eds), Basic studies in social Psychology (Ilolt, Rim-hart and Winston), Broom, L., and Sclznick, 1’., Sociology, 4th edition (Harper). Erikson, E. 11., Identity and the life cycle (l.U.P.). SP7H. Physics IM. The[...]s of two one-hour lectures, one one-hour tutorial and one three-hour laboratory session per fortnight.[...]. Changes of state. Heat conduction, convection and vapour pressure. Sound. Wave aspects of light. Photons. Atomic spectra. Nuclear structure and radiations. Electric circuits. Text and reference books: Available from Department in January. 703 |
 | [...]Genetics IM. There will be one lecture per wee-k and one three-hour practical session fort- nightly t[...]art of the background to the practice of medicine and dentisti . Practical sessions and exercises will give students the opportunity to analyse Kata of normal and pathological human variation so as to encourage a critical approach to genetical and medical problems. Scientific method, Mendelian genetics in human families. Application of statis- tical tests to genetic data. Cytogenetics. Biochemical and population genetics. Genetics of quantitative var[...](Prentice-Hall). Maxwell, A. E., Basic statistics in hehaoimiral research (Penguin). Stone, G. K., Euidenee in science. A simple account of the principles of science for students of medicine and biology (Wright). 5271. Biology 1. A course consisting of two lectures, one tutorial and approximately four hours of practical work each week throughout the year. Both day and evening classes will be held. The course includes: an introduction to the structure, physiolo y and functional evolution of plants and animals; elementary biochemistry, eel? physiology and genetics; the mechanisms of evolution, and the principles of ecology. Text-books: Villee, C. A., and others= General zoology, 4ht edition (Saunders). Raven, P. H,, and Curtis, H., Biology of plants (Worth). Reference[...]nimal pouulations (Hutchinson). Iloldren, J. P., and Ehrlich, P. R. (ed). Global ecology (Harcourt Bra[...]tice—Hall). Hardin, G., Biology, its principles and implications. 2nd edition (Freeman). Johnson, \V. H.. and others, Biology. 3rd edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). 704 |
 | [...]consists of systematic lectures, demonstrations, and practical work and extends over three terms. It is arranged to cover the general anatomy of the body and the principles underlyin its structure. the detailed topographical anatomy of the head and neck and the issectiou of this region.Text-books : Cunn[...]practical anatomy, Vol. 3 (O.U.P.). Scntt. I. H., and Dixon, A. D., Anatomy for students of denthrry (Living- stone), Books for reference and further reading: Abbie, A. A., Principles of anatomy, 3rd edition (Angus and Robertson). Cray, H., Anatomy, descriptive and applied (Longmans). Sicher, H., Oral anatomy, 5th edition (Mosby). MASZ. General and Dental Histology. This course of study nxtends over three terms and consists of lectures. (lemon— strations and practical classes on general histology and histology and development of teeth and adjacent structures. Text-hooks: Bloom, W.. and Fawcett, D. W., A textbook of histology, 10th edition (Saunders). Keith, E. J., and Ross; M. 11., Atlas of descriptive histology (Harper). Orban. B. 1., Oral histology and embryology, 7th edition (Mosby). Bevelander, G.,[...]the teeth (O.U.P.). Noyes, R B.. Oral histology and embryology, edited and revised by I. Sehour (Kimpton). \Virldowson, T. VV.. Special or dental anatomy and physiology and dental histology (Staples). SY82. Biochemistry.[...]ion (Langc). Reference books: Dickerson, R. E., and Geiss, 1., The structure and action of proteins (Harper and Row). Lerner, 1., Intermediary metabolism and its regulation (Prentice-Hall). Lazzari, E. P., Dental biochemistry (Lea and Febiger). Searcy, R. , Diagnostic biochemistry (McGraw-Hill). Stanbury, J. 13., and others, Metabolic basis of inherited direuser, 3rd edition (McGr-nw»Hill ). Will-lief) A., and others, Principles of biochemistry, 4th ed[...] |
 | [...]SECOND YEAR 5322. Human Physiology. The course in Human Physiology extends over the three terms of the Second year. Text~hookz Brubeck, I. R, (ed), Best and Taylor’s Physiological basis of medical practice, 9th edition (Williams and Wilkins). (Joint text-hook with Biochemistry.) Re[...]nstruction on the functional anatomy of the teeth and associated structures consisting of; the morphology of primary and emianent teeth, the anatomy of the tooth supporting tissues and the physiology 0 dental occlusion. The teeth and associated structures will be studin in a series of laboratory exercises which include visual representation, tooth carving and tooth reconstruc- tian, Text-books: Kraus, B. S., and others, Dental anatomy and occlusion (Williams and Wilkins). Posselt, U., The physiology of occlusion and rehabilitation, 2nd edition (Blackwellt Wheeler,[...]tion (Saunders). Reference books: Scott, J. H., and Symons, N. 13., Introduction to dental anatomy, 6[...]e) . Wheeler, R. C., Text-book of dental anatomy and physiology, 4th edition ( Saunders), DRO2. Resto[...]ry 1. The course consists of lectures, tutorials and practical work: one lecture per week through three tenns on materials science in dentist ; one lecture per week in the first and second terms and one tutorial prr wee in the third tenn on specific dental materials; and three hours of practical work or week in the first and second tcrms. Tutorials are continued in the first term 0 the third year. The aim of the course is a detailed study of the physical, chemical and mechanical properties of materials used in restorative dentistry. Applications in dental technics are studied by means of practical[...]tion, Guide to dental materials, 6th edition, 1972-73, Greener, E. H., Harcourt, J. K., and Lautenschlager, E. P., Materials science in dentistry (Williams and Wilkins). Phillips, R, W., Skinner’s science o[...]mamrials (Churchill Livingstone). Peyton, F. A., and others, Restorative dental materials (Moshy). 706 |
 | [...]f disease; the causation. character an sequelao o in- flammation, degeneration, re eneration, repair, b ertrophy, atrophy and hyper plasin; blood coagulation on its disorders, throm osis embolism infarction and ischaemia; the biologic effects of radiant energy and of viruses; the fundamentals of neoplasio. The pathology of systemic disease of importance in dental practiceis also briefly studied. Text-b[...](Saunders). 5523. Human Physiology. This course in Physiology and Pharmacology is a continuation of the Second year studies ($322) and it extends over the first and second terms of Third year. Text and reference books: As for Syllabus 3522. In addition, as a text-book: Rand, M. J., and others, An introduction to the physiology and phar- macology of the autonomic nervous system (T[...]). DP03. Oral Pathology I. A course of lectures and practical classes extendin over two terms. This[...]n is based on the prinoip es of general pathology and microbiology. Ora] manifestations of disease processes are studied. and practical instruction given in clinical ns eets and histopathology of diseased oral tissues. The cou[...]processes involving enamel, dcntine, cemen— tum and pulp; dental caries; periodontal disease and cysts of the jaws. Text-hook : Shafer, W. G., and others, A textbook of oral pathology, 3rd edition (Saunders). Reference books: Burnett. C. W., and Scherp, H. W., Oral microbiology and infectious diseases, 3rd edition (Williams and Wilkins). Gorlin, R. 1., and Goldman, H. M., Thomo’s oral pathology (Mosby).[...]dental hard tissues (Munksgaard). Rushton, M. A,. and others, Oral histopathology (Livingstone). D1313[...]course emphasises basic princi le of microbiology and immunology covering the general areas of; morphol[...]olism. physiolo , ecology, isolation, cultivation and classification of bacteria and viruses. Principlzs of disinfection, sterilization and chemotherapy. Microbial genetics. Host.pnmsite relationships, mechanisms of microbial nthogenicity and rinci les of immunology and resistance to infective agents. Claracteristics of so ecte groups of micro- organisms and viruses important in medical microbiology. Consideration of the oral microbiotn and its relation in dental disease. Text—books : Burnett, G. W., and Schcrp H. W., Oral microbiology and infectious disease, 3rd edition (4th edition if available) (Williams and Wilkins). 707 |
 | [...]RY B.IJ.S.—SYLLABUSES THIRD YEARDavis, B. D., and others, Principles of microbiology and immunology (Hoeber or Harper International). Jawctz, E., and others, Review of medical microbiology, 10th edit[...]l Publications). Reference book: Harris, R., A11 and science of dental caries research (Academic Press). DR03. Restorative Dentistry II. The courses in conservative dentistry and prosthetic dentistry form the basis of integrated studies in restorative dentistry which extend through the third, fourth and fifth years. CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY: The course consists of one lecture and three practical sessions per week throu three terms. Practical work in the first term involves demonstrations and pro-c iniml exercises concerned with the restorat[...]s are required to achieve a satisfactory standard in work of the first term before proceeding in the second and third terms with the treatment of patients and pro-clinical exercises concerned with cast restorations. A series of tutorials in each term parallels progress in the pie-clinical work. Text-book: Sturdevant, C. M., and others, The art and science of operative dentistry (McCraw-Hill ). Reference books: In addition to those listed under Dental materials and technics (DROZ): Black, G. V., Operative dentistr[...]dentistry (Heinemann). Hollenbaek, G. M., Science and technique of the cost restoration (Moshy). MeGehee, W. H. 0., andand praclical work: fifteen lectures or tutorials in the first term. one lcdure per week in the stand and third tenns. three practical sessions per mack in the first and second terms and four so: 0115 per wet-k in the third term. Studies in the first term are coucemed with the physio- logy of occlusion and its relation to restorative domistry and in thr- seeond and third terms with the replacement of missin teeth and associated structures by means of partial and complete denture prost eses, Text-hooks : Posselt, U., The physiology of occlusion and rehabilitation (Blackwell). Sowter, I. B. (ed.),[...]arolina Press). Reference hooks: Henderson, D., and StelIel, V. L., McCracken's partial denture construction (Mushy). Kraus, B. S, and others, Dental anatomy and occlusion (Williams and Wilkins). Ramfjord, S. P., and Ash, M. M., Occlusion (Saunders), 708 |
 | [...]OURTH-YEAR SUBJECTS. MMOé. General Medicine. A special course of lectures and clinical instructions in the principles of medi~ cine and on the diseases of diEerent organs and systems of the body, with particular reference to the relationship between medical disorders and the oral manifestations of disease. Text-book: K[...]ivingstone). Reference books: Davidson, L. S. P., and others, Principles and practice of medicine (Livingstone). Houston. I. C.. and others, A short text-hook of medicine, 4th editio[...]s). M504. General Surgery. A course of lectures and clinical demonstrations to illustrate the patterns of behaviour of surgical conditions, and the principles of their treatment. Text-book : Elmslie, B. (3., and Ludbruok, 1., An introduction to surgery: 100 top[...]try. A course of instruction on child management and the materials and methods used in the treatment of injuries and diseases of children’s teeth.“ Text-book: Fi[...]c injuries 0/ the teeth (Munksgaard). Brauer, 1., and others, Dentistry for children (McGraw-Hill). Diaries, )0. N., and King, R. M., Dentistry for the preschool child (Living- oue . Hargreaves, Jr A., and Craig, J. W., The management of traumatised anter[...]gstone). McDonald, E. El, Dentistry for the child and adolescent (Mosby). ” Clinical instructions in this subject commences in the fourth year and is continued throughout the fifth year until the final examination. Competence in the management of children’s dental problems is included in the overall assessment nf the final year students. DHI4. Pei'iodontolngy. Lectures and clinical practice in the )rcvention, treatment and pathology of diseases involving supporling gingiv[...]. ln \iew of the importance of the pcriorlontium in ovemll dental health, special emphasis is placed on the need to pay proper atte[...]torative procedures. The arc-a of common interest in the fields of pcriot ontology and oral medicine is stressed. Clinical instruction in the subject commences in fourth year and is continued throughout fifth year until the final examination. Competence in the management of periodontal problems is included in the overall assessment of the final year students. Textbooks: Macphee, T., and Cowley: G. C., Essentials of periodontology and periodontics ( Blackwell) . Manson, J. D.,[...] |
 | [...]ontology, 5th edition (Saunders). Goldman, H. M., and others, Periodontal therapy, 5th edition (Mosby).Ramfiord, S. R, and Ash, M., Occlusion, 2nd edition (Saunders). DP04[...]Oral Pathology I. A course of lectures. seminars and practical sessions extending over three terms. Th[...]he rinciplcs of dia rosis of oral mucosul lesions and deals with the pathology of 'seascs of the urn mu[...]the temporoman— dilmlnr joint, salivary glands and nasal sinuses. Text—hooks and Reference books as for Oral Pathology I, plus the[...]es, 2nd edition (Churchill). McC-iilr)thy, P. L., and Shklar, G., Diseases of the oral mucosa (McGraw— Hi . D1324. Pharmacology and Therapeutics. A coursc of instruction in the principles and application of pharmacology. Text—hooks: Meyers, F. H., and others, Review of medical pharnwcology, current edition (Lange). Kay, L. W., Drugs in dentistry, current edition (John Wright). Walton, J. G., and Thompson, J. W., Pharmacology far the dental prac[...]ology, current edition (Hoebor). Goodman, L. S., and Gilman, A. The pharmacological basis of them- peu[...]extends over the dental clinical year of 32 weeks and it consists of lectures. demonslralions, laboratory work, clinical practice and tutorial instruction in conservative and rosthetic dentistry. The aim of the course is to provide onportunitics for stu cuts to gain experience in the simpler clinical procedures ol 0 crativc dentislri' and prusthodontics and to develop the theory and skills coal) ing them to um crtokc more complex r[...]. CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY: Endodcmtios: Lectures and practical work on three sessions per week during[...]ctures followed by demonstrations, practical work and tutorials on one session per week by roster. Crown and Bridge Prosthesis: One lecture and one practical class per week through three terms. Clinical Practice and Tutorials: Rostercd attendance for clinical practice andin the first and third terms; rostered attendance for clinical practice and3 for seminars and tutorials on two sessions per week through[...] |
 | [...]Partial Denture Prosthesis: One lecture per week in flu: second term.Text-books: Blackman, S., and Peyton, H. (3., A manual of dental and oral radiography (John Wright). Heartwell, C. M., Syllabus of campbte dentures (Lea and Febiger). Henderson, D., and Stella], V. L., McCracken’s partial denture Baum-action (Mosby). Ingle, I. 1., Endadontics (Lea and Febiger). Johnston, I. F., and others, Modern practice in crown and bridge was- thodontics (Saunders). Stafne, E. C.[...]gnosis, 3rd edition (Saunders). Reference books: In addition to those listed under DROZ and DB03: Applegate, O. 0., Essentials of removable partial denture prostheata (Saunders). Coolidge, E. D., and Kesel, R. 6., A text-book of endadontalagv (Lea and Febiger). Johnston, I. F., and others, Modem practice In dental ceramtcs (Saunders). Miller, E. L., Removable partial prusthadontc‘cs (Williams and Wilkins). Osborne, 1., and Lammie, G. A., Partial dentures (Blackwell). Sha[...]C. O. Boucher (Mosby). Ty(l.man,b Sj D., Theory and practice of crown and bridge prosthadamlca Mos y . Worth, H. M., Principles and practice of oral radiographic interpretati[...] |
 | [...]pidemiology of dental disease; methods of control and treatment; relation of dental disease to systematic disease; the place of dentistry in public health programmes.Reference books: Fluorides and human health (W.H.O.). Dunning, J. M., Principles of dental public health (Harvard U.P.). Nizel, A. 13., Nulrition in preventive dentistry: science and nracticr (Saunders). Clements, F. \V., and others, Diet and nutrition for the Australian people (Angus and Robertson). Goose. D. H., and Hartles. R. L., Principles of preventive dentistry (Pergamrm Press). Sognnaes, R. E, Chemistry and prevention of dental caries (Thomas). Young, W. 1).. and Stn’fller, D. 17., The dentist, his practice and his community (Saunders ) , D1135. Orthodontics. Lectures and clinical instruction in the growth and development of the cranio- facial complex; the recognition, diagnosis and treatment of malocclusion and associated anomalies of the jaws with orthodontic procedures and also by means of surgical techniques Textbook : Graber, T. M., Orthodontics: principles and practice, 3rd edition (Saunders). Reference book[...]., Four lecture: on the aetiology of irregularity and malocclu- sion of the teeth (Dental Board of the United Kingdom). Horowitz, S. L., and Hixon, E. H., The nature of orthodontic diagnosis[...]zmann, J. A., Practice of orthodontics, Volumes I and II (Lippincott). DPIS. Oral Surgery and Anaesthesia. A series of lectures and clinical tutorials is given on the yiarinciples and practice of oral surgery and the use of local anaesthesia and genera anaesthesia. Clinical practice includes routine minor oral surgery and elective oral surgery on out-patients, and major oral surgery on patients admitted as in—pan‘ents to the Royal Adelaide Hospital on a theatre list. Instmction is included in the techniques of extra oral radiography and the interpretation of radiographs. Text-books: Howe, G. L., Minor oral surgery (Wright). Killey, II. C.. and Kay, L. W., The impacted wisdom tooth (Livingstone). Roberts, D. H.. and Sowray, 1., Laval analgesia in dentistry (Wright); or Jorgensen, N. 3., and Hayden, ]., Sedation—local and general anaesthesia in dentist" , 2nd edition (Leo and Febiger). Reference books: Howe, G. L., The extr[...]A., Synopsis of anaesthesia (Wright). Nevin, M., and Puterbaugh. P. G., Conduction, infiltration and general anesthetics in dentistry (Dental Items of Interest Publishing 00.). Rowe, l;l. L., and Killey, H. Ct. Fractures of the facial ske[...] |
 | [...]eals with the principles of diagnosis of systemic and local iseases ailecting the oral cavity, and instruction is given in the use of clinical and laboratory diagnostic procedures.Methods of tre[...]effect of dental treatment on medical conditions, and on the management of patients with medical disorders undergoing dental treatment. Text-books and reference books as for Oral Pathology I and II plus the following additional reference books: Ailing, Charles C., Facial vain (Lea and Fcbigcr). Kay, L. W,, Drugs in dentist“, 2nd edit-inn (Wright), Kerr, D. A., and others, 0101 diagnosis, 3rd edition (Mosby). DRO[...]tends over the dental clinical year of 32 \vcclts and it consists of lectures, seminars. clinical practice and tutorial instruction. There are two lectures or seminars per week during the first and second terms. Students are rustcrcd for clinical[...]d on fire sessions per week t roufihout the your and to the radiolo'y clinic timctuhlcd on nuc session[...]ilics for students to rem-ire additional training and clinical experience in the comprehensive dental care of patients and aspects of notice management which will fit them[...]ised general practice on gran nation. Text-hooks and reference books: Those listed under Restorative Dentistry 1, II and III. Dental Radiology. An integrated course of lectures. demonstrations and clinical practice in dental radiology is given through the third, fourth and fifth years. Oral Diagnosis. A short course of[...]given at the beginning of Fourth ycar. Students in fourth and fifth yeam attend on roster in the Admissions Clinic of the Dental Department. D[...]ediate dental needs of the patient are considered and the alternative forms of treatment are discussed.[...]eatment are evaluated. When patients present with special manifestations of patholo the relationship of the condition to general dental care and preventive an coup munity dentistry is reviewed, though such pntients are referred to the appropriate special departmcnfls) for more thorough investigation and treatment. (In the specialist departments diagnosis and treatmcnt planning is also an impor- tant aspect of the students’ instruction where as well as in a general way it is related to the problem of special treatment procedures.) Principles of Dental Practice. A short course of lectures on dental jurisprudence,- forensic odontology; dental ethics; dental[...] |
 | [...]ISTRY 13.50.1712)“. REGULATIONSOF THE HONOURS DEGREE 0F BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN DENTISTRY REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in Dentistry. Sub'cct to these regulations a. candidate may proceed to the degree by un crtaking a course of study in one of the following: (a) Anatomy (b) Biochemistry (0) Dental Health (d) Genetics (e) Histology (f) Materials Scienc[...]Before entering upon the course of study for the degree a can- didate must: (i) have completed the pre-r[...]as appropriate for the proposed course of stu y, and (ii) be deemed by the Head of the De artment con[...]andidate for advance work. 3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall undertake advanced study extend[...]than two academic years as a half-time candidate, in one of the courses listed in regulation 1, and satisfy the examiners therein at the firs[...] |
 | :B.SC.DENT. FACULTY OF DENTISTRY REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES4. Schedules defining the pre-rcquisitc work, the course of study, including lectures, laboratory and other practical work to be under- taken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn up by the Faculty of Dentistry, and sub- mitted to the Council. Such schedules shall[...]or such other date as the Council may determine, and shall be published in the next University Calendar issued after that ap[...]idate shall enter for the examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council, but shall[...]ded the prescribed lecturcs rind has done written and laboratory or other practical work, where require[...]6. The names of the candidatw who qualify for the degree shall be published in alphabetical order within the following classes and divisions in each subject: First Class Second Class Division[...]working time to his studies exclusive of evenings and weekends. SCHEDULES (Made by the Council under R[...]e uisite work for admission to the courses listed in regulation 1 s all be as follows: Anatomy, Bioch[...]logy, Pathology, Pharmacology, Physiology: 8 pass in the Third Annual Examination for the degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery. Dental Health, Oral Pathology, Oral Surgery, Restorative Dentis— tr : a pass in the Final Examination for the degree of Bachelor 0 Dental Surgery. Genetics: a pass in the Third Annual Examination for the degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery and a pass in the subject S]02 Genetics 11 as prescribed for the degree of Bachelor of Science. 715 |
 | [...]followin as ma be 3’ g Y required: (i) reading in selected fields and submissions of essays; (ii) attendance at lectures; (iii) practical work; and(iv) the undertaking of a research investigation on a topic assigned early in the course. SCHEDULE III: EXAMINATIONS The examination for thc degree may consist of such written. oral and practical examinations as may be required. Assess[...]ate, practical work completed during the. course, and the report on a research investigation may[...] |
 | [...]LTY OF DENTISTRY SYLLABUS NUMBERSOF THE HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN DENTISTRY SYLLABUSES Tee-books: Students are ex[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]arious subjects, as follows: Faculty of Dentistry - - - D Faculty of Medicine » - » M Faculty of Engineen‘ng - - N Faculty of Science- - - » S The second letter: if it follows M, is exp[...]rtment of Oral Biology. II: Department of Dental Health. P: Department of Oral Pathology and Oral Surgery. R: Department of Restorativ[...] |
 | FACULTY OF DENTISTRY B.SC.DENT.—SYILABUSES HONOURS DEGREEHONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN DENTISTRY The following Honours courses are avai[...]the approval of the Head of the Department, enrol in the Oral Biology Honours programmes after they ha[...]completed the third (year of the B.D.S. Ordinary degree or after they have obtained the Ordinary egree of[...]stances candidates who have obtained the Ordinary degree of B.Sc. may be admitted to an honours programme in Oral Biology. Candidates will be expected to nom[...]nvise determined by the Head of the Department) a special course of study. including essays, seminars and laboratory work and a research project under the supervision of stall[...]equired to undertake such formal courses of study in related subjects as deemed necessary in each case. DHQQ. Dental Health. Candidates may choose one of the sections of Dental Health as a principal subject. The course will begin in the first week of February and will consist oi lectures. tutorials. practical work and readin in advanced aspects of the principal subject and related subjects as prescribe by the Head of the Department. Candidates will be required to participate in a research investigation under the direction and supervision of a member of staff and to submit a report on a topic assigned early in the course. A reading list will be provided and candidates will be expected to begin the course o[...]are advised to consult the lien of the Department in the year preceding the Honours year. DP79. Oral[...]rea of clinical dentistry. The course will begin in the first week of February and will re uire attendance at rescribed lectures in subjects related to Oral Pathology an Oral Surgery, sum as Anatomy, Physiolory and General Pathology. A minor research project will[...]ourse is desi cd to further a student's knowledge in the relevant subjects and to hair: him in aboratory research techniques and methods of recording the results of experiments.[...]are advised to consult the Head of the Department in the year preceding the Honours year. D399. Resto[...]try as a principal subject. The course will begin in the first week of February and will consist of lectures, tutorials. practical work and reading in advanced aspects of the principal subject and related subjects as prescribed by the Head of the Department. Candidates will be required to participate in a research investigation under the 718 |
 | D.SC.DENT.—SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF DENTISTRY HONOURS DEGREEdirection and supervision of a member of stall and to submit a report on a topic assigned early in the course. A reading list will betgrovided and candidates will be expected to begin the course o[...]are advised to considt the lead of the Department in the year preceding the Honours year. SK79. Micro[...]ular Biology or Immunology. The course will begin in February and consists of seminars, tutorials and a research reject under the supervision of a member of staff. A detailed reading list will e provided and candidates should begin the course of reading dur[...]are advise to consult the Head of the Department in the year preceding the Honours year. 8Y7 9. Bioc[...]merit of Biochemistry, together with such reading and partici ation in lectures and seminars and other work as shall he prescribed by e Head of the Department. A candidate for the degree will he required to write a thesis on his research and pass such examinations as shall be prescribed by[...]s of lectures, tutorials. practical work, reading and essay prefiaration in neuroanntomy and advanced histology. Topics included are: gross an[...]re of the cents-n] nervous system; cranial nerves and auto- nomic nervous system; advanced histolo including ultrastructure, histochemistry dillerentiation and repair of tissues. mphnsis is given to the relati[...]. Candidates would he expected to study one topic in e th and may have the opportunity to participate in relevant research 6 work un er the supervision of[...]es, who should consult the Head of the Department in the early part of the year. MP89. Pathology. NH59[...]should consult the appropriate Head of Department in the year preceding that in which they wish to take the course. 719 |
 | FACULTY OF DENTISTRY M .115. REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREEdegree any person who: (i) has qualified in the University of Adelaide for the degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery and for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in Dentistly with First or Second Class Honours; (ii) has qualified in another university for a degree or degrees which the Faculty regards as equivalent to those degrees specified in sub-section (1) hereof; or (iii) has qualified for a degree in dentistry and whose qualifica- tions arc regarded by the Faculty as equivalent to those specified in subsection (i) hereof. (h) The Faculty of Dentis[...]dc rec any other person who has qualified for a degree in dentistry of he University of Adelaide or of another university and whol‘satisfics the Faculty that he is a suitab[...]il, the Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree, provisionally or otherwise, and subject to such conditions as it may see fit to im 0542 a person who does not hold a degree of a university but holds a dental qualification[...]lowed a course of study acceptable to the Faculty and who satisfies the Faculty that he is a sui[...] |
 | [...]any qualifying examination under regulation 1(d) and the means by which it shall be conducted. The Fac[...]on.(a) A candidate shall not be admitted to the degree before the expiration of one year from his admission to a degree specified in section (a) above or the ex iration of two years from his admission to the degree or other qua ification accepted by the Faculty under sections ( ) or (c) above. 2. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall either: (a) complete satisfactorily an approved programme of research work and submit a satisfactory thesis thereon; or (b) (i)[...]tion of an approved course of postgraduate study; and (ii) complete satisfactorily an approved research project and submit a satisfactory report thereon: provided th[...]A person who wishes to become a candidate for the degree shall apply to the Academic Registrar indicating in general terms the subject and outline of his proposed research or investigation and where applicable his proposed course of study for[...]appoint a supervisor or supervisors to guide him in his work. 4. A candidate shall submit a thesis o[...]lation 2 above not earlier than one academic year and except by permission of the Faculty not later tha[...]the Faculty at the end of each academic year. If, in the opinion of the Faculty, :1 candidate is not m[...]es should normally have qualified for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery or the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in Dentistry with First or Second Class l'lonours. A[...]e he at the same standard as that for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in Dentistry for which one year of full—tim[...] |
 | [...]thesis or research report which shall be prepared in accordance with directions given from time to tim[...]orally or otherwise on the subject of his thesis and the general field of knowledge in which it falls.7. (a) For each candidate the Fa[...]of the examiners of the thesis or research report and the results of any examination; (ii) examine a ca[...]ecommendation by examiners under that regulation; and (iv) examine under regulation l(d)(i), a candidat[...]recommend that the candidate: (i) be awarded the degree subject to such minor amendments of the thesis or[...]ners may have suggested; (ii) be not awarded the degree but be allowed to revise and resubmit his thesis or research report within such period as the Faculty may allow,- or (iii) be not awarded the degree. 8. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the Board of Examiners shall, on the recommendation of the Faculty, be awarded the degree of Master of Dental Surgery. 9. The fees to be p[...]l be prescribed from time to time by the Council; and a schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. 10. All regulations hitherto in force concerning the degree of Master of Dental Surgery are hereby repealed. Candidates enrolled for the degree under the regulations hereby repealed may either; (a) complete the requirements of the degree under those regu- lations, provided that t[...] |
 | D.D.SC. FACULTY OF DENTISTRY REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF DENTAL SCIENCE REGULATIONS 1. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Dental Science shall not be admitted to the degree until the expiration of at least four years from his admission to the degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery in the University of Adelaide: Provided that, in the case of a gra- duate in dentistry of another university who has been admitted ad eundem gradum in the University of Adelaide, the period of four ye[...]e reckoned from the date of his first graduation: in dentistry. 2. Except in special cases approved by the Council only persons who have been admitted to the degree of Master of Dental Surgery may become candidates for the degree of Doctor of Dental Science. 3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall submit a satisfactory thesis em[...]stry. The thesis may be written specially for the degree, or may be an already published work, or may be a[...]erely observational. The candidate shall indicate in a preface or in a separate statement wherein he considers that it advances dental knowledge or ractice, and shall fumish a history of the progress of dental knowlc gc in the subject of the thesis. A candidate may be required to undergo examination in the subject matter of, or in subjects cognate to, his thesis. 4. The degree shall not be awarded unless in the opinion of the examiners the thesis makes an original and substantial contribution to knowledge in some branch of Dental Science. 1‘5. The candidate shall lo[...]demic Registrar three copies of the work prepared in accordance with the directions given in sub-paragraph (b) of clause 2B of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. If the work is accepted for the degree the Academic Registrar will transmit two o[...] |
 | [...]-ucultv of Dentistn' \\ ill recommend whether the degree be granted 01 withheld o1 dela1 ed:7. Repealed.[...]chedule of fees so prescribed shall be published' in the University Calendar. Regulations allo[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ECONOMICS REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES AND DIPLOMA Bachelor of Economics (B.Ec.) Regulations and Schedules - ~ - - — - 726 Syllabuses - - - — — — — — - 733 Economics . . - _ _ _ _ _ _ 734 Commerce — — . . . . . _ _ 747 Diploma in Business Management (Dip B. M. ) Regulations and Schedules - - - - - 753 Syllabuses — - - - - - » - — 757 Master of Business Management (M.B.M.) Regulations and Schedules ~ — - - - 761 Syllabuses of Course W01k (See Dip. B. M ) - - - 757 Master of Economics (M.Ec) Regulations - - - - - » - - - 765 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: Sce “Board of Research Studies” on page - — — ~ . . _ 1104 |
 | FACULTY OF ECONOLIICS ILEC REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Economics. A candidate may obtain either degree or both. °2. The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend over three years and that for the Honours degree over four years. A can- didate for the Ordinary degree shall attend lectures and pass examina- tions in accordance with the provisions of Schedule II; a candidate for the Honours degree shall attend lectures and pass examinations in accordance with the provisions of Schedule Ill.[...]of candidates who fiass at an annual examination in an subject or division of a subject or the Ordinary degree shall be pu lished in alphabetical order in the following classifications: Pass with Distin[...]with Credit Pass. If the pass lists be published in two divisions, a pass in the higher division may be prescribed in the syllabuses as a pre-requisite for admission either to further courses in that subject or to other subjects. 4. The names of candidates who qualify for the Honours degree shall be published in alphabetical order within the following classes and divisions: First Class Second Class Division A[...]ils to obtain Honours may be awarded the Ordinary degree provided that he has in all other respects completed the work for the Honours degree. " Amended 4 November, 1965. tAmunded 16[...] |
 | [...]NS 5‘ No graduate who has obtained the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts in the school of Economics may obtain the Honours degree oi Bachelor of Economics. 6. Except by permissio[...]uisite subjects or preparatory work as prescribed in the syllabuses. 7. A candidate shall do such written or practical work in any subject as may be prescribed by the professor[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council, but shall[...]examination unless he has attended such tutorials and seminars, and has done such m‘itten or other work as may he required, to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned. 9. Written or practical wor[...]direction of the professor or lecturer concerned and the results of terminal or other examinations hel[...]aken into consideration at the final examination in any subject. “10. A candidate who fails to pass in any subject shall a ain attend tutorials and seminars and do written or practical work in at subject to the satisfaction of the professor o[...]o has twice failed to pass the annual examination in any subject or division of a subject may not rese[...]may not proceed with the subject a sin except by special permission of the Faculty and under such conditions as the Faculty may prescrib[...]candidate who has passed equivalent examinations in the University or otherwise and who desires that the examinations which he has passed should be counted pro tanto for the degree of Bachelor of Economics, may, on written applica[...]s as the Council may deter- mine. HS. A graduate in another faculty who wishes to proceed to thc degree of Bachelor of Economics: (1) may present {or the degree not more than four subjects or their equivalent which he has already presented for another degree or in which he has been ranted status or exemption on account of work done for anot ier degree; ”Allowed 20 December, 1956, and amended 24 December, 1969. fAmcnded 4 October, 1962, 4 A ril, 1968, 4 November, 1965 and 16 Decem er, 1971. 727 |
 | FACULTY OI" ECONOMICS [LEG REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES(ii) shall present a range of subjects which fulfils in all respects the requirements of the schedules ma[...]e trivalent not 1’ y l q presented for another degree. A candidate who holds a diploma may be granted such status in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Economics as the Faculty shall in each case determine; provided that if status be g[...]urrender his diploma before being admitted to the degree. 14. If in any year the number of students desiring to attend lectures in any subject be fewer than a minimum fixed by the Council, the course of lectures in that subject may be suspended for that year. 15.[...]defining the course of study, including lectures and practical work to be undertaken, the examinations to be assed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn u by e Faculty of Economics and be submitted to and approved by t 6 Council. Such schedules shall be[...]l or such other date as the Council may determine and shall be published in the next University calendar which is issued afte[...]HEDULES (Made by the Council under Regulations 2 and 15.) NOTE: Syllahuses of subjects for the dc ea[...]ublished below, immediately after the regulations and schedu es of the de rec. For syllabuscs of sub'ccts taught for other degrees and diplomas see the ta 1e of subjects at the on: of[...]I — GENERAL. 1. The subjects for the Ordinary degree shall be: Subiects and half-subjects as listed for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts except Social Economics I. S[...]History 11 Economic Theory Economic Statistics II and 1111 Elements of Accounting I Industrial S[...] |
 | E.ECr FAfluLTY OF ECONOMICS SCHEDULES F irst- and second-year halfsubiects: Macroeconomics IH Macro[...]tory of Economic Thought IIIH Information Systems and Data Processing IIIH International Economics IIIH[...]) no candidate may present:Economic Geography I and either of the half-subjects Human Geography IH or Physical Geography IH; or Economic Geography I and Geography I (passed prior to 1974); or Mathematics (Economics) I and Mathematics I; or more than one of: Economic Sta[...]IIA, Mathematical Statistics II; or Politics IIA and Politics IIB (unless both subjects have been pass[...]h, 1966); or Economics II (passed prior to 1974) and Microeconomics IIIH; (ii) a student may present Mathematical Statistics II in place of Economic Statistics IIA; (iii) no candi[...]esents Mathematical Statistics II. 2. A graduate in another faculty may be granted status in or exemption from not more than four subjects or their equivalent on account of work done for another degree. “International Economics IIIH and Macroeconomics IIIH will always be offered but o[...]nomics III” will he offered for the first time in 1975. 729 |
 | [...]empted by the Dean from Mathematics (Economics) I and two other subjects from Schedule I referred to in Schedule Ht3. Courses of study must be approved[...]4. Candidates who have completed subjects for the degree rior to 1974 may continue under the schedules then in force, wit such modifications (if any) as shall[...]the pur use of completing the requirements of the degree, a candidate shal not, excepf with permission of[...]s presented himself for the annual examina- tions in an subject may, at the discretion of the examiner[...]amina- tion, which may be either oral or written; and his results at such an additional examination shall be taken into account in determining his results at the annual examination SCHEDULE II—TH'E ORDINARY DEGREE Exccpt as provided for in clause 2 of Schedule I a candidate for the Ordinary dcgree shall pass in seven subjects and seven half-subjects or the equivalent. 1. (a) (i[...]agement Accounting 11 or Economic History II (or, in special cases approved by the Dean, another subject). 3.[...]elopment III or two third-year half-subjects (or, in special cases approved by the Dean, another subject). {See Schedule II, Md) and 3(c)4 730 |
 | [...]t of the schedules?: Students taking subject 1(b) in 1974 will be permitte to take Mathematics Economi[...]knowlcd c of mathematics is helpful for economics and commerce courses and is essential or some second- and third-year options.A student may count towards his degree: (a) both Management Accounting II and Economic History II it one is counted as subject 2(c) and the other as subject 3(0). and (b) both Microeconomics IIIH and Macroeconomics IIIH if one is counted as 3(a)(ii) and the other as 3(a)(iii). A candidate who presents Economics II passed in 1973 or earlier may not also present Microeconomics IIIH. Macroeconomics and International Trade IIIH offered in 1972 and 1973 will be counted as the two lwlf—subjects 3(a)“) and 3(n)(ii) under this schedule. SCHEDULE III—THE Howotms DEGREE A candidate for the Honours degree shall: (a) except as provided for in clause 2 of Schedule I, pass in seven sub'ects and seven half-subjects or their equivalent as prescribe for the Ordinary degree in Schedule II, provided that one of the subjects sh[...]e work of the Final Honours car must be completed in one year of full-time study, save at on th[...] |
 | [...]SES FACULTY OF ECONOMICS SYLLABUS NUMBERSOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS SYLLABUSES Text-books[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]es the department teaching the subject: Commerce - » - - ~ - C Economics - - - - - - E The first digit—- In first- and second-year subjects 04.”: Indicates that the subject is in sequence with another subject. 4—6: Indicates that the subject is not in sequence with another subject. 7—9: Indicates service subject. In third-year subjects and half-subjects the first digit serves only to djEerentiate the subjects and half-subjects. The second digit— 1, 2, 3[...] |
 | [...]SYLLABUSES ECONOMICSECONOMICS The main courses in Economics forming a sequence for the degrees of Bachelor of Agricultural Science, Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Economics are the half- subjeets EElG Macroeconomics 1H and EEZG Microeconomics IH, EESC Macroeconomics IIH and E1340 Microeconomics IIH and E11270 International Economics IIIH and two half—subjects one of which must be either E[...]conomics IIIH will be offered for the first time in 1975 and may not be presented by a candidate who passed EE02 Economics II in 1973 or earlier.) Students who have passed with distinction of near distinction in EE7l Social Economics I or EE83 Agricultural Econ[...]al of the Dean of the Faculty of Economics, enrol in EESG Macroeconomics HH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH, The compulsory first, second, and third~year hulf~sub‘ects (designated 11-1 1111 or IIIH) are given annually, lectures in the. second- an third-year sub‘ects heing given alternately at day and evening classes. Other third-year half-su )jects[...]as follows: 1974 1975 1976 Macroeconomics 1H Day and Day and Day and and Microeconomics IH Evening Evening Evening EECE‘[...]will permit a student to complete these subjects in successive years as a sequence either of day or of evening lectures. according to the year in which he commences. EEIC. Macroeconomics IH. No[...]jects. The course consists of one lecture a week and one tutorial a fortnight through» out the year.[...]e not usually granted. The course will be offered in both evening and day lectures in 1974. The course provides an introductory stud of the theory of employment and production for the economy as a whole. It a so provides, in on iutl'odueto - way. an account of the way that money, debt, borrowing and lending re ate to production investment and saving. The impact of governments and interlmtional trade on the level of production and income is examined. A preliminary study is made o[...]or 3rd edition (Prentice- Ha ). Robinson, M. A., and others, An introduction to economic reasoning (Tudor). Text-books : Hancock, K. 1., Hu hes, B., and Wallace, R. H., Applied economics: readings for A[...](McGraw-Hill). Ha(rcourt, )G C., Karmel, P. H., and Wallace, R. H., Economic activity C.U.P. . Samuelson, P. A., Hancock, K. 1., and Wallace, R. H., Economics, Australian edition (McGraw-Hill). Stanford, J. D., Money banking and economic activity (Wiley). 734 |
 | [...]NOMICS ECONCIIVHCSReference hooks: Haig, B. D., and MoBumey, S. 8., The interpretation of national in[...]lem, 3rd edition (Prentice-11311). Ritter, L. S., and Silber, W. L., Money (Basic Books). EEZG. Microe[...]jects. The course consists of one lecture a week and one tutorial a fortnight through- out the your. E[...]s not usually granted. The course will be nth-red in both evening and day lectures in 1974. This course is concerned primarily with th[...]deration of the behaviour of individual consumers and firms in a ‘mixed- capitalist' economy. Emphasis is give[...]theory of price (such as price control, sales tax and price support arrangements in agriculture), production economics and the pricing and output behaviour of firms operating under dflfe[...]ntana). Text-books: Hancock, K. J., Hughes, 15., and Wallace, R. 11., Appllezl economics: readings for[...]Cra\\'»Hill). Leftwich, R. H.. The price system and resource allocation, 8rd edition (Holt. Rioelmrt and Winston). Lipsey, R. 0.. An introduction to positive economics, 2nd or later edition (Weidenfcld and Nicolson J . Reference books: Lancaster. K., Int[...]H. Pro-requisite subject: EElC Macroeconomics IH and EEZG Microeconomics IH. EESC Macroeconomics 111-! will be iven in 1974 as (lay lectures. It comprises one lecture per week and one tutorial urtnightly. This course expands the[...]cs IH analysis by introducing lhe monetary sector and the general level of prices. In this course we examine first the opmtions of the ma'or financial institutions, and the role of money, finance and other forms of cht in economic activity. This material is then integrat[...]V., A history of money (Pelican). Bitter, L. 3., and Silber, W. L., Money (Basic Books). Text-books: Arndt, H. W., and Stammer, D. W., The Australian trading banks, 4th edition (Cheshire). Definillug’ T. F., and McDougall, D. M., Macro-economics (McGraw- l A Hirst, R. K, and Wallace, R. H., The Australian capital mar[...] |
 | [...]YLLABUSES ECONOIVIICSMayer, T., Monetary policy in the United States (Random House). Stanford, J. D., Money banking and economic activity (Wiley). Reference books: Bain[...]ply (Penguin). Ha(roourt, )C. C., Karmel, P. H., and Wallace, R. H, Economic activity C.U.P. . Moore.[...]heshire). Runcie, N. (ed.), Australian: monetary and fiscal policy ( London U1"). Shapiro, F... Macroeconomic analysis (Harcourt. Brace and World). Smith, W. L., and Teigon, R. (c(ls.), Readings in money, national immune and stabilization policy (Irwin). Thorn, R. S. (ed), Monetary theory and policy (Random House). Additional references wil[...]II. Prerequisite subject: EEIG Macroeconomics IH and EEQG Microeconomics 1H. One lecture at week and one tutorial a fortnight. This section will compr[...]’s anal sis. Ito-distribution of income aspects and the notion ol compensation will use he studied. T[...]articular emphasis on the fact that uxtenlalities and increasing returns to scale are widcs read in real world situations. These situations will be analysed in the context ofpollution and resource allocation problems. Possible solutions,[...]ed round an analysis of market structure. conduct and performance. Thus it will complement the earlier lectures in that it will illustrate the market practicability and feasibili of attainin ‘eflicieut’ osifions. The course will outline the current structure, con uct and per ormance 0 Australian industrv. The concept of[...]sed; including barriers to enlry. con- centration and collusion. The concept of an oligopoly market will be (levelo ed and its implications considered. Finally the course w[...]ces Justification. Environmental Control Agencies and the Tariff Board, as means of achieving better performance. Text-books: (i) Collard, D,, Prices, markets and welfare (Faber). Dolan, E. G., TANSTAAFL—The economic strategy for environmental crisis (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). (ii) Scherer, F. M., Industrial market strucmre and economic performance (Rand McNally). Caves, R. 112., American industry: structure, conduct and performance, 2nd edition (Prentice-Hall). Reference books: (i) Dorfman, R., and Dorfman, N. 3., Economics of the environment—se[...]ing Service). (ii) Needham, D., Economic analysis and industrial structure (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Low, R., Modem economic organisa[...] |
 | [...]ECONONIICS Brash, D. ’1'., American investment in Australian industry (:\.N.U.). Wheelwright. E. L.. and Miskelly, 1.. Anatomy of Australian manufacturing[...]tralian industry (M.U.P.). Necdhnm, D.. Readings in the economics of industrial organization (HulL Rinchart and Winston). Galbraith, J. K., The new industrial s[...]s 1 or EEOI Economics I or EEIC Macroeconomics 1H and EEEG Microeconomics 111. This courseV comprising two lectures and one tutorial 3 week, will be given or evening lectures in 1974. The course is conccmed with the economic development of Great Britain, the United States of America and Australia. It will attempt to Show how economic chanfzo was related to the social and economic posilion of these countries and how simp 0 economic models can be used to analyse[...]Ashworth, W., An economic history of England 1870-1939 (Methuen). Chambers, J. 1)., The workshop of the world (O.UlP.). Chambers, . D., andin England 1815-1885 (Longlnans). Clnpham. J. 11.. Concise econom[...]story of England since 1750 (C.U.P.). Deane, P., and Cole. W. A., British economic growth 16884959 (CUP) Hobsbawm. E. 1., industry and empire (Pelican). Lander, D. S.. The unbound Pro[...]lman). Wilson, 0. England’s apprenticeship 1603-1763 (Longmans). U.S.A. North, D. C., The econom[...]e of the following: Chandler. A. D., Bmchcy, S., and Calambos, 1..., The changing economic order (Harc[...]ican economic history (McGraw-Hill). Hessian. C. 1-1.. and Sardy, 1-1.. Ascent to affluence (Allyn and Bacon). Jones, Pd'A., An economic history of the[...]oehm, E. A.. 201’: century economic development in Australia (Longmans). Forster, C., Aurtralian economic development in the twentieth century (Allen and Unwin). Gn'flin, 1., Essays in economic history in Australia (Jacaranda). 737 |
 | [...]EE71 Social Economics I or EElC Macroeconomics IH and EEZG Microeconomics IH, unless the Chairman of th[...]se is given annually, alternately as day lectures and evening lectures. It will be given in 1974 as day lectures. It comprises two lectures and one tutorial 3 week.The course provides an introduction to statistical methods with special reference to applications in the field of economics. It includes discussion of the available Australian economic statistics and of the methods of compilation. The principal topics are: collection, presentation and description of dnta, with special reference to frequency distributions; an introduction to probability. sampling, significance and elementary decision theory. including the use of the normal. t and 1,- distribu- tions; linear regression and correlation; time series; sample surveys: qualit[...]rv statistical computing; index numbers of prices and volume; 9 ementary demography Textbooks: Hambur[...]cal analysis for decision making (Harcourt, Brace and World). 07' Neter, 1., and Wasserman, W., Fundamental statistics for bustness and economies, 4th edition (Allyn and Bacon). Reference books: Boot, J. C. C., and Cox, E. B., Statistical analysis for managerial d[...]Esperance, W. 1..., Modem statistics for business and economics (Collier Macmillan). Hull, D., How to take a chance (Gollancz, and Penguin). Kai-me], P. 1-1., and Polasek, M., Applied statistics for economists (P[...]rrfier, L. J., Statistical analysis for business and economics (McGraw— I . Mansfield, 13., Elementary statistics for economics and business (Norton). Mason. R. D., Programmed learning aid for business and economic statistics (Self Review) (Irwin). Moron[...]c statistics (Macmillan). Spiegel, M. R., Theory and problems of statistics (Schaum). Yamane, Taro, Statistics, an introductory analysis, 2nd edition (Harper and Row). Yates, R, Sampling methods for censuses and surveys (Charles Griflin). Additional references will be prescribed by th[...]publications of the Commonwealth Bureau of Census and Statistics. and they should procure a copy of the latest issue of[...]equisite subjects: EE41 Mathematics (Economics) I and EEOI Economics I or EElG Macroeconomics IH and EEZG Microeconomics IH. Students other than candidates for the degree of Master of Business Maria e- ment may enrol for[...]of Economics. The course comprises two lectures and one tutorial a week. In 1974 the course will be given as day lectures and thereafter will alternate between day and evening lectures. 738 |
 | [...]may not be granted unless a satisfactory standard in them has been obtained.The course will deal with an essentially mathematical approach to probabilit' and statistical inference with economic applications. The topics covered will include: probability and probability distributions. expected values and moments. estimation and statistical inference, simple and multiple regression. sampling theory, non- aramet[...]economics Ill concurrently. The course is given, in alternate years, as day and evening lectures. It will be given as evening lectures in 1974. It comprises three lectures and one tutorial 3 week. Of these. one lecture per week for rt of the year and some tutorial work is optional for students who h[...]Mothe- matics‘ Exercises will be set each week and pennission to sit for the final examination will[...]on: (a) Calculus—with applications to problems in economics and commerce. (b) Matrix algebra—with applications[...]rentice-Hall). Reference books: Archibald, G. C., and Lipsey, R. 0., An introduction to a mathematical treatment of economics (Weidenfeld and Nicolson). Dean, B. V., and others, Mathematics for modern management (Wiley)[...]subfects: If the half-subject EElH Macroeconomics and Inter- national dee III}! has not been passed, the half-subjects EE'TC lutemational Economics Hit] and EESG Macroeconomics IIIH must be taken concurrent[...]ion I or pass. The course comprises two seminars in week throughout the year, will be given in 1974 as day classes. Students will be expected t[...]e studies on selected countries, write two essays and prepare some discussion papers for seminars. The[...]cerned primarily with the problems of development in less- developed countries. Topics to be di[...] |
 | [...]reliminary reading: Stein, L.= Economic realities in poor countries (Angus and Robertson).Bernstein, H. (ed.), Underdeuolopment and development: the third world today (Penguin). Text-books: Little, I. M. D., Scitovsky, T., and Scott, M., Industry and trade in some dwcloning countries (O.U.P. ). NILEBT, G. M. (ed), Leading issues in economic development, 2nd edition O.U.P.). Scliiavo-Campo. S., and Singer, H. W., Perspectives of (economic develop-[...]. P. 'I‘., Dissent on zleoclomnenc (Wcitlcnfcld and Niunlson). Sutclilte. R. 11., Intlnslry and unllertlevelapmeni (Addison-VVesley). Crillin. K. 13., and Enos. J. h, Planning Deiwlapnwnt (Addison-Wesley)[...]ct: EEOQ, Economics II or EESG Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. This half-subject will be given as evening lectures in 1974. This course is an extension of the macroeconomics and monetary sections of Economics I and II. and assumes a grasp of these prior courses. It aims in develop issues of both theory and policy. Areas of theory to be developed relate to investment and the trade cycle. consumption theory, the monetary sector and elementary growth theory. The alloy issues will relate to the problems nf demand management in the context of Sn; Australian economy. Exemption[...]iminary reading: Hag-court, C. C., Karmel, P. H., and Wallace= R. H., Economic activity C.U.P.). Pen, 1[...]obinson, 1., Economics: an. awkward corner (Allan and Unwin). Text—books: Australia: Census and Statistics, Bureau of, Australian balance of uyme[...]est issue). Bronson, W. H., Macroeconomic theory and policy (Harper). Matthews, E. C. 0.: The trade cycle (C.U.P.). Mueller, M. G.. Readings in rnacrn~economics (Holt). Reference books: Allen,[...]ic theory, volume I [ Macmillan ). Arndt, H. \V._ and Cordon, W. .\I., The Australian economy (Cheshire). Amdt, H. W., and Boxer, A. 1-1., The Australian economy (Cheshire). Ball, R. 1., and Doyle. P. (eds), Inflation (Penguin). Bohcr, 8., The economics of cycles and growth (Wiley). Burton. 1.. Wage inflation (Macmillan) studies in economics). Evans, M. K.. Macroeconomic activity (Harper and Row). 740 |
 | [...]ct: E1202 Economics II or EESC Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics III-I.The course consists of one lecture a week and one tutorial a fortnight through— out the year. Lectures will be in the evening in 1974. The general purpose of the course will be[...]ernational seclor with the macroeconomic analysis in Economics I and Economics II; links between exchange rntcs. international prices. international capital movements and domestic Wages and rises will he examined. Balance of payments adjus[...]eliminary reading: Harcourt. )0 C, Kennel, P, H., and Wallace, R. H.Y Economic activity C.U.P. . Refer[...]a substantial part of the course. Arndt, H. W., and Garden, W. M., The Australian economy (Cheshire). Treasury Economic Paper No. 1, Overseas investment in Australia, 1972 (A stralian Govt, Publishing Serv[...]ustralian balance of payments. Burton, ]., \Vagc inflation (ltlacmillan). Cohen, B. , Balance of pa[...]system (Penguin modern economics). Isaac, ]r E., and Ford, C. W. (eds), Australian labour economics (Sun Books). Johnson. II. 0.. Inflation and (he monetarist controversy (North Holland). Kindl[...]hlup. F., International monetary economics (Allen and Unwin). Meade, J. 13.. Theory of international e[...]he balance- of payments (O.U.P.). Xerilc. I. \V.. and Slammer, D. \V., Inflnlion am! mienmloyment (Pelican). EEGC.[...]Pre-requisite subjects: EESG Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. This half-subject may not be presented by a candidate who passed EE02 Economics II in 1973 or earlier. This course will he offered for the first time in 1975, and will comprise one lecture per week and one tutorial a fortnight. The material in this course will be an extension of the price theory analysis from first year and the industrial organisation theory from second year. Emphasis in the course will be placed on applying these tools of analysis to explain the behaviour of prices and various producing and consuming units within the economy. 74 1 |
 | [...]ect: EE02 Economics II or EESG Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH.This halt-subject will be given once a week as late afternoon lectures in 1974. In addition day and evening tutorials will be offered every two to three weeks. The course is concerned with the theory and practice of public finance with emphasis on its apglication in the Australian economy. The effectiveness of the[...]bility to o crate as an allocating. ( istributing and reFulztting body. The major sections of t a cours[...]diture appraisal. federal-state fiscal relations and fiscal (as against monetary) policy. Preliminary[...](Prentice-Hall) Text-books: Dogging. )l’l. It, and others, Taxation in Australiaiagenda for reform .U.P. . Dixon, J. (od.), The rublic sector (Penguin). Friedman, M., Capila ism and freedom (C.UtP.). chile, 1. W., Fiscal policy inin Australia (Cheshire). Mathews. R. L. and Jay, W. R. C., Federal finance (Nelson). Mishan, E. 1., Cost benefit analysis (Allen and Unwin). Additional references will be prescribed[...]ect: EE02 Economics II or EESG Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. EESH Economics of Labour IIIH will be given in 1974 as evening lectures. It comprises one lecture per week and one tutorial fortnightly. This course is essentially a study of the interaction of economic and institutional factors in the labour market. The topic studied will include[...]cture; industrial relations systems; unemployment and the labour force; basic theories of inflntiun; and wages and incomes policies. Emphasis will be given to the role of the Australian arbitration system in relation to general economic policy. Text-books : Burton, 1,, Wage inflation (Macmillan studios in economics). Isaac,k1. E., and Ford, C. W., Australian labor economics: readings (Sun Boo s). Rees, A., The economics of work and pay (Harper and Row). Reference books: Ball. Bi 1., and Doyle, P., Inflation (Penguin). Dunlap. 1. T., Wage determina[...]elley). Fleisher. B. M.. Labor economics: theory and evidence (Prentice-Hall). Hicks, 1. B. The than[...]gtgsal Labor 0 cc, Jo evaluation (1.14.0. Studies and Reports Isaac. 1. E., and Ford C. W., Australian labor relations: readings.[...]arket (Penguin). O'Dea. 3., Industrial relations in Auximh‘a (West). Pohlman. J. F... Economies of wage and price control (Grid), Portus. 1. H.. Australian[...]al foundations of wage policy, 2nd edition (Allen and Unwin)‘ 742 |
 | [...]ect: EEOZ Economics II or EEBG Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics 11H.This course consists of one lecture a week and a tutorial every third week throughout the year and will be offered as evening lectures in 1974. The prime on use of this course is to prov[...]haracteristics ol agricul- ture (capitn formation and technological innovation, production instability and price uncertainty, supply responses); the role of agriculture in the Australian economy; olicy objectives and measures in support of the farm sector (such as price stabi isotion arran ements, duty free entry under by-lnw and tax concessions); recent and current pro lems in the fann sector (such as the cost-price squeeze o[...]n of the dairy industry. the reserve price scheme and operations of the Wool Corporation, quota restrictions on wheat production and rural reconstruction ). Text-book: Throsby, C.[...]lture (Chicago U.P.). Schultz, T. W., Production and welfare of agriculture (Macmillan). Williams, D. 13., Agriculture in the Australian economy (Sydney U.P. ), Most of the reading is drawn from selected journal articles and Commonwealth publications. Photo copies of this material will be available in the Napier Birks room and on reserve in the Barr Smith Library. EESH. History of Economi[...]ject: EE02 Economics 11 or EE3G Macroeconomics HE and EE4G Microeconomics 1111. This half»sub]'ect will be given as day lectures in 1974. The course covers some of the main contrib[...]sources. Text-books: Blaug, M., Economic theory in retrospect (Heinemann). Rima, I. H., Development[...]e books: Do(b(l:).Ultlgi.) H., Theories of value and distribution since Adam Smith Hutchinson, T. Wu[...]nes (Clarendon). Seligrnan, B. B., Main currents in modern economics: economic thought since 1870 (Free Press of Glencoe). Sfigler, G. 1., Production and distribution theories (Macmillan). Additional ref[...]lecturers. EESH. Economic History IIIH. (Russia and the Soviet Union.) Pre-requisite subjects: EE02 Economics 11 or EESG Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH, and E1312 Economic History 11. The economic development of Russia from the 1860's, and of the Soviet Union to the present, together with analysis of Russian and Soviet economic institutions and the operation of the Soviet economic syste[...] |
 | [...]Soviet economic development since 1917 (Routledge and Kegan Pa .Nove, A., An economic history of the[...]guin). Nove, A., The Sooiet economy, 3rd edition; and/or Spulber, N., The Soviet economy: structure, pr[...]ect: EEOZ Economics 11 or EESG Macroeconomics IlH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. Basic concepts and case studies in demand analysis; cost analysis; pricing; forecasting demand and the growth of firms. Reference hooks: Chamberlin[...]nagerial economics (Prentice-Hall). Farrar, D. E. and Meyer, J. R., Managerial economics (Prentice-Hall[...]). Haynes, W. W., Managerial economics: analysis and cases (Business Publications). Johnston, 1., Sta[...]l' capitalism (Macmillan). Scitovsky, T., Welfare and competition (Allen andand EE41 Mathematics (Economics) I or QMOI Mathematics I and a knowledge of elementary matrix algebra. Studen[...]. The course will consist of one lecture per week and one tutorial a ortnight throughout the your. The[...]ill include the following topics: sin le equation and multiple equation estimation in econometric models. in articuar the eiiecls of violation of the classica[...]imation procedures; the i enlificau‘on problem in multi le equation systems; the ap lication of econometric techniques to applied pro lems particularly in demon and production studies. Text-hooks: Johnston, 1., E[...]s (North Holland). Christ, C., Econometric models and methods (Wiley). 744 |
 | [...]orth-Holland). Kane, E. 1., Ecannrm'c statistics and econometrics (Harper and Row). Leser, C. E. V., Economemc techniques and problems (Griffin). Walters, A. A., An introduction to econometrics (Macmillan). Wennaeott, R. L, and T. H., Econometrics (Wiley, International[...] |
 | [...]. EE99. Economics for the Honours degrees of BA. and B.Ec. Detailed arrangements for classes will depend on enrolments, and students are advised to communicate with the Dean[...]ntcrim honours classes are conducted for students in the third year and final honours classes in the fourth year. INmrM HONou'as: Interim honours students will take the course in Economic Theory. FINAL Honouas: (i) Final honours students are required to undertake a research pro‘ect and present a thesis of approximately 10,000 words. An absolute upper lilo“ of 15,000 words will apply and theses in excess of this will be returned to be reduced to[...]of their theses approved by the Dean of the Facul and be allotted to supervisors before the end of the academic year prece in their final honours yearr Students must commence[...]long vacation preceding their final honours year and must report to their so ervisors not later» than[...]st week of February. They will be require to keep in touch with their supervisors during the term. A c[...]comment no later than the last day of first term and a final draft must be ready for typing at the en[...]lect two options from the following list. Classes and tutorials in these subjects will be arranged to take place in second and third terms Accounting Theory Econometrics Money Economics of the Firm Capital and Growth International Trade Business Statistics Development (iii) Seminars in Applied Economics will be held throughout the yea[...]n will consist of: (a) The thesis. (b) Two papers in Applied Economics. (c) One paper in each of the two optional subjects. ADDITIONAL SU[...]nomics I. For syllabus see under Faculty of Arts (Degree of B.A.l. EE84. Agricultural Economics 11. EE43.[...]e Use. EE53. Farm Management. EE63. Farm Prices and Policy. For syllabuscs see under Faculty of Agricultural Science (Degree of B.Ag.Sc.). 746 |
 | [...]site subjects. The course comprises two lectures and one tutorial class each week throughout the acade[...]ll not lie granted unless a satis actory standard in them has been reached. A self-contained course,[...]re economists an under- standing of the strengths and limitations of accounting. Topics include the accounting recess; introduction to the theory of valuation and income measure- ment: Conso idations: sources and uses of funds; function of the auditor; analysis and interpretation of financial accounting reports. Preliminary reading (optional): Finney, H. A., and Miller, H. E., The accounting process (Prentice-H[...]ng (AddisomWesley). Text—books: Colditz, B. T. and Cibbins, R. W. (eds), Accounting perspectives (McGraw-Hi ll ) . Gordon, M. 1., and Shillinglaw, G., Accounting, 11 management approach, 4th edition (Irwin). Finney, H. A., and Miller, H. E., The accounting process (Prentice-H[...]dison—Wesley). Reference books: Baxter, W. T., and Davidson, 8. (eds), Studies in accounting theory (Law Book Co.). Carrington, A. S, and Battersby, G. 13.. Accounting: canceptr systems applications, Australian edition (Whitcombc and Tombs). Mathews, R. L., The accomlting framework[...]ng I, EEO]. Economies I or EElG Macroeconomics IH and EEZC Microeconomics III. (E1322 Economic Statist[...]us one tutorial each week. Day lectures are given in odd years, evening lectures in even years. Day tutorials are given every year, but evening tutorials in even years only. A general course in management aecountin which serves two purposes: i[...]managers what they fleet to know about aecountin and finance, whilst at the same time teaching future[...]ng. accounting information for tactical decisions and business finance. Text-books : Horngren, C. T.[...]s, 3rd edition (Prentice-Hall ) . Peirsnn, C. G., and Bird, R. G., Business finance (McGraw-IIill). R[...], L, Corporate planning: a practical guide (Allen and Unwin). Battersby, A., Network analysis for planning and scheduling (Macmillan). Bierman, H., and Smidt, 5., The capital budgeting decision[...] |
 | [...]UNOLHCS B,EC.—SYLLABUSE§ COMMERCEDopuch, N., and Birnberg, J. 8., Cast accounting: accounting data for management's decisions (Harcourt, Brace and World). Drucker, P. F., The practice of management (Mercury or Pan). Hirst, R. E., and Wallace, R. H. (eds), Studies in the Australian capital market (Cheshire). Hummel, P. M., and Seebeck, C. L., Mathematics of finance (Mchw- Hil[...]cision making (Prentice-Hall). Richards, M. 1).. and Nielander, W. A. (eds). Readings in management (South-Westem ). Shillinglaw, (3., Cost accounting analysis and control (Irwin). Simon, H. A., Administrative be Iaviour (Free PressJ. Solomons, D. (ed), Studies in cost analysts. 2n edition (Sweet and Maxwell). \‘alnl lfiomc, I. C., Financial management and poIIcu. 2nd edition (Prentice- a . Weston, J. F., and Brigham, E. F., Managerial finance, 4th edition (Holt, Rinchart and Winston). EC13. Commercial Law II. The course comprises two lectures a week and a tutorial class each fortnight. An introduction to the legal system and legal conce ts as used in Australia. includin an examination of sources of law in Australia the system of courts and the legis ativc authorities) and the rules of statutory interpretation. Lectures o[...]l be assumed that students have covered this wed: in preliminary reading. A statement of the general[...]s. cupacil to contract, termination of contracts. and contractual remedies with some rief examination of legislation in South Australia, and its influence on the law of contract. The law of agenc[...]nt’s authority. the relationship of a principal and his agent with 1 'rd parties and in particular in so far as it allccts the contractual situation of the principal and a third party. the position at law of the unautho[...]ng a discussion of the doctrine of ratification. and the relationship which exists between a principal and his agent. The law of partnership, with discussion of the character and the elements of the nrtncrship relationship, an e[...]th the partnership, the re ation belwcen partners and the dissolution of partnership. The law relating[...]discussion of the following topics: the nature of and types and cassifications of companies. incorporation romot[...]rc, maintenance of capital, dividenck, the ri hts and duties of sharuhn dcrs, the rights and duties of directors, variations of cm rights, shares. fraud on and oppression of minority shareholders, and recent Company legislation. The following South[...]ations, should be acquired: Partnership Act, 1891-1935. Companies Act, 1962-72. Business Names Act, 1963. Misrepresentation Act, 19714972. Sale of Goods Act= 1895-1971. Consumer Credit Act, 1972. Consumer Transactions Act, 1972. And other statutes prescribed. 748 |
 | [...]ry reading books: Derham, D. P., Maher, F. K. H, and Waller, P. L., “Judicial Precedent and Statutory Interpretation" in Cases and materiulr on the legal flrocess (Law Book C0,). Vermeesch, R. 13., and Lindgren, K, E., Business law of Australia, 2nd e[...]digest of the law of agency, 13th edition (Sweet and Maxwell). Cheshire, C. C., and Fifoot, C. H. S., The law of contract, 2nd Austra[...]n (Buttcrworth). Derham. D. P., Maher, F. K. H., and Waller, P. L., “Judicial Precedent and Statutory Interpretation” in Cases and materials on the legal process (Law Book Co.). F[...](Stevens). Higgins, P. F. 3.. Law of partnership in Australia and New Zealaml Law Book Co. ). Powell, The law of[...], 8th edition (Butter- wort . Vermecsch, R. 13., and Lindgren, K. E., Business law of Australia, 3rd edition (Butterworth). Yeti-230;, R. K., and Brown, S. R., Company law, 3rd edition (Law Book[...]ject: EE02 Economics II or EESG Macroeconomics HH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. The course comprises two lectures (of fifty minutes) and one tutorial class (of eighty minutes) each week[...]year. Students are required to prepare exercises and essays an permission to sit for the final examination will not be granted unless a satisfactory standard in them has been reached. This subject is offered as a day~time course in even years, and as an evening course in odd years. Interpersonal behaviour: interactions, activities. sentiments. transactions. Mem- bership and structure of groups, workgroup and intetgroup behaviour, leadership. supervision, motivation. worker satisfaction and morale. productivity. Organisa- tional change, management succession. Technology and organisation structure. sonic-technical systems. Selected research studies in organisational behaviour. detailed critical analy[...]b, C. A.. Leadership (Penguin). Lawrence, P. R., and Seiler, I. A., Organisational behaviour and adminis- tration (Irwin-Dorsey]. Vroom1 V. H., and Deci, E. L., Management and motivation (Penguin). Whyte, W. F ., Organizatio[...]nguin). Humans, G. C., The human group (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Iaques, E., The changing culture of a factory (Tavistock). Katz. D.. and Kahn, R. L., The social psychology of orga[...] |
 | [...]OMICS B .EC.—SYLLABUSES COMMERCE Mann, F. C., and HOE-man, L. R., Automation and the worker (Holt). Boethlisbergar, F. 1., and Dickson, W. 1., Management and the worker (Wlley). Sayles, L., Behaviour of ind[...]ublishing Co., San Francisco). W§Jll<lerj C. R, and Guest, R. IL, The man on the assembly line (Harvard Walker, C. R, and Turner, A. N., The foreman on the assembly line (Harvard U.P.). Warner, W. L., and Low, 1. C., The social system of the modern facto[...]). Woodward, 1., Industrial organization: theory and practice (O.U.P.). THIRD-YEAR HALF-SUBJECTS. ECI[...]tics HA. The course compriscs one lecture a week and one tutorial fl fortnight. Day lectures are given in even years, evening lectures in odd years. Day tutorials are given every year, but evening tutorials in odd years only. Income measurement and the elfcct of price changes; current problems in financial accounting; consolidations; auditing; valuation of assets, shares and enterprises. 750 Preliminary reading: Chambers, R. 1., Securities and obswrities (Gowcr). McDonald, D. L., Comparative[...]theory , revised edition (Irwin). Kenley, W. 1., and Stauhus, G. 1., Objectives and concepts of financial statements (Accountancy Re[...]arch stu ics. Baxter, W. T., Depreciation (Sweet and Maxwell). Bafieruvy. T., and Davidson, S. (eds), Studies in accounting theory rwm . Bedford, N. M., Income[...]ing framework (Addison-Wesley) , Bennett, 1. W., and others, Topics in business finance andand economic behaviour (Prentice- 3 . Chambers, R. 1., Accounting, finance and management (Butterworths). Cycrt, R. M., and Davidson, H. 1., Statistical sampling for accounting information (Prentice-Hall). Davidson, 8., and others (eds), An income approach to accounting theory (Prentice-Hall). Edwards, E. 0., and Bell, P. W., The theory and measurement of business income (University of California Press). Lee, L. N., and McPherson, L. A, Consolidated statements and group accounts (Law Book 00.). |
 | [...]of auditing. 2nd edition (Wiley). Parker, R. H., and Harcourt, G. C. (eds.), Readings in the concept and measurement of income (C.U.P.). Revsinc. I... Re[...]ice-Hall). Sterling, R. R. (ed), Asset valuation and income determination (Scholars Book Co.). chl'. S. A., and Keller. T. F. (eds), Financial accounting theory,[...]-requisite subjects: EE32 Economic Statistics HA, and EFAI Mathematics (IECtlgnomios) I or QMOI Mathematics I and a knowledge of elementary matrix a ge ra. Studen[...]t. A knowledge of computer programming as taught in EE32 Economic Statistics IIA in 1973 or the ability to write eitective programs in BASIC or FORTRAN will be assumed. The course comprises one lecture a week throughout the year and one tutorial class every second week. Practical exercises will he required. Introduction to linear and non-linear programming; decision making under cer- tairitly and uncertainty; inventory analysis; queueing theory; simulation and model bui ( in g. Textbooks: Schlalilffr, R., Probability and statistics for business decisions (McGraw- Hi . S[...]ks: Livingstone, J. L. (ed), Management planning and control: Mathematical models (McGraw-Hill). Llewellyn, R., Linear programming (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). McMillan, C., and Gonzalez, R. F., Systems analysis—a computer approach to decision models (Irwin). Naylor, T. H., and Vernon, J. M., Microeconomics and decision models of the firm (Harcourt Bruce). R[...]analysis (Intertexl). EC3H. Information Systems and Data Processing IIIH. Pro-requisite subjects: EC[...]A. A knowledge of com utcr programming as taught in EE32 Economic Statistics IIA in 1973, or the chi ity to write computer programs in a higher level language such as BASIC or FORTRAN.[...]comprises one lecture at week throughout the year and one tutorial class every second week. Admission t[...]nal upon the satisfactory completion of exercises in system design and programming during the year. The course covers t[...]pics: The economics of com \Itcr data processing and hardware selection; computer system installation inclu in language selection, software evaluation, computer[...]nagement an computer system stalling; the control and security of computer operations. The exercise of managerial functions through computer systems; management information systems and computer decision making- the analysis and design of systems; the organisational im not of computer installation; the data base concept and the social implications 0 data banks; the implications of human error and malfeasance in computerised systems. audit. 751 |
 | [...]inary reading: Fimberg, D., Computers, management and information (Allen and Unwin). Text-books: Clans, T. 13., Grad, 13., and others (eds.), Management systemx (Holt, Rinchart and Winston). National Computing Centre, Basic training in systems analysis, A. Daniels and D. Yeaies (eds.) (Pitman).Reference books: Appr[...]er- sity. Course languages are BASIC (or FORTRAN) and COBOL. Clifton: )Ho D‘, Systems amlystv for bu[...]ocessing (Business B00 is“ . Elliott, C, 0‘, and Wasley, R. 5.; Business information processing sy[...]1., Management guide to computer system selection and we (Prentice-Hall ). Randall, C, B., and Burgly, S. W., Systems and pracedmes for business data processing (South-Western). Sanders, D. H., Computers and management (McCraw»Hill). Schoderbeck, P[...] |
 | DEREM. FACULTY 0F LCONQMICS REGULATIONSOF THE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a postgraduate Diploma in Business Management. 2. (a) The Faculty of Econo[...]t to the approval of the Council the Faculty may. in special cases and suln'cct to such Conditions (if any) as it may see {it to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the diploma[...]e shall have had at least two years’ experience in business, public service or other field of emplo[...]aximum number of Candidates which may be enrolled in any subiect shall be determined from time to time[...]n the recommendation of the Faculty of Economics; and courses will not be provided unless a suflicient[...]for the diploma a candidate shall attend classes and pass the examinations in courses as prescribed in the schedules. 5. If in the opinion of the Faculty of Economics a candida[...]Council withdraw its approval of his candi ature and the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for the[...]he has regularly attended the prescribed classes and has completed satisfactorily such written and practical work as may be required. 753 |
 | [...]dy for the diploma, the examinations to be passed and the fees to he paid by candidates shall be drawn up from time to time by the Faculty of Economics and approved by the Council.8. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies thc examiners shall on written applica[...]subjects which may be taken only for the Diploma in Business Management or for the degree of M.B.M. are. published below inl~ metliately after the regulations and schedules of the diploma Syllabuses of subjects which 11ml be taken also for the degree at B.Ecr are published immediately after he re ulmiuns and schedules of that degree. Fnr s llabuscs of subjects taught for at lcr degrees and clipomas 5w Ilm table of subjects at the end of t[...]or STUDY 1. The courses of study for the Diploma in Business Management shall comprise: Part I: Macr[...]al Sociology III. Part II: Economic Institutions and Policy; Organisation Theory and Behaviour,- Economic and Accounting Analysis; Business Statistics; Decisio[...]shall complete the required course-work subjects and pass examinations in them, as follows: Part I: At such standard as th[...]t the Faculty may grant any candidate such status in any subject as it may determine. 7S4 |
 | [...]xceptions a candidate shall complete the subjects in Part I before proceeding with any of the subjects in Part II:(a) The Head of the Department of Comme[...]ate who has completed all but one of the subjects in Part I to proceed to Part II and to take the Part I subject concurrently with his[...]nce of any candidate on his completion of Part I, and a candidate whose performance in Part I is deemed by the Faculty to be unsatisfact[...]ith the specific advance approval of the Faculty in each case, a candidate [or the degree by part-tin'ie study shall complete the subjects of Part II in two years; provided that in the case of a candidate proceeding under one of the provisos in clause 3 the year in which he is completing Part I shall not be counte[...]cts must be passed at first attempt with credits in at least two subjects. |
 | [...]l‘ICUNONflCS SYLLAHUs NuMHEnsOF THE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (COURSE WORK)[...]e department concerned details of the examination in- E. The second letter identifies the Department o[...]subjects which may be taken only for the Diploma in Business Management or the degree of Master of Business Manage ment. The second di[...]a subject which may be taken only for the Diploma in Business Management or the degree of Master of Business Management. For details of other subjects listed in the schedules of the Diploma in Business Management or the degree of Master of Business Management see the syllabuses for the degree of Bachelor of Economics. 7 57 |
 | [...]s offered annually for students proceeding to tho degree of Master of Business Management and for such other students as the Professor of Com-[...]prove. EEOl Economics I or EEIG Macroeconomics 1H and EEZG Microeconomics 1H, if not already passed, mu[...]take the full course EC02 Management Accounting, and in addition one lecture per weck during first and secont terms. Written assignments will he set thr[...]se.Syllabus: As for ECOZ Management Accounting, and in addition: The double-entry framework and the recording of business transactions; pre— paration of accounting rc torts; analysis and interpretation of accounting reports, imitations[...]books: As listed under E002 Management Accounting and in addition: Anthony, B. N., Essentials of accountin[...]books: As listed under EC02 Management Accounting and in addition: Gordon. M. J., and Shillinglaw, 0., Accounting, a management approach, 4th edition (Irwin). EC30. Economic Institutions and Policy. T he structure of the Australian ecouon'ty—the structure of agricultural, indus- trial. labour and capital markets. Economic policy objectives, and wea ons of economic policy—monetary, fiscal, wages and trade. The development an opera- tion of Australi[...]ing Commission). Text-books : Australia. Census and Statistics. Bureau of, Ofiicial yearbook of the[...]icies (Cheshire). Reference books: Arndt, H. W., and Corden, M. (eds), The Australian economy (Cheshir[...]Government Printer. Canberra). Do(wning, )R. 1., and others, Taxation in Australia: agenda for reform M.U.Pt . Hunter, A.[...]ustralian industry (M.U.Pt). Isaac, I. E., Wages and productiuity (Cheshire). Kai-me]1 P. H., and Brunt, M., The structure of the Australian economy (Cheshire). Williams, D. B., Economic and technical problems of Australia’s rural industries (M.U.P.). E050. Economic and Accounting Analysis. Economic and accounting analysis at the xnonagcment level with particular emphasis on microcconomics and the internal policies of the firm. Topics include market structure, demand, cost and xicing, marketing and portfolio analysis. The course incorporates both lectures am case rliscussionr Textbook: Brigham, E. F., and Pappas, J. L., Managerial economics (Dryde[...] |
 | [...]INESS MANAGEMENT Reference books: Elton, E. 1., and Grubcr, M. J. (eds), Security evaluation and portfolio analysis ( Prentice»}lall )‘ Kotler[...]lyn, H. W., Linaa’r programming (Holt, Riuehart and Winston). Stubbs, F., The Australian motor indust[...]A knowledge of E154]. Mathematics (Economics) I and EE32 Economic Statistics IIA is assumod in this course. A knowledge of computer programming as taught in EE32 Economic Statistics IIA in 1973 or the ability to write eFFec- tive programs in BASIC or FORTRAN will be assumed. A course of study in computer programming using Carrel sessions may be[...]athe- matical programming. Analysis of production and marketing situations. Text-books: Moore, P. G, and Hodges, S. D. (eds), Programming for optimal decisions (Penguin). SChlallf)”, TI. 0., Probability and statistics for business decisions (McGraw- Hi .[...]f production systems (Reinhold). Hadlrfil), G., and eritin, T. M., Analysis of inventory systmns (Prentice- Ha . Kcmcny, J. G., and others, Finite mathcnmtics with business applicat[...]. Livin stone, ]. E‘ (ed), Management planning and control: Mathematical mo als (McCran Iill ). Llcwollyn, It, Linear Programming (Holt). McMillan, C., and Gonzalez, R‘ F., Systems analysis—a computer[...]Wileydntcrscience). EC70. Decision-Making. Cases in financial management and in business policy and pricing. Text-hooks: Craig, H. F., Australian case studies and readings in business administra- tion, 3rd edition (Law Book Co.). Hunt, P., and others, Basic business finance, text and Casey, 4th edition (Irwin). Learned, E. F., and others, Business policy: text and cases, revised edition (Irwin). EC80. Organisation Theory and Behaviour. A knowledge of EC2S Industrial Sociology III is assumed in this course. Theory of organisations. Design of organisation structure. Organisational change and development. Some topics in industrial relations. 759 |
 | [...]MENT Textbooks : Dalton, G. W., Lawrence, P. R, and Grciner, L. E., Organisational change. and denclaument (Irwin-Dorsey). Dalton, G. W., Lawrence, P. R, and Lorsch, I. W., Oigtzm‘mtinnal struc- ture and design (Irwin‘Dorsey). Pen-ow, C., Organisatio[...]s (IrwimDorsey ). Thompson, J. D., Organizations in action (McGraw-Hill). Reference books: Chux‘pa[...]tional effeciiueness (Goodyear). Lawrence, P. R., and Lorsch, J. W., Orgumlmtiun and environment (Irwin). Miller, E. J., and Rice, A. K., Systems of organisation (Tavi[...] |
 | Miami. 1: ACULTY 0F ECONOMICs REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a degree of Master of Business Management. 1‘2. (3) The Faculty of Economics may accept as a candidate for the degree a graduate of the University of Adelaide or of an[...]t to the approval of the Council the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the degree a person who does not hold a degree of a university but has given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of his fitness to undertake work for the degree. (0) A candidate shall have had at least two years’ experience in business, public service or other field of emplo[...]aximum number of candidates which may be enrolled in any course for the degree shall be determined from time to time by the Council on the recommendation of the Faculty of Economics; and courses will not be provided unless a sufficient number of students has enrolled. :4. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall: {(a) attend classes and pass examinations in courses as prescribed in the schedules; and M(b) subsequently, as prescribed in the schedules, present a satis- factory dissertat[...]ject approved by the Faculty of Economics. 5. lf in the opinion of the Faculty of Economics :1 candidate for the degree is not making satisfactory progress the Faculty m[...]Council withdraw its approval of his candidature and the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for the degree. $Amended 12 December, 1963. M Amended 22[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ECONOMICS M.B.M. REGULATIONS AND SCIEDULES6. A candidate shall not be permitted[...]he has regularly attended the prescribed classes and has completed satisfactorily such written and practical work as may be required. 7. The Facult[...]gistrar three copies of his dissertation prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]. Schedules defining the courses of study for the degree, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn up from time to time by the Faculty of Economics and approved by the Council. ’rlO. A candidate who holds the Diploma in Business Management shall surrender his diploma before being admitted to the degree. 11. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall, on the recommendation of the Faculty of Economics, he admitted to the degree. 12. These regulations shall come into force at[...]CHEDULES (Made by the Council under Regulations 4 and 9.) NOTE: Syllabuscs of subjects for the degree of M.B.M. (Course Work) are published above. immediately after the regulations and schedules of the Diploma in Business Management. For 5 llahuscs of suh'ects taught for oLhcr degrees and diplomas see the table of so jccts at the end of[...]Counsss or STUDY 1. The courses of study for the degree of M.B.M. shall comprise: (a) Course-work[...] |
 | [...]NOMICS SCHEDULESPart II: Economic Institutions and Policy;° Organisation Theory and Behaviour; Economic and Accounting Analysis; Business Statistics; Decisi[...]hall complete the prescribed course-work subjects and pass examinations in them, as follows: Part I: At such standard as th[...]t the Faculty may grant any candidate such status in any subject as it may determine. 3. Subject to t[...]xceptions a candidate shall complete the subjects in Part I before proceeding with any of the subjects in Part II: (a) The Head of the Department of Comme[...]e who has com- pleted all but one of the subjects in Part I to proceed to Part II and to take the Part I subject concurrently with his[...]ance of an candidate on his comp etion of Part I, and a candidate whose pe ormance in Part I is deemed by the Faculty to be unsatis—[...]with the specific advance approval of the Faculty in each case, a Candidate for the degree by part-time study shall complete the subjects of Part II in two years; provided that in the case of a candidalc proceeding under one of the provisos in clause 3 the year in which he is completing Part I shall not be counte[...]the Faculty that a graduate who holds the Honours degree of Bachelor of Economics shal be given status in this subject. 763 |
 | [...]t on which he proposes to write his dissertation; and he shall submit the dissertation within two calen[...]cultv or from the date of assing the examinations in the course-work suhfécts, whichever is the atcr.[...]must be passed at the first attempt with credits in at least two subjects.2. Candidates who pass the examinations in all subjects prescribed in clause 1(a) of the schedules are advised to read the regulations of llu: Diploma in Business Management. SYLLABUSES The syllabuscs[...]cts for the lyre-dissertation course work for the degree of Master at Business Management are publisth abnve. immediately after the regulations and schedules of the Diploma in Business Muimgvim-ut. 764 |
 | M.EC. FACULTY OF ECONOMICS nECULATiONsOF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ECONOMICS REGULATIONS 1. (a ) The Faculty of Economics may accept as a candidate for the degree any graduate who: (i) has obtained the Honours degree of Bachelor of Economics of the University of Ade[...]ed an Honours dcgice of another university, which degree the Faculty regards as being equivalent to a First- or Second- Class Honouis degree 111 Economics of the University of Adelaide (l))[...]w accept piOvisionall)1 as candi— dates for the degree other graduates of the University of \tlclaidc ()[...]date shall, within such time as the Faculty shall in each case prescribe or allow, undertake an approved course of advanced study and pass an examination at First or Second-Class Hono[...]ce. (d) A candidate shall not be admitted to the degree before the expiration of one year from his admission to the Honours degree specified 1n section (a) (i) above, or to the degree which the Faculty accepts as equivalent thereto u[...]n of two academic years from his admission to the degree accepted by the Faculty under section (b) above.[...]t to the uppiov 11 01 the Council the Faculh may, in spcu 1] cases and subject to such conditions (if £11111) 11s it may see fit to imp so in (och case accept as :1 candidate for the degree 11 person 11 ho i espectivc of Whether or[...] |
 | [...]> REGULATIONS2. A candidate may qualify for the degree by either: (a) satisfactorily completing an approved programme of research work on an approved topic and submitting a satisfactory thesis thereon; or (b)[...]n of an ap- proved course of postgraduate study; and (ii) satisfactorily completing an approved programme of re- search work on an approved topic and submitting a satis- factory dissertation thereon. 3. (a) A person who wishes to become a candidate for the degree shall apply to the Academic Registrar indicating in general terms the subject of any research work to be undertaken, and where applicable, his proposed course of study fo[...]rovisionally or otherwise, as a candidate for the degree, the Faculty may appoint a supervisor to guide him in his work. 4. A candidate’s progress shall be r[...]the Faculty at the end of each academic year. If. in the opinion of the Faculty of Economics, 21 candi[...]Council. withdraw its approval of his candidature and the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for the degree. 5. On completion of his work, the candidate sha[...]ree copies of his thesis or dissertation prepared in accor— dance with directions given to candidate[...]tation. The examiners shall report to the Faculty and may recommend (i) that the degree be awarded: or (ii) that the thesis or dissertation be returned to the candidate for revision and resubmis- sion; or (iii) that the degree be not awarded. 7. A candidate who complies with all the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners of his thesis or dissert[...]n of the Faculty of Economics, be admitted to the degree. 8. The fees to be paid by candidates shall be p[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. ° These directi[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ENGINEERING REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Engineering (B.E.) Regulations and Schedules — — - Syllabuses ~ - - - — — Chemical Engineering » Civil Engineering - . _ _ . Electrical Engineering » _ _ _ Mechanical Engineering _ _ _ _ Honours Degree . _ _ _ - Master of Engineering (M. E ) Regulations - - Master of Applied Science (M. App. Sc. ) Regulations - - — _ _ Doctor of Philosophy (P11. D. ) Regulations and Schedules. See :‘Board Studies” on page - — » - - 768 — - - 781 782 792 - 817 - - - 818 — - 821 of Research » » - 1104 767 |
 | FACULTY 017 BE. ENCINEERJNG REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Engineering. 2. Schedules defining the courses of study, including lectures, laborator and other practical work to be undertaken, the examina- tions to e passed and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be drawn up by the Faculty of Engineering and be submitted to the Council. Such schedules shal[...]or such other date as the Council may determine, and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is iSsued afte[...]ty a candidate shall not be admitted to the c ass in any subject for which he has not completed the pre-requisite work prescribed in the syllabus for that subject. THE ORDINARY DEGREE. $4. (a) To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall regu- larly attend lectures and do written, laboratory, and other practical work (where such is required), and pass examinations in the subjects prescribed {or one of the following[...]l Engineering. H(b) Before being admitted to the degree a candidate shall also submit satisfactory evidence that he has completed a period of practical experience in work 3 proved by the Faculty of Engineering as ap[...]mber, 1949> 15 Janpg'r‘é, 1959, 4 April, 1963, and 28 January, 0 . 768 |
 | [...]demic year, except that prac- tical examinations, and examinations in a subject in which the course of instruction has been complete[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council, but shall[...]he has re larly attenfded the prescribed lectures and has done written and aboratory or other practical work, where required, to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned.c) Written and ractical work done by candidates by direction of t e professors or ecturers, and the results of terminal or other examinations in any subject, may be taken into consideration at the final examination in that subject. 1(d) There shall be three classifications of ass at an annual exami— nation in any subject or division of a subject or the Ordinary degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Cre[...]with Distinction or with Credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the classification; the names of other candi- dates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order either in one list or in two divisions as the Council may, on the recommen[...]Faculty, determine. If the Pass list he published in two divisions, a pass in the higher division may be rescribed in the syllabuses as pre-requisite for admission either to urther courses in that subject or to other subjects. (e) A candidate who fails to pass in any subject shall again attend lectures and do practical work in that subject, to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers, unless exempted by the Faculty of Engi[...](f) Supplementary examinations will be held only in special cir- cumstances approved by the Faculty after consideration of individual cases. 6. Exce t in case of illness or other schicnt cause allowed by the Counci , no candidate shall be credited in any year with atten- dance at lectures or laboratory work in a subject unless he has attended at least three—fourths of the lectures and laboratory work respectively in that subject. 7. No candidate shall be granted exemption from attendance at lectures or practical work in any subject, except upon grounds approved by the[...]date who has twice failed to pass the examination in any subject or division of a subject may n[...] |
 | [...]ay not pro- ceed with the subject again except by special permission of the Faculty, and under such conditions as the Faculty may prescrib[...]who is refused permission to sit for examination in any subject or division of a subject shall be dee[...]nation.9. A student who has passed examinations in pari materia in another faculty or otherwise, or who desires that[...]nical schools should be counted pro tanto for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering, may on application be[...]ions as the Council shall determine. Tm: Honouns DEGREE. {10. The Honours degree shall be available in each of the follow- ing courses: (i) Chemical Eng[...]Engineering. °11. (a) The work for the Honours degree shall be taken con- currently with the profession[...]of the final year of the course for the Ordinary degree as set out in the schedules for that degree. §(b) No candidate shall proceed to the Honours degree except with the approval of the Head of his Department. (c) In order to qualify for the Honours degree a candidate must 3i) pass in the professional engineering subjects prescribed for the nal year of the course for the Ordina degree at a standard generally higher than that required for the Or inary degree; (ii) concurrently with the final-year work for the Ordinary degree attend further lectures and pass examinations on work at an advanced level.[...]ass with Honours shall be arranged alphabetically in the following classes under each Depart- ment: Fi[...]second class Honours may be awarded the Ordinary degree provided he has in all other respects completed the work for that degree. fi(e) Before being admitted to the degree a candidate shall also submit satisfactory evidence that he has completed a period of practical experience in work approved by the Faculty of Engineering as ap[...]Allowed 11 November, 1954; amended 4 April, 1963, and 28 January, 1965. °Allowed 11 November, 1954; amended 28 January, 1965; and 4 November, 1965. IAmended 4 October, 196[...] |
 | B.E. FACULTY OF COURSES AND SCHEDULES ENGINEERINGCOURSES AND SCHEDULES (Prescribed by the Council under Regul[...]ERING The University of Sydney has established a special four-year course in Aeronautical Engineering. Adelaide students who h[...]ully completed the first two years of the course in any branch of Engineering, may apply for admission to the third year of the course in Aeronautical Engineerin in the University of Sydney. Those who have complete[...]er with documentary evidence of academic standing in the University of Adelaide, should be sent to the[...]iversity of Melbourne has established a four-year degree course in Agricultural En ineering. Adelaide students who h[...]ully completed the first two years of the course in Chemical, Electrical or Mechanical Engineering, p[...]ply for admission to the third year of the course in Agricultural Engineering in the University of Melbourne. Those who have completed only the first year of the course in Chemical, Electrical or Mechanical Engineering ma[...]er with documentary evidence of academic standing in the University of Adelaide, should be sent to the[...]-time study. Details of these courses are set out in clauses 4, 5, 6 and 7. Syllabuscs of subjects for the degree of BL. are published below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the[...] |
 | [...]enrol for the subjects he wishes to study.Norm: In the followin schedules of courses, in the column headed “Hours a Week", a singe figu[...]ils of the subjects Engineering I, Engineering II and En- gineering III are given in clause 9 FIRST YEAR Subject No. in Hours Syllabus Subject a week M01 Mathematim I .[...]] ‘ .7 Lectures 3 Tutorial 1 Practical 3 5001 C In I , . Lectures 3 6° gy Practical a SECOND YEAR 0[...]tical 8 NC54 Civil Engineering Seminars 3 Project and Re Total Iso Survey Camp hours 772. |
 | [...]AL ENGINEERING COURSE. FIRST YEAR Subject Na. in Hours Syllabus Subject 3 week QMOI Mathematics I[...]end an additional ymr at nu. stage to qnnliiy for in: degree of Eaclielm oi Sciuuce. in order to improve his quniiiicdciuiu to undertake research in engineering scienun a 0: such DLlJE! subiect off[...]culty of Mathematical Sciences as may be appruved in individuni caster by the Faculty of Enginm[...] |
 | [...]ICAL ENGINEERING COURSE. FIRST YEAR Suhy'ect No. in Syllabm Suhiect QMO 1 Mathematics I ..w -.. _~ SPOI Physics 1 NXOl Eng'necring I .,... m.[...]eering IIIM B or NX43 Engineering IHMC . , ..... in. FOURTH YEAR NM24 Mechanical Engineering IIIA" l[...]Week «H67 tap—‘93 car-m tab at“ mph H»:- “N [am emu. “gm car-co “A SCHEDULES ' Examinations in Mechnnicnl Engineering IRA and III}! will be held during the vacation between second and third terms. 774 |
 | [...]MICAL ENGINEERING COURSE. FIRST YEAR Subject N0. in Hours Syllabus Subieci a Week QMDI Mathematics I[...]l 3 A candidate who has completed the First Year and who wishes to qualify for tho 3.5:: and DE. deg-fies concurrently is recommended tn unde[...]Embin “PB Faculty of Science before proceeding in (urther studies within the Faculty 0! ngmem-mg.[...]113 . .. ,,.. Lectures 4 Tuiorial 1 SC02 Physical and Inorganic Chemist-y II ..... Lectures 3 Tutorial[...]Practical 6 FOURTH YEAR NHM Chemical Engineering In» W Lecture! 4!. 3i Tutorials 4’ Practical 89 N[...]res 2‘ Practical 3’ Any one lhldent must pass in mm» pm (a). (h) and (c) I" in parts (b) and (d). NI-l34 Clinical Engineering IIIC° ............ Lectures 2‘, l.1 Buigriall 1- esrgn Praise! 40' 'Exnminaflona in Chemical Engineering 111A. 111}! and part of Inc will be held in “an lemd and third week: of third term. 775 |
 | [...]SCHEDULES 8. a). 4 candidate who hns not passed in Engineering I but who Ins used in Mathematics 1, hysn; I, and Chemistry I. and. one other first year ulh'ect accepts I: to the[...]_rnnéh complete the academic requiremcms or the degree of Bachelor of Engnmcnng m emical Engineering by passing In the following subjects SECOND YEAR Normal 2nd y[...]2 Engineering IIH , r V ..., Lecture Practical g3- Nllla Chemical Engineering IIA . Lectures Tutori[...]n report on Vacafinn experience wiLi be required in liau at part (c) at Chemical Engineering 113. FO[...]neering 4th year. (b) A candidate who has passed in Mathematics 1. Physic! 1, Chemistry I. Ap lied Malliemnrlcr II, and Physical and Innrglmlc Chemixtry H. his one other First Year su lent and one other Second Year subiact acceptable to the F[...]ng ma. complete the academic requirement: {or the degree at Bachelor at Engineering in Chemical -ngineering by passing in the follwing sub‘ccts. Before embarking an the[...]ughout the year as part of Chemical Engineering I and will also be offered as a special short course of about four weeks' duration towards the and of each lung vacation. THIRD YEAR it??? rim Syll[...]n repcrr on vacafiun experience will be required in lieu at part (c) of Chemical Engineering mi. 776 |
 | 3.1-1. (CHEMICAL) FACULTY or SCHEDULES ENGINEERINGFO[...]Any one student must pass either parts (a). (b) and (c) or parts (b) and (d). No ca’nlfiidate who has prev-inusly passed in Nle Chemical Ergineering I may take the latter a[...]o has completed the Academic rcquiremenls for Lhe degree of B.Sc. including Ills suhlacls lined above plul Reaction Kinetics as part of a Third Year subiect in Physical and inorganic Chemistry mag prucced lo the degree of 13.15]. in Chemical Engineering by passing in the subieds line in Schedule 30)) or by passing in the following subjects. NIIBZ Ch[...] |
 | ILE. ~ ENGINEERING I, )1 AND 111 SCHEDULESFACULTY OF ENGINEEIUNG 9. ENGINEERING I, ENGINEERING II AND ENGINEERING III. (a) Engineering I Subject No. inin First Year by all Engineering candidates. It cons[...]g Part 5. General Engineering (b) Engineering 11 and Engineering 111 These shall be made up of select[...].... Lectures 1 Practical 3 5 Electrical Circuit: and Machines ._ ...._ Lectures 1 Practical 31 6 Elect[...]il Engineering Department will do Engineering 110 and Inc; from Electrical Engineering. HE; {mm Mcchanicnl Engineering, HM and IIIM; and from Chemical Engineering, IIIH. The pints milkin[...]1110 A Engineering Inc B .r.._ Engineering 1113 -.. Engineering HM m... Engineering Il'IM A .0...[...]tical .. Lectures Practical .. Hana 3. 3‘ P .-.a “3 om. (15‘5"th (Ma Ma we». 3. 3‘ A pass in Engineering I, II or II: will be granted on the aubiect as a whale and nut in indiwdiml parts. 778 |
 | [...]cal experience is re uired under regulations 4(b) and 11(e), and this should be competed during the university vac[...]he requirements of this schedule before enrolling in the fourth year of the course.The Faculty may g[...]cal experience obtained before he first enrolled in the Faculty; and in special cases, the Faculty may grant dispensation from th[...]consulting the Head of the Department concerned. In doubt ul cases an inquiry should be addressed to[...]mic Registrar. Before the end of the first term in each year of his course, a candi- date should sub[...]weeks of the required sixteen weeks must be spent in an approved chemical factory or research establis[...]t 0 oration or industrial research or development In addition, during tic May vacation in the fourth year, each student must visit at least[...]sixteen wceks’ practical experience specified in clause (a), candidates must complete the two week Vacation Course in Workshop Practice arranged by the Faculty, and this will usually be taken in the second year of the course. 779 |
 | [...]OUES, TRANSFERS ENGINEERING scHLmJLu11. Homouns DEGREE IN ENGINEERING. A candidate {or the Honours degree in Chemical, Civil, Electrical or Mechanical Engineering under regulation 11 and syllabus numbers NIIQQ, NC99, NEQQ, and NM99 shall complete the full course for the final year of his respective course, and in addition, special Honours work comprisin two hours of Honours lectures a week with, in Civil and Meclnniica Engineering, an associated laboratory project. 12. TRANSFERS BETWEEN Counsrss. In special circumstances, and by decision of the Faculty of Engineering in each case, a student who wishes to transfer from one Engineering course, or from any other course in the University or elsewhere, to either the Civil[...]cs I, SPOI Physics I or NXOl Engineering 1) shown in schedules 4, 5 and 6. A strident wishing to transfer to the Chemical[...]Faculty, resent a first- (or later year subject in place of SPOI Physics It Suc permission will be granted only in special circumstances. Any student contemplating[...] |
 | [...]ACULTY (IF SYI,I.AHUS NUMBERS ENGINEERINGOF THE DEGREE 0F BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING SYLLABUSES Text-boo[...]uisite subjects: Unless otherwise stated, a pass in a prerequisite subject will mean a pass at Divisi[...]he department wnccrncd details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]ing the subject, as follows: Chemical Engineering - - » H Electrical Engineering . - - E Civil Engineering - - - - C Mechanical Engineering - - M X indicates that two or more departments are re[...]t available to Hanours students only. ‘ Except in the cases nf NE03 Electrical Engineering I and NMBS Engineering Management, which are given in the second and fourth years respectively. NOTE: Some sulijccts listed in the schedules of the degree of BVE. are taught by dcmrtnwnts of nthcr faculties. In the syllabus numbers of those suhjects the two (i[...]nce shown above For syllabuses of these subjects and halt-suhiecls see the table of subjects at[...] |
 | [...]im I. SCOI. Chemistry I. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculties of MathemaLical Sciences and Science respectively. NXOl. Engineering I. 1. STATICS. Resultant of coplanar forces and spatial force and couple systems. Conditions of equilibrium. Vector[...]tation. Solution of piniointed frames. Transverse and axial loadings. Bending moment and shear force diagram. Centtoid, centre of russure. Moments and products of inertia and related theorems. Elements of hy( rosmtics. Virtual work. 2. DYNAMICS. Dynamics of particles. Rectiliuear and angular motion—uniform and variable acceleration. Curvilinear motion—accel[...]n relative to moving axes. Conservation of energy and momen- tum, action of steady and impulsive forces and couples. Extension to dynamics of rigid bodies. 3. Gmmcs. Projections (first and third angle). Pictorial representation of data.[...]vision). Graphi- cal integration, diiterentiation and applications. F uncfional scales, slide rule, a[...]al representation (dimetric, trimotric, isometric and perspective). Sketching. Drawing as a means of co[...]turing processes. Functional dimensioning. Limits and fits; interchangeable assemblies. Standards and standardisation. Introduction to mechanical design. Text-books : Hoelscher, R. P., and others, Graphics for engineers (John Wiley). Sta[...]ring drawing practice (The Assoc). Chiswell, B., and Grigg, E. C. M”. SJ. units (Wiley). Either Menam. J. L., Stories (Wiley) and Meriar’n, I. L., Dynamics (Wiley). or Beer, F. P., and Johnston, E. K, Vector mechanics for engineers (M[...]f Engineering including its historical background and sociological implications. Students are given an op urlunity during the course of inspecting the facilities and lcnming something of t c research objectiv[...] |
 | [...]. QNIZ. Applied Mathematics 11.3.SCO2. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II. For syllahnses see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculties of Mathematical Sciences and Science respectively. NH12. Chemical Engineering[...]te subjects: SCO] Chemistry I, QMOl Mathematics I and SPOI Physics I. This subject is divided into two[...]ALS SCIENCE. The course consists of two lectures and three hours laboratory work a week throughout the year. It covers the following topics: Mechanical and rheological properties of real and idealized materials. atomic arrangements in solids. crystallography, imperfew tions in crystals. Phase equilibrie in metals and alloys, the structure and pro erties of ceramic phases, plastic defamation of crystalline materials. thse trans ormn- tions and heat treatment of steels. Polymer structure, composition and mechanical pro erties, methods of testing. methods of processing. Corrosion theory and app ‘cation. Composite materials. Text-book: G[...]erence hooks: Mollatt, W. G. (ed.), The slmclure and properlies of materials, Vols. 1-!“ (Wiley). Alfrey, T.. and Cumee, E. F.. Organic polymers (Prentice-Hall). B[...]ramics (Wiley). Samans, C. H., Metallic materials in engineering (Macmillan). Scully, J. C.. The funda[...](h) CHEMICAL Excmzfimxo PRINCIPLES. One lecture and one llirccAliour tutorial per week covering an in[...]calculations. equilibrium stage operations, fuels and energy. Text-hooks: Schmidt, A. X., and List, H. L., Material and energy balances (Prentice- Hall); or Himmelhlau, D. M.. Basic principles and calculations in chemical engineer. ing, 2nd edition (Prentice—Hall); w Hougem. 0. IL. Watson. K. M.. and Rngntz, R. IL. Clmnical process principles. Part[...]to II": study of [up] (Elscvicr); or Harkcr, J. 1-1., and Allen. D. A. Fuel science (Oliver and Boyd). 783 |
 | and Johnson, H. C., Stoz‘chz‘ormetry for chemical[...]nt edition (McGraw»Hi11) ; or \Vhilwcll, J. C.. and Toner, R. K., Conservation of mas: and energy (Ginu-Blaisdell); or Hangar]. E). 1., and Rosen, E. M., Material and energy balance computations ley . Faust, A. 3., Principles of unit operatiom (Wiley). Badger. W. L.. and Bancheru, J. T,, Introduction to chemical engineering (McCraw-Hill ) . McCabe, W. 1..., and Smith, I. G, Unit operations of chemical engineer- ing (McGraw—Hfll). Coulson, J. M., and Richardson, I. F., Chemical engineering, 2nd edit[...](McGraw-Hill). Brian, P. L. '11.. Staged cascades in chemical processing (Prentice—Hall). 784 |
 | [...]he year dealin with the general than of molecular and turbulent transport of properties, flui mechanics, heat trans er processes and mechanical processes.Tu-mnmLs: Three hours per[...]the practical applications of the theory covered in ecturcs. Luann-roar ‘VOflK: Three hours per w[...]to illustrate the principles of transport theory and fluid mechanics as applied to unit operations.[...]r, 3rd edition (McGraw-Hill); or Daily, J. “7., and Harleman, D. R. F., Fluid dynamics (Addison— W[...]book, 4th edition (McCraw~HiIl). Coulson, I. M., and Richardson, I. R, Chemical engineering, 2 vols, 2nd edition (Pergnrnon Press). Bird, R. 3.. and others. Tramport phenomena (Wiley). McCabe, W. L., and Smith, . 0., Unit operation: of chemical engineer[...]n (McGraw—H‘ ). Welty, 1. IL. Wilson, R. E.. and Wicks. C. E., Fundamentals of momen- tum, heat and mass tram-fer (Wiley International Edition). Sissom, L. E. and Pitts_ D. R.. lilcnwmr of transport phenomena (Mc[...]ering 1113. Pro-requisite subjects: SCOZ Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II and QN02 Applied Mathematics II 01 ()le Applied Mathe[...]is divided into three parts: (a) THERMODYNAMICS AND Kmrncs. Llamas: Two lectures a week throughout t[...]ical engineering diemndynamics, reaction kinetics and reactor design. TUTORIALS: Two hours a week for t[...]the practical applications of the theory covered in lectures. Text~hool<sr Smith. I. M.. and Van Ness. II. C.. Introduction to chemical engine[...]Hill). Luidler, K. 1.. Reaction kinetics. vols. l and 2 (Pergamon). Smith, I. M.. Chemical engineering[...]aw-Hill). Ilamhlin. F. D.. Abridged thermodynamic and thermochemical tables, 5.). units (Pcrgamnn). Reference hunks: Bnlzhiscr. R. E.. and Smnucls. M. K, and Eliasson. J. 1.3.. Chemical engineering thermodyn[...]rium. 3rd edition (C.U.I’.). De(ngigli, If. G., and Turner, J. C. R, Chemical reactor theory, 2nd edi[...]ical reaction engineering (Wiley). Kramer's. H.. and Westerterp, K. R.. Elements of rhemiml reactor design and operation (Chapman and Hall). 785 |
 | [...]AL ENGINEERING— THIRD YEAR (b) INSTRUMENTATION AND Pnocnss CONTROL. LECTURES: One lecture at week t[...]d to the principles of industrial instrumentation and an introduction to the elements of process control and process dynamics. TUTORIALS: One hour a week. L[...]books: collllllilne' D. M., Process instruments and controls handbook (McGraw- l . O’Ifiilglggins[...](McGraw- I . ( c J SEMINAR. Three hours a week in first and second terms. Each student is required to submit an essay at the end of first term and present it at a seminar in second term. NX93. Engineering 1113, I’m-requisite subjects: QMOl Mathematics I and NXOI Engineering I. This course is made up of parts 1, 4, 5 and 6 of Engineering II and III. Refer Schedule 9(b). 1. S-rnnss ANALYSIS.[...]onsists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week of laborat[...]nL The following topics will be covered: Stress and strain, normal and shear. Tensile compressive and torsion tests to destruction. Elastic and plastic slates. Load defamation relation for bars and columns. Torsion of tubes and shafts. Bolted and rivetted joints. Thin walled pressure vessels. Di[...]tress due to bondin , curvature moment relations. and deflections of simpl supported and encastre beams by integration and moment nrea methods. Steer. Introduction to composite and reinforced beams. Plastic moments. simple plastic[...]uckling of columns. Text-books: Timoshenko, S., and Young, D. H., Elements of strength of materials (Van Nostrand); or Seely, F. 13., and Smith, I. 0., Resistance of materials (Wiley). 4. MACHINE DESIGN. A short course of 27 lectures and of 81 hours' drawing-office tutorial work in the fundamentals of design of machine elements and power transmission systems. Text-books: Faires, V[...]of machine elements (Macmillan). Siege], M. 1., and others Mechanical design of machines (International Text-book Co.). 5. ELECTRICAL Cmcurrs AND IVIACHINES. The course consists of one lecture 21 week throughout the year and the equivalent of three hours a week of laborator[...]rm devoted to network theory, including transient and steady state analfiis of simple networks, network theorems. and the solution of three—phase networ . (b) One lecture a week for one term devoted to self and mutual inductance and coupled coils, magnetic circuits and the calculation of m.m.f., transformers, direct current motors and generators. 786 |
 | [...]week for one term devoted to synchronous motors, and generators, single phase and three-phase induction motors, and machine characteristics.Practical work in the laboratory is designed to illustrate the subj[...]ures. Text-book: Smith, R. 1., Circuits, devices and systems (Wiley). Reference hooks: Hafitfifiv. H., and Kemmerley, I. E., Engineering circuit analysis (M[...]pplied electricity (Blackie). Fitzgerald, A. E., and Higginhothom, D. E., Basic electrical engineering[...]onsists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equivalent of three hours a week laboratory work for one term. The lecture course comprises: Vacuum and semi-conductor devices, their chnracteristics. and equivalent circuits. Rectifier circuits. Single stage am lifters. HG. transformer-, and LC- cou led amplifiers. Class A. AB and B pus ~pull amplifiers. Direct coupled and fee back amplifiers. Controlled rectifiers, Practical work in the laboratory is designed to illustrate the subj[...]ures. Text-book: Smith, R. I., Circuits, devices and systems (Wiley). Reference books: Lowenherg, E. 0., Theory and problems of electronic circuits (Schaum). Van der Ziel, A., Introduction to electronic circuits ( Allyn and Bacon). 787 |
 | FACULTY OF B.E.~SYLLABUSES ENGINEERING CHEhHCAL ENGINEERING -- FOURTH YEARFOURTH-YEAR SUBJECTS. NIIl4. Chemic[...]term devoted to applications of transport theory and of fluid and particle mech- anics in the unit operations of chemical engineering. TUT[...]eries of projects based on the course of lectures and providing exercise in the preparation of engineering reports. Text-hoo[...]., Particulate technology (Macmillan). Kunii. D., and Levanspiel, 0., Fluirlisation engineering (Wiley)[...]which the student must take either Parts (3), (b) and (c) 01 Parts (h) and (d). (a) REACTOR DESIGN AND FUELs. LECTURES: Two hours a week for one term dealing with advanced kinetics and reactor design. One hour a week for one term on t[...]uel (Elseviet). Reference books: Cooper, A. R., and Jeilreys, G. V, Chemical kinetics and reactor design (Prentice-Hall ). Denbigh, K. C.. and Turner, J. C. R. Chemical reactor theory. 2nd edition (C.U.P.). Energy and power (Scientific American/Freeman). Murray, Rt, Fuels rush in (Sun Books). (b) Pnocuss DYNAMIcs AND CONTROL. LECnmES: Two hours a week for the first[...]aling with the principles of (a) process dynamics and simulation, and ([2 process control. The theory is developed to a[...]he applie to a wide variety of practical problems in design and operation of chemical process plant. TUTORIAL: T[...]wo terms with experiments illus- trating problems in process dynamics simulation and control of simple process plant. Text-hoo[...] |
 | [...]ocesr control systems (McGraw—Hill). Tyner, M., and May, F. P., Process engineering control (Ronald Press).(C) SEMINAR. Three hours a week in first and second terms. Each student is required to submit an essay at the end of first term and present it at a seminar in second term. (d) MATERIALS ENGINEERING, LECTURE[...]th the following topics: The selection properties and fabrication of materials for L‘ngiuecrinfi applications involving corrosive and high tempemture environments, structural and low alloy steels. The relation of s ' cluml variables in polyn ‘ to their engineer-in properties, engineering properties of specific polymers. Processing and selection 0 plastics. PRACTICAL WORK: Six h[...]rms The course will involve laboratory techniques and experiments related to the lecture course. Text-[...]es are advised to consult the lccmrcrs about text and reference books in this subject before the beginning of first term.[...]current subjects: NIIl4 Chemical Engineering 111A and NH24 Chemical Engineering Hill This subject is divided into two parts: (a) INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS AND OPERATIONS RESEARCH. Learn-mas: Two lectures a week for two terms dealing with topics in Industrial Economics and Operations Research. The lectures deal generally[...]se lectures deal with the ellectiva allocation of and. labour, capital3 and enterprise during all phases of the development and operation of a chemical manufacturing enterprise. The treatment includes research and development, patents, market annlysis, plant loca[...]imation, capital investment evaluation, se action and purchase of labour and equipment, construction lanning and control, production plannin and control, cost planning and control.1 basic management principles. industria[...]ny control, capital procurement. company finance. and a general treats-non! o the structure and environment of industry, (2) A review of the otentialities of the methods of operations research, with special reference to prob ems arising in Chemical Engineering practice, Reference books: Ackofl, R. L., and Sasieni, M. W., Fundamentals of operatiom research (Wiley). Buchanan, B. 1—1., and Sinclair, C G., Costs and economics of the Australian process industries (West, 1964, with 1966 supplement). Grant, E. L., and Ireson, W. 0., Principles of engineering economy[...]ing fundamentals (McGraw—Hill). Peters, M. S., and Timmerhaus, K. D., Plan! design and economics for chemical engineers. 2nd edit[...] |
 | [...]utorial 8 week for two terms dealing with sources and esti- mation of data, costing and economic analysis of alternative proposals, the appli- cation of Process Engineering and Operations Research techniques to the selection, slzin , design and optimization of equipment and recesses. project scheduling on control, and plant operation and safety consi erauons.PROJECT: The project occup[...]dy of a selected process, calculation of material and energy hdlances, preparation of flow sheets, design of selected plant items, estimation of plant cost and process economics, preparation of a design report and drawing of plant lay-out. Preliminary reading: Jones, D. 0., Chemistry and industry (O.U.P.). Text-book: Peters, M. 5., and Timmerhaus, K. D., Plant design and economic: for chemical engineers, 2nd edition (Mc[...](Institution of Chemical Engineers). Rudd, D, F., and Watson, C. (2., Slrrucgy 0/ process r-npiuccn’n[...]f chemical process engineering M. .T. . Brown, R, and Campbell, G. A., How to find out in the chemical industry (Pcrgamon). Buchanan, R. [l., and Sinclair. C. (L, Costs and economics of the Ans-tra- Iian process industries[...]eering prnciice, vol. I (General), vol. 9 (Design and Construction). vol. 10 (Ancillary Services), vol. 11 (Works Design, etc.) (Butterworth). Faith, W. L., and others, Industrial chemicals, 3rd edition (Wiley). Hackney, J. W., Control and management of capital projects (Wiley). Hougcn, O. A., and others, Chemical process principles, vol. 1, 2nd[...]tice Commiltee, A aide to capital cost estimation and notes on pmicci evaluation l(,Institntion of Chemical Engineers). Jell'reys, G. V., A problem in chemical engineerin plant design—the manufactur[...]ution of C emicnl Engineers), Jelen, F. C., Cost and optimizolion cngincering (McCraw-Hill]. Kern, D.[...]udwig, E. E., Applied process design for chemical and petrochemical plants, vols. 1—3 (Gulf). Lyle,[...]gineering techniques (McCraw-Hill). Base, H. F., and Barrow, M. H., Project engineering of process plant: (Wiley). Sherwood, T. K., A worm in process design (M.I.T.). Shlfille) R. N., The ch[...]ents who have completed one or more years’ work in the Faculty of Science: refer Schedule 8. 790 |
 | [...]RING Certain courses ilifferin from those listed in the preceding pa es are pre- scribed for students who, having completed one nr more years war in suitable subjects in the Faculty of Science, wish to qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering. Those are as follows: NHGZ[...]cal Engineering 1, part (a). (b) Instrumentation and Process Control. The syllabus for this part of th[...]which the student must take either parts (a), (b) and (c), or parts (1)) and (d). (a) Reactor Design (b) Procxs Control. : S[...]gineering l'IH. This course is made up of arts 5 and 6 of Engineerin II and III, Electrical Circuits and Machines. and E ectronics (see Schedule 9(b§]l For syl[...] |
 | [...]SYLL.ADUSES ENGINEERING CIVIL ENGINEERING—FIRST AND SECOMJ YEARCIVIL ENGINEERING COURSE FIRST-YEAR[...]sics I. SGOI. Geology 1. For syllahuses see the degree of 13.50. in the Faculties of Mathematical Sciences and Science lespectively. NXDl. Engineering I. For s[...]12. Applied Mathematics IIB. For Syllabus See the degree of BSC. in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences NCOZ. Civil[...]I. I’m-requisite subjects: OM01 Mathematics 1 and NXOl Engineering I. The course consists of four lectures a week and is an introductory course in stress analysis. structural analysis. design of structural elements and in surveying. Six hours a week for two terms, nine h[...]rm will be occupied by laboratory, drawing attics and field exercises. In addition, a field Camp extentL ing over two weeks is held in the long vacation. Text»books : Clark. D.. Plone and geodetic surveying for engineers, iolume 1. 6th edition (Constable). Case. I., and Chilver, A. H., Strength of materials and structures. 2nd edition (Arnold). Bresler, B.. and others. Design u)‘ steel structures. 2nd editio[...]. Strength of materials (Schaum). Wilbur, 1. Bi, and Norris. W. A., Elementary structural analysis. 2n[...]A.A. steel structures code. 3AA. code for welding in buildings. S.A,A. high strength bolting code. Reference hooks: Seely, F. B., and Smith. ]. 0., Resistance of materials, 4th editio[...]s (McCraw- Hi . Hsieh. Yuan-yu, Elementary theory and structures (Prentice-Hall). McCormac, J. C[...] |
 | [...]ematics I (pass at Division I or higher standing) and SPOl Physics I. A knowledge of matriculation Chcm[...]assume .Engineering HC is made up of parts 5, 6 and 7 of Engineering II and III. Refer Schedule 9(b). 5. ELECTRICAL Cmcurrs AND Macrms. The course consists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva~ lent of three hours a week of laborat[...]rm devoted to network theory, including transient and steady state analysis of simple networks, network[...]One lecture 21 week for one term devoted to self and mutual inductance and coupled coils, magnetic circuits and the calculation of m.m.£, transformers, direct current motors and generators. (c) One lecture a week for one term devoted to synchronous motors and generators, single phase and three-phase induction motors, and machine characteristics. Practical work in the laboratory is designed to illustrate the subj[...]ctures. Textbook: Smith, R. I, Circuitr, devices and systems (Wiley). Reference hooks: HaytlllM H., and Kemmerley, I. E., Engineering circuit analysis (M[...]pplied electricity (Blackie). Fitzgerald, A. E., and Higginhotham, D. 13., Basic electrical engineerin[...]onsists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week laboratory work for one term. The lecture course comprises: Vacuum and scmivconductor devices, their characteristics. and equivalent cir~ euits. Rectifier circuits. Single stage amplifiers. HC—. transformer, and LC- couplerl am liliers. Class A, AB and B push-pull amplifiers. Direct coupled and feedbac amplifiers. Controlled rectifiers. Practical work in the laboratory is designed to illustrate the subj[...]tures. Text-book: Smith R. J., Circuits, devices and systems (Wiley). Reference books: Lowenbcrg, E. C., Theory and problem of electronic circuits (Schaum). Van der Ziel, A., Introduction to electronic circuits (Allyn and Bacon). 7. ENcmEano MATERIALS. The course consists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week of laborat[...]topics will he covered: Stress strain behaviour in the real and idealised state: atomic bonding and packing; crystal structure; X-rays; the formation of (polycrystalline materials: structure and properties of ceramics; equilibrium an non[...] |
 | [...]ND YEAH reactions; heat treatment; metallograpby and selection of steels, cast irons, alu- minium alloys and copper alloys; deformation and failure of crystalline materials; corrosion,- the structure, properties and applications of polymeric materials. Text-book: V[...]Craw—Hill). Moflat, W. G. (ed.), The structure and properties of materials, vols. I’III (Wiley); o[...]metallurgy (Addison-Wesley). Pulakowski, N. H., and Kipling, E. 1., Strength and structure of engineering materials (Prenti[...] |
 | [...]vil Engineering IIA. Prerequisite subjects: Pass in QN12 Applicd Mathematics IIB and NX12. Engineering IIC, Pass at Division I or higher standard in NXOl Engineering i. This course consists of three lectures and six hours' practical or tutorial work a week throughout the year, and is designed for students intending to complete a degree in Civil Engineering to cover the tepics of Hydraulics and Instrumen- lotion. (a) HYDRAULICS. LECTURES: Fluid properties and the nature of fluid motion—steady. unsteady unilorm, non-uniform, rotational and irrotational. Fundamental laws of flui motion, p[...]plotting; equation of motion for inviscid (Euler) and rcal fluids (Navicr-Stokes), the e nation of continuity in cncml form for compressible and incom ressihle flow; unensional analysis and inner:- sionluss groups; study of (low in c osed conduits —pipelines, networks steady and uns only How, water hammer and ndulution, surge-tank analysis; liow in open channels; flow through porous metio, fluid forces on a body in n free stream- elements of boundary layer than ;[...]structures, vortex hnviour; performance of pumps and turbines with their characteristics influencing their selection for particular applicat[...]tc; cavitation of hydraulic structures. Hydrology and water supply PRACTICAL: Experimental work in the laboratory and field occupies about two- thirds of the time and the balance is spent in the design office. (b) INSTRUMENTATION. LECTUR[...]of system engineering applied to instrumentation and data collection and recording; physical measurements, detailed examin[...], acceleration, flow ischor e, time, temperature and radio activity; input circuits and signal processing: intriities; elements of suitable electronic circuits (amplifiers. oscillators. counting and trip crin' circuits. filters, etc.); recording m[...]version; digital transducers. digits data handlin and recording techniques for computer entry; speciali[...]tory experiments, demonstrations, design seminars and field exercises are intended to illustrate the a[...]cs (McGraw—Hill). Reference books: Rouse, H., and lose, 5., History of hydraulics (Iowa Institute o[...]compressible flow machines (Arnold). Wisler, C., and Brater, E., Hydrology (Wiley). Chiswell, B., and Grigg, E. C., 5]. units (Wiley). 795 |
 | [...]CIVIL ENGINEERING — THIRD YEAR Oliver, B. M., and Cargo, I. M., Electronic measurements and instrumenta- tion (MoGrawllill). Doeblllilll E. 0., Measurement systems: applications and design (\lcCrnw- Hi . Smith, R. I., Circuits devices and systems, 2nd edition (Wile, Studer, J. J., Electronic circuits and instrumentation systems (Wiley). Prensky, S. D.,[...]l conversion techniques (VVilEV/l. Alley, C. L., and Atwood, K. W., Semi—conductor devices and Circuits (Wiley). NCIQ. Civil Engineering rm.[...]Course Consist“ of three lectures, one tutorial and five hours’ practical work a week throughout the year and is designed for students intending to complete a degree in Civil Engineering. Lise-roam: (a) Siruclural An[...]of redundant pin-jointed frames; plastic analysis and design (1)) Concrete Structures: 18 lectures on[...]design; principles of limit state design analysis and design of reinforced coucrc x rectangular and tee beams subiect tn llexure shear and axial loads, slabs, onlurn ‘ walls and footings; introduction to prestre. ed concrete.[...]omics: 9 lectures on criteria for decision making in structural design; application of critical path analysis to design and construction; the Engineer in the design team. (d) Soil Mechanics: 18 lectures on nature and classification of soils, measure- ment of strength and properties of soil; consolidation; earth prcssures. (8) Matrix Methods: 9 lectures on the assembly and solution of structural equation systems on the computer. DESIGN PROJECTS: The analysis and design of a steel and of a concrete structure. Each project occupies one three-hour tutorial period a week in the drawing office for half the year. LABORATORY ‘VORK: Three hours a week for one term is given in concrete, in soil mechanics and in structures. Textbooks : Smith, G. N., Elements of soil mechanics for civil and mining engineers (Crosby-Lockwood ). Hughes, B.[...]ed concrete design handbook, 2nd edition (Content and Concrete Association of Australia). Wilbur. J. B.. and Norris, C. H., Elementary structural analysis, 2nd edition (McGraw-Hill). Breslcr, 13., and others, Design of steel structures, 2nd ed[...] |
 | in building. S.A.A. code for concrete structures. AS. 1480-1973t S.A.A. code for mextressed concrete.Reinfmced concrete detailing manual (Cement and Concrete Association of Australia). Reference books: Lamhe, T. W., and Whitman, R. V, Soil mechanics (Wiley). Wu, T. H., Soil mechanics (Allyn and Bacon). Libby, J. H., Modem prearranged concrete[...]Lincoln Arc Welding Foundation). Jaeger, J. C., and Cook: N. G. W., Fundamentals of rock mechanics (M[...]rses which are made up of parts of Engineering II and III (refer Se cdulc 9(b)): EITHER NX53. Engineering IIICA. Parts 3, 4 and 9. 0R NX63. Engineering IIICB. Parts 3, 4 and 10. The syllabuses for these parts are as follow[...]MACHINES. An introductory course of 27 lectures and 27 hours’ of drawing-office tutorial exercises in kinematics and dynamics of machines. Text-book : Mabie, H. H., and OcviIk, F. W., Mechanisms and dynamics of machinery, 2nd edition (Wiley). 4. MACHINE DEsIcN. A short course of 27 lectures and of 81 hours' drawing-office tutorial work in the fundamentals of design of machine elements and power transmission systems. Taxi-book: Faires, V[...]of machine elements (Macmillan). Siegel, M. 1., and others, Mechanical design of machines (Internatio[...]ENGINEERING). Pit-requisite to this pint: a pass in QN02 Applied Mathematics II (old course),[...] |
 | [...]McGraw-Hill). Dantzig, G. 13., Linear programming and extensions (Princeton U.P.).Potts, R5 13., and Oliver, R. M., Flows in transportation networks (Academic Press . Shaw,[...]of the two half-subjects EElG Macroeconomics III and EEZG Microeconomics IH. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Ec. in the Faculty of Economics. 798 |
 | [...]lia'cquisite subjects: NC03 Civil Engineering IIA and NClS Civil Engineer- ing 11 .It is also necessa[...]lectures dealing with soil mechanics, surveying, and hydraulics. One session of three hours a wcck is required for practical work. Text-books: Clark, D., Plane and geodetic sumeying for engineers, Vols. I and II ( Constable). anbe, T. W.. and Whitman, R. V., Soil mechanics (Wiley). The Star[...]ng hydraulics (Wiley). Ippen, A. T. (ed), Estuary and coastline hydradynamics (McGraw-Ilill). James, L. D., and Lee, R. L., Economics of water resources planning[...]of fluid dynamics (McGraw-Hill). Terzaghj, K., and Peck, R. B., Sail mechanics in engineering firactlce, 2nd edition. (Wiley). Wu, T. H., Sail mechanics (Allyn and Bacon). Jaeger, J. C., and Cook, N. W., Fundamentals of rack mechanics (Meth[...]uction (Concrete Publications). Cleadinning, 1., and Olliver, I. G., The principles of surveying, 3rd[...]Pregequisite subjects: NCOS Civil Engineering HA and NCIB Civil Engineer» ing 11 . A course of about 80 lectures dealing with the theory and design of strictures. Students must undertake the[...]The analysis of structures (Wiley). Hall, A. S., and Woodhead. R. W.. Frame analysis (Wiley). Neal, B[...], Steel structures (Prentice-Hall). Wfllems, N., and Lucas, W. M., Matrix analyst's for structural eng[...]an experimental nature conducted during the year and to give a seminar on a related subject. St[...] |
 | [...]LAHUSES ENGINEERING ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING* FIRST AND SECOND YEARELECTRICAL ENGINEERING COURSE FIRST[...]cs I. SCOI. Chemistry I. For syllabuses see the degree of 13.80. in the Faculties of Mathematical Sciences and Science respectively. NXOl, Engineering I. For[...]11.3. SP02. Physics 11. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculties of Mathematical Sciences and Science respectively. NE03. Electrical Engineeri[...]tures a week throughout the year. ENERGY STORAGE AND CONVERSION: Physical aspects; the magnetic circu[...]ergy conversion principles, stored energy, forces and torques of electromagnetic origin. Theory and operation of do machines. E LECTEONICS : Electr[...]ctor diodes, transistors, th i'istors, graphical and equivalent circuit analyses; rectifier and amplifier princip es and performance. NErwonx TOPOLOCY: Kirchcll's laws. models and element equations, mesh. mode and mixed methods of anaIySES. free and forced response of networks, convolution. network[...]thods. transformers. polyphase systems, resonance and com plex Frequency. two ports. Laplace and Fourier Transform methods. TUTORIAL: Two hours a week throughout the year devoted to the working and discussion of problems, and the discussion of practical and theoretical topics. PRACTICAL : Three hours pra[...]hout the year, comprising a series of experiments and exercises designed to support the subject[...] |
 | and Halldas, C. C, Electronic devices and circuits (McGraw— l l or Angelo, E. 1., Elec[...]The analysis of linear circuits (Harcourt, Brace and World). Gourishankar, \’., Electromechanical e[...]pany). Reference books: Lowenbcrg, E. C., Theory and problems of electronic circuits (Schaum). Fitzgerald, Al 12., Kingsley, C., and Kusko, A., Electric machinery, 3rd edition (McGl'aw-Hill ). Cray, P. E, and Searle, C. L., Electronic principles (Wileyli Vacation Course in Workshop Practice. [See Schedule 10). The course consists nl two weeks full-lime instruction in an nppruved engineer- ing workshop during a vacation. The course deals with the basic machine—tools and processes with the aim of developing an understan[...]Stceds, W., Engineering materials, machine tools and processes (Long mans). Sachs, Ci. Fundamentals o[...]of metals (Pcrgarnon). Degarmo. E. R. Materials and prncesscs in manufacturing (Macmillan). Bolz, R. W., P[...] |
 | [...]ne waves, guided waves ant mdintion using circuit and field concepts where appropriate. An introduc- tion to waveguides and microwave components.(b) Steady state and transient analysis of rotating machines. Symmetri[...]pment of amplifier theory, modulation, detection and feed- back. Waveform analysis, generation and shaping. Elementary filter networks. (d) An introductory course on linear feedback control systems with special emphasis on frequency response and root locus techniques. (e) An introduction to image parameter and effective parameter filter theory; convolution.[...]a week throughout the year devoted to the working and discussion of problems, and the discussion of practical and theoretical topics. PRACTICAL: Practical work of six hours a week, comprising a series of experi- ments and exercises. Text-books: Adler, 111.13., and others, Electronwgnetic energy transmission and radiation (Wi ey). Fitzagerald, A. E., Kingsley, C., and Kusko, A., Electric machinery, 3rd 0 ition (MeGraw-Hill). D'Azzo, J. 1., and Houpis, C. H., Feedback control system analysis and synthesis (McGraw-Hill) . Seely, 5., Electronic circuits (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Reference books: Dori, R. 0., Modern control systems (Addison Wesley). International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, Reference data for radio engineers. Magnusson, P. 0., Transmission lines and wave propagation, 2nd edition (Allyn and Bacon). Majmudar. IL. Electromechanical energy converters (Allyn and Bacon). Plonsey. It, and Collin, R. E. Principles andand Wrigley, C. Y., Fundamentals of semi-conductor devices (Van Nostrand). Kuo, B. C., Linear networks and systems (McGraw—Hill). Smith, S. P., Problems in electrical engineering (Constable). Terman, F. 13[...]gineers’ handbook (McGrow-Hill). Thaler, G. 1., and Wilcox. M. L., Electric machines (Wiley). Van Vol[...].. Network analysis (Prentice-Hall). Gray, P. E., and Searle. C. L., Electronic principles (Wiley). Johnson, W. C., Transmission lines and networks (McGraw-Hill—Kogakusha Internat[...] |
 | [...]Engineering IIE. Pre—requisite subjects: Pass in SPOl Physics I and pass at Division I or higher standard in QMOl Mathematics I and NXOl Engineering I. NX23 Engineerin IIE is made up of parts 1 and 4 of Engineering 11 and 111. Refer Schedule 9(b . 1. Sunrise ANALYSIS. T[...]onsists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week of laborat[...]m. The following topics will be covered: Stress and strain, normal and shear. Tensile compressive and torsion tests to destruction. Elastic and plastic states. Load deformation relation for bars and columns. Torsion of tubes and shafts. Bolted and rivetted joints. Thin walled pressure vessels. Di[...]stress due to bending. curvature moment relations and deflections of simpl supported and encastré beams by integration and moment area methods. S ear. Introduction to composite and reinforced beams. Plastic moments, simple plastic[...]ckling of columns. Text-hooks : Timoshenko, S., and Young, D. H., Elements of strength of materials (Van Nostrand); or Seely, F. B., and Smith, J. 0., Resistance of materials (Wiley). 4. MACHINE DESIGN. A short course of 27 lectures and of 81 hours’ drawing-oifice tutorial work in the fundamentals of design of machine elements and power transmission systems. Text-hooks: Faircs,[...]gn of machine elements (Macmillan). Sicgcl, M. L and others, Mechanical design of machines (Internatio[...]athematical Statistics II. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of Mathematical Scionccs. 803 |
 | [...]Communication theory; switching theory; Lire-cry and design of digital systems, advanced electronic dovims and circui antennas and propagation; microwave engineering principles; de[...]. Govt. Printing Oil-ice, Dover).Jordan, E. C., and Balmain, K. (3., Electromagnetic waves and radiating systems (Prentice-Hall) . Nashelsky, L., Digital computer theory (Wiley). Grove, A. 5., Physics and technology of semi-conductor devices (Wiley). Re[...]antrements (MeGraw-Hill). Doyle J. M., Thin film and semiconductor integrated circuitry (McGraw- Hill[...]ive filter networks (MoGraw-Hill ). Hill, F. ]. and Peterson, G. R., Introduction to switching theory and logical design (Wiley). Hoernos, C. E., and Heilveil, M. F., Introduction to Boolean algebra and logic design (McGraw-Hill ). IIoeschele, D. E, A[...]sion techniques (Wiley). International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, Reference data for radio e[...](McGraw—Hill). Ledley, R. 8., Digital computer and control engineering (McGraw-Hill). Lewin, D., Logical design of switching circuits (Nelson). Lynn, D. K., and others, Analysis and design of integrated circuits (McGraw»Hill ). M[...]d edition (Prentice- Ha . Mitra, S. K., Analysis and synthesis of linear active network? (Wiley). Newm[...]neers’ handbook (McGraw-Hill). Tex-man, F. E., and Petfit, I. M., Electronic measurements (M[...] |
 | [...]ower systems; athlhnced control systems, analogue and h brid computers; sample data systems; quantum st[...]tures given by practising engineers from industry and Government establish- merits.Text—books: Fitzgerald, A E., Kingsley, C., and Kusko, A., Electric machinery, 3rd edition (McGraw-Hill). D’Azzo, J. J., and Houpis, C. H., Feedback control system analysis and synthesis (McCraw—Hill). Reference hooks: Bazovsky, ll. Reliability theory and practice (Prentice-Hall). Carlson, A. 13., Commu[...]ill). Cr , '. 5., Power system stabiitu, vols. I and I! (Wiley). Dor , R. C.. Modern control 3 stems (Addison Wesley). Dummcr, G. W. A.. and Cri m. N. 3., Electronics reliability—calculation and design (Pergamon). Elgercl, 0. 1.. Control systems theory (McGraw—Hill). l‘llfiltlEfi’, H. D., and Kent. G. A. (eds), Computer handbook (MECraw- 1 . Kim. F. F,. Network analysis and synthesis (Wiley). Melsa, l. I... and Schultz. D. 6.. Linear control systems (McCraw‘[...]anufacturing Corporation, Electrical transmission and distribution reference books. Hu'fhes. W. L... N[...]ld Press). Re' , F., Fundamentals of statistical and thermal physics (McGran'lill). Shinners. S. M..[...]of power system analixis (McCrawvHill). Watson. 1-]. A. (911.). Microwave smm‘conductm (licoices and their circuit annlicutians (hIcGraiv-Hill ). NE3[...]l Engineering II, SPOZ Physics II. (a) MANAGEMEXT AND lsuus‘rnw. OIIGAN'ISATION. One lecture a week[...]ment, internationo trade, organisation structures and the nature of management. Reference book: Bethe], L. L., and others, Industrial organisation and management, 4th edition (McGraw-Hill). (b) Exm-znuizr‘rru. lxvzs'ncn'nox AND SEMINAR. Each candidate will be re uiretl to sub[...]g the year. Tris will involve theoretical survc s and the design, development and testing of equipment. The candidate will a 0 he required to resent the results of his investigation in the form of seminars and demonstrate is equipment where apyropriate. Ref[...]lt the books listed under Section II of the Notes and Instructions to Candidates for Higher Degr[...] |
 | [...]AHUSES ENGINEERING MECHANICAL ENGINEERINGfi FEST AND SECOND YEAHMECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSE FIRST[...]Either SCOl. Chemistry I. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and Science respectively. or AYOL Psychology I. For syllabus sec the degree of BA. in the Faculty of Arts. 07 NXll. Economics I (Engine[...]s of the two half-subjects EElC Macroeconomics 1H and EEZG Microeconomics IH. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Ec. in the Faculty of Economics, NXOl. Engineering I.[...]2. Applied Mathematics 113. For syllabus see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences, NMDZ. Mechanical Engineering I. Pro-requisite subjects: Pass in SPOI Physics I and Pass at Division I or higher standard in QMUl Mathematics I and NXOI Engineering I; Dre-requisite or concurrent subject: NX42 Engineering IlM. An introductory course in kincnmtics of mechanisms analysis of machine elements and manufacturing recesses leading to a synthesis of Systems with emphasis on production techno ogy and systems design. Preliminary reading: Street, A., and Alexander, W., Metals in the service of man (Penguin). Begemau, M. L., and Amstcad, B. H., Manufacturing processes, 6th edition (Wiley). Krick, E. V., An introduction to engineering and engineering design (Wiley). Text-books: As for En[...]gn of machine elements (Macmillan). Mabie, 11. H, and Ocvirk, E. W., Mechanism and dynamics of machinery, 2nd edition (Wiley). Datsko, 1., Material properties and manufacturing processes (Wiley). Reference books: Siege], M. J., and others, Mechanical design of machines (Internatio[...]953): Workshop practice. Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice as required for project work. Baumeister, T., and Marks, L. S. (edit), Standard handbook for[...] |
 | [...]5., Mechanical nrocessing of materials (Van Nest-and). Mllm’fl). D.. and Kibbey, D. R., Manufacturing materials and processes I'Wln - Sachs, 0., Fundamentals of the working of metals[...]MeCrnw-Hill). 8017., R. W., Production processes,- the producibillty handbook (Penton). NX42. Engineering IIM. Pro-requisite subjects: Puss in SPOI Physics I and Pass at Division I or higher standard in QMOl Mulhcmnties I and NXOI Engineering I. Engineering IIM is made up of parts 1, 2 and 7 of Engineering II and III. Refer Schedule 90)). 1. Smss ANALYSIS. The course consists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week of laborat[...]The following topics will be covered: Stresses and strains. normal nnd shear. Equilibrium, compatibi[...]Experimental stress analysis. Tensile compressive and torsion tests to destruction. Elastic and plastic states. Load deformation relation for bars and columns. Torsion of tubes and shafts. Bolted and rivcttecl joints. Thin walled pressure vessels. D[...]tress due to bending. curvature moment relations, and deflections of simply supported and eucastré beams by integration and moment area methods. Shear. Introduction to composite and reinforced beams. Plastic moments, simple plastic[...]uckling of columns. Text-books: Timoshenko, 5., and Young, D. 11., Elements of strength of materials [Van Nestrand). Seely, F. B., and Smith, J. 0., Resistance of materials (Wiley). 2[...]ENGINEERING. The course consists of one lecture and three hours’ practical or design work a week fo[...]lowing topics will be covered: Design of tension and compression members. Statically indeterminate pro‘ blows in tension and compression. ILC. columns. lliveted, bolted and welded joints. Beams; built-up beams, composite beams, RC. and prestressed concrete beams. Statically indetermin[...]n — slope deflection equations. Simple trusses and rigid jointed frames, simple foundations, slabs.[...]concrete structures. Code CAI-1972, Use of steel in structures. Code CA34, Part 1 (1969) and Part 2 (1972), Loading code. Reference books: Norris, C. H., and Wilbur, J. B., Elementary structural analysis (Mc[...]ced concrete design handbook, 2nd edition (Cement and Concrete Association of Australia). 807 |
 | [...]onsists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva— lent of three hours a week of labor[...]topics will be covered:Stress-strain behaviour in the real and idealised state; atomic bonding and packing; crystal structure; engineering applications of X-mys; the formation of single crystal and polycrystalline materials; 1: uilibrium and non-equilibrium phase reactions; heat treatment;[...]an selection of steels; cast irons; de formation and failure of crystalline materials; corrosion; the structure, properties and applications of polymeric materials. Text-book:[...](McGraw-Hill). Moifatr, W. G (ed.), The structure and properties of materials, vols. I-III (Wiley). Cul[...]etallurgy [Addison—Wesley). Polakowskl. N. H.. and Kipling, E. L, Strength and structure of engineer- ing materials (Pren[...] |
 | [...]I), NX42 Engineering IIM, An introductory course in fundamental and alfplied thermodynamics, heat transfer, and fluid mechanics, including about 96 ectures and tutorials and 80 hours’ laboratory work. ( a J Tnmmomnuucs.[...]lhennmlynnmics. Behaviour of fases, gas mixtures and gas-vapour mixtures. Introduction to combustion.[...]to heat transfcr. Text-books: Van Wylen, G. 1., and Sonntag, R, E., Fundamentals of chzssical thermo-[...]nits (C.U.P.). Reference books: Wallace, F. J., and Linning, W. A,, Basic engineering thermodynamics (Pinnan ) A Rogers, C. F. C., and Mayhew, Y. 3., Engineering thermodynamics work and heat transfer. SJ. edition (Long'mans). Lee, I. F.. and Sears, F. W., Thermodynamics (Addison-Wesley). H[...]amics, 5th edition (Macmillan). Reynolds, W. C., and Perkins, H. C., Englneering thermodynamic: ( Mchw-Hill ). Reynolds. A. 1-. Thermofluid dynamics (Wiley), Holman. J, P., He[...]Wesley). (b) Funo Mecunsxcs, General kinematics and dynamics of fluid flow; flow about bodies, aerofoil theory; laminar and turbulent flow in pipcs and boundary la ers; incompressible flow measurement[...]machines- (Arnold). Duncan, W. 1., Thorn, A. S., and Young, A. D., Mechanics of fluids, 5.1. Unit edition (Arnold). Reference books: Sabersky, R. H., and Acosta, A. 1., Fluid flow: a first course in fluid meohnnicx (Macmillan). Lamb, H., Hydrodyn[...]als of fluid dynamics (Blackie). Tietiens 0. G. and Prandtl, L., Applied hydro- and aero-meehanica ( Mcémw-Hill ). Clnuert. H., The elements of aerofoil and airscrew theory (C.U.P.). Mises, B. van, Theory of flight (McGrnw-Hill). Ower, E., and Pankhurst, R .C.. The measurement a] air flow (Pergamon). Pankhuxst, R. C., and Holder, D. W., Wind<iunnel technique (Pinnan). Rolblezlfiom I. M., Hydrodynamics in theory and application (Prentice~ a . 809 |
 | [...]matics 1113 (Division I). An introductory course in mechanical system dynamics and design, including lectures. tutorials, design tutorials and laboratory work. (a) MECHANICAL SYSTEM DYNAMICS. Kinematics and dynamics of machinery, including spur, bevel, helical and worm gearing; gear trains; cams: computing mechan[...]i plane mechanisms; dynamic balancing at rotating and reciprocating systems; and vibrations. Instrumentation for dynamic rneasurcmenls, recording and analysis. including electronic techniques. Text-books: Hanna, 1., and Stephens, R. C., Mechanics of machines (Advanced theory and examples) (Arnold). Reference books: Hirschhorn,[...]of Machinery (Nelson). Martin, G. H., Kinematics and dynamics of machines (McGraw-Hill). Shigley, I. E[...]tion fundamentals (McGraw—Hill). Ccrni, R. H., and Foster, L. E., Instrumentation for engineering me[...]es, A. M. P., Basic instrumentation for engineers and physicists (Pergamon). (b) MECHANICAL SYSTENI DESIGN. A course of lectures and tutorials on the design of machine elements and power transmission systems. The application of technical design factors when influenced by economic factors, current practice and manufacturing methods. Materials and their use: fabrication processes; the use of stock components; the op lication of combined stresses and theories of failure; fatigue and creep; factors 0 safety and (lesi stresses; applications of basic principles in the design of shafts sub'cct to com ined loading; bearings, couplings and clutches; belt rives, gearing, rakes and other machine components and assemblies. Textbooks: Faires, V. M., Design of[...]titution: B.S. 436, Machine cut gears. A. Helical and straight spur (B.S.I.). B.S. 436, Part I, 1967, Spur and helical machine cut gears (13.81.). B.S. 545, 194[...]g (inch series). Reference books: Siegel, M. 1., and others, Mechanical design of machines (Internatio[...]ation of bearings (Butterworth). Baumeistcr, T., and Marks, L. S. (eds), Standard handbook for mechani[...]gears (McGraw—Hill). Standard specifications and codes of practice as required for project work. 810 |
 | [...]rses which are made up of parts of Engineering 11 and III (refer Schedule 9(b)):EITHER NX73. Engineering IIIMA. Parts 5, 6 and 9. OR NX83. Engineering IIIMB. Parts 5. 6 and 8. OR NX43. Engineering HIMC. Parts 5, 6 and 10. Prerequisite subjects: NX42 Engineering IIM,[...]ese parts are as follows: 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND MACHINES. The course consists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week of laborat[...]rm devoted to network theory. including transient and steady state analysis of simple networks. network theorems. and the solution of three-phase networks. (1)) One lecture a week for one term devoted to self and mutual inductance and coupled coils. magnetic circuits and the calculation of rn.m.f., transformers, direct current motors and generators. (c) One lecture a week for one tenn devoted to synchronous motors and generators, single phase and three-phase induction motors. and machine characteristics. Practical work in the laboratory is designed to illustrate the subj[...]ures. Text-book: Smith, R. 1., Circuits, devices and systems (Wiley). Reference books: Hll—l’tllllv' H., and Kemmerley, I. E., Engineering circuit analysis (M[...]pplied electricity (Blackie). Fitzgerald, A. E., and Hifiinbotham, D. E., Basic electrical engineerin[...]onsists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week laboratory work for one term. The lecture course comprises: Vacuum and semi-conductor devices, their characteristics. and equivalent cir- cults. Rectifier circuits. Single stage amplifiers. RC-, transfortncr-. and LC- couplcd am lificrs. Class A, AB and B push-pull amplifiers. Direct coupled and feedhac amplifiers. Controlled rectifiers. Practical work in the laboratory is designed to illustrate the subj[...]ures. Text-book: Smith. R. J., Circuits. devices and systems (Wiley). Reference books: Lowenberg, E. 0., Theory and problems of electronic circuits (Schaum). Van der Ziel. A., Introduction to electronic circuits (Allyn and Bacon). 811 |
 | [...]R 8. MATERIALS ENGINEERING. A course of lectures and practical work from the following topics: The mctallogmphy. properties and heat treatment of steels. cast irons, aluminium alloys and copper—based allo’s; the selection of tool steels; the recesses and metallurgy of welding; the plastic deformation and failure of meta and alloys; corrosion; the structure and properties of polymeric materials. 9. MATHELIATICS III (ENGINEERING). Pre-requisite to this fiart: a pass in QNOZ Applied Mathematics II (old course), or QNIZ[...](Mchaw-Hfll). Dnntzig, G. B., Linear programming and extension: (Princeton U.P.). Pugs, R313" and Oliver, R. M. Flaw in transportation networks (Academic 1655 . Shaw, F[...]s of the two half-subjects EElG Macroeconomics 1H and EEZG Microeconomics 1H. For syllabuses see the degree of B.EC. in the Faculty of Economics. 812 |
 | [...]IA. Pimrequisile subjects: All subjects included in the first tlu'cc years of the Mechanical Engineering course, except by special permission oi the Faculty of Enzinccn‘ng. An advanced course in fundamental and applied themodynaniics. heat transfer and lluid mechanics. The course is covered by about 90 lrctures and tutorials and 120 hours' of laboratory or project work. (a) Tnmrronwnucs. A course of lectures and laliomtory work in thermodynamics and heat transfer. Including advanced tlicnnodynamics[...]ines. steam turbines. relrlgeration. psychrometry and air conditioning, compressed air,- fucls and combustion; beat transmission with appli~ cation to boilers. condensers, and other heat exchangers; nuclcnr power plant. Text-books: Van Wylen, G. ., and Sonntag, R, E., Fundamentals of classical therma-[...]cCraw-Hill). Haywood, R. W., Thermodynamic tables in SJ. units (C.U.P.). Reference books: Reynolds, W. C.. and Perkins, II. C., Engineering thermodynamic: (McGr[...]Pye. D. 11.. Internal combustion: engine, Vols. I and II (0.U.P.). Taylor, C. 17., The internal combustion engine in theory and practice, VOL I (Wiley). Cohen, H., and Rogers. G. Gas turbine theory (Longmans). Jennings, B. H. and Rogers, W. 1..., Gas turbine analysis and procure (McGraw-Hill). Kearton, W. 1., Steam turbine theory and practice (Piunan). Simonson, J. IL, An introducti[...]at transfer (McGraw- Hill). Eclllell) E. R. G.. and Drake, R. M., Heat and mass transfer (McGraw- ‘l . Jordan. R. C.. and Priester, C. 3., Refrigeration and air conditioning (Cnnstablc ). Stoeclzer. W. F.. Refrigeration and air conditioning (McGraw-Hlll). Fnims. V. M.. Th[...]lan). American Society of Healing, Refrigerating and Air-conditioning Engineers, Guide (1an (Iain hook[...]am! «into bank—apolicatiom. Rogers, G. F. C., and Mayhew. Y. R., Engineering thermodynamics work and heat transfer, 5.1. units (Longmans). Wallace. F. 1., and Linning, Basic engineering thermodynamics, 3.1. u[...]y). (1)) FLUID MECIIANzcs. A course of lectures and laboratory work in fundamental and appliud fluid dynamics including: laminar and |
 | [...]compressor stage (Butterworth). Liepmann. H, W., and Roshko, A.. Elements of gas dynamics (Wiley).Reference books: Goldstein, 8., Modern deveZOpments in fluid dynamics (O.U.P.). Prandtl. L., The essentials of fluid dynamics (Blackie). Tie’tiens, O. 0.. and Prandtl, L., Applied hydro and new mechanics (Dover). Ower. E.. and Pankluust. R. C. .The measurement of air flow (Perizamon). Pnnkhurst. R. C.. and ”older. D. \V.. “find-tunnel technique (Pitman). Clnucrt. H.. The ell-mom of crew/oil and airscrew theory (C.U.P.), H‘l’woflllhl' )1... Modern developments in fluid dynamics—high speed flow Dixon. S. L.,[...]ics of turbomacllinery (Perv gamon). Cohen. 13., and Rogers, Q, Ca: turbine theory (Longmans). Courant, R., and Friedrichs, K. 0.. Supersonic flow and shock waves (Inter- science), Cor):i3 E} I}, and Crabtree, L. F., Elements of hynersanic aerodynam[...]13. Prerequisite subjects: All subjects included in the first three years of the Mechanical Engineering course, except by special permission of the Faculty of Engineering. An advanced course of lectures. tutorials and laboratory work in mechanical system dynamics and design, involving lectures and tutorials and laboratory and drawing office tutorial work. (a) MECHANICAL SYSTEM DYNA‘NHCS. A course in systems dynamics including the dynamics of engine and shaft; steady state and transient mechanical vibrations including measure[...]mic absorbers. vehicle springing. critical speeds in torsion and whirling. discrete and continuous systems. Analogics. Engineering acoustics and i‘IOlSP control. Automatic control. Textbooks:[...]5, togetlwr with Thomson. W. T.. Vibration theory and oimlications (Prentice-Hall). Harrison. H. L.. and Bollingcr, I. 0.. Introduction to automatic contr[...]hanical vibrations (McGraw-Hill). Macdull. ]. N.. and Curreri. I. K. Vibratlon control (McGraw-Hill). Burton. IL. Vibration and impact (Addison-Wesley). Tuplin. W. A., Vibration in machinery (Pitman). anen, F. 1-1., Automatic control engineering (McCraw—Hill).[...]lr of noise control (McCraw-Hill). Kinslcr. L. E. and Frey. A. R., Fundamentals of acoustics (Wiley). Bemnek. L. L., Noise and vibration control (MoGraw-Hill). Robson. J[...] |
 | [...]) MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN. A course of lectures and drawing ofllce tutorial work on advanced aspects of the design of machine members, mechanical assemblies and systems including treatments of various types of gears, lubrication and bearing design,- reciprocating engine components; mathematical and e erimental stress analysis, fatigue, Creep, desi[...]rvcdnbeam theory; the economics of product design and design in relation to manufacturing method. The work inclu[...]ect involving many aspects of engineering science and practice including thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, dynamics of machines, stress analysis, socia and economic factors. Texi~books: As for Mechanical Engineering IIA, IIIA and 1113 and IIIB, together with Iuvinall, R. C., Engineering considerations of stress strain and strength ( McCraw—Hill ) . Reference books: A[...]gh armed diesel engines (Constable). Chou. P. C., and Pagano, N. 1.. Elasticity (Van Nestmnd). Timoshen[...](ML-Graw-Hill). Timoshenko. 8., Theory of plates and shells (McCraw-Hill). Lubahn, I. D.. and Felgar, Plasticity and creep of metals (Wiley). Cazaud, 3., Fatigue of metals, tr. by Fenner (Chapman and Hall). Mario, 1.. Mechanical properties of materials and design (McGraw-Hill). Fulfill 1., and Heller, W. R, Creep of engineering materials (McCraw- i . Dliiiealilli3 A. 1., and Riley, W. F., Introduction to photomechanics (Pre[...]). Merritt, H. 13., Gears (Pihnan). Shaw, M. C., and Macks, E. F., Analysis and lubrication of bearings (MoGraw-Hill). Harwell,[...]Fro-requisite subjects: All subject»; included in the first three years of the Mechanical Engineering course, except by special permission of the Faculty of Engineering. 1. Two[...]year student on selected topics, one sociological and one technical. 2. A Limited research-type project is undertaken by each student during the final year, and involves a written thesis submitted by the end of[...]undertaken by each student during the final year and is to be presentc by the end of November. NMBS.[...]covering certain of the more important managerial and non- technical factors which regulate the[...] |
 | [...]ECHI\NIC,XL EVnrNL‘EHING 7 The course is given in two parts which must be taken concurrently. Part A is concerned with the principles of organisation and management and Part B with accounting principles from an engineering viewpoint. PART Aalmmsmr. ORGANISATION AND MANAgEMEN-r. Part A comprises one lecture a week throughout the your and several visits to engineering works. The course g[...]rial engineering, quality control, plant location and layout. industrial relations, and linear program- ming (IS an aid to business decis[...]I J.) L., Production systems: planning, analysis, and control (John Wi cy . Reference books: Robertson[...]. A., The iheary of economic growth (George Allen and Unwin). S.A. Laws, Statutes. etc., Companies Act,[...]F. W., Business finance (PitmaD). Albcrs, l'l. 1-1., Organised executive action (John Wiley). Mayna[...]control handbook (McGraw-Hill). Ferguson, B. 0., and Sargent, L. F., Linear programming (McGraw-Hill).[...]ACCOUNTING. Part B comprises one lecture a week and one tutorial a fortni ht for two terms. Written a[...]course is as follows: The double-entry framework and the recording of business transactions; re- parat[...]different kinds of accounting entities; ana ysis and interpretation of accounting reports; introductio[...]accounting framework (Cheshire). Gordon, M. 1., and Shillinglaw, G, Accounting, a management a[...] |
 | DJE. AND B.AT‘F.SCV*SYLI.ABUSES FACULTY OF HONOUFS DEGREES ENGINEEfllNCIIONOUBS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING Work for the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Engineering is taken concurrently with that of the final year of the Ordinary Degree course. NH99. Chemical Engineering for the Honours Degree of 3.3, The work {or the Honours Degree will consist of the work prescribed for the Ordinary Degree plus such other work as the Head of the Departmen[...]depth of understanding than that required oi Pass Degree candidates. NCQQ. Civil Engineering—for the Honours Degree of BE. and NC89. Civil Engineering IIID. The work for the Honours Degree will consist of the full course of lectures prescribed for the final year of the Ordinary Degree and in addition candidates taking Honours will: (a) take the subject NCBQ Civil Engineering 1111). consisting of special lectures at an advanced level, and pass an examination in that subject; and (b) undertake a laboratory project, which may be an extension of the project taken in the practical work of the Ordinary degree or may he a separate project. NEQQ. Electrical Engineering for the Honours Degree of BE. The work for the Honours Degree will consist of the full course of lecture and laboratory project work prescribed for the final year of the Ordinary Degree and in addition candidates taking Honours will attend special lectures at an advanced level. Honours candidates[...]ired to reach a significantly higléetri standard in all sections of the work than that required of Pass Degree can i ates. NM99. Mechanical Engineering for the Honours Degree of B.E. The work for the llunours Degree will include the full course of lectures prescribed [or the final year oi tlu- Ordinary Degree and, in addition, will include an elective course of special lectures or tutorials appropriate to the more advanced work of thc honours design and rest-arch ty c proiccts. The laboratory project in thr- ilonuurs course is more ambitious turn that for lhc Ordinary Degree and is to he sulnuittcrl as a thesis in the first week of December. HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE NH89. Applied Chemistry for the Honours Degree of B.App.Sc. NH79. Primary Metallurgy for the Honours Degree of B.App.Se. NHGQ. Secondary Metallurgy for the Honours Degree of B.App.Sc. Candidates may choose one of Applied Chemistry, Primary Metallur y, and Secondary Metallurgy as a rincipal subject. The course will consist of ectures seminars and courses of res ing in advanced aspects of the principal subject and in such other subjects as the Head of the Department[...]ll the time not required for lectures to research and design projects. Candidates may be required to sa[...]ncrs that they have a reading knowledge of French and German. |
 | FACULTY OF rVLE. ENGINEERING nEcULAuoNsOF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ENGINEERING REGULATIONS l. The following persons may be candidates for the degree of Master of Engineering— (a) To proceed under Regulation 3: (i) a candidate who has qualified in the University of Ade- laide for the Honours cle ree of Bachelor of Engineering or for the Ordinary degree a Bachelor of En ineering at a stan- dard which t[...]uflicient y high; or (ii) a candidate who holds in another university a qualifica- tion accepted by the Facul of Engineering as equivalent to the Honours degree of Bacielor of Engineering in the Uni- versity of Adelaide; or (iii) a candida[...]fied for the de tee of Bache- lor of En ineering in the University of Adelai e and has had at least hree years of appropriate practi[...]lified for the de ree of Bachelor of Engineering in the Universi?’ of Adelai 9: provided that a candidate who has ualified or only the Ordinary Degree in the University of A elaide may not present a thesis relating to research work carried out b him in a department of the University of Adelaide unless[...]ssional experience before commencing his research in the Department. 24 Subject to the approval of the Council, the Faculty may, in special cases, and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case. accept as a candidate for the degree under regulation 3 a person who does not hold a degree of a university. but has given evidence satisfact[...]Faculty of his fitness to undertake work for the degree. 818 |
 | [...]GULATIONS Em. i EERING 13. To qualify for the degree under this regulation a candidate 5 Mill: (:1) after consultation with the Head of the Department in which the work falls, submit in writing for approval by the Faculty a subject of advanced full-time study and research designed to extend over at least one cal[...]al of the subject by the Faculty undertake, with- in the University of Adelaide and under the direction of a supervisor or supervisors appointed by the Faculty, the course of advanced study and research; (o) if so required by the Faculty pass[...]t a thesis embodying the results of his research; and (6) submit evidence satisfactory to the Facul tha[...]engineering ex- perience. 4iITO qualify for the degree under this regulation a candidate slia - (a) submit in writing for approval by the Faculty of Engineer~[...]ence to its satisfac- tion of the originality of, and the degree of his responsibility for, his design or thesis;[...]ulty ass an examination, written or oral or both, in the field 0 study immediately relevant to his thesis; and (6) submit evidence satisfactory to the Faculty[...]had at least three years’ practical experience in appropriate en- gineering work. 5‘ (a) On comp[...]the Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]he Faculty expressly approve an extension of time in a particular case the thesis shall be subm[...] |
 | [...]ll be prescribed from time to time b the Council, and the schedule of fees so prescribed shall be pubh's ed in the University Calendar.7. A candidate who fulfils the re uirements of these regulations and satisfies the examiners under rcgu ation 5 ma on the recommenda- tion of the Faculty be admitted to the degree 0 Master 0f Engineering. Regulations alluwed 12[...]ate whn had been accepted as :1 candidate for the degree under the remllntimis upcmlive riur in the nlluwance of these regulations may under clau[...]X of the Statutes seek permission, by npplicnlinn in writing to the Arm emic Registrar‘ to proceed to the degree under those regulations. The time limit fo[...] |
 | M.APP.SC. FACULTY OF REGULATIONS ENGINEERINGOF THE DEGREE 0F MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE REGULATIONS 1. The followin persons may become candidates for the degree of Master of Appli Science: a) Bachelors of Appli[...]achelors of Engineering, (0 Bachelors of Science, and (d) other graduates whose academic qualification[...]l of the Council, the Faculty of Engineering may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to im ose in each case, accept as a candidate for the degree a erson who ddes not hold a degree of a University, but has given evi ence satisfact[...]culty of his fitness to under- take work for the degree. 2. Unless the candidate has obtained the Honour[...]all, before submitting his thesis as provided for in regulation 5, pass such qualifying examination as the Faculty of Engineering may in the circumstances deem proper. 3, Subiect to conditions to be determined in each case a graduate of a university recognised by the University of Adelaide, whose degree is accepted by the Faculty of Engineering as e trivalent to one of the qualifications required in regulation 1, may be allowed I) the Council to roceed to the degree in compliance with those regu ations. Every suc cand[...]f Adelaide. 4. A candidate who holds the Honours degree of Bachelor of Applied Science or Bachelor of Engineering or its equivalent in a [university recognised by the University of Ade[...]year from c date of his admission to the Honours degree of Bachelor; no other candidate shall proceed to the degree before the expiration of two years from th[...] |
 | [...]C. ENGINEERING EEGULATIDNS5. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall submit a thesis upon an approved subject and shall adduce suflicient evidence that the thesis[...]te may also submit other contributions to science in support of his candidature. 6. Every candidate s[...]hree terms’ notice of his intended candidature, and shall indicate therewith in general terms the subject of the research work or[...], may appoint a supervisor to guide the candidate in his work. The candidate shall submit his thesis not earlier than three terms and, except by special ermission of the Faculty, not later than nine ter[...]nt a Board of Examiners to report upon the thesis and any supporting papers that the candidate may subm[...]may require any candidate to pass an examination in the branch of science to which his original research or investigation is cognate. 3. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy or Doctor of Science whos[...]t, not to be of so cient merit to qualify for the degree of Doctor but of suflicient merit for the degree of Master may be admitted to the degree of Master provided that he is qualified to become a candidate for the degree. 9. A candidate shall lodge with the Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the Board of Examiners shall on the re[...]of the Faculty of Engineering be admitted to the degree of Master of Applied Science. 11. The fees to be[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. Regulations allo[...] |
 | FACULTY OF LAW REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) Regulations and Schedules — - - - - — 824 Syllabuses - ~ . . . _ . . . 831 Rules of Court regulating th[...]» 848 Master of Laws (LL.M.) Regulations ~ — - - _ . . - - 854 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See “Board of Research Studies” o[...]. . _ _ 1104 Doctor of Laws (LL.D.) Regulations - - - - . . . - . 856 823 |
 | FACULTY OF IAW LLB. REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF LAWS REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Laws. ’2. (a) The Council after[...]dules (i) defining the subjects of study for the degree to be provided by the University. and the post— graduate subjects to be ofiercd; (i3[...]range of sub'ects satisfactorily to be completed, and re examinations to be passe by candidates; (iii)[...]o-requisite for, or concurrent with, any subject, and the lectures, seminars, tutorials, moot court work, and written and other work to be undertaken by candidates; and (iv) fixing the fees to be aid by candidates. Pro[...]ial Transactions, Family Law, The Law of Evidence and The Law of Procedure. (b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Head of the Department and submitted to the Faculty and the Council for approval. (0) Schedules made and syllabuses approved by the Council shall become e[...]uncil or such other date as the Council may fix, and shall be published in the next edition of the University Calendar. 3. To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall com ly with the provisions of s[...]tion 2 hereof? 4. (a) To qualify for the Honours degree a candidate shall comply with the provisions of s[...]) of this regulation shall be awarded the Honours degree of “Amended 16 December, 1971. 824 |
 | [...]hall decide within which of the following classes and divisions the degree shall be awarded:First Class Second Class Divi[...]of these regulations, may be awarded the Honours degree of Bachelor of Laws if the Council so decides, no[...]regulation (a) of this regulation. 5. (a) Except in cases approved by the Council annual examina- tions shall be held in November and supplementary examinations, where granted, shall be held in January, February or March in each year. (b) A candidate may sit for a supplement examination in any subject or subjects, if he is granted permission y the Faculty 'to do so on academic, medical or other special grounds. i6. Students shall enter for annual and supplementary examinations on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council. No student[...]imself for an annual or supplementary examination in any subject if he has failed to do in :1 satisfactory manner such essays or other written work as may have been required of him in connec- tion with that subject. 7. If in any subject a candidate does not ass either at th[...]gain com ly with the requirements of regulation 6 in respect of such subject 1before again presenting himself for examination in that subject. f8. The examiners in any subject may take into account not only work d[...]be awarded therefor, other work rescribed or done in connec- tion with that subject (including wor done in connection with a moot) during the academic year[...]three classifications of pass at an annual or su - plementary examination in any subject or division of a subject for Ordinary degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass w[...] |
 | FACULTY OF LAW LLJL REGULATIONS AND SCI-[EDIEESPass. The names of candidates who Pass with Distinction or with Credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the classification; the names of other candidates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order. The results of 9.11 annual and supplementary examinations shall be transmitted b[...]uch exemption from the uirements of regulations 6 and 7, and upon such conditions, as it s all decide. 11. A[...]s under these regulations or under schedules made in accordance with regulation 2 and ma be tinted such status, and upon such conditions, as the Counci on the recomm[...]nes. 12. All previous regulations concerning the degree of Bachelor of {furs and the Final Certificate in Law are hereby repealed, provided at: (a) a cand[...]s under the repealed re lations shall have status in the equivalent subjects under so edules made under these regulations; and (b) a candidate who first enrolled in the Faculty of Law before 1967, shall, in order to qualify for the degree, in addition to complying with the requirements of re ulah'on 3 or 4, pass in two subjects, other than Science su jects, available for tlEeLdegree of Bachelor of Arts and approved by the Faculty 0 aw. Regulations allowe[...]ublished below, immediately after the regulations and sche ules of the degree. For 5 llabuses of subjects taught for 0 er degrees and diplomas see the table of su iects at the end of the volume. SCHEDULE 1: THE ORDINARY DEGREE. 1. A candidate for the Ordinary degree shall: (a) pass in the following subjects: (i) Elements of La[...] |
 | [...]l Transactions (x) The Law of Evidence.(b) Pass in five of the followin subjects, rovided that the[...]ect that a su ject or su jects may not be oflere in any one year: (i) Administrative Law (ii) Associ[...]b! production of a certificate from the lecturer in charge or mm the Dean) that he has satisfactorily participated in one seminar course (Seminar Course A) to be airanged by the Faculty. (d) Pass in one further subject listed in clause 1(1)), or satisfy the Board of Examiners that he has satisfactorily participated in a second seminar course (Seminar Course B) for wh[...]candidate who has not qualified for the honours degree) present an honours dissertation considered b the[...]2. Candidates who have completed subjects for the degree prior to 1973 may continue under the schedules then in force, with such modification (if any) as shall be prescribed by the Dean. 3. A candidate who passed in Legal History prior to March 1974 shall count that subject in lieu of a seminar course and not as a sub- ject listed in clause 1(b). SCHEDULE II: THE HONOU'ES DEGREE. l. A candidate for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Laws shall: (a) pass in the subjects listed in clause 1(a) of Schedule I; (b) pass in five of the subjects listed in clause 1(b) of Schedule I; 827 |
 | [...]. B SCHLDULLS(c) satisfy the Board of Examiners in respect of one seminar course (Seminar Course A) pursuant to clause 1(a) of Schedule I; and (d) complete satisfactorily the Honours dissertation. Provided that a candidate who passed in Legal History prior to March 1974 shall count that subject in lieu of a seminar course and not as a subject from clause 1( b) of Schedule I.[...]the permission of the Faculty, to be granted only in special cases, a candidate may enrol for the Honours diss[...]f 6 has obtained: (i) six or more honours points in the subjects (i)-(ix) listed in clause 1(a) of Schedule I and the first two subjects listed in clause 1(b) of Schedule I completed by the candidate; or (ii) five or more honours oints in the subjects (iy)-(ix) listed in clause 1(a) of Sche ule I and the first two subjects listed in clause 1(1)) of Schedule I completed by the candidate; or if the projects (i)-(iv) are taken in first year, four or more honours points in the subjects (v)-(ix) listed in clause 1(a) of Schedule I and the first two subjects listed in clause 1(1)) of Schedule I; or (iii) eight or more honours points in the subjects listed in clause 1(a) of Schedule I and five of the subjects listed in clause 1(b) of Schedule I. (h) For the urposc. of clause 2(a)(i) and (ii) of this schedule, where a candi ate has completed more than two subjects listed in clause 1(h) of Schedule I, he shall count such po[...]com lctcd more than five of the subjects listed in clause 1(b) of Sche ule I he shall count such poi[...]calculated on the basis that a credit equals one and a distinction equals one and a half honours points. SCHEDULE III: POSTGRADUATE SU’BIECTS. Courses in Estate and Tax Planning and in Legal Ethics and Accounts will he offered as postgraduate subjects. Students for the degree of Bachelor of Laws may, with the a prove] of the Dean, attend one or both of these courses in their final1 year. SCHEDULE IV: Busnucrron or CO[...]ements of Law, Constitutional Law 1, Criminal Law and The Law of Torts for all other subjects; and 828 |
 | [...]LES (b) The Law of Contract, The Law of Property and Constitu- tional Law II for all other subects except those listed in clause (a); and (0) Commercial Transactions for the subjects Associations, Insti- tutional Business Transactions, and Taxation Law. 2. Courses of study must be approv[...]of Law recommends that candidates for the LLB‘ degree take their subjects according to the following sc[...]uity, Cormucrciul Transactions, Seminar Course A, and two of the following subjects: Administrative Law[...]ory, Roman Law. Fourth Year: The Law of Evidence and either four of the following subjects, or three o[...]tes for the LLB. de ree who wish to take the B.A. degree concurrently should apply at the en of their first year for admission to the BA. course in the following year, and take their subjects according to the following sc[...]l The subjects listed under Note 1 for the second and third and Fourth Year: years of the LLB. course. and four subjects listed under sections 1, 2 and 3 of Group A and Group B in Schedule I of the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Fifth Year: Either two Grou C subjects from Schedule I of the degree of Bachelor 0 Arts; or the subjects listed under[...]; or two Group C subjects from Schedule I of the degree of Bachelor of Arts. 829 |
 | LL.B.—SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF LAW SYLMBUS NUIVLBEESOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF LAWS SYLLABUSES Text-books: St[...]s listed. However. there are irnmrtnnt exceptions and students should make inquiries at the Law Library[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]a voce examinatiom). Sylhzbus numbers: The first and second letters identify the Faculty of Law: LL. The first digit differentiates subjects which may he taken in the same year. The second digit— 1—4: Indic[...]es. 7—8: Indicates subjects which may he taken in either the third or fourth ycars. 9: Indic[...] |
 | [...]aw. An introduction to the study of law. History and organisation of the legal systems of England and Australia; nature of law, its making and application; precedent; interpretation of statutes. Text-books: Derham, D. P., Maher, F. K. H., and Waller, P. L., An Introduction to law, 2nd editio[...](Law Book Co., 1971). Reference books (available in the Library): Maher, F. K. H., Waller, P. L., and Derham, D. P., Cases and materials on the legal process (Law Book Co., 1966). Campbell, E., and McDougal, D., Legal research: materials and methods (Law Book Co., 1967). Cross, R. N., Precedent in English law, 2nd edition (O.U.P., 1968). Archer,[...]s, 2nd edition (Pelican, 1963). Allen, C. K., Law in the making, 7th edition (O.U.P., 1964). BaalmaJn, 1., Outline of law in Australia, 3rd edition (Law Book C0,, 1969 . Kir[...]R., The English legal system, 4th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1967). Plucknett, T. F. T., Concise his[...]e interpretation of statutes, 12th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1969). CraéeaséyV. F., Treatise on statute law, 6th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1 . Eadclifle, G. R. Y., and Cross, (3., English legal system, 5th edition (Bu[...]al history of the United Kingdom, South Australia and the Commonwealth of Australia; the main principles of British constitutional law, with special reference to the application of those principles in Australia; the Constitufion at South Australia;[...]an federalism. 832 Text-books : Eagley, I. 1., and others, A documentary history of England, vols. l and 2 (Pelican, 1965—66). Castles, A. C., An intro[...](Pelican, 1963). Sewer, 0., Australian federalism in the courts (M.U.P., 1967 ). de Smith, S. A., Constitutional and administrative law (Pelican, 1971). Cases, materials and readings in constitutional hm: (Mimeographed case- boo[...] |
 | [...]books; Campbell, E., Parliamentary prior‘lege in Australia (M.U.P., 1966). Campbell, E., and Whitmore, 11., Freedom in. Australia (Sydney Univer- sity Press, 1966). Co[...]edition (M'mnillan,1959) Evalt 11. V., The King and his dominion governors, 2nd edition (Cheshire 196[...]Australian conslituliorml law, crises, ”mortals and tort (Bultcnvonh, 1972). Heuston, R. F. V., Essa[...]aw (Law Book Co., 1968). Jennings, W 1., The law and the constitution, 5th edition (U. London 1’., 1959). Keir, D. L., and Lawson, F. 11., Cases in constitutional him, 5th edition ( O. U. P., 1967)[...]glish constitutional history, 11th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1960). Lovell, C. B., English constitutional and legal history (O.U.P., 1962). Marshall, (3., Com[...](0.U.P., 1971). Phillips, 0. H., Constitutional and administrative law, 5th edition, paper- back (Sweet and Maxwell, 1973). Phillips, 0. H. Leading cases in constitutional and administratioe law 4th edition, paperback (Sweet and Maxwell, 1973). Stephenson, C., and Marcham, F. G., Sources of English constitutional[...]tional conflicts of the seventeenth century, 1603- 1689,C students edition (C...,UP 1961). Vileg, 7M). LC ,Cons-titutionalism and the separation of powers (O.U.P., 1 6 . Wade, E. C. S., and Phillips, C. (3., Constitutional hzw, 8th edition[...]opy of the South Australian Constitution Act, 1934- 69, Criminal Law Consolidation Act, 1935- 71 and Police Oflcnces Act, 1953-1972 (Government Printer, Adelaide); and of the Commonwealth Constitu- tion, and the Statute of Westminster Adoption Act, 1942 (wi[...]l law, 2nd edition (Law Book Co. 1970). Brett, P. and Waller, P. L. Cases and materials in criminal h1w,3rd edition (Butterworth, 1971). R[...]minal law (Foundation Press, 1957). Smith, I. C., and Hogan, B., Criminal law, 1st: edition (Butterwoth, 1965). Smith, J. C., and Hogan, B., Criminal law, 3rd edition (Butterworth, 1973). Morris, N., and Howard, C., Studies in criminal law (Clarendon Press, Oxford 1964). NOT[...]a copy of the Criminal Law Cormolzdation Act, 1935- 72 and the Police Ofiences Act, 1953- 72 (Government Printer, Adelaide). 833 |
 | [...]edition (Law Book Co., 1971), 01 Winfield, P. H. and Jolowicz, ] A., The law of tort, 9th edition (Sweet and Maxwell 1971).Reference books: Morison, W. L., Sham/00d, R. L., and Phegan, C. 5., Cases on tom (Law Book Co., 1973).[...]2). Salmond, J. W. Law of ram 16th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1073). Clerk ]. F., and Lindsell, W. H B., Law of torts, 13d] edition (Sweet and Maxwell 1969). Weir, T., A casebook an tore, 2nd edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1970). Williams, C. L., Joint torts and contributory negligence (Stevens, 1951). Wright, G. A., and Linden, A. M 1‘ he law of torts: cases, notes and materials. 5th edition (Butterworill, 1970). Pro[...](Butterworth, 1968). Millner, M. A., Negligence in modem law (Butterwortb, 1967). Afiyah, P. 5., Vicarious liabilitiy in the low of torts (Butterworth, 1967). Atiyah, P. S., Accidents, compensation and the law (Weidernfeld and Nicholson, 1970). Linden, A. M. (ed.), Studies in Canadian tort law (Butterworth, 1968). Higgins, P. F. P., Elements of tarts in Austmlla (Butterwortl1,1970). Nora: Students should purchase a. cop py of the Wrongs Act,1936-72 and of the Survival of Causes of Action Act,19[...] |
 | [...]including agency. Text—books: Cheshire, G. C., and Fifoot, C. II. S., The law of contract, 3rd Austr[...]tterworth, 1974). McCarvie, R. E., Pannam, C. L., and Hooker, P. J,, Cases and materials on contract, 2nd edition (Law Book Co.,[...]tise on the law of contracts, 23rd edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1968).Treitel, C. H., The law of contr[...]tract, 2nd edition (O.U.P., 1971). Smith, J. C., and Thomas, J. A. C., Casebook on contract, 5th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1973). Williston, S., Treatise on the law of contracts, 3rd edition (Baker, Voorhis and C0,, 1957-). Corbin, A. L" On contracts (West, 1950—). Bo[...]Digest of the law of agency, 13th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1968). Powell, 11., Law of agency, 2nd e[...]uld purchase a copy of the Sale of Goods Act, 1895-1972 (Government Printer, Adelaide), and the Misrepresentation Act, 1971-1972 lCovernment Printer, Adelaide). LL22. The Law of Property A study of the principles of the law of real and personal property. Text-book: Sackville, R., and Neavc, M. A., Property law cases and materials (Butterworth, 1971). Statutes: A list o[...]operty law (Law Book Co., 1967). Megarry, R. E., and Wade. H. W. R, The law of real property, 3rd edit[...]4th edition (Butterwortli, 1967), Casner, A. 1., and Leach, W. 13., Cases and text on property, 2nd edition (Little Brown, 1969[...]law, 2nd edition (Law Book Co, Morris, J. H. C., and Leach, W. 13., The rule against perpetuifies, 2n[...]2nd edition (West, 1966 . lessup, C. A., F arms and practice of Land Titles Office of South Au[...] |
 | [...]e by registration of title (1859),Lewis, E. C., and Cassidy, D. 1., Tenancy law in New South Wales (Butterworth, 1966). Keeble, L,,[...](Estates, 1961). Starks: I. G., The law of town and country planning in New South Waleo (Butterworth, 1966). Wilcox, 1/1[...]al system (Law Book 00., 1972). Cases, materials and readings in Australian constitutional law (Mimeo— graphed c[...]h of Australia, 3rd edition (Law Book Co., 1964) (and supplement). Sewer, G., Australian federalism in the courts (M.U.P., 1967). Reference books: Bren[...]n (M.U,P., 1935). Cowen, 2., Federal jurisdiction in Australia (0.U.P., 1959). Mitchell, R. Else-, Ess[...]stralia, 2nd edition (Maxwell, 1910). Quick, 1., and Canon, B. R., Annotated constitution of the Australian Commonwealth (Angus and Robertson, 1901). Wynes, W, A., Legislative, executive and judicial powers in Australia, 4th edition (Law Book Co., 1970). Allen, C. K., Law and orders, 3rd edition (Stevens, 1965). de Smith, S[...]2nd edition (Stevens, 1968). Beniafieli D. (3., and Whitmore, H., Principles of Australian administra[...]ition (Law Book Co., 1971). Griffith, J. A. G., and Street, H., Principles of administrative law, 4111 edition (Pinnan, 1967). RObSC?) W. A., Justice and administrative law, 2nd edition (Stevens, 194 . S[...]red before lectures commence. The. Constitution, and the Statute of Wextminster Adoption Act, 1942 (wi[...]er, Canberra). The'High Court Procedure Act, 1903-66 and The Judiciary Act, 1903-69 (Government Printer, Canberra ). 836 |
 | [...]R SUBJECTS. LIA3. Equity. Such of the following special subjects as may be chosen by the lecturer; the principles of equity an equitable estates and interests; trusts; mortgages; wills and intestacy; administration of estates; the princip[...]H. T., Principles of equity, 27th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, Han‘bury, H. 6., Modern equity, 9th edition (Stevens, 1969). Maudsley, R. H., and Burn, E. H, Cases and materials on trusts and trustees (Butterworth, 1972). Other books on particular subjects suggested in lectures. Reference books: Nathan, J. A., Equit[...]ing (Pitman, 1936). Jacobs, K. 3., Law of trusts in N.S.W., 3rd edition (Butterworth, 1971). FricétghG“ and Strauss, 0. K., Law oI trusts in Victoria (Butterworth, 1 . Nathan, J. A., and Marshall, 0. R, A casebook on trims, 5th edition (Stevens, 1967). Peitétio§. H., Equity and the law of trusts, 2nd edition (Butterworth, Sco[...]of trusts (Little, Brown, 1960). Parker, D. B., and Mellows, A. R., The modem law of trusts, 2nd edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1970). NOTE: Students should purchase a copy of the Trustee Act, 1936438, and of the Law of Property Ant. 1936-72. LL73. Commercial Transactions. This course c[...]w relating to agency, sale of goods, moneylending and instalment credit, and consumer protection. Textbook: Cases and materials on commercial transactions (issued by t[...]Recommended for Preliminary Reading: Eon-ie, (2., and Diamond, A. L., The consumer, society and the law, 2nd edition (Penguin, 1968). Reference hooks: Speidel, R. E., Summers, R. S., and White, I. I., Commercial trans. actions (West, 19[...]Digest of the law of agency, 13th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1968). Powell, R., Law of agency, 2nd ed[...]de Law Review, Volume 4, Number 1. Barrie, G. 1., and Craig, D. W., Commercial Law, Australian e[...] |
 | [...]IRD YEAH Fridman, G. H. L., Sale of goadr (Sweet and Maxwell, 1966). Surtun, K. C. T., The law of sale of goods in Australia and New Zealand (Law Book Co., 1967). Dean, A., Law relating to hire-purchase in Australia, 2nd edition (Law Book Co., 1938). Mitchell, R. Else-, and Parsons. R. WA, Hire-purchase Law, 4th edition (L[...], 1968). Pannam, C. L., The law of money lenders in Australia and New Zealand (Law Book 00.. 1965). Sykes, E. 1..[...]niversity Law School Committee on Consumer Credit and Money/lending, Report (Government Printer. Adelai[...]Great Britain. Law Commission. Exemption clauses in contract first report: amendments to the[...] |
 | [...]ce. A study of the law of evidence as it applies in South Australia. Text-books: Cross, R. N., Eviden[...]tterworth, 1970). Reference hunks: Cmss, R. N., and Wilkins, N., Outline of the low of evidence, 31d[...], S. L., The law of evidence, 11th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 9 . Co\v%ré,)l., and Carter, P. B., Esmys an the low of evidence (Oxford, 19 . Cockle, E., Cases and statutes on the law of evidence, 11th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1970), Edwards, E. 1., Cases on evidence in Australia (Law Book Co., 1968). Wells, W. A. N..[...]aw of evidence (Government Printer, Adelaide, 1983-). Williams, C. L., The proof of guilt, 3rd editi[...]s should purchase copies of the Evidence Act, 1929-72 (Govern- ment Printer, Adelaide). LL74. The Law of Procedure. Pleading and practice in the Supreme Court and Local Court. Criminal pro- cedure in the Supreme Court, District Criminal Court and in Courts of Summary Jurisdiction Reference books: The Supreme Court practice (Sweet and Maxwell, 1970) (and supplement). Harman, A. l” Practice of the Local Court in South Aumalia (Law Book Cm, 1934 Daniel], E. R., Treating on the practice of the High Court of Chancery 1845-46. Chitty, T., Queen's bench forms, 18th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1956). Matrimonial caurca hand-book (Go[...]3). Harman, A, Jr, Summary procedure of iusiices in South Australia, 3rd edition (Law Book C0,, 1957)[...]uld Furchase copies of the Supreme Court Act, 1935-72, the Someone Court Rules am amendments, the Local and District Criminal Courts Act. 1926-71 and the Rules made thereunder (Government Printer, Adelaide), the Seraica and Execution and Procesr Act, 1901-68 (Government Printer, Can- berra), the Evidence Act, 1929-69, the Criminal Law Consolidation Act, 1935-71, the Justices Act, 1921-69, and the Police Oflances Act, 1953-67 (Government Printer, Adelaide). LL54. Associat[...]is of the law relating to partnerships, companies and unincor— porated associafions. Text-book: Aftorman, A. B., and Baxt, R, Cases and materials on corporations and associations (Butterworth, 1972). 839 |
 | [...]law, 3rd edition (Stevens, 1969). Kavass, I. 1., and Baxt, H., Australian supplement to Garner’s mod[...]aw (Law Book Co., 1970).Haddcn, T., Comimny law and capitalism (World University, 1972). Penning)ton[...]tterworth, 1973 . Pennington, R. R, The investor and the law (MacGibbon, 1968). Palmer, F. B., Compan[...]se on the low of partnership, 13th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1971). Ford, H. A. J'., Princinles of c[...]should purchase copies of the Companies Act, 1962-72 (S.A.), the Pann(ershi1)9 Act, 1891-1935 (S.A.), and the Associations Incorporation Act, 1956-65 SA. . LL64. Institutional Business Transaction[...], but is not exclusively devoted to. transactions in which financial institutions may be involved. It[...]ons; international trade law; bankcrs' securities and the relation- ship of bunker and customer: negotiable instruments and the assignment of chases in notion: guarantees and indenmities; insurance contracts; enforcement of judg— ments; bankruptcy and insolvency. Reference books: Charley, R. S. T.,[...]5111 edition (Pitman, 1967). Charley, R. S. T.. and Snmtt P. E., Leading cases in the law of banking, 3rd edition (Pitman. 1972). Holden, J. M., The law and practice 0/ banking, vol. I (1970) and vol. II (Pitman). Paget, J. H., Pagei's law of b[...]ey, B. 13., The law relating to bills of exchange in Australia, 2nd edition (Law Bonk C0,, 1964). Borrie, G. 1., and Grieg, D. W., Commercial law, Australian edition (Butterworth. 1971). Payne, W., and Ivarny, E. R. H., Carriage of goods by sea, 9th e[...]5th edition (Stevens, 1969). Gutteridge, H. C., and Megrah, M., The law of banker’s commercial credits (Europa, 1968). Stalgsfifll G., Assignment of chases in action in Australia (Butterworth, Hayek E. 1., Principles of bankruptcy in Australia, 2nd edition (Queens- lan U.P.,1967).[...]Law Book Co., “51%)“ 5., Bankruptcy practice in Australia, 3rd edition (Butterworth. 6 . Colin7va)ux, H., The law of insurance, 3rd edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 19 0 . Taxation Law. This subject will not be available in 1974. 840 |
 | [...]RD on FOUR‘IH YEAR SUBJECTS WHICH MAY BE TAKEN IN THIRD OR FOURTH YEAR Nona: It is possible that one or more of the following subjects will not be available in 1974. LL07. Administrative Law. A study of the[...]ding their application to administrative agencies and tribunals of particular significance, inc uding[...]ent aulhmities. Text-books : Beujafield D. G., and Whitmore, H., Princinles of Australian adminis- t[...](Law Book C0,, 1971). Reference books: Brett, P. and Hogg, P. W., Cams and materials on adminirtratioe law, 2nd e ition, rev[...]nd edition (Stevens, 1968). Griffith, J. A. 0., and Street, H., Principles of administrative law, 4th edition (Pittman, 1967). Selig??? 13., and Wade, H. W. R,, Legal control of government (Oxfo[...]y means of a comparison with their counter- parts in German law. The principles of the Gen-nan Cin‘l Code will be placed in the scttin provided by the German Constitution, the Cennan Court structure and the m cs of procedure and evidence as applied by German Courts. Text-book:[...]of contracts, 2 vols. (Oceans. 1968), Lawson. F. 1-1., A common lawyer looks at the civil law (Univ,[...]Melbourne University Press, 1969), Zweigert, K., and Koetz, H.,( Einfulirun in die RechtsuergIeichnng an] den: Gebiete des Privatrechts, 2 vols. Mohr, 1969 and 1971)i LL57. Conflict of Laws. (1) General principles and theory of conflict of laws, jurisdiction and choice of law in the general fields of matrimonial causes. actions in personam, title to pro crty (both movable and immovable), and the status of children; recognition of ‘orcign divorces, nullity decrees, adoptions and legitimatians; recognition and enforcement of foreign money judgments. (2 Conflict of laws in a federal system; CliveIsity jurisdiction and choice of law,- ll faith and credit. Text-books: Kelly, D. St. L., Private in[...]ok (Mimeogrsphed). Nygh, P. E., Conflict of laws in Australia, 2nd edition (Butterworth, 1971). 841 |
 | [...]h edition (Butterworth, Cook, W. W., The logical and legal bases of the conflict of laws (Harvard U.P[...](Oceans, 1957). Cowen, 2., Federal jurisdiction in Australia (0.U.P., 1959). Cowen, Z.. and Mendcs da Costa, D., Matrimonial causes furiarlic[...]t of laws (Duke U.P., 1963). Difgyll‘)‘. V.. and Morris, J. 1-1. G, Conflict of laws, 8th edition (Stevens, 6 .[...]ens, 1971). Ruizgféson, A. H., Characterization in the conflict of laws (Harvard U.P., Sykes. E. 1.. Cases and materials on private international law, 2nd editi[...]of laws (Law Book Co.. 1972). Von Mehren, A. T., and Trnutman, D. T., The law of multivstate problems[...]1950). LL87. Criminology. study of the history and contemporary forms of Australian penal and correc- measures (with special attention given to the problems posed by the mentally abnormal and juvenile offenders) and an assessment of their efficacy. The uses. manning and interpretation of statistics. The law and practice of sentencing and the theories of punishment. The sociology of crime and the criminal. Text-books: 842 Chappcll, D., and Wilson, 13., The Australian criminal justice system (Butterworth, 1972). Walker, N. D., Crimes, courts and figures (Penguin, 1971). Criminal Law and Penn] Methods Reform Committee of South Australia (Mitchell Committee), Sentencing and corrections- (First Report, 1973). Reference hook[...]l (Heinemann, 1965). Tappan, P. W., Crime justice and correction (McGraw-Hill, 1960). Morris, N., and Hawkins, 0., The honest nolitician’s guide to crime control (U.C.P., 1969). Wilson. P. R, and Brown, J. W., Crime and the. community (U. of Queens» land, 1973). Walker, N. D., Sentencing in a rational society (Penguin Press, 1969). Channell, DA. and Wilson, P. R, The police and the public in Australia and New Zeolond (U. of Queensland, 1969). McClintock, F. H., and Avison, N., Crime in England and Wales (Heine- mann. 1968). West, D. 1., Present conduct and future delinquency (Heinemann, 1969). Hart, H. L. A., Punishment and responsibility (O.U.P., 1968). Cross, A.[...] |
 | [...]SES FACULTY OF LAW 11mm 011 FOURTH YEAR"0105170?- G., and Sparks, 11., Km] issues in criminology (Weidc-nfeld, Playfuir, (3., The punitive obsession (Gollancz, 1971). Walker. N. 1)., and McCabe, 5., Crime and insanity in England, vol. 11 (Edinburgh U.P., 1972). Barry,[...]Island (O.U.P., 1958). Shaw. A. C. L.. Convicts and the colonies (Faber and Faber, 1968). Ward, I’., and Wood, 6.. Law and order in Australia (Angus and Robert- son, 1972). Phil'lli7plsrin, M., Sociological aspects of crime and delinquency (Routledge. Chili-5,633“, D., Sociology and the stereotype of the criminal (Tavistcck. Walker. N. 1)., Crime and punithcni in Britain (Edinburgh University Press. 1968). LL17[...]r: '; maintenance; matrimonial causes~ legitimacy and legitimation; adoption; cnst y and guardianship of infants.- nnr certain selected topics of private internatio[...]g the law of donxicil. Text-book: Hambl , A. D., and Turner, J. N., Cases and materialx on Australian fumi y law (Law Book (30.[...]th, 1971). Finlay, H. A. (243.), Divorce, society and the law (Buttenvorth, 1969). Toose, P. 3., Watson, 11., and Benjafield, D., Australian divorce law and practice (Law Book Co.. 1968). Finlay. H. A., and Bisset-Johnson, A., Family law in Australia (Butter- worth. 1972). Eekclnnr. 1., Family security and family breakdown (Pelican, 1972). LL27. Industrial Law. A study of contracts of employment, conciliation and arbitration, trade unions and industrial accidents. The following statutes, whi[...]the examination, should be acquired: Cogcih'ation and Arbitration Act, 1970—1972 (Government Printer,[...]ment Printer. Adelaide]. Industrial Conciliation and Arbitration Act, 1972 (Government Printer, Adelai[...]s, )1. H., Australian Compulsory arbitration, 1900-1970 “licks/Smith. 1971 . Cooper, W. N., and Wood, I. C.. Outlines of industrial law, 6111 edi[...]edition (Butter- worth, 1971). Nolan, I. R. W., and Cohen, K. A., Federal industrial laws, 4th edition (Butter-worth, 1968). Batt, F. 11., Law of master and servant, 5th edition (Pitman, 1961). 843 |
 | [...]LLAEU§ES THIRD OR FOURTH YEA“Syke§ l)3. I., and Clasheek, H, L, Labour law in Australia (Butter-worth, 19 2 . Clasbeek, H. 1., and Eggleston, E. H., Cases and materials on industrial law in Australia (Butterworth, 1973). Atiyah, P. 5., Accidents, compensation and the law (Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1970). LL37. International Law. The g[...]reignty. jurisdiction, immunities, responsibility and claims; the United Nations Charter, international organizations and the International Court of Justice. Text-books:[...]A modern introduction to international law (Allen and Unwin, 1970). Holder, W. E., and Brennan, G. A., The international legal system (B[...]dition (Longmans, 1967), De Visscher, C., Theory and reality in public international law, revised edition (Princeton UAP.. 1968). Goodrich, L. M. Hambro, E., and Simons, A. P., Charter of the United Nations. 3rd[...]ational Court (Stevens, 1958). McDouigal, M. S., and Associates, Studies in world public order (Yale U.P., 1960 . MeNair, A.[...]evens, 1970). O'Connell, D. P.. State succession in municipal him and international law (C.U.P.. 1967). Oplpgesnshscim[...]edition (Longrnans, Shearer, I. A., Extradition in international law (Manchester U.P., 1971). LL47.[...]h articular reference to the English legal system in the eighteenth centuiy; the co onial legal systems in Australia. 1788-1850; law reform in the nineteenth century and its effects on the Australian legal system, 1850-1900; the Australian lc a1 profession; traditiona- lism and innovation in the Australian legal system wit particular reference to the common law and land law; the Australian aborigine. 844 |
 | [...]history (Law Book C0,, 9 l .Radcliffe, G. R. Y, and Cross, 0., English legal system, 5th edition (But[...], 1969 ‘ Billlen, E., Fraction” of pleadings in personal actions in the superior courts 0i common law, 3rd edition (S[...]1968). Currey. C. H,, Sir Francis Forbes (Angus and Robertson, 1968). Dean, A., A multitude of counsellors (Cheshire, 1968). Fifoot. C. ll. 8., History and sources of the common law (Stevens, l949). Xinpgnnon), A, 1., The life of Chief Justice Way (Angus and Robertson. 6 . Holdsworth, W. S.. A history of English law, especially vols. I, III, IV, VI, VII and VIII (Methuen). Maitland, F. W., The forms of ac[...]on law (Buttenvorth, 1929). Smith, I, 11., Cases and materials on the development of legal institution[...]cmillan, 18 3 . LL67. Ramon Law. 1, The history and sources of Roman law. 2, An outline of Roman family law and of the laws relating to the acquisition of property, to contracts, and to delicts. 3‘ A comparative study of the Roman law of sale and the South Australian law relating to the sale of[...]tive study of the Roman law of damage to property and the South Australian law of negligence. Textbook: Lee, R. W., The elements of Roman law, 4th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, Nigligilil: 511K. 13., Introduction to R[...]nce books: de Zulueta, F. M. (ed): Gaius, vols. I and II (O.U.P., 194653). Moyle,)}. B. (ed.), Justini[...]aw, 3rd edition (C.U.P., 1972). Buckland, W, W., and McNair, A. D., Roman law and common law, 2nd edition, reprinted with co[...] |
 | [...](Buttcrwortll. 1968). Lawson, F. 11., Negligence in the civil law (Oxford, 1950).LL08. Seminar Cour[...]details concerning seminar courses to be dilated in 1974 students should consult the deiartmental not[...]ts who have completed a seminar course previously and, for their secon seminar course, by those students who wish to enrol for two seminar courses in 1974. 846 |
 | LL.B.~SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF LAW POSTGX‘ADUATE AND HONOURS DECHEELL05. Estate and Tax Planning. This course of lectures is given only in alternate years, and will not be oEered in 1974. It is available to graduates in law, and with the Dean’s permission, to law students in their final year. Details of the course and a reading list are available in the Law School. LL15. Legal Ethics and Accounts. A course of fourteen lectures on the rules and etiquette of professional practice, and an certam basic accounting procedures in the practioner’s office. This subject is available to graduates in law, and, with the Dean's permission, to law students in their final year. HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR 0F LAWS LL99. The Honours Dissertation. Candidates for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Laws are required to com. p[...] |
 | [...]DMISSION 0F PRACTITIONERS, 19554972 I“? virtue and in pursuance of svctlou 72 of the Supreme Cuurt Act. 1935-1972, and of all other powers u; [hereunto enabling. We. th[...]e admission of Barristers, Attorneys, Solicitors, and; Proctors mudn on the 11th day at August, 1933 ar[...]ce 0! Bachelor of Laws. 0! thv Final Certificate in Law at the: mvanity of Adelaide by the re ulatjuna of the University then in Force. and who shall be allowed by the Council of t a University to mulplete the course tor the degree or the Final Certificate under such regulations.[...]the annulled Rules. hut Rules 8 to 10, 13 to 25, and 30 to 48 (Ill inclusive) of these xulu: shall apply to every such person. 3. in these Ruins, unless the contrary intention appear[...]a: "British _subject" shall he deemed to include and always to have included a person hnvurg the statu[...]elor of Laws" menu: tho dogma of Bachelor of Laws in the University of Adehude rind includes the dean-L- of Bachelor of Laws or.nu cqruvalcnt degree of n Univemly in this Commonwealth of Australia or its TerntariL-s certified by the Board of Examiners in ncmrdance with the provisions of Rule 8(l)(c)(i) and (u) of these rules: "Law Society" mtnns the Law[...]e Master of the Supreme Court of South Australia, and includes Lhe Deputy Master: "Pmdiliontn" means a Barrister. Attorney, Solicitor, and Proctor of the Supreme Court of South Australia:[...]ty"! the British omluonwmxltlt nutside Australia, in reg-Id to which till: Coll“ ls sahsfied that t[...]for admission is at least equal to the_ standard In this State. and that corresponding eligibility for ntlrnissiou of[...]s lnlsortinz the masculine gender shall be deemed and taken to include the ierninma gen or. and the singular to include the plural and the plural the smgukir. 4. The business of the C[...]FOR ADMISSION 5. (l) A person who is of cod tame and character, and who has attninnrl the an of twenty-one years, and is a rltish subject and has an adequate knowledge at South Australian law[...]d tlw prestrihed period of articles at clerkship. and has passed or been credited with the examinations prescribed by those uloi. (b) A member of the bar in England. or of Northr-m Ireland. (c) A Scottish[...]d) A Solicitor of the Sn rams Court at Judicature in England, or of the Supreme Court of Northern he and, or a person admitted or deemed to he admitted as a solicitor in Scotland. (u) A Barrister or Solicitor of the Su[...]of Australia. (2)'An nppllcflnt.nlenl‘iflned in sub»paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (c) and (f) of the grcccilmgnsub-rule 15 in these Rules referred tu as “an applicant previously admitted sew ere. (3) An applicant mentioned in suhparagm h (a) of subrule (l) of this Rule shall[...]have an adequate knowledge of outh Australian law and practice. Any other :ppiitxmgt shall be re[...] |
 | [...]d with the Examination entitling him to take, the degree of Bachelor at Law; at the University and has produced to the hoard of Examiners a certificate that he has attended and shown a sntisiaelury interest in a course of lemurs aim at the University or othenvise as approved by the Board in the subject Legal Ethics and Accounts; orhe has passed or been credited with the examinations of the University in the [allowing subjects. namely— (i Elements of[...]nv (w The Law of ions; (v The Law at Contract; in' The Law of Property- (rii Constitutional law i; or Family Law at one of the rubiccts in the course inr the Ordina degree at Bachelar of Laws of the University under the Remdationt (inc riding the Schedule: thereto) [or that degree as they existed Erior to the lst clay of January, 1912; lll -; Cgmmcrcial Transactions; or Mercantile Law 1 as one at the subjects in the cause for the Ordinary degree at Bachelor of Laws of the University under the Regulations {‘including the Schedules therein) far that degree as they existed prior to t c 152 day at January. 1872; (x) The Law of Evidence; and (xi) The Law of Procedure; or in place at (a and (xi) The Law pf Evidence and Procedure as one of the subieets in t e course for the Ordinary degree a! Bachelor tit Laws of the University under the chulatinns (including the Schedule: thereto) for that degree as they flirted prior to the lat day of January 1972i and has reduced to the Board at Examiners a certificate at the kind mentioned in en -purngrnph (a) wt this sub-rule; or br- has p[...]ed with the examinations entitlin him to take the degree ui n Univerail)‘ in the Commanwealth ai Australia or of it! erritorie[...]lty of Law a! the University, certifies that the degree course of such University is at saint-lent academic merit [or the purpose oi a law course. and _ (ii) that the Board of Examiners certifies that the content at such course is adequate. and (iii) that he has, it 5n required by the Board of[...]to the Board a certificate that he has attended and shown satisfactory interest in a enurse oi lectures given at the University of Adelaide, or otherwise as approved by the Board. in the whicct Legal Ethics and Accounts, or in a subject or subjects that the Bum—d considers to he the equivalent tlicrcni; and hi: has, in addition til the requirement! at sub-paragraph (a). (h) or (c) of this rub-rule. as the case may be, or in substitution for the rcqurrments ui ml)- anmah («Min of this sub-mic where the Board at E[...]direction of the Judges has so required. passed a special examina- tion set hy the Board in any subiect or mbieets, ur. if the judges prescribe any aplinnnl whit-ct in the degree murse oi the Univerrity as a necessary subject fu[...]has passed ar been credited with the examination In that suhxect, notwithstanding that he has taken or is entitled to take the degree. (2) Where. in a result at any change which has been made in any chart: for which an a licent lins enrolled at the University. a subteet mentioned in sub-rule (Hill) at this R. L' is no [eager altered for examination. and the applicant is unable by Virtue at such change[...]has passed or been credited with the examination in same other subiect or mbleds which in the opinion at the Board is or are substantially[...]tn the subject no longer altered for examination. in aught to he treated as such, the narri may. tor the purposes only of these Rules and the applicant's up :licatinn for admission, where 'in the apraroanic‘the Heard it is necessary or desirable so ta 0. grant the applicant status in any suc su )e . PERIOD 01" ARTICLES 7. The pcri[...](al passed or hecn credited with the esaiuinulion In thr- subjects mentioned in sulr-pnntgrnph (b) (If Rule 8(1). and (b) served under articles [or at least one year[...]has obtained, or become qualified to receive the degree (if Bachelor of Laws shall be eligible for admiss[...]any applicant who has— (3) obtained the said degree. and (1)) served under articles lot at least one year[...]rving under am'cles for not less than two Years; and 849 |
 | [...]4) any DPPlicont who has— (a) obtained the said degree. and(h) rervul in articles [or at least one yenr after obtaining. or becoming qualified tn receive. the same. and (c) has attended and shown a antislnetory intercit in a course of practical instruction: approved by th[...]ng “ruler article: for not less than one year; and provided further—— (a) that the Judges mny f[...]has not pulled or been audited with im umninatinn in a pre-requisite subgecl or subjects shall not. no[...]he has obtained or hewme quali ed to receive the degree of Bachelor of anr of the Univenity. be entitled to the benefit of sub-purnunplis (2 . (3) and (4) at the first prov 0 hereto, but such an appl[...]pplicant who has become qualified to receive the degree 0! Bachelor oi Laws. or whu has passed. or been credited Willi the examinations in the subiects mentioned in sub- pmnm h (h) of Rule 8(1), shill fur tlnogurpnscs of Rule 7 he (learned to have become in qualifi , ur _Io have used or been credit with s[...]of which was necessary to entitle him to the said degree or m such pass or audit as the case may be. S. III the also of I persnn nrticled In a practitioner practising in the country an: year of the period of article: pr[...]rved with the Adelaide agent}! such practitioner, and the employment 0 the clerk as a horn fide pupil[...]ge of the Supreme Court may be counted as service in articles but so as not to exceed one-half of the[...]of clerkship unless (a) he has been matrimlnted, and it he purges” to enter into articles prior to the lst day nf‘Janunry. 1974, he has passed laments ni Law and one, but otherwise Elements :2 Law and ma. ulher oi the whims prescribed as compulsory tor the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Laws of the University. (b) he has fven to the Master. and to the Law Society at least twenty-one clear day:[...]er into articles. Such notice shall he :11 Form A in the schedule hereto. and shall contain the articular: therein prescribed.[...]tice (Form B) to attend personally before the mud and tn satisfy it of is good character and fil‘nefi_ to enter into articles. ruck sun shall not enter into article: until the Bnnrd has swan in mutant in wrinng crate. . 12. The Board may require any person intending to enter into articles no attend before it. and to furnish such evidence 0‘ his good. character and fitness as it thinks fit. l3r Notice to fittend under Rule 12 shall be in wrih'nl (Form B), and may bulgiven by the Law Society or by the Master, hy porrin the same to the address stated in the particulars furnished under sub-paragraph (c) a Rule 11. before the expiration of the period referred to in that rubpnmgrnph. M. Within one month after the[...]the articled clerk shall— (a) me the articles in the office at the Master together with an amdnvi[...]the quailautlnns required by Rule 11; (e) file in the oiiice of the Master I copy of every such certificate; and (d) serve on the Law Society copies at the raid atfldavlt and at every web certificate and of any consent. decision or deten-ninstian ‘ven[...]t of any articles. the clerk shall-— (a) file in the office of the Master the supplementary artic[...]r with an affidavit verifying the due execution; and (h) serve on the Law Society a copy of the ilid ofidavit and of an; decision or detenninatimi of the Bo[...] |
 | [...]ll he articled to a practitioner who has not been in practice in this State as a. principal for a continuous Boned[...]or the eputy Crown Solidtor for the Commonwealth inIS 9. Provided that leumplianco with this Rule[...]iners upon its being satisfied that it is proper in all the circumstances to do so. 17. No practitio[...]l be deemed not to be serving under articles from and after the time at which he has served a eriod of articles adefiuate to entitle him (if he is in all other respects entitled) to move or. adnnsnoa. Notwil standing the provisions of this Rule and of Rule 19 the Crown SOlic‘ilOr for the State m[...]ed clerks serving under articles at the some time and those clerks may for the purposes of carrying out[...]”3123"“ by Sub-Rule (l) 0! Rule 19 be em oyed in such duller of a lean nature Wll In_the departments administered by the homey-General[...]licitor with the approval of the Attorney-General and the Board of Examiners may direct. 18. Ne practi[...]e whole term of his articles he actually emplo ed in this State in the [trap—er business. practice and em— ployment oi a practitioner un er the personal supervision ( (Bl the pnetihonar practising in tins State to whom he is nrticled; or b a partner[...]ay be) the partner or practitioner shall nve been in practice in this State as a principal for a con— tinuaus period of five years. (2) The Deputy Crown Solicitor and the Assistant Crown Solicitors shall {or the pur-[...]rk shall during the period of his Articles cage 0 in or pursue any activity occupation or business for[...]cept With the approval of the linard of Examiners and the consent: in writing of his principal in each instance previously. obtained and then only to the extent, and subject to any conditions, specified in sun approval and consent. (2) An articled clerk or proposed articled clerk may with the consent in writing of his principal or pro red principal app[...]r the Deputy Crown Solicitor for the Commonwealth in this State. shall not be in breach of this Rule merely by reason of the fact[...]a public servant. (4) An articled clerk engaging in part time service in the defence forces of the Commonwealth of Australia shall not he in breach of this Rule merely by reason of the fact[...]unior] of such service which exceeds sixteen days in any one year shall not he deenir- service undcr a[...]reason it is advisable to terminate the articles; and die Board may thereupon allow the clerk to enter[...]mine. ‘3) Service under supplementary articles in accordance with the provisions of this Rue shall[...]which he intends to move for admission— (a) le in the Master’s omce notice of his application; Eb} post and keep sted in the Master‘s Other.- a copy of the said notice; and c serve a copy such notice on the Law Society. F[...]n shall state the applicant's place of residence. and shall he in arm . 24. K_very a liennc shall as soon as greeticable alter filing and posting his notice of afpflcauon‘pu sh notice of his intende ap licafion on two separate occasions in each a two daily newspapers published in Adelalcl’e. 851 |
 | [...]on is to he made, the applicant shalli(a) file in the Master’s Ofiice an aflidnvit by him (Form E), and may other afiiduviti upan which he relies,- (li) product: tn the Muster the original certificate that hr.- hns passed the presumed lnw exnmmnhnnr. and any other certificate on which he relies. and SIInll file in tin: Master‘s 0mm It copy of every such certificate; (c) tile in the Master’s Ofiico A certificate (Form F) by[...]e facts which entitlo the apple-int to admission; and (cl) serve it copy ta! every nflidm—it, and of awry certificate on tin.- Luw Society. APPLICATION BY AN APPPLICANT PREVIO[...]ll comply with the re uirements of Rules 2; an 24 and shall as soon as practicable after filing and posting .is notice of :vplicaélun, but not less[...]lication for admission is to e mu tr— (3) ill; in the cilia: of the Master— 11) an nmduvil proving that he is r-liglhlc for admission (Furul Cl, and any ., purer naidnviis upon which he relies; (u[...]dmiltud alscwhere. Except nu: applicant mentioned In Rule 5(1) (f) a certificato in Form 11. (h) produce :o‘thc Master his on [mil certificate of admission. and his Inst annual wrflfltntu (If on“. and an at er certificate or ducumeut on which he relies. and shall tile in the ustcr's 0 an A copy of awery such certificat[...]least; three nr nmnthr m the State cuntirlunusly and immediately preceding the filing of his notice o[...]he Board of Examiners; that he ordinarily resides in and is domiciled in this State or in some other State nr Territory of the Commonwealth[...]An applicant previously admitted elsewhere shall. in the first place, be admitted conditionally only[...]y nflidavit that since El! conditions] admission and until the dare of application: for the order absolute he has continuously resided in this State or, some nlhcr Stnt': or Territory of the Communwcnlth and his; not pursued any Occupahnu ur lmsinrss other Ilmn the pro er husiness of u lo nl practitioner lwlwthor in South Australia or elsewhere) unit that to l e ho[...]all of racfltioncrs. shnll— (n) file. serve, and post Ilolfim‘ and nflidnvils and certificates; and (bi advertise. and attend lactate the Bonn] of Examiners; nnd (c) comply with and be subject to these Rules. as if he were applying For admission us a clerk who has served his articles in lctnl'dilllm with these liulur Provided that any amdnvits on which the applicant relies in sup rt 0! his Application Slhlll he filed not In[...]of [213 Mastnr, the Deputy Mgster, the Ifrlcndeut and Vice-President for [hp time being of the Law Society, and at least six prac- llhnnt‘rs to be nppninied by the Chief In for such period as he fixes. In the event 0! .1 \‘nrnncy necurrinst during the[...]ter shall be one of them ll (5“) The Master. or in his absence the Deputy Master, shall be the Chair[...]hall inquire into every application for admission and report to the Court whether the applicant— (n) is eligible fnr admission; (b) is a fit and proper person to be admitted; and (c) has complied with these Rules. (2) Where the[...]shall also report tn the Court as to the fitness and capacity of the Applicant to apt M a practitioner in all business and matters usually transacted by, or entrusted to pr[...]shall be prefaced by a statement of its findings in relation to the facts of the case. 852 |
 | [...]e Buprd may require any ligplicuut for ndmissirm, and a prafltlh'onel‘ to whom the “when“! was n[...]nrn he hm serve ns p honu fide pupil. to riuswcr in writing, or to attend before it. and answer orally. surh questions relevant to his npp[...]Bern—ll of Examiners shall have the same powers in relation to witnesses. the produdiun nf articles, books. and documents. and the general conduct of any inquiry, as the Still-nary Committee has under the Legal Pmdilioners Act 1936-1948; and the prrivisinns a! that Act relating; to wilucssu and persons summwned us witnesses, to prpcocding in tho nhscnoc of the person whose conduct is lacing inquired into, and to incriminating answers. shall nlaply mllliltis mutuudl‘: in mlutiou to luquiri s by the Board under these Rul[...]of the Board shall have power to administer oaths and a rmatiuns.(2) Every summons to a person to appear befure the Board shall be in writing signed on behalf of the Board by the Mast[...]due time, or at all; or (h) same short ’nterval in‘ his service under articles, the Board of Exa_[...]is ground— (ll) that the applicant is not a lit and prune! person to he admitted; or (b) that under t[...]nhiectiwn Slli’lll he media by— (fl) filing in the Master’s Olfiw u notice of objection; and (1:) film In [he Mann’s Ollie: lm affidavit of the facts, i[...]Fprthwith upun such Illin . copies of the notice, and afiidavit shall he served on the applicant. and on the Law uciely. 40._The Board of Examiners shall inquire into and report m the Cuurr upon lmy objection which has been duly made. APPLICATIONS AND APPEALS 41. Applicsiiuns for srirnissiun shill] be made only on the first Tuesday in the mud: of March, and on the first Monday in lbs months of June, and October. in euch year, and on such other days as the Court may specially app[...]on. or determination of the Board. he niay appeal in the Court, and such appenl shall be heard by the Court at such time as it appoints. 44. (l) The appeal shall be h)- nuh’m of motion in a summary way. (2) The nolice of appeal shall be[...]the decision or delennination apps-alert againsl and shall state the grounds of the appeal, The appellant shall serve the riches upon llle uw Society, and upon any person afiected by the appcn . 45 (1)[...]erein athflwise pmvixletl, the Court shrill hear and determine all llgvliclliinns [or admission, Ind other ammonium under these Rules, uml all appeals, and s u“ make such orders [here-in as it thi 5 fit. including orders with respect to the costs of and incidental In any npplicntion. obicctlnn. nr appeal. (2) The C[...]iully. or suhyuct to conditions Withuut prejudice in the generality of the prnv‘lsl’mu of l is Rul[...]nce or further compliance with any of these Rules in a enu- whem It is satisfied that h- reason of any amendment to this Rules and n consequent trunsiLion period my person w[...] |
 | FACULTY OF LAW Ll..M. REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF LAWS REGULATIONS 1. The Faculty of Law may accept as a candidate for the degree of Master of Laws any person who: (a) has become entitled to receive the Honours degree of Bachelor of Laws of the University of Adelaide; (b) has obtained in another university qualifications which in the opinion of the Faculty of Law are at least equivalent to those of the Honours degree of Bachelor of Laws at the University of Adelaide[...]lty ma accept as a probationary candidate for the degree any other gra uate of the University of Adelaide[...]be able satisfactorily to undertake work for the degree, (b) Every person who is accepted as a probationarv candidate for the degree shall within such time as the Faculty shall in his case prescribe or allow pass at Honours standard and at the first attempt such examinations formal or[...]t to the approval of the Council the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such conditions as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate or as a probationary candidate for the degree a person who does not hold a university degree, if it is satisfied that he is likely to be able satisfactorily to undertake work for the degree of Master of Laws. 4. To obtain the do we a candidate shall demonstrate in a thesis on a subject approved y the Faculty his[...]out indc en- (lent research, to marshal logically and appropriately. and to ana yse and assess, the material produced by that research, and to express clearly and effectively the conclusions to be drawn fr[...] |
 | LL.M. FACULTY OF LAW REGULATIONSand assessment. He shall on submission of the thesis adduee suffi- cient evidence that the thesis, which shall be pr[...]Faculty, is iis own work. 5. Unless the faculty in any particular case expressly approve an extension of time the thesis of a fullvtime candidate for the degree shall be submitted within two calendar years, and the thesis of a part- time or external candidate[...]f the subject of his research, unleSs the aeulty in special circumstances determines that it shall commence o[...]mic Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accor— dance with directions given to candidate[...]thesis. The examiners shall report to the Faculty and may recommend (i) that the degree be awarded; or (ii) that the thesis be returned to the candidate for revision and resubmission; or (iii) that the degree he not awarded. 9. If a thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Laws or Doctor of Philosophy be cons[...]idate submitting that thesis for the award of the degree the Faculty may if in its opinion the thesis submitted is of a standard[...]th the relevant requirements for the award of the degree of Master of Laws recommend that the latter degree be awarded. 10. The fees to be paid by candidate[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. ° These directi[...] |
 | FACULTY OF LAW LL.D. RECUTATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF LAWS REGULATIONS l. A Bachelor or Master of Laws may proceed to the degree of Doctor of Laws by complying with the following regulations, but shall not be admitted to the degree until the expiration of the fourth academic year from his admission to the degree of Bachelor of Laws or to a degree considered by the Council as equivalent thereto.[...]hall: (a) hold or have qualified for the honours degree of Bache or of Laws; or (b) hold or have qualified for the degree of Master of Laws; or (c) have passed an examinat[...]Law: provided that the Faculty of Law may accept in lieu of the foregoing an equivalent qualification obtained in any other university recognised by the University[...]sent a thesis on a subject of law proposed Ey him and approved by the Faculty of Law which (a) contains a substantial contribution to some branch of legal knowledge; (b) exhibits powers of original research and scholarship; and (c) whether or not previously published in full or in part shall in the opinion of the examiners merit publication as[...]joint work, or a thesis previously accepted for a degree in this or in any other university, will not he accepted alone for the degree. 4‘ Every candidate may also present in support of his candidature other published books,[...]nt to which he was responsible for the initiation and prepara- tion of such publications. 5‘ The can[...]demic Registrar three copies of the work prepared in accordance with the directions given in sup-paragraph (b) of clause 21'; of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. If the work is accepted for the degree the Academic Registrar will transmit two o[...] |
 | [...]nal to the University; but exceptions may be made in special cases recommended by the Faculty and approved by the Council.7. The examiners may, i[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners may, on the recommendation of the Faculty of Law, be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Laws. 9. The fees to be paid by can[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. Regulations allo[...] |
 | FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES AND DIPLOMA Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences (B.Sc.) Regulations and Schedules — - - . . _ Syllabuscs - - ~ - . . - . . Computing Science _ . . - Mathematical Physics - » — . . _ . Mathematics (Pure and Applied) Statistics — - _ _ . . . Diploma in Computing Science (Dip Comp. Sc) Regulations and Schedules - - - — - Syllabuses - - - - - - - — - Master of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences (M.Sc.) Regulations - - - - - . . . . Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See “Board of Research Studies” on page - — - . _ _ Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences (D.Sc.) Regulations - - » _ . - _ - - 860 869 870 874 876 890 893 895 897 1[...] |
 | [...]13.50. MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences. A candidate may obtain either degree or both. 2. The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend over three years of full-time study or the equivalent and that for the Honours degree over one additional year. 3. ( a) In these regulations and in schedules made under them by the Council the foll[...]rse of study at the University normally completed in one academic year. ”Unit” means a course of[...]iversity on a prescribed topic normally completed in one academic term. (b) The Council, after receip[...]me prescribe sche ulcs defining (i) the subjects and units of study for the degree, (ii) the range of subjects and units to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be passed by candidates, and (iii) the fees to be paid by candidates. (c) Suc[...]ouncil may fix. ((1) The syllabuses of subjects and units shall be specified by the Head of the Department concerned and submitted to the Faculty and Council for approval. (e) Schedules made and syllabuses approved by the Council shall be published in the next edition of the University Calendar. 860 |
 | [...]y, a candidate shall not be admitted to the c ass in any subject or unit, for which he has not satisfactorily completed the pro-requisite studies as prescribecl in the syllabus for that subject or unit.(b Exempt[...]date takes a subject or unit will be granted only in special cases and on grounds approved by the Faculty. 5. (a) Examinations in any subject or unit shall be held in accor- dance With the provision of the relevant s[...]ons. (b) A candidate shall enter for examination in a subject on a form and by a date fprescribed by the Council, but shall n[...]atisfaction of the teaching staif concerned. (0) In determining a candidate’s final results in a subject (or unit) the examiners may take into account the candidate’s written or prac- tical work and his results at any examinations in it. ((1) A candidate will be permitted to take a supplementary exam- ination only in circumstances approved by the Faculty. 6. The names of the candidates who pass in any subject for the Ordinary degree shall be published in three classifications: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit, Pass. The names of candidates in each of the classifications shall be published in accordance with the pro- vision of the relevant s[...]. If the list of candidates who pass be published in two divisions, a pass in the higher division ma be prescribed in the appropriate sylabuses as pre-requisite for a[...]gulation 7. 7. (a) A candidate who fails to pass in a subject (or unit) or who obtains a lower division pass and who desires to take the subject or unit again sha[...]of Department concerned, do written or other work in that subject or unit to the satisfaction of the t[...]wice failed to obtain a Division I pass or higher in the examination in any subject shall not enrol for the subject again except by permission of the Faculty and under such conditions as the Faculty may prescrib[...]o sit for or absents himself from the examination in any subject after having attended substantially the full course of instruction in it1 shall be deemed to have failed to pass the ex[...]that higher division pass is a prerequisite, save in exceptional circumstances and with the per— mission of the Faculty. 861 |
 | [...]TIONS 8. (a) A candidate who has passed subjects in other faculties or universities or elsewhere, may[...]be granted such exem tion from these regulations and from schedules made under them as he Council on t[...]ion of the Faculty may determine. (b) A graduate in another faculty, who wishes to proceed to the do me of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and to count towards that degree subjects which he has already presented for another degree may do so, subject to the following conditions:[...]0 the relevant schedule made under regulation 3, and (ii) he shall present two third-year subjects not presented for any other degree. 9. (a) A candidate desiring to enter for an hon[...]b) The work of the Honours year must be completed in one year of full-time study, save that on the rec[...]mes of the candidates who qualify for the Honours degree shall be published in alphabetical order within the following classes and divisions in each subject: First Class Second Class Division[...]is unable to complete the course for the Honours degree within the time allowed, or whose work is unsatis[...]which may permit him to re-enrol for the Honours degree under such conditions (if any) as it may determin[...]ay not enrol a second time for the Honours course in the same subject if he (i) has already qualified for Honours in that subject; or (ii) has presented himself for examination in that subject but has failed to obtain Hono[...] |
 | [...]NCES 10. A graduate who has obtained the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts may not proceed to the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in the same subject. 11. A graduate who has obtained the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts and has fulfilled the requirements of clause 9 for thc Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences shall be awarded the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts. 12. A plications for approv[...]s 4(a), 4(b), 7(a), 7(1)) or 8 sha I be submitted in writing to the Academic Registrar. Regulations a[...]ulation 3.) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of 1330. in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences are published below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the tn le of subjects iii the end of[...]I Drama I Economic Geography I English I French I and IA German I and IA Creek I History IA, IB and IC Latin I Music I and IA Politics I Psychology I Social Economic[...] |
 | [...]istics IH Arts: Introductory Philosophy IH Logic and Argument III Human Geography II‘I Physical Geog[...]III" Physical Geology III” Geology 1H Genetics and Human Variation IH 2. (a) Second-year subjects: Mathematical Sciences: Applied Mathematics IIA and HE Mathematical Statistics II Pure Mathematics II[...]es I] Classical Studies II English II French II and HA Geography IIA and HE German II, IIA and HE Creek II °With permission of the Facul , Mat[...]may be counted as 2 Mathematical Sciences subject in pace of Mathematics I for the purpose of Schedule II. '° General Geology III and Physical Geology IH will be available in 1974 only to students w a have already passed one of these half-subjects and who wish to enrol in the other to complete the requirements for[...] |
 | [...]story II Latin 11 Linguistics II Music II Old and Middle English II Philosophy 11 Politics IIA and HE Psychology 11 Economics: Economic History II[...]cs II Geology II Organic Chemistry II Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II Physics II Physiology 11[...]Mathematical Sciences : Applied Mathematics III and IIIA Computing Science III and IIIA IVInthcmatical Physics III Mathematical Statistics III Pure Mathematics 111 and IIIA Arts- Australian Literary Studies III Clas[...]Comparative Philology III English III French III and IIIA Geography IIIA and 11113 German 111 and IIIB Greek III History IIIA, IIIB and IIIC Latin III Music III Old and Middle English III Philosophy IIIA and IIIB Politics IIIA and IIIB Psychology III FACULTY OF MATHEMATIC[...] |
 | [...]CHEDULES Economics: International Economics IIIH and two half-subjects from the following list, one of[...]tory of Economic Thought IIIH Information Systems and Data Processing IIIH Macroeconomics IIIH Manageri[...]cience: Applied Mathematics IIIM Biochemistry III and IIIM Botany III and IIIM Computing Science IIIM Genetics III Geochemistry III Geology III and IIIM Geophysics III Histology and Cell Biology 111 Microbiology 111 Organic Chemistry III and IIIM Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IIIB and IIIM Physics III and IIIM Physiology III, IIIA, IIIB and IIIM Pure Mathematics IIIM Zoology III and IIIM “ Microeconomics IIIH will be offered for the first time in 1975 and may not be presented by a candidate who passed Economics II in 1973 or earlier. SCHEDULE II: Tm: ORDINARY DEGREE 1. Subjects: Throughout this Schedule the word “subject” denotes a subject listed in Schedule I. 2. Equivalence of first-year[...] |
 | [...]General requirement: To qualin for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall present ninc subjects, includin[...]may )0 counted as a Mathematical Sciences subject in place of Mathematics I for the purpose of this Sc[...]ars shall be either 4 first-year, 3 second-year, and 2. third-year subjects; or 5 first-year, 2 second-year, and 2 third«year subjects. Permission of the Faculty[...]third-year unit or half-subject may be presented in more than one subject for the degree. (b) The following combinations of subjects may not be presented for the degree. (i) Biology I and any one of Botany I, Zoology I, General Biology III or Plant Biology IH; (ii) Chemistry II and either Physical and Inorganic Chemis- try II or Organic Chemistry 11; (iii) Ancient History and either Greek II or Latin II or Latin III; (iv) Classical Studies I and either Creek II or Greek III; (v) Social Economics I and any one of Economics 1, Macro- economics IH and Microeconomics III; (vi) Economic Geography I and one of Geography 1, Physical Geography IH or Human Geography IH; (vii) German I and German IA; (viii) German II and German IIA; (ix) Mathematics I and Mathematics IM; (x) Applied Mathematics HA and either Applied Mathematics IIB or Applied Mathematics II; (xi) Computing IH and Applied Mathematics IIB; (xii) Economics II and either Macroeconomics IIH or Micro- economics IIH; (xiii) Geology I and any one of Geology IH, General Geology 1H and Physical Geology IH; (xiv) Geology IH and either General Geology III or Physical Geology 1H; (xv) Music I and Music IA. 867 |
 | [...]HEDULES 7. Examinations: (a) Final examinations in any subject or unit shall be held in the examination period defined by the Council after the completion of the course of instruction in that subject or unit. (b) An examination which i[...]ned, provided that such examinations are not held in the vacation and that attendance at such examinations is not compulsory. 8. When, in the opinion of the Faculty, special circumstances exist, the Council, on the recommendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary any of the provisions of clauses 1-7 above. 9. The names of the candidates who pass in any subject shall he published in an official list and be arranged in alphabetical order in the classifications: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit and Pass. SCHEDULE III: THE HONOUBS DEGREE 1. A candidate may, subject to approval by the Head of the Depart— ment concerned, proceed to the Honours degree in one of the following subjects: Applied Mathemati[...]ics; Statistics. :2. A candidate for the Honours degree in any subject shall not begin Honours work in that subject until he has qualified for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science or such other degree as may be acceptable to the Faculty. A candidate[...]must complete his ualifications for the Ordinary degree before beginning the work 0 the second year of his Honours course. 3. When, in the opinion of the Faculty, special circumstances exist. the Council, on the recommendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary the provisions of clauses 1 and 2 above. 868 |
 | [...]01" SYLLAEUS NmmEns MATHEMATICAL SCIENCESOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES SYLLABUSES[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]ing the subject, as follows: Applied Mathematics - - — N Pure Mathematics » - » - M Computing Science - - - — A Statistics - - - - - - - T Mathematical Physics > » - F The first digit— 0~6: Indicates that the subject is in sequence with another subject. 7—9: Indicates that the subject is not in sequence with another subject. 8: Indicates a third-year subject taken in more than one department. The second digit— 1,[...]udent before the Honours year. The letter H used in place of the second digit indicates a half-subject two of which count towards the degree as a whole subject. NOTE: Some subjects for the degree of 1550 in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences are taught by dc armrents of other faculties. In the s liabus numbers of those subjects the two I igits do not necessarily have [he signi canec shown in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences table[...] |
 | [...]ES CONIPUTINC SCIENCE COMPUTING SCIENCE. Course in Computer Programming. The Department of Computing Science will conduct a credit course in Forum u-ngrammiu for students of Architectural Design and Practice. The course will re cmuluctc during second term and involve two hours per week at a time to be arrang[...]t-year half—subject, consisting of two lectures and one tutorial per week throughout the year. A background in algebra. such as may be obtained from the Matricu[...]er programming. Syllabus: Al orithinic processes and languages (Fortran in 1974). Computer organisation an coding. Data structures and their manipulation, Reference books: Gruenbcrger, F., Computing: an introduction (Harcourt, Brace and World). McCracken, D. D., A guide to F 011nm IV p[...]r, T. M., Introduction to computer science (Allyn and Bacon). Walker, T. M., and Cotterman, W. W., An introduction to computer science and algorithmic processes (Allyn and Bacon). THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN COMPUTING SCIENCE Pro-requisites for QA03 Computing Science III, QAIS Computing Science IIIA and QA83 Computing Science IIIM. (i) Portion Program[...]g Science III. QAI-‘J Com ut‘mg Science IIIA, and QA83 Computing Science [11M or certain units tlic[...]al pro ramming experience such as may be obtained in the subjects A71! Computing H, a second'yenr Appl[...]or QVI‘OZ Mat ematical Statistics [1. Students in doubt should consult the Department. (ii) Mathen[...]n I erel or higher. For students wishing to major in Computing Science the recommended course is: Fir[...]r: QAOS Computing Science III, plus one subject. In 1975: (a) QA7H Computing 1H and one second-year Mathematical Sciences subject, or[...]Statistics 11, 01 (d) QM22 Mathematics IIM taken in 1974 will be formal pita-requisites for QA03 Computing Science 111 and most individual units thereof. In 1976 and thereafter QA7II Computing IH and 0N02 Applied Mathematics IIA will be formal Dre-requisites for qAOS Computing Science III and certain units thereof and QA7H Computiu H will be the formal prerequisite for QAlS Computing Science IIIA and éASfl Computing Seieurx- HIM. 870 |
 | [...]six third-year units A301, A302, A303, A304, A305 and A306 oiiered by the Department of Computing Scien[...]ts of six third-year units offered by Departments in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and selected with the approval of the Heads of all De[...]offered by the Depart- ment of Computing Science,-(ii) at least one unit must be selected from units offered by other Depart— ments in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences. QASS. Comp[...]ts of six third-year units oitered by Departments in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and the Faculty of Science and selected with the approval of the Heads of all De[...]ust be selected from units offered by Departments in the Faculty of Science. (For the purpose of this subject, a double unit in the Faculty of Science is regarded as two single[...]f about 27 lectures, tutorials, written exercises and, in most units, practical programming exercises. The lecture times for the units are shown in parentheses. A301. COMPUTER Sys’nans (First te[...]The ma‘or parts of a com uter will be described in terms of their functions. Include in the course w'l he topics such as code structures,[...]standing digital computers (Wiley). Maley, G. A., and Earle, J., The logic design of transistor digital[...]15). The prerequisite for this subject is a pass in at least one secondgiear mathe- matics or statist[...]numerical solution of systems of linear equations and the computation of eigenvalues and eigenvcctors. 871 |
 | [...]I‘UTING SCIENCE Reference hooks: Isaacson, E., and Keller, H. B, Analysis of numerical methods (Wiley). Ralston, A., A first course in numerical analysis (McCraw-Hill). Wilkinson, J. H., Rounding errors in algebraic processes (Prentice-Hall). Williams, P.[...]The Dre-requisite is a Division I pass or higher in a first—year mathematics subject other than QA[...]H. Statistics IH. An introduction to programming in an assembly language. Description of simple assemblers, loaders and interpreters. Students are required to complete s[...]ises. Reference hooks: Barron, D. W., Assemblers and loaders (Macdonald). Glishman, R. Assembly langua[...]rtran programming will he assumed. Pro-requisite in mathematics is a Division I pass or higher in a first-year mathematics subject other than QA7H[...]QT7H Statistics IH. Structured Programming, Algol and other programming languages. Reference books: Dahl, O. 1., and others, Structured programming (Academic Press).[...]f programming languages (Macdonald). Baumann, R., and others, Introduction to Algal (Prentice-Hall). Safinfifi, 1., Programming languages: history and fundamentals (Prentice- Shcpherd, R. F., Algal 60[...]Fortmn programming will he assumed. Pie-requisite in mathematics is a Division I pass or higher in a first~year mathematics subject other than QA7H[...]yntax analysis, string languages, strings, Snohol and other programming languages. Reference books: Cr[...]computers (Wiley). Griswold, R. E., Poage, J, F., and Polunsky, I. P., The Snobol~4 program- ming langu[...]ortran programming will be assumed. Pre-requisitc in mathematics is a Division I pass or higher in a first-year mathematics subject other than QA7H[...]g, file structures, access methods, organisation and management of filcs on direct access devices, trccs- digraphs-networks-list structures: applications and methods of reprcsentation, algebra of strings. 872 |
 | [...]Wesley). Berztiss, A. T., Data structures: theory and practice (Academic Press). Iverson, K. E., A programming language (Wiley).HONOURS DEGREE 0F B.A. 0R B.Sc. —-=>— QA99. Computing Science for the Honours degree of BA. or B.Sc. In general, only students who have reached a satisfactory standard in QAOS Computing Science Ill or QA13 Computing Science III.-\ or QASS Computing Science RIM, and one other third-year subject altered by the Depar[...]The course will be determined from year to year and will consist fportly of lectures given in the Department of Computing Sciuncc. and partly o lectures given in other departments of the Faculty of Mathematical[...]es, theory of languages. computer architecture. A special course is avai able for students taking Honours Computing Science as a preparation for teaching computing in secondary schools or for students who may wish to take a higher de ree in Computing Science .15 a qualification for [caching in a College of A vonccd Education. A comprehensive[...]ence not later than the end of the preceding ymr, and be prepared to commence work on a suitable project in the first \veck of February 873 |
 | [...]pre-requisites for QFlB Mathematical Physics 111 and QF03 Theoretical Physics are passes at Division I or higher standard in SP02 Physics 11 and Q5102 Pure Mathematics II or QN02 Applied Mathema[...]ts, most of which consist of two lectures a week. and a tutorial. for one term:F301. MA-rnmm'rmAL METHODS: First Term. Vector and Tensor Analysis. Theory and applications of distributions. F302. ADVANCED DYNAMICS: First Term. Lagrange’s and Hamilton’s equations of motion, electrodynamics, and charged particle motions. F303. QUANTUM MECHANIC[...]s, with emphdflsés on the use of Hilbert space, and some elementary applications are inclu e . F304.[...]entz transformations. Minkowski space, kinematics and dynamics of point particles, electromagnetism. F[...]mmended to students wishing to proceed to honours in Mathematical Physics. It includes more advanced applications, and is a con~ tinuation of F303, 3 knowledge of which[...]rm. Macrosc ic conservation laws, thermodynamics and irreversible processes. Magnetohy rodynamics. F3[...]PHYSICS: Third Term. Stellar models: hydrostatic and radiative equilibrium, polytro ic gas spheres. Th[...]l Physics III. This is a group C Science subject and may be taken only with SPOB Physics ill or SP83 Physics IIIM or SCIG Physical and Inorganic Chemistry 1115 01 SCSS Physical and Inor nic Chemistry IIIM. It consists of at least[...]l normally inc ude at least four of the units F301-3 and F305-7 and the unit Complex Functions in QM03 Pure Mathematics III. (Unit F304 forms part[...]five of the units F301—7. The unit Analysis II in Pure Mathematics should be included by stu[...] |
 | [...]ENCES QF99. Mathematical Physics for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Students who have reached a satisfactory standard in at least four of the third-year units F301—7. and other third-year Science or Mathematical Sciences[...]mechanics. quanta] many body theory, electricity and magnetism. advanced plasma dynamics, theoretical[...]honours programmes of the De artmcnts of Physics and Mathematics. In addition students will be required to sugmit a th[...]original contribu- tions to. some advanced topic in mathematical physics. to be approved in advance by the Head of the Department. A r[...] |
 | [...]ite subjects for admission to the various courses and units as prescribed in the syllahuses below.2. The Departments of Pure and Applied Mathematics otter the following COUISES:[...]atics III (Engineering) (Part 9 of Engineering II and III). Fourth Year: QMQQ Honours Pure Mathematics[...]ects marked ° are Mathematical Sciences subjects and may count towards the requirements of Section 3 of Schedule II for the Ordinary degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences. The fourth-year courses are available only in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences. 8. The old QNOZ Applied Mathematics II course (gchn for the last time in 1973) has been re lace by two alternative courses[...]d Mathematics IIA (to be given or the first time in 1974) and QNl2 Ap lic( Mathematics 1113 Sgii‘en for the first time in 1973). These courses cover he some topics except tiat QN12 Applied Mathematics 1113 includes a unit in com utcr programming in place of numerical analysis, and the probability units are 'iIorcnt. It will be as[...]f pro n'amming. Students without such a knowledge and all Engineering students must t o QNIZ Applied Ma[...]rse), QMZZ Mathematics 11M may be presented for a degree; neither may the com— bination QNI2 Applied Mathematics 1113 and QA’7II Computing 11-! or, after 1974, the combination QMEZ Mathematics HM and QA7II Computing Hit A pass at Division 1 or higher standard in either M01 Mathematics 1 or Q.\ill Mathematics IM[...]QMOI Mathematics I provides the better background and reparation. The second-year course QM22 Mathemati[...]tics IM. A pass at Division I or higher standard in QN22 Applied Mathematics HA In QNIZ Applied Mathematics 1113 is the pro-requisit[...]ear units, a pass at Division I or igher standard in QMZZ Mathematics IIM is an alternative pro-requisite. 4. For students wishing to major in Applied Mathematics the recommended choice of sub[...]llows QA7H Computing IH, for example, to he taken in second year if not taken in first year. 876 |
 | [...]ATICAL SCIENCES 5. For students wishing to major in Pure Mathematics, the recommended choice of subje[...]hematical ScienCcs Su 'ect. 6. For students with special interest in mathematical logic, hilosophy courses (with the l[...]strongly advised to study some computing science and statistics in addition to mathematics. 877 |
 | [...]cs I. A knowledge of Matriculation Mathematics I and II will he assumed. The course comprises four lectures and one two-hour tutorial class a week. A pass in it at Division I or higher standard is sullicient[...]ics IIB. The syllabus comprises functions of one and two real variables, differentiation and integration, vectors, elementaIy linear algebra. Text-book : Kaplan, W., and Lewis, D. 1., Calculus and linear algebra, combined edition (Wiley International). Reference books: Abrahamson, 13., and Gray, M. C., The art of algebra (Righy). Allendoerfer, C. B., andand Robson, B. N., Calculus—a first course (includ[...]eton»CenLui'y-Crofts). Thomas, G, 13., Calculus and analytic geomtry, 2nd or 3rd edition (Addison-Wesley). Tierney, J. A., Calculus and analytic geometry (Allyn and Bacon). QMll. Mathematics IM. This course is in[...]who have studied Matriculation Mathema- tics IS, and a knowledge of this subject will be assumed. (Matriculation Mathematics I and II, or Matriculation Mathematics I if taken before 1971, would also provide a suitahlc background.) A pass in it, at Division I level or hi her. is a prerequisite for 03122 Mathematics 11M, and also for QN22 Applie Mathematics 11A or QN12 Appl[...]QMOI Mathematics I provides the better background and preparation. Exceptionally a student obtaining a pass at Distinction level in QMll Mathematics 1M may, with the permission of t[...]he- matics l. The course comprises four lectures and one two-hour tutorial class a week. The syllabus comprises difl'crcntial and integral calculus of functions of one or two real variables; differential equations; vectors and 2 and 3 dimensional coordinate geometry; linear equations, matrices and determinants; systems of linear inequalities; algebraic systems. Reference books: Abrahamsun, 13., and Gray, M. C., The art of algebra (Rigby). Allendoerfer, C. B., and Oakley, C. 0., Principles of mathematics ( McGrnw[...]ices (Schaum’s Outline Series). Barnes, E. 8., and Robson, B. N., Calculus—a first course, (includ[...]). Hilton, P. 1., Partial derivatives (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Munkrcs, I. FL, Elementary linear a[...]ppletonCentury-Crofts), Thomas, G. 13., Calculus and analytic geometry, 2nd or 3rd edition (Add[...] |
 | [...]nts who do not wish to proceed to further courses in mathematics. It will assume a knowledge uf Matriculation .\latl\cma~ tics IS. (Matriculation Mathematics I and II. or Matriculation Mathematics 1 if taken befor[...]ackfiround.) The course com- prises two lectures and n une.hour tutorial class a wee '.The syllabus comprises differential and integral calculus, dillercntlal equations, vectors and 2 and 3 dimensional coordinate geometry, linear equations, matrices and determinants. Reference hooks: Abrahamson, 13., and Gray, M. 0., The art nf algebra (Rigby). Allendoerfer, C. 13., and Oakley, C. 0., Principles of mathematics (McGraw-[...]ices (Schaum’s Outline Series). Barnes, E. S., and Rah-ion, B. N., Calculus—u first course, including the supplement (Rigby). Hille, E., and Salas, 8., First year calculus (Ginn/Blaisdell).[...]ppleton-Century-Crofts). Thomas, G. B., Calculus and analytic geometry, 2nd or 3rd edition (Add[...] |
 | [...]student, who obtains a pass at Distinction level in QMll Mathematics 1M, may. with the permission of the Head of the Department of Pure Mathematics, enrol in QMOZ Pure MathemaLics H.The course comprises four lectures and one tutorial class a week. The syllabus comprises elementary theory of real and com lex functions; convergence of real and complex sequences, power series; linear gebro, matrices and determinants; elementary modern algebra; calculus[...]Text-books: Curtis, C. W., Linear algebra (Allyn and Bacon). Phillips, E. G., Functions of a complex variable (Oliver and Boyd). Spivak, M., Calculus (Benjamin). Referenc[...]Beaumont. R) 2\., Linear algebra (Harcourt, Brace and World). Burkill, J. C., A first course in mathematical analysis (C.U.P.). Cournnt, R, Difierenlial and integral calculus, vol. I (Blackie). Couramt, 11.. and John, F., Introduction to calculus and analysts, vol. 1 ( Interscience ) . Hyslop, I. M., Infinite series (Oliver and Boyd). Lipschutz, 5.. Linear algebra (Schanm Outline). McCoy, N. H., Introduction to modern algebra (Allyn and Bacon); or McCoy, N. H., Fundamentals of abstract algebra (Allyn and Bacon). Recommended general reading: Adler, )I.[...]bstract algebra (Freeman). Sawyer, W. W., Prelude in mathematics (Pelican). WaisxPami, F., Introducti[...]tudents who intend to take a third—year subject in Pure Mathematics, Birkholf, C., and Maclane, St, A survey of modern algebra, 3rd edit[...]ndard. Mathematics I provides a better background and preparation than Mathematics IM. ll will be assu[...]se comprises four lectures (M12, Tu12, W12, ThIZ) and one tutorial class a week The syllabus corn rise[...]ley). Trustrum, K., Linear programming (Routlcdge and Kegnn Paul). 880 |
 | [...]lleltIlllw)’ Introduction to probability theory and its applications, vol. I 8 . Glauert, )l‘vt B.,[...]haum).The reference books by Feller, Rabenstein and Spiegel will be particularly useful to students[...]. QMOI Mathematics I provides a better background and preparation than QMll Mathematics; lM. NOTE: The combination QATII Computing Ill and QNIZ Applied h‘iatht‘nmtinx IIB cannot be presented for a degree. Thekcoursc comprises four lectures (ME), T119, W9, Th9) and one tntnrinl class a wee . The course covers the[...]that a course on computer programming is include in place of numerical analysis and the Probability units are different. Text-books and Reference books: As for QN22 Applied Mathematics[...]her standard. The course comprises four lectures and one tutorial class a week. The syllabus comprises sequences and series, elementary calculus of one and more variables, power series, linear algebra, ele[...]ern algebra, difleren- tial equations, computing and linear programming. Text-books: Burkill, J. C., A first course in mathematical analysis (C.U.P.). Kreyszig, 13., Ad[...]Beaumont, R. A., Linear algebra (Harcourt, Brace and World). Courant, R, Difi‘erentiul and integral calculus, vol. I (Blaekie). McCoy, N. H., Introduction to modern algebra (Allyn and Bacon). Munkres, I. R, Elementary linear algebra[...]in). Trustrum, K., Linear programming (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Weiss, M. 1., and Dubisch, R., Higher algebra for the undergraduate (Wiley). Special nutc: No third— ear subject in Pure nr Applied Mathematics is available to stude[...]probability (N302). Diilercntial equations (N306) and Queues (N309) will be available to students who h[...]units can 2 combined with units from a department in the Faculty of Science to make up a third-[...] |
 | [...]IATHEIVIATICS — THIRD YEAH THIRD~YEAR SUBJECTS IN PURE MATHEMATICS. The Dcpariment oI l’urc Math[...]'l]lt'll consists of two or three lectures a week and one tutorial a fortnight for (HK' term. The lire-[...]s (H313) is u pass. all Oh ion 1 lcvel or higher. in .\l02 Pure Mathematics ll nr QMZ‘L‘ Mollimiia[...]ave gained a pass, at Division 1 level or higher. in ONCE! Applied Mathematics ll may take Complex Fun[...]ln'low is (I pass. at Division I level or higher, in QM02 Pure Mathematics It. In addition, as specified below, sumo units pro-suppose a knmvledgc of units ollsred in pruce mg terms. Unit' .\l301 (Sets and Numbers). MSO’F (Gcomc T). and Milli} (Cnnnlex Functions) on: particularly recom[...]ol as visiting Siluluan. M301. SETS AND NUMBERS (First term: T12, T1112). Sets, relations and mappings; the axiom of choice and related topics; cardinal and ordinal numbers; the construction of the real num[...]t theory (Van Nostrand). Sigler, L. E., Exercises in set theory (Van Nostrand). Reference books: Abian, A., The theory of sets and transfinite arithmetic (Saunders). Bick, T. A.,[...]abstract analysis (Addison-Wesley). Batman, 13., and Kneebone, G. T., Theories of sets and tramfinite numbers (Oldboume). Swierczkowski, 5., Sets and numbers (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Vilenkin, N. Io., Stories about sets[...]rm: M10, T10, T1110). An introduction to topology and analysis in n—dimensional Euclidean space. Text-book: Apos[...]itable foundation for further study of the theory and applications of complex analysis at honours level[...]ding conformal mapping, Canchy's integral theorem and the residue theorem, together with applications.[...]ill). Reference books: Carrier, G. F., Krook, M., and Pearson, C. E., Functions of a complex variable (McGraw-Hill). Levinson, N., and Redhefler, R. M., Complex variables (Holden-Day). Nevanlinna, R, and Paatero, V., Introduction to complex analysis (Addison- Wesley). Rudin, W., Real and complex analysis (McGraw-Hill). (This is p[...] |
 | [...]ore informal treatment of the most basic material in Analysis II (M303 above), with more emphasis on t[...]Complex functions, including contour integration and conformal mapping, together with applications.Textbook: Carrier, G. F., Krook. M., and Pearson, C. E, Functions of a complex ‘IJHT‘M[...]e of which will be assumed; the Lebesgue integral and its applications. A knowledge of some topics from Sets and Numbers (M301) will also be assumed. Text-hooks and reference books: As for Analysis I (MIME). B1[...]lZ, T12, T1112). A basic course on groups, rings and idcals, integral domains, fields. A knowledge of Sets and Numbers (N1301) will be assumed. Reference hooks: °Birkhofl, (3., and MacLane, S., A survey of modern algebra, 3rd edit[...]oy, N. H. Fundamentals of abstract algebra (Allyn and Bacon). Herstein, I. N., Topics in algebra (Blaidsdell). Dean, R. A., Elements of abstract algebra (Wiley). Fraleigh, J. B., A first course in abstract algebra (Addison-Wesley). “A student w[...]LCEDRA 11 (Third term: W12, F12]. Further topics in algebra, including Sylow theory and modules over a principal ideal domain. Students intending to enrol in QMQQ Honours Pure Mathematics IV are strongly adv[...]d this unit, a knowledge of which will be assumed in all honours courses in algebra. Textbook: Hartley, B., and Hawkes, T. 0., Rings, modules and linear algebra (Chapman and 1131]). Reference books: Ames,)D. 13., An intro[...]y, N. H., Fundamentals of abstract algebra (Allyn and Bacon). MSO7. CEoMErRY (Third term: T12, T1112). Selected topics from: properties and interrelations of the various eometries; the axiomatic and transformation approaches; projective, afline, Euciclean and hyperbolic geometries. Reference books. “Eves, H., A survey 0/ geometry (Allyn and Bacon). oCoxeter, H. S. M., An introduction to ge[...]ve geometry (Pergamon). Ogilvy, C. 5., Excursions in geometry (Oxford). Pedoe, )1), A course in geometry for schools and universities (Cambridge UP. . Tuller, A.,[...] |
 | [...]nd term: W12, F12). (Students intending to enrol in QMQQ Honours Pure Mathematics IV are strongly adv[...]d this unit, a knowledge of which will be assumed in some Honours courses in Analysis.) Topological spaces and metric spaces; continuous functions and mappings; function spaces. Applications of topolo[...]ooks: SimnfoiJs, G. F A, Introduction to topology and modern analysis (McGraW» Hil . Hocking, ]. G., and Young, G. 5., Topology (Addison-Wesley). Newman,[...]M03. Pure Mathematics III. Pie-requisite: a pass in QM02 Pure Mathematics 11 at Division I or higher[...]hematics; the course consists of units M301 (Sets and Numbers). MSOZ (Analysis I), MSOII (Analysis III). MSOS (Al ebra I), M307 (Geometry) and either M303 (Analysis II) or MSIS (Comp ex Functi[...]tion of the Head of the Department, a student may in exceptional circumstances be permitted to substitute another unit given in the Department for one of the units normally requ[...]the Department about their third-year programme, and should note the normal pro-requisites listed in the calendnr entry for QMQE) Honours Pure Mathematics IV. They are in any case required to offer M303 (Analysis II) for examination and advised to attend MSOG (Algebra LI) and MSOQ (Topology); a knowledge of M306 and MGDO will be assumed in some compulsory courses in Algebra and Analysis in QMQQ Honours Pure Mathematics IV. QMIS. Pure Mathematics IlIA. Pie-requisite: a pass in QMO2 Pure Mathematics II at Division I or higher[...]s of six third-year uniLs oflcred by Departments in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and selected with the approval of the Heads of all De[...]elected from units uttered by other Depart- ments in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences; (iii) the units M301 (Sets and Numbers), MSDZ (Analysis I), and M1305 (Algebra I) must all be included. QMS3. Pure Mathematics IIIM. Prerequisite: a pass in QM02 Pure Mathematics II at Division I or higher[...]ts of six third-year units altered by Departments in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences und the Faculty of Science and selected with the approval of the Heads of all De[...]ust be selected from units uttered by Departments in the Faculty of Science; (iii) the units M301 (Sets and Numbers), M302 (Analysis I), and M305 (Algebra I) must all be included. (For the purpose of this subiect, a double unit in the Faculty of Science is regarded as two[...] |
 | [...]YEAH MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES TIm'tD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS. The Department of Applied M[...], each of which consists of three lectures a week and one tutorial a inrtnig t for one term. The pro-re[...]Mathematics 118 at Division I or higher standard. In addition, as specified )elnw, some units rare-suppose a knowledge of units offered in preceding tcrms. N301. ELASTICITY (First term: M[...]. A knowledfij: of applied probability as given in the Applied Probability Unit in QN02 App 'cd Mathematics II or QN12 Applied Mathematics 1113 or QM22 Madrematics IIM in 1973 will be assumed. Processes defined on a probability space; Markov Chains, Kolmogorov diiferen- tial and difference equations. Generating function methods[...]to branching processes, queuing system, genetics and cpidcmics. Reference books: Karlin, 3., A first course in Stochastic processes (Academic Press). Feller, W., An introduction to probability theory and its applications, vol. 1 (Wiley). N303. CALCULUS[...]her stantlnr . A knowledge of mechanics as given in the Mechanics Unit in QN02 Applied Mathematics II or QNI‘). Applied Mathematics III} in 1973 will be assumct . Eulcr equation. Lagrange multipliers. Constrained and unconstrained optimiza- tion problems. Applicatio[...]gher standard. A knowledge of mechanics as given in the Mechanics Unit in QN02 Applied Mathematics II or QN12 Applied Mathematics IIB in 1973 will be assume . Classical hydrodynamics of[...]e books: Rutherford, D. E, Fluid dynamics (Oliver and Boyd). Charlton, F., Textbook of fluid dy[...] |
 | [...]dard. A knowledge of linear programming as given in the Linear Programming Unit in']1 N02 Appl‘iied Mathematics 11 or QNlZ Applied Mathematics IIB in 1913 w1 e assume . A selection of topics from: E[...]heory, quadratic programming, integer programming and convex programming. Applications of linear and non-linear programming. Reference book: Dantzig, G. 13., Linear programming and extensions (Princeton U.P.). N306. DIFFERENTIAL[...]stan ar . A selection of topics from: Existence and uniqueness. Critical points and stability theory. Linear systems analysis. Sturm-[...]heory of ordinary diflerentiol equations (Oliver and Boy . Hildebrand. F. B., Methods of applied math[...]nchez, D. A., Ordinary difi‘erential equations and stability theory (Freeman). Stephenson, 0., An i[...]gher standard. A knowledge of mechanics as given in the Mechanics Unit in QN02 Applied Mathematics II or QNl2 Applied Mathematics 1113 in 1973 will he assume , In addition a ltuowledfc of elementary elasticity and hydrodynamics such as could be gained by altem in[...]inuum mechanics, with applications to the elastic and plastic deformation of solids, and to the mechanics of viscous fluids. Reference books: Fung, Y. C., A firrt course in continuum mechanics (Prenticeleall). Scipio, L. A[...]A knowledge of linear programming, such as given in the Linear Program- ming Unit in QN02 Applied Mathematics 11 or QN 12 Applied Mathematics IIB in 1973 will be assumed. A selection of topics from: graph theory and its application to network flows; labelling and cheapest route algorithms; the transportat[...] |
 | [...]UATICAL SCIENCES Reference hooks: Potts, R. B., and Oliver, R. M., Flaws in transportation networks (Academic Press). Trustrurn, K., Linear programming (Routludge and Kegan Paul). N309. QUEUES (Second term: MZ, W10,[...]rd. A knowledge of N302 is assumed. Definition and examples of queues. Techniques used in solving queueing prob. lems, imbedded chains. Kulrnogorov differential equations. Transient and ergodic behaviour of simple queues. Reference ho[...]single server queue (North Holland). Cox, D. R., and Smith, W. L., Queues (Methuen). QN03. Applied Ma[...]2, NSCG; two of the thrce units N304. N305, N309; and two of the three units N303, N307, N308. Students[...]s IV will be encouraged to take a ditional units and are advised to see the Head of the Department bef[...]ts of six third-year units olfered by Departments in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and selected with the approval of the Heads of all De[...]elected from units offered by other Depart- ments in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences; (iii) not more than two Applied Mathematics units may be selected in any one term. Prerequisites: See under entries f[...]sts of six third-year units oifered by Dcpartmans in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and the Faculty of Science and selected with the approval of the Heads of all De[...]ust be selected from units offered by Departments in the Faculty of Science; (iii) not more than two Applied Mathematics units may be selected in any one term. ( For the purpose of this subject, a double unit in the Faculty of Science is regarded as two[...] |
 | [...]CS (HONOURS DEGREES) MATHEMATICS FOR THE HONOURS DEGREE OF 11A. 0R B.SC. N.B. Students who are consid[...]possib e. QM99. Pure Mathematics for the Honours Degree of EA. or B.Sc. (Honours Pure Mathematics IV.) S[...]an the end of the year preceding their enrolment. in order to ensure that they have obtained the neces[...]isfaeto . standard, to plan their course of stu y and iscuss their choice of project. All students are[...]Pure Mathematics III, at a satisfactory standard and including Unit M303 (Analysis 11); (ii) a knowledge of the material of Units M806 (Algebra II) and MSOB (Topology); and (iii) a thirdvyear subject offered by another Department in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences. Students w[...]partments of the Faculty 0 Mathematical Sciences, and by the School of Mathematical Sciences at The Flinders University of 5A., including some compulsory units in Algebra and Analysis; units uttered by other Departments will also be available. Each student will be assigned in supervisor who will advise him on his choice of lecture programme and guide him in the writing of a project on some to ic in mathematics. Work on this project should begin in the Department in the rst week of February andand Computing Science, the Department of Pure Mathema[...]cndct to intential secondary mathematics teachers and to slut cuts who wish to take a big or degree in Pure Mathematics as a preparation for teaching in a College of Advanced Education. Some uni[...] |
 | [...]IENCES QN99. Applied Mathematics for the Honours Degree of B.A. or B.Sc. (Honours Applied Mathematics IV.[...]andard satisfactory to the Head of the Department in the following. (i) QNOS Applied Mathematics 111[...]Computing Science or Mathematical Physics; (iii) and such additional third-year units as may be requir[...]atistics. Computing Science, Mathematical Physics and b the Schools of Mathematical and Earth Sciences at The Flinders University of .A.[...]l be assigned a su crvisor who will advise him on and approve his choice of lecture programme an guide him in the \vritinf of a (project on some to ic in Applied Mathematics. Possible topics should he li[...]ing year. Work on the chosen project should begin in the Department in the first week of February and should be completed by the end of the third term's lecture programme. Special Course for Prospective Teachers. Special units are available for students taking QNtl‘J[...]tics IV as a pro oration for teaching mathematics in a summary school or who ma wish to tn 'e a higher degree in Applied Mathematics as a qualification for tcac 'ng in in College of Advanced Education. A comprehensive co[...]determined acwrding to his background of secontl- and third-year subjects. and the normal honours project may be replaced[...] |
 | [...]CS. Students who intend to take advanced courses in Statistics are advised to include the following iirst- and second-year subjects in their course. First Year; QMOI Mathematics I. 7H Statistics 1H. Second Year: QM02 Pure Mathe- matics ii and QT02 Mat icmatical Statistics II. Before enrolling in third-year unit courses, all students must discus[...]ion Mathematics IS or Matriculation Mathematics I and II. This first-year half-subject comprises two lectures and one hour tutorial per week The cm basis in this introductory course is on logical aspects of[...]) include description of data. relative frequency and probability. pro alility calculus. distributions,[...]n. analysis of variance Chi- square tests of fit and independence, nonparametric methods. Text-hook: Hunisberger, D. V,, and Billingsley, P.. Elements of statistical inference, 3rd edition (Allyn and Bacon). Reference books: Acton. F. 5., Analysis[...]of probability theory (Wiley). Snerlecor. G. W.. and Cochran| Wt G., Statistical methods, 6th edition[...]tatistics ll. The course comprises four lectures and two one-hour tutorials per week. Students who hav[...]tics 1H should read through Hunts- berger, D, V., and Biliingsley, P.. Elcnwnts of statistical inference. 3rd edition (Allyn and Bacon) before lectures begin; for these students one additional hour per week will be set aside in first term for studying this book. Programming[...]for this subject must take the preliminary course in Fortran programming on the CDC 6400 computer. ive[...]s who have demonstrated beforehand a proficiency in Fortmn programming on this computer to the satisfaction of the Head of Department. Syllabus: Probability and probability distributions as mathcmatical models[...]of the normal. binomial. Poisson. Chi‘square, t and F distributions, simple and multiple regression, analysis of variance, cxpcri[...]should have their own copies of: Lindley, D. V., and Miller, I. C. P., The Cambridge elementary[...] |
 | [...]MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES Reference books: Cramer, 1-1., The elements of nmlmlzility theory (Wiley). Fisher, E. A., Design of experiments, 8th edition (Oliver and Boyd). Snedecor, G. W., and Cnclirun. W. G., Statistical methods, 6th edition (Iowa State College Press). Fisher. R. :5... and Yates, R, Statistical tables for biological, agricultural and medical research, 6th edition, revised and enlarged (Oliver and Boyd). Acton, F . 5., Analysis of straight line[...]. Bulmer, M, 6., Principles of statistics (Oliver and Boyd). QTOS. Mathematical Statistics III. Pro-r[...]er standard. The course comprises five lectures and two tutorial classes per week. Each unit will have two or three lectures and one tutorial per week for a term. Units: First Te[...]ls II. Third Term: T303 Applied Probability. T306 Special Topics. Any unit in the second and third terms can only be taken after all units in previous terms. Prior to enrolling, all third-ye[...]Department. T301 Drs'rnmu'nozv THEORY. Frequency and distribution functions. Exact sampling distributions and distribu- tions associated with the Normal distri[...]TICAL INFEnENCE. Interval estimation, parametric and non— arametric, suflicient statistics, methods of estimation. Likelihood ratio tests and c '—square tests. T303 APPLIED PROBABILITY. D[...], branching processes, the Poisson process, birth and death processes. T304 LINEAR MODELS I. Least squ[...]projections, Gauss Markov theorem, normal theory and maximum likelihood. T305 LINEAR MODELS II. Non-[...]tivariate analysis, discriminate functions. T306 SPECIAL Torres. Moder in analysis of variance. Advanced experimental design, variance com- ponents and estimation. Sampling surveys. Contingency tables. Text~hook= Lindley, D. V., and Miller, J. C. P., The Cambridge elementary statis[...](0.U.P.). Fisélermfi. A., Statistical methods and scientific inference (Oliver and 0y . 891 |
 | [...]MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES STATISTICS Kendall, M. G., and Stuart, A., The advanced theory of statistics, Vols. 1, II and III (Griffin). Ho g, R. V., and Craig, A. T., introduction to mathematical rtatis[...]Fisher, R. A, The design of experiments (Oliver and Boyd). Scheife, H, Analysis of variance (Wiley). Rao, C. IL, Lhmar, statistical inference and its applications (Wiley). Williams, E. 1., Regres[...]ical statistics (Wiley). Bliss, C. It, Slalisucs in biology, vols. I and II (McCraw-Hill). Fisher, R. A., Statistical methods for research workers (Oliver and Boyd). Draper, N. IL, and Smith, 11., Applied regression analysis (Wiley),[...]on (Macmillan). QTQQ. Statistics for the Honours Degree of B.A. or 3.80. (Honours Statistics IV). Pre-rc[...]thematics III, QT03 Mathematical Statis- tics III and other prescribed courses at n standard satisfacto[...]The course will be determined from year to year, and will comprise topics selected from the following:[...]ultivariate analysis, measure theory, probability and stoclmtic processes, statistical programming, lin[...]ection of other topics from Honours Ma emetic; IV and other subjects. Students are required to write a detailed report on an assigned topic in Statistics under the su crvisinn of a member of t[...]ssed with, the Head of the Department towards the and of the preceding year. Work on this pro'cct begins in the Department in the first week of February and must be complclcl by the end of lectures. 892 |
 | [...]TIONS hiA'l'i-{EMATICAL SCIENCE? OF THE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTING SCIENCE REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a postgraduate Diploma in Computing Science. ”2. Except as provided for in regulations 2A and 3 a candidate for admission to the course for the[...]en admitted to a do (:6 of the University or to a degree of another university accepte for the purpose by[...]t to the approval of the Council the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (it any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the diploma[...]take work for the diploma. ‘3. A candidate who in the year immediately preceding the year in which he wishes to be admitted to the course for the diploma failed or is required to pass in only one subject necessary for the completion of his course for an Ordinary degree of the University may, with per— mission of the[...]ces, be admitted to the course for the diploma if in the same year he enrols for a subject necessary t[...]granted until the candidate has qualifie for the degree. 4. To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall[...]y to be undertaken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to he paid by candidates shall be prescribed in schedules ap roved by the Council. Such schedules[...]or such other date as the Council shall determine and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issu[...] |
 | FACULTY OF DIPrCOMPSC, MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES'6. A candidate who desires that the examinations which he has passed in the University or elsewhere should be counted for the Diploma in Computing Science, may on written application be[...]ssifications of pass at an annual examina» tion in any subject for the diploma: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit, and Pass. The names of the candidates in each classification shall be arranged in alphabetical order. 8. (a) A candidate who fails to ass in a subject and desires to take the subject again shall again attend) lectures and satisfactorily do such written and practical work as the professor or lecturer conce[...]date who has twice failed to pass the examination in any subject or division of a subject may not enrol for that subject again exec t by special emission to be obtained in writing from the Academic egistrar andp then only[...]nted after having enrolled for at least two terms in that year, shall be eemed to have failed to pass[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall be awarded the Diploma in Computing Science. ° Amended 21 December, 1972[...]5.) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the Diploma in Computing Science are published be ow, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the diploma. For sgllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of Sn jeets at the end of[...]e for the diploma shall regularly attend lectures and tutorials, do such written work as may be prescribed, and pass examinations in the following subjects: Numerical Analysis, Computer Systems and Programming, Data Structure and Data Management. 2. A candidate shall also satisfactorily undertake and complete a course of practical work. 894 |
 | [...]NUMBERS LIATHENIATICAL SCIENCES OF THE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTING SCIENCE SYLLABUSES Text-banks: Studen[...]he department conccmcd details of the examination in that subject including the rclntive weights given[...]4: Indicates that it is a subject for the Diploma in Computing Science. 895 |
 | [...]MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES COMPUTING SCIENCE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTING SCIENCE The De artment otters a postgraduate Diploma in Com uting Science which may be taEen in one year of full-time study or two years 0 part-t[...]The course is not designed to cater for graduates in Computing Science but, in special circumstances, graduates of sufficient merit may[...]f the Department of Com uting Science, preferabl' in December of the year before the enrol. for details of the units they wil be required to take and they must a read to start work on a suitable project in the first week of Fchmar '. The units wil be selected from third- and fourth-year units offered by the epartment of Com- uting Science and certain other departments and will be chosen according to the background and interests of the particular student. Pre-r uisit[...]ad programming experience such as may be obtained in QA7H Com uting 1H. 3 second-year Applied Mathematics subicct or QT02 Mathematical) Statistics II and those without considerable programming experience are advised to take the Diploma over two years and to enrol for OATH Computing 11-! in their first year. (ii) Mathematics: Students wi[...]o have a pass, at the Division I level or higher, in at least one second—year mathematics or statistics subject and in addition, some of the Diploma units offered require a pass in a third—year mathematics unit. However, graduat[...]background are invited to apply to the Department and may be able to enrol for [he Diploma. QA04. Nume[...]deals with the analysis of numerical methods used in the solution of scientific problems and caters for computer solution of problems in the Operations Research and other fields. QAI4. Computer Systems and Programming. This subject is concerned with design of computer systems and advanced programming. QA24. Data Structures and Data Management. This subject describes the type[...]available for specification of complex problems and computing methods for handling these structures.[...]e required to carry out a major practical project in Computing Science which will involve exten[...] |
 | IVLSCr FACULTY OF REGULATIONS MATHEMATICAL SCIENCESOF THE DEGREE 0F MASTER OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES REGULATIONS l. The following persons may become candidates for the degree of Master of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences: (a) Bachelo[...]to the approval of the Council, the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the degree a person who does not hold a degree of a university, but has given evidence satisfact[...]Faculty of his fitness to undertake work for the degree. Unless the candidate has obtained the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of lt'luthematical Sciences he shall, before submitting his thesis as provided [or in regulation 4, pass such quali- fying examination as the Faculty may in the circumstances deem proper. 2. Subject to conditions to be determined in each case a graduate of a university recognised by the University of Adelaide, whose degree is accepted by the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences as equivalent to one of the qualifications required in regulation 1, may be allowed by the Council to proceed to the degree in cornpliance with these regulations. Every such ca[...]delaide. ‘3. A candidate who holds the Honours degree or its equivalent in a university recognised by the Universit of Adelaide may proceed to the degree of Master of Science in t a Faculty of Mathematical Sciences at th[...] |
 | [...]MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES REGULATIONS to the Honours degree of Bachelor; no other candidate shall proceed to the degree before the expiration of two years from the beginning of his candidature. 4. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall submit a thesis upon an approved subject and shall adduce sufficient evidence that the thesis[...]it other contributions to mathe- matical sciences in support of his candidature. :3 Every candidate s[...]hree terms’ notice of his intended candidature, and shall indicate therewith in client] terms the subject of the research work or[...], may appoint a supervisor to guide the candidate in his work. The candidate shall submit his thesis not earlier than three terms and, except by special ermission of the Faculty, not later than nine ter[...]nt a Board of Examiners to report upon the thesis and any supporting papers that the candidate may subm[...]may require any candidate to pass an examination in the branch of science to which his original research or investigation is cognate. 7. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy whose work is considered[...]not to be of suflicient merit to qualify for the degree of Doctor but of sufficient merit for the degree of Master may be admitted to the degree of Master provided that he is qualified to become a candidate for the degree. 8. On completion of his work a candidate shall[...]mic Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the Board of Examiners shall on the re[...]culty of Mathematical Sciences be admitted to the degree of Master of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences. 10. The fe[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. Regulations allo[...] |
 | [...]TY OF REGULA'l JONS MATHEMATICAL SCIENCESOF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES REGULATIONS[...]these regulations a person who has been admitted in the University of Adelaide to an Honours degree of Bachelor of Science or a degree of Master of Science, Arts or Economics, or to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in a field of study approved by the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences, may proceed to the degree of Doctor of Science, in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences. (b) On the[...]ces the Council may accept as a candidate for the degree a person who has been admitted to a degree in the University of Adelaide other than one named in section (a) of this regulation, or who is a gradu[...]ca- tion recognised by the University of Adelaide and has a substantial association with the University; provided that in each case the gra- duate concerned has, in the opinion of the Faculty of h‘Iathcmatical Sciences, had an adequate training in the mathematical sciences. (c) No person shall be accepted as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences before the e[...]person who desires to become a candidate for the degree shall give notice of his intended candidature in writing to the Academic Registrar and with such notice shall furnish particulars of his achievements in the mathematical sciences and of the work which he proposes to submit for the degree. (b) The Faculty of Mathematical Sciences shall appoint a com- mittee to examine the information submitted and to advise the Facult on whether the Faculty should—(i) allow the applicant to proeee , and approve the subject or subjects of the work to he[...](ii) advise the applicant not to submit his work: and the Faculty’s decision shall be conveyed to the applicant. (c) If it accepts the candidature and approves the subject or sub- jects of the[...] |
 | [...]L SCIENCES REGULATioNs 3. (a) To qualify for the degree the candidate shall furnish satis» factory evide[...]hich the Faculty is directly concerned. (1)) The degree shall be awarded rimarfly on a consideration of[...]may submit for examina« tion. (0) The candidate in submittin his published works shall state generally in a preface and specifica ly in notes the main sources from which his information is derived and the extent to which he has availed himself of the work of others, especially where joint public. - tions are concerned. He may also signify in general terms the portions of his work which he c[...]part, if any, of the work he has submitted for a degree in this 01' any other university. 4. The candidate[...]ademic Registrar three mpies of the work prepared in accordance with the directions given in sub-paragraph (b) of clause 2B of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. 1f the work is accepted for the degree the Academic Registrar will transmit two of the c[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examincrs may, on the recommendati[...]ulty of Mathematical Sciences, he admitted to the degree of Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences. 6. The fee[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. Regulations awai[...] |
 | FACULTY OF NLEDICINE REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES 0F DEGREES AND DIPLOMA Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (M.B., Bess) Regulations and Schedules — — - » - - 902 Rules for admission of medical students to the teaching hospitals - - - . - _ . _ _ 909 Syllabuses - — — - . . . _ . 911 Bachelor of Medical Science (B.Med.Sc.) Regulations and Schedules - - - - - - 927 Syllabuses - - — - . . . . _ 931 Diploma in Clinical Science (Dip.Clin.Sc.) Regulations - - - . . . . . . 933 Master of Surgery (M.S.) Regulations — - - . . . . - . 935 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) Regulations and Schedules: See "Board of Research Studies” on page - — - - - . - 1104 Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) Regulations - - — . . _ _ . _ 937 901 |
 | [...]ULATIONS OF THE DEGREES 0F BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY REGULATIONS I. LENGTH or Co[...]of study for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery shall extend over six years.[...]es a candidate must attend regulme such tutorials and seminar work, satisfactorily perform such labora- tory, practical, clinical and written work, and pass such examinations as the Council may from ti[...]be." 3. Schedules defining the courses of study and practice to be under- taken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be submitted by the Faculty of Medicine to the Council and on approval by the Council shall be effective fro[...]uncil shall determine; an they shall be published in the next edition of the University Calendar issue[...]all be held as follows: Preliminary Examination: in or about November of the first year. First Professional Examination: in or about August of the third year. Second Professional Examination: in or about November of the fourth year. Final Professional Examination: Part I in or about November of the fifth year; Part II in or about November of the sixth year. °No[...] |
 | [...]regulation 10 (d) hereof, a candidate shall pass in the whole of one examination before entering upon thecourses of study and practice leading to the next examination. 6. A candidate shall enter for each examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council, but shall[...]s completed to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned, prior to the beginning of the examination, the courses of study and practice prescribed for it. 7. The examiners in any subject may take into consideration written o[...]required of candidates during the course of study and practice and the results of terminal or other examinations in the subject. 8. A candidate who fails to pass in an examination shall, before presenting himself f[...]d again such part or parts of the course of study and practice leading to that examination as the Faculty may direct. “9. (a) Except in the case of the Second Professional Examination and the Final Professional Examination, Part II, the names of candi— dates who pass in the whole of an examination prescribed under regulation 4 hereof shall be arranged in alphabetical order. (b) The names of candidates[...]ing reached the standard of Distinction or Credit in any of the com onent subjects for that examination shall in each of these subjects be arranged in order of merit within the relative classification; provided that a candidate who passes in a supplementary or special examination in any subject or subiccts shall not be classified at that examination. ((1) Except in the case of the Preliminary Examination, a candidate who passes in an examination in any subject from pait of which he has been grante[...]tion. (d) At the Second Professional Examination and the Final Profes- sional Examination, Part I], th[...]pass with Distinction or Credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the classification and the names of other candi- dates shall be arrangcd in alphabetical order: provided that a candi. date who asses in a supplementary or special examination, which in the case 0 the Second Professional Examination and the F inal Pro- fessional Examination, Part II, m[...]that examination. (e) A candidate whose results in all the Professional Examinations in the medical course have been adjudged by the Facu[...]he decision of the ° Amended 17 December, 1970, and 21 December, 1972. 903 |
 | [...]y on the recommendation of the Board of Examiners in the final year of the course, be awarded the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (with Honours).1V. SUPPLEME[...]or part 0 an examination pemiission to sit for a special or supplementary examination; the extent of such special or supplemen- tary examination to be determined by the Board in each case. (b) The Board of Examiners may grant a candidate who has failed in part only of an examination permission to sit for a supplementary examination in the subject or subjects in which he has failed. ‘(c) On passing in a special or sup lementary examination granted under this r[...]ted the whole of the examination; but if he fails in such saccial or supplementary examination he shall take a ain, and pass in, t to whole of the examination prescribed under r[...]eof before pro- ceeding with the courses of study and practice leading to the next examination; provide[...]require a candidate to repeat only those subjects in which he has failed. (d) A candidate granted permission to sit for a supplementary or special examination may enter provisionally upon the courses of study and practice leading to the next examination pending[...]rmnF. ’11, A candidate who has passed subjects in other faculties or universities or elsewhere, may[...]be granted such exemption from these regulations and from schedules made under them as the Council on[...]EARLIER REGUIATIONS 12.A11 regulations hitherto in force concerning the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery are hereby repealed: provided[...]urse of study a candidate shall have matriculated in the University and have been accepted by the Council as a stu[...] |
 | [...]ospital Clinical Year begins on the fifth Monday in the ycar. 2. Candidates should obtain the descrip[...]ublished below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the (1:: recs. For syllribuscs of subjccts taught for other degrees and tliplonms sec tic lttl7lt' of subjects at the end[...]year the student shall attend courscs of lectures and practical work in (a) Biology, (h) Chemistry, (c) Behavioural Science, ((1) Physics, and (e) Genetics.During the second year the student shall (a) attend a course of instruction in Anatomy (including Gross Anatomy, Histology and Embryology), and dissect during the whole academic yeax; (b) attend a course of instruction in Biochemistry; (c) attend a course of instruction in Human Physiology; ( d) attend a course of instruction in Medicine in the Community. During the first two terms of th[...]including clinical demonstrations where required, in: (a) Anatomy including Neuroanatomy; (in) Physiology, and Pharmacology; (c) Pathology; (d) Microbiology; (6) Medicine in the Community. During the third term of the third year and during the fourth year the student shall attend courses of topic instruction in Medicine, Surgcrv, Psychiatry. Micro- biology, Pa[...]Biochemistry, Applied Anatomy, Community Medicine and Public Health, as dirt'ctcd. During the fifth year the student shall (a) attend a course of instruction in Obstetrics and Gynaecology; (b) attend a course of instruction in Medicine and Surgery; (c) attend a course of inst-motion in Psychiatry; ((1) attend a course of instruction in Medical Paediatrics; (a) attend a course of instruction in Surgical Paediatrics; (f) continue to attend demonstrations in Clinical Pathology; (g) attend Class Examination[...]andidate shall attend as directed for instruction in: (a) Medicine; (b) SUTHGTY; (c) Medical spocialitics; (d) Surgical specialities; (e) Obstetrics and Gynaecology; (f) Paediatrics (g) Community Medicine; and undertake either a period of elective study appr[...]Examination, Part I, undertake a revision course in one or more of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Paediatrics. Medicine and Surgery. 905 |
 | [...]cal Instruction. Clinical instruction will begin in the third term of the third year and extend to the end of the sixth year. During this period the student shall (a) attend the medical and surgical practice of the Royal Adelaide Hospital and/or the Queen Elizabeth Hospital for such period as may he directed, in the wards and in the outpatients department; and receive tutorial instruction in medicine and surgery as directed; (h) (luring the fifth year[...]r such period as may be directed, the obstetrical and gynaecological practice of the Royal Adelaide Hos[...]Elizabeth Hospital or the Queen Victoria Hospital in the war 3 and in the outpatients department: and reside for 6 weeks or such period as may be directed in the Queen Victoria Maternity Hospital or the Queen Elizabeth Hospital (maternity section) for clinical work in obstetrics; (c) hold for a total of at least 12[...]al dresser at the Adelaide Children’s Hospital; and during the sixth year attend the paediatric pract[...]reside durin the sixth year for at least 8 weeks in the Royal Adelaide Hospital an /or the Queen Elizabeth Hospital for clinical instruction in medicine and surgery; (6) reside during the sixth ear for a period of 4 weeks in such hospital as may be directed for c inieal instruction in obstetrics and gynaecology; (i) receive instruction during the sixth year in community medicine as directed; (g) attend a course of clinical instruction in psychiatry during the fifth year; (h) receive tu[...]d. C. Approval of Enrolment. Students enrolling in the first year of the medical course, and all other students enrolling in the medical course for the first time, must have[...]ent. II. SCHEDULE OF EXAMINATIONS. The subjects and half-subjects of the examinations prescribed in regulation 3 shall he as follows and a candidate shall satisfy the examiners in each subject and half-subject: (a) The Preliminary Examination (to he held in or about November of the first year). 5271 Biol[...]enetics IM. A candidate who having been enrolled in the first year of the course in 1972 or earlier, satisfies the examiners in 1973 in the following subjects: Biology I, Chemistry I (at Division I standard or higher), Physics I, and an approved fourth suh'ect selected from those wh[...]us for the Preliminary Examination on his passing in Part I of the 906 PEI-7N!“ |
 | [...]ICINE SCHEDULEScourse of study for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Science in that University provided that the Part I course[...]ll be required to repeat the course of instmction and present himself for rc-examiuntion only in the subjects or half-subjects in which he failed to satisfy the examincrs. The su[...]on 10 to present themselves therefor) will e held in or about the following February, (13) The First[...]s; one near the end of each of the first, second and third academic terms of the second year: I Anato[...]n 10 to present themselves therefor, will be held in or about the following ‘ebruary. Before lacing[...]will be required to have satisfied the examiners in the work of the Second Year. Human Biology Thir[...]n 10 to present themselves therefor, will be held in or at out the following November. (c) The Second Professional Examination (to be held in or about November of the fourth year). It A mult[...]e stage of teaching.) 3. A practical examination in Special Pathology. As the work for the Second Profession[...]vision into specified subjects, supplementary or special examinations may be granted only under regulation[...]inal Professional Examination Part I (to be held in or about November of the fifth year): 1. Obstetrics and Gynaecology. 2. Paediatrics. A candidate's performance in Medicine, Surgery and Psychiatry will be taken into account in determining the results of the examinations. A candidate who is granted a su plezncntnry examination in part or the whole of Part I will normally be requiraPto undertake a prescribed course of revision in lieu of undertaking a sixth-year elective. The su[...]be acceptable: Chemistry 1, Physics I, Biology I and Mathematics I or IE or Earth Sciences I or Any Part I course in the School of Humanities or the School of[...] |
 | [...]SCHEDULES Part II 1. Assessments of performance in the required clinical work. 2, A multi-disciplinary examination in Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics and Gynaecology. Paediatrics. Psychiatry and Community Medicine (to be held in or about October and November of the sixth year). 3. Viva voce examinations as required (to be held in or about October and November of the sixth year). A candidate who is granted a supplementary examination on part or in the whole of Part I! will normally be required to[...]spital residence charges may he found un er "Fees and Charges" on page 1125. 908 |
 | [...]TUDENTS TO THE PRACTICE OF THE TEACHING HOSPITALS AND THE INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL AND VETERINARY SCIENCE1. Medical students admitted[...]_under the control of the Medical Superintendent" in relation to matters of common discipline; the Uni[...]ase without the pen-niswiun of the Hospital Board and the Senior Medical Officer under whose care the patient is or has been. 3. Except in the performance oi his clinical duties, no studen[...]atient without the permission of both the patient and the Senior Medical omcer in charge. 4. No student may commuuieute directly o[...]museming the clinical practice oi the Institution in which he is attached 5. No student may introduce[...]re laid down from time ta time by the. University in coniuncfion with the Teaohiug Hospitals. Fees ar[...]dmts shall discharge the duties assigned to them. and pay for or replace any article damaged or lost nr[...]ns of the Medical superintendentv oi the lmspitnl in respect of discipline and general conduht. 9. Subject to Rule 10 my studen[...]ismndlwling himself may be suspended or dismissed in the Board of the hospital {mm the pmdiw of the ho[...]hal forfeit all payments which may have been mmlc and all rights accruing therefrom 10. In nll instilnces where u Sluilem has hum t-illimr s[...]ned, a represt'ntntiw: up minted by the Umversuy, and the Dean of the Faculty of Motliclne (or his drpu[...]Director at the Institute has the auLhovity given in these Rules in the Mcdical Superinteudeut ot a Teaching Htispital, and where the Council of the Institute replace[...] |
 | [...]NUMBERS OF THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY SYLLABUSES Text-books: Stud[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]various subjects: as ollows: Faculty of Medicine - — ~ M Faculty of Science - - - - S The second letter: if it follows S, is explain[...]e courses for the Second Professional Examination and the Fin Professional Examination, Part II) which are designated MX74 and MX76 respectively: Anatomy and Histology - - A Obstetrics and Gynaecology - O Paediatrics - - — - - - C Pathology - - - - - - P Medicine - - » - - - - M Surgery - — - — — - - 5 Psychiatry ‘ . - _ _ _ H The first digit\ 0—6: Indicate[...] |
 | [...]to meet the specific needs of students enrolled in the Faculties of Me ‘cine and Dentistry. Principles are illustrated with biological and medical examples.A. Smccru'rua AND BONDING. 1. 2. 3. 4r Crystals and the solid state; the principle of X-ray crystallo[...]eloped to a level for understanding of structures and reactions e ewhere in the course. Qualitative discussion of spectrophotometry and spectral techniques used to establish molecular s[...]structure of biological molecules, metal chclatcs and haem»type complexes. B. ENEncEi-ics AND CHEMICAL Ecumenm. l. 2. S. 4. Equilibria in aqueous solutions: concepts of free energy, enthalpy and entropy,- bufiers: metal-complex formation. Electrochemic[...]on electrodes. Interfacial phenomena: interfaces and adsorption,- monolayers; electrical double-layers; membranes;[...]ilibrium; hydro- philic colloids. Macromolecules and their physical characterization. C. RATE Pnocnss[...]ocess. D. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. The lecture course in Or nic Chemistry will he devoted to a discussion[...]rrence, preparation an £ropcrties, both physical and chemical, of the major s. families of organic co[...]ides hotcrocyclic compounds aldehydes amino acids and proteins ketones carbohydrates Representative examples will be included of compounds of medicinal and biological importance, e.g., anaesthetics, analgesics, anti-inflammatory drugs, anti- septics, bacteriostats, a[...]ucleotides, steroids, etc. At appropriate places in the course the following topics will he presented[...]912 Isomerism: geometrical, optical, recognition and separation of isomers. Spectroscopic methods: applications of ultra-violet, infra-red, n.m.r., and mass spectrometry in the identification of organic compounds. Fluore[...]rescence spectroscopy. Carcinogenesis: separation and identification of carcinogenic hydrocarbons. Polymers: preparation and properties of synthetic organic polymers,[...] |
 | [...]al processes: simple examples of transformations, in oiuo, of organic molecules, transport mechanisms.8. Fats and waxes, lipids. Text-books : Campbell, I. A.. Chemical systems (Freeman, 1970). Richfitlrsils, Cram and Hammond, Elements of organic chemistry (McGraw- H[...]proaches- to the understanding of human behaviour in health and disease. Biological. p _ hological, sociological, anthropo- logical, and developmental arpccts will lw considC‘rCL The course consists of three lectures, 0m: tutorial, and one three-how practical class, per week. Text-hooks: Mussen, P. H., Conger, J. 1., and Kagan, 1.: Child deoelaument and personality, 3rd edition (Harper). Mum], N. L., Femald, L, D., and Fcrnald, P. 5,, Basic Psychology, 3rd edition (Ho[...]roncc hooks: Engel, G., Psychological development in health and disease (Saunders). Maxwell, A, E., Basic statistics in behavioural research (Penguin). Butcher, H. J., H[...]entific American (Freeman ). Proshansky, H. M., and Seidenborg, B. (eds), Basic studies in social psychology (Holt, Rinchart and Winston), Broom, L., and Selznick, P., Sociology. 4th edition (Harper). Erikson, E. H., Identity and the life cycle (I.U.P.), SP7H. Physics 1M. The[...]s of two onoehour lectures, one one-hour tutorial and one three-hour laboratory session per fortnight.[...]. Changes of state. Heat conduction, convection and vapour pressure. Sound. Waves aspects of light. Photons. Atomic spectra. Nuclear structure and radiations. Electric circuits. Text and reference books: Available from Department in January. 913 |
 | [...]Genetics IM. Tllm'C will he one lccture per week and (in!) threeehuur practical scssiun fort- nightly thro[...]art of the l 4; round to the practice of medicine and clentistrv. Practical sessions and exert-is ' will give students the opportunity to analyse data of normal and patholo 'cal human variation so as to encourage a critical approach to genetical and Iiiotliciil problems. Scientific method. Mendelian genetics in human families. Application of statis— tical tests to gunctic data. Cytogcnetics. Biochemical and population genetics. Genetics of quantitative var[...]entice—Hall). Maxwell, A, 13., Basic statistics in behavioural research (Penguin). Stone, G. K.. Evidence in science. A simple amount of the princinles of science for students of medicine and biology (Wright). SZ71. Biology I. A course consisting of two lectures, one tutorial and a proximately four hours of practical work each wcck throughout the year. Both (ay and evening classes will he held. The course includes: an introduction to the structure. physiology and functional evolution of plants and animals; elementary biochemistry. cell physiology and genetics; the mechanisms of evolution, and the principles of ecology. Text-books: Villee, C. A., and others. General zoology, 4th edition (Saunders). Raven, P. H., and Curtis, H., Biology of plants (VVorlh). Reference books: Browning, T. 0., Animal populations (Hutchinson). Huldrcu, J. 1’., and Ehrlich, P. R. (cal), Global ecology (Harcourt Br[...]tice—Hall). Hardin, C., Biology, its principles and implications. 2nd edition (Freeman). Johnson, W. IL. and others, Biology, 3rd edition (Holt. Bjnchart and Winston). 914 |
 | [...]mo YEAR) FIRST PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION. SECOND- AND THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS. NOTE: This examination is held in two parts: (1) second-year and (2) third- year. (1) In the second-year a coordinated course in human biology comprises MAOZ Anatomy, 8172 Biochemistry and 8512 Human Physiology. Students are required to e[...]ee subjecls at the beginning of second'ycar. (2) In the thirdAycar a coordinated course in advanced human biology corn- prises MA03 Anatomy and 5513 Human Physiology. Also included in the third. 1 year course is MP03 Biology of Disease comprising Microbiology and General Pathology. Students are required to enrol[...]Science is closely coordinated with other courses in human biology, particularly 5512 Human Physiology[...]s the following: INTRODUCTORY ANATOMY: Lectures in the first term. Gnoss ANATOMY: Lccturcs, tutorial—dernonstraiions and practical work on the limbs and trunk, extend over three terms. Functional aspect[...]f the body—prosected specimens are provided for special regions. Hrsrorocy AND CELL BIOLOGY: Lectures, demonstrations and practical classes on general cytology, and the microscopic structure (including ultrastructurc) of the cells, tissues, organs and systems of the body: the coursi- relates structur[...]al classes. EMBRYOLOGY : Lectures cover both me and ost-natal stages of normal human growth and development and extend into re ated topics such as: control of dchlOpment, experimental embryology, congenital anomalies and teratogenesis. At the beginning of the Anatomy course students must have: dissectin instru» ments and laboratory coat or own; a human half-skeleton; an approve micro scope and the following books Illatest editions). Arey, L. B., Developmental anatomy (Saunders). Bloom, W., and Fawcett, D. W., A textbook of histology, 10th edi[...]actical anatomy, vols. 1~3 (O.U.P.). Gardner, E., and others, Anatomy (Saunders); or Gray, H., Anatomy, descriptive and applied (Longrnans) . Reith, E. 1., and Ross, M. 1]., Atlas of descriptive histology (Har[...]g are: Abbie, A. A,, Princiflles of mummy (Angus and Robertson). Appleton, A. B., and others, Surface and radiological anatomy (Heller). Clark, W. E. Le Cros, The tissues of the body (O.U.P.). Hamilton, W. 1., and others, Human embryology (Heller). Jamieso[...] |
 | [...]owth after birth (Oxford Med. Pub). Toner, P. G, and Carr, K. E., Cell structure. An introduction to b[...]Ross ANATOMY: Lectures, tutorial-demon“rations and practical work on the head and neck extend over the first two temis. Lectures and demonstrations on special topics are given in the second term. Students dissoct port of the region—prosected specimens and models ure provided for special structures. NEUROBIOLOGY: This course is closely coordinated with the coursc in ncurophysiolo given in the first term. Lectures, demonstrations and practical work (inclu ing brain dissection and stud of prepared sections) relate structure to function in the nervous system. (C inical demonstrations are[...]human nervous system: basic elements of structure and inflation (McGraw-Hill, Intcmationul student editio[...]guire, F. A., Anatomy of the female pelvis (Angus and Robertson). PeelemT. L., The neuraanatomio basis for clinical neurology (McCraw- Hi . Smout, C. F. V., and Jacoby, F., Gynaecological and obstetrical anatomy (Lewis). SY72. Biochemistry. A course of lectures and laboratory work in biochemistry including both fundamental and applied aspects. Work in Biochemistry will be completed in the second year of the medical course. The course will include aspects of: protein structure and function; biochemistry of em es; nucleic acids and protein synthesis; biochemistry of gene action: m[...]biotics; metabolism of carbohydrates, amino acids and lipids; molecular functions of vitamins; biochemi[...]action. vision bone mineralisation. blood roteins and red blood cells; biochemical control mechanisms;[...]cancer, metabolic disorders: use of biochemistry in diagnos‘ molecular up roach to disease. The cou[...]isorders. Textbook : Brobeck, J. R. (cd.), Best and Taylor’s physiological basis a} medical practice, 9th edition (\Villiums and Wilkins). (Joint text-book with Human Physiology.[...]cal chemistry, l4th edition (Lange). Whitfi,)A., and others, Principles of biochemistry, 4th edition (McGraw- IIi . Bartley, W., and others, Biochemistry of the tissues (Wiley). Scar[...]ic biochemistry (McGraw-Hill). Stanbury, I. 13., and others, Metabolic basis of inherited disease, 3rd edition (McCraw-Hill). Larner, J., Intermediary mtabolirm and its regulation (Prentice-Hall). 916 |
 | [...]EDICINE FIRST anr. EXAM. (snconnqnmn YEAR)8512. and 8513. Human Physiology. The coulse of lectuws and experimental work in Human Physiology and Pharmacology extends over the three {onus of the second year and the first and second terms of the third year of the medical study. In the second year students enrol for 5512 and in the third your for 5513. Text—books: Brobeclt, I. R. (Edi), Best and Taylor’s rihysiologiml hum of medical practice, 9th edition (Williams and Wilkins). (Joint textbook with Biochemistry.) Rand, M. 1., and others, An intmductiun to the physiology and pharma- cology of the autonomic "mucus system (Th[...]ian Pharmacoutic Publishing Co.). Meyers, F. H,, and others, Review of medical pharmacology (Longs); o[...]MPOS. Biology of Disease. An introductory course in Microbiology and General Pathology. Details are given below[...] |
 | [...]ond Professional Examination. Applied Physiology and Pharmacology. The course extends through four consecutive terms beginning with the third term in the third year of medical studies, and is integrated with topic teaching. The subject-ma[...]up licntion of important principles of physiology and plmrmacalogy to medicine and) surgery. Text—books: Brubeck, J. R. (ed.), Best and Taylor’s physiological basis of medical practice, 9th edition (Williams and Wilkins). Laurence, D. R, Clinical pharmacology, 4th edition (Churchill); or Mchnon, K. L., and Morclli, II. F., Clinical pharmacology. Basic principles in therapeutics (Macmillan). Campilbfll, E. I. M., and others. Clinical physiology, 4th edition (Black- we . Refercnce book: Goodman, L. 5., and Gilman, A., The pharmacological basis of therapeu[...]ortant principles of anatomy to medicine, surgery and radiology. Medicine and Surgery. A course of tutorials, lectures and clinical instruction on the medical and surgical aspects of diseases. The course is part[...]ch provides integrated multidisciplinary teaching in community medicine. public ealth, history takin .[...]tract, cardiovascular system, respiratory system, in cction, endocrine disorders, metabolic abnormalities, urinary tract diseases. diseases of bones and joints, diseases of the blood, neuro- logical disorders. diseases of the eyes, skin. oars, nose and throat. and anaesthesia mild resuscitation. The psychological[...]course. commencing the third term of Medicine III and continuing throughout Medicine 1V, is designer] to give students a balanced introduction to clinical science and to integrate the medical sciences with clinical medicine. For acid-books and equipment see under .\lX76 Final Professional Exa[...]importance: their isolation, morphology. physiolo and classification. The principles of sterilization and disinfection, the use of anti iotics and chemotherapeutic agents. The role of micro-organisms in human disease, con: sidercd as a study of host-parasite relationships; epidemiology and its relation to hospital cross—infections. An o[...]. The collection of specimens for bacteriological and viral diagnosis. The principles of immunology as applied to the diagnosis, prophylaxis and therapy of bacterial and virus diseases, transplantation, diseases due to allergy or hypersensitivity and autoimmune disease. In the first and second terms of the third year, introductor lectures and a practical course using basic laboratory techni ucs are given. In the following four terms there are smninars on se[...]d to Topic Teaching conceming infectious diseases and immunological roblems. including visits to the Children’s Hospital and the Northfield Wards 0? the Royal Adelaide Hospital. Students are expected to take an active part in these clinical presentations. 918 |
 | [...]cal microbiology (Livingstone). Humphrey, J. H., and White, B. (3., Immunology for students of medicine, 3rd edition (Blackwell ) . Carmd, L. P., and O'Grady, F. (ed.), Antibiotic and chemotherapy, 3rd edition (Livingstone). Pathology. The course in Pathology extends over the third and fourth years. In the first and second terms of the. third year of the medical co[...]of pathology are presented as part at the course in .\IP03 Biolo of1 Disease. The nature and causes of disease are first considered. and then gllallows a full consideration of the inllmnmatnry reaction. including tissue regeneration and re air. Other topics are coagulation and its disorders, thrombosis, embolism and in arction, retrograde cellular changes and dc enerations, the biological eli'eets of radiant[...]chro- mosomal abnormalities, lmeniorrlmgc. shock and o omn. Commencing in the third term of the third year of the medical c[...]0' instruction on selected topics: The nakedseyc and microscopic changes in diseased organs and tissues are considered, and the morbid physiology of disease is also discusse[...]ted material, choice-pathological demonstrations. and attendance at necropsies in the mortuary of the Royal Adelaide Hospital. Neeroizsies are held dailv when material is available. and students are required to attcnc as many as possihle. Text-book: For General Pathology: Curran, R. C.. and Ilarnden, D. C. (eds), The pathological bus-is- of medicine (Hein emonn ). Referenoe books; La Via, M. F., and Hill, R. B., Prinoiyles of pathohiolagy (Oxford).[...]ogy, latest edition (Lloyd-Luke). Walter, ]. 13., and Israel, M. 5., General pathology, 3rd edition (Churchill). For Special Pathology: Robbins, S. L., and Angell, NL, Basic pathology (Saunders). Robbins,[...]companion to medical studier (editors R. Passmore and |
 | [...]PART I. FIFTH»YEI\R SUBJECTS. M075. Obstetrics and Gynaecology. FIFTH YEAR. A coursc of luturos in obstetrics and gnIm-(olngI is givcn t1lllllI" the fifth you Stu[...]clinical term. During this liIIIc both obstetric and Innaccological cliIII‘Lal attachments :IIc performed and students are resident for si.\ wctks. Tutorials in practical obstetrics, endocrinology and gynaecological pathology are given during term. Seminars are conducted in which social, psychological and psychosomatic aspects of human reproduction and sexuality are discussed. Text~booksz Jeffcoate,[...]H., Gynaecology, 2nd edition (1971) (Little-Brown and Co“) Llewcllyn- Jones, D. Fundamentals of obstetrics and gynaecology, Vol.1: Obstetrics, Vol. 2: Gynaecology (Faber and Faber) Townsend, L., Obstetrics for students, 2n[...]e U.P.). Danfnrth, D. N., Textbook of obstetrics and gynaecology, 2nd edition, 1971 (Harper and Row). Garrey, M. M., and others, Obstetrics illustrated (Livingstone). Peel, J), and Potts, M., Textbook of contraceptive practice (Ca[...]students (Churchill). Reid, D. 13., Ryan, K. J., and BeIIirschke, K.. Principles of management of huma[...]B. Saunders). Advanced reading: Hytteri, F. E., and Leitch, 1., The physiology of human pregnancy (Bl[...]cs, 8th edition, by ]i C. Mair (Balliere, Tindall and Cox). Shaw, W., Textbook of operative gynaecolog[...]wkins, 3rd edition (Livingstone). Haines, R. MI, and Taylor, C. W., Gynaecological pathoZOgI/ (Churchi[...]{ W., Obstetrics, 14111 edition, by L. M. Hellman and J. A, Prilcliar (Appleton-Century-Crofts ). De L[...]Saunders). Kismet, R. W. G naecolagy: principles and nractice, 2nd edition, 1971 (Year Book Medical Publishers). SIXTH YEAR Each student will reside in an obstetric hosfiitsl for four weeks for a stud[...]tao ed to the practice of a Visiting obstetrician and gynaecologist. 920 |
 | [...]EDICAL DISEASES or CHILDREN: Lectures, tutorials, and clinical instruction in the general problems of paediatrics,including t[...]'s Hospital. Reference hooks: White, M., Surgery in infancy and childhood, 2nd edition, ed. by W. M. Dennison (Li[...]ached to the practice of a visiting paediatrician and may be required to reside in a hospital for a period of four weeks as a studen[...]. Medicine. Fifth-year students spend six weeks in the Universi Departments of Medicine and Surgeri at either the Royal Adelaide Hospital or[...]ourse is designed to analyse the whole diagnostic and clinical 11 preach to the patient. Eac student ha[...]of the course is provided to a low for the study and care of patients under the supervision of the University Department of Medicine and the Clinical Teachers of the University at both hospitals. Students will spend four weeks in General Medicine in the capacity of Junior Interns at the teaching ho[...]iod of four weeks devoted to Medical Specialties. In addition the new curriculum provides an eight week elective period in a variety of activities within and outside the teaching hoSpitals. A course in Community Medicine is provided for four weeks. T[...]ommended throughout the three yenrs' instruction in Medicine. MEDICINE: Text-books: Davidson. L. S. P.. and others. Principles and practice of medicine (Livingstone); or . Houston, J. C., and others, A short text-back of medicine (English Univer- ties Press) and Hall—333m '1'. R., and others. Principles of internal medicine (McGraw- ; 0f Beeson, P. 13., and McDermott. W., Text-book of medicine (Saunders). Special reference books: Zilva, J., and Pannall, P. 11., Clinical chemistry in diagnosis and treatment (Lloyd—Luke). Hinshuw. H. C.,[...] |
 | [...]ns FINAL PROF. Ex. ,1. ii (srer YEAR) Brain, 1-1., Clinical neurology (O.U.P.). Julian, D. G., Cardiology (Bailliére). Sneddon, I. B., and Church, R. 13., Practical dermatahagy (Arnold).[...]P. V., Liver disease (Churchill). Ramsay, A. M., and Edmond, B. T. D., Infectious diseases (Ileinemann). De Gruchy, C. 0., Clinical haematology in medical practice (Blackwell). Truclove, S. C., and chnell, P. C., Diseases of the digestive system ([...]ak of endocrinology (Saunders). Teplick, J. (1., and others, Roentgenolagio diagnosis, vol. 1 (Saunders); or Sutton, D., Radiology for general practitioners and medical students (Churchill Livingstone). PHYSICAL SIGNS: Text-book: Judge, B. D., and Zuidema, G. D., Physical diagnosis, a physiologic approach (Little, Brown). Recommended book: Morgan, W. L., and Engel, G. L., The clinical approach to the patient (Saunders). CLINICAL CHEMISTRY: Text-book: Krupp, M, A., and others, Physician’s handbook (Lange). TIIERAPEUTICS: Text-books: Chatton M. J., and others, Handbook of medical treatment (Lange); or[...]gned to help the student to acquire the knowledge and skills necessary for the evaluation of psychological and sociolo ical factOrs and the integration of these with biological factors in all forms of ifiness. In the first year the course in Behavioural Science deals with neurophysiological, ethological, psychological, sociological, anthropolo 'cal and psychiatric contribu- tions to the understanding of normal and abnorma behaviour. Certain applications of these data are developed in the second-year Community Medicine course. In the fourth-year to is teaching programme the prin[...]an psychosocial aspects of disease are presented and dis- cussed whcrc appropriate throughout the year. In the fifth year students are assigned to psychiatric units in general hospitals for clinical clerkin , the detailed study of the patient and his family and an over-view of the fie d of general psychiatry. Text-books: Solomon, R, and Patch, V. D., Handbook of psychiatry, 2nd edition (Lange). Engel, G., Psychological development in health and disease (Saunders). Reference hooks: Cameron. N., Personality development and psychopathology (Houghton Mimin). Morgan, W., and Engel, G., The clinical approach to the pa[...] |
 | [...]rn clinical psychiatry (Saunders). Pilowsky, 1., and Maddison, D. C., Psychiatry and the community (Sydney U.P.). Erikson, E. H., Identity and the life cycle (I.U.P.). Shepherd, M., Lader, M., and Rodnight, H., Clinical psychophammcalagy (English[...]g paperbacks are valuable: Brown, J. A. C., Freud and the post freudians (Penguin). Crowcroft, A., The psychotic (Penguin). Késsel, W. I, N., and Walton, H. 1., Alcoholism (Penguin). Lowe, G. H., Personal relationships in psychological disorders (Penguin). Stcngcl, FL, Suicide and attempted suicide (Penguin). Sturr, A., Sexual de[...]). Surgery. Fifth-year Students spend six weeks in the University Departments of Sur ery and Medicine at either the Royal Adelaide Hospital or the Queen Eliza )eth Hospital in a course designed to analyse the whole din noslic process. including special dia ostic procedures. Eacll student has indivitun[...]upervision of n preceptor from these Departments In the sixth year each student is attached for four[...]he is given duties which will involve 'm directly in atient-care as the most junior member of the surgical team. Normally, he will he required to be in residence at the hospital to enable him to mainta[...]ur weeks each student will attend for instruction in a surgical specialty. SURGERY: Text-books and equipment: Introduction (fourth year): Elrnslic, R. G., and Ludbrook, 1., An introducfion to surgery: 100 to[...]osis (fourth, fifth, sixth year): Judge, R. D., and Zuidema, G. D., Physical diagnosis: a physiologic[...]1 edition (Saunders). Mo er, C. A., Allen, I. G, and others, Sargon, principles and practice, th or 5th edition (Lippincott). Schwar[...]OPTHALMOLOCY: Text-book: Vaughan, D., Cook, H., and Asbury, T., General ophthalmology, 6111 ed[...] |
 | [...]loupe, :1 Bishop Harman or Mayan binocular loupe and a torch; details of approved types can be obtained from the Medical School Office. Ban, Nose AND THROAT: Text-book: Hall, I. S., and Colman, B. H., Disease of the nose, throat and ear, 9th edition (Livingstone); or De Weese, D. D., and Saunders, W. H., Textbook of otolaryngalogv, 3rd[...]rence book: Scott Brown, WV 0., Valentine, . C., and Groves, ]., Diseases of the ear, nose and throat, 3rd edition Butterworth). Medical Ethics[...]e public, advertising. hospitals, the law courts, and the State. 924 |
 | [...]MENTS OF THE FACULTY OF MEDICINEMA13. Histology and Cell Biology III for the degree of B.Sc. 5502. Physiology II (Histology and Cell Biology section) for the degree of B.Sc. MA79. Anatomy and Histology for the Honours degree of 13.50. MA72. General Anatomy for the degree of B.D.S. MA82. General and Dental Histology for the degree of B.D.S. MM04. General Medicine for the degree of B.D.S, M504. General Surgery for the degree of B.D.S. MP73. General Pathology {or the degree of 13.135. MASS. Anatomy for the Honours degree of 13.50. in Dentistry. D1399. Oral Biology—Anatomy and Histology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. in Dentistry. MPSQ, Pathology for the Honours degree of 13.50. in Dentistry. MAGl and MAS]; MA62 and MA52. These subjects are provided for students enrolled at the South Australian Institute of Technology in the course for the Diplomas in Technology in Physiotherapy and Occupational Therapy. MAGL Anatomy I (P) and MASl. Anatomy 1 (O.T.}. Separate courses are given but generally comprise the following as included in MAOZ: Introductory anatomy lectures given in the first term. Courses of lectures on the gross anatomy of the extremities and trunk, given throughout the year. Functional aspe[...]ding the development of the nervous system) given in the second and third terms, Practical work includes dissections of the extremities and trunk. Tutorial- demonstrations are held in conjunction with dissections. Proscctcd specimens[...]ingham, D. 1., Manual of practical anatomy. vols 1-3 (O.U.P,), Gardner, E., and others, Anatomy (Saunders) or one of several alte[...]1., Medical embryology: human development, normal and abnormal (Williams and Wilkins); or Williams, P. L., and chrlell»Smith, C. P., Basic human embryology (Pitman); or Hamilton, W. 1., and others, Human emlflyology (Hefler). Reference hooks: Abbie, A. A., Principles of anatomy (Angus and Robertson). Cunningham, D. J., Text-book of anatomy (O.U.P.); or Cray, H., Anatomy, descriptive and surgical (Longmans); or Lockhart, H. D., and others, Anatomy of the human body (Faber). Lockha[...]must equip themselves with dissecting instruments and coat, and half a human skeleton. 925 |
 | [...]AL SUBTECTS—S‘ILLADUSES MA62. Anatomy 11 (P) and MA52. Anatomy H (0.T.). Se Korate courses are given but generally comprise the following as included in 3: Lectures and demonstrations on the gross anatomy of the head and neck, the vertebral column, and on special topics, given in the first two terms. Functional aspects of anatomy are emphasised. Lectures on neurology given in the second and third terms. Practical work in the form of dissections of the head and neck, the vertebral column and the central nervous system. Tutorial-dmnonslrations are held in con- junction with dissections. Protected specime[...]practical anatomy, vol. 3 (O.U.P.). Gardner, E., and others, Anatomy (Saunders) or one of several alternatives approved by the Department. Matzlfie) and Foltz, Synopsis of nouroanatomy, 2nd edition, 197[...]). Jones, F. Wood, Principles of anatomy as seen in the hand (Bailliére, Tindall and Cox). Jones, F. Wood, Structure and function as seen in the foot (Bailliére, Tindall and Cox). Noback, C. R, The human nervous system: basic elements of structure and function, 1967 (International students edi[...] |
 | [...]. FACULTY OF MEDICINE REGULATIONSOF THE HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MEDICAL SCIENCE REGULATIONS ‘1. There shall be an Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science. Subject to these regulations a candidate may proceed to the degree in one of the following subjects: (:1) Anatomy; (b[...]the Departments of Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Child Health“, and Mental Health“ a ). 2. Before entering upon the course of study in one of the subjects for the degree a candidate must, (i) have completed the pre-requisite work for that subject, and (ii) be deemed by the Head of the Department con[...]ndidate for advanced work. 3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall interrupt his medical course, u[...]f advanced study extending over at least one year in one of the subjects listed in regulation 1, and satisfy the examiners therein. ‘* Amended 22 December, 1966. “” Renamed Paediatrics and Psychiatry respectively 927 |
 | FACULTY OF Muuiumu HONS. B.MED.SC. REGULATIONS AND SCHLDULERf4. The names of the candidates who qualify for the degree shall be published in alphabetical order within the following classes and divisions in each subject: First Class Second Class Divison A[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date rescrihed by the Council, but shall n[...]e has re larly attended the pre- scribed lectures and has done written and la oratory or other practical work, where refuted, to the satisfaction of the professors and lec- turers concerne . 6. Schedules defining th[...]e course of study, including lectures, laboratory and other practical work to be under— taken, the examinations to be assed and the fees to be paid by can- didates shall be drawn u by le Faculty of Medicine, and submitted to the Council. Such sc iedules shall b[...]r such other date as the Council may de~ termine, and shall be published as soon as practicable after t[...]n given. T A student who has passed examinations in pari mater-la and at equivalent standard in another faculty or otherwise, and desires that such examinations shall be counted pro tanto for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science, may on written ap[...]rom the year’s course of advanced study for the degree. Regulations allowed 12 December, 1963. 1‘ Ame[...]ts is: Anatomy, Biochemistry, Physiology: 3 pass in the First Professional Examination in the course for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery. Pathology, Microbiology, Pharmacology: a pass in the Second Pro- fessional Examination in the course for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery. Genetics: a pass in the First Professional Examination in the course for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery, and in the annual examination in Genetics 11 as prescribed for the degree of Bachelor of Science. 928 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF BiEDICINE SCHEDULESPsycholo : a pass in the First Professional Examination in the course for agrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Sur cry, and in the annual examination of Psychology 11 as prescribe for the degree of Bachelor of Science. Clinical Science: a pass in the Final Professional Examination, Part I, in the course for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery. SCHEDULE II: Counsn or STUD[...]ts undertaken concurrently: 1. Course of Reading in selected fields, and the submission of a series of essays associated t[...]f a research project which will be assigned early in the course and on which a thesis must be submitted. E“ SCHEDULE HI: EXAMINATION. The examination for the degree will consist of a written paper or papers, the es[...]is on the research Ernie-ct, an oral examination, and a practical examination if required y the[...] |
 | [...]LTY OF MEDICINE SYLLADUS NULIBERSOF THE HONOURS DEGREE 0F BACHELOR OF MEDICAL SCIENCE SYLLABUSES Text[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]e various subjects, as o ows: Faculty of Arts — - - - - A Faculty of Science - - - - S Faculty of Medicine - - - M The second letter, if it follows A, is explained under Faculty of Arts,- S, is explained under Faculty of Science; or M, i[...]t teaching the subject as set out below: Anatomy and Histology - - A Obstetrics and Gynaecology — O Paediatrics - - - - — - C Pathology » - - — — - P Medicine - - - - - - - M Surgery - — ~ - - — - S Psychiatry - — - — — - II The first digit— 7—9: Indicates that the[...]ject available only to candidates for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. 931 |
 | FACULTY OF MEDICINE E .MED.SC—SYLLABUSES HONUUES DEGREE THE HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MEDICAL SCIENCE. MASS. Anatomy for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. SY89. Biochemistry for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. W199. Clinical Science (Medicine). M099. Clinical Science (Obsteh'ies and Gynaecology). M099. Clinical Science (Paediatrics[...]e of B.Med.Sc. SK89. Microbiology for the Honour: degree of B.Med.5n MP99. Pathology for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. $579. Pharmacology for die Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. 5589. Physiology [or the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. AY79. Psychology for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. Students requiring further information concerning syllabuses and work required for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science are advised[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF MEDICINE REGULATIONSOF THE DIPLOMA IN CLINICAL SCIENCE REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a postgraduate Diploma in Clinical Science. 2. A candidate for admission t[...]n admitted to the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery of the University or to a corresponding degree or degrees of another university accepted for th[...]part-time study extending over at least one year; and (b) submit evidence that subsequently to qualifying for the award of the degree or degrees referred to in regulation 2 hereof he has under one in a hospital, ractical clinical training deemed sat[...]ears. 4. The course of study shall be prescribed in schedules which shall be drawn up from time to time b the Faculty of Medicine and approved by the Council. Such sche ules shall tak[...]or such other data as the Council shall determine and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]ion may not enrol for the diploma again except by special permission of the Faculty and then only under such conditions as the Faculty ma[...]ted) after having enrolled for at least two terms in that year, shall be deemed to have failed[...] |
 | FACULTY OF MEDICINE D11>.CLIN.SC. REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES7. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shal be awarded the Diploma in Clinical Science. Regulations awaiting allowanc[...]attend lectures, complete such written, practical and tutorial work as may be prescribed, and pass examinations in: Basic Clinical Science; and One of the following Applied Clinical Science sub[...]rmatology General Practice Medicine Obstetrics and Gynaecology Paediatrics Radiology Surgery. 934 |
 | M,s. FACULTY OF MEDICINE EEGULA‘J IONSOF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SURGERY REGULATIONS §1. The following persons may be accepted as candidates for the degree of Master of Surgery: (a) Bachelors of Surgery of the University of Adelaide; (b) Graduates in sur cry of another university who hold a degree which is accepte by the Council on the recommendation of the Facult of Medicine as equivalent to the degree of Bachelor 0 Surgery of the University of Adelaide. No person may be awarded the degree of Master of Surgery until three years have elapsed since he became qualified to receive the degree by virtue of which he qualified for acceptance as a candidate for the degree of Master of Surgery. {2. Exce t by special permission of the Facultv of Medicine, every cand[...]ee terms’ notice of his intended candi- dature, and 5113] indicate in eneral terms the subject of the research work or[...]andidate will be required to under- take his work and appoint a supervisor or supervisors to whom the candidate will be responsible for the preparation and presentation of his thesis. t3. A candidate for the degree shall submit: (a) evidence satisfac- tory to the Faculty of Medicine of his having had special training in surgery including at least two years’ such training in a teaching hospital recognised by the Faculty for[...]elevant to the science or art of surgery or both; and (c) such other published papers in support of his candidature as he may wish. 14. To qualify for award of the degree the thesis must make a contribution to sur[...] |
 | [...]llor any portion of the work to any other person, and stating that the thesis does not contain any material which has been accepted for the award of any other degree in any university; (h) a statement of the nature of[...]igated; (:2) a review of the relevant scientific and historical background; ((1) a detailed account of[...]of investigation employed, the results obtained, and their interpretation.16. On completion of his w[...]the Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]te may he required to undergo an oral examination in the subject-matter of the thesis and in any other subject-matter cog- nate thereto. 7. A[...]whether or not an oral examination is necessary, and may then recommend (a) that the degree be awarded, or (b) that the degree be awarded on satisfactory completion of an oral[...]ed to the candidate for revision, or (d) that the degree he not awarded. ° ”8. Repealed. 9. The fees[...]l be prescribed from time to time by the Council; and a schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. Regulations allo[...] |
 | MD, r'ACULn’ OF MEDICINE MGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE 0F DOCTOR OF MEDICINE REGULATIONS 1. The following persons may be accepted as candidates for the degree of Doctor of Medicine: (a) Bachelors of Medicine of the University of Adelaide; (1)) Craduates in medicine of another university who hold it degree which is accepted b the Council on the recommen- dation of the Faculty of Mei icinv as equivalent to the degree of Bachelor of Medicine of the University of Adelaide. 2. No person may be awarded the degree of Doctor of Medicine until three years have ela scd since he became ualified to receive the degree specified in rcguation 1 of these rcgu ations. He may pro- ceed to the degree either hy completing a period of research and presenting a satisfactory thesis thereon, or by t[...]rk. 3. No thesis or other work presented for the degree may include material which has been accepted for anv other degree or qualifica- tion of any university or institution. The degree shall not be awarded unless the thesis or work su[...]account of original work by the candidate for the degree amounting to a substantial contribution to knowle[...]sh a history of the progress of medical knowledge in the subjects of the thesis or work; (d) indicate clearly and fully, by appropriate references, the exte[...] |
 | [...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar.Regulations governing admission to the degree by thesis 6. A person who wishes to proceed to the degree of Doctor of Medicine by thesis shall make writte[...]as a candidate shall conduct or continue research in the field of study approved by the Faculty. The[...]point a supervisor or supervisors of his research and ma nominate a cpartment or departments under whos[...]ll give the Academic Registrar one month's notice in writin of his intention to submit his thesis and shall give par- ticulars 0 an other work which he desires to submit in support of his thesis. T 8 Faculty may permit the submission of such work if in its opinion it may conveniently be examined along[...]demic Registrar three copies of the work prepared in accordance with the directions given in sub-paragraph (h) of clause 213 of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. If the work is accepted for the degree the Academic Registrar shall transmit two of the[...]lf for examination upon the subject of his thesis and matters related thereto. 12. After the examiners[...]recommend that the candidate: (a) be awarded the degree; or (b) be awarded the degree on the satisfactory completion of an examination on the subject of his thesis and matters related thereto; or (c) be not awarded the de ree, but be allowed to revise and re- submit his thesis (wit in such period as the Faculty may allow); or (d) be not awarded the degree and be not allowed to rc-submit his thesis. 938 |
 | [...]ULATIONS Regulations concerning admission to the degree by previously published work 13. Any person who[...]Faculty to submit, as evidence that he is a fit and proper person to receive the degree, work or papers previously published y him. 14.[...]Faculty under regulation 13 hereof shall zip )ly in writing to the Academic Registrar giving particul[...]matter to a committee which shall enquire into it and make recommendations to the Faculty. The Faculty[...]cant proposes to submit, advise him of its doubts and request him to reconsider his application. 15. T[...]demic Registrar three copies of the work prepared in accordance with the directions given in clause 2B of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. If the work is accepted for the degree the Academic Registrar shall transmit two of the[...]self for examination upon the subject of his work and matters related thereto. 17. After the examiners[...]recommend that the candidate: (a) be awarded the degree; or (b) be awarded the degree on the satisfactory completion of an examination on the subject of his work and matters related thereto; or (c) be not awarded the degree |
 | FACULTY OF MUSIC REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Music (B.Mus.) Regulations and Schedules — - - - - - 942 Syllabuses — — — . _ . _ i . 947 Master of Music (M.Mus.) Regulations and Schedules - - - - - — 955 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See “Board of Research Studies” on page - - i . . . . 1104 Doctor of Music (D.Mus.) Regulations - — - — . . . . . 959 9:“ |
 | FACULTY OF MUSIC B.MUS. nEcULATrohsOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MUSIC REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary degree and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Music. A candidate may obtain either degree or both. 2. The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend over three academic years and that for the Honours degree over four academic years. 1-3. To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall complete- three years of academic study and pass the examinations prescribed under Schedule 1. 1‘4. (a) To qualify for the Honours degree a candidate shall attend lectures and do such other work as may be properly required by the Professors and Lecturers concerned, and pass examinations in accor- dance with the provisions of Schedule IL (b) The names of candidates who qualify for the Honours degree shall be published in al habetical order within the following classes and divisions in each so ool: First Class Second Class Division[...]ich may recommend that he be awarded the Ordinary degree, provided that he has, in all other respects, completed the work for the Honours degree. (d) A candidate ma not enrol a second ti[...] |
 | [...]ses of study (including lectures, practical work, and examinations) to be undertaken and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be drawn up by the Faculty of Music and submitted to the Council for approval. Such sched[...]or such other date as the Council may determine, and shall be published as soon as practicable after t[...]c, a candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject for which he has not cogipleted the pro—requisite work prescribed in the syllabus for that su ject.{7. The separate[...]e on academic year of study need not all be taken in one and he same year, nor need the examination in all the subjects of the academic year to study he passed at the same time; but except by special permission of the Faculty of Music a candidate sh[...]e has satisfied the prerequisite work prescribed in the syllabus of the subject concerned. ‘8. (a)[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council, but unless[...]has regularly attended the pre- scribed lectures and has done the written and practical work required to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned. (b) The examination in a subject shall take the form prescribed in the syllabus. Written or practical work done by t[...]direction of the professor or lecturer concerned, and the results of terminal or other examinations hel[...]aken into consideration at the final examination in any subject. (c) There shall be three classifications of pass at each annual examination for the Ordinary degree as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Cred[...]th Distinc- tion or with Credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the classification; and the names of other candidates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order. “9. (a) A candidate who fails to pass in any subject shall, before presenting himself again for examination, again attend lectures and do written or practical work in that subject to the satisfaction of the professor[...]as twice failed to pass the annual examin— tion in any subject or division of a subject may not pres[...]may not proceed with the su ject again exce t by special permission of the Faculty of Music and under such con itions as the Faculty may p[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS (c) For the purpose of sections (a) and (b) of this regulation a candidate who is refused[...]tion after having enrolled for at least two terms in that year, shall be deemed to have failed to pass[...]not be rc-examined at a supplementary examination in any subject in which he passed at the preceding annual examination. 11. A candidate who has passed equivalent examinations in the University or elsewhere and desires that such examinations be counted pro tonic for the degree of Bachelor of Music may, on written a plica- tio[...]candidate who by 31 March, 1970, had matriculated and completed at least one academic year of study for the degree of Bachelor of Music under the regulations in force in 1969 mav com» plete his course under those regu[...]andidate who, by 31 March, 1972, had matriculated and completed at least one year of academic study for the degree of Bachelor of Music under the regulations in force in 1970, may com- plete the Honours degree under those regulations provided that he does so[...]andidate who l)\' 31 March, 1973 had matriculated and completed at least one year of academic study for the degree of Bachelor of Music under the regulations in force in 1972, may com- plete. his course under those regulations provided he completes the course for the Ordinarv degree by March, 1975 01‘ the course for tho Honours degree by March, 1976. (d) A candidate may at any time apply for status under these regulations and shall be granted such status thereunder as the Faculty of Music may in each case determine. Regulations allowed[...] |
 | [...]ulation 5.) NOTE: Syllnhuscs of subjects for the degree of B.Mus. are published below, immediately aitcr the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuscs of suhicr-ts taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the mid of “in volume. SCHEDULE I—TIIE ORDINARY DEGREE. 1. Before admission to the course of study for the degree of Bachelor of Music, a candidate shall show sufficient musical aptitude and may be required to pass a special entrance examination appro~ priate to the course[...]) at enrolment each year. 3. A candidate for the degree will, throughout the period of his enrolment, be[...]supervisor. He will normall be required to attend and satisfactorily participate. for up to two iours a week, in tutorials and practical lessons, as determined by the supervisor in consultation with the Hand of the Department of Music and the candidate’s practical teacher. In addition he will be required to take part satisfactorily in general practical work in the Department of Music (cg. choir, orchestra and chamber music). 4. To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall satisfy the examiners in each of the following subjects or projects: (a) Theoretical and Historical Studies I, (b) Practical Studies I, (c) Tutorials and Practical \Vork I, (d) Project I, (e) Project 11A, HE and HG, (f) Tutorials and Practical Work 11, (g) Project HIA and IIIB, (h) Tutorials and Practical Work 111, (i) Elective Work. SCHEDULE II —T1m HoNouns DEGREE. l. (a) Before entering an Honours course a cand[...]of the second year of the course for the Ordinary degree. (b) The work of the final Honours year must be completed in one year of full-time study, provided that[...] |
 | [...]C B.MUS. SCHEDULES2. To qualify for the Honours degree a candidate shall complete: (a) the work prescribed in Schedule I: The Ordinary degree, provided that a topic of his elective work shall be in the subjects in which he subsequently takes Honours; (b) one of t[...]Musicology Honours Etlmomusicology Honours Music in Education; ((2) one Honours project. 946 |
 | [...]LABUSES FACULTY OF MUSIC SYLLABUS NUMBERSOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MUSIC SYLLABUSES Text-hooks: St[...]he depamnent concerned details of the examination in that subiect including the relative weights given[...]c; M. The first digit— Diffurentiates subjects in the same year. The second digit— 1—3: Indicates year of subject, e.g. first, second or third year. (4-8: Not used.) 9: Indicates a final honom's[...] |
 | [...]smrlents are required to take part satisfactorily in group practical work in Lhe Department of Music.FIRST—YEAR SUBJECTS.[...]l tuition throughout the year, SYLLABUS: Studies in one of the following groups: voice and one instrument; two instruments; composition and either voice or one instrument; voice alone; one instrument alone; or composition alone. UM3I. Theoretical and Historical Studies I. CLASSES: Four lectures/tutorials during the first and second tunns. SYLLAHUS: (i) Aural training. (ii) Introduction to acoustics and instruments. (iii) Study of the following works: Bach, Two-part Inventions (Dover). Mozart, Symphony in G minor, K550 (Nolton Critical Scores). Beethoven[...]ications). Stravinsky, The Rite of Spring (Boosey and Hawkes). Debussy, L’Amés—midi d’un fauna ([...]Trombone Sequanzu (Universal). (iv) Assignments in selected ficlds of music theory and history, including tonal harmony. Tuxt-books: Ba[...]he ages (Pelican). Benade, A. H., Horns, strings, and harmony (Anchor books). Goldman, R. 14‘., Harmony in W'astern music (Norton). Rcfcrcncc books: Apel,[...](Ilcinemann). Briggs, G. A., Musical z'nsirumean- and audio (Wharfdalc Wireless Works). Bukofzer, M. F., Music in the baroque era (Dent), Cracker, H. L., A history[...]nterpretation of early music (Fubcr). Harman, A., and Mellers, W,, Man and his music (Barrie and Rocklifl'). Harrison, F. L.) Musicology (Prentic[...]namm'icolagirt (McGraw-Ilill). Lang, P. H., Music in W'ustem civilisation (Dent). La Rue, L, Guideline[...]lzcr, F., Structural hearing (Dover). Salzer, F., and Schachtcr, C. Counterpoint in compasilion (McGrawAIlill). Schoenberg, A., Preliminary exorcism in comitcrpoini (Faber paperback). Spink, 1,, An historical approach in musical form (Bell). Westrup, J. A., An in[...] |
 | [...]SES FACULTY OF MUSIC SECOND YEARUM41. Tutorials and Practical Work 1 (Schedule I clause 3). As directed by the course supervisor in consultation with the Head of the Department and lhe student's practical teacher, including participation in general practical music of the Department. UMSI.[...]from the project programme below, normally taken in third term, first year, and examined at first—year level. SECOND-YEAR SUBJECTS. UM42. Tutorials and Practical Work 11 (Schedule I clause 3). Pre-rcquisite subjects: UM41 Tutorials and Practical Work I; UM2I Practical Studies I, As directed by the course supervisor in consultation with the Head of the Department and the student's practical teacher, including participation in general practical music of the Department. UM52.[...]equisite or concurrent subjects: UMSI Theoretical and Historical Studies I, UMZl Practical Studies I and UMSI Project I. A project chosen from the project programme below, normally taken in first term second year, and examined at second-year level. UM62. Project 1113. Pie-requisite or concurrent subjects: UM31 Theoretical and Historical Studies I, UM21 Practical Studies I and UM51 Project I. A project chosen from the project programme below, normally taken in second term second year, and examined at second-year level. UM72. Project 11C. Pie-requisite subjects: UMSl Theoretical and Historical Studies I, UM21 Practical Studies I and UMSI Project I. A project chosen from the project pro amine below, normally taken in third term second year, and examined at secon -yea.r level. 949 |
 | [...]THIRD YEAR THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS. UM43. Tutorials and Practical Work 111 (Schedule I clause 3]. Pre-requisite subject: UM42 Tutorials and Practical Work II. As directed by the course supervisor in consultation with the Head of the Department and the student’s practical teacher, including participation in general practical music of the Dcpartment. UM53.[...]ent subjects: UMSZ Project IIA, UMSZ Project 1113 and UM72 Project IIC. A project chosen from the project rogramme below, normally taken in first tcrm third year, and examined at thir -yeor level. Ulflfifl. Proje[...]urrent subjects: UM52 Project HA, UM62 Project HE and UM72 Project IIC. A project chosen from the project programme below, normally taken in second term third year, and examined at third-year level. UM73. Elective Wor[...]jsite subjects: UM52 Project IIA, UMGZ Project HE and UM72 Project IIC. Prc—requisite or concurrent subjects: UM53 Project IIIA and UMé‘fi Project llIl'i. Normally two topics wh[...]ns, individual or group research projects, chosen in consultation with the Head of the Department and course supervisor, and practical teachen 950 |
 | B.r\tus.~S‘v‘It.—\EUSFS FACULTY OF MUSIC HONOURS DEGREEHONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MUSIC. FINAL HONOURS SUBJECTS. UMQ9. Composition. A course of seminars and individual tuition in composition and analysis of music. Candidates will he wt Hired t[...]rks. the gcneral nature of which as been approved in advancc by the Faculty ui .\lnsic> and which must be lodged with the Dean by 1 November of the year in which the candidate intends to take the examination. Assignments in advanced anal) sis must be completed during the y[...]. 1, HISTORICAL MUSICOLOCY. A course of scminars and individual tuition in: paleography; selected theoretical writings; edit[...]R 2. SYSTEMATIC MUSICOLUGY. A course of seminars and individual tuition in: advanced acoustics; psycho- acoustics; music phy[...]M79. Performance. A course of individual tuition in pcrformuncer Candidates will be required to perform two recital programmes. approved in advance by the Faculty of Music, for public performance. and will be required to Show a knowledge of history and repertoire of music rclcrant to their instrument or voice. UMGQ. Music in Education. A course of \vorksho in creative music and improvisation; and a comprehen- sive study of more i anced teaching methods, including associated Work in electronics. Part of this work will involve students taking projects into primary and secondary schools. Ul\159. Ethnomusicology. A course of seminars and individual tuition in the theoretical background to ethnoinusicology, i[...]A project chosen from the project programme below and examined at Honours level. ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS.[...]provides syllabuses UA51. UA52, UASS, UABI, UAGS and UA69 (see the degree of RA. in the Faculty of Arts). 951 |
 | [...]well as specific eonsit ovations of nr ic theory and music history. the related musicological impli- cations of aestlwt‘ '. philosophy and sociology. in addition to the written assign- ments within each project (cg. style studies tlirouizh analysis and applied techniques of harmony and counterpoint; essays. (-tc.) students are encoura[...]al aspects of Gregorian chant inter retation; its influence in the develop- ment of harmony and its use as a structura device inand Webcrn up until 0.1960, with special emphasis on the role of expressionism in the development of new forms of music theatre (Brechtian theories; Claudcl; Central European literary and graphic arts; post- Scriahin epigonalism in the Soviet Union before 1930; Blacher, Fortner, H[...]available only to composition students).Studies in contemporary composition, includin analytical, technical, and aesthetic considerations, conducted at all levels of t e degree course. 5. ETHNOMUSICOLOGY. In general, the project offered in Term I will expect the student to carry out 3 Ed[...]cular mi rant group. music used therapeutically). In Tenn II the topic will be prescrilged (mgr Aboriginal music or ndian music). The work will be done in conjunction with a traditional perfonncr who will assist with the project. Special permission will he required to take an individual study in Tenn 11 which is more relevant to the Temi l format. 6. MUSIC IN EDUCATION (all students taking one of the Music in Education projects must have attended the appropriate Workshop). Topics will be determined in relation to aspects of work covered in Music Education Workshops (e.g. graphic notation.[...]Projects include a balanced proportion of written and creative work and teaching practice. SECOND TERM. 1. MEDIAEVAL TE[...]ductus); music theoretical writings; basic skills in music palaeography. Isnrhythmic tech- niques from[...]. THE FRENCH CLASSICAL TRADITION. Opera, cantata, and symphony during the second half of the 18t[...] |
 | [...]OMUSICOLOCY. (See 1974 First Term (5).)5. MUSIC IN EDUCATION. (Sec 1974 First Term (6).) THIRD TERM. 1. MUSIC IN ITALY 1550-1650. The madn‘gal; early instrumental music; o[...]sional). A general study of avant garde composers and their works. 4. ELECTRONIC Musrc. An historical, theoretical and practical study of the fundamentals of electronic music, and its application in present-day society. 5, Com-posrnow (may also be[...]s of performances of non-Western music. 7. Mvsrc IN EDUCATION. (See 1974 First Term (6),) |
 | [...]AMME 1975 1975. FIRST TERM. 1. 16TH CENTURY MAss AND MDTET. 2. ORLANDO DI LAsso AND THE MUSIC OF THE GERMAN RENAISSANCE. 3. DISSOLUTION 0F TDNALITY (provisional). 4. E'n-momusmomcv. 5. MUSIC IN EDUCATION. SECOND TERM. 1. BAROQUE MUSIC. 2. 19TH[...]al). 4. COMPOSITION. 5. ETHNOMUSICOLOGY. 6. MUSIC IN EDUCATION. THIRD TERM. 1. VIENNESE CLASSICISM. 2.[...]MUSIC. 4. ELEC’I'ImNIc MUSIC. 5. COMPOSITION. 6- INTRODUCTION TO ETHNOMUSIUOLOGY, 7. MUSIC IN EDUCATION. 954 |
 | M.Mus. FACULTY OF MUSIC REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE 0F MASTER OF MUSIC REGULATIONS l. The Faculty of Music may accept as a candidate for the degree of Master of Music a person who: (i) has qualified in the University of Adelaide for the degree of Bachelor of Music; or (ii) has obtained, in another university or institution recognised for[...]pted by the Faculty of Music as equivalent to the degree of Bachelor of Music in the University of Adelaide. 2. In special cases the Council, on the recommendation of the Faculty and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may impose in each case, may accept as a candidate for the degree a person who does not hold a degree of any university but has given evidence satisfac[...]ltv of his fitness to undertake studies for the degree of Master of Music, 3. The course of study for the degree shall comprise two parts as follows: Part A: Such preliminar study and examinations as may be pre- scribed in the schedules 0 the degree; Part B: A Course of advanced study and/or research extending over not less than one cale[...]ether with such examinations as may be prescribed in the Schedules of the de ee. The Faculty may, in special cases, permit a candidate to comp ete Part B over[...]deci e if he has: (a) qualified for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Music; or (b) qualified for the Ordinary de tee of Bachelor of Music and has passed in (i) all the Or ‘nary degree subjects that are 955 |
 | [...]IC M.MUSi REGULATIONScompulsory for the Honours degree in the field to which his subject of study relates; and (ii) an examination of Honours standard approved[...]epted by the Faculty as equivalent to the Honours degree of Bachelor of Music in the University of Adelaide. A candidate who has[...]lly or partly satisfy the requirements specified in (a), (b) or (0) above may be exempted from the whole or such part of Part A as the Faculty may decide, and shall thereafter fulfil the requirements of Part B, as prescribed in the schedules. 5. A candidate who is required to undertake any work in Part A shall be rcgistered as a candidate in that Part for at least three terms before presenting himself for the examination prescribed in that Part. 6. A candidate in Part B shall satisfy the examiners in Composition, or in Musicology, or in Performance, as prescribed in the schedules and shall not present himself for examination until the expiry of three terms from his acceptance as a candidate in that Part. 7. If in the opinion of the Faculty of Music a candidate i[...]Council, withg'aw its approval of his candidature and the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for the degree. 8. A candidate shall as early as possible and in any event not later than the last day of the first term in his final year, submit for approval by the Facul[...]ect of a thesis; or (iii) two recital programmes and the subject of a dissertation which he proposes t[...]sertation, or thesis, as the case may e, prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]l be an external examiner, shall be appointed by, and shall report to, the Faculty of Music. (b) The e[...]equire a candidate to undergo further examination in the field of study immediately relevant t[...] |
 | MJdUS. FACULTY OF hlUSIC REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES(i) be accepted (sub'ect, if they so r[...]cepted but returned to the candidate for revision and re-submission; or (iii) be rejected. 11. The fe[...]all be prescribed from time to time b the Council and the schedule of fees so prescribed shall be publis ed in the University Calendar. 12. A candidate who fulfils the requirements of these regulations and satisfies the examiners in the field to which his subject relates shall on t[...]dation of the Faculty of Music be admitted to the degree. Regulations allowed 21 December, 1967. SCHEDULES (Made by the Council under Regulations 3, 4, 6 and 11.) SCHEDULE I: PRELIMINARY STUDY AND EXAMINATIONS Part A: Preliminary study and examinations: as prescribed in the schedules for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Music. SCHEDULE 11: FINAL EXAMINA[...]the Faculty under regulation 8. (ii) Structural and harmonic analysis of an approved work. (iii) Special papers: History of Music Theory (two three- hour[...]a work or works, published or unpublished. (iii) Special papers relating to the candidate’s fiel[...] |
 | [...]approved by the Faculty under regulation 8.(ii) Special papers: History either of vocal or of inst[...] |
 | D. MUS . FACULTY OF MUSIC REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF MUSIC REGULATIONS 1. (a) The Faculty of Music may accept as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Music a person who: (i) has qualified in the University of Adelaide for the degree of Bachelor of Music or the degree of Master of Music; or (ii) has obtained another degree in the University of Adelaide and has satisfied the Faculty of his fitness to undertake studies for the degree of Doctor of Music. (1)) On the recommendation o[...]ic, the Council may accept as a candidate for the degree a person who (i) has obtained in another university or institution of higher educa[...]uivalent to one of the qualifications specified in (a) above and (ii) has, or has had, a substantial association with the University ((2) No person may be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Music before the expiration of five[...]n which he obtained the qualification prescribed in (a) or (b)(i) above. 2. (a) A person who desires to become a candidate for the degree shall give notice of his intended candidature in writing to the Academic Registrar and with such notice shall furnish particulars of his musical achievements and of the work which he proposes to submit for the degree. (b) The Faculty of Music shall appoint a committee to examine the information submitted and to advise the Faculty whether the Faculty should: (i) allow the a plicant to proceed, and approve the subject or subjects of t e work to be[...](ii) advise the applicant not to submit his work; and the Faculty’s decision shall be conveyed[...] |
 | [...]. REGULA'I IONS(c) If it accept the candidature and approve the subject or subjects of the work to be[...]he external examiners. 3. (a) To qualify for the degree the candidate shall furnish satis- factory evidence that he has made an original and substantial contri— bution of distinguished merit to some branch of music. (In) The degree shall be awarded primarily on a consideration of[...]inal composition or other work that he may submit in support of his candidature. (c) The candidate in submitting his published works other than compositions shall, where applicable, state generally in a preface and s ecifically in notes the main sources from which his information is erived and the extent to which he has availed himself of the[...]t publications are concerned. He may also signify in general terms the portions of his work which he c[...]mposi- tions or other work he has submitted for a degree in this or any other University. 4. The candidate s[...]demic Registrar three copies of the work prepared in accordance with the directions given in sub-paragraph (h) of clause 2B of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. If the work is accepted for the degree the Academic Registrar will transmit two of the c[...]didate who complies with the fore oing conditions and satisfies the examiners may, on the recommen ati[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. Regulations allo[...] |
 | FACULTY OF SCIENCE REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Science (B.Sc.) Regulations and Schedules - - - » - - Syllabuses - - » - Anatomy and Histology (for B.Sc.) _ _ _ _ Biochemistry- . _ Botany - . . . . . Chemistry: Physical and Inorganic » . . . . Organic . . . _ Genetics A[...]logical Sciences ~ Microbiology Physics _ _ _ _ - . . Physiology and Pharmacology — - - Psychology (for 13.80.) . - — — — Zoology _ _ - _ . . . i _ Master of Science in the Faculty of Science (M.Sc.) Regulations - - . . _ _ - _ _ Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See “Board of Research Studies” on page — - - . _ _ _ Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Science (D.Sc.) Regulations - — - — — . . _ _ 962 97 1 972 974 977 98[...] |
 | FACULTY OF SCIENCE use. REGULAT ioxsOF THE DEGREE 0F BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Science. A candidate may obtain either degree or both. 2. The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend over three academic years and that for the Honours degree over four academic years. 3. (a) In these regulations and in schedules made under them by the Council the foll[...]rse of study at the Univcrsity normally completed in one academic year. "Unit” means a course of stu[...]iversity on a prescribed topic normally completed in one academic term. °(b) The Council, after rece[...]me prescribe schedules defining (i) the subjects and units of study for the degree (ii) the range 0 subjects and units (including lecture courses, laboratory courses and other practical work) to be satisfactorily com lcted and the examinations to be passed by candidates (iii) the method of publishing the exam- ination results, and (iv) the fees to be paid by candidates. (c) Such[...]Council may fix. (d) The syllabuses of subjects and units shall be specified by the Head of the Department concerned and submitted to the Faculty and Council for approval. (e) Schedules made and syllabuses approved by the Council shall be published in the next edition of the University Calenda[...] |
 | [...], 3. candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject or unit, for which he has not satisfactorily completed the pro-requisite studies as prescribed in the syllabus for that subject or unit.(b) Exemp[...]date takes a subject or unit will be granted only in special cases and on grounds approved by the Faculty. 54 (a) Examinations in any subject or unit shall be held in accor- dance with the provision of the relevant s[...]ions. (b A candidate shall enter for examination in a subject on a form and y a date prescribed by the Council, but shall not[...]imself for examination unless he has done written and laboratory or other ractical work, where required, to the satisfaction of the teaching stat? concerned. (c) In determining a candidate’s final results in a subject (or unit) the examiners may take into account the candidate’s written or practical work and his results at any examinations in it. ((1) A candidate will be permitted to take a supplementary examination only in circumstances a proved by the Faculty, and then only if the candidate’s previous wor inin any subject for the Ordinary degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit, Pass. The names of the candidates in each of the classifications shall be published in accordance with the provision of the relevant sch[...]. If the list of candidates who pass be published in two divisions, a pass in the higher division may be prescribed in the appropriate syllabuses as prerequisite for ad[...]gulation 7. 7. (a) A candidate who fails to pass in a subject (or unit) or who obtains a lower division pass and who desires to take the sub'ect or unit again sha[...]om y the Head of Department concerned, do written and laboratory or other work in that subject or unit to the satisfaction of the t[...]wice failed to obtain a Division I pass or higher in the examination in any subject shall not enrol for the subject again except by permission of the Faculty and under such conditions as the Faculty may prescrib[...]o sit for or absents himself from the examination in any subject after having attended substantially the full course of instruction in it, shall be deemed to “Amended 21 Dece[...] |
 | [...]hat higher division pass is a pre-requisite, save in exceptional circumstances and with the permission of the Faculty.8. (a) A candidate who has passed subjects in other faculties or universities or elsewhere, may[...]n of the Faculty may determine. °(b) A graduate in another faculty, who wishes to proceed to the degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Science and to count towards that degree subjects which he has already resented for another degree may do so, subject to the following conditions:[...]of the relevant schedule made under regulation 3, and (i) he shall present two third-year subjects not presented for any other degree. 9. (21) There shall be the following classifications for the Honours degree and the names of successful candidates in each subject shall be published in alphabetical order within each classification:[...]. “10. A graduate who has obtained the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts, or the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences, may not proceed to the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Science in the same subject. 11. Applications for approval[...]4(a), 4(b), 7(a), 7(1)), or 8 shall be submitted in writing to the Academic Registrar. Regula[...] |
 | [...]ulation 3.) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of Science are published below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of the volume. I. THE ORDINARY DEGREE Definitions for the purposes of these Schedules A Group A subject: A subject in first year, equivalent to one—quarter of a year’s work. A Group A half-subject: A half—subject in first year, equivalent to one-eighth of a year’s work. A Group B subject: A subject in second year, equivalent to one-third of a year’s work. A Group C subject: A subject in third year, equivalent to one-half of a year’s[...]ouble units. A Group D subject: A double subject in third year, equivalent to two Group C subjects.[...]ubject which forms part of a combination approved in lieu of a Group C subject under Clause 5 of these schedules. 1. The subjects of study for the Ordinary degree shall be as follows: Group A subjects: Biology I Chemistry I Geology I Mathematics I and IM Physics I Psychology I Zoology I Group A half[...]ral Geology 1H“ Physical Geology IH“ Genetics and Human Variation IH Mathematics IH Statistics IH i”General Geolo 1H and Ph sical Geology IH will be available in 1974 onl to students w 0 have alrea passed one of these half-subjects and who Wis to enrol in the other to comp ete the requirements for[...] |
 | [...]HEDULES Group B subjects: Applied Mathematics HA and HE Biochemistry II Botany II Chemistry II Genetic[...]II Mathematics IIM Organic Chemistry 11 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II Physics II Physiology II P[...]Group C subiects: Applied Mathematics III, IIIA and IIIM Biochemistry III and IIIM Botany III and IIIM Computing Science III, IIIA and IIIM Genetics III Geochemistry III Geology III and IIIM Geophysics III Histology and Cell Biology III Mathematical Statistics III Microbiology III Organic Chemistry III and IIIM Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IIIB and IIIM Physics III and IIIM Physiology 111, IIIA, IIIB, and HIM Psychology 111 Pure Mathematics III, IIIA and IIIM Theoretical Physics III Zoology III and IIIM Group D subfects: Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IIIA Group E suhiects: Palaeontology III Zoology IIIE 2. To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall, subject to the conditions and modifications 5 ecified in clauses 3, 4, 5 and 6 below, satisfactorily complete the allow[...] |
 | [...]ubjects from Group B or two subjects from Group B and a fifth Group A subject or its equivalent.(c) E[...]i) no part of the work is common to both subsets, and (ii) only one combination of subjects permitted t[...]e equivalent of one first- ear subject uvailab e in the Faculty of Arts, in lieu of not more t an one Group A subject or its equivalent required under paragraphs 2(a) and 2(b). 4. The following combinations of subjects shall not be presented: Biology I and any one of Botany I, Zoology I, General Biology I[...]wo of Mathematics IS, IM, I, IH; Mathematics IIM and any one of Applied Mathematics II, Applied Mathem[...]or Pure Mathematics II; Applied Mathematics IIA and HE; Computing III and Applied Mathematics IIB; Chemistry II and either Physical and Inorganic Chemis- try II or Organic Chemistry II. Geology I and (my one of Geology IH, General Geology III and Physical Geology IH. Geology 111 and either General Geology III or Physical Geology IH[...]nt one of the following combinations of subjects, in lieu of a subject from Group C: Palaeontology III and Genetics II; Palaeontology III and Botany II; Palaeontology III and Zoology II; Zoology IIIE and Biochemistry II; Zoology IIIE and Mathematical Statistics II. 6. An department offering a Group C, D, or E, subject may declare in its sy Iabus that this subject is passed by units. In that case: (i) A candidate may enrol in any number of units, subject to the. approval of the Hands of the Departments concerned, and may, with their a proval, change his set o[...] |
 | [...]e by a date to be fixed by the Council. A result in a unit may be counted towards only one subject.(iii) Except in special circumstances approved by the Council on the reco[...]f the Faculty, the grades obtained by a candidate in any acceptable unit, taken in one academic year, may only be counted towards a subject which is to be passed by units in that year or towards a subject which is to be passed by units in the academic year in which the candidate next enrols. (iv) The grades obtained in individual units for a subject under this schedule shall be recorded by the Academic Registrar and shall be available to the candidate on request af[...]by the Board of Examiners. (v) The final result in any subject under this schedule shall be that cor[...]or equal to 7.5 the result shall be a Distinction in the subject, if greater than or equal to 5.5 but less than 7.5 a Credit, and if greater than or equal to 345 but less than 5.5[...]mposed of the appropriate number of single units, and shall be appropriately weighted in computing the averagc grade under (v). wacmmqwm Ill ll II II ll || || || || 7. (a) Final examinations in any subject or unit shall be held in the examination period defined by the Council following the com— pletion of the course of instruction in that subject or unit. (b) An examination counting as part of a final examination may be held in a part only of a subject it the Faculty so[...] |
 | ELSC. FACULTY OF SCIENCE SCHEDULESClass and terminal examinations in a subject or unit may be held at any time fixed[...]cerned, provided that the examination is not held in the vacation and that attendance at the examination is not compulsory. 8. When, in the opinion of the Faculty of Science, special circum- stances exist, thc Council, on the recommendation of the Faculty in cach case, may vary any of the provisions of clauses 1—7 above. 9. The names of the candidates who pass in any subject shall be published in an official list and be arranged in alphabetical order in the classifications: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit and Pass. II. THE HONOU'BS DEGREE l. A candidate may, subject to approval by the Head of the Department concerned, proceed to the Honours degree in one of the following subjects: Anatomy Biochemi[...]iology Organic Chemistry Pharmacology Physical and Inorganic Chemistry Physics Physiology Psychology Zoology 2. A candidate for the Honours degree in any subject shall not begin final—year Honours work in that subject until he has qualified for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Science in either the Faculty of Science or the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences, and has com- pleted such pro-requisite subjects (it any) as may be prescribed in the syllabus 3. When, in the opinion of the Faculty of Science, special circum~ stances exist, the Council, on the recommendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary the provisions of clauses 1 and 2 above. 969 |
 | [...]USES SYLLABUS NUMBERSFACULTY OF SCIENCE OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE SYLLABUSES Text-books: S[...]e department Concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]teaching the subject. as follows: Biochemistry ~ - . - . . Y Botany-.-..._B Chemistry: see Physical and Inorganic Chemistry; Organic Chemistry Economic Geology - ~ - - E Genetics - - - . . . . J Geology and Mineralogy - - 0 Human Physiology and Pharmacology (for subjects. Microbiology < - - < - K Organic Chemistry (for subjects. see under Chemistry) - - - - - 0 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry (loi- subjects. see under Chemistry) ~ - C 1’ Physics --—---- Physiology: see Human Physiology and . Pharmacology see under Physmlogy) - - S Zoology . _ ~ _ _ ‘ _ Z The first digit— (LG: Indicates that the subject is in sequence with another subject. 7 or 9: Indicates that the subject is not in sequence with another subject. 8: Indicates a gro[...]onours year. 9: Final Honours. The letter H used in place of the second digit indicates a half-subject two of which count towards the degree as a whole subject. NOTE: Some subjects for the degree of B.Sc. are taught by dc artments of other faculties. In the syllabus numbers of those subjects the two igits do not necessarily have the significance shown in the Faculty of Science table above. 971 |
 | [...].SC.—SYLLABUSES ANATOMY AN'D HISTOLOGYANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY. (FOR THE DEGREE 0F BACHELOR OF SCIENCE) SEcoND YEAR. For details of the Histology and Cell Biology section of SSOZ Physiology H. see under Physiology. THIRD YEAR, MA13. Histology and Cell Biology III. Pro-requisite subject: 8502 Physiology II (which includes Histology and Cell Biology II), at Division I or higher standar[...]approved by the Head of the Department of Anatomy and Histology. The Department has declared that this subject may be passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the schedules. The c[...]rated course dealing with the relationships l)2|\|-‘Ut'll microscopic structure and function in mammalian cells and tissues and stressing recent advances in the morphological and physiological sciences. The units, however, can be taken in combination with other units in the Physical and Biological sciences. The combination of units in such cases must be approved by the Head of the De artrnent of Anatomy and Histology at the time o enrolment. The Department[...]ch consists of approximately 14 hours of lectures and 50 hours of practical work: I. GENERAL CYTOLOGY: First half of Term I. The ultrastructure and function of cell organelles and intercellular sub- stance. Special study of tissues: difiercntiation and histogenesis, repair and transplantation, ageing. Special histological methods. 2. NEU’ROCYTOLOGY: Second half of Term I. The ultrastructurc and cytochemistry of nerve cells. Special neurocyto- logical methods. Analysis of neurotransmitters, biogcnic munoamines, releasing factors, and neurosecretion. Special sense organs. 3. ELECTRON MICROSCOPY: First half of Term II. The principles and techniques of transmission and seaming electron microscopy and freeze etching, with practical instruction using[...]ds of ultrastructural analysis. 4. Hrsrocmsmrsmy AND CYTOCHEMISTRY: Second half of T enn II. The princi les and techniques of qualitative and quantitative histo- chemistry an cytochcmist-ry.[...]al coordinating role of the neuroendocrine system in physio- logical function. The role of hypothalamic and extra~hypothalamic centres in endocine regulation. To provide a basis for the specialized course in Reproductive Physiology (see 4. ). 6. Rapnonucnvr: PHYSIOLOGY: Second half of Term III. Physiology and endocrinology of reproduction. Study of the proce[...]ogenesis, fertilization, implantation, gestation, and parturition. Con- traceptive mechanisms. Text-hooks : General: Bloom, W., and Fawcett, D. W., A textbook of histology, 10th edi[...]ure. The cell (Saunders). Unit 2: Schadé, J. P., and Ford, D. H., Basic neurology (Elsevier). Unit 3: Martini, L., Motta, M., and Fraschini, R, The hypothalamus (Academic P[...] |
 | BSQ—SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF SCIENCE ANATOMY AND IHSTOLOCYUnit 4: Austin, C. R., and Short, R. V., Reproduction in mammals (C.U.P.). Unit 5: Meek, G. A., Practical[...]Histoohemistry (Churchlil). Books for reference and further reading: McClung, C. E, (ed.), Handbook[...]roscopy (Academic ress . Bourne, G. H., Cytology and cell physiology (Clarendon). Mitchell, C. A. G,[...]Basic neuroonatomy (Toronto U.P.). Toner, P. G., and Carr, K. E, Cell structure. An intraduciion to bi[...]s will be given during the course. MA79. Anatomy and Histology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Prerequisite: MAIS Histology and Cell Biolo III at a standard satisfactory to the Professor of Anatomy and Histology. Stu cuts taking individual units of th[...]candidate should consult the Professor of Anatomy and Histology during the year precedin the Honours year, and to give full attendance for an academic year to a specia course of study and laboratory work and to participate in experimental research work under the supervision[...]f rearlin , suggested b the Department of Anatomy and Histology, Should be commenceg during the[...] |
 | [...]tions of subjects with S‘i’02 Biochemistry It in second year which arc n propriutc for students intending to take Biochemistry Ill (SYOS or SY83) in thirt year. There is a place in the subject for those strongly binsz-(l towards t[...]netics Il. 5002 Organic Chemist II. SC02 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry 11, 8502 Physiology ill Other[...]xcluded.SYOZ. Biochemistry II. Division I pass in SCOI Chemistry I. This requirement may be waived, in rare circumstances, subject to the approval of th[...]or his nominee. A course of three hour lectures and six hours practical work a week and tutorials. The course will include: protein structure and function; biochemistry of enzymes; metabolism of carbohydrates. amino acids and lipids- biochemical control mechanisms in the cell; specialised functions—visual rocess, bone mineral- isation, muscle contraction; nuc eic acids and protein syn esis; biochemistry of Emile action; microbiology and bacterial genetics; biochemistry in medicine and im ustry. The practical work will be related to[...]Publishers). Reference books: “III-131%,) A., and others, Principles of biochemist", 4th edition (M[...]of molecuhr genetics (Nelson). Dickerson, R. E., and Geis, 1., The structure and action of proteins (Harper and Bow). Watson, J. D., Molecular biology of the ge[...]rentice-Hall). Lamer, ]., Intermediary metabolism and its regulation (Prentice-Hall). THIRD-YEAR SUBJE[...]ie-requisite subjects for all third-year subjects in Biochemistry: SYOZ Bio» chemistry 11 at Division[...]at the third-year subjects may be passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the Schedules. The D[...]its, each consisting of not more than 16 lectures and about 50 hours practical work. Because of the rapid development of the Subject most of the reading matter in all units will be rcviuws or original articles. T[...]ble by the Department. 1. NUCLEIC ACID STRUCTURE AND BIOSYNTIIESIS: First term. Sequence analysis of DNA and RNA. methods and results; sequence and structure of transfer RNA and viral RNA. DNA biosynthcsis in bacteria. cnzymology. RNA initiation, mechanisms, DNA repair, Nucleic acid hybridi- zation, methods and problems. RNA biosvnthesis in bacteria, enzymology, inhibitors. precursor RNA. Replication] of RNA buctcriophagcs and RNA plant viruses. Reference book: Davidson, J.[...]mistry of the nucleic acids, 7th edition (Chapman and Hall). 974 |
 | [...]OF SCIENCE BIOCHLMIS'l‘nY2. GENE EXPRESSION AND ITS CONTROL IN BAC'l'ERIA A.\'D THEIR VIRUSES: First term. Cont[...]control proteins to these; role of RNA po ymcrase in control; inENA tennination, (b) at the RNA templa[...]IRNA availability. The course will use bacterial and bacteriophage systems for illustrative material. PROTEIN STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION: Second term. Chemical and ph sical principles and procedures applied to the elucidation of the stmc[...]The areas to be covered will include the followin - purification of proteins, reactions with ions. e[...]evolution; secondary structure—determination of degree of helicily in native and denatured states; conformation—chemical and physical techniques for recognition of reactive groups, size and shape determination by ultracentri- fu e. osmotic[...]rotubulcs. fibrous protei . Cone Explizssrox AND ITS Connor. m Hiomzn Oncasrsus: Second term. Components of eukaryote cell nucleus and comparison of the mechanisms involved in gene expression (RNA synthesis, processing. transport and translation) in higher cells with those in bacteria; structure of the eukaryote chromosome; components of isolated chromatin and their possible role in a gene expression. T es and mechanisms of control in cukaryol‘cs~ditierentia- tion. transcriptionalq[...]y of biological systems for illustrative material and will include oocyte maturation, tissue culture. cell fusion studies. honnonc action, and red blood cell maturation. MECHANISM AND CONTROL or ENZYME ACTIVITY: Third term. Locating[...]l (aliosteric enzymes. modified enzymes, tissue- and species-specific isoenz lies). Procedures for pr[...]rious types of reactions; interpretation ofwthese in terms of mechanism of enzyme action. BIOCHEMISTRY or MEMBRANES AND CELL SURFACES: Third term. Types of biological membranes and their function; structure of membranes and methods of studying them; membranes involved in rotein synthesis and secretion of proteins. Transport across membranes in bacterial and higher cells. Hormone action and membranes. Cell surfaces of eukaryotes; co[...] |
 | [...]BIOCHEMISTRY SY99. Biochemistry for the Honours degree of 13.50. Pro-requisite subject: SYOS Biochemistry III or SY83 Biochemistry HIM. In exceptional cases students having passed another[...]their full time for an entire academic year to a special course of study and experimental work inin special circumstances by arrange- ment with the Professor[...]The work will include a course on techniques used in biochemical research; participation in a series of lecture-symposia on topics of modem biochemistry; participation in research seminars. and the erforrnance of research work under the su err[...]n the student will report on he aim. significance and approach of his research topic. Toward the and of the second term the student will give a short[...]sit for a written deductive examination, present and defend an original proposition on science and submit the results of his research in the form of a thesis, which will also contain a l[...]f M.B., B.S.) SYB9. Biochemistry for the Honours degree of B.Med.Se. See Schedule II of the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. SW9. Biochemistry for the Honours degree of B.Sc.Dent. SYSZ. Biochemistry. For syllabuses see under Faculty of Dentistry. (Degree of EDS.) 976 |
 | [...]of the volume. EXAMINATIONS.—All examinations in Botany cover both theoretical and practical aspects. These cannot be taken separate[...]on of the two half»subjects SBlH General Biology and SBZH Plant Biology. SBlH. General Biology III. A half-subject comprising one lecture and two hours’ practical work per week and one discussion period per fortnight throughout th[...]applicable to all organisms, viz: cell structure and function, elementary biochemistry, genetics, the[...]d work may be included. Text-book: Raven, P. H., and Curtis, H., Biology of plants (Worth). SB2H. Plant Biology 111. IHThis half-subject can only be taken in conjunction with SBlH General Biology A half»subject comprising one lecture and two hours' practical work per week and one discussion period per fortnight throughout th[...]evolutionary relationships. structure, p ysiology and reproduction of plans; uman interactions with eco[...]d work may be included. Text-book: Eovcn, P. H., and Curtis, H.) Biology of plants (Worth). 5271. Bio[...]ich is given jointly by the Departments of Botany and Zoology, see under Zoology. $302. Botany 11. Pr[...]subjects: A 355 at Division I or higher standard in m’lher Botany I [he an aggro ate a SBlH General Biology and SBZH Plant Biology] or 5271 Biology 1 or. or 1974[...]Biology concurrently with SB02 Botany 11). A pass inin writing throng: the Academic Registrar). The course comprises two lectures and two practical periods per week through- ou[...] |
 | [...]metabolic ener ; perme~ nbility of cells to water and solutes; movement of water ininera ions and organic solutes within the plant. Plant growth.Text-book: Salisbury, F. 13., and Ross, C., Plant physiology (Wadsworth). B. PLANT ECOLOGY: Principles and practice of plant ecology; ecological anatomy; bi[...]Reference books: Kerslizlw, K. A., Quantitative and dynamic ecology [Edward Arnold). Greig»Snu‘t.h[...]ecology, 2nd edition (Butterworth). C. EVOLUTION AND TAXONOMV on THE ANuioserzlms: Natural selection and specintion, chromosome bolanv. recombination sys- tems; taxonomic concepts illustrated by selected families and genera: bio- geography and origin of angiospenns. A representative herbarinm of between 50 and 80 species of South Australian Iants is to be made during the year and submitted by the first day of thin? term, and a taxonomic project is carried on throu hunt the year and submitted by the last day of lectures. Both herba[...]ct count towards final marks. This may be varied and candidates are advised to consult the Department[...]lution. 2nd edition (Prentice-Hall). Davis P. IL, and Cullen, L, The identification of flowering plant families (Oliver and Boyd). Black, J, M.. Flora of Soul]: Australia, vols. 1-4 (Government Printer. Adelaide). Reference books: Darlington, C. D., Chromosome 170mm] and the origins of cultivated plants, 2nd edition (Allen and Unwin). Davis. P. IL, and Heywood, V. 11.. Principles of angiospcrm taxonom[...]mic botany (McCran-lill). Willis, 1. 11.. Manual and dictionary of flowering plants and lame (C.U.I’.). Cotton. B. C. (ed), South Australian national parks and wildlife reserves (Covemment Printer, Adelaide). THIRD—YEAR SUBJECTS IN BOTANY. Pre-requisite subjects: SE02 Botan II at[...]red to have passed SBZH Plant Bio ngy IE; or gain special pemiission of the Head of the Department for part[...]ers the seven double-units listed below. Numbers 3-7 each comprise ree lectures and the equivalent of one and a half da 5 ((11 hours) practical work per week, for one term. The other two are eac equivalent in content to this but the work is done during inten[...]ting students, space per milling. The two courses in a term are at ‘iicrent times so that both may be taken in appropriate combination with unit courses in another department. 978 |
 | [...]OGY: An intensive course given during four weeks in January. Students wishing to enrol for this cours[...]d-zone station (cost approx. $1 a day). A course in ecology emphasizing the study of the interactions between grazing animals and vegetation in arid areas, the principles involved, and air application to management practices. Referenc[...]An intensive course ivcn during four weeks mostly in February. Students wishin to enrol for this cours[...]g year. Field work is a normal part Of the course and will be undertaken when weather and tides are convenient (cost about $15)r The main[...]angiosperms; comparative morphology, reproduction and3 relationships; man'ne ecology and lJiogcugmphy; primary productivity; economic aspe[...]nce books as set during the course. BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS OF PLANT CELLS: Third term. Cell physiology, photosynthesis, respiration, bio-energetics and mechanisms of energy conservation; membrane biophysics, ion transport. Reference books: Davies, D. D., and others, Plant biochemistry (Blackwell). Nobel, P.[...]ourse. CELLS AN!) EMBnYos: Second term. A course in developmental biology given jointly with Zoology. Fertilisation; normal and asymmetrical division of cells; differentiation of cells and regulation of cellular activities; movement of cells; induction of growth and form in embryos. Text-book: Ebert, J. D., and Sussex, I. M., Interacting systems in development, 2nd edition (Holt). Reference books: Dowben, R. M., Celt biology (Harper). do Praw, E. 1., Cell and molecular biology (Academic Press). Torrey, I. C., Development in flowering plants (Macmillan). MYCOLOGY: Second term. Morphology and taxonomy of the fungi; industrial and applied mycology. This course is given at the Wai[...]gal taxonomy (Macmillan). COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY AND PALAEOEUTANY: Third term. This course. involves comparative studies of living and fossil representatives of the hryophytes and vascular plants. The course may include da[...] |
 | [...]spzrms (Hutchinson). Watson, E. V., The structure and life of bryophytes (Hutchinson).Reference books as set during the course. 7. ENvmoszNTAL Pmsiomcr AND ECOLOGY: First term. Physics of the plant environment and physiological responses to it; plant water relati[...]mechanisms of arid zone vegetation; understanding and use of instmmental‘ion in the field. The course will include a field excur[...]Univ. Press). Kozlows)ki, T. T. Water deficits and plant growth, vols. I and II (Academic Press . Munn, R. E., Descriptive mi[...]another department. 5399. Botany for the Honours degree of 13.50. Pro-requisite subjects: A satisfactory standard in SB03 Botany III or SB83 Botany 111le or special permission of the Head of the Department. Candid[...]ailed knowledge than is required for the Ordinary degree. A course of reading is prescribed and students are required to lead seminars and write essays. In addition. candidates are expected to study more deeply one branch of botany, to carry out research in this field and to present the results in a written re art. A small proportion of the total courSe is flexible and candidates choose, with approval, between additional project work and courses such as third-year science units. AC“ S[...]partment during the final year of their Ordinary degree course. The Honours course commences at th[...] |
 | B.SC.-—SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF SCIENCE CHEMISTRYCHEMISTRY. Students who intend to take third-year subjects in the Departments of Physical mid Inorganic Chemist[...]ised to take the following combinations of first- and second-year subjects: First Year: SOD] Chemistry[...]ics i, 0310] Mathematics I or QMll Mathenmliw EM, and either 8271 Biology 1 or $00] Gcolo 1; Second Year; SCUIZ Physical and Inorganic Chemistry 11, 3002 Organic Cicmistr ll, and SYUZ Biochemistry 11 or QMOZ Pure Mathematics 11[...]or who thinks he may wish, to proceed to Honours in either Department of Chemistry is advised to disc[...]artments concemcd as early as possible. PHYSICAL AND INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5001. Chemistry I. A knowledge of Matriculation Chemistry will be assumed. In addition, students would be assisted greatly by a study of Physics and either Mathematics 15 or both Mathematics I and II at Matriculation level. The course consists of three lectures and three hours practical work and one tutorial each week throughout the three terms[...]ular work assignments based on the lecture course and prescribed textvbooks: The course is given in three sections: Chemical Structure, including molecular and crystal structure, methods of structure determina[...]ion to thermodynamics, energetic considera- tions in the synthesis and stability of compounds, intermolecular forces, gases, liquids and solutions. Reaction M ccham‘sms and Synthesis, including the kinetics of chemical rea[...]hesis of compounds with reference to both organic and inorganic systems. Extensive lectures notes are[...]systems (Freeman). Richards, I. H., Cram, D. J., and Hammond, G. 8., Elements of organic chemistry (In[...]Student Edition) (McGraw-Hill); or Tedder, J. M., and Nechvatal, A., Basic organic chemistry (Wiley).[...]ecular models. Further details will be circulated in the Department. SC02. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II. Pre-rcquisitc sub'ccts: A Division I pass, or higher, in SCOl Chemistry I. The course assumes a nowlcdge of some topics covered in first-year Mathematics courses and students wishing to enrol for SCOZ Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II without having passed QMOI Mathematics I, QMll Mathematics IM, or QM7H Mathematics IH in combination with either OATH Computing IH or QT7H Statistics IH must obtain special permission from the Head of the Department of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry. The course consists of three lectures, one tutorial and not less than six hours’ practical work[...] |
 | [...]hemistry, coordination chemistry, the struc- ture and the reactions of inorganic compounds of both metallic and non-metallic elements, and analytical chemistry. A more detailed s llabus fo[...]ysical chemistry, preparative inorganic chemistry and modem instrumental analysis.Text-books: Cotton, F. A., and Wilkinson, G., Advanced inorganic chemistry, 3rd[...]tary electrochemistry (Butterworths). Basolo, E, and Johnson, R, E, (Io—ordination chemistry: the ch[...]try (Prentice-Hall). Buckingham, A. D., The laws and applications of thermodynamics (Per- gamon). Cha[...].U.P.). Sheehan, W. F., Physical chemistry (Allyn and Bacon). Dickerson, B. E., Molecular thermodynamic[...]requisite subjects: A Division I pass. or higher, in SCOI Chemistry I. A pass in a full or a half Mathematics Subject in first year is desirable; a student without such[...]enrolling. The course consists of three lectures and six hours practical work a week throughout the th[...]l is directed to principles of inorganic, organic and physical chemistry as applied to biological systems. The lectures in physical chemistry will serve as an introduction[...]of enzyme catalyzed reactions, surface chemistry and biodegradability. analytical spectroscopy and electrochemistry. The lectures in inorganic chemistry will serve as an introduction to transition metal chemistry and metal corn lexes. especial] their bonding. structure and reactions, as a basis for later stnties in metallo— iochemistry. The lectures in organic chemistry will deal with the chemistry of the heterocyclic compounds with special reference to nitrogenous and other compounds of si ificance to the biologist,[...]ry ofncorhohydrates, the chemistry of amino acids and related com ounds. The practical course will illustrate lecture topics in physical chemistry, 3 synthesis and instrumental investigation of coordination compounds, and the main methods and techniques of organic chemistry. Text-books: English, 1., Cassidy, H. 0., and Baird. R. L., Principles of organic chemistry (McGraw-Hill). Basolo, F., and Johnson, H. E., Coordimuion chemistry (Benjamin).[...](Freeman). Sykes. P. A., A guidebook to mechanism in organic chemistry, 3rd edition (Longmans). 982 |
 | D.SC.—SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF SCENE CHElVflSTRY, PHYSICAL AND INORGANICTHIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN PHYSICAL AND INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Pro-requisite subjects: A Division I pass, or higher, in SCOZ Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II is the desirable pro-requi[...]pproval of the Head of the Department of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry in each case, students may be allowed to proceed to a limited pro me of thin-year units in SC03 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry III on the asis of Division I (Passes or higher, in second-year (Group D) subjects other than SC02 Ph[...]nits, each of which consists of about 15 lectures and about 54 hours’ practical work and tutorials. The Department has declared that the third—year subjects may be passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the Schedules. A pam[...]will be available from the Department of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry in December and during the enrolment period. Prior to enrollin al[...]heir course with mom ers of Sta of the Department and finally with the Head of Department. 1. QUANTIM[...]s, more complex atoms, molecular orbitals, simple and complex molecules rr molecular orbitals, cal- culation of charge densities, bond orbitals and dipole moments; symmetry operations; group theory. Text-books: Hanna, M. W., Quantum mechanic» in chemistry (Benjamin); or Murrell, J. N. Kettle, S. F. A., and Tedder, J. M., Valence theory, 2nd edition (Wiley[...]ical methods to calculate thermodynamic roperties and equilibrium constanm; Maxwell-Boltzmann, Fermi-Di[...]ination of intermolecular forces from equilibrium and transport properties. Text-book: Denbigh, K. G.[...]t term. Crystal symmetry; 3 plication of X—ray and electron diEraction to the crystalline state especi y in determination of crystal and molecular structure. Text-book: Sands, D. E., In[...]jamin). Reference books: Lipson, H. S., Crystals and X—mys (Wykcham). Stout, G. H., and Jensen, L. H., X-ray structure determination (Macmillan). 131085, F. D., Crystallography and crystal chemistry (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). 4. REACTION KINETICS: Second term. Theories of gas and li uid phase reactions; unimoleculnr, bimolecular, ter- molecular, chain, and p otochemical reactions- stationary. state and non- stationary state 5 stems. The practic[...] |
 | [...]sCJLNCE BiSCrSYLLABUSES 984 CHEMISTRY. PHYSICAL AND INORGANIC Reference books: Benson, S. W“ Foundations 0/ chemical kinetics (MCCraw-Ilill). Frost. A. A., and Pearson, R, (3., Kinetics and mechanism, 2nd edition (Wiley). Benson, St W., Th[...](Wiley). MOLECULAR Spnrrrrm: First term. Theory and selected applications of emission, absorption and resonance spectroscopies including the use of pol[...]McGraW—Hill ) . Reference book: Walklelr), 8., and Straw, H., Spccfmscnpy, Vols. 1 and 2 (Chapman and Ha . ORGANONU-ZTALLTG CHEMISTRY: Second term. A[...]hasis is laced on their preparation. reactivities and structure. Bonding concepts andp thermodynamic da[...]h u lnnlr at the role of nrgnnmnctnllic compounds in catalysis. Text and Reference books: Cotton, F. A., and Wilkinson, (1., Advanced inorganic chemistry. 3rd edition (Interscience). Phillips, C. S. 0., and Williams R. I. P., Inorganic chemistry, ml. 2 (O[...]A physical chemical discussion of the structure and solution properties of natural and synthetic macromolecules. Reference books; Tanfo[...]ymer science, 2nd edition (Wiley). Mahler, II. R, and Cordes, E. H., Biological chemistry (Harper International ). METAL COMPLEXES: First tenn. Bonding in complexes, crystal field and char e transfer spectral Formation of complexes in solution: species, equilibria‘ an energy changes. Text-books: Cotton, F. A., and Wilkinson, G., Advanced inorganic chemistry, 2nd[...]al complexes [McGraw- Hi . PATTERNS OF INORGANIC AND ORGANUMETALMC REAC'AIONS: Third term. A discussion of inorganic and nrguuomctnllic Chen y fwln the point of View of reaction types, with emphasis on wrrrnt thinking and research in the areas covered. Topics covered will include: f[...]and migration reactions (“insertimw reactions), and their importance in the reactions of snmll molecules with transition metals; reactions involving changes in metal oxidation states ("oxidativc-ndditinn” re[...]sis of olefin hydrogenation, align- men’salion and polymerisation (action of Wilkinson's catalyst, the Wanker reaction, and Wilkc chemistry); reactions of strained h[...] |
 | B.SC.—SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF SCIENCE CHEMISTRY, PHYSICAL ANDand Wilkinson, 0., Advanced inorganic chemistrh 3rd edition [Interscienoe ).Basolo, F., and Pearson, It. 3., ll/Iechanisms of inorganic react[...]ELECTROLYTE SOLUTIONS: Second term. Equilibrium and trans ort properties of electrolyte solutions, Interpretation in terms of simple mode 5. Reference books: Robinson, R. A., and Stokes, R. H., Electrolyte solutions, 2nd edition (Butterworth). Gurney, R. W., Ionic processes in solution (MoGraw-Hill). Bockris, ].O'M., and Roddy, A. K. N., Modem electrochemist'y (Plenum Press). Three dilferent subjects in third‘ycar Physical and Inorganic Chemistry are offered depending on whet[...]partments. All students intending to take courses in third-year Physical and Inorganic Chemistry mus! obtnin notes issued by the Department on suggested combinations of units and must make an Rp~ pointment to discuss their cours[...]nown. The subjects oflered are: SCOS. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IIIA. A Group D subject. Eig[...]t togclher with four units or two doilble»l1nits in either Organic Chemistry; or liiochemistr ; or Pure and Applied Mathematics 111; or other third»year sub[...]erned. Note: The pro-requisites for the subjects in other Departments must be observed. 5018. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry 111.3. A Group C subject. Si[...]roval of the Head of Department. SCSI}. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry 111M. A Group C subject. Fou[...]ads of the Departments concerned. 5099. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Pro-requisite subjects: Any third-year subject in the Department of Physical and Inor anic Chemis together with subjects in any of the Departments of Organic Ehmistry, Bi em[...]pproved by the Head of the Department of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry. Subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Physical and Inorganic Chemis in each case a student may roceed to Honours in Physical and Inorganic C iemistry if he has taken a first agree programme which has not included a Physical and Inorganic Chemistry I.“ subject. 985 |
 | FACULTY OF SCIENCE B.SC.—SYLLABUSES CHEMISTRY, PHYSICAL AND INORGANICA series of unit courses in advanced Phym'cel and Inorganic Chemistry will be provided for the Hono[...]ATION. 12. RESONANCE Snmoscow. 13. MOLECULAE Smmy AND Gmw THEORY. 14. 01:11an ACTIVITY. 15. NON-ELECTROLYTES AND Tr-mm SOLUTIONS. 16. Mmms or SOLID STATE REACTION[...]amended for 1974; a final list of units offered in 1974 is available from the Department. Students will select courses from Honours units and from third-year units in Physical and Inorganic Chemistry not taken in the course for the Ordinary degree. Lectures or unit courses in other Departments may also be taken. The lecture[...]ined by consultation with his research supervisor and the Head of Department. Each student will be assi[...]of a member 0 stall of the Department of Physical and inorganic Chemistry. The performance of each student will be assessed on the basis of written and oral examinations and the student's written report of his research investigation. Books: Those for the Ordinary degree, and in addition other reference books which will be recommended by supervisors and lecturers. 986 |
 | [...]-requisite subject: A Division I pass, or higher, in SCUI Chemistry I. The course, which is given annually, consists of three lcctures and at least six hours practical work a week througho[...]ures will provide an introduction to the physical and theoretical aspects of organic chemistry, and a discussion of the reactions andand heterocyclic compounds. Text-books: Morrison, R. T., and Boyd, R. N., Organic chemistry, 2nd edition or Student edition (Allyn and Bacon). Sykes, P., A guidebook to mechanism in organic chemistry, 3rd edition Langmans). Hart, H., and Schuetz, R., Laboratory manual for organic chemis[...]om the Departmental Ofllce. THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Pro-requisite subjects for all tltirrLycar subjects in Organic (Ihcmistry: 3002 Organic Chemistry II at[...]l of the Head of the Organic C cmistry Department in cash case students may be allowed to proceed to a limitcrl programme of third-year units in Organic Chemistry on the basis of Division I passes or higher in second-year subjects other than 5002 Organic Chem[...]at the third-year subjects may be passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the Schedules. The D[...]units each of which consists of about 15 lectures and about 54 hours’ practical work and tutorials. 1. SPECTROSCOPY: First term. Theory and applications in organic chemistry of infra-red, ultra-violet, nuclear magnetic resonance, electron paramagnetic resonance, and mass spectrometry. 2. PHYSICAL-ORGANIC CHEMISTRY: First term. Thermodynamics and kinetics of organic systems; conformational analy[...]EDIATES: Second term. Structure, stereochemistry and reacu‘ons of free radicals, carbenes, nitrenes, carbonium ions and carhanions. Reactions involving dissolving metals[...]synthesis of complex molecules. 8. BrosyN'n-msrs AND HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS: Third term. Biosynthetic[...]of bio ogical significance. 7. ORGANIC CHEMICALS IN THE ENVIRONMENT: Third term. Petrochemicals, air[...]ochemical smo ; production, pro erties, reactions and degradation of pesticides; food ad itives, plastics an plas- ticizers; detection and assay of organic chemicals in the environment. 987 |
 | [...]ed. NOTE: All students intending to take courses in third-year organic chemistry must obtain notcs is[...]artment concernin suggested combinations of units and must make rm 8 poinnnent prior to euro ent with t[...]known. Text-books : All Units Morrison, R. T., and Boyd, R. N., Organic chemistry, 2nd edition or Student edition (Allyn and Bacon). Fleming, 1., and Williams, D. H., Spectroscopic methods in organic chemistry (McGraw-Hill). Unit 2 Alder, R. W., Baker, 11., and Brown, I. M., Mechanism in Organic chemistry ( Wiley-Interscience) . Depuy, C. H., and Chapman, 0. L., Molecular reactions and photo- chemistry (Prentice-Hall ) . Units 3, 4 and 5 Carruthers, W., Some modern methods- of organic[...]Office. SO99. Organic Chemistry [or the Honours degree of B.Sc. Prerequisite subjects: A third-year subject in the Dcparlment of Organic Chemistry [preferably 5003 Organic Chemistry III] and n third-your subject in the Dc artmcnt of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry, or a thirtl~ycur suhject in the Eelpnrtment of Biochemistry, of such other th[...]which is given annually, will consist of lectures and seminars in advanced Organic Chemistry and such lectures in Physical and Inorganic Chemistry, and Biochemisty as the Professor of Organic Chemistry) may deem necessary. All time not evoted to lectures and seminars will e given to laboratory work. Each st[...]investigate a research problem under the guidance and su ervision of one or more members of the staff o[...]Chemistry. Students who wish to take the Honours degree should consult the Professor of Organic Chemistry during the preceding year in order that they can he advised on a suitable course of study. Books: Those for the Ordina degree and, in addition, other reference books, a list of which will he publishe in the Department of Organic Chemistry. 988 |
 | [...]TY OF SCIENCE GENETICSGENETICS. SJ7H. Genetics and Human Variation IH. A first-year halt-subject d[...]enetirx as a means of understanding the diversity and underlying unity of mankind. There will be one lecture eaCh week and thrcc hours of practical and tutorial work fortnightly throughout the year. The nature. causes and maintenance of human variation. Family )atterns for rare differences. Human chromosomes. Sex determination and di crentiation. Human populations and their geneticnl structure. Elements of demography[...]tion antigens. colour—blindness, etc. Selection in primitive and oivilixe communities. Effects of migration and racial mixture. Gene action and inbom errors of metabolism. Polygenic variation (body shape and size, fingerprints. inte‘lligence, etc.). Twin comparisons. Mutation and radiation hazards. Human evoution. Text-book: Ca[...]edition (Prentice-Hall). Stonc, G. K., Evidence in science. A simple account of the mincipleu of science fur students of medicine and biology (Wright). SJO2. Genetics II. The follow[...]t suittrhlc for taking along with 3102 Genetics U in second year: SYOS Biochemistry ll. SB02 Botany II[...]2 Zoo ogy II. Pro-requisites: either (A) Passes in one biological and one mathematical subject or half—subject from Group A; or (B) In special circumstances a knowledge of biology and mathematics deemed satisfactory by the Head of th[...]inee. Three lectures, three homs' practical work and one tutorial in week for three terms. Views on the origin of the universe and of life. Mendelian inheritance. Proh- ahility and inductive inference in genetics. Linkage. Mitosis and meiosis. The chromosome theory of heredity. Structural changes in chromosomes. Recombina- tion systems in micro—organisms. The genetic material. Gene mutation. Gene structure and function. Protein synthesis. Gene regulation. The[...]c inheritance. Dilterentiaticn. Sex determination and itierantiation. Polyploidy. Breeding systems in plants. Population mwth and the elements of demography. Population genetics and natural selection. Polygenic variation (mg. height. yield. intelli ence) and its particulate basis. Heritability and the res to selection. Inbree ing and outbreeding. Speciadon. Genetics and Man—pa igree analysis. chromosomal variants, in[...]xt—books: Bailey, N. T. 1., Statistical methods in biology (E.U.P.). McKusick, V. A., Human g[...] |
 | [...]sion I or higher standard. Four courses. A. B, C and D, are offered nsfpart of SJOS Genetics 111. Each course extends over three terms and consists a one lecture and an average of 2-3 hours of practical or tutorial work per week. A[...]netiwi Ill takes three of these courses. A. GENE AND CHROMOSOME STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION: Text-books: Hartman, P. E., and Suskind, S. R., Gene action, 2nd edition (Prentice- Hall). Swanson, C. P., and others, Cytogcnetics (Prentice-Hall). Reference[...], Molecular genetics (Freeman). B. RECOMBINATION AND GENEnc SYSTEMS: Text-books: Hayes, W., The genetics of bacteria and their viruses, 2nd edition (Blackwell), Fincham, J. R. 5., and Day, P. R., Fungal genetics, 3rd edition (Blackwe[...]Evolution of genetic system, 2nd edition (Oliver and Boy ). Lewis, K. R., and John B., Chromosome marker (Churchill). Wilkie, D., The cytophsm in heredity (Methuen). C. ECOLOGICAL GENETICS. HUMA[...]iochemical genetics (North Holland) Race, R. R., and Sanger, R., Blood groups in man, 5th edition (Blnckwell). Reference books: Cevalli-Sforza, L. L., and Bodmer, W. R, The genetics of human popula- tions (Freeman). Giblett, E. 11., Genetic markers in human blond (Blackwell). Robinson, D. N., Heredity and achievement (Oxford U. Press). D. QUANTITATIVE GENETICS: Text-books: Crow. J. 17., and Kimma, M., An introduction to populath genetics theory (Harper and Row). Falconer, D. 8., Introduction to quantitative genetics. (Oliver and Boyd). Reference books: Allard, R. W., Principlcx of plant breeding (Wiley). Mather, K., and Jinks, J. L., Bicmetrical genetics, 2nd edition (Chapman and Hall). Newton Turner, H., and Young, S. S. Y., Quantitative genetics in sheep breeding ( Macmillan). |
 | [...]SCIENCE GENETICS5199. Genetics for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Candidates are required to give their full attendance for one academic year to a special course of study in the Department of Genetics. Each candidate will have a prescribed reading list and a research investigation to be carried out under[...]r of stalf. The course will include participation in seminars and discussions on advanced topics and the writing of essays and literature reviews. Candidates will be required to take a written examinntjon and to present a thesis embodying the “suits of the[...]y of Medicine or Dentistry. (Degrees of M.B., BS. and EDS.) 5189. Genetics for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. The prerequisites are passes in SJ02 Genetics 11 and in the First Professional Examination in Medicine. Intending candidates should consult the[...]arly as possible. 5179. Genetics [or the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. For syllabus see under Faculty of Agricultural Science. S]69. Genetics for the Honours degree of B.Sc.Dent. For syllabus see under Facul[...] |
 | [...]S GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES. One first-year sulzjcct and one half~suhjcct are available. SCOI Geology I pr[...]ction to the geological sciences through lectures and practical work and is the normal pro-requisite for entry to 5602 Geology 11. It also serves students in the Faculties of En 'ncering and A ricultural Science. SG7H Geology III is a lecture course, availah e to students w a have n cncral interest in the science or its relevance to problems of the e[...]logy I but a knowledge of Matriculation Chemistry and P ysics will be helpful. The course consists of three lectures, three hours practical work and one tutorial per week throughout the year. There[...]c lccturc course (two lectures per week) is given in three sections: Global Geology and Geophysics, including global gravity, seismicity,[...]petrology on plate tectonics. Geological History and Evolution of the Landscape, including weathering and erosion, sedimentary rocks, the fossil record, pr[...]structures, landscape evolution. Earth Resources and Conservation, including mineral and energy resources, aspects of enginccring geology and hydrogeology. A supplementary lecture course (one lecture Jer week) provides the additional background in minernlogy, pctrolo , palucnnto ogy and eophysios rvquimd for the course of tactical work The fittcr includes the stucy of crystals minerals. rocks and I05. 5; interpretation of elementary geological i[...]xer- ciscs. The practical course thus illustrates and dvi'olops the lecture course with reference to Au[...], G. M., An introduction to geological structures and maps (Arnold). Reference books: Read, H. H., and Watson, 1., Introduction to geology, 2nd edition, vol. 1 (Macmillan ). Gilluly, 1., and others, Principles of geology, 3rd edition (Freeman). Dott, R. 11., and Batten, R. L., Evolution of the eodh (McGraw~Hill[...]l geology, 2nd edition (Nelson). Longwel], C. R, and others, Physical geology (Wiley). Shelton, J. 5.[...]f the earth (Freeman, Cooper). Griffiths, D. H., and King, R. F., Applied geophysics for engineers and geologists (Pergamon). McAlester, A. L., The his[...]ntice-Hall). " This is also a text for Geology II and III. 992 |
 | [...]TY OF SCIENCE GEOLOGICAL SCIENCESTalbot, J. L., and Nesbitt, E. W., Geological excursions in the Mount Lofty Ranges and the Fleurieu Peninsula (Angus and Robertson). Atlas of Australian resources, secon[...]is desirable. The course consists of two lcciums and one tutorial per week throughout the your. The Ic[...]will be specially (lcrigncd for the half-sulijcct and will include some practical activities. Text-boo[...]y (C.R.M. Books). Reference books: Gillully, 1., and others, Principles of geology, 3rd edition (Freeman). Longwell, C. R, and others, Physical geology (Wiley). Holmes, A., Pri[...]rces (Prentice—Hall). SGlH. General Geology IH and SG2H. Physical Geology 1H. These half-subjects have bet-n replaced by 5001 Geology I and 867“ Geology III. SGlll General Geology 1H and SG2H Physical Geology III will therefore be available in 1974 only to students who have already passed one of thcsc halLsuhjccts and who wish to enrol for the other in or! er to com late the rcqnircmcnis for entry to SGOZ Geology II. Details of syllabuscs can c found in the Calendar for 1973. 5602. Geology 11. Pro—[...]clcnts who have not taken 50le Physical Ccolo y 11-1 or whoghavc not passed at Din‘sion l or higher stainlard will be pcrmittc to cnrol in 80le Physical Geology 1H concurrently with 5002 c[...]strongly recommend“ . For 1975, an ultemative, and normal, pre—requisitc will be a Division I pass, or higher in 5001 Geology 1. Looms—This course consists of[...]ows:— Crystallogmphy: The symmetry of crystals and lattices. Mineralogy: The theory of optical mineralogy. Petrology: The characteristics and mode of occurrence of igneous, meta. moknsahic and sedimentary rocks; a study of the acceptcd classifications of THC . Structural Geology: The geometry and interpretation of geological structures. Geomorphology: The nature and development of land forms will] emphasis on stmctuxol control. Stratigraphy and Sedimentation: Principles, with application to th[...]Mineralogy: Optical mineralogy; study of minerals in the hand specimen. 993 |
 | [...]GEOIJOGICAL SCIENCES Petrology: Identification and classification of rocks; study of typical rocks both in hand specimen and under the microscope. Structural Geology: Interp[...]ation. Palaeontology: Introduction to morphology and taxonomy; interpretation of fossil assemblages. FIELD WOBK.—A minimum of ten days will he spent in the field during the year. Excursions to localities of special interest will be arranged. ApnAnArus.—Students[...]revised by C. S. Hurlbut Wicy . “Verhoogen, J., and others, The earth (Holt, Rinehart and Winston), I’Williams, Howel, and others, Petrography (Freeman). Dunbar, C. 0., andand others, Origin of sedimentary rocks (PrenticeJlal[...]A., et al., The geological evolution of Australia and New Zealand (Pergarnon). Gay, P., An introductio[...]xas). Hlfigfian’ D. W., Petrology of igneous and metamorphic rocks (McGraw- Jennings, I. N., and Mabbutt, J. A., Landform studies from Aurtralia and New Guinea (A.N.U. Press), ° These are also Geology III texts. THIRD YEAR SUBJECTS IN GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES. Pre-requisites vary according to the units or subjects taken and are givcn below. The Department has declared that the third— ear subjects may he passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the Schedu es. The Department of Geology and Mineralogy and the Department of Economic Geology offer the foll[...]8 hours’ practical work: 1. Smucrrnur. GEOLOGY AND Tncrourcs: Second term. Further interpretation o[...], followed by an introduction to tectonic regimes and tectonic maps. Field studies will form a part of the COUTSE. Text-hooks: Price, N. 1., Fault and faint development in brittle and semi-brittle rock (Pergamon). Ramsay, J. (3., Folding and fracturing in rocks (McGraw—Hill). Reference books: Clark, S.[...]ure of the earth (Prentice-Hall). Turner, F. 1., and Weiss, L. E., Structural analysis of metam[...] |
 | [...]. J., The dynamic earth (Wiley). Bird, I. ;\/I., and Isacks, B. (eds.), Plate tectonics (American Geophysical Union . 2. STnArianyny AND BASIN STUDIES: Third term. Principles of stratigraphy and historical geology. Field studies will form a par[...]he earth, 2nd edition (Freeman). Krmnbein, W. C., and 81055, L. L. Stratigraphy and aedimentation, 2nd edition (Freeman). Rayner, D.[...]EFURMATIDN or GEOLOGICAL MATERIALS: Not available in 1974. The physical background for the advanced st[...]ures. Text—book: Wullf, I. (ed.), The Stmcture and propertiex of materialy, Vols. 1, 2 and 3 (Wiley). Reference book: Jaegar, J. C., and Cook, N. G. W., Fundamentals of rock mechanics Methuen). 4. 16512015 AND ME‘I‘AMORPHIC PETRDLOGY I: First term. The characteristics and mi ‘11 of the principal associations of igneous and metamorphic rocks, Field stn les W111 form a par[...]-books: Hfifilrglan, D. W., Petrology of igneous and metamorphic rocks (McCraw- Eitflfihfleinrich,[...]fication of mineral: (McGraw- ; or Deer, W. A., and others, An introduction to the rock forming minerals (Longmans). Williams, H., and others, Petragraphy (Freeman). Reference hooks: Verhoogen, J., and others, The earth (Holt, Einahart and Winston). Hatch. F. H.. and others, Petrology of the igneous rocks. 12th edit[...]ic rocks, 2nd edition (Springer). Turner, F. 1., and Verhoo en. 1., Igneous and metamorphic petrology, 2nd edition (McCrnw-Hifi)[...]Metamorphic petrology (McGraw-Hill). 5. IGNEOUS AND Mnrmronpmc PETROLOGY II: Third term. The application of theoretical and experimental petrology to natural rock systems. T ext-books: Hyfigfinan, D. W., Petrology of igneous andand others, An introduction to the rack forming minerals (Long-mans). Williams, 11., and others, Pctrogmnhy (Freeman). 995 |
 | [...]ICAL SCIENCES Reference books: Broecker, W. S., and Oversby, V. M., Chemical equilibria in the earth (McCraw-Hill ). Zussman, I. (ed.), Physical methods in determinative mineralogy (Academic Press). 8r SEDIMEN'I'ATION AND RELATED ORE DEPOSITS: Third term. The interpretation of sedimentary environments, and the relation of this to the nature and distribution of sedimentary ore and fuel deposits. Low- tcmpcraturo geochemistry. Te[...]R. 0., Ancient sedimentary environments (Chapman and Hall). Blatt, H., and others, Origin of sedimentary rocks (Prentice-Hal[...](McGraw-Hill). Reference books: Potter, P. E., and Pettiiohn, F. 1., Paleocurrents and basin analysi‘r (Springer). Folk, R. L., Petro[...]n to geochemistry (MoGraw-Hill). Carrels, R. M., and Christ, C. L., Solutions, minerals and equilibn‘a (Harper and Row). Burner, R. A., Principles of chemical sedimentologg (McCraw-Hill). 7. MACMATIC AND annonmnMAL 0m: DEPOSITS: Second term. The nature and origin of ore»bearing fluids. Principles controlling the con» centration and localisation of magmatic and hydrothermal ore deposits. Text-hooks: Stanton.[...]stry of hydrothermal ore deposits (Holt, Rirmhart and Winston). 8. CRYSTAL CHEMISTRY on MINERALS: Second tenn. Text-books: Bragg, W, L., and Claringbull, G. F., Crystal structures- of minerals (Bell ), Verhongcn. 1., and others, The earth (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Reference books: Evans, R. C., Introduc[...]chemistry, 3rd edition (Wiley). Broecker) W. 3., and Oversby, V. M., Chemical equilibria in the earth (McGerw»Hill ). 996 |
 | [...]CE GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES10. GENERAL PALAEDNTOLUGY AND Brosrna'rramnr: First term. Text-book: Ilaup, D. M., and Stanley, S. M., Principles of palaeontology (Free[...]TEERATE PALAEONTOLOC‘I: Second term. Morphology and evolution of the fossil invertebrates. Text-book[...]all). 12. VERTEERATE PALAEONTOLOCY, PALAEOBOTANY AND PALAEUECOLGV: Third term. Major evolutionary trends, palaeoecology and hiogeography. Text-books: Colbert, E. H., Evoluti[...]Holt). Reference book: Delevoryas, T., Morphology and evolution of fossil plants (Holt). 13. EXPLORATI[...]ion of geophysical methods to exploration for oil and minerals. Text-hooks: Dobrin, M. 13., Introductio[...]s (Elsevier). Reference hooks: Griffiths, D. H., and King, R. F., Applied geophysics for engineers and geologists (Pergamon). Nettleton, L. L., Geophysi[...]SICAL DATA: Third term. Text.hook: Grant, F. 5., and West, G. F., Interpretation theory in applied geophysics ( McGraw-Hill). Reference book: Canadian Centennial Conference on Mining and Groundwater Geophysicx, giagaim) Falls, 1967. ed.[...]cal Survey of 3113 a . The units can be combined in the following subjects: SG03. Geology III. (A Group C subject.) Units 1, 2, 4. 6 or 7. 10 and 13. Students who are presenting unit 13 as parl of 5073 Geophysics 111 should include both unit 6 and unit 7. In special circumstances other substitutions may be pcnnitteil. Greater flexibility in the choice of units is nilmdcrl by SCSI} Geology IIIM and other HIM subjects. 5023. Geochemistry HI. ( A[...]from those oflered by the Department of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry, including the unit in crystallography. 997 |
 | [...]3. Geophysics III. (A Group C subject.) Units 13 and 14 together with four units from the Departments of Mathematics and Physics, including the unit on Elasticity. SGIS. Palaeontology III. (A Group E subject.) Units 11 and 12‘ SL113 Palaeontology III may be taken togeth[...]enetics II or $1302 Botany II or $202 Zoology II, in lieu of a Group C subject. SCSI}. Geology IIIM.[...]th two unils or one double unit (one tcnn's work) in another department. Pre- requisites will depend on the units approved. Subject Combinations and Pres-requisites. Sludcuts majoring in the Geological Sciences will normally take 5003 Geology Ill and either 5023 Geochemistry [II or SG73 Geophysics I[...]M; but any one of the above subjects can be taken in combination with subjects altered by other depart[...]requisites but QMOI Mathematics 1, SPOI Physics I and 8001 Chemistry I are all highly desirable. Prerequisite subjects for $023 Geochemistry III: 5002 Geology II and the pro—requisites for the choscn units in Physical and Inorganic Chcmistry III (SC03 or SCIS or SCSS).[...]subjects for SC73 Geophysics III: SCOI Geology I and SN22 Ap )liod Mathematics IIA or SNIE. Applied Ma[...]ubjects for SGIS Palaeontology III: SGOZ Geolo II and 5271 Biology I or $201 Zoology I at Division I or higher standard an unit 10 above (General palaeontology and biostrotigraphy). Tho pro—requisites for indiv[...]ill usually be the same as those for the subjects in which lhcv occur but in special circumstances exemption from certain ore-requisit[...]ls: Passes sstisfacto to the Professors concerned in any third your subject other than Geo liysics. o ercd b the Departments of Economic Geology and Geology and Mineralogy together wit \ a second subject in Geological Sciences or a subject offered by the D[...]pplied Mathematics, Statistics, Physics, Physical and Inorganic Chemistry or Organic Chemistry. Candid[...]several courses from a number which will he given in specialised fields of geology and economic geology includin geo- physics. geochemistry and palaeoutology. In addition, candidates will umertakc supervised ind[...]f reading en la oratory studies will be laid down and each can idate will he required to give all the time not required for lectures or in the field to work in the laboratory. Candidates may be rennired to sat[...]applfy], before the end of the year precedin that in which they wish to enrol, to e Professor c[...] |
 | [...]OGICAL SCIENCES $889. Geophysics for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Prerequisite subjects: Passes satisfactory to the Professor of Geophysics in Geophysics Ill and one of the other third year subiects oll'ered by the Depart- ments of Economic Geology and Ceolo and Mineralogy, or a third year sub cct altered by th[...]several courses from a number which will be given in specialized fields of geology economic geologz, mathematics and physics. Honours students may, nfler consultation[...]t, also he required to take some third year units in the Depart- ments of Ceolo Applied Mathematics or Phasics, which they did not take in third year. In agddition. candidates will underta c supervised i[...]Geophysics before the end of the preceding year. Special courses of reading:1 and laboratory studies will be laid down and each candidate will he require to give all the time not required for lectures or in the field to work in the labornlo . Candidates may he required to satisfy the examiners that they hnve n res in knowledge of Ffrench. German or Russian. They wil[...]apply, before the end of the year preceding that in which they wish to enrol, to the Professor[...] |
 | [...]MICROBIOLUGY MICROBIOLOGY. THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN MICROBIOLOGY. Prerequisite subjects: SYOE’. Biochemistry 11 and a Division I Pass or higher standard in any two subjects from Group B, one of which can b[...]dents should consult the Professor of Microbio by in December of t 2 year before they intend to begin[...]pproximately/c 22 lectures, 18 hours of tutorials and seminars and 70 hours of practical wor . 1. GENERAL Micnonron[...]fe many common features of structure, dcvelumicnt and function, they also diiler in some fundamental ways. An intro uction to the bac[...]inctive charac- teristics of their growth, sexual and asexual multiplication and enetic re- combination. Bacterinl viruses will be discussed in some detaif 2. IMMUNOLOGY: Second term. The aim[...]to acquaint the student with the basic principles and concepts of immunological mechanism whereby mature vertebrates resist invasion by bacteria, viruses and foreign tissue cells. The structure and diversity of antibodies and antigens will be considered together with a discu[...]methods available for the detection of antibodies in relation to the specificit of antigen-antibody r[...], with particular re erenco to the cells involved in antibody formation. im- mune tolerance, hypersensitivity reactions and immuni to transplanted foreign tissues. Finally,[...]nowledge of the immunological mechanisms involved in the remove of parasites from mammalian hosts. 3.[...]e general importance of the mechanisms of natural and acquired immunity to fundamental biology will he considered. The roles that hagocytic cells and humoral factors. including antibody and complement, pay in the recognition and removal of foreign and elfete materials in invertebrates and vertebrates will be dismissed. Emphasis will be placed on the evolutionary sequence and increasing complexity of the systems involved in recognition of unwanted materials. Consideration will be given to the role of the th us in the development of immunological competence in foetal and new om animals. Finally. various theories of antibody production will be considered in the light of present knowled e of the detailed sh[...]he relationship of antibody structure to function and the genetic control of protein synthesis. The su[...]uif, P. 11.. The microbe hunters (Harcourt, Bruce and Co.). Nicol, H., Microbes by the million ([...] |
 | [...]( for all subjects): Principltzs of microbiology and immunology, by B. D. Davis and others (Harper and Row). Ablrizijlffl, P., and La Via, M., Biology of the immune response (McGraw- Reference books: I-Ium hrey, I. IL, and White. B. G.. Immunology [at students of medicine[...](Blackwell). Knbal. E. A.. Sirllclural concepts in immunology and immunochemistm (Holt. Rim-hart and Winstnn). Boyd, W. 0, Fundamentals of immunology, 4th edition (lnterscience). Knlmt. E. A.. and Mayer. M. M., Experimental immunochamistru, 2nd edition (Thomas). SK99. Microbiology for the Honours degree of 13.50. Pro-requisite subject: Students intcndin to take the Honours course in Micro- biology nrc recommended to take the till course in SK03 Microbiology III. Students taking other suit[...]full attendance for an entire academic year to a special course of study and laboratory work. and to participate in experimental work of a research character under the direction and supervision of staff numbers of the Department. A course in reading, which should be commenced during the lon[...]of Medicine. SK79. Microbiology for the Honours degree of B.Sc.Dent. For syllabus see under Faculty of Dcnt-istry. SK89. Microbiology {or the Honours degree of B.Med.Se. See Schedule II of the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science. 1001 |
 | [...]ed to take QMOI Mathematics I with SPOI Physics I in their first year. and QN22 Applied Mathematics IIA or QN12 Applied hila[...]th SPO2 Physics II. Students interested primarily in physics and mathematics will normally take QMOZ Pure Mathemat[...]or B subject (eg. 8002 Geology II, SCO2 Pb sical and Inorganic Chemistry II), or two Group A half-subj[...]I, QT7H Statistics IR) is entirely satisfactory.In the third year, 15 "unit courses" are offered by[...]with SP03 Physics III. This other subject would, in general, be of a Physical and mathematical nature. on. SP83 Physics IIIM, QF03[...]cs I I, QASS Computing Science IIIM, scm Physical and Inorganic Chemistry HID, 5083 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IIIM. In the Honours year, a further range of unit courses[...]of the third—year units which they did not take in third year. All physics students should refer to the Laboratory rules, which are printed in this Volume of the Calendar. For all laboratory c[...]ysics I, but a knowledge of Matriculation Physics and Matriculation Mathematics I and II (or Matriculation Mathematics IS) will be assumed. The course comprises three lectures, one tutorial and three hours of practical work a week, and is given annually. The course is given in the following parts: Mechanics, including classical mechanics, gravitation, special relativity, and introductory quantum physics. Structure of matter, including atomic and nuclear properties, structure and properties of microscopic systems. Oscillations and waves, including forced and natural oscillations, elastic Waves, interference and diflraction. Electricity and magnetism, including electrostatics, electromagnetic eiIecLs, altcmating currents, particles and fields. Text—books: Rcsnick, Pu, and Halliday, D., Physics, combined edition (Wiley-Toppan). Resnick, R., Basic concents in relativity and early quantum theory (Wiley). Reference books: Camow, G., Matter, earth and ski , 2nd edition (Prentice-Hall). Weidner,) R. T., and Sells, R. L., Elementary modern physics (Allyn and Bacon . Fe man, R. P., and others, The Feynman lectures on physics, vol. 1 z’Anddison-Wesley). Shgtlelzy, C., and Williams, D., Elements of physics, 4th edi[...] |
 | [...]ABUSES FACULTY OF SCIENCE PHYSICSJenkins, F. A. and White, H. E., Fundamentals of optics, 3rd edition[...]modem physics ( Wiley). Feather, N., Vibrations and waves (Pelican). Ebbighausen. E. 6., Astronomy (Merrill). Resniclt, R., Introduction to special relativity (Wiley). Bondi, H.. Relativity and common sense (Heinemann). Crawford, F. 5., Berke[...]se, vol. 3, Waves (McGraw-Hill). Weidner, R. T., and Sells, R. L., Elementary classical physics, vols. l and 2 (Allyn and Bacon). SP02. Physics II. Pie-requisite subjects: SPOI Physics I at Division I or higher standard and QMOl Mathematics I or QMll Mathematics 1M. The course comprises three lectures, one tutorial and six hours practical work per week, and is given annually. The lecture topics are: A. ELECTROMAGNETISM AND OPTICS. Circuit Thcm'y: analysis of DC. and A.C. circuits with a plications. Electro- magneti[...]ta- tional dynamics; properties of gases, liquids and solids. Thermodynamics: first and second laws, heat engines, statistical concepts.[...]ingcr wave equation with appli— cations. Atomic and Nuclear Physics: properties and interaction of radiation, atoms and nuclei. Electrons in Soli . free electron and band models of solids, semiconductors and practical semiconductor devices. Text-books: Winch, R. P., Electricity and magnetism (Prentice-Hall); or Dull-in, W. 1., Electricity and magnetism (McGraw—Ilill). Klein. M. V.. Optics[...]odern physics (Wiley). Tabor, D., Gases, llquitls and solids (Penguin Library of Physical Sciences). B[...]s for scientists (Mome-l—lill). Taylor, E. F., and Wheeler, J. A.. Spacetime physics (Freeman). Zioc[...]mechanics (Wiley). Reference books: Halythyll. 1-1.. and Kcmmerly, ]. E.. Engineering circuit analysis (Mc[...]Intraduclian to modern optics (Ilolt, ltinclinrt and Winston.) )lacFadyen, K. A.. Physics laboratory[...]rsity of London Press). Mom‘iin, N. 1)., Space and Hum in special relativity (MeGrnw-Ilill). King, A. L., Thermoph[...]P., Speclul relativity (Norton). Weidner, R. T., and Sells, R. L., Elementary modem physics (International Student Edition, Allyn and Bacon). 1003 |
 | [...]E B.SC.—SYLLABUSE5 PHYSICSTHIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN PHYSICS. I’m-requisite subjects; SPOZ Physics 11 at Division I or higher standard and QM02 Pure Mathematics II or QMIZ Applied Mathemat[...]at the third-year suhiects may he passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the Schedules. Final[...]nits, each of which consists of about 16 lectures and 36 hours of laboratory work. 1. ELECTROMAGNETISM[...]rmuc PHYSICS 12. PLANETARY INTERIORS 13. HISTORY AND Prmosom-IY or PHYSICS 14. ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSICS 1[...]s 111. A group C subject. Six units, including 1 and 3, but not more than two from units [0-15. The Mathematical Physics unit 3 (Mathematical Methods) may be taken in place of one of the units 2, 4-15 above. A minimum of nine hours' laboratory work[...]the 3p roval of both Heads of Departments, a unit in Mathema- tical Physics may be [alien in place of one of the units listed above, Two terms[...]. nth-red by the Mathematical Physics Department and may be taken with either 51’03 Physics I[...] |
 | [...]uations from the experimental laws of electricity and magnetism—a consistent formulation in terms of fields and sources, with sources determined by macroscopic p[...]rial media.Propagation of electromagnetic waves in homogeneous isotropic medial Poynting's theorem. Theory of dielectrics and dispersion—using a classical microscopic model. Text-book: Rama, 8., and others, Fields and waves in communication electronics (Wiley); or Slater, J. C., and Frank, N. H., Electranmgnetism (McGraw-Hill). Re[...]cs, vol. II (Addison-Wesley). Panofsky, W. K. H., and Phillips, M., Classical electricity and nugnetism ( Addison»Wesley) . 2. ELECTROMAGNETI[...]on of electronmgnetic waves on transmission lines and in wave guides; resonant cavities. radiation density. Propagation, scattering and absorption of electromagnetic waves in weakly ionized gases; ionos heric propagation, ellect of magnetic field. Reflection and transmission of e ectro- magnetic waves at a diel[...]on by accelerated charges. Text-book: Rama, 5., and others, Fields and waves in communication electronics (Wiley). 3‘ QuAN'wM MECHANICS: First term. Wave-particle duality and need for a wave mechanics. Relation between wave and ray optics. Hamiltonian theory. Settin up a wave equation. Schroedingcr’s equation and Bom's interpretation 0 ‘11. Ex ectation values[...]perators. Hydrogen atom. Text-book: Dicke R. H., and Wittke, J. P., Introduction to quantum mechanics[...]chhofl-liulmholtz diflracticn integral, Fresnel and Fraunhofcr dill'raction, diffraction gratings, mu[...]theory. coherence, spatial filtering, holography and other related topics in modern optics. Reference books: Fowles, G. R., Introduction to nmzlcrn optics (Holt, Einchart and Winston). Ditchburn, P. W., Light, 2nd edition (Blackie). Smith, F. C., and Thomson. J. H., Optics (Wiley). Born, M., and Wolf, Er, Principles of optics (Pcrgamon). 5. ST[...]statistical mechanics, statistical thermodynamics and applications of macroscopic thermodynamics, the microcanenical, canonical and grand canonical ensembles, Suillt‘ simple appli[...]uantum statistics of ideal gases. The formulation and solving of problems is an important part o[...] |
 | [...]Text-hook: Reif, F., Fundamentals of statistical and thermal physics (McCraw-I'lill).Reference books[...]ysics (McGraw-Hill). Herzherg, G., Atomic spectra and atomic structure (Dover). Kuhn, H. 8., Atomic spe[...]ear physics, namely the nature of nuclear forces, and nuclear structure. A brief survey of nuclrar lpropvrliL-s in gmernl will be followed by a discussion of physical ideas YL‘ want in u particle in a potential well. These ideas will the“ be appl[...]Finally nuclear struc- tura- \\*ill be discussed in terms of shell models. Reference books: Burcham[...]electric properties. Free electron gas. Elect-ans in periodic lattice. Energy bands. Lattice imperfect[...]introduction to the basic ideas of astro- ph sics and stellar astronomy, including discussions of the s[...]atian, stellar evolution, the intErstellar medium and galaeur; structure. Text—book: Frontiers in astronomy—Headings from Scientific Amer[...] |
 | [...]PHYSICS: First term. An introduction to hysical and dynamical meteorolo yr Topics will be selected un[...]gs; cloud physics; atmospheric c cctricity; solar and terrestrial radiation and heat balance; the wind—equations of motion, eta. approximations and applications; turbulence, dill'usion of pollutant[...]heoretical meteorology (Holt). IIaltiner, G. 1., and Martin, F. L.. Dynamical and physical meteorology ( McGraw-Hill) . Holton, J.[...]he outer layers of the earth; crustal reflection and refraction tcchniqucs (explosion scismolagy): evi[...]ale crustal movements. Detection of elastic waves and location of earth uakes. Travel time curves and structure of the deep interior of the earth; ensity and composition. The moon and the other planets, Reference books: Howell, B. F[...]ey, F. D., Physics of the earth (Wiley). HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY or: PHYSICS: Third term. The topics to be discussed in 1974 are: statistical physics and the history of the theory of heat; history and philosophy of special ralativil'y; Philosophy and interpretation of quantum mechanics. Reference books: Brush, S. G., Kinetic theory, vols. 1 and 2 (Pergamon). Gibbs, I, W., Elementary principles in statistical mechanics (Dover). Whittaker, E., A history of the theories of aether and electricity (Dover). Bohm, D., The special theory of relativity (Benjamin). Williams, L. P., Relativity theory: its origins and impact on modem thought (Wiley). Cropper, W. H.[...]ist (Tudor). Born, M., Natural philosophy of come and chance (Dover). Bohrn, D., Causality and chance in modern physics (Routledge and Kegan Paul). ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSICS: First term. The earth as a planet the sun, the earth's atmosphere and oceans. evolution of the norms here biological processes and atmospheric composition, global efiects of indEl[...]’s impact on the global environment: Assessment and recommendations for action, report of the[...] |
 | [...]5. BIOPHYSICS: Second term. Biological structure and function Microscopy and X-ray difl'ractiou. Atoms, molecules and bonding Crystals, liquids and monolayers. Proteins and nucleic acids. Large molecules in solution. Topics chosen from: membranes. transpor[...]., Moos, (1., Biophysical principles of structure and function (AddisomWesley). Setlow, R. B., and Pollard, E. C., Molecular biophysics (Addison»\Vesley). LABORATORY WORK IN THIRD YEAH: The work includes formal courses in Laboratory 'l'echniques (first term only), Electronics and Vacuum Physics. In addition research type rejects are carried out un[...]search groups. Students undertake laboratory work in proportion to the number of lecture units to be counted. $1399. Physics for the Honours Degree of 3.5m The Honours course will normally include[...]urier methods. atmospheric physics, astroph sicst and atomic and molecular physics, but not all topics will necess[...]will he required to take some compulsory courses, and a selection of optional courses, and they will also be required to take some third-year units which they did not take in third year. Full details may be obtained on appli[...]mal pro-requisites for Honours Physics are a pass in SPO3 Physics III at a standard satisfactory to th[...]f the Department of Physics, together with a pass in SP83 Physics III.\l, or QFO3 Theoretical P[...] |
 | [...]OLOGY. Physiology is a subject that can be taken in combination with a rarietv of Physical, Biological and Mailwnmticnl subjects. It is requested that all s[...]ult the Department of Physiology before enrolling in any course in Physiology. 5802. Physiology 11. Pre»reqnixte snhiv s: SCDI Chemistry I. and either .5le1 Zoology I 01 8271 Biology 1. in special circumstances a candidate may be pennitte to enrol in 5302 Physiology II with only one pro-requisite, s[...]rse consists of approximately one-third Histology and two-thirds Physiology. Hrs'rowcv: The course comprises about 20 lectures and 60 huuis' practical work and includes micmsco y; introductory cytology and cytochemistry; and the histology of intercellular su stance, tissues and systems of the holly. Emphasis is laid on tho rel[...]varowcv : The course comprises about 50 lectures and 100 horn-5' practical work. The subject matter de[...]ction of the principal mannnalian tissues. organs and systems, together with the hormonal and neural intcgrntions of the organism. Text—hooks: For Histology: Leeson, T. S., and Lesson, C. 11., Histology, 2nd edition (Saunders). For Physiology: Vandcr, A. 1., Sherman, 1. IL, and Luciano, D. 5., Human physiology ( McGraw—Hill[...]ooks: Abbie, A, A., Principles of anatomy (Angus and Robertson). Clark, Sir W. E. Le Gros, The tissues[...]. Butler, J. A. V., Inside the living cell (Allen and Unwin). Guyton, A. C., Textbook of medical physiology (Saunders). THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN PHYSIOLOGY AND PHARMACOLOGY. Pro-requisite subject: 5802 Physio[...]I pass or higher standard. Students takirhg units in third year must nominate their units at the time[...]hat the third ear subjects may be passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the Schedu es. The D[...]ts, each of which comprises three lectures a week and nine hours’ practical work a week for one term: 1. PRINCIPLES OF PHARMACOLOGY AND TOXICOLOGY: Term 1. Principles of drug action. Factors which modify the intensity and duration of drug action. Drug toxicity and development. Environmental toxicology. 2. Cancun NEUROPHYSIOLOGY: Term 1. Membrane electrical properties and membrane potentials. Ionic fluxes, action[...] |
 | [...]drugs on the major organ systems, the peripheral and the central nervous systems. Drug dependance and problems of drug abuse.4. SYSTEMATIC NEU‘HOPHYSIOLOGY: T sun 2. Somaesthetics, special senses, and the motor system. Sleep, consciousness, the limbio system, memory. 5. CARDIOVASCULAR AND RENAL PHYSIOLOGY: Term 3. Physiology and biophysics of the circulation. Kidney and body fluids. 6. NEUROENDocRmOLoGY AND REPRODUCTIVE PHYSIOLOGY: Term 3. For details see[...]han the particular combinations listed under 5533 and 5543. $833. Physiology IIIA (Physiology). A grou[...]ion of two double units from the above list ta en in separate terms (two terms' work). together with two units or one double unit (one term's work) in another Department. Text-books : Double units 1[...]ingstone). Double unit 2: Katz, B., Nerve, muscle and synapse (McGraw-Hill). Double unit 4: Eucles, J.[...]University Press ). Double (min 5: Borne, R. M., and Levy, M. N., Cardiovascular physiology, 2nd editi[...]siology (Saunders). Double unit 6: Turner, C. D., and Bagnara, J. T., General endocrinology (Saunders). Reference books (for all units): Cooke, 1., and Lipkin, M., Cellular neuwphysiology (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Pitts, R. F., Physiology of the kidney and body fluids (Year Book). Macleod, J. I. R, Medi[...]n, ed. V. B. Mountoastlc (Mushy). Goldstein, A., and others, Principles of drug action (Hoeber). Goodman, L. S. and Gilman, A., The pluzrmacological basis of[...] |
 | [...]OLOGY PHARMACOLOGY 0R PHYSIOLOGY FOR THE HONOURS DEGREE OF B.Sc. 8589. Pharmacology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Pro-requisite subjects: SSDS Physiology[...]full attendance for an entire academic year to a special course of study and laboratory work in the pharmacolo laboratory, and to participate in experimental work of a research character on or the direction and supervision of the Head of the Department. A course in reading, which should be commenced during the long vacation prior to the Honours vear, will he published in the Department of Human Physiology and Pharmacology. Candidates may be required nlxo to[...]ment that they have a reading knowledge of French and German. 8599. Physiology for the Honours degree of ILSC. Prerequisite subject: 5803 Physiology I[...]full attendance for an entire academic year to a special course of study and laboratory work in the physiolo laboratory, and to Farticipate in experimental work of a research character un er t[...]ervision of the Professor of Physiology. A course in reading, which should be commenced (luring the long vacation rior to the Honours year, will he published in the fomrtment of Human Physio ogy and Pharmacology. Candi- dates may be require also to[...]ssor that they have a reading knowledge of French and German. ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS. 5512. Human Physiol[...]ology. (Degrees of M.B., BS.) Applied Physiology and Pharmacology. MX74. Second Professional Examinati[...]of M.B., 13.5.) 5569. Physiology for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. SS79. Pharmacology for the Honours degree of B.Med.Se. 5522. Human Physiology. (Degree of B.D.S.) $559. Physiology or Pharmacology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Dent. 1011 |
 | [...]AHUSES PSYCHOLOGY (SCIENCE)PSYCHOLOGY. (FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE) In 1974, the following Psychology courses will be oifered in the Faculty of Science: AYOl Psychology 1; AY02 Psychology 11; .-\Y23 Psychology 1H. Thc prc-requisite fur AYOz Psychology 11 will be a Division I or higher level pass in AYOI Psychology 1, and the pro-requisite for AYZB Psychology III will be[...]aculty of Arts. AY89. Psychology for the Honours degree of 11.50. Candidates are required to give their full nttcndanoc for an entire academic year to a special course of study in the psychological laboraturly. The course will include lectures and discussions on advanced towics. lt \vil also involve the writing of a substantial essay and the presentation oi a dissertation embodying the results of, and a survey of the literature relevant to, a[...] |
 | [...]GY ZOOLOGY. EXAM l NA'l‘lONS: All assessments in Zoology include both practical and theoretical work; these cannot be taken separately. PnAcrrcnr. Zoomcy: A record of all work done in the laboratory must be kept in a suitable note- book; these records will be inspected periodically and at the final assessment. SZOl. Zoology I. Ther[...]an three will be spent on lectures. The emphasis in this course is on the study of animals in relation to their environment. Some adaptations of animals that live in the sea, in fresh water and on land. Parasites and their environment. The following topics are also dealt with: the principles of genetics, ecology physiology and taxonomy, the mechanism of evolution, the nature of science and scientific method. The lectures and the practical course centre around the following[...]fo; Giana, Aldriclmua; Periplaneta, Helix, Buttes,- Plasmodium, Fascolia, Tuem'a, Ascaris. Tgtrfiials are given and discussions on topics concerned with human biology are e . Textbooks: Villee, C. A, and others, General zoology, 4th edition (Saunders). Buchshaum, R. M., Animals without backbones, vols. 1 and 2 (Penguin). Hardin, G. 1., Science, conflict and society, readings from Scientific American (Free[...]year. Students should consult: Homer, A. 8., Man and the vertebrates, vols. I and 2 (Penguin). Ramsay, J. A., A physiological appro[...]n (IIeinemann). Abercrombie, M., Hickman, C. I., and Johnson, M. L., A dictionary of biology (Penguin)[...]ogy II. Pre-rcquisitc subjects: 5011 Chemistry I and a pass at Division I standard or higher in $201 Zoology I or SZTI Biology I. In special circumstances a candidate may be permitted to enrol in 5202 Zoology 11 without the pre-requisite of SCDl[...]classical zoology which is functional morphology and evolution of complexity in invertebrates and vertebrates; .‘i cellular and animal physiology which is mechanisms. adaptations and evolution of physiological processes as well as a view of modem scientific method; and ii ecology and mechanisms of evolution. Statistics is taught (Ls a method for dealing with biological data and is thus incorporated within the practical part of the course. Text-books: Clarke, G. M., Statistics and expeiimental design (Arnold). Russell-Hunt[...] |
 | [...]ology, 2nd edition (Saunders). Borrodaile, L. A., and others, The inocrtebmta, 4th edition (C.U.P., 196[...]kin, M. Biochemical evolution, edition translated and augmented by S. Morgulis (Academic Press).Hyman, L. H., The invertebrates, vols. 1-6 (McGrnw-Hill). Kelllllll’ D. H., and Steinman, G., Biochemical medestination (McGraw— Mayr, E., Animal species and evolution (Harvard U.Pr]. Saunders, J. T., and Manton, S. M., A manual of wractical vertebrate m[...]vertebrates, 2nd edition (O.U.P.). Loewy. A. 0., and Sickevitz, R. Cell structure and function, 2nd edition (Holt, Einehart and Winston). THIRD—YEAR SUBJECTS IN ZOOLOGY. Pre-rcquisite subject for all third-year subjects in Zoology: SZ02 Zoology II at Division I pass or higher standard. In special circumstances and with the permission of the Head of the Department[...]at the third-year subjects may be passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the Schedules. The Department offers the following double-units: 1. ECOLOGY AND MARINE BIOLOGY: 27 lectures and practicals during first term. About one—thir[...]ollowing to ics will be discussed. The population in relation to the community and 1a ecosystem. The theory of environment: self-reg[...]s by other com onents of environment. Behavioural and physiological responses of anima to their environment. The marine environment: ocean currents. tides and waves, salinity, tem- perature and movement of water; the ocean floor. Plankton: ada tation to environment; migrations; nutrient cycles and food chains. Fis cries: growth-rates; ageadetermination; populations. Intertidal animals: envirom ment; adaptations to[...]artha, H. 0., Introduction to the study of animal populations, 2nd edition (Methuen). Tait, R. V., Elements of[...]th). Reference books: 1014 Andrewartha, H. 0., and Birch, L. C., The distribution and abundance of animals (Chicago U.P.), Elton, C. 5., Animal ecology (Sidgwick and Jackson). Fisher, R. A., The design of experiments (Oliver and Boyd). Ford, E. B., Ecological genetics (Methuen). Hardy, A. C., The open sea, parts I and 11 (Collins). Harvey, H. W., The chemistry and fertility of seawaters (C.U.P.). Odom, E.[...] |
 | [...]DLOCY 2. ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR: Twenty~seven lectures and tutorials and twenty-seven practicals during second term. The[...]animal behaviour; the concert of drive; hormones and behaviour; the acquisition and processing of inlnrnmtion; ethologicnl theory; le[...]animal behaviour. Text-books: Dethifini, V. G., and Stellar, 13., Animal behaviour, 3rd edition (Pren[...]thology: the biology of behaviour (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Mednick, S. A., Learning (Prentice-Hall). 3, ENVIRONNENTAL PHYSIOLOGY: Twenty-four lectures and tutorials and prac» ticals during the third term. The course[...]es are ph siologically adapted to the environment in which they live, Emphasis \vil be placed on the a[...]clude nutrition, osmotic regulation, reproduction and temperature regulation. Text-book: Gordon), M. 8., Animal physiology: principles and adaptations (Macmillan, N.Y. . Reference book: W[...], Contomporary Biology Series (Arnold). 4. CELLS AND EM'anYos: Second term. A course in developmental biology given jointly with Botany. Fertilisation; normal and asymmetrical division of cells; dilterentiafion of cells and re lation of cellular activities; movement of cells; induction of growth and orm in embryos. Text-book: Ebert, I. D., and Sussex, It M., Interacting systems in development, 2nd edition (Holt). Reference books: Dowben, R. M., Cell biology (Harper and Row). Du Praw, E. J., Cell and molecular biology (Academic Press). Torrey, I. G., Development In flowering plants (Macmillan). S. SYSTEMATICS AND Broonocnarnr: Twenty-four lectures or tutorials and twenty-four practicals during third term. Where[...]als stemming from specified readin will be given in place of formal lectures. A proportion of the pra[...]each student investigating his or her own project in field and laboratory. Students will be assessed from their prac- tical work and by means of essays. Topics discussed will include the followin? Aspects of variation in relation to distribution; concepts of the species; unction and taxonomic importance; types of classification; essen- tialisrn and weighting; phylogenetic systematics; numerical taxonomy and bio eography; taxonomic characteristics of the biota of isolated islands on lakes, high mountains, and the tropics; latitudinal radiants in diver- sity: rclict faunas; the distribution of plants and anima in the southem cold temperate zone. 1015 |
 | [...]). Reference books: Cain, A. J. (ed.), Function and taxonomic importance (Systematics Association, Lo[...]l code nf zoological nonwnclatme. e . N. R. Sioll and others (Inter-nut. Trust for 2001. Nomenclature). Mayr, EL, Animal species and evolution (Harvard U.P.). Mayr. E., and others, Methods and principles of systematic zoology (McGraw»Hill) .[...]th two units or one double-unit (one term's work) in another department. Students who wish to enrol for $283 Zoology IIIM and then to take an Honours degree in Zoology should consult the Head of the Department[...]A course consisting of two lectures, one tutorial and approximately 4 hours of gracing] work each week throughout the year. Both day and evening classes will a e . The course includes: an introduction to the structure, physiology and functional evolution of plants and animals; elementary biochemistry, cell physiology and genetics; the mechanisms of evolution, and the principles of ecology Text-books: Villee, C. A., and others, General zoology, 4th edition (Saunders). Raven, P. 11., and Curtis, H., Biology of plants (Worth). Reference books: Browning, T. 0., Animal populations (Hutchinson). Holdren, J. R, and Ehrlich, P. R. (cd.), Global ecology (Harc[...] |
 | [...]ntice-Hall) Hardin, 0., Biology, its pn‘nciples and implications, 2nd edition (Freeman).Johnson, W. H., and others, Biology, 3rd edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). 5299. Zoology for the Honours degree of 13.50. Students enrolled in 5203 Zoology III or $283 Zoology IIIM who wish to take an Honours degree in Zoology should consult the Professor some time (l[...]onsult the Hem of the Department before enrolling in SZTB Zoology IIlE. Candidates are expected to attain a higher standard in general zoolo y than that required [or the Ordina[...]omse of reading an several essays are prescribed. In addition, candidates are expected to study more deeply our] lyrlunch of Zoology, and to carry out research'as an exercise in scientific met 10( . Students are expected to begin wotlt during the long vacation. and to work full-time at their courses through[...] |
 | FACULTY OF SCIENCE M.SC. REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE REGULATIONS ii. The following persons may become candidates for the degree of Master of Science in the Faculty of Science (a) Bachelors of Science, (b) Bachelors of A ricultural Science, and (c) other graduates whose academic quali cations[...]to the approval of the Council, the Facility may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the degree a person who does not hold a degree of a university, but has given evidence satisfact[...]Faculty of his fitness to undertake work for the degree. ‘lA. Unless the candidate has obtained the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Science or of Agricultural Science he shall, before sub- mitting his thesis as provided for in regulation 4, pass such qualifying examination as the Faculty may in the circumstances deem proper. 2. Subject to conditions t( be determined in each case a graduate of a university recognised by the University of Adelaide, whose degree is accepted by the Faculty of Science as equivalent to one of the qualifications required in regulation 1, may be allowed by the Council to proceed to the degree in compliance with these regulations. Every such can[...]delaide. ”3. A candidate who holds the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Agricultural Science or its equivalent in a University recognised by the University of Adel[...]944; amended 15 January, 1959, 12 December, 1963, and further amendment awaiting allowance at time of printing, {Amended 4 April, 1963, and further amendment awaiting allowance at ti[...] |
 | M.SC. FACULTY OF SCIENCE REGULATIONSthe degree of Master of Science in the Faculty of Science at the expira- tion of one[...]Bachelor; no other candidate shall proceed to the degree be ore the expiration of two years from the date[...]ing of his candidature. “4. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall submit a thesis upon an approved subject and shall adduce sufl'icient evidence that the thesi[...]te may also submit other contributions to science in support of his (mndidature. ‘5. A person seeking enrolment as a candidate for the degree shall apply to the Academic Re istrar and shall submit as part of his application, a statement of iis academic standing, accompanied, in the case of a person who is not a graduate of the[...]of Adelaide, by acceptable proof of such standing and an outline oi the research work or investigation[...], may appoint a supervisor to guide the candidate in his work. The candidate shall submit his thesis not earlier than three terms and, except by special permission of the Facult , not later than nine te[...]nt a Board of Examiners to report upon the thesis and any supporting papers that the candidate may subm[...]may require any candidate to pass an examination in the branch of science to which his original research or investigation is cognate. t7. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy or Doctor of Science whos[...]not to he of sufiicient merit to quality or the degree of Doctor but of sufficient merit for the degree of Master may he admitted to the degree of Master provided that he. is qualified to become a candidate for the degree. H8. On completion of his work a candidate shall[...]mic Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the Board of Examiners shall on the recommendation of the Faculty of Science be admitted to the degree of Master of Science in the Faculty of Science. §1(). The fees to be pa[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. Regulations allo[...] |
 | FACULTY OF SCIENCE D.SC. REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE REGULATIONS °l. (a) Subject to these regulations a person who has been admitted in the University of Adelai e to an Honours degree of Bachelor or a degree of Master in Science, Agricultural Science, Applied Science or En ineering, or to the degree of Doctor of Philosop y in a field of sin y approved by the Faculty of Science, may proceed to the degree of Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Science. (b) On the recommendatio[...]nce the Council may accept as a candidate for the degree a person who has been admitted to a degree in the University of Adelaide other than one named in section (a) of this regulation, or who is a gradu[...]ducation recognised bv the University of Adelaide and has a substantial association with the University; provided that in each case the graduate concerned has, in the opinion of the Faculty of Science, had an ade[...]No erson shall be accepted as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of lSjcience indegree shall give notice of his intended candidature in writing to the Academic Registrar and with such notice shall furnish particulars of his scientific achievements and of the work which he proposes to submit for the degree. (13) The Faculty of Science shall appoint a committee to examine the information submitted and to advise the Faculty on whether the Faculty should—(i) allow the applicant to proceed, and approve the subject or subjects of the work to be[...](ii) advise the applicant not to submit his work: and the Faculty’s decision shall be conveyed[...] |
 | [...]NCE REGULATIONS(c) If it accept the candidature and approve the subject or sub— jects of the work t[...]an external examiner. 3. (a) To qualify for the degree the candidate shall furnish satis- factory eviden[...]hich the Faculty is directly concerned. (1)) The degree shall be awarded primarily on a consideration of[...]may submit for ex- amination. (c) The candidate in submittiraifi his published works shall state generally in a preface and specifi y in notes the main sources from which his information is derived and the extent to which he has availed himself of the[...]ubli— cations are concerned. He ma also signify in genera terms the portions of his work which he c[...]part, if any, of the work he has submitted for a degree in this or any other University. 4. The candidate s[...]demic Registrar three copies of the work prepared in accordance with the directions given in sub—paragraph (b) of clause. ZB of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. If the work is accepted for the degree the Academic Registrar will transmit two of the c[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners may, on the recommendation of the Faculty of Science, be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Science. 6. The fees to be paid b[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. Re ulations allo[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCEREGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.) Regulations and Schedules - - - » - — 1024 Syllabuses - - - . _ . . - . 1035 Building Technology . . . . . _ _ 1036 Civil Engineering _ . . . . . _ . 1039 Surveying . - . . . . . . . 1044 Electrical Engineering » - . .. - . 1047 Electronic Engineering - _ . - _ . 1050 Mechanical Engineering . . . . . . 1053 General Studies Electives . - - - - - 1096 Bachelor of Applied Science (B.App.Sc.) Regulations and Schedules - - - — » - 1057 Syllabuses - - - ~ . . . . . 1069 Applied Chemistry . . . - . - . 1070 Applied Physics — — . - _ - . 1073 Primary Metallurgy — . . .. . _ . 1076 S[...]. . . . . . 1079 Mineral Engineering — A . _ _ - . 1082 Data Processing — . _ . . . _ . 1085 General Studies Electives _ .- - — - - 1096 Bachelor of Pharmacy Regulations and Schedules - » - - - - 1088 Syllabuses - - - — _ . - - . 1093 Pharmacy Subjects — . i . . _ . 1094 General Studies Electives - . _ . . i 1096 1023 |
 | FACULTV m“ TECHNOLOGY BEECH. AND APPLIED SCIENCE REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY REGULATIONS NOTE: Th[...]nder Regulation 9. 1. There shall be an Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Technology. ’2. Schedules defining the courses of study, including lectures, laboratory and other practical work to be undertaken, the examina- drawn up 13 the Faculty of Technology and Applied Science and sub- mitted to he Councils of the University and the South Australian tions to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be Insti[...]or such other date as the Councils may determine, and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued after that approval has been given. *3. Na) To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Technolog a candidate must re larly attend such tutorials as may be prescri ed and do written, la oratory and other practical work, where such is required, and pass examinations in the subjects prescribed for one of the following[...]g, Suweying, °(b) Before being admitted to the degree a candidate shall also satisfy the Faculty of Technology and Applied Science that he has fulfilled the requirements in practical experience that are prescribed in the schedule relating thereto. {Amended 15 Januar[...]22 December, 1986. °Amended 12 December, 1963, and 28 January, 1985‘ § Amended 24 Dcccmher[...] |
 | H.'1'ECH. FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY REGULATIONS AND APPLIED SCIENCE4. (a) All annual examinations,[...]academic year, except that practical examinations and examinations in a subject in which the course of instruction has been complete[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council, but shall[...]e has regularly attended the prescribed tutorials and has done written and laboratory or other practical work where required to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned. '(0) Written and practical work done by candidates at the direction of the professors or lecturers and the results of terminal or other examinations in any subject may be taken into consideration at the final examination in that subject. "( d) There shall be three classifications of pass at the annual examination in any subject or division of a subject for the degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Cre[...]with Distinction or with Credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the classification; the names of other can- didates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order. ti(e) A candidate who fails to pass in any subject shall again attend tutorials and do practical work in that sub'ect to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers unless excmpte by the Faculty of Tech- nology and Applied Science. Any such exemptions will hold fo[...](i) Supplementary examinations will be held only in special circum- stances approved by the Faculty after co[...]ty a candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject for which he has not completed the pre-requisite work prescribed in the syllabus for that subject. :5. Except in case of illness or other sufficient cause allowed by the Faculty, no candidate shall be credited in any year with attendance at tutorials or laboratory work in a subject unless he has attended at least three-fourths of the tutorials and laboratory work respectively in that subject. :6. No candidate shall be granted[...]date who has twice failed to pass the examination in any subject or division of a subject ma not prese[...]may not proceed with the subject a ain except by special permission of the Faculty, and under such con itions as the Faculty may p[...] |
 | [...]CHNOLOGY BJ'ECH. AN'D APPLIED SCIENCE REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULESFor the purpose of this regulation a candidate who is refused per- mission to sit for examination in any subject or division of a subject shall be dee[...]ion. “8. A student who has passed examinations in pari nuiteriu in another faculty or otherwise, or who desires that[...]nical schools should be counted pro tanto for the degree of Bachelor of Technology may on application be g[...]andidates who had entered upon the course for the degree in or before the academic year 1969 will be permitted to enrol in the course for the degree after 31 December, 1969, provided that candidates[...]Institute of Technology at Whyalla or Port Pirie in or before the academic year 1966 will be permitted to enrol for the degree on such conditions as the Council may approve. Such students will be eligible to proceed to the degree under these Regulations provided that they qualify for the degree not later than 31 March, 1976, unless the Council approve an extension of tsime in a particular case under clause 5 of Chapter XXV o[...]ed 22 December, 1966. §Amcnded 21 December, 1967 and 17 December, 1970. SCHEDULES (Made by the Counci[...]ulation 2.) NOTE: Syllabuscs of subjceLs for the degree of B.Tech. are published below, immediately alter the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees andin clauses 4 to 9. 3. COMPLETION or SUBIECI‘S Ex[...]e Faculty, a candidate may not enrol for subjects in the second or third year of the course before he has passed the examinations in all of the subjects prescribed in the Schedules for the previous year of the[...] |
 | 3.12mi. (BUILDING) FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY sCHEDULm AND AI‘PLIED SCIENCE4. BUILDING TECHNOLOGY FIRST YEAR Subiect o. in Hours Syllabus Subject 3 we TM91 Mndiemuti[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCESubject No. in Syllabus TMlJl TPUl THE 1 '1'er TCGl TK'Il[...]. ..... AppLied Physics 1 Engineering Chemistry and Materials Engineering Mechanics lA Civil[...] |
 | [...]rt (Second) TMOE FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCE Lectures Tutorials Lectures Tut[...]our: has: M.» >— urms new race um “S”: 3-, “Flu car; mm 1029 |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY BEECH. (ELECTRICAL ENC.) AND APPLIED SCIENCE SCHEDULES7. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING FIRST YEAR Subject No. in Hours Syllabus Subject :1 week TMOl Mathematics I[...]Tutm'inl 1 Practical 2 THSI Engineering chemist}! and Materials Lectures 2 Practical 3 11:91 Gen[...] |
 | [...]HEMES Subject n. :1: Syllabus ’IMO I TPDI 11-181 TEE” TKBI ’erz TP92 TESZ TL 02 11.12 TMIS TLOS TLIB T123 TESS FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIDJCE 8. ELEcmomc ENGINEERING FIRST Y[...]tics IA Applied Physics I Engineering Chemistry and Materials . ‘ General Electrical Engineering A[...]Vucnt-innal Report (First) Mathematics TIC ..,_, in. Electronic Engineering IIA Electronic Engineer[...]al Lectures Practical Tutorials nun- .—-:— an: NM“ may Lectures Tutorials Lec[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCESubiect No. in Syllabus TMOI TPOI THE}. TKO 1 ’i'KQl TKII[...]cs IA V Applied Physics I Engineering Chemistry and Materials Engineering Mechanics I Engineering D[...]1‘) Mechanical Engineering Proiecu Electrical and Civil Engineering (S) A General Studies Elective[...]are lav—(n rafi 1) 1H ram—m :5: {gr—IN) N “to (at—- an: ran-m b—H lemma: SCHEDULES |
 | [...]xPr, GEN. STUDIES FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULES AND APPLIED SCIENCE10. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE T0 fulfil the requirements in respect of practical experience required under re[...]ort covering a period of not less than two months and at least one period eing spent in work related to the student's professional intere[...]ts that he has undertaken for at least six months in full-time employment. The service of the student[...]A student who had entered upon the course for the degree in or before 1964 may fulfil the requirements relat[...]his having had six months’ practical experience in work relevant to his profes— sional interests. 11. GENERAL STU'DJIZS ELECTIVE In addition to passing in all of the subjects prescribed for each year of t[...]e following General Studies courses: Subject No, in Syllabus Subject T091 Social and Technological History T081 Literature and Society TG71 Social and Technological History (C.E.) T061 Social and Technological History (5) T051 Science and Modern Society T041 German Life and Literature T031 Political Science T021 Internat[...]e Development of Economic Society T062 Psychology and Human Organisation T052 Design and Invention T042 Japanese Language and Culture 1033 |
 | [...]ADUSES FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY SYLLABUS NULI‘BERS AND APPLIED SCIENCEOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY SYLLAJSUSES Text-boo[...]given. Such lists are supplied to students early in the academic year by the lecturers concerned. Ex[...]he department ooncemed details of the examination inand Applied Science: T. The second letter identifie[...]y) teaching the subjects, as follows: Accounting - - » - » - Building - — - — - - - Chemical Technology Civil Engineering - - - - Electrical Engineering Electronic Engineering The first digit— 0—3: Indicates (except in Mathematics; 0—2) that the subject is in sequence with another subject. 4—9: Indicates (except in Mathematics 3—9) that the subject is not in- - - - Mathematics - - - - — - Mechanical Engineering Mineral Engineering - Physics - - - - - - - . mango HMOEW> Syllahuses: Hours a week— 'The figures at the right-hand side of the syllabus number and title indicate, respectively : Number of lectures[...]—23—1 indicates a subject having two lectures and one hour of practical work a week throughout the year, and two hours a week of tutorial work for two[...] |
 | FACULTY OF Tam-mother B.TECH.—SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE BUILDING TECHNOLOGYBACHELOR OF[...]sumed, A course of three hours per week lectures and two hours per week tutorial throughout tho year.[...]cntial calculus inc uding partial differentiation and differentials, Integral calculus with applications. Elementary rliii'erential equations. Sequences and Series. Curve sketching and curve fitting. Logic and propositional calculus. lntro- duclion to linear programming. Determinants and matrices. Difference calculus. Probability and statistics. TPQI. Applied Physics IR. (2-1—2) Properties of Matter: Harmonic motion. Ela[...]lents, detergents. Heat; Temperature measurement and control. Expansion, calorimetry. Specific heat. Kinetic theory and elements of thermodynamics. Vapours, hygromctry,[...]ight. Photometry. Co our. Acoustics: Sound waves in gases and solids. Ultrasonics. The ear. Sound sources and receivers. Beverberation. Sound insulation. Magnetism and Electricity: Kirchofi's laws, D.C. measurements,[...]ance, A.C. theory. Coupling. Filters, inte rating and (lilierentiating circuits. Valves, semi-conductors and their uses. Tmns ucers. X- and gamma rays. TH81. Engineering Chemistry and Materials. (2—0—3) Structural chemistry; physical and organic chemistry as applied to topics of industrial significance. The mperties and principles underlying the fabrication treatment, testing. and use ofmetallic and non-metallic materials in the engineer'- ing. (-lL-ctronic and construction industries. T321. Tectonics 1. (3—7—0) Draughting tools and techniques. Plane geometry, solid geometry; proje[...]ng; sketching; lctterirg. Basic Building Elements in relation to single and two storey buildings. Walls; floors; roofs; door[...]ces: working drawings. Theory of design. Elements and princilples of visual composition in 2 and 3 dimensions. Visual properties of materia s. Application of basic princi has to architectural, interior and industrial design. The use of smiles. figured imensions, plans, sections, elevations and detailed drawings in relation to Bills of uantitics. System of taking 0“ various professions and trades. The work and inter epcndcncc of the various professions and trades involved in building; the architect, the builder, the[...] |
 | [...]USES FACULTY DF‘ TECHNOLOGY BUILDING TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCESECOND YEAR T1302. Building Science IR. (2—0—3) Steel and concrete as building materials. An introduction to the problems of Stall, lieag light and sound in buildings. Review of heat, light, sound andin statically determinate cases. Use of tables, codes and handbooks in element design. T1322. Tectonics IIB. (2—0—7) Multi~storey buildin 5, their elements, erection and construction. Site visits and reports. Standard mct ads of taking of? and billing more advanced building elements. The bill. remeasurement and settlement. TC62. Surveying LB. (1—0—3) Lectures: The construction, adjustment and use of instruments, including the lheodolite; chain surveys; levelling; traverse; measurement and settin out of earthwork; curve: ranging; computation of traverses and levels; areas an volumes with straight and irregular boundaries: stadia measurements; plotting and finishing lam: sections and tracings, plane table. Errors and lheir effects in chaining, availing and instrument use. Practical Work: Three hours a we[...]ut works, adjustment of instruments, calculations and pans connected with above. T392. Building Law. (2—14)) History and principles of law. Common precedent and statute law. Industrial and contract law. Local authority law. Buildin[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.TECH.—SYLLABUSE5 AND APPLIED SCIENCE BUILDING TECHNOLOGYTHIRD YEAR TB03. Building Science 11R. (2—0—3) Timber and metallic alloys as building materials. Further studies in sun, heat, light and sound. Design problems. Heating, cooling, ventilation, intra-building transportation. Gas, electrical, Water and sanitaiy services. TB13. Design of Structures 11[...]viour. Soil mechanics. Arches. Dcsign of elements and simple statically indeterminate structures in Steel, concrete (plain and pro-stressed), timber. T828. Tectonics IHB. (2—0—5) Indushialiscrl building componcnts. erection and construction of large build- ingsi Heavy construction. Site reports. visits and projects. (Option) antity surveying methods for more advanced buildings and structures. Cost-p aiming. Professional quantity surveying. Site and head office administration. TABS. Building Accountancy. (2—2—0) The nature and purposes of accounting; basic accounting concepts; the account- in framework and the recording of transactions; income measurement and va nation problems; financial reporting; analysis and intcrprctation of financial and opcrating statements; limitations inherent in accounting reports; accounting for different forms of business ownership; cost accumulation, analysis and control; murces and application of funds; business finance. TM88. Co[...]ion techniques. Critical path methods. Cost, time and resomce variable. A General Studies Elect[...] |
 | BrTECH.~SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY CIVIL ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCEBACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY (CIVIL EN[...]ics IA. (3—2—0) A knowledge of Mathematics I and II at Matriculation is assumed. Sequences, diflcrence algebra, summation, intleigration. Calculus and ap lications. Vector algebra, matrices. Parameters, partial d' erentiation: Ordinary ilierential equations, infinite series. Boolean algebra. TPOl. Applied Physics I. (3—1—2) Units and dimensions, vector analysis. Conservation laws, d[...]ectricity, AC theory modern magnetism. Conduction in gases. plasmas, quantum theory, atomic and nuclear theory. X-rays. spectroscopy. radioactive isotopes. health physics, electron emission from solids, vacuum and solid state devices. Temperature, measurement. equations of state, thermodynamics. heat transfer, law and high temperatures. THSI. Engineering Chemistry and Materials. For syllabus see Subject Index, TK61.[...]n's Laws of Motion. Work, energy. power. Momentum and impulse. Conversative systems. friction. Equations of energy and angular momen- tum for motion of a rigid body abo[...]mass centre of a rigid body. Theorems of parallel and perpendicular axes. Statics, conditions of equilibrium. parallel forces. couples and moments. Reduc- tion of a system of forces. Centre of mass. Bending moment and shear force, light frameworks. Elements of hydro[...]Use of slide rule; preparation of charts, graphs, and nongrams; third and first angle roiection; auxiliary projection; sectioning and dimensioning; interpenetra- tion of solids; devel[...]ite plans: sections, mass haul diagrams: sounding and grading diagrams. Pr aration of simple stnxctuml and mechanical assemblies. Pipe work layouts; rein or[...]hand tools; cutting tools machine tools; welding and associated processes; joining methods; and finishing processes. Elementary machining[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.TECH.*SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE CIVIL ENGINEERINGSECOND YEAR S[...]ematics IIB. (2—2—0) TM13. Mathematics 110. (1-1—0) The sub'cct matter of Mathematics 11 is di[...]ard Mathematics IIA, IIB or IIC indicates success in 6, 4 or 2 units. The units approved for the various courses are set out below: COURSE AND SUBJECT APPROVED UNITS Mathematics IIA Applied Ph[...](Option T) 1, 2, 3, 7 Data Frocessing (Options M and C) 10, I], 12, 13 Business Administration 10, 11,[...]ring (3rd Year) coupes inseam UNIT 1. Matrices and linear algebra: basic concepts and properties, special forms, transformations, systems of linear equations, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Markov chains. UNIT 2. Ordinary d[...]r calculus: diHerentiation of vectors, div. grad. and curl,- integration and integral theorems; introduction to tensor[...] |
 | [...]lications. UNIT 5‘ Fortran programming: input and output statements, arithmetic Statements, transfe[...]ity; representation of data, measures of location and disper- sion: normal, binomial and Poisson distribution; quality control, significan[...]ampling, linear regression. UNIT 7. Gamma, beta and error functions; ortho onal functions including L[...]UNIT 9. Statics of ideal flexible cables, beams and columns, Dynamics of systems of particles, plane[...]ortation type problem (method). UNIT 12. Graphs and network arcs, vertices, paths, matrix representat[...]viour of components, staticali determinate beams, and special problems. Columns, design of timber and stee members. basic indetmninate Structures including inter- secting beams, torsion, dynamic loads, forces in space. Curved beams. thick and thin cylinders, elementary concept of plasticity, introduction to influence lines and moment distribution. Reinforced and prestressed concrete, beams, footings and retaining walls, slabs, Introduction to ul[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY E.TECH.—SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE CIVIL ENGINEERINGT022. Civil Engineering 113 (T). (3-1-3) Properties of materials including steel, concrete, timber, aluminium and its nlloys. Properties of cement and concreting materials, design of mixes, quality co[...]erties of concrete. Physical properties of soils and their measurements. Ap ieations to simple retaining wall and foundation roblems. Site cx loration ans soil sam[...]uler's equation. Bernoulli's e nation: rotational and irrotational motion. Stea y real Hnid flow—laminar and tughlilent, hydraulic and encr lines; flow measure- ment: momentum; impulse turbines and rotodynamic mac inery. Potential flow. the flow net; dimensionless groups and dimensional anal sis: hydrology. Steady flow in closed circuits—uniform and non-uniform, the M00 y chart, pipe networks, pipes with reservoirs. Steady flow in open channels—uniform and non-uniform. TCOl. Surveying I. (2—1—32) The construction, adjustment and use of instruments, including levels, level compensation, thcodolite, double image, subtense and diagrammatic methods of tacheotomy. Chain surveys, levelling, traverses; measurement and setting out of earthworks; curve ranging; computation of traverses and levels; areas and volumes with straight and irregular boundaries, stadia measurements; errors and their effects in chaining, levelling, traversing and instrument use. Underground and surface surveys connected with mining type operations; equiEment, basic defini— tions setting out and control of tunnels; plans; projections an models in relation to mining surveys; exploration surveys, shaft plumbing, bore hole data, various instruments used in mine surveying. TE72. Electrical Engineering SC[...]rcuit anal 'sis with applications to measurements and control circuits and including simpe non-linear elements. Magnetic properties of materials and magnetic circuit analysis with applications to relays and related electromagnetic devices. A.C. circuit response, power factor correction and an introduction to three-phase systems and transformers. Transient response of linear circuits and the effects of transients in simple switching and control circuits. Characteristics, starting and control of (LC. and ac. machinm. Transducers and associated circuits. Analogue methods and analogue computation. Textbook: Fitzgerald, A. E, and others, Basic electrical engineering (McGr[...] |
 | [...]YLLABUSES FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY CIVIL ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCETHIRD YEAR TC13. Civil Engineering IIIA (T). (3—81—2) Influence lines for determinate structures, deflection of structures, graphical methods. Moment distribution in rigid frames, column analogy. Prestressed and reinforced concrete, ultimate design, composite c[...]res. Model analysis of structures. Practical work in the laboratory and drawing oflice in Conjunction with the above. T023. Civil Engineer[...]) 'l‘mflic data, geometric design of highways and railways, pavement materials and types. design of pavements, earthworks and drainage. Transportation engineer- ing. airports, highways, railways. Plastic states in soil and applications to retainin wnll and foundation problems. Consolidation theory. Efiec[...]oblems. Construction of foundations—cofferdarns and caissons. Unsteady ow in closed conduits pipelines with pumps and turbines. water hammer. surge tnnk Analysis. Open[...]on. Boundary layer theory, fluid forces on a body in a free stream, flow through pnmns media, sedimen[...]anning. Water sup ly, sources, storage. treatment and distribution, smreragc Systems. treatment an disposal. TC33. Civil Engineering IIIC (T). (3-0—32) Professional practice, report—writing p[...]ersonnel manage- ment, estimatine control costing and financial aspects Methods em loyed in the basic process or civil engineering construction as applied to typica construction projects. Seminars and projects. Students will be expected to prepare a paper with a verbal summary thereof, based on a reading and/or laboratory project. TC93. Structural Design (0—0—4) Design projects covering timber, concrete and steel construction. TC53. Engineering Computatio[...]raphs, equations of structural analysis expressed in matrix form and their solutions, applications of partial diiferent'ial equations to robloms in hydraulics and structures, con- formal mapping used in analysis of ow-nets. A General Studies Elective.[...]2. Survey Camp. The survey camp is held annually and is of two \vecks' duration. Acconnnodn- tion and stretchers are provided, but bedding and transportation are the student’s responsibility[...]ed. Each student must obey all regulations whilst in camp. All Inns, eld notes and computations must be completed satisfactorily and hon ed to the lecturer-in- eharge at the closing of the camp. A candidate w[...]will not be credited with attendance at the camp and he may be required to do additional practical wor[...]camp must be made at t e Institute of Technology in the first term. 1043 |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.TECII.*SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE sunvEranBACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY[...]24‘3) Philusophical principles; age. structure and geochemistry of the earth. Crystal- logrnfigy. Mineralogy. Volcanism and igneous geology. Erosion processes; geo- morp ogy[...]rocks; stratigraphy. Metamorphic rocks, Structure and form of geological bodies; topographical and geological ump- ping exercises. Palaeontology. Renewable and non-renewable resources; incllleIial uses of rocks and minerals; groundwater. Outline geology of South Australia and Australia. Plate tectonics. A minimum of three o[...]t weekends). All field practicals are compulsory and the students pe ormance is assessed as par[...] |
 | [...]eys for roads. railways, water supply, irrigation and drainage. Transition and vertical curves. Earthworks. Control surveys for dam deflections, earth settlement and structural deflections. Hydrographic surveys. Fi[...]f a sound cadastre. Field procedure on both local and nntiona systems. Problems arisin from a changed c[...]cadastral, not mathematical). Minor trirmg ration and traversing. Control surveys. Use of air photographs in cadastral surveys. The theory of error propagation in all surveying procedures, and its application in practice.(c) Computations connected with (a) and (b). (d) Practical work and assignments. TC72. Surveying HB. (4—3—3) (([...]servational procedures. Triangulation, traversing and levelling for control purposes. Barometric heighting and trigono- metric levelling. Control for photogramm[...]ent. “3) Astronomy. Astronomical ctr-ordinates and the factors influencing them; reduction of mean to apparent place. Time. Simple and recise methods for the determination of azimuth latitude and longitude. The in uence of systematic and rnudom errors on star observations and on the selection of star programmes; accuracy to be expected from observations. Influence of instrumentnl errors. The receiving and recording of time signals. A programme of approx[...]d for the :lheterminlotion of latitu e, longitude and azimuth together with Investigation of e resu ts[...]with all relevant computations. programme details and investigations of results. T382. Land Use. (1—0—0) The interaction of movement and land use in terms of the human use and cuinymcnt of urban and regional situations. Effects of planning policy on land use. Theories of land use determinants and current practice. The elements of urban and re ional plans, including: residential; industrial; wholesaling; retailing; storage and usincss areas; open spaces: public service facilities; institutions; traffic; transportation and parking will be analyzed in terms of the form and direction of growth. Case studies. T092. Cartogr[...]‘ueering. geological, hydrological. geophysical and mining surveys. Cadastral pans. Preparation of pro use] and subsequent plans. road plans, etc., including calculations. Topogmpiical mapping: scope and requirements. Compilation of source materials. Projections and their construction. Separation techniques,[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY H.'i'ECH.—S\’LLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE SURVEYINGTHIRD YEAR TC03. Surv[...]Law. 45 hours of lectures. The elements oi land and propert law. Principles of land registration. Develop- ment of land registration in Austr 'a. Princi les of conveyancing Statutes in the Australian States and those of South Austra ‘a. Special Statutes. (b) Land valuation. 20 hours of lectures, Definition of value. methods and principles of valuation. City suburban and nrral lands. Valuation of irn rovements to land.[...]ation. Re orts. SubSivisions. Business valuations and goodwill. Compen» sation for compu sory acquisit[...]of lectures. A survey of the history of the law and the courts with an analysis of the principles of law under the two western codes. Appeals, arbitration and concilia» lion niclhuds. Sulccted legislation in Australia and overseas will be examined with schiiic reference[...]tralia. A survey will be made of the planning law in force in all states of Australia (d) Land Utilization. 20 hours of lectures. Climate in relation to primary and secondary industries. Soil t es in relation to primary production. Geological associations. Distribution and i entification of the indigenous and exotic timbers in South Australia. Erosion and methods of erosion control. (e) Town Planning. 30 hours of lectures. Design and analysis of land use in development, including examples from history. with special references to the problems of the surveyor in practice. TC63. Geodesy. 3—3-0) The Oblote spheroid. Laplace equation: Computations connected with triangu- lation, trilaterau'on and traverses; computation in plane rectangular co-ordinates. Lincs on the eart[...]of the adjusted value. Interrelation of the geoid and spheroirl. Significance 0% data at the origin. M[...]avit readings. Deflection determination. Gravity influence on trigonometric an geodetic levelling.[...]hotograph: photographic materials. Aerial cameras and calibration. Ground Con- trol and flight planning. Radial and aerial triangulation. Rectification. Theory of p[...]Euler's equation, Bernou "5 equation; rotational and irrotational motion. Steady, real fluid How—laminar and hn-hulent: hydraulic and energy lines; flow measurement; momentum; impulse turbines and rotodynnmic machinery. Potential How, the How net; dimensionless groups and dimensional analysis; hydrology. Steady flow in closed conduitsamiform and non-uniform. the Moody chart; pine networks; pipes with reservoirs. Steady flow in open channels—uniform and non-uniform. Physical properties of soils and their measurements. Applications to simple retaining wall and foundation problems. Site exploration and soil sampling. Field testing. Classificat[...] |
 | [...]USES FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCEBACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY (ELECTRIC[...]L Applied Physics I. THSI. Engineering Chemistry and Materials. For syllabuses see Subject Index. TE[...]network theorems. a.c. circuits. constant voltage and current sources, maximum power transfer. measurin[...]Electra-mechanical ower conversion. Vacuum tubes and transistors as circuit elements The use of he cat[...]k; hand tools; culling tools; machine to: molding and ass‘nciatucl processor; joining methods; and finishing pun-en. r ()rilmgr l1' drawing. principal and auxiliary \‘icws: seclious: convent: nal[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.TECH.—SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE ELEC'I‘IKICAL ENGINEEIIINCSEC[...]alysis of A.C. circuits, dual equivalents, phasor and locus diagrams, transform methods, transients in DC and :\.C. circuits. Pole-zero diagrams, network functions. Magnetic circuits. energv storage. self and mutual inductance, saturable reactors, transforme[...]se circuits, electro- mechanical power conversion and D.C. machines; characteristics of enerators. grotors and amplifiers; losses, eflicieney and performance, singly an in com» ination. TE12. Electrical Engineering IB. (2—0—2) Units. standards. accuracy, analogue and digital presentalion. errors and statis» lies. Instrument classification, basic measuring circuits and range extension. Measurement of resistance, ca acimnce, inductance, current voltage, power, energy and power factor, also p use and resolved components down to very low fre( ucncics[...]ic measurements. Trnnstonncr bridges. Transducers and associated measurements. Instrument dynamics. Analogue principles. distributed and lumped systems. Electra—mechanical nnalo Ies and their duals. Conversion factors. time and impedance scaling. Simu ation on analogue compute[...]rs. multipliers, function generators. Programming and applications of analogue computers. TK92. Mechanical Design 5. (1»1—3) Introductory service course in solid mechanics, dynamics and mechanical design with some practical work in drawing office and in mechanics’ laboratory. Concepts of stress and strain, analysis of forces and stresses in frames, beams, shafts and columns; section properties. Theories of elastic and fatigue failures. Rigid body dynamics, inertia forces and torques, impulse and impact, work and energy; friction mechanism. Design of sin] lc machine members. joints and fastenings, design philosophy, design factors, esign properties; catalogue selection of ball bcarings and vee belts. Pressure vessels, pump and pine systems. Limits of size, standard lits, tolerances in assemblies, introduction to geometric tolerances.[...]Dynamics 1. (2—1—32) An introductory course in applied thermodynamics and fluid dynamics. Thermodynamics: ideal ases, gas[...]uation; incompressible flow, types of dew, flow in pipes and fittings, drag coefficients; compressibl[...] |
 | [...]USES FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCETHIRD YEAR TEOS. Electrical Engineering 11A. (3—3-4) Four terminal networks, generalised constants.[...]lines with dis— tributed elements, equivalent T and in networks, power circle din ams. Trans- formers under steady state and transient conditions. multiple win ings separate and auto connected. polyphase traruifonnation. Complex wave fonns. Harmonics in three-phase systems. Symmetrical components. S nchronous machines. salient and non-salient poles, two reaction theory, locus iagrams, parallel operation. Rectification and inversion, high voltage DC. power links. Inductio[...]l, multi-spced, synchronous operation. Unbalanced and single- base supply. Power su ply systems, stabilit , operation protection. Fault con itions and circuit brea’ltcrs. Utilization 0 plant and application of control systems. TElS. Electrical[...]A course of lectures on the principles of design and develoiment of electrical en i ering systems, and a student project. The pro'cct wi be assigned and pre' inary studies made in the first term followe by investigation, design and/or construction in the remainder of the year. Written reports and seminar presentations will complete the work. TE93. Automatic Control 1. (1—1—2) Open and closed 100 systems. steady state and transient response, performance requirements. Contra system components. Analysis of linear system response in the time, frequency and complex frequency domains. Synthesis of systems and compensation networks. The application of the analogue computer to control system analysis and synthesis. Introduction to non-linear system ana[...]requisite or concurrent subjects: Mathematics IIC and Electrical Engineer- ing IIC or Mathematics I (Engineering) and Electrical Engineering H(T) or IIA(T) or Electric[...]concepts including semi-couductiOu, average, peak and EMS values, simple RC, LR and LC networks. ideal transfomiers; vacuum, semi- conductor and gas-diodes as rectifiers; filtering; racuumduhe and transistor- amplifiers; graphical and equivalent circuit analysis; am lified response; feodlmck; oscillators; class C power amplifiers and ap lications; ciaracteristics and applico~ lion of the thyration, i nition. silicon-contra led rectifier. uni junctionV glow tube and zener diode; simpe DC and AC timers; saw-tooth generators; electronic count[...]torage devices; transducers roricaps, thermistors and other special devices; integrated circuits. A General S[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY llTL'CIL—SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE ELECA‘F.O\1C LNGIVhEBTVHBACHE[...]I. Applied Physics I. THSI. Engineering Chemistry and Materials. TESL General Electrical Engineering A.[...]pproximately 45 lectures with a one-hour tutorial and a three-hour laboratory session per wee . It will provide an introduction to the physics of materials and devices used in electronic and communication engineering. Electricity and Magnetism: field theory and Maxwell e nations, the reduction propagation and transmission of electromagnetic waves, ielectric[...]ectron Physics: the dynamics of charged particles in electric and magnetic fields. electron tubes. thermionic and photoelectric effects. Atomic then , elec- trons and ions in gases. discharge hysics. The wave nature of the e[...]antum theory. hand tieory. metals, semiconductors and insulators. semiconductor devices. Quantum Elect[...]trical Engineering SE (T). (270—2) D.C. linear and non-linear circuits. (LC. circuits, bridges. three-phase systems. symmetrical components, harmonic analysis and simple non-linear circuits. Transients in linear circuits. transform techniques. Analo e computers for simulation. Magnetic materials and circuits. transformers an saturable reactors. Electro—mechanicnl power conversion. characteristics and control of DC. and A.C. machines. servo-motors and transducers. Introduction to precision mea[...] |
 | [...]USES FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCETL02. Electronic Engineering IA. (2—1—2) Mesh and nodal analysis of network; use of matrix methods;[...]ork theory; resonance; determination of amplitude and phase response from pole-zero plots; use of Lapla[...]hods to determine network response {or sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal excitation; use of Fourier series and Fourier transfonn in wave-form analysis; rolpaguh‘on charac» teristics of transmission networks; constant-l: and m-derive Ii ters; elementary network synthesis- w[...]circuits, b. y. Tee. hybrid i equivalents. Audio and video amplifier, smal signal analysis, gain, bandwidth, istortion. Feedback in run )lifiers. oscillators and digital circuits. D.C. amplifiers circuits opera[...]applications. Tuned amplifiers, sin le. double, and stag er tunin r Power amplifiers, \videband and nnrmw-band. ower supplies, recti cation. fitering, regulation, DC-DC conver- tnrs. SCB in power control. Transducers. eleutmumehanical and photo-electric, strain gauges, magnetic tape recording. Text-book: Shilling, Dr, and Belove, C., Electronic circuits: discrete and integrated ( M cGraw—Hill ). A General[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY BrTECH.—SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE ELECTRONIC ENGINEERINGTHIRD YEA[...]mination of field strength. radiation resistance and directive ain of simp e antennas and antenna arrays; the receiving antenna; propagation 0 ground waves, sky waves and space waves; scatter propagation; devices for gen[...]ge control analysis; multi-vibrators—saturnting and non— snturating types, class' cation; ne ative[...]arithmetic; sampling techniques; logic, principes and circuits; binary codes; error detecting codes; in[...]gn philosophy, component limitations. worst case. and statistical resign analysis, the place of analysis and laboratory work in circuit and system design, estimation of reliabilit standards[...]gramme evaluation review techniques, elec- trical and environmental testing. Students will design, construct and test a piece of electronic equipment within the scope of an electronic engineer in design. A report is to be submitted and seminar presented on this design project.[...] |
 | [...]USES FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY MECHANICAL ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCEBACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY (MECHANIC[...]. Applied Physics I. TH81. Engineering Chemistry and Materials. For syllabuses see Subject Index. 'I[...]isite or concurrent subjects: General Mathematics and General Physics or Mathematics IA and Applied Physics 1. Principles of statics; parallelogram of forces; equilibrium of forces in a plane; moment of a force; couples; force systems in space; simple trusses; funicular polygon; cables and chains; friction; virtual displacement; centre of gravity; static moments, first and second moments of area: and moments of inertia. Bendin moment and shear force diagrams; elastic stress and strain; Hookc’s Law; norms and shear stresses; tensions; compression and shear; bending of homogenous beams; torsion of ci[...]c drawing. their application to visual perception in three dimensions and to the conventional practices of engineerin (lmwi[...]ce rclationshhs o 11nints.lines, planes, surfaces and solids; intersections and development of Sin aces; drawing of multi-view engineering drawings, inlroduction to dimensioning for fit and interchangeability; axonometric projection; freeh[...]ocesses with an introduction to safety principles and small tools. The range of metal cutting processes and machines, The basic "chipless" processes of pressing rolling. swnging and drawing and extrusion Metal joining by fusion. adhesion and giecfimical connection. Casting, moulding and die injection processes. Material ms mg.[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY ELTECH AND APPLIED SCIENCE MECHANICALAN (1 [3' EEEIXG[...](4—043) A detailed coverage of solid mechanics and dynamics, with some experience in mechanical testing and experimental work on machines. Mechanics of Solids: forces, stresses, strains and deflections in beams. columns, shafts, non-circular sections 5 rings; two dimensional stresses. strains in three dimensions; bolted and weldc joints- failure theories for yielding and brittle fracture non-symmetrical bending of )enms[...]ental Stress analysis Dynamics: motion of points and rigid bodies; mechanisms, velocities and ac~ celerations, fundamental law of gearing; kinetics of particles rigid bodies and connected systems, work. energy. impu se and mounentum; clutches. brakes and belt drives; diversion of fluid streams, motion with varying mass. impact of bodies; free and forced vibrations, damping: balancing of rotors and engines. TK22. Mechanical Design 1. (1—3—0) Introduction to the design of machine elements and transmission systems, using codes and catalogues and applying knowledge {gained in mechanics and engineer- ing materials. Practical work including sketcring and drawing of components and assemblies, and the selection of fits and tolerances. Limits and fits. geometric tolerances; design properties. d[...]din or fati ue failure; design of machine members and fastenin s; design of bolte , welded; and glued joints; shafts. slope and deflection; sea 5; helical sprin ; antifriction bearings; belt and chain drives; couplings; wire ropes; geometry o cams and gears. TKIZ. Production Technology I (T). (2—0—3) An introductory course in metrology and material cuttin and forming with metallurgical considerations of heat[...]t A: The theory of measurement; basic instruments and their uses, accuracy and limitations; inspection methods, machine testing,[...]anics of orthogonal metal-cutting; friction; wear and lubrication, tool- life, machine-ability comparisons, introduction to oblique cutting, up-cut and down-cut milling and grinding. Automatic and semi-automatic lathes; standard time data; economics of machining. The theory and practice of press-forming of metals: blanking, dr[...]art B: The metallurgy of heat-treatment of metals and alloys; annealing. normalizing. quenching. tampering, isothermal treatment age-hardening and mal- leabilising; surface hardening processes; development of special properties of metals and alloys for industrial use. Metallurgical aspects of the joining of metals and alloys by welding, brazing and soldering. Metallurgy of melting and casting: defect control, property optimisa[...] |
 | [...]USE5 FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY MECHAVICAL ENGINEERIXG AND APPLIED SCIENCETHIRD YEAR TMIS. Mathematics II[...]e Subject Index. TKSS. Theme-Fluid Dynamics H. (2-1243?) An advanced course in applied thermodynamics and fluid dynamics establishing design capabilities in these topics. Fluid dynamics: potential flow th[...]ulutlon. vorticity, llow nets; continuity. energy and momentum equations, real fluid flow, turbulence,[...]liit, bound layer, se oration, friction, presxure and induce drag; compressible flow, no es, norma shoc[...]tic, mensurcmcnt; comp essibility effects on lift and drag; cavitation; fluid )ammer. Heat transfer: conduction, lumped and distributed systans. transients. heat generation;[...]Mechanics III. (1—1—0) A continuation course in Dynamics covering mechanical vibration, automatic control and analogue techniques. Analogue principles, distributed and lumped systems, mathematical models, analogies. M[...]ibration absorbers. Natural frequencies of multi- degree freedom lumped parameter systems, torsional oscil[...]o non-linear vibrations. Automatic control, open and closed loops. continuous and on-olf feedback rinciplcs, time delays. relative[...]n. Analogue mm utation, flow diagrams, magnitude and time scaling for solution of ordinary rlii erential equations. basic computer functions and circuits solution of partial differential equations and algebraic equations. TK23. Mechanical Design II.[...]Mechanical Design I. Desi n of machine elements and systems. Georiretric tolerances for pinned asscmb[...]s, flat plates. pressure v" ‘ls, piping, brakes and clutches. plain bearings, helical and planetary transmissmn units. 1055 |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.TECIL7SYLLADUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE MECHANACAL ENGINEERINGTKIS. Pro[...]nology H (T). (2.11.32) The mechanics, practices and economics of basic mechanical material forming processes. Vibrations in metal-cutting processes. Developments in metal~working processes. Quality control, control[...]et metal drttwability testing, anisotropy cifects in materials comparative treatment of rcssing materials. Metallurgy of creep, fatigue, larittle fracture and survey or? ropcrtics of relevant materials. Corro- sion. oxidation and surface treatment. Broperties and formability of plastic and composite materials under stress. temperature. a e, c osure to light and chemical attack. The selecting of engineeng matcr[...]hanical Engineering Projects. (0—0—6) Design and experimental investigations of topics related to[...]tion of manufacturing facilities. budget control, and experimentation, with seminars and written reporting. TK83. Electrical and Civil Engineering S. (3—0-2) Part A: DC. circuit response. simple non-linea[...]its, switching, control circuits. Characteristics and applications of common transducer elements. photoelectric cells, thermocouples, associated solid state and vacuum tube amplifiers. Characteristics starting and control of common DC. and AC. machines. Electrical installations. switchboard and protection requirements. three- phase power measurement. Part B: Elementary surveying instruments and methods, their application and limitations. Design and control of concrete mixes. elementary design of reinforced concrete beams, columns and footings. Physical properties of soils, exploration methods, design of foundations for static and dynamic loads. A General Studies Elective[...] |
 | B.APP.SC. FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY REGULATIONS AND APPLIHJ SCIENCEOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE REGULATIONS NOT[...]egulation 8. “‘1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Applied Science. A candidate may obtain either degree or both provided that until the Council decides otherwise a candidate for the degree in Mineral Engineering or in Data Processing or in Applied Physics may proceed to the Ordinary degree only. '2. (a) For the Ordina degree schedules defining the courses of study, including lectures, rlaboratory and other practical work to be undertaken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to he paid by candidates, shall be drawn up by the Faculty of Technology and Applied Science and submitted to the Councils of the University and the South Australian Institute of Technology. Su[...]or such other date as the Councils may determine, and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued after that approval has been given. (1)) For the Honours degree schedules defining the courses of study, including lectures, laboratory and other practical work to be undertaken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be drawn up by the Faculty of Engineering and submitted to the Council of the University. Such[...]or such other date as the Council may determine, and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]oval has been given. 3. H( a) To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Applied Science, a candidate must regularly atten such tutorials as may be prescribed and do written, laboratory and other practical work, where such is ‘ A[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TLCHNULUM nape“). AND APPIJLD HaiFNcL‘ REGULATIONSrequired, and pass examinations in the subjects prescribed for one of the following[...]lied Physics. 1(1)) Before being admitted to the degree a candidate shall also satisfy the Faculty of Technology and Applied Science (in respect ml the ordinary de yree) or the Faculty of Engineering (in respect of the honours degree that he has fulfilled the requirements in practical experience that are prescribed in the schedule relating thereto. 4. (a) All annual[...]ademic year, except that prac- tical examinations and examinations in a subject in which the course of instruction has been complete[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council. but shall[...]e has regularly attended the prescribed tutorials and has done written and laboratory or other practical work where required to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned. (e) Written and practical work done by candidates at the direction of the professors or lecturers and the results of terminal or other examinations in any subject may be taken into consideration at the final examination in that subject. °(d) There shall be three classifications of pass at the annual examination in any subject or division of a subject for the degree. as follows: Pass with Distinction. Pass with Cre[...]with Distinction or with Credit shall be arranged in order 0 merit within the classification; the names of other candidates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order. ”((2) A candidate who fails to pass in any subject shall again attend tutorials and do practical work in that subject to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers unless exempted by the Faculty. Any suc[...](f) Supplementary examinations will be held only in special circumstances approved by the Faculty after consi[...]ty a candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject for which he has not completed the pro-requisite work prescribed in the syllabus for that subject. fArnendcd[...] |
 | REGULATIONS AND sCHEDuLi-js FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.APP.SC. AND APPLIED SCIENCEHS. Except in case of illness or other suificient cause allowed by the Faculty, no candidate shall be credited in an year with attend- ance at tutorials or laboratory work in a sub'ect u ess he has attended at least three-fourths of the tutorials and 1a oratory work respectively in that subject. H6. No candidate shall be granted[...]. ”'7. A candidate who has passed examinations in part malaria in another faculty or otherwise, or who desires that[...]nical schools should be counted pro tunic for the degree of Bachelor of Applied Science may on application[...]andidates who had entered u on the course for the degree in or before the academic year 1969 wil be permitted to enrol in the course for the degree after 31 December, 1965), provided that candidate[...]Institute of Technology at Whyalla or Port Pirie in or before the academic year 1966 will be permitted to enrol for the degree on such conditions as the Council may approve. Such students will be eligible to proceed to the degree under these regulations provided that they qualify for the degree not later than 31 March. 1976, unless the Council approve an extension of tinu- in a particular case under clause 5 of Chapter XXV o[...]ded 22 December, 1966. fAmendcd 21 December, 1967 and 17 December, 1970. ll Amended 24 December, 1969.[...]ulation 2.) NOTE: Syllabuscs of subiccts for the degree of B.App.Sc. are published below, immediately after lhe regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllalzuscs of subjects tau ht for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of[...]-time study. Details of these courses are set out in clauses 4 to 9. 3. COMPLETION or SUBJECTS Excep[...]e Faculty, a candidate may not enrol for subjects in the second or third year of the course before he has paSSed the examinations in all of the subjects prescribed in the schedules for the previous year of the[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY HAW-Isa. (APPLIED CHEMISTRY) AND APPLIED SCIENCE SCHEDULESSubject No. in Syllabus TMOl. TPOl THOl 11--.. Lechlrta 1 Practical 511/! A General Studies El[...]ering Survice .,. Lectures L. 1 Practical 2 Fluid and Particle Dynamic: m. Lectures 1 Practical 3" A Ge[...]ion .r Lectures 2 Practical 8’ Process Dynamics and Control __,_ ...... Lectures 1 Tutorial I[...] |
 | B.APP.SC. (APPLIED PHYSICS) FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULES AND APPLIED SCIENCE5. APPLIED PHYSICS FIRST YEAR Subject No. in Hour! Syllabus Subject a week TMOI Mathema[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY AhD APPLIED SCIENCE Subject No. in Syllabus TMOl TPOI THOI '1‘1‘71 TTQl TMIZ[...]rt course) Transfer Operations Prueess Dynamics and Control ...... A General Studies Elective[...] |
 | [...]NDARY METALLURGY) FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULES AND APPLIED SCIENCE7. SECONDARY METALLURGY COURSE _ FIRST YEAR Subiect N0. in Hours Syllabus Subject 3 week TMOl Mathema[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY BIAPP.SC. (AKINERAL EYGINEEIUNG) AND APPLIED SCIENCE SCHEDULESSublecr N0. in Syllabus TMOl TPD I THSI TKOl TKBI TK71 TMIZ[...]orials 2 (see Schedule 12) Survey Camp ..... ..__ -.. ._.. Vacafional Report (First) THIRD YEAR Mining Engineering ILA , .. .-. Lectures 5‘, 2“ Tutorial 1 Practical 51 Appl[...],, Lectures 1 Practical 2‘ Mathematics IIC . .V -.. ,.. Lectures 1 or Tutorial 1’ Engineer[...] |
 | [...]DATA PROCESSING) FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY SCHEDU'LES AND APPLIED SCIENCE9. DATA PROCESSING COURSE FIRST YEAR Subject Nor in Hnurs Syllabus Subject a week TMOl Mathema[...] |
 | FACUL'lY OF TECHNOLOGY D.APP.SC.—PRACT. EXP., HONS. DEGREE AND APPLJED SCIENCE SCHEDULES10. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE To fulfil the requirements in respect of practical experience required under re[...]ort covering a period of not less than two months and at least one period being spent in work related to the student's professional intere[...]ts that he has undertaken for at least six months in full-time employment. The service of the student[...]A student who had entered upon the course for the degree in or before 1964 may fulfil the requirements relat[...]f his having had six months' practical experience in work relevant to his profes- sional interests. 11. HONOURS DEGREE (a) The Honours degree shall be available in each of the following courses: Applied Chemistry;[...]gy. (b) No candidate shall roceed to the Honours degree except with the approval of the Facut of Engineer[...]is application. ((3) A candidate for the Honours degree shall regularly attend lectures and practical work for one year and shall pass examinations in one of the subjects scheduled in Syllabus Nos. NHGQ, NH79 and NHBQ. (d) A candidate for the Honours degree in any subject shall not begin the final-year Honours work in that subject until he has qualified for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Applied Science and has included in his qualifications all the courses in that subject prescribed for the Ordinary degree. (6) The names of candidates who qualify for the Honours degree shall be published in alphabetical order within the following classes and divisions: First Class Second Class Divi[...] |
 | [...]STUDIES ELECTIVE FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULES AND APPLIED SCIENCE12. GENERAL STUDIES ELECTIVE In addition to passing in all of the subjects prescribed for each year of t[...]e following General Studies courses: Subject N0. in Syllabus Subject T091 Social and Technological History T081 Literature and Society T071 Social and Technological History (C.E.) T061 Social and Technological History (S) T051 Science and Modern Society T041 German Life and Literature T031 Political Science T021 Internat[...]e Development of Economic Society T062 Psychology and Human Organisation T052 Design and Invention T042 Japanese Language and Culture 1067 |
 | [...]SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY SYLLABUS NUMBERS AND AFFLIED SCIENCEOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE SYLLABUSES Text[...]given. Such lists are supplied to students early in the academic year by the lecturers concerned. Ex[...]e department concerned details of the examination inand Applied Science: T. The second letter identifies[...]y) teaching the subjects, as follows: Accounting - - » - - - A General Studies- - - - - C Business Administration - - U Mathematics - - - - - - M Chemical Technology - - - H Mechanical Engineering < - K Civil Engineering . - - - C Metallurgy - - - - - — T Electrical Engineering - » - E Mineral Engineering - — - N Electronic Engineering — - L Physics - - - - — - - P The first digit— 073: Indicates (except in Mathematics: 0—2) that the suhiect is in sequence with another subicct. 479: Indicates (except in Mathematics 3—9) that the subject is not inin the case of THUS Chemical Instrumentation (part c[...]res at the right-hand side of the syllabus number and title indicate, respectively; Number of lectures[...]hus 2~2Ll indicates a subject having two lectures and one hour of practical work a week throughout the year, and two hours a week of tutorial work for two[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY E.AFP.‘EC.AS\'LLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE APPLIED CIIEMJS'X'RYBACHELOR OF[...]THOl. Chemish’y I (T). (3—1—3) Theoretical and physical chemistrv: properties of the solid and liquid state; phase rule; chemical equilibrium; chemica thermodynamics; chemical kinetics; redox reactions and electro-chemicnl cells; surface chemistry; diflu[...]Organic chemistry: A study of functional groups in aromatic and aliphatic compounds. THE]. Basic Science Techniq[...]eering Materials A. (1—0—312) The properties and principles underlying the fabrication, testing, and use of metallic and non-metallic materials in the chemical industry. A General Studies[...] |
 | [...]VLLAEUSES FACULTY uF TECHNOLOGY APPLIED CHEMISTRY AND APPLIED SC. CF. SECOND YEAR TH02. Chemistry[...]olecular spectre» scopy; properties of electrons in solids; diffusion; radiochcmistry. TH12. Chemistry II (T), Organic. (2-1—3) Theoretical organic chemistry with particular reference to structural chemistry and its eflects on organic reactivity. Preparation, properties and reactions of aromatic compounds. T1122. Applied Chemistry 1. (2—2—0) Mass and energy balances; thermodynamics; industrial chemi[...]terial selected from the following topics: Stress and strain concepts; design philosophy; factors of sa[...]tresses; section ropertics; design codes; members in tension, compression, hearing, shear and handing; theories of elastic and fatigue failure; code design of pipes and fittings. Part B: Alternating quantifies; use of CEO; A.C. circuits; concept and measure‘ ment of phase angle; hasor diagrams; AC. measurements; power factor ODHEC< tion. Transformers. 3-1:- ase systems; power measurement. Characteristics and uses of common DO. and AC. machines: non-linear conductors; diodes; A.C. to DC. conversion triode and transistor characteristics and uses; D.C. bridge and potentioi meter circuits. Transducers: electrical control circuits. TT52. Fluid and Particle Dynamics. (1—11-21) Fluid and particle dynamics, introductory consideration of solid-liquid and solid—solid separation processes. A Gen[...] |
 | [...]1—32) An advanced treatment of selected topics in applied chemistr '; proccss eco» nomics; design[...]sing systems; application 0 cmnpulers to problems in these areas; presentation of seminars by students[...]etics. (1—1—31) The analysis of kinetic data and its application to the design and operation of chemical reactors. TH63. Chemical I[...]. (2—0—32) Theory oF instrumental techniques in modern analytical chemistry; application of analytical instruments in process plant control; measurement of representative process parameters. TH83. Process Dynamics and Control. (1—1-32) Theory of automatic control as applied in the chemical process industries; dynamic behaviour of process equipment, controllers and controlled systems, Methods of system analysis. Simulation; computer techniques in control; dynamic optimization; nonlinear systems. TH73. Transfer Operations. (271—3) Heat, mass and momentum transfer as encountered in the chemical industry. General principles of conntcrcun‘unt nmration of stagewise and differential con- tact processes. Sepamtion proce[...]42) The project will normall involve theoretical and experimental work on a topic in Applied Chemistry; 3 ctailcd report is to[...] |
 | B.APP.SC.~SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY APPLIED PHYSICS AND APPLIED SCIENCEBACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE (APP[...]s see Subject Index. TP02. Applied Physics II. (4-1-5) A course of {our lectures. one tutorial and one 5 hours laboratory per week for one year. The course will provide a theoretical and experimental basis for later specialised studies and an introduction to a number of topics in Applied Physics. It contains the following topic[...]gnetism: Fields, electromagnetic wave propagation and trans- mission, ionospheric physics. Electron physics: Atomic spectra, electrons and ions in vacuum, in gases and in solids, introductory semiconductor physics. Solid state: The properties and tlieory of perfect and imperfect crystalline materials. Sonics: The production propagation properties and applications of sound waves of difierent frequencies. Applied Optics: The theory and applications of interference and diffraction. Image forming systems, photography,[...]chanics I (T). (1711—0) Dynamics of a particle and systems of particles. Plane motion of rigid bodies. Forced and clamped vibrations. Central force motion. Motion in resisting media. Introduction to Lagrangian metho[...]rrection; 3 phase systems. Magnetic ci ts; relays and related magnetic devices, Transient circuit analysis. Transfurnw ; magnetic amplifiers; common A.C. and DC. n'nlchincs. ’l'ransdnuers and uses. Analogue methods and analogue cmnpniotion. 1 073 |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.APP.SC.7SYLLADUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE APPLIED PHYSICSTL92. Electronics (T). (243-2) Measuring instruments, multimeter. VTVM and oscilloscope; rectification. filtering and regulation as applied to power supplies- thyratro[...]con- trolled rectifiers; vacuum-tube, transistor and field-e ect transistor amplifie modes of connect[...]lated power supplies; simple amplitude, frequency and phase modulation; time division and frequency division multiplexing: linear and non-linear wave shaping; logic gates; inverters; multivihrators; counting; scalars, timing circuits. A/D and D/A converters, elements of a digital computer; s[...]rmacy. THIRD YEAR TMOS. Mathematics IIIA. (1—1-0) Gamma, beta and crror functions. asymptotic expansions. Frobenius solution of ordinary (liflt-rcutial equations. Special functions and their occurrence in the solution of partial differential equations. Fourier transforms and their application to the solution of partial differential equations, and communications theory, Numcrical Integration. Numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equations. TPOS. Applied Physics Ill. (5-1-10) A course of five lectures, one tutorial and 10 hours workfer week for one year. The course deals with the basic physics of some specialise topics and additional areas of applied physics. Solid State: Transport properties of solids and the effects of electric and magnctic fields. Quantum properties of solids. Nuclear Physics: Nuclear structure and reactions. Introductory reactor physics. Structure Analy : The uses of X-rays, electrons and neutrons in the deter- mination of composition and structure. Geophysics: Application of physical methods to problems concerned with the earth and its atmosphere. Elements of Quantum Mechanics: T[...]ts. (22—0—32) A course of two hours lectures and three hours practical per week for two terms, con[...]s of the yielding, work hardening. fatigue, creep and fracture of metal single and pulycrystnls; an introduction to phase transformations in metals and allovs in term‘ ol the processes oi nucleation and growth; solidification. recriwtnlliutiou.[...] |
 | AND APPLIED SCIENCE and TM93. Programming Project. (0—11—31) A probl[...]iques applied to prac- tical physics will be set and supervised jointly by the Schools of Mathematics and Physics. and TP93. Control Studies. (12-0-23) A course of one hour of lecture and two hours of laboratory work per week for two te[...]e the students to the field of automatic control and to the use of analogue computation, and covering the following topics: Open loop anll closed loop systems, steady state and transient response, per- formance requirements; c[...]ters, .wnL-lnos. sormnmturs: analysis of response in the time and in the frequency (lonmins and their correlation; analogies, simulation and introduction to analogue computation. 01[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.APP.SC.*SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE PRIMARY LIETALLURGYBACHELOR OF[...]). (12»22—3) Orthographic drawings, principal and auxiliary vicws. sections, conventional methods,[...]rial drawing. Iland tools, machine tools, welding and other joining methods, finishing processes. Met[...]including microscopy, metallograpliy, photography and mechanical, magnetic, thermal and radiation testing of metals. TT91. Materials Sci[...]e amorphous) structures. Structural imperfections and atom movements: impure p ases, crystal imperfections, atom movements. Metallic phases and their properties: single phase metals, multi-phase metals and equilibrium relationships. Organic materials and their pro crties: polymer chemistry molecular arc[...]tem. Modifications of properties through changes in micro- structurc: heat treatment of steel, alloy[...]tau hness, fatigue, crecg. Stability of materials in service environment: corrosion. oxi ntion.[...] |
 | [...]UL'I'Y 0F 'I'ECHNDLOGY PILLNIAIW ME‘J‘ALLURGY AND APPLIED SCIENCESECOND YEAH TMIZ. Mathematics 11[...]see Subject Index. TT32. Mineral Processing 1. (1-1241) Fluid and particle dynamics, introduction to comminuticn mineral separation and solid—fluid separation processes. TT62. Appli[...]stry of the Ea ; mineralogy- igneous. sedimentary and metamomhic rocks and minerals; mineral textures and intergmwths; mineral (lopnsits; laboratory techniques of separation and identifi- cation of minerals; isomorphism. polymorphism. solid solution, cxsolution- special minemlogical problems in metallurgy; brief study of concentrates and bend: sands: elementary ore microscopy. TT72. Ex[...]ical Chemistry I(T) (Part). Industrial practices in the field of extractive metallurgy with reference to underlying principles of chemical thermodynamics and kinetics. TT92. Industrial Metallurgy IA. (1.0.3[...]oted to consideration of the uses of refractories and fuels and the mac inery and techniques of com- mercial metal fabricati[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.A.PP.SC.—SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE PRIMARY METALLU'RCY THIRD YEAR TTI3. Mineral Processing II. (2—1-3) The theory of mineml separation processes and the application of theory to mineral separation operations. Laboratory techniques for examining and testing ores and selecting mineral separation processes. TT73. Ex[...]cal Chemistry IIT. Application of thermodynamics and kinetics to extractive metallurgical pro- cesses and process design. TH73. Transfer Operations. THSS. Process Dynnmics and Control. For syllabuscs sce Subject Index, TH05.[...]]v (1—0—31) Theory of instrumental techniques in modern analytical chemistry; application of analytical instruments in process plant control; measurement of repr[...] |
 | [...]BUSES FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY SECONDARY METALLU'RGY AND APPLIED SCIENCEBACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE (SEC[...]12—61) Thermodynamics; prnperties of electrons in solids; difiusion and two of the following options: chemical kinetics;[...]ar spectroscopy. TTOB. Physical Metallurgy IA. (2-1-3) PhPre-reiwisite subjects: Basic Science Techni[...]Science T, Applied ysics . A course of lectures and tutorials devoted to consideration of the characteristics and properties of pure metals, the principles of alloying. and the features of metallic Phase iagrams. Nome uilibrium alloy structures. The fundamentals of crystaL ogreph and crystal :1 ect theory. The a plication of diffrac[...]to illustrate the content of the lecturehcourse, and drawing oil-ice work to establish the fundamental[...]- ograp y. TTZZ. Industrial Metallurgy 1. (52—0-62) Refractories and fuels in the metallurgical and cngineerin industries and a review of the machinery and techniques of commercial metal fa rication processes. Heat treatment of metals and alloys. 1079 |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.APP.SC.—SYLLAEUSES AND APPLIFD SCIENCE SFCOVDABY LIE'I'ALLURCYTT12. Me[...]plied P ysics I. A course of lectures, tutorials and practical sessions to introduce the student to modern techniques and equipment of materials preparation, treatment and properly measurement. Preparation of high \lrity metals and alloys-zone refining, levitation melting. Produc[...]Modern methods of the experimental heat treatment and working of metals—use of high vac-nu, controlle[...]measurement of the thermal. electrical. magnetic and mechanical properties of single and olycryslalline metals and alloys. Application at these measurements to the stmy of stmctural changes in metallic system. TK92. Mechanical Design[...] |
 | [...]ES FACULTY OF TECIINOLOCY SECONDARY l'lETALLU'RGY AND APPLIED SCIENCETHIRD YEAR TTOS. Physical Metal[...]Chemistry IIT. Introduction to modem alloy thcor and its application. Classical and statistical thermodynamic annlysis of solid an liquid metallic solutions. Thermod namics and kinetics of hose transformations. Detailed consideration of yiel work hardening, annealing. fracture. creep and fatigue of metals, alloys and other crystalline materials in terms of crystal defect theory. Basic features of nuclear reactor design. Radiation effects in metallic and non-metallic materials. Metallurgy of uranium. plutonium. thorium, zirconium. and beryllium. Ceramics in nuclear use. Nuclear fuel systems. Selected topics in Physical metallurgy. TT23. IndUStrial Metallurgy[...]5) The casting of metals. Introduction to theory and practice of commercial metal fabrication processes. Practical metallurgical as ects of defamation and failure. Defects in metals, testin . Quality control. a selection of[...]Metallography II. (0—21—32) The observations and analysis of materials by modem penetrative radiation techniqucs~Xeray diffractomeh'y and radiography. thin foil transmission, re lien and scanning techniques of electron microscopy, elect[...]ro-am) ysis, magnetic resonance, Mossbauer eifect and field ion/emission microscopy of metals. alloys and non-metallic materials. TESS. Electrical Enginee[...]quantities; use of C.R.O.: A.C. circuits; concept and measurement of phase angle; lmsor diagrams; AC. n[...]iase systems; powcr measurements. Characteristics and uses of common A.C. and DC. machines. Non-linear conductors; diodes; A.C.»D.C. con- version,- triode and transistor characteristics and uses. D.C. bridges and potentio- meter circuits: Transducers: Ele[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.APP.SC.—SYLLA.BUSE§ AND APPLIED SCIENCE MINERAL ENGINEERINGBACHELOR OF[...]l. Applied Physics I. TH8I. Engineering Chemistry and Materials. TKOI. Engineering Mechanics I. TK91. E[...]2) Mechanics of solids; forces, stresses, stains and deflections in beams, columns, shafts, non-circular sections, 5 rings, two-dimensional stresses, strains in three dimensions; bolted and welde joints failure theories for yielding and brittle fracture; non-symmetrical bending of beam[...]). (22 11—12—81) Physical properties of soils and their measurements. Applications to simple retaining wall and foundation problems. Site exploration and soil sampling. Field testing. Classification. Properties of cement and concrete materials, design of mixes, quality control, elastic properties of concrete. Reinforced and pre—stressed concrete beams, footings, retainin[...]timate design. TN32. Mining Engineering I. (21 11-12.31) Mining engineering; lrorin , drilling and blasting; open cut and underground mining methods; mine samping and testing; tunnelling; trenching and sinkin . Mine surveyin , construction, use and adjustment of instruments including levdl, theodolite. tac eorneter and piano (able,- computation of traverse and levels- setting out; errors and their adjustment; plotting, various methods of control and transfer. T082. Survey Camp. For syllabus[...] |
 | AND APPLIED SCIENCE THIRD YEAR TMlS. Mathematics IIC[...]e Subject Index. TN23. Applied Geology HM. (3—0-4) Mineralogy, including microscopy and mineragrapliy of the common rock foam ing mineral and are minerals. Peh’alogy; constitution, origin,[...]g, supergene alteration. Natural fuels- metallic and non-metallic deposits, nature, origin, composition, character, distribution. Geological and geoph icnl prospecting, mapping, photo- interpretation. Influence of rock types on structures on cuttings,[...], flooding, scouring, silting. Field Practicals and Field Camp. TNSS. Mining Engineering HA. (3122-141) Theory of drilling and rock fracture by explosives and other means. Soil Mechanics; consolidation, plasticity in soil masses, stress-strain properties, stress dis[...]settlement, seepage problems, retaining structure and silos, stability of slopes, earth dams and mine tailing: dams, Mechanical and other physical properties of rocks. Experimental stress analysis, laboratory technigues and met ads of field instrumentation. Stability of r[...]Design an sup ort of excavations. Ground control in surface and underground mining. ControlI of surface subsidence and design of shaft pillars. Rock burst phenomena and layout of deep mines. T'K43. Engineering Mechanics II BS. (2—0—1) D amics: motion of points and rigid bodies, mechanisms, Velocities and once erations, fundamental law of gearing; kinetics of particles, rigid bodies and connected systems, work, energy, impulse and momentum; clutches, brakes and belt drives; diversion of fluid streams, motion with varying mass, impact of bodies, free and forced vibrations, damping, balancing of rotors and engines. Either TMIS. Mathematics IIC. For syll[...]index. or TU03. Engineering Management. ( 1—21-0) An introductory course in the principles of Engineering Management. Purpose and functions of a business, management and control of work, service functions. Organisation concepts, management and decision theory, financial evaluation of[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.APP.SC.—SYLLAHUSL'S AND APPLIED SCIENCE RHNERAL ENGINEERINGTN43. Mining[...]11B. (1—1—31) Methods of working stratified and nnslratilied deposits; alluvial open cast and underground metal mines, coal mines, petroleum re[...]esign planning, layout, scheduling. Shaft sinking and lunnclling; selection of site. shape, optimum siz[...]e ventilation; environmental condi- tions. air ow and eat transfer; an elficiencies, test selection: I[...]; cooling. Generation. transmission. use of power in mines, diesel. electric. hydraulic and compressed air powers Preparation of minerals: mi[...]chutes, linulages; winding systems, ropes, power and velocity calcula- tion, vibrations. Seminars and project. TE72. Electrical Engineering SC(T). TK[...], after Pharmacy. Applied Geology Field Camps II and III. A ten-day field cam 3 will be held during the May or August vacations and will be compulsory for all Applied Geology students at second- or third-year level. in some years the camps for second~ and third-year students are combined, in others they are so arated. Trans ortation and accommodation are provided, but bedding is the student's res onsi ility and a charge is made to cover the cost of meal[...] |
 | AND APPLIED SCIENCE BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE (DAT[...]ming languages; Fortrnn; an introduction to Algal and an introduction to assembly language. Fundamental[...]mber systems. Flow chatting. Projects to be co ed in Fortran. TASI. Accounting 1. (2—1—1) An int[...]of accounting, the effects of ownership, activity and gunctiounl division on accountin systems. An introduction to logic: The nature and function of logic; the role ofxlogic in accounting. An introduction to Data Processing: Electronic computers and how they work, systems investiga- tion; communication and implementation of a system. Studcnts will be given practice in analysis and design of accounting systems and computer use. A General Studies Elective.[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.APP.SC.—SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE DATA PROCESSINGSECOND YEAR TM0[...]labus see Subject Index. TM22. Programming 11. (2-1-3) Data statement; variable format; internal tran[...]ontrol: charac- ter manipulation routines; record and tile structures; machine instructions; address modification; macro-instructions; data generation; open and closed subroutines; input/output; the history of[...]e qualification; the language definition; file and record structures; procedure division; Perform. input/output usin serial tiles; arrays and table generation; practical work will cover an )lications Elam both business and science; programming exercises in Fortran an Cobol; design of a simple com- puter system including mripl’lcn‘tl and storage (lo-vices; utility routines; xnulti~ prog[...]tatistics. (3—1—0) Tho theory of probability and probability distributions. The collection and representation of data. Significance tests based on the normal. t, F, and X2 distribution. Simple and multiple linear regression. Randomization and design of experiments; the analysis of variance.[...](T). (2—1—0! Macro Economics: Economic laws and limitations. The functioning of an economic syste[...]ional income—meaning, measurement. determinants and fluctuations. Australian national income accounts. Public finance and fiscal policy. Australian Federal/State finance. Financial institutions and monelo policy. Micro Economics: Principles of production. Production costs. Deman theory. Market structure and performance. The equilibrium of the firm under diiierent market structures. Income distribution and the prices of the factors of production. Internat[...]ional financial institutions. Overseas borrowing and foreign ownership of industry. Text-books: To be notified in class. TU92. Administration. (2—1—0) The business organisation, its structure and principal activities. Planning, policies, and docision-mnkin processes. interaction of basic functions. Techniqufl, procedures and controls us ‘ in business operations. Human behaviour and moti- vation in organisations. Communication processes. Methods of analysing systems and procedures. A General Studies Elective. F[...] |
 | B.APP,SC.—-5YLLADXJSES FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY DATA PROCESSING AND APPLE]? SCIENCETHIRD YEAR TM73. Systems Analysis. (3—2-8) Origin and nature of system anal sis; problem definition; p[...]corporate analysis, system mo clling' simulation and planning. informa- tion flow analysis; systems s[...]is; data control systems, diagnosis of financial and operations problems; interviewing techniques, personnel selection, operations planning and costin ; data capture policy; conversion standard docu~ rnentation and training; data use and interactive systems; systems audit and check points; computer aids to systems analysis. introduction of systems; monitor— ing and maintenance of production: systems; human enginee[...]rectives; core organisation; structure; insertion and search of symbol tables; macros. Data structures—Storage of arrays- triangular and symmetric matrices; sparse arrays- linear queues and stacks; linkc lists; insertion and deletion in lists; doubly-linke and circular lists; tree structures; arrays stored as trees; designs and implementation of lo (2 circuitry; computer timing and control; peripheral devices; storage (discs, tape[...]simple computer system; introduction to analogue andand dyadic operators; function definition; vectors;[...]cs of operating systems—purpose; job scheduling and lofigin ; keep- ing statistic (ilcs; priority allocation; core swapping; compilers and on crs; job control language. TM33. Numerical Mathematics, (3-1-2) Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations. Solution of linear systems, matrix inversion and algebraic eigenvalue problems. Interpolation, numerical quadrature and differentiation. Difference and differential equations and simple integral equations. Use of analytic appro[...]This subject assumes a knowledge of section 1, 2 and 4 of Mathematics 11A, and a familiarity with elementary probability concept[...]nalysis, para- metric programming, transportation and assignment problems. Critical path methods[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY DJ’HAHNI. AND APPLIED SCIENCE REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF PHARMACY REGULATIONS NOTE: This course is being discontinued. As provided in Regulation 10, no new enrolments have been accepted since 1969. 1. There shall be an Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy. 2. Schedules defining the courses of study including lectures. laborato and other practical work to be undertaken, the examina- tions to rho passed, and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be drawn u by the Faculty of Technology and A plied Science and submitte to the Councils of the Universitv and the South Australian Institute of Technology. Suc[...]rom such other date as the Councils may etermine, and shall be published as soon as practicable after that approval has been given. ‘3. To qualify for the degree a candidate must regularly attend such tutorials as may be prescribed and do written, laboratory and other practical work, where such is required, and pass examinations in the subjects prescribed in the schedules. 4. Except by permission of the Faculty 3 candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject for which he has not already completed the pro-requisite work as prescribed in the syllabus for that subject. 5 (a) Annual exam[...]academic year, except that ractical examinations and the annual examination in a sub‘ect in w ich the course of instruction has been complete[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date rescribed by the Council but shall no[...]he has regularly attende the prescribed tutOrials and done the written and laboratory or other practical work, where required, to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned. “Amended 24 Decemb[...] |
 | [...]e into consideration, at the final examina- tion in any subject, a candidate's written and practical work in that subject during the year and his results at terminal or other examina- tions in the subject.((1) There shall be three classifi[...]with distinction or with credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the classification and the names of other candidates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order; provided that a candidate who sits for a supplementary or special examination in any subject or group of subjects of any annual ex[...]mitted to take a sup lemcntary examina- tion only in special circumstances approved by he Faculty and then only if in the opinion of the examiner the candidate's previous work in the subject has been such as to indicate that he[...]therefrom by the Faculty, again attend tutorials and laboratory and other practical work in the sub jects of the examination before presenting himself again for the annual examination. ’6. Except in case of illness or other sufficient cause allowed bv the Faculty, no candidate shall be credited in any year with attendance at tutorials or laboratory work in a sub'ect unless he has attended at least threefourths of the tutorials and laboratory work respectively in that subject. 7. A candidate who has twice failed to pass an examination in any subject may not present himself again for ins[...]ho is refused per- mission to sit for examination in any subject or division of a subject shall be deemed to have failed to pass the examination, and the annual examination and the supplementary examination shall be deemed to[...]tion. 8. A candidate who has passed examinations in 72011 malaria within the University or at other approved universities or institutions and who desires that such examinations shall be counted pro tonic for the degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy shall, on written[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY EPILARM. AND APPLE SCIENCE REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES1‘10. Only those candidates who had entered u on the course for the degree in or before the academic year 1969 wil be permitted to enrol in the course for the degree after 31 December, 1969. Such students will be eligible to proceed to the degree under these regulations pro- viderl that they qualify for the degree not later than 31 March, 1976, unless the Council approve an extension of time in a particular case under clause 5 of Chapter XXV o[...]ation 2‘) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of B.Pha.rm. are published below, immediately after the re lations and schedules of the degree. For 5 llabuses of subjects taught for 0 er degrees and diplomas see the table of su jects at the end of[...]Faculty, 9. candidate may not enrol for subjects in the second or third ear of the course before he has passed the examinations in all the su jccts prescribed in the schedules tor the previous year of the course[...]HEDULE OF SUBJEcrs. FIRST YEAR Subject No. in . Hours Syllabus Subject 3 week TED], Appl[...] |
 | B.PHARM. ”cum-y or TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULES AND APPLIED scmncz THIRD YEAR TF03 Pharmaceutical Che[...].. t. t . Lectures a Practical 7 TF78 Physiology and Pharmacology .. . V Lectures 2 Practical 3‘11:53 Forensic Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Practice 7. . . .. . . Lectures 2[...]ls 2 (sec Schedule 4) 4. GENERAL STUDIES Exme. In addition to passing in all of the subjects prescribed for each year of t[...]e following General Studies courses: Subject N0. in Syllabus TG9 l T081 TG7l T661 T051 T04 l TC31 TC21 TG92 T082 T072 TG62 T052 T042 Subject Social and Technological History Literature and Society Social and Technological History (C.E.) Social and Technological History (S) Science and Modern Society German Life and Literature Political Science International Affair[...]y The Development of Economic Society. Psychology and Human Organisation Design and Invention Japanese Language and Culture 1091 |
 | [...]ILAEUSFIS FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY SYLLABUS NUNIBEHS AND APPLIED SCIENCEOF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF PHARMACY SYLLABUSES Text-books:[...]given. Such lists are supplied to students early in the academic year by the lecturers concerned. Ex[...]e department concerned details of the examination inand Applied Science: T. The second letter identifie[...]ng the subjects, as follows: Chemical Technology - - - H Mathematics - - — - - - M General Studies — ~ - - - G Physics - - - - — - - P The first digit— 073: Indicates (exceBt in Mathematics: 0—2) that the subject is in sequence with another so jcct. 4—9: Indicates (except in Mathematics 379) that the subject is not in sequence with another subject. The second digiti[...]res at the rightehand side of the syllabus number and title indicate, respectively: Number of lectures[...]2—2271 indicates a subject having two lectures and one hour of practical work a week throughout the year, and two hours a week of tutorial work for two[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY BJ’IUU‘RL—SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCEDEGREE OF BACHELOR OF PHARMACY. FIRST YEAR TM91. Mathematics 13. 'I'Pfll. Applied Physics L 11-101. Chemistry 1 (T). SZ7l. Biology I. For sylla[...]with particular reference to structural chemistry and its effect on orfinic reactivity. Preparation, pmperties and reactions of lictfirocyclic compoun ‘ and aromatic compounds. An introduction to natural pr[...]harmaceutical Chemistry I. The theoretical basis and practical application of classical and modern instru- mental methods of analysis, including: titrametric and potentiomettric procedures. radiochemical methods[...]ometrycfiolarimetry, optical rotatory dispersion and light scattering. Chromatographic te niques. Sedimenta- tion. osmometry, diffusion and flow berefringence. Thermodynamics thermo- chemistry, reaction kinetics, rates and orders of reaction, influence of factors such as pH and temperature on reaction rates, catalysis The chemistry and properties of carbohydrates, proteins lipids and nucleic acids, Biological oridations. reservation andand routes of administration. Surface active agents. Solubilization and cmulsilieation. Rheology of Newtonian and non- Newtonian systems. Adsorption. Stability of[...]the bacterial cell; factors affecting the growth and (leath of bacteria. The mode of action of antibiotics and other chemothera eutic agents. Drug resistance. The genetics of bacteria and their viruses. Immunoogy. Dispensing and the preparation of selected harmaceuticals from o[...]ve of the physicoc emical aspects of the lectures and practical exercises illustrative of the mi[...] |
 | B.PHARMr—SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCETIIIRD YEAR. T1703. Pharmaceutical Chemistry I]. [32 21—0—6) Photochemistry, tcrpenes and steroids, alkaloids, chemical carcinogenesis and sclcctud topics in natural product chemistry. The relationship between ph sicnl and chemical structure and biological activity. 'l‘oxicolo and the factors i uen- cing the metabolism of foreign compounds in animals. iologicnl control, and the biochemical basis of cancer. The functions of[...]of formulation on drug availability. Complcxation and protein hindinri of drugs. Kinetics of absorption, distribution and elimination of drugs. Drug-F astic interactions.[...]tnbletting, micromeritics, use 0 ternary diagrams in iormu tion of emulsific and solubilizcd systems. Radioactive matcrinls. Methods of sterilisation and their pharmaceutical applica- tions; the kinetics of disinfection and evaluation of bactericidal agents. Antibiotics. I[...]. Preparation of sterile medicaments. Dispensing and formulation exercises Physical pharmacy exercises illustrative of the lecture material. TF73. Physiology and Pharmacology. (2—0—32) Pie-requisite subject[...]ourse will comprise approximately half physiology and half pharmacology. Physiology will comprise the[...]al mammalian tissues to- gether with the hormonal and neural integration of the organism. The practical is based on mammalian material and illustrates basic physiological principles. In pharmacology, emphasis will be placed on the following topics: biological variation in response to drugs and principles of biological assay; physiLo-chemical factors in drug action; mechanisms of actions of dnrgs in common clinical use. Practical Work will illustrate aspects of these topics. TFSS. Forensic Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Practice (2—(FD) Forensic Pharmacy' National Health Act; pharmaceutical practice; commercial pharmacy and book-heeping; veterinary pharmacy; public health; International, British and Australian pharmacy. A General Studies El[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNULOCY E.TECH., B.APP.SC. AND B.PuAIlI\i.—S)'LLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE GENERAL STUDIES ELECTIVESDEGREES OF BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY, BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE AND BACHELOR 0F PHARMACY, GENERAL STUDIES ELECTIVESA TGQI. Social and Technological History. (0—2—0) A selection o[...]he pro- cesses of Chan 9, innovation. creativity, and the place 0 technology in history what is history.; ancient technology, pyramids and power sources; ancient tra e and mining; salt and society; the renaissance; printing. painting Imd gunpowder: shipping technology and discovery; the slave trade; was there an industrial revolution?- Bessemer steel: technology and 19th century war; Ironclad to Dreadnou ht; political implications of technology; new sources of power and materials; urcaucracy; utopia and dystopia. T071. Social and Technological History CE. The influence which technological progress has exerted upon society and vice warm. The changes which have occurred in Engineering Technnlo from the time of stone-age man to the modem era; special emphasis on (love n mcnts in the field of Civil Engineering: the background of social. economic all political events. T061. Social and Technological History S. (0—2—0) The history[...]rescnt his world by means of astronomy, surveying and cartography is relate to the prevailing social order and its philosophy. TGBl. Literature and Society. (0—2—0) A thematic approach to certain aspects of the human situation as depicted in literature. The course is designed to encourage discussion of some important social issues and of the ways in which dill'crcnt authors have thought about them.[...]rom a number of suggested t eIncs, T051. Science and Society. Study of a select group of scientific theories that have revolutionised science. technology and social Institutions in modern times. through case studies that illustrate the process of discovery and the nature of theories; scientific methods of inquiry and xelidation; the emergence and institutimmliz on of scientific institu- tions; the role and responsibilities of scientists; science. technology and the economy; science policy and the relation of science to government: contemporary social change due to science and technology; some scientific ideas of seminal \'Bl|tt' in other disciplines. TG41. German Life and Literature. (0—2—0) A study of German life and culture embracing German achievement especially in the fields of music, literature and art, The language may be taught at an elementary[...]literature. TGZl. International AHairs—Asin. (0-2—0) An introduction to Asian history and current atlairs. Asian civilisations, the impact of the West and the emergence of new nations. Topics for study in[...]ation of Japan; the attainment of communist power in China; hide-China; recent developments on[...] |
 | BJ‘ECH.l B.APP.SC. AND BJ‘IIAELL7SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY GENERAL STUDIES ELECTIVES AND APPLIED SCIENCEshi with Asia; and Asia in the world economy. Students will he expected to ma e use of reference books, newspapers and weeklies; also to prepare a project based on this[...]—0) An introduction to the philosophical ideas and methods which describe, analyse and justify nature, man and society. The zip roach will be through discussion and reading around particular tradi- tional phi osophical problems, and contemporary social issues. Emphasis will be on relevance to the contemporary society and individual, T692. Music. (0—2—0) Technical[...]e way music has functioned as a mirror of society and social behaviour from primitive man and early civilizations through Greek, Roman, Mediaev[...]concemed with the structure of music—how it is and has been put to than the qualities of the gifted[...]sic; the creative an interpretive mind; tradition and innovation in nlo crn music; the aesthetics and appreciation of music; technology and music: music in culture and counterculture. TG72. The Development of Economi[...]; cmnmvrc‘idl revolution: com etition; suppl‘ and (lcmantl forces; the consumer; removal of market[...]eer inventor; rise of factory as centre of social and economic life; role of government; the automated[...]ount osition of production; planned obsolescence: inflation; the problem of leisure; t e Soviet solut[...]e international corporation. T062. Psychology and Human Organisation. (07270) The aim of this cour[...]ent with some of the basic concepts of psychology in the areas of motivation, perception, learning, personality and social psychology, with the main emphasis [min on[...]will be illustrated b references to tie structure and pro leins of industrial society, and, where possi lc, by practical demonstrations. The applications of psychology to current social problems and issues such as Censorship, drug abuse, and alienation will he considered, and students will be encouraged to establish the rele[...]encement of First Term. TC52. Creativity, Design and Invention. Research, invention and design. The application of knowledge, mind and skill, through creativity in arts, crafts and vocations. Research and development through all forms of media from fine[...]duct design. The reintegration of art, technology and science. Studies in self-knowledge, adaptability, fundamentals of perception, discrimina- tion, design and creation. Appreciation of natural forms and man-made products in the human environment. Studio work in various skills, orthodox and unorthodox, for expression, communication and interaction. 1097 |
 | FACULTY OF TECI‘H‘IOLOGY E.TECH., BAPPSC. AND B.PHARM.—SYLLABUSES AN'D APPLIED SCIENCE GENERAL STUDIE ELECTIVEST642. Japanese Language and Culture. This course aim to provide students wit[...]An introduction to the culture, religions, modern and ancient literature and art of the Japanese people, an essential part of[...]age, will also be incorporated. T032. Greek Life and Literature. This course involves the study of everyday life in Greece, its music and general culture, and includes an elementary course in colloquial Greek. Greek literature will be Studied through the reading and discussion of set texts. Students intending to take this course should acquaint themselves with ancient and modern Greek Literature. particularly classic Greek drama and the modern Greek novel, preferably with works by Sophocles and N. Kazantzakis. It is the aim of this course that students should be able to assess the Crack people and their culture objectively, and the contribution of Greek migrants to Australian[...]ill be taught through conversation models drilled in group work and in the language laboratory, TG22. Drama. The basis of this course is a concern with communication, and as such Drama is regarded as an instrument to analyze and speculate about the human condition. Both through a study of Drama per se and workshops, one’s knowledge of oneself and of other people is extended by stud ing or creating situations in which actions and reactions (and the reasons for t em) occur. Obviously workshops are. largely exercises in communications and exchanges of ideas throu a releasing of creative potential in improvisation. A solid technical hackgroun will be buiit up and an erosion of sclf—consciouness will take place in order to give maximum support to the imaginative ideas. Students with a practical involvement and technical aptitudes are ex acted to develop an informed analytical interest in their chosen medium and host: who start with on interest more historical[...]tual) are expected to develop practical interests and to work on specific 1pro‘ccts in any of a variety of media and erformnnce situations. The rob ems o rehearsal ar[...]clarification of intention tirough recognisable and communicative toms and the roblems of perfomiance are regarded as the problems of establish in contact will): the audience. Hence this course contains an approach to Theatre, F5 in, Television and Radio which is both theoretical and practical. 1098 |
 | BOARD OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE Master of Environmental Studies - — - — - 1100 1099 |
 | [...]STUDIES ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES REGULATIONSOF THE DEGREE 0)“ MASTER OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES REGULATIONS NOTE: This course will not be available in 1974. 1. There shall be a degree of Master of Environmental Studies and a Board of Environmental Studies. THE BOARD 2.[...]ies, the South Australian Director of Environment and Conservation, ex officio; (b) one member of the[...]ndidates currently enrolled as candidates for the degree; (d) u to ten members, the majority of whom shal[...]nsible for the acceptance as candi- dates for the degree of applicants for admission to the course of study for the degree. (b) Subject to availability of accommodation and facilities (and in the case of a candidate for some other higher degree to the con- currence of the Faculty concerned als[...]qualifie for admission to the course or courses and whose work or studies are relevant to envi[...] |
 | [...]Board; (0) subject to the control of the Board, exercise a general control over its administrative business; and (d) perform such other duties as the Council may[...]to preside during the Chairman’s absence. THE DEGREE 7. (a) An applicant for admission to the course of study for the degree must be a graduate of the University of Adelaide[...]de. (b) Admission to the course of study for the degree shall be subject to approval by the Board of Envi[...]ribe beforc being accepted as a candidate for the degree. (d) Applications for admission shall be addressed to the Academic Registrar. 8. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall: (a) satisfy examiners in courses of study as prescribed in the schedules; and (b) as prescribed in the schedules, carry out research work and present a satisfactory dissertation on a subject[...]Schedules defining the courses of study for the degree and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn up from time to time by the Board of Environmental Studies and approved by the Council. 10. The maximum number of candidates which may be enrolled in any course for the degree shall be determined from time to time by the Coun[...]mmendation of the Board of Environmental Studies; and nothing in these regulations shall be held to bind the Council to provide any or all the courses in any year it for any reason the Council dec[...] |
 | [...]STUDIES ENVEONMENTAL STUDIES REGULATIONSll. If in the o inion of the Board of Environmental Studies[...]Council withdraw its approval of his candidature and the candidate shall thereupon cease to be enrolled for the degree. 12. On completion of his work the candidate sha[...]gistrar three copies of his dissertation prepared in accor— dance with directions given to candidate[...]under regulation 8, both for the courses of study and for the dissertation. 14. A candidate who fulfils the requirements of those regulations and satisfies the examiners ap ointed under regulati[...]oardp of Environmental Studies be admitted to the degree. 15. These regulations shall come into fo[...] |
 | BOARD OF RESEARCH STUDIES REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES OF THE DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) - - — — - . 1104 ”08 |
 | BOARD OF PH.D. RESEARCH STUDIES REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY REGULATIONS I. GENERAL 1. There shall be a degree of Doctor of Philosophy and a Board of Research Studies. “2. (a) (i) The B[...]dicine, one member of the Faculty of Architecture and Town Plannin , one member of the Faculty of Denti[...]ne member of the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and three persons enrolled as full~time students for the degree of PhD. elected from among themsclves in accordance with elecA tion procedures drawn up and approved by the Board of Research Studies. (ii)[...]c standing required for candi- dature, the nature and extent of the work to be completed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn up from time to time by the Board and submitted to the Council. Such schedules s[...] |
 | [...]from such other date as the Council may determine and shall he published in the University Calendar.II. ENROLMENTS 4. A person seeking enrolment as a candidate for the degree shall apply to the Registrar in such form as the Board shall prescribe and shall submit as part of his application a statement of his academic standing, accompanied in the case of a person who is a graduate of a Unive[...]delaide by proof thereof acceptable to the Board, and an outline of the course of study and research which he proposes to pursue. 5. (a) A person shall not be enrolled as a candidate for the degree unless the Board is satisfied: (i) that his proposed course of study and research can be adequately supervised; and (ii) that he is personally qualified to undertake the particular course of study and research which he proposes. (b) The Head of the appropriate department and the appropriate faculty shall have the power to make recommendations to the Board on the matters set out inspecial or annual, as it may deem necessary or desirable.[...]dature shall date, which shal normally be the one in which the candidate begins his course of study and research for the degree. (b) When a candidate is required under regulati[...]ich his candidature will date. III. WORK FOR Tim DEGREE 7. (a) A candidate shall pursue, to the satisfaction of the Board, and in accordance with any special conditions that may be specified in his case, an approved course of study and research in the University under a supervisor or supervisors appointed by the appropriate Faculty and ap raved by he Board. At least one supervi[...] |
 | [...]rd a written report on the work of each candidate in his charge, He shall report to the Board at any time if in his opinion a candidate is not making satisfactor rodgress in his work or is otherwise not fulfilling the cond[...]or appears unlikely to reach the standard of the degree.8. A candidate for the degree shall devote his whole time to the pursuit of his approved course of study and research; provided that full-time members of the academic staE of the University and full- time members of the academic stafi of the South Australian Institute of Technology who are engaged in teaching courses prescribed for a degree of the University may be permitted to proceed to the degreedegree shall pursue is approved course of study and research within the University for a period of not less than two years and not more than four years from the date of his enrolment. (b) In special circumstances the Board may accept as an internal half-time candidate for the degree a person who, in its opinion, is a full qualified person, is free to pursue his research programme witiin the University and is able to devote at least half of his time to his research. In such a case the Board shall prescribe for the duration of his programme minimum and maximum periods which in its opinion, having regard to the pro ortion of his time which he is able to devote to the programme in the appropriate departments, are respectively equ[...]for at least two years within the University, but in exceptional circum~ stances the Board may ap )rove a reduced period on such conditions as it may determine in can case. (d) A candidate’s supervisor, who sh[...]ard, may permit a candidate to spend three months in any one year of his candidature away from the Uni[...]ected with his research. A period of such absence in excess of three months must be approved inin the conduct of certain University courses. notwithstanding the provisions of regulations 5(a) and 7(a) and sub-clause (a) of this regulation, the Board ma ,[...]Science, ermit a candidate to carry out his work in a department of the Sout Aus- tralian Inst[...] |
 | [...]devote at least half of his time to his research; and(iii) the Board is satisfied that facilities for the proposed course of study are available only in the Institute. 10. (a A candidate shall submit f[...](1)) At the cud of his approved course of study and research, or by the end of the fourth year from his enrolment, a candidate shall present to the Registrar, in such form as the Board reseribes, not ewer than three copies of a thesis embodying the resu ts of his study and research. He may submit also, in su port of the thesis, other relevant material provided that no materia presented for any other degree within this or any other university shall be so submitted.° (0) Only in exceptional circumstances and by special permission of the Board on the recommendation of[...]ate faculty shall nominate two external examiners and may nominate one or more internal examiners. The[...]orally or otherwise on the subject of his thesis and the general field of knowledge within which it fa[...]the appropriate faculty. 11. To qualify for the degree the thesis shall contain a significant contribut[...]culty shall consider the reports of the examiners and report, with recommendations, to the Board. The B[...]recommend that the candidate: (i) be awarded the degree subject to such minor amendments of the thesis as the examiners may have suggested; (ii) be not awarded the degree, but be allowed to revise and relsubmit his thesis within such period as the Bo[...]lished below, immediately after these regulations and schedules. 11W |
 | BOARD OF PHJ). nESEAItCn STUDIES RFCULATIOYS AND SCHEDULES(iii) be not awarded the degree and be not allowed to resubmit his thesis; or (iv) be awarded an appropriate degree of Master subject to the concurrence of the appropriate faculty. 13. Two copies of a thesis and other material on which the degree is awarded shall be deposited in the Library. Regulations allowed 21 Dcccmhcr, 19[...]ction (a) of regulation 5) as a candidate [or the degree is normally an Honours degree of Bachelor (with first or second class Honours) or a degree of Master of the University of Adelaide. 2. The Board may acce t as a candidate for the degree a graduate who does not qualify nu er clause 1 bu[...]at least one year of full-time postgraduate study and research and (b) passes a qualifying examination pre- scribed by the appropriate faculty and approved by the Board. 3. Provided that it is satisfied in each case, on the recommendation of the Head of the department and the faculty concerned, that the course of stud undertaken and the academic standard reached are equivalent to t[...]aide, the Board may accept as a candidate for the degree a person who holds a degree of another university or a qualification accepta[...]sity. 4. A person who proposes to proceed to the degree by undertaking a course of study and research in education shall also hold the Diploma in Education of the University or a qualification accepted by the Uni- versity as equivalent, and shall have at least three years' experience in teachin or in some other educational work approved by the University efore enrolling for the degree. The attention of intending candidates is[...] |
 | NOTES AND INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES FOR HIGHER DEGR[...] |
 | NOTES TO CANDIDATES ALL FACULTIES FOR HIGHER DEGREES AND BOARDSNOTES AND INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES FOR HIGHER DEGREES (BY THESIS) I. GENERAL 1. The degrees of Master and of Doctor Sic-swept the degree of Doctor of Philosophy) are administered by t e Faculty concerned. However the degree of Doctor of Philosophy is common to all Faculties (except Technology and Applied Science), and accordingly responsibility for the administration of that degree is vested in a Board of Research Studies. The attention of all candidates is drawn to the regulations and schedules of the degree to which they are proceeding, and to clause 2B of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. 2.[...]study must be approved by the appropriate faculty and, in the case of the degree of Doetor of Philosophy, by the Board of Research[...]without similar approval. 3. A candidate for the degree of Master in the Faculties of Agricnl» tural Science, Architecture, Arts, Dentistry, Economies (degree of M.Ec. only), Engineering (under re ulation 3 of the degree of M.E.), Medicine and Science and a candi ate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy pursues a course of resea[...]port formally each year on the candidate’s work and progress. In the case of a candidate for a master's degree, such report will he to the appropriate faculty; of a candidate for the Doctor of Philosophy degree, to the Board of Research Studies. The supervisor will also report whenever in his opinion the student is not making satisfacto regress in his work, is otherwise not fulfilling the condit[...]r fully informed of the progress of his research, and to consult him about proposed future work and about the general planning 0t his thesis. if not[...]ed mind upon which the student may test his ideas and so be led to develop his own critical faculties.[...]as to the most satisfactory method of developing and presenting his material. For a candidate whose mo[...]sors on all matters of general ooncem to his work and thesis. 1110 |
 | ALL FACULTIES NOTES TO CANDIDATES AND BOARDS FOR mGHEfl DEGREESII. SPECIFICATIONS FO[...]) The responsibility for the layout of the thesis and selection of the title rests with the candidate alter discussion with his supervisor, and the completed thesis should be shown to the supervisor before submission. In order to save delay in the a pointment of examiners a candidate is advised to give three months notice in writing to the Academic Registrar of intention to submit a thesis, and to give its proposed title. He should also forwar[...]r binding. (b) The thesis of a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy should be written and submitted before the candidate leaves the University. In exceptional circumstances the Board of Research S[...]ide to authors (C.S.I.B.O., 1953). Barned, J. R, and Petrie, C. M., Guide to report writing, revised e[...]nference of Biological Editors, Committee on Form and Style, Style manual for biological ioumals (Amer[...]e of Biological Sciences, 1960). Emberger, M. R, and Hall, M. R, Scientific writing (Harcourt, Brace,[...]authors”, Journal of Physiology, v. 182, 1966: 1-33. Trelease, S. F., How to write scientific and technical papers (Williams and Wilkins, 1958). OTHER THESEs Clark, C. K., Guid[...]1959). Crutchley, B., Preparation of manuscripts and correction of proofs, 3rd edition (Cambridge University Press, 1965). Hook, L., and Gaver, M. V., The research paper, 3rd edit[...] |
 | NOTES TO CANDIDATES ALL FACULTIES Fon HIGHER DEGREES AND BOARDSSeeber, E. D., A style manual for student[...]. L., A manual for writers of term papers, theses and dis- sertations, 3rd edition (University of Chicago Press, 1967). Wiles, R. M., Scholarly reporting in the humanities, 3rd edition (Uni- versity of Toro[...]paper using a good black inked ribbon. Quotations and footnotes may be typed in single spacing. Footnotes should be clearly sepa[...]Work previously published, if submitted, may be in printed form. Other forms of presentation may be allowed, if the Librarian ap- proves. In such cascs bond paper should be used. If co ies a[...]of theses. (b) Margins should not be less than 3-5 cm on the left-hand side and 1-5 cm on the other three sides to allow for binding and trim- ming of an acceptable standard. (c) The thesis should incorporate in the following order (i) a title page giving the title of the thesis in full, the names and degrees of the candidate, the name of the department of the University asso- ciated with the work and the date when submitted for the degree; (ii) a table of contents; (iii) a summary in not more than 500 words; (iv) a signed statement[...]hich has been accepted for the award of any other degree or diploma in any university and that, to the best of the candidate’s knowledge and belief, the thesis contains no material previousl[...]another person, except when due reference is made in the text of the thesis; (v) An acknowledgment of[...]al not suitable for binding should be placed last and treated as indicated below. 3. Diagrams and Figures. The following are general suggestions for normal practice, but they may be varied in special cases with the approval of the Librarian: (a) Diagrams and figures, etc., should preferably be drawn or photographed on size A4 or quarto paper and bound in the appro- priate place in the text. If it is necessary to mount phot[...] |
 | ALL FACULTIES NOTES TO CANDIDATES AND BOARDS FOR HIGHm DEGREESmounting should be on paper somewhat heavier than that of the other pages, and great care should be taken to avoid wrinkling the[...]e facing the gure. (0) Tables should be inserted in the a propriate place in the text, except that lengthy or bulky tables sho[...]n open. 4. Binding. (2) The thesis must be sewn and bound with dark cloth on stiff covers. (A spring-type or screw-type binder is unacceptable. Stapling and plastic or “perfect” binding without sewing a[...](c) On the spine of the thesis should be given, in gold lettering of suitable size, normally reading from the bottom to the top. the candidate’s surname and the title of the thesis, abbreviated if neces—[...]the title of ie thesis near the top of thc spine and the candidate's surname near the middle. ((1) Wh[...]bound near the hack of the thesis as an ap endix. In the case of published papers of unusual size it may be esirable to bind them in a separate volume. If they have been bound by the publisher it is desirable to keep them in a special case made and lettered to simulate a bound volume of a thesis. Supplementary material such as folded maps and other large folded Sheets may be placed in a pocket inside the back cover of the bound t esi[...]tape or micro- film which cannot readily be kept in a pocket should be placed in a Epecial case made and lettered to simulate a bound volume of the 8515.[...]ise be uniform with the first part of the thesis in respect to colour, lettering and, as far as possible, size. 5. Availability. (:1[...]e top typewritten copy (or approved alternative), and two additional loose copies of the summary should[...]r. If the thesis is accepted for the award of the degree the Academic Registrar will distribute two copies, including the top copy, to the University Library, and one copy to the Head of the appropriate Un[...] |
 | NOTES To CANDIDATES ALL FACULTIES FOR H'IGHER DEGREES AND BOARDS(b) Subject to the author’s consent, one copy of the thesis deposited in the Library will be available for loan. (0) Subj[...]) The author will be asked after the award of the degree to give his consent to (b) and (e) in writing, Such notice of consent will be inserted by the Academic Registrar in the copies deposited in the Library. (e) If the author’s consent is not given to section (b) the thesis will in any case become available for loan two years after the award of the degree. 1114 |
 | RULES Rules for the University Library - - - — - 1116 Labmatory Rules and Rules Applicable to Students on University Premises — - - - - 1120 Rules for Students using the Napier Birks Room - 1122 Rules of the Computing Annexes - - - - - 1123 Rules for the Conduct of Examinations - - - 1124 1115 |
 | [...]Y 1RULES FOR THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY I. OPENING AND CLOSING OF THE LIBRARY 1. Except on Saturdays, Sundays, public holidays and such other occasions as the Council may direct th[...]Saturdays. from 1.30 pm. to 5.30 pm. on Sundays, and to 10 p.m. on such days as the Library Com- mitte[...]RY 2. The following persons are entitled to read in the Library: Members and past members of the Council. Graduates of the Un[...]t-time, of the academic stead of the University, and members of any Faculty or Board of Studies of the University. Officers of the administrative staff. Heads and Deputy Heads of affiliated colleges. Professional officers, laboratory managers and senior laboratory technicians. Students enrolled for courses of study in the University. 3. Other persons who wish to study in the Library may, after appli- cation to the Libra[...]fied periods. III. CONDUCT OF READEns 4. Books and periodicals are not to be removed from the Library, except in accordance with the provisions of Section IV. 5.[...]ith the comfort of other readers, or cause damage in the Library, or disfigure a book or periodical in any way, may be excluded by the Librarian or oflicer in charge, and shall ma e good any damage caused; they ma also b[...]think fit. If he impose a fine he shall report in writing to the Registrar the amount of such fine, and the reason for it; and the fine shall be paid to the Registrar within s[...]uring his absence from the Library. ((1) Smoking in the Library is not permitted, except in the rooms prescribed by the Committee. 1116 |
 | [...]he following persons are entitled to borrow books and periodicals:Members and past members of the Council. Professors, readers[...]ors, senior demonstrators, tutors, demonstrators, and other crsons of equivalent status holding full-time or part-time teaming or research appointments in the University. The Registrar, Academic Registrar and Bursar. Heads and Deputy Heads of affiliated colleges. Professional officers, laboratory managers and senior laboratory technicians. Such other persons as the Chairman of the Library Committee and the Librarian may from time to time approve. “7. (3) Postgraduate students and research scholars enrolled as candidates for higher degrees may borrow books (and periodicals in aeordancc with Clause 8). (b) Undergraduates and students proceeding to diplomas in the University who have paid the fee appropriate[...]of other universities approved by the University, and such other persons as the Chairman of the Library Committee and the Librarian may from time to time approve, may borrow books from the Barr Smith Library, the Law Library and the Medical Library, on lodging a deposit of $5 and on paying in addition an annual fee of $3.50. They may not bor[...]als. (d) The deposit required of borrowers named in section (c) of this clause will, suhiect to any deductions incurred in accordance with these Rules, be returned to the borrower after application in writing to the Librarian. The application shall i[...]be subject to the following conditions except by special arrangement: (i) No borrower shall be allowed to have in his possession more than six volumes belonging to[...]urteen days at the discretion of the Librarian if in the meantime there has been no other application[...]thirty cents a day. (iv) Books placed on reserve and available for loan for a period of less than two days mav be borrowed in the period begin- ning one hour before and ending fifteen minutes before the ‘ Amended by Council in July, 1972. 1117 |
 | RULES RULES FOR THE UNIVERSITY LUBRARYLibrar is closed, andin any day, and in addition sixty cents for any failure to return th[...]due. (v) Any book borrowed from the open shelves in the multiple- Copy collection must be returned to[...]ime is fifteen cents an hour to a total of $1.50 in any day, and in addition thirty cents for any failure to return t[...]d to the Library by hand. 8. Only persons listed in clause 6 are entitled to borrow periodicals, bound or unbound. Other members of the teaching and research stall, and postgraduate students enrolled as candidates for higher degrees, may borrow bound and unbound periodicals on production of their borrower's cards suitably endorsed. Students who are enrolled in the fourth or a later year of a course for a degree ma , borrow from the Barr Smith Library bound vol[...]does not necessarily apply to the Medical Library and the libsaries within the Faculties of Agricultural Science, Law and Music. 9. No periodical shall be borrowed until it has been in the Library seven days. Every bound or unbound pe[...]seven days at the discretion of the Librarian it in the meantime there has been no other application[...]k or criodieal borrowed a voucher must be filled in and deposited with tie Librarian. No book or periodical may, in any circumstances, be taken out of the Library un[...]0 a volume. 11. Notwithstanding clause 7(9) (ii) and (iii) above, the Librarian may recall a book or periodical at an time, and thereupon it must be returned within three days o[...]eyond the specified time is fifteen cents a day in t 5 case of a periodical lent for seven days or a book lent for at least fourteen days, and thirty cents a day in the case of a book lent for a period of two to th[...]e late return of a book or periodical may he paid in the Library as the volume is returned and before an invoice is issued. In this case the penalty mentioned in clause 7(a) (ii) and (iii) above for late return of a volume is[...] |
 | RULES FOR THE RULES MUSIC LXERARYand that mentioned in clause 7(e)(iv) and (v) above by five cents an hour, with a corresponding reduction in the other penalties mentioned. 13. All books and periodicals on loan from the Library shall be ret[...]ach year by the Chairman of the Library Committee and the Librarian for the annual check. 14. Borrowers of books and periodicals shall be held responsible for any los[...]on, or disfigurement by writing 01' other marks, and shall be required to pay the full cost of replacing or repairing such volumes andin the Library seven days. Otherwise, any book exce[...]of the Library Committee. 17. Except as provided in clause 7(e)(iv) books and periodicals may be borrowed until thirty minutes before closing time on week- days and until fifteen minutes before closing time on Saturdays and Sundays. 18. No publications lodged in departments of the University by permission of th[...]ary any of the foregoing rules at any time either in specific cases or genera ly. V. RULES FOR THE MUSIC LIBRARY 20. Teachers in the Elder Conservatorium are entitled to borrow b[...]en recommendation of a teacher, but must not have in their possession more than two copies at the same time. 21‘ In all other respects the foregoing rules of the Uni[...]to the Music Library. VI. RULES FOR THE MEDICAL AND LAW LIBRARIES 224 Medical graduates who are members of the Australian Medical Association (S.A. Branch), dental graduates who are members of the Australian Dental Association (S.A. Branch) and members of the Australian Physiotherapy Association (S.A. Branch) shall be entitled to use the Medical Library in accordance with the terms of the agree- ments between the Branches and the University. The agreements may be seen in the Medical Library. 23. In all other respects the foregoing rules of the University Library shall apply to the Medical and Law Libraries. Rules approved by the Coun[...] |
 | RULES GENERAL AND LABORATORY RULES APPLICABLE TO STUDENTSLABORATORY RULES AND RULES APPLICABLE TO STUDENTS ON UNIVERSITY PREMIS[...]f Adelaide Act Amendment Act, which are published in the University Calendar and are exhibited on notice boards through- out the U[...]De artment may exclude any student from any class in that Department lbr any cause he shall deem suflicient; and he shall report every such exclusion, and the grounds for it, to the Council through the Ch[...]material of any kind on the University grounds or in any University building is forbidden. B. LABORAT[...]taking regular courses involving laboratory work in the University an approfriate laboratory will be 0 on daily during term time (Saturdays and iolidays excepted) at such ours as shall be consi[...]ad of the Department concerned. Per- sons engaged in advanced work or original research may work at su[...]d on by students or graduates not proceeding to a degree in the University at such times and under such conditions as the Head of the Department may determine; the fee for use of a laboratory and its facilities, and the charges for materials, to be determined in each case. 3. Whenever necessary and possible, each student will have a definite working place and locker or drawer assigned to him, which he may no[...]e about the laboratories unnecessarily. 4. Paper and refuse of any kind must be placed in the rece tacles provided for the purpose. No soli[...]esponsible for the cleanliness of their apparatus and work places or benches, which must be left clean and tidy after each practical session. 1120 |
 | GENERAL AND LABORATORY RULES RULES APPLICABLE TO STUDENTS6. All preparations and equipment made from materials supplied by the Uni[...]must be reported at once to the person currently in charge of the laboratory. 10. The Head of a Depa[...]ste of gas, water or electricity. He shall report in writ- ing to the Registrar the amount of such fine, and the reason for it; and the fine shall be paid to the Registrar wi[...] |
 | [...]s enrolled for second-year or subsequent subjects in the Departments of Economics and Commerce.3‘ Times of use During the academic year the room will be open between 9 am. and 10 pm. on Mondays to Fridays, and from 9 am. to 12 noon on Saturdays At all other t[...]eturned to the desk of the Supervisor after use. In no circumstances may such material be removed fro[...]of a member of the lecturing stafl; except that in the case of students presenting for Economic Stat[...]After use, machines must be cleared, switched off and covered; and the plugs must be removed from the powerpo[...] |
 | [...]d to the central computer, or used for collection and dissemina- tion of computer material, which areas are hereby defined as Com- puting Annexes, and to such other areas as may be declared by the Council to be Computing Annexes.In these rules the term ‘supervisor’ means the person appointed in consultation with the Director of the Computing C[...]hall open the Annexe during normal working hours, and uring such extended periods as may in his judgement be desirable and can be adequately supported. 5. Users of Annexes shall not conduct themselves in a way which will interfere with other users, either directly, by interference with equipment, or otherwise. In particular, users must— (a) obey directions by the supervisor designed to maintain safe, clean and tidy working conditions; (b) not remove m[...] |
 | [...]or the beginning of the written or practical work in that examination. 2. No candidate will be allowe[...]or the beginning of the written or practical work in that examination, nor during the last quarter of[...]ion only at the absolute discretion of the OHicer-in-Charge. A candidate who wishes to leave the room[...]st not during any examination whatever: (a) have in his or her possession any book or notes or any ot[...]hereby he or she may improperly obtain assistance in his or her work; or (b) directly or indirectly g[...]our to obtain, directly or indirectly, assistance in his work, or give or endeavour to give, directly[...]ons of this regulation shall lose at examination; and, if detected at the time, shall be summarily dismissed from the examination room; and shall be liable to such further punishment, wheth[...]or her seat until all answers have been collected and the announcement is made that candidates may leav[...]ted on the front of the examina- tion answer book and any directions that may be printed at the head of[...]enuine claim for enquiry should state their cases in writing to the Academic Registrar. 1124 |
 | FEES AND CHARGES FEES AND CHARGES (a) General. As from 1 January, 1974 all tuition fees and associated charges (such as examination and graduation fees) will be abolished. This decision[...]dents whether full—time, part-time or external, and includes overseas students; it does not apply to students taking courses in the Department of Adult Education, nor to Elder C[...]udents taking studies not forming part of a Music degree course. Accordingly, apart from the exceptions noted above, no Student enrolled in the University in 1974 and subsequently will be required to pay any tuition[...]to pay the prescribed Union fees [see (b) below]; and he may also, in some circumstances, incur a liability to pay certain University charges [see (0) below]. In some subjects attendance at excursions or camps forms a compulsory pairt of the practical work and certain costs will be incurred [sec ((1) 8 0w .[...]ent talcing a course for a Bachelor’s or higher degree or for a diploma must, unless exempted by the Union Council, pay a Union Entrance Fee and a Union Annual Fee. Payment of these fees entitl[...]) with the use of the Union buildings, facilities and services. It also entitles them to take full part in the activities of the Students’ Association, Postgraduate Students’ Association, Clubs and Societies Council and the Sports Association. The Union fees comprise:[...]trance Fee of $20, payable upon first enrolment; and (ii) a Union Annual Fee of $66 for full-time students, and $33 for part-time and postgraduate students, or students enrolled both in the University and in a College of Advanced Educa- tion (former Teacher[...]following charges will he made by the University in appropriate cases: Late enrolment , .. . $15 Late submission of entry for examination . $10 In addition, charges may be made to students who do[...]the University Library. Such charges are set out in the rules concerned, All rules are printed in this volume from pages 1116 to 1124. 1125 |
 | FEES AND CHARGES Students in the third year of the dental course will be required to pay a returnable deposit of $20 in connection with the use of hospital equipment during the clinical years of the course. In the medical course, for all students in the fourth, fifth and sixth years of the course, there are hospitals re[...]arges for supervision. (d) Compulsory Excursions and Camps. In some subjects or courses attendance at excursions[...]tion, meals, etc.) may be involved. The subjects and estimated living cests involved are as follows:[...]This list is published only for the information and guidance of students and in no way restricts the University in determining each year the nature, din-anon and cost of the excursions or camps asso- ciated with )articular subjects or courses, or the list of subieets and courses in w ich such attendance may be required. ° Maximum amount. See syllabuses of unit courses in Botany. tin addition students should allow up to $75 for equipment and field clothing (full details from Departm[...] |
 | [...]974 TIME-TABLES FOR 1974 NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjecb will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time—tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown'[...]. FACULTY OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE: B-Ag-Sc. — - » - - » — - - . — 1128 FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING: B.Atch. - - » . . . _ _ _ _ _ 1158 FACULTY OF ARTS: B.A. (For 1974) — — . . . . . . . . 1139 (Tentative for 1975) - - - - - - . . 1136 Dip.App.Psyc11. (For 1974) - - - - - - - 1134 (Tentative for 1975) - - - » - - » — 1140 Dip. Ed (For 1974) - - - - . . . . . 1135 (Tentative for 1975) - — - - - 1141 Adv. Dip. Ed. (and M.Ed. Course Work) (For 1974) - - - 1135 (Tentative for 1975) » - » - _ _ _ 114] Late Afternoon and Evening Lectures - - - - - - 1156‘ FACULTY OF DENTISTRY: B.D,S. - - — _ _ . . . . _ _ 1142 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS: BEc. - - . _ — — . . 1143 Dip. B. M. (and M. B. M. Course Work) - - - - - - 1144 Late Afternoon and Evening Lectures - - - — - — 1156 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING: BE. - - - - — — - — — — — . 1145 FACULTY OF LAW: LL-B- - - - - , - - - - - - - 1158 FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES: BSC- - - — - - - - - - - - - 1149 Late Afternoon and Evening Lectures - — - - — - 1156 FACULTY OF MEDICINE: MB. BS. - - - - - ~ - . - . . 1142 FACULTY OF MUSIC: 13.14115. — — » . — » - - — - - 1155 FACULTY OF SCIENCE: B.Sc. - - - - - - - . _ . . . 1149 Late Afternoon and Evening Lectures - - - - - - 1156 FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCE: B.Tech. - - - . . . — . . . . 115g B.App.Se. — - » - - - — » » » - 1153 B.Pharm. - - - - — . _ . _ _ _ 1158 1127 |
 | [...]RICULTURAL SCIENCE TIME-TABLE 0F SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OFBACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE 1974 him»- No. Subject .‘xlnnday Tuesday |chnesdayl Thursday FIRST. AND SECOND-YEAR sumac-rs Sec (segm ammo. in nu Faaullin of Nlathemafical Sciences and Science respectively. THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS “13[...]llure 1117 ‘ Lcctures ‘ . . l . . 7 7 {I 2 l 7- Pmclicals l, .l . . 7 7 lu.l ‘ 7 l __ M'Nos Ani[...]113: Farm Management7 l Lectures .. .. .l 12 2 —- — # Prnnticals . . , . . l 7 3-6 7 7 7 Q'l'l)2 Mathematical Smiuics 117 (Sec 3.5;. in Faculty DfMalhtmalirzal 1 Sciences) ‘ wrsrzl So[...]— 7— l 2 Practical: ‘ . . . l . 7 7 7 7 I 3-6 FOURTH-YEAR sumacrs ' wnm Agricullural Biochemistry 117 Lcclurcs l. .. l. I | 7 7 ll ll Pracllcnls 2-6 7 2-6 7 _ REM Agxlcullural Econmni Lecture: 12 2 7 7 9, 10 Practicals . . . 3-6 7 7 — wam Agriculture lv . . l. .. 7 7 y.l l 7 7 wma Agroxwmyi Lectures .l .. .. ll 7 7 ll ll Pracalcals 2-6 7 2.5 ‘ 7 7 NOTE: Lulures in all subjccts taken at [he “lain: Agricultural R[...]will commence at ten minutes past. the hour Shawn in the time-tables. 1128 |
 | [...]SCIENCE7COntinued TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE 1974 h\'||:l|[...].. 1o 7 7 12 ‘ 12 Praciicals 1. . , .. 7 7 — 2-6 2.5 EVVUE ‘ Econmnics III7 (Sec Big in Faculty of Lconomia) ‘ ‘ “ED! 1 Enlnmology[...]a: 1117 7 ‘ Lectures .. .. .. 7 10,12 1 7 y, n) - ‘ PracLiEals 7 2-3 7 ‘ J 7 Tutorial . . . . . . 7 y ‘ 7 7 7 H'F[...]v— 9 12 I l’xacticals . . . . . . 7 — — 7- 2—5 QTO'} Mathematical Statistics "1-— 1 (Sec B.Sc. in Famxlty ofMthematical Sciences) “CAB? Plank Breeding7 Lectures .. .. ,. s, 12 7 7- 7 o Placlirals . . , . , , 2-6 7 2-5 7 — “1‘01 Plant Pathnlngy II— Lectures ,. ,. .. 7 10 7 10 10 Practical: . . , . 1 . 7 2-6 _ 2.5 7 “1114 Soil Science II— Lectures .. .[...]al: . 1 1 . . . 7 2.6 _ 2.5 __ NOTE: Ltclurcs in all subjccys mm, at the wait: Agricultural Renard[...]ufsubchta due to a clash irll the huum sex asid: in mis Lima-[able for work in xhat cubjent should cumult an Assismm [D t[...] |
 | [...]4 FACULTY OF ARTS TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE 0F BACHELOR OF ARTS 1974 FACULTY OF ARTS[...]uday “'edncsdny Tlmmhy Friday misr- m sumac“: AND mu- sunnzc'rs (GROUP A) AAOI Anthropology l . — — 4.15 — 4.15 AQOl Chinese I . . . . $ ’7‘ I: :- AC3! 1 Classical Studies I . . 7 9 — 9 - QA7H Computing 1H7 ‘ Loxmres . 1 1 1 ll — - 7 ll 1 Tutorial .. .. MA) 7 7 7 3(5) AR)! 1 Drama 1 .1 , 7 7 7 7 7 11171 Economic Gcoxrarhy 1 7 9 - - 9 7 AEfll 1211511111 I .. .. .. 7 12(A) - ]Z(A) 7 7 5.1503) 7 15(3) 7 AFC! French! .. .. 1n[...]15 2.15 2.15 ' 215 A001 German I l . . . . , — 7- 11,3.15 315 7 Tum-1111 .. ,. 7 100111111) 7 7 7 A[...]History 10 .. .. 7 7 9 7 A1211 Human Geography 11-1 (Second 11.411 cf yea!) . . 7 11 7 1 I 7 111.111 Introductory Philosophy 11-1 7 “(M 7 7 7 7 5.1503] — 7 _ AGO] 1am: I . .. 12 7 7 7 12 AL2H Logic and Argument 1H 7 7 7 I HA) 7 7 7 7 5.1513} — EElG[...]7 4.1513) 4.1513) 4115113) Tutorials (2 1mm) ,. 11-1 11.1 7 ' 11-1 11-1 2.15-4.05 7 21154.05 7 2.15-4.05 QM7II Mathematics IH_ Lectures . 1 4.15 7 4J5[...]51113) 5 4.l5(A.B)‘ Tmmia] (2 hours) .. 7 7 7 11-1 11-1 I 121220 Microeconomics 1H .. 7 7 7 10m) nus) 5.15m) UA51 Music 1 ,, .. .. 4.15-5.15 7 4.15-5.15 7 7 UAGI Music [A AJIH Physical Geography 1H[...]7 NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjacls will commence at tcn minutes past the hour shown in the Lime-LEN“ (including thus: shown as 12 noon). Ancmoon and evening lecturts will comment: at. the lime shown in lhc lime-lama. For lime-tabla of subjects[...] |
 | [...]ARTS—«Continued TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OFBACHELOR OF ARTS B.A .‘TlME-TABLES 1974[...]Subject Monday Tuesday 11121111211111 11.11.11.111--7 QT7H Staz'mim III—7 1 Lenturfi 12 7 1 7 ‘ — 12 Tutorin'l (1 1111111) 2 7 7 7 2 SECOND-YEAR SUBJECTS ANDand 20m centuries . . _ 3.15 7 3.15 1 7 F. Material F[...]England 2.15 7 2.15 7 7 J.T11e English Revolulinn and mudcmisaliou of English 1 sacicly 1603-1760 . . .. 3.15 7 3115 1 7 7 K. Ausualian Hismry'[...](a Gxeaz Depression 12 — l2 7 — L. LiLcrauu-e and Socicty: Britain and Europe 1870A1945 .. 3.15 — 3.15 —7 — A602 1[...]572.1521 sé :5 1 NOTE: Morning lcclurcs in all nubjccu will commence at ten minuts past the hour shown in the limmablu (including those shown 11 12 noon). Aikmann and evening lectures will commence at 1111-. lime shown in die lime-mbles. Far iii-1151:1512: of subj[...] |
 | [...]F ARTS—Continued TIME-TABLE 0F SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE 0F BACHELOR OF ARTS 1974: Sflth No. Sulaicci Mlm[...]11 1. ,. .. — 3.15 — 3,15 _ Niacmcconomics 111-1 .. .. — 7 — — lo Moihcmaiical Slalistics 1[...]11 ll Tumrial (2 hours) . . .. — 10—12(0) 2.15-4.05 2.15-4.05 7 BMCMMmMmMDmemt «m (m QMzz Liathcmatics 11M[...].. .. .. .. 4.15.5.15 7 4.15—5.15 _ _ M387 Old and Middle English 11 . . 4.15 7 4.15 7 Am}: Philosop[...]ciology .. .. — IO — lo 7 B. Political Lhcory and Americnn pdmu .. u .. — ll 11 7 a. European polilia .. ., 7 7 — 2.15 D. Marxism and third world ‘ iclcologics .. .. 1. ‘ 6.l5 7 6[...]l (1 hour) 7 9, 111 —— lo 9. ll mn-mn sunmcrs AND HALF-SUBJECTS (snow: a) QNos Applied Mazlsamauos[...]u) H .. 7 i 1 : # Aim Australian Literary Studies In , . 7 9 7 9 7 was Classical Studies 111 9 _ 7 —- 9 QAOZ Computing scieucc 111 QA13 Compuzing Science mA ' mem on an 2min in mm Tuimiol .. .. ., 7‘ 7‘ / .= 7 131375 Econo[...]F NOTE: Morning lecture: in all subjncls will commence at [ca minulcs past due hour shown in the, timetable: (including: those shown as l2 noon). Aflemuan and evening lectures will anmmcnce at the lime shown in the lime-tables. Ful- time-tables ol' mhje[...] |
 | [...]F ARTS—Continued Tina-TABLE 0F SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE 01'BACHELOR OF ARTS 19[...]., 7 10 — 7 2.15 22?: 3:12;: 3:3 (111 11111111,- 11 abovr) AHB‘J History 11157 11111111111111 w[...]7 1111111111 .. . .. 7,2151 as 7*,2.15” f :5 Q1- | 3 Mathematical Physics 111 7 Lectures 7 2.15 2.[...]1111111 .. 9L 3.15 ,7 ‘ 3.15 ‘ 7 UAES 1 Music In .. .. 1: ,L 7 i 7 UAGB ‘ Music 1113 .. .. 7 .4 # ¢ # 111.1111 Old and 14111111 anljsh 111" 7 ,1 ,7 1 7 7 AL03 Philosoph[...]4.15 7 4.15 A1113 111111113 [HA (.1. 119111151 HA and ‘ APIS 1111111111 11113 1113) . AY23 Psychology 111 .. ,. ., 2,15 7 In 7 ’ In QMO'} Pure Mnmnmmcs 111 QMls . Pure 1111111111111[...]12 10.12 12 "1111011111 (1 1111111) .. .. x at 7' -7‘- 7 l NOTE: 111101111115 lecture; 1[...]mence at 1111 11111111111 past 111: 1111111 shown in 111: timc- 11111111 (1111111111111; 1111115 111111111 as 12 noon) Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the lime Show“ in Ihe tim tabla. Fur Mme-11111111 ofsubiccm laugh![...]uplintc Faculty Tim-11111111. Times for tutorials and/or pmrtical work will be arranged at the commence[...]C, ale. ,4. Time 111 be arranged. Frenfih I, IT and "1: Lecture: are given 111 1115 Evening: 111 cycles of three yea -.- Gen-11111 I. 11 and III: 11111111111 are. given in 1111 evenings in cycles nmnne years: (1111111111 111, 1974 ,- (1111111111 1. 1975; Ccrman 11. 1976. ‘Grzck I[...]liu IM: 1 7 1.5111112 Class B only ifnumbcrs 11111-111111. f 7 Only 11 11111-111111: 11111111111. Mathematical Statistics H: g 7 Lecture in first 1am only. Frenchfll, 1974;17rcncl[...] |
 | [...], should circum- stanm wan-am. Can/m nammlly Mm in lh: “flu! year“: AY04 Developmental Psycholo[...](2 hours] .. 7 7 7 —— 3D AY34 ‘ Pnsnnalily and Sncial Relations ‘ (2 ham) .. .. .. 7 — 7 7[...]l Psyrhnlogy (2 hours).. 7 7 7 3a _ Pmilcnl Work and Seminars (ll hrs.) 7 7 7 5.25 3! Calling mvrma“) taken in the “mayldymr”: AYFN Statixlits and Methodology (2 hours) — 3 — — _ AYE-l Pmcliml Work and Seminars (l; 1m.) 7 5.25 7 _ ._ Times rm tutoxials and/or pracllcal work will be arranged a! the commanc[...]ly. Human Skills: b 7 rim min only. Persmlalily and Social Relakiuns: c 7 Saturn! term unly.[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS D]P.ED.. ADVIDleED. ANDIN EDUCATION ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION, AND MASTER OF EDUCATION (COURSE WORK) 1974 Sy-H‘Ibu[...]crl Monday ‘ 'I'utsdm' \Vcdnnddy‘ Thuuriuv hm,- Aif .1';U-n'me_xlu_dar;x—‘limcs for al[...] |
 | [...]OF ARTS~Continued TIME-TABLE 0F SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OFBACHELOR OF ARTS TENTATIV'E TIME-TABLE FOR 19[...]esday 1111mm“ Thursday Friday 111151.va summers AND ‘ ms—sunmc‘rs (GROUP A) AAOl Anuuopnuogy 1[...]AC3! 1 (21mm Sludin 1 .1 .. .. 7 9 — 9 7 (21171-1 ‘ (Scum-11111:: 111— Lmum . 1 1 1 — 1 —[...]71 Emuomk (ivonrnplw I . . . . — —— 5115 —- 5.15 AEUI Engfiml .. 1. 1. ,. 7 12(A) 7 12(A) 7[...]. 1+ # eé # 1 ¥' Ann Creek [A H .. .. .. 7 7 7 7- # AHO] 1115111er .. .1 .. 7 4.15 _ 4.15 7 A113] 1[...]1 .. 7 5115 7 .5 5 7 A1111 Immduuwry Philosophy 11-1 . . 7 11 (A) _ _ _ — 5.15113) 7 7 7 ACOI LaIinI .. .. .. .. 7 7 7 7 12 AL2H Logic and Argument 111 .. .. 7 7 _ 111.11 7 7 7 7 5.15111)[...]m) 4115113) 9.1513) Tutorials (2 hours) . . . . 11-1 11-1 .1 11-1 11 1 2.15-4.05 7 ‘ 2.154.051 —— 2.15-4.05 QM7II Malhcmatics 1H7 Lectures . . . . . . 4.15 7 4.15 —- — Tntnrinl (1 hour) .. .1 — 7 7 ll 1111 ‘ — -— 2.15 —— 215 (111111 Mafhemntias 1M— Lect[...]7 7 4,151A,n)a _ 7 Tnmrial (2 1mm) .. .. 7 7 7 11-1 1171! mm Mioxoooooomios IH .. .. 7 7 — — 111[...]1,151 Music I , , UASl Music IA} .. 1. 1. . . 4.15-6.13 7 1 4.15-6.11: 7 — AJIH Physics] Geography 11-1 ‘ (mm moron-con .. ,. 7 5.15 7 5.15 7 NOTE: 1\'1t1rninlg lectures in all subject: will commence at 1611 minmes past the hunt shown in lhc limc-mblcs (Includlng those shown as 12 noon). Anemoon and evening lemurs: will commence at the Lima Shawn in tho lime-tables. For t1me-1ab1:s or subjec[...] |
 | [...]ARTS—Continued TINlE-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE 0FBACHELOR OF ARTS TENTATIVE TIME-TABLE FOR 197[...]ulomal 11 hour) 2 7 7 . 1 2 1 SECOND-YEAR 51131st AND mmmcn (GROUP 3) 1 I A1582 Amnrican Lilaraulrr 11[...]flc Him-y .. ., 111 7 7 1 lo 7 1. Russian Hismly in |hc 19111 and ‘ 21111. cmlurlrx .. . 7 3 15 7 a 15 ‘ 7 17.[...]world . 15.15 7 — 1 — 5.15 0. Culture 111 V1.- 10.11111 England 2.15 7 2.15 7 1 7 J. rlle English Revuluu'on and ‘ 1h: modernisatiun of English ‘ society 1151[...]Great Dcprcssian . 12 7 1 12 7 I 7 1.. Lilcramie and Socicly: Britain and Europe 1870-1945 3.15 7 3.15 l 7 ‘ 7 NOTE Mornmg lemm[...]ill cnmmence at ten minutes pas‘ the hour shown in the time-tables (including thus: shown as 12 nnon). Afiemnnn and evening lectures will commence at. the lime xhuwn in the linllHaLlles. For Iimt—lablu: (lisub[...] |
 | [...]F ARTS—Continued TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE 0FBACHELOR OF ARTS TENTATIVE TIME-TABLE FOR 197[...]11 Tutorial (2 hours) .. ,. _. i 1042(11) ‘ 2.15-1.05 2.15—4.05 .— 13 Dr C at discretion oi’Deparimcm 1 (1!. (A) QM2Z Mathcman'cs IlM—- 1 1 Lectures .. .. .. — 1‘1 1’ 9i 12 - Tutorial 11 hour] ,. 7'1 1 ‘ .2 7* # 1111-10 1‘11cmmonomics 1111 1 (Evening lectures) . .[...]11 .. .. .. .. 4.15—6.15 1 — — ~ A1587 01.1 and Middle 1211541111 11 at 1 sé is AL02 Philasaphy[...].. .. ._ 10 ‘ — 1 10 —. B. Poli cal tlicory and Amuicnn 1 1 polhics _ 11 _ 1 11 _ a, European politics .. i 1 a 2.15 a 2.15 . D. Marxism and third world 1 ideologics .. _. .. 6.15 1 — 6.15[...]_ 1 9, 10 1 g ‘ 10 9,11 ‘ THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS AND ‘ 1 HALF-SUBJECTS (GROUP (:1 . Q3103 1 Applied[...]ture: (1; hours) .. H n, 2.15 9 9, 10 . 9 9. 10. 2-15 Tutorial (1 hnur) =65 71 #t 7‘ 1 ¢ A1373 Aus[...](including those shown as 12 nuuu). ‘ Aherlmbn and evening Itckurcs will commcnc: at th: tin“ shown in the umomblcs. For time-(ables or subjects taught[...]prial: Faculty Time-table. 1138 Morning lecmres in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in thc limc-lablcs |
 | [...]OF ARTsiContinued TEMP/[ABLE 0F SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OFBACHELOR OF ARTS TENTATIV'E TIME-TABLE FOR 1975 Srllnhui - No. Subject Monday 'l'urnluy “1.4.1.155” Thur[...]7 5 ‘ A era Nlalhcmaliual Physics 1117 anluncs ,- . . 2.15 ‘ 7 Turorinl .. . . 7 15 5.15 1 7 1111[...]Music 1115 ‘ s; ‘ 7 .7’ , s: 1 .7' AEBB Old and Miornn Englhrh 111 .. ,4 95 7 7 4 ALD3 Philosophy[...]OS Pol' 'rr 111A (m Politics HA 1 AH?! I Pa 11113 and 1113) mm Psychology 111 .. .. . , 5.15 _ 5.15 7 5[...]7 + .7 NOTE: Morning lectures in all suhjccrs will commence at ten minutes pasr the huur shown in Ihe Lime-lablcs (including rhosc shown as 12 noon). Aflemoon and evening lccmrcs will commence at the time :dlowu in Illc limolnblu. For lime-tables of subjcus taught[...]pprapriat: Faculty film-table. Times fnr ruminls and/or practical work will be arranged at Ihc commenc[...]A, B, C, etc 7 Time m be arrangcdi French 1. 11 and 111: Lrnrurcs are given in the evenings in ryrlcs oflhrcr: yen1s1Frencll 111, 197 'French 1,1975,1:ronnh 11, 1975. German I, II and III: chéurcs an: given in the evenings in cyclcs orrhrcc years: German 111. 1971; German 1,[...]warrant. Marl-remnrioal Sunisrirs 11: g 7 Lcclum in 511'chan only. 1139 |
 | [...]TATIV'E THEE—TABLE 0F SUBJECTS FOR THE DIPLOMA INin nu “lint my“: ‘ l AYCH l Dcvelomnema] Psychology (2 hams) — 7 l 7 l 34 7- AYl-t l Human Skills (2 lloum) 7 7 j — — 30 AY54 l’clsonalily and Social Relations 1 (Zhuufi) .. .. .. 7 l 7 1 —[...]logy (2 hours) 7 ‘ 7 . 3R 7 ‘ Pracflcal Wurk and Stminai's (lg, 1115.) 7 7 7 l 5,25 2! i l Cauuu wanna/1y taken in um "smmdyur" .- ‘ i l AYJ-l slalisucs and Mcmudalogy (2 hours) 7 3 7 _ l _ Mm Practical Work and Seminars (uf hrs.) ; 5.25 7 1 7 _ Times for lulorinls and/or pmmilzal work will b: arranged at me cammcnrum[...]Duly. Human Skills: b 7 rim term only. Pemnalhy and Social Rclntions: i 7 Second mm Duly. Psy[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS DIP.ED., ADV.DIP.ED. ANDIN EDUCATION ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION, AND MASTER OF EDUCATION (COURSE WORK) 1975[...]mam of ltuurcs. Pall-Hm! nullrm7uinm fur suhin-In avnllalflc as under: Al)!” Educational[...] |
 | B.Dl5. AND LLB“ B.Sr—TIME-TABLES FACULTIES OF 1974 DENTISTRY AND MEDICINEFACULTIES OF DENTISTRY AND MEDICINE TIME-TABLE 0F SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREES 0F BACHELOR OF DENTAL SURGERY BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR.OFSURGERY 1974 Sylhbi[...]ml Chemistry IM— Lcciurcs . . . r r . [0 — 10 -— |0 Tutorial . . r . — - H. 12 — - - Practical (5 hours) . . . r — 2.10-5 —— 110-5 2. ILLS SW" Physics 1M7 Lccluru .. .. l. —-- Tum 'nl _ , r r . . 9L :: 7 7 y , l‘mrlirnl (4[...].. l. 2—5 7 _ 7 _ SEGOND- AND LATER-YEAR SUBJECTS Damialry: Dental Schoa'l omca[...]iniml aubjccra7ncpanmcnn of Anatomy, Binnhemistrv and Human Physiology. Clinical and Para-cliru'cal subiccls—Mtdical School omuc. NOTE: Morning lecture: in all subject: will commence a! len minim-s past the hour shawn in lhe limr-lzbics {including lhosc shown a: 11 noun). Ami-neon and curling lectures will commncc at the time shown in the timiables. Alternatives Br: indicated by A and 1!. Biology I: a — Only if total enrolments fo[...]mrica arc opcn during the following hours: 9 a.m.-6 p.m. Monday, thnrsday and Friday. 9 a.m.-10 p.1n. Tuesday and niursnny. #- l hour to be arranged. 1142 |
 | [...]ACULTY OF ECONOMICS Tum-TABLE 0F SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS 1974 Syn-bu: No. Subjecl[...]sday Wednennoy Thursday inday FIRST-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJEL'I'S A171 Economic Geography 1 . . . O[...]3) — —— — — 515(0) SECOND-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS ECl’S Commercial Law 11 .. O. ..[...]econornien 1111.. .. .. .. H m — e. mm SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS E0111 Accounting Theory 11111 . . .. — _ — —- 12 Agricultural Economics 11111 . . _ _ _ 5.15 # ‘Econornem'rs 11111 .. . . .. _ 10 — - — EE13 Economic Development 111 . . _ 11.1 _ 11[...]II , . . , ._ 4 1o — 10 mm Inforn'um'on Systems and-1 .. . O .. .. _ _ _ 4.15 _ EESG Macroeconomics 11[...]mics 11111 1 . _ _ e 9 7 EEGG Mierceeonornier 1111-1 (Fins! rime in 1975) .O ,. .. .. EEZH *Publlc Finance 11111 .. .[...]4 A — NOTE: Morning ieenirei in all aubjccls Wm commence at Km minulcs past rho hour shmvn in die {lmc-mlylcs (including thus: shown as 12 nuon). Afternoon and awning lectures will cnmmcncc a! the Lima shown in the time-tables. 11 is expepled that those subje[...]cm those marked 0) which are given a! day classes in 1974 mu be given as evening china In 1975 and vice versa. Macroeconomic 1H, Mlcmccouomiu [H and Elements of Accounting I will continue to be nfi'ercd both as any and evening eioorn 1143 |
 | DIP.E.MV AND M.B.M.7'ITME-TADLES FACULTY OF ECONOMICh 1974 F[...]Continued TIME-TABLE 0F SUBJECTS FOR THE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND FOR THE DEGREE 0F MASTER OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (COURSE WORK)[...]lnbux , x“. Subjrrl ‘1 mum.) ‘ ‘1‘.m.u,- Wrdnndnyl Thnmluy I'rldm‘ ECDU Accounting (Busu[...]nt) \ 5‘15 1 1 7 t 7 ECSD Ecouumic Institutions and Policy . . ‘ 3-5 ‘ 7 —-— 7 Ease Ecunomic and Accounhng Analysis k 7 51.11 7 7 E060 Busincss Statistics ‘ 7 - 7 5.30.” EC70 Decision Making _ a. 30 u 7 7 7 13680 Oxganisntiou Theory and Behaviour I 7 7 575.30 _ 1144 |
 | [...]LTY OF ENGINEERING TIME-TABLE 0F SUBJECTS FOR TIE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING 1974 Syllabus No. Subj[...]7 __ __ ]2 .— _ Pracfica] (3 hams) .. 11 7 210-5 7 2.105 2.10.5 lel Economics 1 (Engineering) Lec[...].. 2 7e 4 9e 7 Pracliml (3 huufi) .. .l 210.5 10- 7 2.10.50 _ 7 210-5 7 — 7 QMDJ mdmmafics 17 Lecture: .1 .. .. 10 7 In 10 10 Tutorial (2 hours) .. 11 ‘ 2.15-4.05 7 2.154105 7 2,154.05 SPO! miles 17 Lecture: . . . . 1. 9(A) —--5 2.104; 7 2.10.5 7 — 7 AYOl Psychulugy 17 Lectu[...]12 Chemiul Enginncring l7 Lecturcs ,, ,1 .1 10 10 in _ _ Tmnrial 13 hunts) ,. .. 2.10.5 7 11 7 _ Practical . . ,. .. 7 2.10-4 7 7 — N002 Civil Engineering 17 Lcclum .. .. .[...], . , 12113) 7 12[A) 7 l2 Praclical . . ,. ., 7 10-1111) 7 10-1 (A) — NOTE: Morning lectures in all subject: will nnmmnnnn 91: (cu minuLcs past the hour shown in the lime—lama. (including more shown as 12 noon). Aflcrnmn and evening lecture: will rammence at the timr. shown in the “ma-tabla. 1145 |
 | [...]INEERINGaCaanfinucd Tum—Tm 0F SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE orBACHELOR OF ENGINEERING 1.974[...]unday Nx12 Engineering 1113— Electrical Circuiu and Mauhinu Lecture . 1 . 1 . . — ll -— — _ Pnclimi“ . . V . V . 2.10-5 2.10-5 — -- — Elccironiu Izmir: . . . . . . —- —- 11 — — Pmclical' . . i r . . 2.10-5 2.10-5 — —- — Engiuccring Materials Lawn: . . 1 . 1 . — — — 11 — Pmclicnl' .. .. 1 . 2.106 — — — 2.10-5 NX-iZ Enliuccn'nu [IM— Slrm Anaiyx'u Lcclurc 1 . 1 . . . . . — — 12 — u Pmclicnl' . . 1 . . 1 2.10-5 2.10-5 -— — _ Slruciuu] Engincuxing Lecture . . . 1 . . — 11 — — _ Practical . . . . 1 1 ._ — 2.10-5 — 1_. Engimn'ng Mnimnu Leflun: . . . . . 4 —- — — 11 — PmuicaiA . . , . . . 2.10-5 -— ~ — 2.10-5 NM02 Mcchnniul Engineering :- lluurd . . . 1 .. — ID — 10 10 Tulorinill’nclial . . . . 10<1 — — 2.10-5 — SCDZ Phyficnl and inorganic Cliemillry "— beclun: . . .. . 1 12 —- l2 —— 12 Tuloriai . . . . . . — — 4.15 —- — minim (a 1mm!) . . . . — -— — 10-5(A) 9—601) SP02 Physics II— Lccturca . . . . 4 . 10 — 10 — 10 Tutorial . 1 . . . 1 — —— 2.15-3.05 — w Practical . . . . . . 2.10-5(A) 10-1(A) — 10-1 (0) LID-5(3) — 2.106(0) — 2110-503) _ THIRD YEAR NH] 3 Chemical Engineering ”AA [names 1 . . . . . 9 9 9 — _ Tutorial . . 1. 1. — -—- 11-1 -- 9-11 Practical . 1 1 1 . . 2.10-5 -— _ o—- _ NH23 Chemical Enginacring 1113— Lectures . . . . 1 . 12 — -— 12 12 Tutorial . . .1 . . — —- —- 9-11 _ .— 1.. 2.10-5 _ Practical , , . . . . — — -- — 1.105 new Civil Enginccring 11A— Lectures .. .. .. — ll 11 11 _ Tutorial/Practical . . . . 10-1 — — 2.10-5 .— 1101: Civil Engineering 1113— Lecturca ..[...]l/Practical . . . . 2.10.5(3) — 2.10.51» ~ 2.10-5(A.B) NOTE: Maming lectufls in all subjecu will commence at ten minunes pan the huu: shown in the lime-‘ablns (including muse shown as 12 non). Aficmoan and evening loclurca will commence M the lime shown in the time-tibia. 1146 |
 | [...]RING—«Continued TIME-TABLE 0F SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE-] Machim: Duign Lecture . . . . . . —— 12 —[...]hematics 111 (Engineering) Lecmm .. .. . l — —- 9 — 9 Tutorial . . . . . . 9 —— — ~— — Emncmiu (Engineering) Lemuru .. .. r. _ —— l2 - ll Tutorial (1 hour) . . r. ¢ 9'— ;e né ¢ NX23 Engimcring 11E— suess Analysis Lecture r . V . . -— — 10 — _. Practical a . . 2. 1 0-5 2.10-5 — —- — Machine Design ‘ Lecture . . . . . . — 12 —- - — Practical r . . , . . — 2.10-5(A) 2.10-5(E) — — mm Engineering UH— Eiectn'ml Circuits and Machines Lecture . i . . . . , . — 11 —-- 2.104 —— —— — Machine Design Lecture . . . . . r — 12 ,_r —- — Practical . . . . . . — ,_‘ 2.10-5 — — Electrical Circuits and Machinu Lecture . . r . . . — lI — — — Practical‘ . . . . . . -- 2.10-5 — — 7. mm Engineering 111M— NXSB Eizcuicai Circuits and Machines NX43 Lemur: .. .. .. .. —- ll -— -— — Practicalc . . . . . A 2.105 2.]0-5 — — — Electronics Lecture . i . . . . — — ll — — Practical” A . . . . . 1.10-5 2.10-5 — — —- Mnierialr Engineering Lectulu . . . . . V — —— 12 — 1] Practical” . . .. . . — — 2.10-5 ~—- — Mathematics 111 (Engineering) anmmz r . ,. . . — — 9 —- B Tucorinl . . . . . . 9 — — — —- NOTE: Morning lectures in all snbjenn will commence or ten minulcs pan me linur shown in die time-tabla (including more elwwn a: 12 nuan). After-noun and waning lectures will cammence a! the time shown in the time-tabla. 1147 |
 | [...]EERING—Continued THEE-TABLE 0F SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE 0F BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING 1974 Syllnxnn Nn. Subj[...]tments. NOTE: Nioming lectures in all aubjccu will commence at lcn minulcx past the hour shown in the time-tabla (including those shown as 12 noun). ACLeruuou and evening lccturcs will commence at the time shown in the {mic-tabla. A, B. G and D indicate alternatives. 9‘ Time to be[...] |
 | FACULTIES 0F MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES B.SC.—TmE-TABLES AND SCIENCE 1974FACULTIES 0F MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE TIME-TAB“ 0F SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE 0F BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 1974 N.3.4rudems will b:[...]7 7 Practical (2 hmlrx) .. .. 7 111.1 7 7 7 31121-1 Plant Binlngy 111 (half-subj Lecture .. .. .. 7[...](3 hours) .. . . 7 2.10.5 7 10.1 10.1 7 7 7 2.10-5 2.10.5 QATH Computing IH (half-subject)—[...]a1 (1 hour) . . . . 2.15 — — — 2.15 3.15 —- -— — 3.15 5171-1 Gulcficx and Human Variation 1H (half-subject}— Lecture .. .[...]u'cal (runrriglrlly) (3 lrours) 7 — — 9712 7 7- 7 7 2.10-5 _ $601 Geolugv 1— Lecture! 1. 1 1 ,. 7 9(A) 3,[...].. .1 1. 2.10.5 1071 7 7 _ 7 2.1115 — 7. 7 5.15-8.15 ” 7 Tutorial (1 hour) .. .. 5: ,1, 7 ¢ SG7[...]503) 5.15(A,B) 7 7 Tutorial (1 hurrr) .. .. sé :/- at ¢ — QMUI Mathematim 1— Lectures .. 1. ..[...]1503) 4.15111) 4.1501) Tutorial (2 11mm) .. . . 11-1 11-1 — II-I “-1 2.154105 — 2.15-4.05 — 2.15-4.05 1mm Muming 155mm: in all subject: will commence sir ten rrurrurrs pm the houx shown in the time-table: (including those slrowrr as 12 noon). Mel-11mm and evening lecturcs will cvmulcnnc at the time shown in 11.14: lime-\ablcs. 1149 |
 | BSCi—TIME-TABLES FACULTIES OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 1974 AND SCIENCEFACULTIES 0F MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE—«Continued TIRE-TABLE or SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE or BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 1974: Syllahul N[...]v chnwday Tluimlay rrid.y FIRST-YEAR sumac“ (Co-and.) um I Mathematics 1M— Lectures .. .. .. 1.1501[...]11511111111 _ _ Tururiouzlroun) .. 1. _ — — 11-1 11.1- _ _ — — 2.154.115 QM7H Mathematics 1H (half-s[...]— — oé — — Practical(5huun) .1 .. 10.1 10-1 10-1 10.1 2.10-5 2.10-5 6.15»fl.l5 2.10-5 2.10-5 AYOI Psycholugy I— Lmurcs . 1 , . . . 10m) _ 10(A) -— 10(A) 5.15113) .. 5.15113) — 5.15115) Practi[...]v5 #6 a” at 0,178 Statistics 111 (half-subject)- Lectures . . . . . . 12 —- --11301? _. (A) (A) _ 3.15-5.30 — 5.15-5.10" _ (I!) (B) __——m_.— NOTE. Morning lectures in all subjecu will commence at ten minuces past 1112 hour shmm in lhc limwsblcs (mduding mode shown in 12 noon). Aflemuon and evening lectures will commence at the lime shown in xhe lime-tables. Altcmntives are indicated by A, 11 and c. 9e Time to be arranged. Biology: ‘ a A The[...]a m .5 p 111 Monday 9.10 Wednesday. 9.10 Tuesday and Thursday. 9.10 . . Friday. Studcm: may make thei[...]an average DH hour: :1 wcek. General Biology 1H and Plant Biology 111: _ b — Tuturials are given on aucmalc Tuesday: in Lhc lime allotted fm- practical wurlr. Geology:[...]gy: g — Tutoriuk are givm on altnrnatc Thundays in the lime alloltcd. fur Draclicul work. I. —- Addillonal practical Limbs will be Available on \‘Vcdncsday and Friday afternoon ifnumbus warrant. 1150 |
 | FACULTIE or MATHEMATICAL scmncas B.SC.—T]:ME-TABLES AND 5mm 1974FACULTIES OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE—Continued TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE 0F BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 1974 Syn-11ml No.[...]MaLhemntiu m;— Leciures . . . . . . 9 9 9 9 —- Tutorial (1 hour) .. .. -— —. # 12 9,11,12 SYOZ Biochemistry 11— lectures . 1 . , . . 9 9 - Tumrial , . . 1 . . =15 7" ( Practical (6 hours] . . 1 . — 10-5(A) 106(11) 51302 Bunny 11— Lectum . . . 1 . 1 -— 12 — —— Practical (G houn) . . .. — 2.10-5 10-1“ 2.105" 2.10%"). SCIZ Chemistry II— Lccturcs[...]. 12 —— 12 Practical (6 hours) . . . . — _ 9-5 5102 Gcnciics II— Lecturel , . . . . . 10 —- 10 -— 10 Tutorial (1} hours) 1 . 1 . _ — 15-335 — 215—3135 (AKJ) (B,D) anclical (3 houn) . . . . 2.10-5 2.10.5 — — —- (A13) (GJD) 11 a LID-5(8) I‘lLl llLl I11: 1;[...]hour) .. .. as ye Prucricul (a bolus) . . ,, 2.10-5 1 2. Monday nun Wadnesday are alterna- riyur. Thursday and. many are nltgmativu. QTOZ Mathematical sanrirri[...]114 11 11 11 Tutorial (2 houn) .1 ., _ 10.12 2.15-4.05 13 or c: at dirnmiun or Dcpuuncm (C) (B) (A) mm Mammal-,5 11M— Lecmres . . .. . , — - Tumn'iil (1 hour) .1 .. 7* 9% ¢ at as 5002 Org[...]1 l — ~—‘ Pracliml ((3 hours) . . .. — 10-501) — 10-503) _ 5602 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry 11‘ Lecture: . . . . . . 1[...]4.1501) 4.1503) 1: EM 2 ‘5’ mt] 1L 2110-5 1° 5 :5 8 | Practical (6 noun) . . . . — 10-5(A) — 10-503) 945(0) ‘ NOTE: Morning leclum in all nubicm will cnmmcnce at ten minim: past are hmu' shown in (he time-tabla including lbw: shown an 12 noon . . _ fiemoon and filming lemnu w' l commence at the tim: shown In the ima—lablw1 1151 |
 | [...]ANT) seamen: FACULTIES 0F MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE—Continued TIME-TABLE 0F SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE or BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 1974[...]SW2 Phyfirs II— Lcclurcs .. .1 . . l0 # 10 —- ll) Tutorial (1 hour) .. — —— 2.15.105 _ _[...]210.5(3) (I at discrclion vacparlmcnt . . — 2.10--/ + 7% :A Pmclical (4 hours) . 1 . . ‘ ¢ ¢ 5*[...]8) — 1203) 12(3) 12(5) Tutorial (1 hour) .. .. 7- 9, ID — lo 9,11 5202 Zoology [If ‘ Lecture: .[...]NOTE» Muxuing leerurer in all subjects will commence m In) minutes pasl 1he hour shown in are time-lables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening leclurcs will commence at the lime shown in the time-tables. Altcmatives are indicated by A,[...]umbers warrant. b A Practical dmsm on ‘l'huwdny and Friday an: alternatives, but most students are ex[...]‘ warrant Mathematiral Sratistirs: .1 # Lecture in first term Unlyl Physical and Inorganic Chemimy: , — Due to several t[...] |
 | FACULTIES OF MATHEMAncAL SCENCES BSQ—‘l‘lME-TABLES AND SCIENCE 1974FACULTIES 0F MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE—Continued 'I'HvIE-TABIJS OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 1974 THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS[...]namhinminn of subjects rlue to an apparent clash in the hours sel aside ror practical \vnr'k in these suhjcois should oonsull the appropriate den[...]ese Limeplahles show 1he hours sci aside ror work in each unparlrnonl. Students taking a particular ma[...]sd o1' Zoology 111, should oousulr Lbe time-tabla in-- 115 5.15 c 7 2.15 v 7 7 1 Practical (12 hours) ..[...]ctical .. . . . , 7 1‘ 7 7‘ 7 M1\l3 Histology and cell Biology 1117 1 1 Lecture: 1 . 1 . . . 7 9 7[...]. . f ‘1 J i Practical (10 hours) . . . . — 9-! — 9-] 1. 7 2.10.5 7 1.10-3 7 NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will confluence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-treble: (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the lime shown in 111: lime-tables. 1153 |
 | [...]TABLES FACULTIES OF NIATI'IEMATICAL SCIENCES 1974 AND SCIENCEFACULTIES 0F MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE—Continued TIME-TABLE or SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE 0F BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 1974 Syllnbuu Nn[...]at $ 31 Pmmical . . . # ~# 94 # sé scoa Physiml and Inorganic Chemistry— SCIS Lectures . . . . ELIS[...]y— 5533 Lemuru . . . . . . l I — ll — 11 554-15 PracLical (9 hours) . . . . —— — all day’ all day 110-5“ 5583 AY23 Pryohology— Lccturcs .. . A , . 2[...]hour) .. .. # gé ¢ ¢ ¢ Practical (6 hours) 1 - r . ¢ # 7E 9‘- # QMUS Fuxc Mathew/Mick QMl3 Lectures (5 hours) .[...]7t 5203 Zoologya szas Lectures . . . . 9,5.15 —- 9,2.15 9 9 Practical (9 hours) .. . . 2.10.5 2.10-5 all day H all day (A) (B) (B) (A) NOTE Mo g leemres in all subjects will oommenuc at ten minutes past the hour shown in the lime-lahlcs (including those shown as 12 noon). Anaemunn and evening lectures will commence all the time shown in the time—rabies, Alternatives are indicated by A, B. C, etc. es Time [0 he arnmged. Biochemistry: a a Special arrangcmmls will be mad: for studcms taking buLh Physiology and Biochemistry. Botany: b — One Bolany unil may[...]er mAY be arranged. c i For students taking Cells and Embryos. Genetics: 4 — Two additional hours pr[...]g aubjccl 5003 are required to attend bnlh Monday and Friday practical classes in Geology. Gennhys' s: f— Second and Lhird tcmls only. Organic Chemistry: g — Availa[...]nnireion 1mm Che Head or Department. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry: 1. ; First term only. Physiology- Alternative class to be held only In some units if numbers exceed laboratory capacity. I: # Special arrangmenls will he made roi- stndenrr making both Phyrinlngy and Biaohernisrry 1154 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF MUSIC TIME-TABLE 0F SUBJECTS FOR TIE DEGREE OFBACHELOR OF MUSIC 1974 Syllabus[...]uasday Wednesday Thursday Friday UM31 Theoretical and Hiatmica! Studies I 11.1“ —— _ —- 2.4“ 4.15-6.15” — H — A UMM Tutorials and Praclical Work I U — — 9.304 —— ~ Prnjccls .. .. ,. e. — 9.30-4.30” —- 9.30.4300 _ Other subjem (as anmged by the Dcpmmcm at Music) .. .. m Tbcarctical and Histmical Studies I: n _ First and second term unly. b # Second tern-L only.[...] |
 | Tllle-TABLES LATE AF' .RNUON 1974 AND EVENING LECTURES LATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING LECTURES, 1974 FACULTIES OF ARTS, ECONOMICS, MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE This table docs not include subjects [or[...]fter 4.15 [1.111. but for which praciicnl classes and tutorials are availablz: only a! carlicx timcs1[...]y Wednnday Thumlny Friday 1 . FIRST-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS AAOl Althrupqugy I ,. .. .. — 7 4[...].1 7 5115 5.15 5.15 7 Practical .. .. .. . 7 6.15-8.l5 7 6.15-8.15 1 7 Tutorial .. .. .. 7 7 7 7 7 56711 Geology[...]5 ‘ 7 ALIH Inuoducmry Philosophy IH . . 7 7 ! 7 - 7 111.211 Ingic and Argument 1H .. .. 7 7 7 5.15 7 ERIC Macrosconomic[...]. . . 7 7. 7 7 5.15 [1A5] Muxic 1 .. .. .. .. 4.13-6.15 7 4.15.615 7 _ spm Physical— Lectures .. ..[...]mics'l .. .. 5.15 7 7 5,15 7 SECOND-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS A1172 Aum- n Literary Studies 11 1[...]5 5 7 UA52 Music 11 .1 .. .. .. 4.15»6.15 7 4.15-6.15 _ AI-‘HZ 110mm: IIA Am Politics 1113 _ D. Marxism and 11.611 world idmmgm 1. .. .. 6.15 7 6.15 7[...] |
 | LATE AFmNODN AND EVENING LECTURESTIME-TABLES LATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING LECTURES, 1974 1 974 FACULTIES OF ARTS, ECONOMICS, MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE—Continued 5.111.111:- No. Subject Muuday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday 1:11:11“- THIRD-YEAR summers AND HALF-SUBJECTS £12411 Agricullural Ecnnomics 111[...]_ EE3H Economics of Labour 11111 . . . . 5.15 7 7 -— — AEOS English 111 .. .. .. 5.15 7 5.15 7 5.[...]ry 11 above) 131570 International Ecm‘mmius 1111-1 7 7- 7 7 5.15 Ec211 Introduction 11) Operations Research ‘1 11111 . . 7 7 — 4.15 7 131151; Macmeconomics 1111-1 . - 7 5.15 7 7 A1113 Philosophy IIIA .. 6.15 7 6.15 — 6.15 111.13 Philosophy 11113 .. .. .. 4.15 —- 4.15 — 4.15 APlin 11.31111” IIIA (5:: Politics HA and API3 Polilics 11113 IIB above) . 1713211 P[...] |
 | [...]H; at T.P. B.APP.SC., B.PHAIlM.—TIME-TABLES LAW AND m. k APP‘SC. 1974TIME-TAKES FOR ARCHITECTURE, LAW, TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCE 1974 Particulm offline-tables for subjects in that: counts may, after enrolment: are completed,[...]eneral 0555:. LAW Law School Office. TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCE The Acadcmic Secretary, including PHARMACY (Degree) South Australian Institute of Technology. 1158 |
 | TABLES DEPARTMENT Accountiug° Agricultural Biochemi try and Soil Science Agronomy Anatomy and Histology Animal Physiulngy Anthropology Applied Mathematics . Architecture and Town Planning Asilm Studies, Centre for Biochemistry and General Physiology Biometry Section .. Botnny ..[...]Chemical Technology“ Chemistry: see Pb .inal and Inorganic Chemistry and Organic Chemistry . Civil Engineering (Faculty of Engineering) Civil Engineering (Pacnny n; Technolngy and Applied Scienccl° . . Classics . i. Commerce Computing Science Dental Health Economic Geology Economics Education ,,,,, ..[...]Elechanic Engineering“ English Language and Literature Entomology French Language and Literature General Studiex‘ Genetics . ..,_[...]EPARTMFNTS TABLE OF DEPARTMENTS CODE PAGE TA —- WB 513 WA 520 MA 915 war 523 AA 588 ON 376 RA 543 AQ 589 sr 974 WY 525 SB 977 7-3 __ TU -- Nil 732 TU —— NC 792 7c -—— Ac 591 EC 747 QA s70 DH 709 SE 992 EE 734 A[...]nn Palaeontology .. ............ German Language and Literature History Human Physiology and Pharmacology . V Law ...... Muthaninriml Physics Mathematics (Faculty of Technology and "Applied Seisnce)‘ Mechanical En nearing (Facu[...]g) Mechanical Engineering (Fnculiy of Technnlogy and Applied Science)“ Medicine ., Metall[...]ral Engineering“ ,. .... Mimic V l , Obstetrics and Gynatcology Oral Biology l. .. . Oral Pathology[...]ogy Pharmacy lDDgrac)" Philosophy ,, l Physicul and Inorganic Chemistry Physiology) (soc Human hysro gy and Pllamnwlnfiyl Physics (Faculty of Science) Physics (Faculty of Technology and Applied Science)‘ .. Plant Pathology Plant Phy[...]H 634 ss 1009 IL 331 OF 874 TLi —— NM 806 Tx 4- MM 921 IT A SK 1000 TN *4 UM 947 M0 920 DB 706 DP 707 so 987 MC 921 MP 919 TF -7 AL 642 sc 931 SP 1002 T1’ —— WP 530[...] |
 | SYLLABUS NUIVIEERS -— DESCRIPTION TABLES SYLLABUS NUMBERS—DESCRIP[...]letters followed by two digits, cg. A1312. except in the case of half»subjects where the letter H rep[...]ntrolling the subject. The second letter (except in Engineering and Technology: q.v.) identifies the department teac[...]gs which vary according to the faculty concerned, and which are explained in the syllabuses for each degree and diploma. CODE LETTERS Faculty Code Letter Page Agricultural Science i . i .. W 517 Architecture and Town Planning R 543, 567 Arts V. . . A 587, 660,[...]Music V r . V U 947 Science . . S 971 Technology and Applied Science . VV T 1035, 1069, 1093 F[...] |
 | [...]GI 1 AG] 2 A074 A987 A688 A099AHOI AH02 AH03 111-113 AH31 1162 TABLE OF SYLLABUS NU'IMBEBS TABLE[...]omparative Education Practical d’l‘eaclu’na and Method olo History and Igooiolegy .‘l‘I Science .. English 1 English 11 English 111 Drama I English LunguInge and Litcrllrure. Hons. 2nd year Australian LIStcl'Iuy[...]glish 1115 (Hons.) . American Literature II . 01d and Middle English II 01d and Middle English III Linguistics II ,. Honours English LIIsnquiIsgeI and Literature French 1 French II French[...]IA French 11A French IIIA Honours Franoh Language and Literature German I German II . German 111 .[...]History 11 ._ History 111A History IIIB History In Page 588 591 591 592 593 593[...]logy 111 654 Occupatinnal Psyclml 660 Personality and Social Rel lions 660 Psychopathology 860 Statistics and Methodology 681 Practical Work (Dip. App PsyehJ‘ W .. -... 661 Research Investigation ur Critical Survey[...]55 Oral Anatomy 706 Microbiology 707 Pharmacology in panties 710 Oral Biology Ho B.SC.DEFIL) 718 Chi[...]Preventive Dentistry 712 Orthodontiu . 712 Dental Health (Honour-r 13. Se. Dent) . ..... 718 Oral Pathology 1 707 Oral Pathology 11. 710 Oral Sure cry and Anaesthesia 712 Oral Mr. icine ... 713 Ora[...] |
 | [...]ations Research IIIH ...... Economic Institutions and Policy . Infni-marirm Sistems Ind Dutn Processing IIIH . Economic and Accounting Analysis , . Business Statistics Decis[...]lull . . History of Economic Thought Farm Prices and Policy Economic Theory Microeconomics IIIH Ecrmom[...]Elomenb of Law , The Law of Contract Estate and Tax Planning Administrative Law Seminar Course A . Constitutional Law I Legal Ethics and Accounts Family Law Seminar Course B Criminal an[...]General Anatomy-(13.1) S. l. 705 Honours Anatomy andHistology (1350.) ..... 973 General and Dental Histology 705 Anntumy (Honsr B.Sc.Dent.) 7[...]Science (a. Med. Sc.) (Medicine) 932 Obstetrics and Gynaecology 9:10 Clinical Science (B. Med. Sc.) (Ohst and Gyn.) 9512 Biology of Disease (Medicine)[...] |
 | [...]omputer SyStL-ms rind Proimmmimz Ditto Struclurvs and Data Manufirmcnt Project Computing IH Computing[...]e Muthnmutlcs lllMHonours Pure Motlnmiotim B.A. and 3.52. ,, Applied Miltltcmullcs 111 Applied Math[...]Mothcmutics IIIM Honours Applied Mathematics A. and B.Sc . .. Mathematical Statistics II[...]istics III Statistics 1H Honours Statistics (BA. and B.Sc.) Theory and Practice of Town Planning 1 Building Constructio[...]NUMBERS Suhiccc Building Construction V Theory and Practice of Town Planning II .. Building Science[...]11 Building Science IV Building Science V "theory and Practice of Town Planning III V History nf Archit[...]Dcsigu nnd Planning lll . . Architectunil Design and Planning 1V . I Environmental Design . Studio Wor[...]Sncinl rind Economic Aspects of Pinuning .. Urban and Regional Planning nnd Urhnni Just Urbnn and Re ionis It'lnl’lanninu and Urban rain I] ,. Law in Relation to “mining Architccmrn] and free Drawing Arcll' I'ctui‘al Thesis PhySI a1 Basis at Planning Art History and Apfirecialion Architectural Sungyin Engineering (Upsets o In}; rung .. . Preliminary I-Ionn'urs Arch tectu[...]tany . Chamistryl . . ...... Physical and Inorghnic Chemistry I . Phésimll nnrl Inorganic[...]nic Chemistry IIIB I ., ChchrLry 1M .. . Physical and Inorganic Chemistry lllM . Honours Physical and In- urganic Chemistry I02. Geology 1[...] |
 | [...]labus Numhen5102 3103 8169 $179 SJ7H 5189 5181-1 slog SK03 SK79 SKSQ SK99 5002 $003 5083 5099[...]tics (Hons Honours Genetics (II. Ag. 5c) Genetics and Human Variation III Genetics (Hons. E. Mells Gene[...]91 TG92 T1101 T1102 THUS TH12 TH2Z TH23 TH53 17-163 T1172 TH73 T1181 T1182 T1183 T119 1 T1192 T1[...]11 Pharmaceutics I Pharmaceutics 11 Physiology and Pharma- cology ... Forensic Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Practice International Alfons—Asia Drama (Tech. and App.S J Greek Life and Literature German Life nnd Literature Japanese Lanfluage and Culture . Science and Motlcm Design and Invention Social and Technologio History (S) Psychology and Hiima Organisation Social and Technological History ((2. E.) Development of Economic Society .. Literature and society Philosophy Socinl and Technological History Music Chemistry I (T! r. C[...]Organic Transier Operations Engineering Chemistry and” (:IiMmexials II YT) Ph 1 cmis , y'si-L-n- (Partuéflursc) ,. Process Dynamics and Control ., .s Basic 5 mice Techniques Engi[...] |
 | [...]Engineering Te Tbcrmo-Fluid Dynamics X Electrical and Civil Engineer— ing s ._ Engineering Dr ving .[...]n‘nl Metallurgy Il Mineral Processing I . Fluid and Particle Applied Minernlngy Mineral Processin H B[...]roject" 951 Prafllcfll StudiesI 948 Theoretical and HistoricalStudies I . ., .. . 048 Tutorials and Practical" Work 1.. .. 949 Tutorials and Practical Work 11 .. . .1 949 Tutorials and Practical Work 111 r . 950 Pruiecl I . . 949 Pro[...]y 951 Proicct: IIB .. 949 Project 11111 950 Music in Education 951 Praia-ct IIC Q49 Elective Work 950[...]chemistiy 532 Honours Soil Science 532 Entomology and Plant Pathology 528 Eritomologzyll 528 Honours u[...]33 Honours Horticulture 530 Animal Physiology and Production 1 ..... .. ..... 523 Animal Physiology and Production 11 . 524 Honours Animal Physi and Production 532 Agricultural Microbiology .[...] |
 | [...]" A072 800 Building Science II Anirnal Physiology and Produo- Building Science 111 n1 WNUS 525 Science 1v Animal Physiology and Produc- Science V iron 11 WN04 524 science in Anthropology 1 AA01 588 Building Science 1111 App[...]1 ] Applied Geology IIM TNZS 10210 gflfimhgn-m --52 1077 gaunt”: Eng-Ewing lll‘h Applied Physic[...]1074 tiriiic nsKrllmBllli'llion i . Architectural and Free Drawtrig RAM 546 C Architectural Design and Plan. Chg]??? P uing 1 .. 11.1.11 545 Chm; 1 Architectural Design and Plan- . 3' ning 11 .... .,,. s. M82 5411 Chemistry IM Architectural Design and Plan. Ch T riing 111 “Ass 551 61‘1")?” II} ’ Architechu‘nl Design and Plan- 010111.117 “A r o nirig 1v ..... ... RAS4[...]ural Thesis HA75 557 Civil Drawi g .. Art History and Appreciation RAM 540 CW” Enfiinflm‘fi 1 - Asian Develn meat 11 ,. A012 589 CM] Enfi[...] |
 | [...]mming 0AM 896 CUmputinZ IH QA7II 870 Computing Sr.- one In QAoa 811 Computing Scrence 111A QAlS 571 Computin[...]gement QA24 898 Decision-making 111070 759 Design and Invention . n T052 1097 Design of Struclures IE I[...]1098 E Econometrics HIH ..... EESII 744 Economic and Accounting Analysis E050 758 Economic History II[...]ic History IIII'I EEBII 743 Economic Institutions and ECBO 758 Economic Statis '0: II EEZZ 738 Economic[...]330 679 Elective Work (BsMusJ UM73 950 Electrical and-1 NXQS 788 Engineering IIIMA NX73 811 Engineering[...]Aspecis of Planning M90 570 Engineering Chemistry and Materials. _ . ”Fl-181 1036 Engineering Computa[...]ineering firms entail! . TUOB 1083 u eeIIu an an In gilicticegI 3. TKIl 1053 Engineering Mnlcrial! A[...]2% 28% Enlflis Entomology Ir WEO4 523 Entomology and Plant Pathology WEOS 528 Environmental Derign RAM) 570 Equity .. LL45 837 Estate and Tu Planning LL05 847 Extractive Metallurgy r '1'1[...].... LL17 843 Forum Management use 5% Farm Prices and Pol-Ivy E21368 526 Final Professional Examination Pnrt II (M. .. 13.5.) ,. MX78 B21 Fluid and Particle Dynamics TT52 1071 Forensic Pharmacy and Pharma ceutical Practice T1780 1095 French I AFOI[...]617 C General Anatomy (13D S. )x MA7Z 705 General and Dental Hi cl gy MA82 705 General Biology IH . 81-1111 977 General Electrical En caring TEQI 1047 Ge[...]netics 11 $102 989 Genetics 111 $103 990 Genetics and Human Variation 111 $1711 939 Geochemistry[...] |
 | [...]rinna Ill V AG03 Grrmml lllB , . AGSB Cermnn Life and Literature TG4]. Gn-L-l: l l ACll Greek “1 AC71[...]C77 Grevlt lll . ACIS Crvek IllS AC78 Cruel; Life and Ulcrnturc T692 H (See also Section "Honours" below) Histology and Cell Biologym III MAlS History IA . AHOl History[...]story IIIA .. . A1103 History IIIB . AHlS History and Sociology of Scien Anso History of Architechrre I[...]ng. mum Horticultural Science WFM Human Geography In A12}; Human Physiology (Medicine) 2nd Year 5512[...]1.... W389 Agronomy WASQ Animal Husbandry and Nutrition WA79 Animal Physiology and Produc- don . . WNQQ Biometry WY[...]RTS Classical Studies Classics English Lingiioge and Second Year English 1115 Final Honours French La[...]nours B.Sc.Dent. Anatomy , Biochemistry i. Dental Health Genetics Materials science Microbiology Oral Biol[...]y Restorativc Dentistry ECONOMICS Economics 11A. and BEc. ENGINEERING Chemical Civil V Electrical Me[...]MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES Applied Mathematics 13.11. and B. Sc. Committing Science BIA-.- nntl BSc. . Mathematical Physics Pure Mathematics BA. and B.Sc. Statistics B.A. and BSc‘ MEDICAL SCIENCE Anatomy Biochemistry Cli[...]Composition Ethnomusicology Honours Project Music in Education Musicology . Performance[...] |
 | TABLE Subieci SCIENCE Anatomy and Histology Biaehemieuy Botany Genetics Geology Ge[...]Industrial Sociology III . . Information Systems and Data Processing 111K Institutional Business Trans[...]y Philosoph§ NIH . I Japanese Language and Culture IllYislInldEncE L Land Use LuliI-I I Latin II Latin III . 4 . Law in Relation to Planning . . Legal Ethics and Aocounhi. Legal History Linguisiics 11 Literature and Society. Logic and Argument IH M Macroeconomics III Macro[...]adlemalical Statistics II Mathematical Stalislics In Mathematics I Mathematics IA Mathematics 111 Mnih[...]lysis .. Numerical Mathemafics Obstetrics and Gynaecology Occupational Psycholo Old and Middle Eaglis V Old and Middle Bullish III Operations Research 1 Oral Ana[...]al Pathology 1 oI-IIl PnIhology 11 _ Oral Surgery and Anaesthesia . Organic Chemist-y 11 .. Organic Chemistry 111 .. Organic Chemistry IIIM Organixntinn Theory and Behaviour Orthodontics Pilcdinlrir[...]anonmlngy 111 Feriariunlology V ”I. Personality and Social “elation; PbIImIIIceIIiical Chemistry l[...]mlaccuiiis I . l’hIIrmrlceutiec ll Pharmacology and Therapeutics. . Philosophy . ..... ...I Philosoph[...]slic‘lll nml Inorganic Cheihisin- Phly‘sxigal and Inorganic Chemistry Pl‘i’l’ifiil. m[...] |
 | [...]Practical Studies I (Music) , Practical Teaching and Meihndnlulzy ...... I’mcllcul “folk (Dip. App. Psych. J Provenlivc Drndslry Place-as Dymmlcl and Control Production Technology I (T). Production T[...]lioloflv Psychology 11 Psychnlugy lll Psychology and Human Organisation Paychopathology .. . Public Fi[...]hv: Dentistry 1V Roman Low .. . S Science and Modern Society . Science German Second Profession[...]minar Course A (Law Seminar Course 13 (Law Social and Economic Planning .. Social and Technological History specks '0!- Syllabus Number SPOI SP7II SP02[...]t SocicilllF find Technological History Sofisal and Technologicial History Social Econorllics" I Soci[...]l Science II Statistics Stnfislics IH Statistics and Methodology Structural Design Structures II Struc[...]The Law of Property The Law of Torts Theoretical and Historical Studies I Theoretical Plly‘s III Theory and Practice of Town Planning 1 V ..... Theory and Practice of Town Planning II ..V Theory and Practice of Town Planning 111 . Theory of Educati[...]mmFluid Dynamics II Transfer Operntlaul Tutorial; and Practical Work I (D Mus. ) .. Tutorials and Practical Work 1'1 (B. Mus.) ............... Tutorials and Fracfical Work 111 (B. Mus.) . .l... U Urban .uid Regional Planning and Urban Design I V Urban nnd negiunnl P1 and Urban Design II Zoology I , Zoology II . Z[...]yllabus Number Page TG71 1093 TGSI 1096 EE71 605'- AD24 669 ADZO G78 WBIS 518 W314 518 "111/1[...] |
TXT |
 | [...]G.P.O., Adelaide, South Australia, 5001; and its telephone number is 223 4333.[...] |
 | [...]Calendar of the University is published annually in three Volumes, as follows:[...]ium of Music Institutions, Foundations and Colleges of the University Public Lectures and Courses Scholarships and Prizes Societies Associated with the U[...]urses", being- Regulations, Schedules and Syllabuses of degree and diploma courses Rules[...]tements List of Graduates, Associates and Diploma holders of the Universit[...]rmally published as follows: VOLUME I: In May: price 75c. VOLUME II: In December of previous year: price 25c. VOLUME III: In August: price 25c.[...] |
 | [...]he Coat of Arms is as follows: Per pale Or and Argent an Open Book proper edged Gold on a[...]ets, one of eight, two of seven, one of six and one of five points of the second, representing the Constellation of the Southern Cross; and the Motto associated with the Arms is-[...] |
 | [...]VOLUME II DEGREE AND DIPLOMA COURSES (The information in this volume is correct as at 28 November, 1973.) REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES [Syllabuses for each degree and diploma are to be found immediately following the corresponding Regulations and Schedules.) FACULTY OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE:[...]535 FACULTY OF ARCIIlTECIURE AND TowN PLANNING: Bachelor of Architecture ( B.Arch.) - 538 Master of[...]561 Master of Town Planning (M.T.P.) - 563 FACULTY OF[...]Diploma iu Applied Psychology (Dip.App.Psych. ) - 656 Diploma in Library Studies (Dip.Lib.Stud.) 662 Diploma in Education (Dip.Ed.) 664 Advanced Diploma in Education (Adv.Dip.Ed. ) 672 Master of Education ( M.Ed. ) - 684 Maste[...]694 Bachelor of Science in Dentistry (Honours degree) ( B.Sc.Dent.)[...]714 Master of Dental Surgery ( M.D.S.) - 720 Doctor of Dental Science ( D.D.Sc.) - 723 FACULTY OF ECO[...]726 Diploma in Business Management (Dip. B.M.)[...]761 Master of Economics ( M.Ec.) - 765 |
 | [...]768 Master of Engineering ( M.E.) - 818 Master of App[...]824 Master of Laws ( LL.M.) - 854 Doctor of Laws (LL.D.) - 856FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES: Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences (B.Sc.) - 860 Diploma in Computing Science (Dip.Comp.Sc.) 893 Master of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences (M.Sc.) - 897 Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences ( D.Sc.) - - - - - - - - 899 FACULTY OF MEDICINE: Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (M.B., B.S.) 902 Bachelor of Medical Science (Honours degree) (B.Med.Sc.) 927 Diploma in Clinical Science ( Dip.Clin.Sc.) 933 Master of Surgery ( M.S.) - 935 Doctor of[...]942 Master of Music (M.Mus.) - 955 Doctor of Music (D.Mus.) - 959 FACULTY OF SCIENCE: Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Science (B.Sc.) 962 Master of Science in the Faculty of Science (M.Sc.) - 1018 Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Science ( D.Sc.) - - 1020 FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIBD ScmNCE: Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.) - 1024 Bachelor of Applied Science ( B.App.Sc.) - - 1057 Bachelor of Pharmacy ( B.Pharm.) - 1088 |
 | [...]ter of Environmental Studies - 1100 BoARD OF RESEARCH STUDIES: Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) - - 1104 HIGHER DEGREES: Notes and Instructions to candidates for Higher Degrees (by thesis) - 1110 RULES AND TABLES RULES: The University Library - 1116 Laboratory and General Rules - - 1120 Napier Birks Room - - 1122 Computing Annexes - - 1123 Conduct of Examinations - - 1124 FEES, CHARGES AND COSTS - 1125 TIME-TABLES FOR 1974 - 1127 TABLES OF: Departments - 1160 Syllabus Numbers - 1161 Subjects - 1167 |
 | [...]AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREESBachelor of Agricultural Science ( B.Ag.Sc.) : Regulations and Schedules 510 Syllab[...]517 Agricultural Biochemistry and Soil Science 518 Agronomy - 520 Anim[...]Sc.) 526 Entomology - 528 Plant Pathology - 530 Plant Physiology - 531 Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. - 532 Master of Agricultural Scie[...]35 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) : Regulations and Schedules: See "Board of Research St[...] |
 | [...]LATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE[...]REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Science. A candidate may obtain either degree or both. 2. Except in special cases allowed by the Council, every candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Science shall after matricu- lation spend at least four academic years in courses of study for the degree. 3. To qualify for the degree, whether the Ordinary or the Honours 0 degree, every candidate must do such written, laboratory and other practical work as is required and pass examinations in the subjects prescribed. He must also present evi[...]efining the course of study, including laboratory and other practical work to be undertaken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be drawn up by the Faculty of Agricultural Science and submitted to the Council for approval. (b) Such[...]rom such other date as the Council may determine, and shall be published in the next edition of the University Calendar. 5[...]e, a candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject for which he has not satisfactorily completed the pre-requisite studies as pre- scribed in the syllabus for that subject: Provided that the[...]emption from the requirements of this regulation, and on such conditions, as it may determine.[...] |
 | [...]may be exempted from attendance at practical work in a subject in which he desires to be examined, but only upon grounds approved by the Council. 7. (a) Except in cases approved by the Council, the annual examina- tion in a subject shall be held soon after the completion of the course of instruction in it. Supplementary examinations, when granted, shall be held at such time as may be fixed whether in term or in vacation. 0 (b) A candidate shall enter for examination on a form and by a date prescribed by the Council, but shall no[...]imself for examination unless he bas done written and laboratory or other practical work, where required, to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned. ( c) At the annual exanUnation in a subject, the examiners may take into account the candidate's written or practical work in the subject and his results at terminal or other examinations in it. f8. (a) A candidate who fails to pass in any subject shall, before presenting himself again for examination, again do practical work in that subject to the satisfaction of the professor and lecturers con- cerned unless exempted from doing[...]date who has twice failed to pass the examination in any subject may not enrol for the subject again except by permission of the Faculty and under such conditions as the Faculty may prescrib[...]o sit for or absents himself from the examination in any ubject after having attended substantially the full course of insbuction in it shall be deemed to have failed to pass the exa[...]lassifications of pass at an annual examina- tion in any subject for the Ordinary degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Cre[...]ith Distinction or with Credit sl1all be arranged in order of merit within the classification; the names of other candidates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order either in one list or in two divisions as the Council may, on the recommen[...]. If the list of candidates who pass be published in. two divisions, a pass in the higher division may be prescribed in the appropriate syllabus as pre-requisite for adm[...]nly. 0 10. (a) A candidate for the Honours degree shall spend an addi- tional year in advanced study in one of the subjects listed in the schedule relating to the Honours degree. 0 Amended 21 December, 1967.[...] |
 | [...]e names of candidates who qualify for the Honours degree shall be published in alphabetical order within the following classes and divisions: First Class Second C[...]0 11. A candidate who has passed subjects in other faculties or other universities or elsewher[...]be granted such exemption from these regulations and schedules made under them as the Council on the r[...]lation 4.) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of B.Ag.Sc. are published below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of the volume. 1. Tm: ORDINARY DEGREE 1. The subjects of study for the Ordinary degree shall be as follows: Group A sub;ects: Bio[...]Chemistry I Geology I Mathematics I and IM Physics I Zoology I (See[...]ng IH General Geology IH 0 Genetics and Human Variation IH Geology IH 0 General Geology IH and Physical Geology IH will be available in 1974 only to students who have already passed one of these half-subjects and who wish to enrol in the other to complete the requirements for[...] |
 | [...]Agriculture II Applied Mathematics IIA and IIB Botany II Chemistry II G[...]y Agriculture III Animal Physiology and Production I Biometry I Crop Physio[...]mics of Natural Resource Use°" Entomology and Plant Pathology Farm Managementf Farm Prices and Policyft Mathematical Statistics II Soil Science I "General Geology IH and Physical Geology IH will be available in 1974 only to students who have already passed one of these half-subjects and who wish to enrol in the other to complete the requirements for entry[...]arm Management will be offered for the flrst time in 1974 and thereafter in alternate years (i.e. even years). 00 Ec[...]l Resource Use will be offered for the first time in 1975 and thereafter in alternate years (i.e. odd years). tt Farm Prices and Policy will be offered for the first time in 1975 and there- after in alternate years (i.e. odd years ) .[...] |
 | [...]lture IV Agronomy Animal Physiology and Production II Economics III (see 4. below)[...]il Science II 2. To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall, subject to the conditions and modifications specified in clause 4, satisfactorily complete the following courses: (a) Chemistr y I and thr e Group A subj ct or their equivalents.[...]i) General Biology IH, Plant Biology IH and Zoology I, or (ii) Biology I. ( b) Agriculture II and either two other subjects from Group B or one other subject from Group B and a Group A subject not previously taken[...]( c) Agriculture III, Agricultural Microbiology and either Bio- metry I and three other subjects from Group C or Mathe- matical Statistics II and two other subjects from Group C. ( d) Agriculture IV and either two other subjects from Group D or one other subject from Group D and two subjects from Group C not previous[...]the equivalent of a first-year subject available in the Faculty of Arts in lieu of not more than one Group A subject, or its[...]ultural Economics I was offered for the last time in 1973; Agricultural Economics II will not b[...] |
 | [...]date wishing to present Economics III towards the degree must take International Economics IIIH and two half-subjects from the following list, one of[...]5. The list of subjects to be presented for the degree must comply with the following conditions: T[...]bjects shall not be presented: Biology I and any one of General Biology IH, Plant Biology[...]s IIM, Pure Mathematics II; Computing IH and Applied Mathematics IIB Agricultural Economics I and either Macroeconomics IH or Microeconomics IH; Economics III and Mathematical Statistics II; Physics I and Physics IM; Farm Prices and Policy and Agricultural Econom:cs IIIH; Geology I and any one of Geology IH, General Geology IH, Physical Geology IH; Geology IH and either General Geology IH or Physical Geology IH; Public Finance IIIH and Economics of Natural Resource Use. 6. A candidate who enrolled for the degree during or before 1971 may continue either under the schedules then in force or under the new schedules. Attention is dr[...]footnote on the subjects Agriculturnl Economics I and Agricultural Economics II. 7. The Flinders Uni[...]A candidate who has completed the first two years in the School of Biological Sciences may apply for status in the Faculty of Agricultural Science and may be admitted to subjects in Group C. ( b) Extra study, as prescribed by the Head of the Department con- cerned, may be required in nominated subjects before the candidate enters th[...]economics IIIH will be offered for the first time in 1975 and may not be presented by candidates who have passed Economics II in 1973 or earlier.[...] |
 | [...]College may be exempted from taking the subjects in Group C and may be admitted to the subjects in Group D, at the discretion of the Head of the Dep artment con cerned and with permission of the D ean of the Faculty. 9[...]lh rral Science befere he will be admitted to the degree. The candidate will b required to gain fractical experience on properties in at least three differ nt agricultura environments and he should discuss in advance with the Practical Experience Administrat[...]experience. 0 Students who were enrolled in 1972 in the second, third or fourth year of the course ma[...]. 515). II. THE HONOURS DEGREE l. A candidate may, subject to approval by the Head of the Depart- ment concerned, proceed to the Honours degree in one of the following disciplines: A[...]Agronomy Animal Physiology and Production Animal Husbandry and Nutrition Biometry Ento[...]Soil Science 2. A candidate for the Honorus degree in any subject shall not begin Honow-s work in that subject until he bas completed the course of study for the Ordinary degree, all the courses in that subject available for the Ordinary degree, and such other pre-requisite subjects (if any) as may be prescribed in t11e syllabus. 516 |
 | [...]SCIENCE OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights[...]ect, as follows: Agricultural Biochemistry and Biometry Section - - - y Soil Science - - B Entomology - E Agronomy - - A Plant Pathology - - p Animal Physiology - - N Plant Physiology - - - F The first digit- 0-6: Indicates that the subject may form part of a sequence. 7-9: Indicates that the subject does not form part o[...]e.g. first, second, third or fourth. (5--8: Not used.) 9: Indicates Final Ho[...]es a half-subject, two of which count towards the degree as a whole subject. NOTE: Some snbjects listed in the schedules of the degree of B.Ag.Sc. are taught by deparbnents of other faculties. In the syllabus numbers of those subjects the two di[...]nce shown above. For syllabuses of these subjects and half-. ubj ct see the table of subjects at[...] |
 | [...]SCIENCE AGRICULTURAL BIOCHE:!IUSTRY AND SOIL SCIENCE AGRICULTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY AND SOIL SCIENCE. WB03. A!n"icultural Biochemistry I. A course of two hours lectures and five hours practical work a we k for three terms[...]nte1mediary metaboHsrn of micro-organisms, plants and animals. Topics include enzymology; metabollsm of carbohydrates, lipids, protein and nucleic acids; conb·ol mechanisms; biochemistry of vitamins and coenzymes and biochemistry of nitrogen and sulphur cycles in nature. Practical worlc \vill consist of experime[...]ove topics. Text-books: Conn, E. E., and Stumpf, P. K., Outlines of biochemistry, 3rd edition (Wiley). White, A., and others, Principles of biochemistry, 4th edition ([...]emistry II. Pre-requisite subject: A good pass in WB03 Agricultural Biochemistry I. Completion of S[...]e an advantage. A course of two hours lectures and ten hours tutorial and practical work a week for three terms dealing wit[...]lants a11d animals. The topics will be considered in three main sections: 1. THE fuGULATION OF CELLULAR ACTIVITY. Allosteric, conformational and co-operativity effects; identity of control points in metabolism, to include an analysis of the kinetic[...]ASIS OF GROWTH AN D DEVELOPMENT. Cell division and the biosynthesis of nucleic acids during the cell cycle. Modulation of protein level in higher organisms. 3. DIVERSITY IN METABOLJSM. Utilization of inorganic nitrogen and sulphur compounds in micro-organisms and in plants, specialized pathways related to compounds[...]experiments related to the above topics, training in the use of stable and radio-active isotopes in biochemistty as well as a short research project.[...], A. L., Biochemistry (Worth). White, A., and others, Principles of biochemistry, 4th edition ([...]Hill). A reading list will be given in the lectures. WB13. Soil Science I. A course of lwo hours of lectures and three hours of practical work a week for three terms, dealing with soil fomrntion and composition, and the chemistry and physics of soils in relation to soil fertility. Topics considered inc[...]distribution of the major soil types of the world and ush·alia ; compos i- tion of the inorganic and organic fractions of soils; clay mineralogy; chemistry of the plant nutrients in soils; the nitrogen cycle; air and water movements in soils; the physics of irrigation and drainage; soil erosion. Practical work will consist of a number of field excursions, and laboratory work related to the above topics.[...](M.U.P.). Russell, E. J., Soil conditions and plant growth, 9th edition ( Longmans). 518 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF AGRICULTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY AND SOJL SCIENCE AGRICULTURAL S[...]einhold). Clarke, G. R., Study of the soil in the -field, 4th edition ( O.U.P.). Cooke, G[...]Science II. Pre-requisite subject: A good pass in WB13 Soil Science I. Completion of SC12 Chemistry[...]e an advantage. A course of two hours lectures and ten hours practical work a week for three terms devoted to fundamental studies of the chemistry and physics of the soil. The major topics considered are: the genesis and composition of clay minerals in different soil types; the reactions of ions and water at the surfaces of colloidal particles, and the influence of these reactions on the physical[...]l properties of soils, particularly the potential and c_al.?_acity of the soil to provide the major plant nutrients and trace elements; the diffusion of ions in soils and the chemistry of nutrient uptake by plants; the composition of ·t he organic colloids and the kinetics and biochemistry of organic matter transformations; soil organisms; sorption and movement of water in soil and the relation to aeration, structure and other physical properties of th . soil; aspects of soil and water management. Practical work will be related to the above topics and will include a research project. In addition to those books listed for Soil Science I[...]microbiology (Wiley). Bartholomew, W. V., and Clark, F. E., (eds.), Soil nitrogen (American[...]y). Brown, G. (ed.), X-ray identi-/ication and crystal structures of clay minerals (Min[...]ical analysis (Constable). McLaren, A. D., and Peterson, S. H. (eds.), Soil biochemistry (Marcel[...]on). Shaw, B. T., Soil physical conditions and plant growth (Academic Press).[...] |
 | [...]se of three lectures, three hours practical work, and one tutorial a week for three terms. HUMAN ECOLOGY AND AGRICULTURAL RESOURCES: Human social developme[...]agriculture; changing views of agriculturei food and food production. Hunter/ Gatherer Phase: energy O[...]he following topics. Climate : Radiation ; energy and water balances. Climatic variations; macro- and micro-climatesi· re lationships to plants, animals and man. Physiograpliy: Interactions with c imate; major topographic units ; meso-topography. and land use. Water: Sources, distrib\1tion, quality, uses. Soils: Origin and constitution of soils; Great Soil Groups of the World; geomorphology, soils and land use of Austral.ian regions. EcoLOGY oF NATURAL A1"'D AGRICULTURAL SYSTEMS: The basic ~imilacities and differences between natural and man-made systems are considered in t mis of their thermodynamic stabillty. Environmental limits, ecological niches. Plant and animal variability, breeding and selection. Intensive agricultur and animal husbandry. Causes of instability and management of inherently unstable systems. The aUocation and protection of natural resources and the formulation and implementation of agrioultural policies. Tex[...]e-requisite subjects: WAOl Agriculture I (Part A) and WA12 Agriculture I (Part B). (Taught for the last time in 1973.) A course of two lectures and three hours practical work a week for three terms. Pl.ANTS AND ANIMALS; Variability, adaptation, breeding. SoIL AND WATER MANAGEMENT: Water resources, evaporation[...]ERS; Fertilizer technology; incidence diagnosis and correction of nutrient deficiencies. HORTICULTURA[...]oduction zones; typical horticultural enterprises and problems. PASTURE PRODUCTION: Native and sown pastures, seeds mixtures, pasture establishment, ecology and management. LAND DEVELOPMENT: Efficiency and allocation of resources. Representative agricultural development in Australia. AGRICULTURAL CLIMATOLOGY: Radiation, energy and water balances. Climatic variations; macro- and micro- climates; relationships to plants, animals and man. 520
|
 | [...]t, 4th edition (M.U.P.). Bannister, A. E., and Raymond, S., Surveying, 2nd edition (Pitman).[...]rol as a science (Wiley). McVickar, M. H., and others, Fertilizer tecli11ology aud 11sage ( Soil[...]tralian grasswnds ( A.N. U.) . Wadham, S., and others, La11d utilization in Australia, 4lh edition (M.U.P.). Williams, D. B. (ed.), Agriculture in the Australian economy (S.U.P.).[...]riculture I (Part A), WA12 Agriculture I (Part B) and WA03 Agriculture II (in 1974 re-named WA03 Agriculture III). A course of two lectures and three hours practical work a week for three terms[...]DERLYING AGRICULTURAL PRACTICE: Seed production and certi£cation. The ecology and control of weeds. Plant and animal protection. Quarantine regulations. THE AN[...]; Structure, legislation, production, marketing and research in Australia. CROP PRODUCTION Alfil T HE CROP lNDUST JU ES : Growth, use and distribution of crops. Principles of crop production; _physio- logical and environmental factors . Important crops of Australia. Production- b·ends, organisation and marketing. Students are required to participate in and report on tours of agricultural areas in South Australia. Text-books: Australi[...]ronment, 4th edition (M.U.P.). Wadham, S., and others, Land utilization in Australia, 4th edition (M.U.P .. ).[...]Wiley). Williams, D. B. (ed.), Agriculture in the Australian economy (S.U.P.).[...]ivision I or higher. A course of three lectures and seven hours practical a week for three terms. The[...]l project. Acaoi-;ou1c EXPEJUMENTAnoN: Applied and basic research; empiricism; development of a research project; formulation and testing of hypotheses;, errors in experimentation; field and pot culture e:-.-periments; the role of controlled environments. MINERAL NVTIUTION AND CIIOl' GROWT H: General relationships between mineral nutrition and plant growth; methods of assessing soil fertility and fertiliser needs; soil and plant analyses and the concept of critical levels; genotypic variation in nutrient requirements; nutritional effects[...] |
 | [...]ETITION: Nature of competition; density, time and yield; plasticity of plants ; factors for which[...]occurs; the operation of competition; competition in mixtures; plant arrangement; competition in relation to plant breeding. GRO\VTH, PRODUCTIVITY AND PHOTOSYNTHESIS OF CROPS: Growth rates, quantit[...]s; community photosynthesis; productivity models and simulation; respiration. 1fASS AND ENERGY TRANSFER IN PLANT CoMMUNmEs: ( i) Soil/Plant: Dynamics of water and nutrient supply to the growing crop. (ii) Plant/ Ahnosphere: Energy balance and the use of energy; water balance, evapor[...]ovement. PASTURE ECOLOGY, PRODUCTION, MANAGEMENT AND UTILIZATION: The grazing animal in the ecosystem; pasture production under grazing; nutritive value of pastures and the role of supplementary forage crops and fodder conservation; soil-plant-animal interrelationships of grazing management and ani mal production ·ystems. EVOLUTION, VARIATION AND TAXONOMY OF CROP PLANTS: Origin, evolution, morphology and development of wheat, oats, barley, rye, maize, sorghum, subterranean clover, pasture legumes and grasses. Text-books: Rose, C. W., Agri[...]Rees, A. R., Cock h ull, K. E ., Hand, D. W., and Hurd, R. G., Crop processes in controlled environments (Academic Press). Reference books: Alexander, G., and Williams, 0. D. (eds.), The pastoral inclustl'ies[...]. 2, 1969. Commonwealth Bureau of Pastures and Field Crops. Bulletin 42: Met71ods of surveying and measuring vegetation by D. Brown (The Bureau ) . Commonwealth Bureau of Pastures and Field Crops: Bulletin 45: Research techniques in use at the Grassland Research [ll$titute, Hurley[...]Bureau). Commonwealth Bureau of Pasture-s and Field Crops. Bulletin 47: Some concepts and methods in sub-tropical pasture 1·esearcl1 by the Staff of[...]vision I or higher. A course of three lectures and seven hours practical work a week for three terms[...]ork includes an individual project. Objectives and bases of breeding programmes. Plant introduction,[...]reed:U1g systems, variability, selection methods, in self and cross-pollinated plants. Crop plant evolution.[...]ale sterility, disease resistance, cyto- genetics and inter-specific hybridization in relation to plant breeding. Breeding for yield and quality. Biometrical, physiological and biochemical analysis. General philosophy of breed[...]ding (Wile;:). Burnham, C. R., Discussions in cytogenetics (Burgess). Falconer, D. S., Introductio1i to quantitative genetics (Oliver and Boyd). Hutchinson. J.B. (ed.), Essm[...] |
 | [...]OGY. WN03. Animal Physiology and Production I. A three-term course of five hours weekly in three sections. ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY: Gross structure and rustology, with emphasis on the anatomical specialisation of ruminants. PRY IOLOCY AND IllOCHEMISTllY: Animal functions in relation to environment, nutrition and productive efficiency. Functions of skin, glands, hair and wool. Body composition, growth; metabolic turnover and conversion of water, electrolytes, proteins, carbohydrates and fats. C11emislry and synthesis of milk, meat and wool. Circulation and body fluids. Digestion, secretionj absorption and transport of metabolites. Endocrine functions, reproductive physic ogy. Nervous and neuroendocrine control. Behaviour. Adaptive mechanisms. Principles of animal breeding. 'UTl'\ITlON AND PRODUCTION: Dasie concepts of animal nufrition: balance of energy, carbon, nitrogen, electrolytes, and water. Energy, mineral and vitamin reg,uiremcnts and deficien- cies in growth, froduction and reproduction. Ecology and nutrition of lhe grazing animal: seasona limitati[...]ry feeding, drought feeding, lot feeding; the use and limitations of feeding standards. Nutrition of pigs and poultry. Nutrition as a factor modifying the fom1, composition and carcass quality of farm animals. Reference books: Alexander, G., and Williams, 0. B., The pastoral indust.ries of Au tralia (Sydney U.P.). Barnett, S. A., In t/nct and intelligence (Pelican ). Dell. C. H., Davidson, J. N., and Scarborough, H. S., Textbook of phy io/ogy and biochemistry (Livingstone). Blaxter, K. L.,[...]issues of the body ( 0.U.P. ). Conn, E. E., and Stumpf, P. K., Outlines of biochemMry ('Wiley). Davson, H. and Eggleton, G., Principles of human pl1ysiology ( C[...]D ougherty, R. W. (ed.)) Physiology of digestion and metabolism in t11c ruminant (Butterworth . Hafez, E. S. E., Reproduction of domc.stic a11imals ( Lea and Febig-_r). Hafez. E. S. E., and Dyer, I. A., Animal growth tmcl 11ul·ritio11 (Lea and F ebiger). Hammond, J. Progress fa[...]omy of the sheep {Q.U.P. ) . Maynard L. A., and Loosli, J. K., Animal nutrition (McGraw-Hill).[...]PruJlipson, A. (ed. ), Physiology of digestion and metabolism in the nuninant ( Oriel Press ) . Pike, R. L., and Brown, M., Nritrition: an integrated apJJl'Oach (Wiley). Rice, V. A., and others, Breeding and improveme nt of farm animals 6th edition (McCraw-HiJJ). Spedding, C. R. W., Sheep production and grazing management ( Balliere). Toner, P. G., and Carr, K. E., Cell structure (Living tone).[...] |
 | [...]GY WN04. Animal Physiology and Production II. Pre-requisite subject: WN03 Animal Physiology and Production I. A three tem1 course of ten hours a week including a project. ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY: More detailed study of the structure of sheep, pig and bird. Histology, and electron micrography of cells. Structure-function relations of muscle, storage organs, glands, egg formation and reproductive tract. PHYSIOLOGY: Special topics, including rumen biochemistry and physiology secretion, trans- port and ab orption in kidney, glands and gut. Size seasonal rhythms. Starvation and over-nutrition, metabolic dysfunction. Endocrinology, fertility., foetal physio- logy, lactation and growth. Physiological ecology of animals. Breeas and environ- ment. Human components of animal product[...]ganisation, behaviour. Animal population, density and soci.al interactions. Immunology. Population genetic . Comparative sociologica l aspects of production and consumption . .ANIMAL PRonucnoN: Special aspects of ruminant metabolism and nutrition. Principles of x;peri- mentation with grazing animals, methods for studying production in the field: wool, growth, milk production, reproduction, body growth and its components; carcass evaluation. Seasonal productivity and nutritive value of pastures, nitrog n turnover of[...]s. The asses ment of herbage intake, grazing time and composition of tlle diet. PRINCIPLES OF DISEASE C[...]s, fungi, worms, arachnids, insects. Degenerative and neoplastic disease. Biochemical lesions, poisons, and nutritional defects. Control by immunity, trace e[...]t. Reference books: Annison, E. F., and Lewis, D., Metabolism in the rumen (Methuen). Blaxter, K. L. (ed.)[...]ion to sociology (Pelican). Cantarow, A., and Schepart:z, B., Biochemistry (Saunders).[...]S. E. (ed.), Adaptation of domestic animals (Lea and Febiger ). Harper, H. A., Review of physi[...]iley). Lerner, I. M., Population genetics and animal improvement (C.U.P.). Lorenz, K., Studies i11 animal and human be7ia.viou r (Methuen) . Martini, L ., and Gan.ong, W., Neuroendocl'inology (Academic Pres ) . Mitchell, H. H., Comparative nutrition of man and domestic animals (Academic Press).[...]s of ultrastructure (Saunders). Ucko, P., and Dimbleby, J. Domestication and exploitation of animals and plants ( Duckworth). Yeates, N. T. M., Mo[...]roduction (Buttenvorth). Young, W. C., Sex and internal secretions (Williams and Wilkins). 524 |
 | [...]Biometry I. The course comprises two lectures and a one-hour practical class each week. The syllabus comprises: (a) First and seccnd terms: Elementary statistical methods, non[...]programming, standard tests of hypo- these and sampling distributions, linear regres ion, analysis of variance, some simple e;-.'Perimental design and analysi . ( b) Third term: Further experimental design and analysis, sequential analysis, transformations of data, systems analysis and other selected biomathema- tical topics.[...]oks: Bailey, N. T. J., Statistical methods In biology (English University Press). Clarke, G. M., Statistics and experimental design (Arnold). Cochran, W. G., and Cox, G. M., Experimental deslgru (Wiley).[...]Edwards Brothers, Inc.) . Snedecor, G. W., and Cochran, W. G., Statistical methods, 6th edition[...]State University Press). Steel, R. G. D., and Torrie, J. H., Principles and procedures of statistics (McGraw[...] |
 | [...]For syllabuses see under Faculty of Economics (Degree of B.Ec.). Group B h[...]For syllabuses see under Faculty of Economics (Degree of B.Ec.). Group[...]. Pre-requisite subject: EElG Macroeconomics IH and EE2G Microeconomics IH. Starting in 1975, this course will be offered in alternate years, i.e. odd years, for tudents proceeding to the degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Science. The course will consist of two lecture.~ and one tutorial a week throughout the year, and will cover the following topics: Methods of project e aluation, special problems associated with public projects including the social rate of discount and private versus social costs, and the application of benefit-cost analysis to public agricultural projects in Australia. Resource conservation and the economics of common prope1ty resources, exter- naJities and the theory of public _goods as applied to environmental problems, and an analysis of the effect on efficiency of resour[...]site subject: EE2G Microeconomics IH. Starting in 1974, this course will be offered in alternate years, i.e. even years, for students proceeding to the degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Science. The co11rse will con ist of two lectures and three hours practical work a week and will cover the following topics: The nature of[...]sses, theories of farm management, farmers' goals and an analysis of farm investment. Farm management techniques-including cash £low partial and parametric budgeting, gross margins analysis, development budgets and net present value, and the decision theoretic approach to fam1 managemen[...]iques. EE63. Fann Prices and Policy. Pre-requisite subject: EElG Macroeconomics IH and EE2G Microeconomics IH. Starting in 1975, this course will be offered in alternate years, i.e. odd years, for students proceeding to the degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Science. The course will consist of two lech.1.res and one tutorial a week throughout the year, and will cover the following topics: An analysis of the determinants of prices for agricultural products, and various methods of forecasting agricultural prices. The objectives of agricultural policy, and an analysis of agricultural policy measures in Australia and some overseas countries.[...]cs III is available to students proceeding to the degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Science. A candidate who wishes to present EE03 Economics III for the degree must study EE7G International Economics IIIH and two half-subjects from the following list[...] |
 | [...]economics IIIH will be offered for the first time in 1975, and may not be presented by a candidate who has passed EE02 Economics II in 1973 or earlier. EE84. Agricultural Economics II. Pre-requisite subject: A pass in EE83 Agricultural Economics I. This course will be offered for the last time in 1974. The course entails seven hours of class work p er week, and consists of a combination of lectures, discussion gi;oups, tutorials and exercise sessions. The exact combination is nried to suit[...]year lechJies average about four hours per week. In addition, students arc required to spend a consid[...]a farm business, an analysis of farm investment, and an extensive review of the theory of agricultuiaJ[...]d to the application of fam1 management technique and relevant methods of economic analysis; including[...]ing, discounting procedures, linear progi;amming, and the decision theoretic approach to farm managemen[...]ive students the opportunity to gain e>.-perience in the use of these techniques. Text-books: Chisholm, A. H., and Dillon, J. L., Discounting and other interest rate procedures in farm management (Univ. of New England, Armidale.[...]debook no. 2). Makeham, J. P.1 and others, Be$t-bet farm decl.1ion$ (Univ. of ew Eng[...]ment guidebook no. 6). Rickards, P. A., and McConnell, D. J., Budgeting, gross margins and programm.i ng for farm planning (Univ.[...]P., et al., Farm management planning, budgeting, and financial control. Reference books: Bishop, C. E., and Toussaint, W. 0., Introduction to agricult11ral economic analy is (Wiley). Bradford, L. A., and Johnson, G. L., Farm management analysis (Wiley) . Castle, E . N., and Becker, M. H., Farm business management .(Mac 1illan). Dillon, J. L., The analysl.1 of response in crop and livestock production (Pergamon Press). Hardaker, J. B., ct al., FaNn management and agricultural economics (Angus and Robertson) . Heady, E. 0 .., ancl Candler,[...]State Univ. Press). Heady E. 0., and Dillon, J. L., Agricultural production f11n ctiom[...]icroeconomics (Rand McNally). Officer, R., and Dillon, J. L., Calculating the best-bet fodder re[...]ueensland Dept. of Primary Industries, Acco1mting and planning for farm management. Wright, A., and Watson, A. S., Sheep flock growth rate tab[...] |
 | [...]OMOLOGY. WE03. Entomology and Plant Pathology. A course of two lectures and one practical class each week throughout the year. Half the year is spent on Entomology and half on Plant Pathology. ENTOMOLOGY: The course[...]t pests, the physiological action of insecticides and an introduction to insect taxonomy and morphology. Students w ill be req uired to make[...]ust be submitted during the last week of lectures in third t .rm. Collection should begin in the long vacation preceding the course and quipment may b e obtained by intending tlJdents f[...]n). Reference books: Borror, D. J., and De Long, D. M., An introduction to the study 01[...]ns). O'Brien, R. D., Insecticides: action and metabolism (New York Academic Press, 1969). Tillyard, R. J., Insects of Australia and New Zealand (Angus and Robertson). Australia, C.S.I.R.[...]ure of plant disease; physiological cli ·orde rs and diseases caused by bacteria, viru es. hmgi. nematodes with examples of each class occurring in Au tmlia, physiology of parasitism · _prin ciple[...]eference books: Evans, E., Plant diseases and their chemical control ( Blackwell). Parr[...]logy II. Pre-requisite subject: WE03 Entomology and Plant Pathology. A course of three lectures and six hours practical work a week on a more detailed study of: ( 1) Insect morphology and taxonomv. with practice in the classification of insects to Families.[...]gy, post-embryonic development, insect physiology and bio- chemistry. ( 4) Forest entomology, insect behaviour, social insects and apiculture.528 |
 | [...]to make a collection of insects, properly mounted and identified, illustrating the morpholo~ical and taxonomic features of insects. The collection may be commenced in the long vacation preceding the course. Equipment[...]re the vacation. The collection must be submitted in the last week of the final term. Text-book:[...]Reference books: Anderson, R. F ., Forest and shade-tree entomology (Wiley). Andrewartha, H. G., and L. C. Birch, The distribution and abundance of animals (U.C.P.). Chap[...]on (Methuen). Metcalf, C. L., Flint, W. P., and Metcalf, R. L., Destructive and useful insects ( McGraw-Hill). Sokal, R. R., and Rohlf, F. J. Biometry (Freeman). Southwood,[...]uen). Tillyard, R. J., Insects of Australia and New Zealand (Angus and Robert- son).[...] |
 | [...]icultural Microbiology. A course of one lecture and one practical a week throughout the year. An in[...]o-organism ; their morphology, physiology, cology and general clas ification; the tecliniques used in the study of micro-organisms; the occurrence of micro-organisms in soil, air and water; their importat1ce in agricul- ture and industry; the microbiology of foods.[...]ogy II. Pre-requisite subjects: WE03 Entomology and Plant Pathology and WP03 Agricultural Microbiology. A course of nin[...]ek for three terms covering: The classiflcation and morphology of fungi ; fungal physiology; the. ecology of fungi and bacteria in relation to diseases they cause; the clnssificationf ecology of and disease.~ caused by plant parasitic nematodes; th[...]viruses; their trnnsmis ion, infection of plants and multipli ation; physiology of parasitism; importa[...]. C., Plant pathology, 3rd edition (McGraw-Hill); and Alexopoulos, C. J., Introductory mycology[...]books: Goodman, R. 1., Xfraly Z., and Zaillin. i\•L, 1'he /1/ocliemistry arid[...]des ( mold). Zuckeanao, B. L, Mai, W. F., and Rohde, R. A., Plant pa.ra itic nematodes[...] |
 | [...]ysiology. This course consists of two lectures and three hours practical work a week for three terms and covers: Effects of external environment, including temperature, light, water and atmospheric conditions on the determination of plant size, form and development; the growth patterns of selected crop plants. The interaction of internal and environmental factors in the physiological control of dormancy, ge[...]tem), accumulation of storage substances, and sexual reproduction (Horal initiation, se[...]d information, presen- tation of such assessments and the undertaking of a short experimental project. Text-book: Leopold, A. C., Plant growth and development (McGraw-Hill). Reference books: Such books and papers as are assigned during the course.[...]tandard. A course consisting of three lectures and seven hours of practical work a week for three tenns. Lectures, practical work, demonstrations and field trips will cover:- The growth of fruit trees, mechanisms controlling growth, the uses of growth regulators in horticulture. The water requirements of crops, methods of irrigation and drainage. Mineral nutrition, fertilizers and soil management. Movement and accumulation of substances in plants, reserves. Bud development and bearing habit, propagation principles and methods, root-stocks, pruning and training. Flower and fruit morphogenesis, mechanisms of floral initiation, fruit setting and fruit growth, and practices involved. Ripening of fruits, harvesting, post-harvest physiology, storage, marketing and processing of fruits. Horticultural production and establishment, varieties, protection, frost.[...]ention will be given to training a11d ex'Perieuce in experimental method, reading, writing and speaking. Opportunity will be given for a project of indtvidual study invol ing_ literature revision and limited original investigation. 1o text-books ar[...]PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE. Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Science are required to obtain practical agricultural experience as laid down in the regulations. In addition, students in Agricultural Science are required in the fourth year of the course to attend or[...] |
 | [...]HONOURS DEGREE HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE. The Honours degree in Agricultural Science may be taken in Agricultural Biochemistry, Agronomy, Animal Husbandry and utrition, Ani mal Physiology and Production, Biometry, Entomology, Genetics, Horti[...]an t Breeding, Plant Pathology, Plant Physiology, and Soil Science. WB89. Agricultural Biochemistry for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. Pre-requisite subject: A Credit or Distinction in WB04 Agricultural Bio- chemistry II. WB99. Soil Science for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. Pre-requisite subject: A Credit or Distinction in WB14 Soil Science II. Students wishing to take tl1e Honours degree in either Agricultural Bio- chemistry or Soil Scienc[...]of the Department of Agri- cultural Biochemistry and SoU Science during the third term of their final year of the B.Ag.Sc. ordinary degree. Candidates will be required to attend tutorials and to prepare seminars on seleoted topics. A researc[...]datc:1 who will be required to present the reswts in a short thesis at the end of tne course. Examina[...]didates should have a reading knowledge of French and German and may be required to attend courses in these subjects. Candida tes arc expected to begin[...]W A89. Agronomy for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. WA79. Animal Husbandry and Nutrition for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. W A99. Plant Breeding for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. A candidate for the degree will be required to pass such examinations on the[...]cribed by the Head of the Department of Agronomy, and to submit a thesis reporting research work undert[...]uired to attend lectures a.a d p ass examinations in related subjects and to satisfy the Head of the D eparbnent that he ba[...]ersity time not devoted to lectures must be spent in activities approved by the Head of the Department[...]ates should consult the Head of the Oepa.rt- ment and should be prepared to begin studies on or about l February. WN99. Animal Physiology and Production for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. A candidate for the degree will be required to pass such examination on the[...]may be prescribed by the Head of the Department, and to submit a thesis reporting research work undert[...]candidate max also be required to attend lectures and p ass examinations in related subjects and to satisfy the Head of the Department that he has[...]ersity time not devoted to lectures must be spent in activities approved by the Head of the Department[...]ld consult tl1e Head of th.e Department concerned and hou ld be prepared to begin studies on or[...] |
 | [...]WE99. Entomology for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. Students who wish to take the Honours Degree in Entomology should consult the Professor of Entomo[...]ndidates are expected to attain a higher standard in general Entomology than that required for the Ordinary Degree. In addition, they are required to study more intensively some branch of Entomology and to carry out a research project in that field. Candidates may be required to attend such lectures and to pass such examina- tions as the Professor may require. All time not necessarily devoted to lectures and set work must be spent in the laboratory. A course of reading will be prescribed by the Professor and should be com- menced in the long vacation prior to the Honours year. Candidates must have some reading knowledge of French and German and may be required to attend courses and pass examinations in these subjects. WP99. Plant Pathology for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. A candidate for the degree will be required to pass such examinations on the[...]may be prescribed by the Head of the Department, and to submit a thesis reporting research work undert[...]candidate may also be required to attend lectures and pass examinations in related subjects and to salisfy tbe Head of the Department tlrnt he ha[...]ersity time not devoted to lectures must be spent in activities approved by the Head of the Department[...]dates should consult the Head of the Depart- ment and should be prepared to begin studies on or about 1[...]WF89. Plant Physiology for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. A candidate for the degree will be required to pass such examinations on the[...]may be prescribed by the Head of the Department, and to submit a thesis reporting research work undert[...]candidate may also be required to attend lectures and pass examinations in related subjects and to satisfy the Head of the Department that he has[...]versity time not devoted to lectures must be pent in activities approved by the Head of the Department[...]d const1lt the Head of the Depart- ment concerned and should be prepared to begin studies on or about l[...]WF99. Horticulture for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. A candidate for the degree will be required to pass such examinations on the[...]may be prescribed by the Head of the Department, and to submit a thesis reporting research work undert[...]candidate may also be required to attend lectures and _pass examinations in related subjects and to satisfy tbe Head of the Del?artment that he ha[...]ersity time not devoted to lectures must be spent in activities approved by the Head of the Department[...]ld consult the Head of the Depart- ment concerned and should lie prepared to begin tudies on or about l[...]WY89. Biometry for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. Pre-requisite subject: QT03 l\fathematical Statistics III. A candidate for the degree will be required to pass such examinations on the[...]as may be prescribed by the Head of the Section, and to submit a thesis reporting research work[...] |
 | [...]HONOURS DEGREE A candidate may also be required to attend lectures and pass examinations in related subjects and to satisfy the Head of the Section that he has a[...]ersity time not devoted to lectures must be spent in activities approved by the Head of the Section. Intending candidates should consult the Head of the Section and should be prepared to begin sh1dies on or abou t 1 February. SJ79. Genetics for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. A candidate for the degree will be required to pass such examinations on the[...]may be prescribed by the Head of the Deparbnent, and to submit a thesis reporting research work undert[...]candidate may also be required to attend lectures and pass examinations in related subjects and to satisfy the Head of the Department that he has[...]ersity time not devoted to lectures must be spent in activities approved by the Head of the Department[...]hould con ult the Head of the Department concemed and should be prepared to begin sh1dies on or[...] |
 | [...]AL SCIENCE OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE[...]REGULATIONS 0 1. (a) Subject in each case to the applicant's academic qualifica-[...]to the appro al of the Council, the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may see flt to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the degree a person who does not hold a degree of a university but has given evidenc satisfactory to the Faculty of his .fitness to undertake work for th degree. 0 0 2. A candidate who holds the Honow·s degree of Bachelor of Agricultmal Science or its equivalent in a university recognised by the University of Adelaide may proceed to the degree of Mast r of Agricultural Science at the expirati[...]Bachelor: no other candidate shall proceed to the degree before the e;\-piration of two years from the dat[...]re. 3. Subject to conditions to be determined in each case, a graduat of a university 1·ecognised[...]de may b allowed by the Council to proceed to the degree in compliance with these regulations. Every sucl' ca[...]ime study beyond that prescribed for the Ordinary degree, and has obtained an Honours degree at the University or at another university recogn[...]0 Amended 16 March, 1961, and 4 October, 1962. f A[...] |
 | [...]n to transfer his candidature to that for another degree or may terminate his candidature. 5. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall submit a thesis upon an approved subject and shall adduce sufficient evidence that the thesis[...]. A candidate may also submit other coutributions in Agricultural Science in support of his candidature. §6. E very candid[...]tended candidature, an d shaJJ indicate therewith in general terms the subject of the research woi-1<[...]h, ma appoint a supervisor to guide the candidate in his work The candidate shall submit his thesis not e:u-lier than three terms and, except by special permission of the Facility, not later than nine t[...]nt a Board of Examiners to report upon the thesis and an supporting papers that the candidate may submi[...]may require any candidate to pass an examination in the branch of science to which his original research or inve[...]the Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with direc- tions given to candidates[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the Board of Examiners shall, on the re[...]culty of Agricultural Science, be admitted to the degree of Master of Agricultural Science. tlO. The fe[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar.[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNINGREGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Architecture ( B.Arch.) Regulations and Schedules 538 Syllab[...]Master of Town Planning (M.T.P.) Regulations and Schedules 563 Sylla[...]567 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See "Board of Research St[...] |
 | [...]B.ARCH. AND TOWN PLANNING REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE[...]REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Architecture. 2. Schedules defining the courses of study, including lectures and the practical work to be undertaken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be drawn up by the Faculty and submitted to the Council. Such schedules shall[...]or such other date as the Council may determine, and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]been given. 3. (a) To qualify for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Architec- ture a candidate shall regularly attend lectures and do written and practical work (where such is required) and pass examinations in the subjects prescribed. ( b) Before being admitted to the degree a candidate shall also sub- mit satisfactory evid[...]ractical experience, not necessarily consecutive, in work approved by the Faculty as appropriate to hi[...]ate who has completed the worlc of the third year and who wishes to proceed to the Honours degree must apply to the Faculty, on or before 1 March of the year in which he intends to take the Honours course, for[...]s application. ( c) To qualify for the Honours degree a candidate shall complete the full course prescribed for the Ordina.ry degree and shall in addition undertake further work of an advanced natme and pass examinations in such work. Further, he must pass in the subjects which he takes after his acceptance[...]than is required from candidates for the Ordinary degree. 538 |
 | [...]ATIONS AND TOWN PLANNING 0 ( d) The names of candidates who pass with Honours shall be arranged alphabetically in the following classes: First Class, Second Class[...]second class Honours may be awarded the Ordinary degree provided he has in all other respects completed the work for that degree. ( e) Before being admitted to the degree a candidate shall also sub- mit satisfactory evid[...]ractical experience, not necessarily consecutive, in work approved by the Faculty as appropriate to hi[...]ty a candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject for which he has not completed the pre-requisite work as prescribed in the syllabus for that subject. 6. (a) All annu[...]academic year, except that practical examinations and examinations in a subject in which the course of instruction has been complete[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council. but shall[...]he has regularly attended the prescribed lectures and has done written and practical work where required to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned. (c) Written and practical work done by candidates at the direction of the professors or lecturers and the results of terminal or other examinations in any subject may be taken into consideration at the final examination in that subject. ( d) There shall be three classifications of pass at the annual examination in any subject or division of a subject for the degree as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Cred[...]with Distinction or with Credit sh 11 be arranged in order of merit within the classi6catiou; the names of other candi- dates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order either in one list or in two divisions as the Faculty may determine. If the pass list be published in two divisions, a pass in the higher division may be pre- scribed in the syllabuses as pre-requisite for admission either to .further courses in that subject or to ot11er su bj cts. ( e) A candidate who fails to pass in any subject shall again attend lectures and do .Practical work in that subject to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers unless exempted by the Faculty. Any suc[...]( f) Supplementary examinations will be held only in special circum- stances approved by the Faculty af[...] |
 | [...]B.ARCH. AND TOWN PLANNING REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES 7. Except in case of illness or other sufficient cause allowed by the Faculty, no candidate shall be credited in any year with attendance at lectures or practical work in a subject unless he bas attended the lectures and practical work respective.ly in that subject to the satisfac- tion of the lecture[...]date who has twice failed to pass the examination in any subject or division of a subject n1ay not pre[...]may not proceed vnth the subject again except by special permission of the Faculty, and under such conditions as the Faculty may presc1ib[...]ho is refused per- mission to sit for examination in any subject or division of a subject shall be dee[...]tion. 10. A student who has passed examinations in pari materia in another faculty or otherwise, or who desires that[...]nical schools should be counted pro tanto for the degree of Bachelor of Architecture may on application be[...]ation 2.) r OTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of B.Arch. are published below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of the volume. 1. During the first, second, third, fourth and fifth years every can- didate shall, unless exempted therefrom, attend courses of instruction and at the annual examination for the appropriate year shall satisfy the examiners in each of the following subjects: (a) First[...]of Architecture I Architectural Design and Planning I Architectural and Free Drawing Elective[...] |
 | [...]AND TOWN PLANNING (b) Second year:[...]Architecture II Architectural Design and Planning II Architectural Surveying[...]ding Science III Architectural Design and Planning III Professional Practice I[...]lding Science IV Architectural Design and Planning IV Urban and Regional Planning and Urban Design I Professional Practice[...]ditional seminar courses will be provided in a selection of the follO\.ving topics: ( i) Advanced Architectural Design and Planning (ii) Architecture and Environment (iii ) Development of[...]ctural Structure (vi) Urban Design and Planning (vii) Landscape Design (viii) Professional Management and Administration (ix) Interior and Furniture Design ( x) Building Se[...]ecture '"NOTE: Structures II will be replaced in 1975 by Architectural Structures III; Structures III in 1976 by Architectural Structures IV; and Structures IV in 1977 by Architectural Structures V.[...] |
 | [...]B.ARCH, AND TOWN PLANNING[...]Building Science V Urban and Regional Planning and Urban Design II Architectural Thesis[...]ditional seminar courses will be provided in a selection of the topics set out[...]unless he has completed the whole of the work of, and passed the examina- tion prof er to, the precedin[...]rs a canrudate who fails to satisfy the examiners in not more than two subjects at an annual examinati[...]o present himself for a supplementary examination in the subject or subjects concerned; and if he satisfies the examiners in the supplementary examination he shall then be de[...]c- tical experience. 4. Matriculated students in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Enginee1·ing who completed subjects for that degree prior to 1958, may transfer to the course for the degree of Bachelor of Architecture, and shall be granted such status as may in each case be determined. 5. Courses of study m[...]r. 0 NOTE: Structures IV will be replaced in 1977 by Architectural Structures V. 542 |
 | [...]UMBERS AND TOWN PLANNING OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including tbe relative weights given[...]umbers: The two letters identify the faculties and departments responsible for subjects as follows:[...]y of Engineering, Department of Civil Engineering - - - NC Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning, Department of Architecture and Town Planning - - - RA The first digit- 0-6: Indicates that the subject forms part of a sequence. 7-9: Indicates that the subject does not form part of a sequence. The second digit- 1-5: Indicates year of Ordinary degree subject, e.g. first, second, and so on. (6-7: Not used.) 8: Indicates Prelimin[...] |
 | [...]B.ARCH.-SYLLABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING[...]m; the building contractor. Foundations. External and internal walls. Ground floor construction and £replaces. Roofs. Joinery-doors and windows. Masonry. Text-books: Foster, J. S., Structure and fabric, parts 1 and 2, Mitchell's Building Construction ( Batsford) . King, H., and Everett, H., Components and finishes, Mitchell's Building Construc[...]ustralian methods of building construction (Angus and Robertson) . Reference books: Gratwick, R. T., Dampness in buildings, volumes I and II (Crosby Lockwood). Mitchell, G. A., and Mitchell, A. M., Elementary building construction[...]se consists of approximately 40 hours of lectures and 40 hours of tutorials on the following topics: The nature, function and form of structures, behaviour and failure of structu-ral materials. Loads on struct[...]rium of forces, force diagrams for simpJe trusses and other statically determinate plane frames. Elasticity, stress and strain. Design of axially loaded members. Shear force and b ending moment diagrams. Bending stresses. Desig[...]will be required to undertake a structural design in association with Studio Work I. Text-book:[...]ral design ( Batsford) . Reynolds, T. J., and Kent, L. E., Introduction to structural mechanics[...]lding Science I. Introduction; man, environment and shelter. Human responses. The nature and properties of common building materials; occurrence and manufacturing problems; physical phenomena; moisture and porosity· moisture moven1ent. Principles of cont[...]environment; sun control; claylighting standards and assessment; natural ventilation. Text-books[...]ding Station, Bulletin No. 8: Sunshine and shade In Australasia, by R. 0. Phillips ( C.E.B.S.). Australia. Labour and National Service Department of, Industrial[...] |
 | [...]AND TOWN PLANNING Great Britain. Building Res[...]Reference books: Butterworth, B., Bricka and fTl{)dern research ( Crosby Lockwood). Ragsdale, L. A., and Raynham, E. A., Building materials practice,[...]tecture of Egypt, Mesopotamia, the Aegean, Greece and Rome; and of the Early Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque, and Gothic periods. Text-books: Fletcher,[...]Paul Hamlyn). Cowell, F. R., Everyday life in ancient Rome ( Batsford). Gardner, H., Arl[...]ediaeval world (Paul Hamlyn). Quennell, M. and C. H. B., Everyday things in ancient Greece ( Batsford) Saggs, H. W. F., Everyday life in Babylonia and Assyria (Batsford/ Putnam). Simps[...]kind (Harrap). White, J. M., Everyday life In ancient Egypt (Batsford/Putnam). RA31. Architectural Design and Planning I. The role and function of the architect in society historically and today; the elements of architectural design; perception; space sequence and circulation; numerical techniques; structural typ[...]., Architecture ( Hamlyn). Damaz, P ., Art in European architecture ( Reinhold) . Danby,[...]tecture (Oxford U.P.). Gregory, R. L., Eye and brain (Weidenfeld and Nicholson). Grapius, W., The scope of total architecture (Allen and Unwin). Hall, E. T., The hidden dimension (Doubleday). Hamlin, T., Forms and functions of 20th century architecture, 4 vols.[...], W., Elements of the art of architecture (Thames and Hudson). Ponti, G., In praise of architecture (Dodge Corporation).[...]S. E., Experiencing architecture (M.I.T., Chapman and Hall).[...] |
 | [...]B.ARCH.-SYLLABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING[...]zon). RA71. Architectural and Free Drawing. Standard drawing office practice. Orthographic projection; isometric and axonometric projection. The theory and practice of arcltltectural perspective rlivision and measurement in perspective, angular aud parallel perspective and Interior perspective. Reflections in perspective. Sciagrapl1y. Systems of renderin g in various media and drawing presentation; lettering and lay-out; creative design ; co.lour. Free drawing. Text-books: Lee, L. A., and Reekie, R. F., Descriptive geometry (Arnold).[...]). Sierp, A., Applied perspective (Angus and Robertson). Reference books: Locka[...]ichter, G., Perspective for the architect (Thames and Hudson). RABI. Art History and Appreciation. The evolution and development of art forms through history and appreciation of contemporary development in the arts. Text-books: Bazin, G., A concise history of art, 2 vols. (Thames and Hudson). Christensen, E. 0., A pictorial h[...]inciples of art (Oxford). de la Croix, H., and Tansey, R. G., Gardner's art through the ages (Harcourt, Brace and World). Levey, M., A concise history of painting-from Giotto to Cezanne (Thames and Hudson). Orban, D., Understanding art (Ure[...]ections (Studio Vista). Tyndall, G. de V., and Chambers, G. E., A synopsis of art historq (Angus and Roberston). Reference books: Arnheim, R., Art and visual perception (California U.P.). Carraher, R. G., and Thurston, J. B., Optical illusions and the visual arts (Studio Vista).[...]he art of colour (Reinhold). Maillard, R., and Lake, C., A dictionary of modern painting (Methue[...], H., A concise history of modem painting (Thames and Hudson). Smith, B., Australian painting (O[...]. The practical application of theoretical work in architectural and free draw- ing, architectural design, building construction and building science. 546 |
 | [...]EAR AND TOWN PLANNING SECOND-[...]RA02. Building Construction II. Paths and pavings. Upper Boor construction and fireplaces . Timber frame construction. Framed timber roof construction. Roofing. Internal wall and ceiling finishes. Staircase construction. Gas and electricity services. Windows and doors. Joinery, cupboards, etc., and hardware. Screen walls and fences. Text-books: Sharp, W. W., Australian methods of building construction (Angus and Robertson). McKay, W. B., Buil[...]ion, Vol 2 ( Longrnans). Mitchell, G. A., and Mitchell, A. M., Elementary building construction[...]chitectural Press). Pearson, R. C., and others, Timber engineering design handbook, 2nd[...]., Australian timber handbook, 3rd edition (Angus and Robertson). NC5[...](This course will be given for the first time in 1974.) The course consists of approximately 30 hours of lectures and 50 hours of tutorials, design and laboratory classes on the following topics: Coner te as a stmctural material. Sl1ear stress in beams. Design of reinforced concrete and composite beams, and floor systems. Introduction to prestressed concrete. Steel, reinforced concr te and composite columns, footings and founda- tions. De:flection of beams. Propped cautileveis fixed end beams and two span continuous beams. Structural connections[...]will be required to undertake a structural design in association with Studio Work II. Text-books: C. & C.A. Australia, Design, control and characteristics of concrete. Standards As[...]1480, 1973, Use of reinforced concrete in structures (metric version). Standards As[...]de. Reference book: Crawley, S. W., and Dillon, R. M., Steel buildings (Wiley).[...]ion of satiSfactory environment; human physiology and comfort condi- tions relating to radiation, temperatlll'e, humidity, light, sound and ventilation. Climatology of Austr lill. Solar radiation and building shape. Thermal inertia of building mater[...]colour of materials; insulation: con· densation and vapour barriers. Ventilation and air movement through builcUngs. Properties of sound; acoustical properties of- materials; noise and the design of rooms. Light measurement. Electricity supply and wiring. Structural properties and applications of materials; adhesives and adhesion; sheet materials generally. Metals; corrosion; hardness of water and softening systems. Sanitary science; hygiene. Water sup__ply; hot and cold water services; plumbing. Central hea[...] |
 | [...]B.ARCH.-SYLLABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING[...]Bedford, T., Basic principles of ventilation and heating, 2nd edition (Lewis).[...]buildings (Cleaver Hume). Parkinb P. H., and Humphreys, H. R., Acoustics, noise and buildings (Fa er Paperback). S[...]nistry of, Regulations under the Sewerage Act 1929-1962, ( S.A. Government Printer). Sheridan, N. R., and others, Air conditioning (University of Queenslan[...]ce books: Australia. Department of Labour and National Service, Sanitary plumbing and wat& supply ( McCarron Bird). Blake, E. H., and Jenkins, W . R., Drainage and sanitation (Batsford). Diamant, R. M. E.,[...]of buildings (Iliffe). Faber, 0., Heating and ventilating (Span). Knudsen, V. 0., and Harris, C. M., Acoustical designing in architecture (Wiley).[...]ry of Architecture Il. Renaissance architecture in Italy, France and England. Mannerism and Baroque. The Regency, 19th and 20th centuries architecture. The early architecture of Australia and its development to the present day. Text-boo[...]. Wittkower, R., Architectural principles in the age of humanism ( Tiranti). Reference b[...]architecture (Pitman). Bazin, G., Baroque and rococo (Thames and Hudson). Burckhardt, J., The civilisation of the renaissance in Italy (Phaidon or Mentor). Clar[...]the ages (Bell). Giedion, S., Space, time and architecture (Harvard University Press).[...]f modern architecture, edited by G. Hatje (Thames and Hudson). Joedicke, J., History[...]world (Paul Hamlyn). Martindale, A., Man and the renaissance (Paul Hamlyn). Pevsner, N[...]Pevsner, N., The sources of modern architecture and design (Thames and Hudson). Simpson, F. M., Histor[...]RA32. Architectural Design and Planning II. The theory and application of design, methodologies and programme develop- ment; comm uni ties and groups of buildings; envirnnment and architectural siting nnd density; landscape; visual elements of design and aesthetics.548 |
 | [...]AND TOWN PLANNING Reference books: Alex[...]r co-ordination. Chermayeff, S., Community and privacy (Doubleday). Fry, E. M., Fine building (Faber). Greenough, H., Form and function (University of California Press).[...]V.P. cycles (Braziller). Hamlin, T., Forms and functions of 20th century architecture, 4 vols. ( Columbia ) . Jellicoe, G. A., Studies in landscape design (O.U.P.). Kepes, G., The[...]tions de Minuit). Le Corbusier, Modular 1 and Modular 2 (Faber). Le Corbusier, New world of space (Reynal and Hitchcock). Le Corbusier, T awards a new a[...](Whitney). Norberg Schulz, C., Intentions in architecture ( M.I.T.). Ramsey, C. G., and Sleeper, H. R., Architectural Graphic Standar~[...]E ., Architecturally speaking ( Reinhold; Chapman and Hall). Scholfield, P. H., Theory of proportion in architecture (Cambridge). Sullivan, L., Kin[...]Architectural Surveying. The construction, use and adjustn1ent of surveying equipment; optical square; st.ill; levels; theodolites and telluro.meter. Chain surveys, levelling, traversesi measurement and setting out of building works; computation of traverses anct levels, areas and volumes with straight and irregular boundaries; use of plaru- meter; plane table survey . Survey and measurements of existing buildings relating to dilapidations and alterations, photogrammetry. Text-books: Bannister, A., and Raymond S., Su1'veying (Pib:nan). Curtin, W., and Lane, R. F., Concise pmctical surveying (E.U.P.).[...]. The practical application of theoretical work in architectural design; building constructio[...] |
 | [...]B.ARCH.-SYLLABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING[...]lding Construction ill. Retaining walls. Steel and reinforced concrete frame construction. Concrete slab Boors and roofs. Foundations. Joinery, fitments etc. Special doors and win- dows. Brickwork and panel walling. Shoring: timbering to trenches. Designed foundations and damp _proofing of basements. Ductwork. Fire services, require- ments, etc. Staircases, fire-resisting and special. Text-books: Sharp, W. W., Australian met1wds of building construction (Angus and Robertson). l\kKay, W. B., Bui[...]Vol. 2 (H.M.S.O.). Eastwick-Field, J., and Stillman, J., The design and practice of ioinery (Architectural Press). Reference books: Mitchell, G. A., and Mitchell, A. M., Advanced building construction, volume 1. Components, services and finishes; revised by D. Neild; volume 2[...]ter ( Batsford). Salvadori, M., Structure In architecture (Prentice-Hall).[...]. Structures II. (This subject will be replaced in 1975 by Architectural Stmctures III.) Deflection of beams. Bending and shear stresses in beams. Principal stresses. Compound beams including reinforced concrete. Combined bending and axial stress. Compression of slender struts. Deflections of framed structures. Bolted, riveted and welded joints. Text-book: Jensen, A., and Chenoweth, H. H., Statics at1d strength of materi[...]ll). Reference book: Norris, C. H., and Wilbur, J. B., Elementary structural analysis (Mc[...]. (This course will be given for the first time in 1975.) The course consists of approximately 30 hours of lectures and 50 hours of tutorials, design and laboratory classes. In ·addition approximately 30 hours will be spent o[...]oxi- mate solutions. Analy is of continuous beams and simple frames by moment distribution. Applications of computers to analysis. Prestressed concrete, design and applications. Advanced structures. Selection of s[...]tm·es (California U.P.). Crawley, S. W., and Dillon, R. M., Steel Buildings (Wiley). Salvadori, M., Structure in architecture (Prentice-HalJ). 550 |
 | [...]R AND TOWN PLANNING RA13. Building Science III. Internal environment; heating and air-conditioning (public and commercial buildings); artificial illumination; noise control. Acoustical design of auditoria and studios. Sun control problems associated with large buildings. Daylight control in group planning. Fire in buildings; fire resistance of materials. Func- ti[...]nning; ergonomics. Materials; concreting cements, special cements and additives; dense concrete surface finishes. Ceram[...]books: Great Britain. Minjslry of Housing and Local Government. Planning bulletin 5: Planning for daylight and sunlight (H.M.S.O.). Lighting Industry Fe[...]Interior lighting design. Parkin. P. H., and Humphreys, H. R., Aco11sUcs, noise and buildings (Faber Paperback). Standards Assoc. of Aust., C.A.30-1965, Al'tificial lighting of buildings. W[...]ence books: Gay, C. r. (ed.), Mec11anical and electrical equipment for buildings, 5th edition, by W. J. McGuinness and others (Wiley) . Harris, . C., Modern air[...]e ( ~IcGraw-Hill). Phillips, D., Lighting in architectuml design ( McGrnw-Hill). RA33. Architectural Design and Planning III. Theories of architecture and planning principles, historical and modern; interior design; speoialised building types; the allied arts. Landscape architecture and design. Principles of management. Computer applic[...]Reference books: Birren, F., Color, forms and space {Reinhold). Blake, P., '/'lie master builders ( Gollancz). Chermayelf, S. I., and Alexander, C., Communit y and privacy (Pelican). Gibberd, F., Town d11$i[...]l Press). Giedion, S., Architecture, 11011 and me (Harvard University Press). Giedion, S.[...]hat is design (Tiranti). Hamlin, T., Forms and functions of 20th centciry arcliiteature, 4 vols[...]Hatje, G. U.. Design for modern Urnng (Thames and Hudson). Jensen, R., Hlgll density living[...]of toda11 ( Zwemmer). Neutra, R. J., Life and human 11abitat (Koch). Neutra, R., Suroioal through design ( O.U.P. ). New directions in architecture, Series (Studio Vi ta). Norberg-Schulz, C., Intentions in arc11itecture (Allen and Unwin). Pevsner, N'/ Pioneers of modern de[...]t Gropius \Peli.c an). Ponti, G., In pra'1se of architecture (Dodge). Ramsey, C. G., and Sleeper, H. R., Architectural GrapTiic Standard.s[...]Ricl1ards, J. M., The fu11ct1011al tradition in early industrial buiUlings {Arch[...] |
 | [...]B.ARCH.-SYLLABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING[...]essional Practice I. Specification; structure and organisation of building indus try; central and local government; general lnw of contract; pricin[...]p.reparation of quan- tities. Business management and administration; book-keeping and accountancy. Building Act and bye-laws, and other legislation. Reference books:[...]., Building regulations: a review of the position In some western countries. South Africa.[...]te, Bulletin 54. Building Act and Regulations 1970-71 ( S.A. Govt. Printer). Green, R., Archi[...]itectural Press), Hudson, A. A., Building and engineering contracts, 10th edition, edited by E. J. Rimmer and I. N. D. Wallace (Sweet and Maxwell). Institute of Quantity Surveyors[...]ing industry (The Institute). Koontz, H., and O'Donnell, C., Principles of management (Internat[...]aperback) . Newman, W. H., Summer, C. E., and Warren, E. Kirby, The process of manag[...]s, Handbook of architectural practice and management (R.I.B .A.). Royal Australian[...]al Institute of British Architects, The architect and his office ( R.I.B.A.). Royal Australian[...](Architectural Press). Walker-Smith, D., and Close, H. A., The standard form of building[...]llis, A. J., Specification writing for architects and surveyors (Lock- wood). Willis[...]. The practical application of theoretical work in architectural design, building construction, building science, and structures. FOURTH-Y[...]oad bearing walls, cross wall construction. Roofs and roof lights. Prestressed concrete. Special structures: factories, large span roofs, etc. Text-book: Mitchell, G. A., and Mitchell, A. M., Advanced building construction,[...]ce books: Angerer, F., Surface structures in building (Tiranti). Cassie, W. F., and Napper, J. H., Structure in building (Architectural Press). 552 |
 | [...]d ) . Michaels, L., Contemporary structure in architecture (Reinhold). Preston, H. K., Prestressed concrete for architects and engineers (McGraw- Hill). Roland[...]ures ( Longmans). Salvadori, M., Structure in architecture (Prentice-Hall). Siegel, C., Structure and form in modern architacture (Crosby Lockwood) . To[...]Structures III. (This subject will be replaced in 1976 by Architectural Structures IV.) Analysis[...]ral systems. Text-books: Norris, C. H., and Wilbur, J. B., Elementary structural analysis (Mc[...]Standards Association of Australia, Code No. CA.2-1972: Rules for the use of nomwl reinforced concrete In structures. Code No. CA.34 Part 1 ( 1969) and Part 2 ( 1972) Loading Code.[...](This course will be given for the first time in 1976). The course consists of 18 lectures and 36 hours of practical classes, and design tutorials in conjunction with Studio Work IV. Lecture topics will include: Soil mechanics-foundations, slope stability and retaining walls. Structural economics and construction p roblems. New structural materials. Precasting and prefabrication. Application of compu ters to stru[...]f Lightweight aggregates and concrete; recast and pres tres eel concrete pro- ducts. Behaviour of materials and structura elements in fires, prote tive measures. Pl nsti~ and building applications; structural sandwich panels. Protection and decoration of material and surface .finishes. Illumination; design of the vi[...]ing of int riors. Acoustics; speech reinforcement and loud speaker in t:nllations. Mechanical engineering ervices in large buildings; air-conditioning, lifts and escalators . Introduction to climatic a pects of[...]-books: Gay. C . . ~I. (ed.) , Mechanic<?l and alectrical eq t~ipment for buildi11gs, 5th edition, by W. J. McGumess, and others ( Wiley). Great Britain : Building[...]day.light hours ( I.E.S.) . Kinzey, B. Y., and Sharp, H. M., Environmental tec1mologies In architecture (Prentice-Hall). On[...]vices of buildings. Phillips, D., Lighting in architectural design (McGraw-Hill).[...] |
 | [...]B.ARCH.-SYLLABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING[...]EAR Reference books: Bird, E. L., and Docking, S. J., Fire in buildings (Black). Lushington, R., Plastics and you (Pan). Olgyay, V., Design with climat[...]akosch, G. R., Vertical transportation: elevators and escalators (Wiley). RA34. Architectural Design and Planning IV. Contemporary developments. The relationship of structure and design. Specialised design problems. The design t[...]einhold). Angerer, F., Surface structures in building (Tiranti). Banham, R., The archi[...]t (Arch. Press). Cassie, W. F., and Napper, J. H., Structure in building (Architectural Press). Hamlin, T., Forms and functions of 20th century architecture, 4 vols.[...]d). Michaels, L., C01itemporary structure in architecture (Reinhold). Nervi, P. L., St[...]contemporary architecture. Ramsey, C. G., and Sleeper, H. R., Architectural graphic standards[...](Chapman Hall). Salvadori, M., Structure in architecture (Prentice-Hall). Siegel, C., Structure and form in modern architecture (Lockwood). Sleeper, H., Building, planning and design standards (Wiley). Time Saver Stan[...]f building (Reinhold). RA64. Urban and Regional Planning and Urban Design I. The architect and town plnnningi the history of town planning from a.ncient times; colonial town planning; proolems in towu tJlanning deriving from the industrial revol[...]bum principle; the neighbourhood unit; satellites and new towns; regionalism; the central core and urban renewal; town planning as an art fom1; civic art and urban design. Text-books: Gallion, A. B., and Eisner, S., The urban pattern (Van Nostrand). Mumford, L., The city in history (Pelican). Reference books: Abercrombie, L. P., Town and country planning (O.U.P.). Collins, G. R., and Collins, C. C., Camillo Sitte and the birth of modern city planning ( Col[...]tectural Press). Giedion, S., Space, time and architecture (Harvard U.P.). 554 |
 | [...]R AND TOWN PLANNING Hiorns, F., Town building in history ( Harrap). le Corbusier, The radian[...]y ( M.I.T. Press). Rasmussen, S. E., ?'owns and buildings ( Liverpool University Press). Re[...]Hill). Stamp, L. D., The geogra11hy of life and death (Collins). Tetlow, J., and Goss, A., Ilomes, towns and traffic (Faber). Weber, M., The city (Macmi[...]bservable (M.I.T. Press ). Zucker, P., Town and square (Columbia University Press).[...]G~ent Britail\: Hnistry of Public Buildings and , , orks, Research De velop- men t Section, Cost coutrol i11 buildi11g design , Research and development building management handbook[...]cts, 10th edition edited by E . J. Rimmer and J. . D. Walker (Sweet and Maxwell). Institute of Quanti ty Surveyo1 ([...]. The practical application of theoretical work in architectural design, urban planning, building construction and services, building science, and structures. RA98. Prelimina[...]udents additional Seminar courses may be provided in a selection of the following topics: (a) Advanced Architectural Design and Planning. ( b) Architecture and Environment. ( c) Development of Contemporary[...]e) Architectural Structure. (£) Urban Design and Planning. ( g) Landscape Design. (h) Professional Management and Administration. ( i) Interior and Furniture Design. ( j) Building Service[...] |
 | [...]B.ARCH.-SYLLABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING[...]Builders' /lant. Road construction. Concrete work and finishes. Glass- concrete an patent glazing. Lifts and escalators. Curtain walling. Factory production and prefabrication. Reference books: Diamant, R. M. E., Industrialised building, vols. 1, 2 and 3 (Iliffe Books Ltd.). Morris,[...]Structures IV, (This subject will be replaced in 1977 by Architectural Structures V.) Soil mecha[...](This course will be given for the first time in 1977. ) No lectures will be given in this course which will consist of structural desi[...]RA15. Building Science V. Quality control and materials. Sound measurements and acoustics tests on buUd- ing elements and audiloria; noise surveys. Cllmatic aspects of group p_lanning; solar radiation; sunlight and orientation; daylighting; air movement and atmospheric pollution. Ulumination; luminance design; street lighting. Solar heatinl( and cooling. Bearing properties and classification of soils. Soil stabilisation. Specialised problems and scientillc research for architecture and town planning. Reference book: Hopkinson, R. G., and others, Daylighting ( Heinemann). RA65. Urban and Regional Planning and Urban Design II. The J;>ractice of town and count ry planning. The principles of civic survey and the study of modern planning schemes. Outline of planning legislation. Regional and national planning with reference to economics, sociology and demography. Text-book: Brown, A. J., and Sherrard, H. M., Town and country planning (Mel- bourne U.P.). Reference books: Association for Planning and Regional Reconstruction, The town and country planning text-book (Architectur[...]ritain (Manchester U.P.). Gallion, A. B., and Eisner, S., The urban pattern (Van Nostran[...] |
 | [...]AND TOWN PLANNING Jensen, R., High density living (Hill). Keeble, L.B., Principles and practice of town and country planning (Estates Gazette, London). Landau, R., New directions in British architecture (Studio Vista). Mumford, L., The culture of cities (Secker and Warburg). Rapkin, C., and Grigsby, W. G., Residential renewal in the urban core (University of Pennsylvania). Rasmussen, S. E., Towns and buildings (Liverpool U.P.). Sharp, T., Tow[...]J., An introduction to the study of town planning in Australia (Govt. Printer, N.S.W.). Unwin, R., Town planning in practice (Fisher Unwin). Winston, D., Sydney's great experiment (Angus and Robertson). RA75. Architectural Thesis. To be on a selected and approved subject involving architectural design, build- ing science, and constructional problems and to be accompanied by a suitable report.[...]RA45. Studio Work V. Advanced projects in architectural design and applications relating to building science, architectural construction, and structures. RA55. Pr[...]ce organisation. Programming. Building investment and budgeting. Variations. Certificates and accounts. Law relating to the architect. Arbitration. Insurance. Bankruptcy and liquidated damages. Contract law. Text-book: Brunton, Baden Hellard and Boobyer, Management applied to architec-[...]Reference books: Hudson, A. A., Building and engineering contracts (Sweet and Maxwell). Keating, D., Law and pt'actice of building contracts (Sweet and Maxwell). Turner, H. H., Architectural practice and procedure ( Batsford). Willis, A. J. and George, W. N. B., The architect in practice (Crosby Lockwood).[...] |
 | [...]B.ARCH.-SYLLABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING HONOURS DEGREE HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE.[...]dents additional Seminar courses will be provided in a selection of the topics set out under RA98 Prel[...]eading list: Buchanan, R. A., Technology and social progress (O.U.P.). Curl, J. S., European cities and societies (Hill). Handler, A. B., System[...]Klemm, F., A history of western technology (Allen and Unwin). Seidenberg, R., Post historic man: An inquiry (Bacon). Man in the city of the future: a symposium, ed. by R. Eells and C. Walton ( Macmillan ) . Young, J. Z., The explosion of science (Thames and Hudson). Mantoux, P., The Industrial Revolution in the eighteenth century (Cape). Calder, N[...]of the uses of science ( MacGibbon and Kee). ~ l umford, L., The myth of the machine (Secker and Warburg). Mum ford , L., Teclrnics and civ£1i (Ilion (.Harcourt, Brace). Le Co[...]Wlttkowcr, R., Jlrchitectural 71rl11ciples in Ilic age of 1wmani ni ( Tiranti). Banlmm, R., Theory ancl design in the first machine age ( Pracger). ( b) Text-books: Arvill, R., Man and environment (Penguin). Australia. Bureau of Meteorology, Climate and meteorology of Australia (Govt, Pri[...]Bedford, T., Basic principles of ventilating and heating, 2nd edition (Lewis).[...].B.S., Bulletin No. 6). Fry, E. Maxwell, and Drew, J., Tropical architecture in the dry and humid zones (Ba tsford). International Commission on Illumination, Sunlight in b11ildings, ed. R. G. Hopkinson ( Bouwcentrum). Kinzey, B. Y., and Sharp, H. M., Environmental technologies in architecture (Prentice-Hall).[...]imate (Princeton U.P.). Sheridan, N. R., and others, Air conditioning (University of Queenslan[...]1948, Measure; or Aronin, J. E., Climate and architecture (Reinhold). Brooks, C. E. P., Climate in everyday life (Benn). Bedford, T., Environmental warmth and its meawrement, Medical Research[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE HONOURS DEGREE AND TOWN PLANNING Bruce, W., Man m1<l liis th[...]4) . Building Research l.nstitutc, Winilows and gl<1ss ( Building Research In tilute, Washington ). Chandler, T. J., Th e[...]rd U.P.). Groundwater, I., Solar radial.ion in air conditioning (Lockwood). Holmes, B. M., Weatherit1g in t11e tropics (Australia: C.S.I.R.O. Division[...]ation, Technical Study, 36). Koeppe, C. E., and de Long, G. C., W eather and climate (l\lcGraw-Hill). Lee, D. H. K., Phy~-iological objectives in hot weather 11ouslng (Govt. Printing Offi[...]Printer, Canberra). Markham, S. F., Climate and the energy of 110tions ( O.U .P.). Michigan[...]ject. SER: School environm~ts research, Vols. 2-3 (University of Michigan). Mills, C. A., Climate makes a man (Gollancz). Olgyayt A., and Olgyny, V., Solar cont-rol and shading devices (Princeton U.P. J. Trewarthn, C. T., and others, Elements of geography, physical and cultural (McGraw-Hill). U.N.E.S.C.[...]rch Series (U.N.E.S.C.0.). Parts VII Wind and solar energy symposium, X Climatolog y, XI Climatology and microcllmatologv. U.S.A.: Housing nncl H om[...]olo, L., History of modem architecture (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Collins, P., Chan ging ideals In modem architecture (Faber and Faber). E11Cyclopaedia of modem architecture, edited by G. Hatje (Thames and Hudson) . Joedkke, J., H lstory of m[...]an ). Reference books: Banham, R., Theory and design in the first machine age (Architectural Press[...]ilders ( Gollancz) . Giedion, S., Space, time and architecture (Harvard U.P.). Hitchcock, H. R[...]s Institution. B.S. 2900: Modular co-ordination in build- ing, Part I, Glossary.[...] |
 | [...]B .ARCH.-SYLLABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING HONOURS DEGREE Cement and Concrete Association, Housing from the factory (T[...]om component parts (Reinhold). Corker E., and Diprose, A., Modular primer (Modular Society Ltd.[...]in: Works, Ministry of, Post-war building studies - House con- struction No. 1, 23, 25 ( H.[...]Harrison, D. Dex, An introduction to standards in building ( Spon). Kent, S. R., Modular d'[...]ropean Productivity Agency, Modular co-ordination in build- ing, first report of EPA project[...]icated building-project 226 (from E.P.A.-0.E.E.C.). Royal Institute of British Arch[...]commendations for modular co-ordination In bullding ( S.A.A.). Wachsmann, K., The tu[...]B., Prefabrication: a history of its development in Great Britain, National Building Studies Special Report No. 36 ( H.M.S.0.). ( e ) Reference[...]an (Yale U.P.). Conference on systematic and intuitive methods in engineering, industrial design, architecture and communications (Pergamon ) . Cornell, E.[...]theory (Columbia U.P.). Fry, R., Vision and design (Pelican). Getzels, J. W., and Jackson, P. W., Creativity and intelligence (Wiley). Ghiselin, B., The creative process (Mentor Books). Gilbert, K., and Kuhn, H., A history of esthetics (Thames and Hudson). Gotshalk, D. W., Art and the social order (Dover). Kneller, G. F., The art and science of creativity (Holt). Koestler,[...]xford). Maritain, J., Creative intuition in art and poetry ( Meric'liim \ . Moholy-Nagy, L., The new vision and abstract of an artist (Wittenborn). Norberg Schulz, C., Intentions in architecture (Allen and Unwin). Panofsky, E., Gothic architecture and scholasticism (Meridian). Philipson, M.,[...]Wittkower, R., Architectural principles in the age of humanism ( Tiranti). 560 |
 | [...]LATIONS AND TOWN PLANNING OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a degree of Master of Architecture. 2. A candidate for the degree shall either: (a) have been admitted to the degree of Bachelor of Architec- ture in the University of Adelaide; or (b) have been admitted to another degree in the University of Adelaide or to a degree in another university recognised by the University of Adelaide, the qualifications of which degree are considered by the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning to be equivalent for the purpose to those of the degree of Bachelor of Architecture. t2A. Subject to the appl'oval of the Council, the Faculty m< , in pecial cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impo e ii each case accept as a candidate for the degree a p rson who does not hold a d gr e of a universi[...]e Faculty of bi fitne s to undertake work for the degree. 3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall prepare a thesis, em- bodying t[...]an ru·cltitectural topic which bas been approved in advance by the Faculty, which he has prepared under the guidance of and in regular consultation with a supervisor or supervi[...]rvisor or super- visors appointed by the Faculty, and pass examinations in, advanced courses related to his field of[...] |
 | [...]M.ARCH. AND TOWN PLANNING[...]. Unless the Faculty approve an extension of time in a particular case, a candidate shall submit the thesis not earlier than one calendar year and not later than three calendar years from the date of approval of the topic. 6. If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for the degree is not making satisfactory progress, the Faculty[...]ouncil, withdraw its approval of his candidature, and the candidate shall cease to be enroll1 d for the degree. 0 7. A candidate shall lodge with the Registrar three copies of his thesis, prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]the candidate passing an examination in the field of study immediately relevant to the su[...]( c) be returned to the candidate for revision and re-submission (within such period of[...]( d) be rejected. 9. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy whose work is considered[...]o be of sufficient merit to q ualify him for that degree, but of sufficient merit to qualify him for t11e degree of 1 laster of Architecture, may b e ad mitted to the degree of Master provided that he is otherwise qualified[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners may be admitted to the degree of Master of Architecture. 11. The fees to be[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar.[...] |
 | [...]GULATIONS AND TOWN PLANNING OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF TOWN PLANNING REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a degree of Master of Town Planning. 2. A candidate for admission to the course of study for the degree shall: (a) be a graduate of the University o[...]the Council the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may prescribe, accept as a candidate for the degree a person who does not hold a degree of a uni ersity, but has giv n evidence[...]his fi tness to undertake 'Nork for the degree; ( b) have completed any preliminary work prescribed in accor· dance with the schedules;[...]approval of the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning for his candidature. 3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall: ( a ) attend courses of s[...]hree academic years of part-time work, and pass the examinations prescribed in the schedules; ( b) satisfactorily complete the practical work prescribed in the schedules; ( c) subsequently[...]Faculty, prepared under the guidance of, and in regular con- sultation with, a supervi[...]s thesis unless he has regularly attended classes and has satisfactorily completed such written and practical work as may have been re- quired[...] |
 | [...]M.T.P. AND TOWN PLANNING[...]he preliminary work, the courses of study for the degree, the practical work required and the examinations to be p assed b.y candidates shall be drawn up from time to tim by the Faculty and approved by the Council. The schedule so prescribed shall be publish d in the Calendar. 5. Unless the Faculty approve an extension of time in a particular case, a candidate shall: (a) wi[...]date of completing the courses of study and practical work prescribed in regulation 3 submit in writing to the cadernic Registrar the topic of th[...]opo es to . ubmit the thesis prescribea in regulation 3; ( b) not earlier than one calendar year and not later than three calendar years fro[...]the topic, submit the thesis prescribed in regulation 3. 6. If in the opinion of the Faculty a candidate for the degree is not making satisfactory progress the Faculty m[...]Council, withdraw its approval of his candidature and the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for the degree. 7. The Faculty shall appoint examiners to conduct the examinations prescribed in regulation 3. 8. Except in special circumstances approved by the Faculty, a can- didate who has failed the examinations in any of the courses of study may not present Jijmself for re-examination in those courses of study. 9. A candidate shall lodge with the Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]b) be accepted subject to the candidate passing a special ex- amination in the field of study directly related to the subjec[...]( c) be returned to the candidate for revision and re-submission (within such period as th[...]( d) be rejected. 11. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy whose work is cons[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE .REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES AND TOWN PLANNINGthat degree, but of sufficient merit to qualify him for the degree of Master of Town Planning, may be admitted to the degree of Master provided that he is otherwise qualified to become a candidate for the degree. 12. A candidate who, before 31 December, 1967, has passed the examinations prescribed in the schedules may com pl ~te the require- ments for the degree in accordance with the regulations and schedules then in force, with such modifications as tbe Council may[...]ve, provided that the candidate: (a) submits in writing the topic of his proposed thesis to the Registrar by 1 July, 1968; and ( b) prepares and submits the thesis within three calendar years[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners may be admitted to the degree of Master of Town Planning. 14. The fees to b[...]chedules of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. Regul[...](Made by the Council under Regulations 2, 3 and 14.) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of M.T.P. are published below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of[...]raphy as a three-course subject for the degree) Bachelor of Economics Bachelor of Engineering (in Civil or Electrical Engineering) Bachelor of Laws Bachelor of Technology (in either Building Technology, Civil Engin[...]isfy the requirements of this schedule by passing in such subjects and/or carrying out such further work as may in his case be prescribed by the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning.[...] |
 | [...]M.T.P. AND TOWN PLANNING[...]II: COURSES OF STUDY l. A candidate for the degree of Master of Town Planning shall sa tisfactorily complete the following cow·ses of study and practical work, and pass such examinations therein as mny be prescribed by the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning: (a) Theory and practice of town planning. ( b) History of[...]( d) Elements of statistics. ( e) Social and economic aspects of planning. (f) The law in relation to planning. ( g ) Physical basis[...]all, after comple- tion of the courses prescribed in clause 1 of this schedule, undertake for at least six months such part-time practical work (in the form of projects dealing with the problems of survey, plan and physical de- velopment) as may be prescribed by the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning. 3. A candidate who desires that work which he has completed in the University or in another institution approved by the University for the purpose should be counted pro tanto for the degree of Master of Town Planning may, on written applic[...]cil, on the advice of the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning, shall determine. 566 |
 | [...]RS AND TOWN PLANNING OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF TOWN PLANNING[...]department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative wei[...]rst letter identifies the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning: R. The second letter identifies the Department of Architecture and Town Plan- ning: A. The first digit 0-9 identifies each of the ten subjects for the course work for the degree of Master of Town Planning. The second digit 0 indicates that it is a pre-thesis subject for the degree of Master of Town Planning.[...] |
 | [...]M. T .P .-SYLLABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING[...]COURSE WORK RAGO. Theory and Practice of Town Planning I. Introduction.-Nature and purpose of planning, planning at various levels, structure of towns, town and country, principles underlying the preparation of town and regional plans. Theory of land use, movement, and their relationship. Basic planning surveys: La[...]values, land suitability, condition of buildings and environment, visual features, transportation. Growth factors: urban and regional economy, population. Element of town plans-residential areas, land subdivision and development, layout of detached and mixed housing areas, neighbourhoods and living areas, residentia l density, residential z[...]irements. Text-books: Brown, A. J., and Sherrard, H. M., Town and country planning (Melb. U.P.).[...](N.C.D.C., Canberra). Baker, G., and Funaro, B., Parking (Reinhold). Boyd, R.[...]tralian ugliness (Cheshire). Forth, M. L. and McKeever, J. R., Planned industrial districts (Urban Land Institute). r:eddes, P., Cities in evolution (Williams and Norg;ite). Gibbs, J.P., Urban research methods (Van Nostrand). Gooch, R. B., The selection and layout of land for playing fields and play- grounds, Reports of the New Town[...]. ). Great Britain. ~'linistry of Housing and Local Government, Design in town and village, by T. Sharp, an cl others ( H. M .S. 0. ) . Great Britain, Ministry of Transport, Traffic in towns (The Buchanan Report) (H.M.S.O.). Gruen V. D., and Smith, L., Shopping towns, U.S.A. (Reinhold).[...]ighways (Span). Keeble, L. B., Principles and practice of town and country planning (Estates Gazette). Logie, G., Industry in towns (Allen and Unwin). Lynch, K. , Site planning ( M.I.T[...]he city (Technology Press). Mayer, H. M., and Kohn, C. F., Readings in urban geography (Uni. of Chicago Press ) . Melbourne, Melbourne and ~'l etropolitan Board of Works, Melbourne Metropolitan Planning Scheme, 195~ Survey and analysis-Report (Melbourne and Metropolitan Board of Works). Mumford, L., The culture of cities (Secker and Warburg). Mumford, L., The city in history (Harcourt Brace). National Commit[...], New York). Ritter, P., Planning for man and motor (Pergamon Press). Robinson, E., and Keeble, L. B., The development of building[...] |
 | [...]AND TOWN PLANNING S.A. Town Planning Committ[...]s for America (Heinhol<l). Stephenson, G., and Hepburn, J. A., Plan for the metropolitan region, Perth and Fremantle-Report (Government Printing Office, Perth). Tunnard, C., and Pushkarev, B., Man-made America: chaos or control[...]Winston, D., Sydney's great experiment (Angus and Robertson). Note.-Students will be expected to[...]current developments occurring during the course and the following periodicals are recommended for thi[...]nning Institute Journal. The Town Planning and Local Government Guide. Town and Country Planning (U.K.). RAIO. Theory and Practice of Town Planning II. Form and function: optimum size of cities, defence, dispersion, concentric, linear and radial growth, satellite towns, other forms of de[...]al districts industrial i,oning, mineral workin g and after use; wholesaling and storage areas; business centres, commercial zonin[...]es, water sport facilities, sports grounds, parks and gard en • caravan park , commercial recreation facilities; education, health an d other institutionsj· transportation: future[...]ng home-work travel, travel assign- ment freeways and other roads, in terch anges and their effect on land use p ublic transport, systems of traffic and transport. The town as a whole: design of new t[...]sting towns. Political level of decision making in planning. Text-books and Reference books as for RAOO. RA20. Theory and Practice of Town Planning III. The central business area: studies of land use, movement and design. Redevelopment, rehabilitation and conservation: economic, social and technical aspects, design. Programming: objects, methods and implementation. Statutory p lanning practice: principles and methods of development, control wning an d teservations, by-laws and ordinances; regional, metropolitan and local planning schemes: preparation, role of the[...]elations, the Planning Institutes. Text-books and Reference books as for RAOO.[...]ng. Origins. Ancien t town plan ning. Mediaeval and early Renaissance. Baroque. Georgian and Regency. Indu trial revolution. Ga rd en city mov[...]lanning concepts, including the Radburn principle and the neighbourhood unit Early planning in Australia.[...] |
 | [...]M.T. P .-SYLL ABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING[...]Text-books: Hioms, F., Town building in history ( Harrap). Mumford, L., The city in history (Secker and Warburg). Reference books: Collins, G. R., and Collins, C. C., Camillo Sitte and the birth of modern city planning (Phaidon). Giedion, S., Space, time and architecture (Harvard U.P.). Gibberd, F.,[...]ectural Press). Hackett, B., Man, society and environment (Percival Marshall). Rasmussen, S. E., Towns and buildings (Liverpool U.P.). Rosenau, H., The ideal city in its architectural evolution, (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Stewart, C., Pros[...]es ( Longmans). Suhnan, J., Town planning in Australia (Government Printer, N.S.W.). T[...]city of man (Scribners). Zucker, P., Town and square (Columbia U.P.). RA40. Environmental Design. ( i) Architecture in relation to planning: Design in relation to use. Design as a means of environmental control. Structure and materials as part determinants of form. The art of architecture. Concepts of unJty, harmony, contrast. Mass and volume. Formality and informality. Arcl1itecture as a social phenomenon; building in relation to the town. (ii) Civic design: intro[...]buildings to each other, to g_roups, to streets, and to ilie town. Appropriateness and good relations between buildings: some methods of[...]art of the living town: the concept of permnnence and change. Advertising as part of the urban scene.[...]esign: The relationship between landscape pattern and architecture. Landscape in the urban scene. Layout of open spaces, parks, recreational areas, camps, cemeteries, etc. Planting in relation to utility and aesthetics: the materials of landscape deslgu. Public and private open space in the countryside. Preservation of rural amenity by[...]tics. Statistical measurements: classilication and tabulation of data; limits of accuracy. Types of distribution: averages and measurements of dispersion. Graphical meiliods; index numbers; sampling and the calculation of standard errors; line. ar correlation; elementary curve flttin,it and interpolation; analysis of time-series. Computation and statistical method programming. Application to town planning in respect of population, industry, transport, utilities, etc. RA60. Social and Economic Aspects of Planning. ( i) Economics: Scope, method and fundamental concepts of economics. Economic development in Australia, and potential development as it affects planning. The economic.~ of land use on national, regional and local level. Land tenure and its effect on planning. Land values and rents. Financial aspects of private and public developments. (ii) Sociology: Principle[...]graphy. Elements of social economics. Measurement and interpretation of economic and social phenomena. The idea of social plann[...] |
 | [...]AND TOWN PLANNING RA70. Law in Relation to Planning . .Forms and functions of central, state and local governments. History of planning legislation. Development of planning legislation in Australia. Current Planning Acts. Other legisla[...]he geological formation of Australia. Solid rocks and surface deposits. Relation of geology to surface relief and scenery. Relation of geology to fertility and agricul1:I.1re. Weathering and erosion. Water supply, with reference to protection from contamination. t.fo1eral deposits and mining. Construction and interpretation of geological maps. (ii) Geography: Land distribution. Distribution and potential density of population. Location of industry and commerce. Distribution of mineral and power resources. Communications. Pattern of agric[...]rt by road, rail, water, air. Planning, designing and construction of roads. Road junctions, bridges, s[...]. Public services: water, gas, electrica l supply and di tributiou systems. Sewer and storm water disposal. Traffic capacity and regu lation. Traffic census. Parking sites and garages. Street lighting. (ii ) Surveying: Tbe use of survey instruments. Types of surveys. Levelling and contouring. Computation of areas. Principles of aerial survey and photo- grammetry. The use and compilation of maps. The compilation and interpretation of the topographic plan.[...]Practical Project Work. To illustrate and elaborate problems of survey, plan and physical development.[...]culty. Reference books for the course for the degree of Master of Town Planning: Abercrombie. L.[...]plan 1944 (H.M.S.O.). Abercrombie, P., Town and country planning (Thornton Butterworth). Alexander, W. P., Education in England: the national system, how ii work[...]hitectural Review, December 1956, Counter attack (Special Number). Association for Planning and Regional Reconstruction, Town and countf'I/ planning text-book (Architectur[...]Batson, R. G., Roads, their alignment, layout and construction (Long- mans). B[...] |
 | [...]l\I.T .P.-SYL LABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING[...]Buchanan, C. D., Mixed blessing: the motor in Britain (Hill). Bullock, E. H., Planning to[...]ion to economics (Butterworth). Canter, T., and Downham, J. S., The communication of ideas ( Chatto and Windus). Carcopino, J., Daily life in ancient Rome (Routledge). Clarke, W. M., Th[...]s (Pelican). Cole, G. D. H., Britain's town and country pattern (Faber). Collins, B. J., De[...]lans explained ( H.M.S.O.). Collins, H. J., and Hart, C. A., Principles of road engineering (Arnold). Connor, L. R., Statistics in theory and practice (Pitman). Cotgrove, S. F., Technical education and social change (Allen and Unwin) Crossley, E. L., The United Kingdom[...]Press). Current Town Planning Acts, Orders and regulations for the United King- dom and Australian states. East, W. G., The geograp[...]Fawcett, C. B., A residential unit for town and country planning ( Londor. U.P. ). Feamsides, W. G., and Bulman, 0 . M. B., Geology in the service of man (Pelican). "For[...]anchester U.P.). Freeman, T. ,V., Geography and planning (Hutchinson}. Forshaw, J. H ., and Abercrombie, L. P., County of London plan 1943[...]ing handbook (Law Book Co.). Gillie, F. B., and Hughes, P. L., Some principles of land planning[...]spects of town planning (Association for Planning and Regional Reconstruction). Glass, D.[...]kind, E. A., Revolution of environment (Routledge and Kegao Paull. Gutkind, E. A., Our world from the air ( Chatto and Windus). Great Britain. Advisory council on[...]tee on Growing Demand for Water, lst, 2nd and fi.nal Reports ( H.M.S.O.). Great Br[...] |
 | [...]ORK AND TOWN PLANNING Great Britain. Central Office of Information, Post-war industrial progress in the United Kingdom, Reference Pamphlet R. 3908 ([...]ation, Reference Division, Nuclear energy in Britain, C.O.I. Reference Pamphlet RF. P. 4192 ([...]ion, Reference Division, Rural industries in Britain (Reference Paper R. 3334, C.O.I.). Great Britain. Committee on land utilization in rural areas, Report (Scott Report) (H.M.S[...]eat Britain. Department of the Environment, Roads in England and Wales, (Annual Report) (H.M.S.O.).[...]al Register Office: Census, 1951, England and Wales. Report on usual residences and work-place ( H.M.S.O.). Census, 1951, England and Wales. Report on greater London and five other conurbations ( H.M.S.O.). Studies on Medical and Population Subjects, No. 27, Newton, M. P., and Jeffrey, J. R., Internal migration (H.M.S.O.).[...]fall-out (H.M.S.O.). Great Britain. Housing and Local Government, Ministry of, Advisory h[...]al areas (H.M.S.O.). Great Britain. Housing and Local Government, Ministry of, Deslgn 'n town and village; Part 2: The design of residential areas[...]. Great Britain, Laws, Statutes, etc., Town and country planning act 1947 (Spon). Great Britain. Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, Agricultural statistics, United Kin[...]H.M.S.O.). Great Britain. Ministry of Fuel and Power, Committee on national policy for the use of fuel and power resources (see: Great Britain. Parliament. Parliamentary paper. 1951-2, No. 12). Great Britain. Ministry of Housing and Local Government, The review of developme[...]M.S.O.). Great Britain. Ministry of Housing and Local Government, The control of mineral[...]Great Britain. Ministry of Transport, Memo No. 575- Layout and con- struction of roads; design and layout of roads in built-up area8 (H.M.S.0.). Great B[...]Great Britain. Ministry of Transport, London and Home Counties Traffic Advisory Committee,[...]Great Britain. Ministry of Transport, Traffic in towns (The Buchanan Report) (H.M.S[...] |
 | [...]M.T.P.-SYLLABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING[...]SE WORK Great Britain. Ministry of Works and Planning. Expert Committee on Compensation and Betterment, Final report ( Uthwatt Report)[...]mittee, Reports (interim, second interim and final) (H.M.S.O.).[...]arch ( H.M.S.O.). Hackett, B., Man, society and environment (Marnhall). Hall, M. P., The so[...]. 0., Introduction to the law of local government and administration (Butterworth). Harv[...]. G., The making of the English landscape (Hodder and Stoughton ) . Housing, Building and Planning, No. 8, Housing and town and country planning. Howard, E., Garden cities of tomorrow (Faber). Hughes, T. H., and Lamborn, E. A. G., Towns and town planning: ancient and modern ( Clarendon) . Huxley, Julian, TVA-adventure in planning (Architectural Press). Institution[...]e, 50th, London, 1958. Proceedings, pp. 69-117 (five papers on bridges). International[...]Proceedings, edited by P. T. van der Hoff and G. S. Duggan. Jackson, W. E., Local government in England and Wales (Penguin) Jennings, I., The Queen's g[...]nsity livlng (Hill). Keeble, L.1 Principles and practice of town and country planning, 2nd edition \Estates G[...]y Council. County of London development plan 1951 - statement and anall}sis ( L.C.C.). Maud, J.P. R., Local government in modern England (O.U.P.). Mekie, E. C., and Williams, H.B., Town and country planning law (Spon). Mess, H. A., Social groups in modern England (Nelson). Middleton, R. E., and Chadwick, 0., A treatise on surveying, vol[...] |
 | [...]K AND TOWN PLANNlNG Morrison, H. S., How Londo[...]ie). Mumford, L., City development (Secker and Warburg). National Building Studies Special Report No. 7, District heating In American housing ( H.M.S.0.). National Council of Social Service, Size and social structure of a town (Allen and Unwin). National Council of Social Service[...]ocial services: handbook of information and directory of organisations (N.C.S.S.). Orm[...]nciples of surveying (Benn). Orwin, C. S., and C. S., Farms and fields (O.U.P.). Parry, R., and Jenkins, W. R., Elementary textbook on land surve[...]s Gazette). Planning, No. 407, Agriculture and land use (P.E.P.). Planning, No. 409, Britain and commonwealth migration (P.E.P.). Planning, No. 4.20, T elevision in Britain (P.E.P.). Planning No. 437, The Br[...]earch for all those concerned with town and countn1 planning (Town Pl nnn:ing Institute). Platt, J. I., and Challinor, ]., Simple geological structures ( Mur[...]g of satellite towns (Dent). Quennell, M., and C. H. B., Everyday life in Roman Britain (Batsford). Rapkin, C., and Grigsby, W. G., Residential renewal in the urban core (Pennsylvania U.P.) Rasmussen, S. E., Towns and buildings (Liverpool U.P.). Rauda, W., Rau[...]ecture { Penguin ) . Rivet, A. L. F., Town and country in Roman Britain (Hutchinson). Roberts, J. R. H., The law of town and country planning (Knight). Rosenau, H., The ideal city in its architectural evolution (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Saarinen, E., The c[...]inson's University Library). Stamp, L. D., and Beaver, S. H., The British Isles: a geographic and economic survey ( Longrnans Green) .[...]he face of Britain ( Longmans). (See British life and thought, No. 5. ) Stamp, L. D., The land of Britain: its use and misuse ( Longmans). Stamp, L. D., Man and the land (Collins). Stamp, L. D., Applied[...]n, J., Introduction to the study of town planning in Australia {Government Printer, N[...] |
 | [...]M .T.P.-SYLLABUSES AND TOWN PLANNING[...]The approach to land use planning (Political and Economic Planning). Tippett, L. H. C., Stat[...]ial history (Lon groans). Tubbs, R., Living in cities (Penguin). Tunnard, C., The city of man (Scribners). Tyrwhitt, J., Planning and the countryside (Art and Education Publica- tions). Unwin, R., Town planning in practice (Fisher Unwin). Watkins, E. S., Ho[...]built cities (Macmillan). Zucker, P., Town and square (Columbia U.P.) .576 |
 | FACULTY OF ARTS REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS Bachelor of Arts ( B.A. ) Regulations and Schedules 578 Syllab[...]591 Economics (for B.A.) - 602 English[...]613 Geography - 620 Ge[...]634 Music (for B.A.) - 639 Philosophy - 642 Pol[...]645 Psychology - 653 Diploma in Applied Psychology (Dip.App.Psych.) Regulations and Schedules 656 Syllabuses 659 Diploma in Library Studies (Dip.Lib.Stud.) Regulations 662 Diploma in Education (Dip.Ed.) Regulations and Schedules 664 ~~M[...]~Advanced Diploma in Education (Adv.Dip.Ed.) Regulations and Schedules 672 Syllab[...]675 Master of Education ( M.Ed.) Regulations and Schedules 684 Syllab[...]689 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See "Board of Research S[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS[...]REGULATIONS I. There shall be an Honours degree and an Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts. A candidate may obtain either degree or both. f2. The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend over three academic years and that for the Honours degree over four academic years. f 3. (a) In these regulations and in schedules made under them by tbe Council the word[...]e of study at the Univer- ity normally completed in one academic year. In syllabuses, if the conte>..1: so requires, it may[...]dules defining ( i) the subjects of study for the degree to be provided by ti1e Unjversity, (ii) the range of subjects (including lecture courses, laboratory courses and other practical work) to be satisfactorily completed and the examinations to be passed by candidates, and (ill) the fees to be paid by candidates. ( c)[...]specified by the Head of the Department concerned and submitted to the Faculty and the Council for approval. ( e) Schedules made and syllabuses approved by the Council shall be published in the next edition of the University Calendar. §4. A candidate for the degree shall attend classes as required by the Head of the Department concerned and pass examinations in accordance with the provisions of Schedule II (Ordinary degree) or Schedule III ( HonoW's degree) . f Allowed 28 January, 1965. § Amended 24 December, 1969, and 21 December, 1972. 578 |
 | [...]ncerned. The final examination may not, except by special permission of the Faculty, be taken until four ye[...]work of the Final Honours year must be completed in one year of full-time study, save that on the rec[...]mes of the candidates who qualify for the Honours degree shall be published in alphabetical order within the following classes and divisions in each school: First Class Seco[...]o is unable to complete the course for the Honoms degree within the time allowed or whose work is unsati. - factory at any stage of tl1e course, OJ;" who wit[...]which may permit him to re-enrol for the Honours degree under such condition (if any) a it ma)' determine[...]t enrol a second time for the Final Honoms course in the same school if be ( i) has already qualiiied for Honours in that school; or (ii) has presented himself for examination in that school but has failed to obtain Honours; or[...]t completed the pre-requisite subjects prescribed in the syllabuses. 7. A candidate shall do such w[...]y the professor or lecturer. 0 8. Except in special cases approved by the Council the annual examinat[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council, but sl1all[...]he has regularly attended the prescribed classes and bas done written and laboratory or other practical work, where required, to the satisfaction of the professors and lectw-ers concerned.[...] |
 | [...]dates by direction of the Professors or Lecturers and the results of terminal or other examinations in a subject may be taken into consideration at the[...]s of candidates who pass at an annual examination in any subject or division of a subject for the Ordinary degree shall be publi h din alphabetical order in the following classifications: Pass wit[...]Pass. If the pass lists be published in two divisions, a pass in the higher division may be prescribed in the syllabuses as a pre-requisite for admission either to further courses in that subject or to other subjects. 10. A candidate who fails to pa · in a subj ct and who desires to take the subj ct again shall again attend lectures and do practical work in th subject to th satisf, ction of th professors and lecturers, unless ex mpt d th r from b the Facult[...]date who bas twice failed to pass the examination in any subject or division of a subject may not emol for that subject again except by special permission of the Faculty and then only under such conditions as the Faculty ma[...]d) after having en- rolled for at least two terms in that year, shall be deemed to have failed to pass[...]00 12. A candidat who h,s pass d subj cts in oth er faculties or univ rsiti or lsewh r may on[...]granted such x mpti.on from th · se r gulations and from schedules made under them as th Council on t[...]culty may determine. tI3. (a) graduat • in another faculty who wi hes to proce cl to the deg[...]ee may do o subj ct to the following condition :-( i) he may pr s nt not more than thr - ucb subjects, ave that a graduate in law may present fiv such subj cts; (ii) h shall p[...]the relevant schedule made under regula- tion 4; and (iii) he shall pr ent two third-year subj cts not presented for another degree. f Allowed 16 March, 1961. "Allowed 28 January, 1965; amended 17 December, 1970, and 21 December[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES ( b ) A candidate who holds a diploma may b granted uch tatus in the cour e for the degree of Bachelor of Arts as the Facult shaH in each case determine· provid d that if status b g[...]ubjects the candidat hall, exc pt as pro ided for in section ( c) of this r gulation, surrender his diploma before being admitt d to the degree. ( ) A mat.riculat d student who was enrolled for the Diploma in ocia I Studies befor e 30 June, 1962, may until[...]§14. No graduate who has obtained an Honours degree in a subject or £eld of study in another faculty may obtain the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts in a corresponding subject, £eld of study, or schoo[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. Regulati[...](Made by the Council under Regulations 3 and 15.) NOTE: Syllahuse of .ubjects for the degree of B.A. are published below, immedintely aft r the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subject taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the n<l of[...]1. The following shall be the subjects of classes and examinations: Group A : ( 1) Arts subie[...]aphy I English I French I and IA German I and IA Greek I and IA History IA, IB and IC Latin I Mathema[...] |
 | [...]SCHEDULES Music I and IA Politics I Psycholog[...]Introductory Philosophy IH Logic and Argument IH Macroeconomics IH[...]Physical Geology IH°' Genetics and Human Variation IH ( 3) Mathematical Scienc[...]Classical Studies II 0 General Geology IH and Physical Geology IH will be available in 1974 only to students wlio have already passed one of these half-sllhjects and who wish to enrol in the other to complete the requirements for[...] |
 | [...]II English II French II and IIA Geography IIA and IIB German II, IIA and IIB Greek II and IIS History II Latin II[...]matics JIM Music II Old and Middle English II Philosophy II Politics IIA and JIB Psychology II Half-s[...]Organic Chemistry II Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II Physics II[...]es sub;ects: Applied Mathematics IIA and JIB Mathematical Statistics I[...] |
 | [...]Economics III English III and IIIS French III and IHA Geography IIIA and IIIB German III and IIIB Greek III and IIIS History IIIA, IIIB and IIIS Latin III Music III and IIIS Old and Middle English III Philosophy IIIA and IIIB Politics IIIA and IIIB Psychology III ( 2) Scienc[...]ied Mathematics IIIM Biochemistry III and IIIM Botany III and IIIM Computing Science IIIM[...]Geochemistry III Geology III and IIIM Geophysics III Histology and Cell Biology III Microbiology III Organic Chemistry III and IIIM Physiology IIIA, IIIB and IIIM Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IIIB and IIIM Physics III and IIIM Pure Mathematics IIIM[...]ces sub;ects: Applied Mathematics III and IIIA Computing Science III and IIIA Mathematical Physics III[...]l Statistics III Pure Mathematics III and IIIA 2. No subject shall be counted twice, and a candidate shall not present both subjects of any of the following pairs: Ancient History II and either Greek II or Latin II or Latin III; Applied Mathematics IIA and Applied Mathematics IIB; Biology I and either Botany I or Zoology I or General Bi[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS SCHEDULES Chemistry II and either Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II or Organic Chemistry II; Classical Studies I and either Greek II or Greek III; Computing IH and Applied Mathematics IIB; Economics I and Social Economics I; Geography I and Economic Geography I; Geology I and either Geology IH or General Geology IH or Physical Geology IH; Geology IH and either General Geology IH or Physical Geology IH; German I and German IA; German II and German IIA; Greek IA and Greek US; Greek I and Greek UIS; Mathematics UM and either Pure Mathematics II or Applied[...]puting IH (after 1974); Music I and Music IA; Psychology I and Psychology IA. 3. A candidate shall not present[...]t present more than two of History IA, History IB and History IC. 5. A candidate who enrolled as a matriculated student before 31 March, 1964, and passed in Education before 31 March, 1966, may present that subject for either the Ordinary or the Honours degree. 6. When, in the opinion of the Faculty of Arts, special circum- stances exist, the Council, on the recommendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary any of the provisions of clauses 1-5 above. 7. These schedules came into force on[...]January, 1973, may continue under the regulations and schedules in force in 1972. Alternatively, he may complete his degree under th present regulations and schedules with uch modifications as may be necess[...]s. SCHEDULE II: THE ORDINARY DEGREE 1. To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall present nine subjects wh[...] |
 | [...](c) Not more than three subjects from Group A(2) and B(2). A subject which includes a Scien[...](d) Not more than four subjects from Group B(3) and C(3). NOTE: (not forming part of the regulations and schedules): The Faculty of Arts recommends that the normal pattern of study for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts be four subjects in the first year, three in the second and two in the third. SCHEDULE III: THE HONOURS DEGREE 1. A candidate for the Honours degree shall attend classes regularly and pass examinations in one of the following subjects: Classica[...], Economics, English Language and Literature, French Language and Literature, Geography, German Language and Literature, History, Latin,[...]phy, Politics, Psychology, or in a combination of subject approved by the Faculty and including such subjects of two schools as shall b[...]above. A candidat wishing to proceed to Honours in subjects within the Faculty of fath matical Sci nces is referred to regulation 11 of the degree of Bachelor of Science in Mathematical Sciences. A candidate desiring to[...]ool concerned. 2. A candidate for the Honours degree in any subject shall not begin final-year Honours work in that subject until he has quaHfled for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts and has completed all the courses in that subject prescribed for the Ordinruy degree and such pre- requisite subjects (if any) as may be prescribed in the syJlabus. 3. Except by permission of the F[...]he whole of the final examination for the Honours degree at the one annual examination. 586 |
 | B. A. - SYLLAB US ES[...]BUS NUMBERS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS[...]requisite subiects: Students are reminded tlial in order to proceed to the second ) nr in an y subject in the Faculty of Arts they must, in the case of any first-year subject or pr - requisite ubject in which the past list is published in two divisions. pass at Divi Ion I I vel or higher, unless special per01i sion is obtai ned in writin g from the Academic Registrar. Examinati[...]department concern ed details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]Q History - H Classics C Philosophy L English - - - - E Politics - p French - - - - - - - - F Psychology - y Geography - - - - J The first digit- 0-6: H followed by 1, 2 or 3 indicates that the subject is in sequence with another subject. 7-9: Indicates that the subject is either not in sequence with another subject or is :r;iresc1ibed for the Honours degree. (Except Old and Middle English II and III.) The second digit- 1, 2, 3: Indicates ye[...]by Honours students . (Except Old and Middle English II.) 8: Indicates t[...] |
 | [...]ANTHROPOLOGY This is a new department and a full undergraduate course in Anthropology will be developed. Students will be expected to attend regular tutorials as well as lectures and to submit written work when required. The books[...]ed to provide a general background to the subject and more exhaustive reading lists will be distributed[...]ourse will be a general inti·o<luclion to social and cult ~iral Anthropology: the idea and belief of non-western peoples ru1d their patterns of social and •conomic organisation. Topics include witchcraft and magic, modes of economic production and dislributio11, and problei.ns relating to power and authority in tribal and peasant societies. A primary aim of the course wi[...]nding of the general principles underlying social and cultural organi ation . Preliminary reading[...]The founda'lions of social anthropology ( Cohe11 and Wes t). 0 Gluckman, M.. , Politic.!>', law and ritual in tribal society ( t'.l entor). °Kaplan, D., and Manner~, R. A., Culture theory (Prentice-Hall )..[...]e ). 0 Mauss, M., The gift (Cohen and West). 0 Bamctl, H . G., Being a Pala11a11 (Holt. Binehart and Winston). 0 Hannerz, ., Soulside ( Columbia). 0 Hart, C. W. M., and Pilling, A. R., The Tiwi of North Australia (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). "Newman, P. L., Knowing the Gurnmmba (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). "Pospisil, L., The Kapauku Papuans of West New Guinea (Holt, Rinehart and Winston) . "Beattie, J., Bunyoro: an African kingdom (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Bowen, E. S., Return to laught[...]. Turnbull, C., The forest people (Simon and Schuster). 0 Redfield, R. R., Tli[...]0 Books marked are available in paperback editions.588 |
 | [...]. Subject to the availability of staff a course in modern Chinese language (Mandarin) will be introduced in 1974, beginning with Chinese I (no pre- requisite[...]AQ12. Asian Development II. (Enrolment in this subject in 1974 depends on the availability of staff. This w[...]e: Any two first-year subjects (or the equivalent in half-subjects) in the depaitments of Economics, Geography, Histmy o[...]y subject surveying the historical background to. and nature of contemporary political and economic in titutions and issues in the tllree major region of Asia: East, South and South- East ia. I t will be conducted ns two lectures and one tutorial per week throughout the year. In[...]s (Penguin). Stein, L., Economic realities in poor countries (Angus and Robe1tson). Myint, H., South East Asia's ec[...]t Asian world (Bell). Panikkar, K. M., Asia and ivestern dominance ( iv1ethuen University[...]books: Little, I. !vl. D .. Scitovsky, T., and Scott, M. F., Industr') and trade i11 some developing countries ( O.[...]lso available.). Sutcliffe, R. B., Industry and underdevelopment (Addison \Vesley). Bernstein, H. (ed.), Undercleoclopment and development (Penguin). Seers, D., and Joy, L. (eels.). Deoelo71mcmt in a divided world (Penguin). Onslow, C. (ed.), Asia11 economic deoe/opmant (\Veidenfeld and Nicolson). Kirby, E. S., Economic development in East Asia ( Allen and Unwin). Robinson, E. A. G., and Kidron, M. (eds. ), Economic development in South Asia (St. Martins Press). Economic mrveu of Asia and Far East (annual) ( U.N.E.C.A.F.E.); and Economic bulletin for Asia and the Far East (quarterly) ( U.N .E.C.A.F.E.). Donnithorne, A.G., China's economic system (Allen and Unwin). Li Choh-Ming (ed.), Industrial development in Communist China (Praeger). Wheelwr[...]Prospects for Indian economic develo1mwnt (Allen and Unwin). Hanson, A. H., The process[...]a study of India's five year plans, 1950-1964 (O.U.P.). Streeton, P., and Lipton, M. (eds.) , The crisis in Indian planning (O.U.P.). Golay, F. H., The Philippines: public policy and national economic development (Cornell U .P.). Power, J. H .. and Sicat, G. P., The Philippines: industrialisation and trade policies ( O.U.P.).[...] |
 | [...]D.A. - SYLl.A8USES[...]ASIAll: STVDIES Stcinb~rg, D. J., In search of So11tl1-East Asia: a modern history (Pr[...]tio11 (Allen Lane) . Fitzgernld, F .. Fire in the lake (Little, Brown ) . Other r[...] |
 | [...]CLASSICS The editions of Greek and Latin texts mentioned below are not prescribed, b[...]e year. Before starting the final Honours year in any school, students must be qualified for admission to the Ordinaiy degree. LATIN There are three subjects in Latin for the Ordinary degr e of Bachelor of Arts: ACOl Latin I, AC02 Latin U, and C03 Latin Ill. Except with Ilic permission of the Faculty of Arts, no student QTOCceding to a degree may tak 0 the subject AC02 Latin II until he ha passed the Anal examinati(ln in A Ot Lalin I. or the ubject C03 Latin UI until be has pai;sed the final examination in AC02 Latin Il. No subject is pre-requisite to ACO[...]atin at the Matriculation Examination is assumed. and, in gm1erul, stud nts are not advi ed to attempt the subject unless th y have reached Crude C or higher .in that examination. Every sl11dent taking a subject in Latin should have a Latin-English lexicon and a Latin grammar. Students who propose to take more than one subject in Latin hould have Lewis and Short. Latin Dictionary ( O.U.P.).[...]Each work is the subject of two weekly lectures in one te1111. The works may be examined separately[...]rans- lation, short passages are set for comment, and an essay may also be set. ( b) Additional Lati[...]er of themes drawn from Roman literature, history and society. The material that students will use will[...]uring the year. There will be weekly written work and a weekly tutorial.[...]during th e year. ( b) Medieval Latin lyric. and practical criticism of pas~ages from Latin[...](c) The history of the later Roman Republic (133-27 B.C.). ee the yllabus for AC72 Ancient History lI for t·he content of the lectures and the preliminary reading necessary. The lecl11res will be given, and an essay is to be written. in the second term. Students should obtain[...] |
 | [...]B .A. - SY L LABUSES[...]us, Annals XIV, ed. Woodcock (Methuen) , in addition to the works prescribed for AC02 Latin I[...]y during the year. ( b) M djeval Latin lyric, and practical criticism of passages from Latin[...]) The hi ·tory of the early Roman Empire (27 B.C.-180 A.D. ). S > the . )dlabus for AC72 Ancient Histor TI for tl1e conten t of the lectures and the p reUminnr)' rending 11eces. a1y. The lecture will be given. and an e say is to be \vritt ii . in the third term. Students should obtain Cary Histoi·u of Rome (. facmillan ) or Wells and Barrow. Short history of tlte Roman Emp[...]). ( d) Roman society of the late Republic and early Empire. For special reading the following books are recommended: Cowell, F. R. , Cicero and the Roman Republic (Pelican); or Cowell, F. R., Everyday life in ancient Rome (Batsford). Carcopino, J., Daily life in ancient Rome at the height of the Empire[...]AC89. Latin for the Honours Degree of B.A. Pre-requisite subjects: ACOl Latin I,[...]nal Honours year consists mainly of weekly essays and tutorials. Essays in one term are devoted to literature, and in the other two to history and society. Unseen translation is also practised.[...]Age of Augustus. ( e) Roman society, thought and religion. A wide choice of topics will be given in papers ( c), ( d) and ( e) .592 |
 | [...]GREEK There ar four subjec:ts in Cre k for the Ordinary d egree of Bachelor o t\ rts : C71 Gr ek IA, AC! l G1·eek I, AC12 Creek II and AC13 Greek ill. Except with t.he permi~s ion of t[...]reek II until he has passed the flnal xaminat ion in Cll Gre k I, or th ubj ct AC13 Gr ek Ill until he has pas eel the fina l examination in A I 2 Greek II. o subject i pre-requisite to ACll Greek I. bi1l, In g neral , students ar advised to have obtained th[...]reek at the 1\latriculation Examination, or a pas in AC71 Cr ek IA. Every student taking a subject in Greek should have a Greek-English l exicon and a Greek grammar. Students who propose to take more than one subject in Greek should have Liddell and Scott, Greek-English Lexicon, 9th edition, ed. Jo[...]anguage a 1·eadi11g knowledge of classical Greek in one year. It is countable as one of the required nine subjects towards the Ordinary degree. It occupies four hours of formal tuition a wee.k. Students who pass in the examination at the end of this subject vvill be ei.-pected to take ACll Creek I in a subsequent year. The following books will be used: Walters, W. C. F., and Conway, R. S., Deigma ( .l\lurray). Greek tmprepared translation, eds. A. McDonald and S. J. Miller (Mac- millan).[...]s of Greek literature: Homer, Odyssey XI, in Odyssey I-XII, ed. Stanford (Macmillan). Plato, Apology, in Plato, Euthyphro, Apology, and Crito, ed. Burnet (O.U.P.). Eu[...]Each wol'k is th subject of two weekly lectures in one term. The works may be examined separately du[...]ans- lation. short passages nre set fol' comment, and an essay may be set. (b) dditionnl G•eek[...]drawn from C reek literah.tre, history, and s ciet .. The material that students wi[...]he year. It involve weekly written work and 11 weekly tutorial.[...]those who have been accepted as Honours students in Classical Studies or Latin. It aims to give stude[...]e language a reading knowledge of classical Greek in one year. It occupies four hours of formal tuition a week. The books used are as set out in the syllabus for AC71 Greek IA.[...] |
 | [...]CS ( GREEK) (b) The history of Greece (600-404 B.C.). S.c the syUabus for C72 Ancient History II for the content of th lectures and the prclim inMy rcadi11g necessary. The lectures will be given, and an es ay i to b e written. in Lhe first t rm. tud nts should obtain E[...]y Paperback). (c) Greek unseen translation, and the study of a literary genre: drama. There will be weekly written work and a weekly tutorial in the second and third terms. The material to be used by students[...]those who have been accepted as Honours students in Classical Studies or Latin. The syllabus is as[...]ure: Aeschylus, Agamemnon, ed. Denniston and Page ( O.U.P. ), in addition to the works prescribed for AC12 Greek I[...]separately during the year. (b) Greek soci ty and thought down to the fourth century B.C. No spcci I lecture will b given. but in the first terrn weekly written work and a weekly tutorial will be concerned with[...]climinary reading Cornford F. M., Before and after Socmtes {C .U .P.) i · recommended.[...](Blackwell). (c) Creek un ecn translation. and the study of a literary genre: drama. There will be weekly written work and a weekly tutorial in the second and third term . The material to be used by st[...] |
 | [...]CLASSICAL STUDIES There are three ubi cl in Cl ass!~! Studies for the Ordinary degree of .achelor of rts: AC31 Cla sical Studies I, AC[...]udie U until he has passed the fina l examination in AC31 Cla. sical Studies I. or the subject 1\ C33[...]l lie has passed either th final e.~amil1a tion in AC32 Classical Studi s 11 or both tl1e Anal examination in AC31 Classical tudies I and th A al examination in AC72 Ancient History II. No subject i · pre-requisite to AC31 Classical Studies I. In these subjects classical literature is studied in translation, and no knowledge of Greek or Latin is required. A student may not count as subjects towards the degree both AC31 Classical Studies I and either AC12 Greek II or AC13 Greek III.[...]oncemed with the literatur • of lassical Greece and i ·ocial and cultural background. r ek epic is stu.dfod in flrst term, Creek !raged)' in second term and Creek omedy and Creek philosophy in third term. A an example of the method that i •[...]tme11t of epic is as follow : there is one lectme and one tutorial a week on epic literature, combining[...]y with detailed tudy of the l/iarl, the Odyssey, and the Argonautica. The tutorial, for whicl1 prepara[...]with the lecture. A econd lecture a week is given in a general course intended to provid back round fo[...](Sphere Books). Bowra, C. M., Landmarks in Greek literat11re ( Weidenf~ld Goldbaek or[...]ks: Beye, C. R., The Iliad, the Odyssey and the epic tradition (Macmillan). Bowra,[...]f Odysseus (Pelican). Kirk, C. S., Homer and the epic (C.U.P. paperback). Knight, W. F. J., Many-minded Homer (Allen and Unwin). Mireaux, E., Daily life ln the time of Homer (Allen and Unwin). Steiner, G., Homer (Prentice-Hal[...]mas. C. G. (ed.), Homer's history (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Thornton, A., People and themes in Homer's Odyssey ( l\Iethuen). 2. DRAMA.[...] |
 | [...]B.A. - SY LL ABvS ES[...]Bacchae Alcestis All in Grene and Lattimore, Greek Tragedies, 3 volumes (Univ. Chic[...]paperback). Menander: The bad-tempered man in Menander, Plays and fragments (Penguin). Reco[...]ng: Arnott, P., Greek scenic conventions in the 'fifth century B.C. (O.U.P. ). Bowra[...]lean traged!f (Oxfo rd paperback ). Dodd -, E. R., The Greeks and the i"ational ( Beacon paperback). Dover[...]ll) . Grant, M., The Muths of the Greeks and Romans (Weidenfeld). Grube, G. M. A., Th[...]des ( MetJrnen). Jones, J., On Aristotle and Greek Tragedy ( Chatto an<l Windus). Kitto, H. D. F., Form and M eanlng in Drama (Methuen paperback). Lattimore, R.[...]( C. .l . ) . Webster. T. B. L., Studies in /titer Greek comedy (?-Ian bester U .P. ).[...]er U.P.). Whitman, C. ll., Al'lstophtmes and the Comic Hero ( Harvard niv. Press). Whitman. C. B., Sophocles · a study In Hom eric J111111a11 is 111 ( Harva rd[...]rk). Usher, S., The historians of Greece and Rome (University paperback ) . Fornara,[...]ies I. The subject i concern d with the social and cultural development of Rome from the origin to L[...]ining litera1y studies with a study of the ocial and cultural backgrnund. Roman art and architecture is studied in second term. Parts of the syllabus may[...] |
 | [...]Romans (Pelican). Wheeler, M., Roman art and architecture (Thames and Hudson paperback). Recommended reading:[...]Duff, J. Wight., A literary histort/ of Rome in the golden age (Benn paperback) . Duff, J. Wight., A literary histon; of Rome in the silver age (Benn paperback).[...](Pelican). Higginbotham, J. (ed.). Greek and Latir> literature, a comparative study[...]should obtain: Plautus, The pot of gold and Pseudolus, in The pot of gold and other plays (Penguin). Recommend[...]The Roman stage (Methuen). Dorey, T. A., and Dudley, D. R. (ed.), Roman drama (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Duckworth, G. E.[...]g: Dorey, T. A. (ed.), Cicero (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Dudley, D. R. (ed.), Lucretius (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Laistner, M. L. W., The gre[...]rray paperback). The Eclogues, Georgics and Aeneid of Virgil, tr. Day Lewis (Oxford[...]. Dudley, D. R. (ed.), Virgil (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Highet, G., Poets in a landscape (Hamilton). Luck, C.[...] |
 | [...]sical Studies II or both AC31 Classical Studies I and AC72 Ancient History II. The subject is concerned, in the first two terms, with comparative studies of some literary genres practised in Greece and Rome: pastoral, satire, the novel, and histo1fography. The third term's study is of the Utcraturc of the Jater Roman Empire and the society that produced it. Parts of the syll[...]parately during the year.1. PASTORAL, SATIRE, AND THE NOVEL. (a ) Pastoral. Texts which[...], tr. Mills (Purdue). Virgil's Eclogues in The Eclogues, Georgics and Aeneid of Virgil, tr. Day Lewis (Oxfo[...]reading : Higginbotham, J. ( ed.), Greek and Latin literature, a comparative study[...]on Roman literature: Satire (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Witke, C., Latin satire (Le[...]students should obtain: Longus, Daphnis and Chloe, tr. Turner (Penguin) . Petronius, The satyricon and the fragments, tr. Sullivan (Penguin).[...]lsh, P. G., The Roman novel (C.U.P.). 2. GREEK AND ROMAN HISTORIOGRAPHY. Texts which students s[...]nley (Penguin). Sallust, The Jugurthine war and the conspiracy of Catiline, tr. Handford[...]guin). Usher, S. , The historians of Greece and Rome (University paperback). The above works will be studied as part of a course in the general develop- ment of historical writing, including the work of Polybius and Livy. 598 |
 | [...]orey, T. A. (ed .) , Latin historians ( Routledge and Kegan Paul). Grant, to.J. , 1'lie ancient h fa·toriaus ( Weidenfelcl and 'icholson ). Laistner, M. L. W ., The gr[...]ned with the Graeco-Roman civiljzation of the 4th and 5th centuries A.D. The justification for such a c[...]is that it is important to examine a civilization in decay as well as in growth and climax. These centuries also form a bridge between the ancient and mediaeval worlds. Part of the term will be spent on St. Augustine and the rest of the term on a project involving a 3-4,000 word essay. Students can choose one of the f[...]k on: the pagan resistance to Christianity; monks and the ascetic movement; reasons for the fall of the Roman empire in the \'Vest. There will be weekly opportunities to discus progress and problems and the project will count for a large part of the ov[...]Downey, G., The late Roman empire (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). St. Augustine, City of God, abr[...]. (ed.), Fall of the Roman empire (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Chitty, D. J., The[...]introduction to the study of Egyptian and Palestinian monasticism under the Christian empir[...]Momigliano, A., The conflict between paganism and Christianity in the fourth century ( Clarendon ) .[...]AC79. Classical Studies for the Honours Degree of B.A. Pre-requisite subjects: AC31 Classical S[...]l Studies III; either ACOl Latin I, AC02 Latin II and AC03 Latin III or AC78 Greek HIS . The work[...]of: (a) The study of a Greek or Roman text in the original language: for 1974 eithe[...]T. E. Page (Macmillan). ( b) The cultural and social development of classical Greece and Rome, to be studied under set topics: e.g. early Greek lyric and its background; the Athenian tragedians; the new learning; and so on. ( c) A special topic, to be chosen from the field of classical studies in accordance with the interests[...] |
 | [...]A student cannot count as subjects towards his degree both AC72 Ancient History II and any of the following: AC02 Latin II, AC03 Latin I[...]A cours of lecture concerned with Lhe political and social hi tory of Greece (600-404 B.C.) and Rome ( 133 B.C.-A.D. 180). Th lectures will assum[...]with the outline of the pe.tiods b ing treated , and il is ntial that. before the beginning of eac[...]ied. The lectures on Creek history will be givell in tl1c first tem1. those on Roman Republican history ( 133-27 B.C.) in the second. and those on Roman Imperial hi tory in tile third. An essay is to be written each term. Tutorials will be held on special topics throughout the year. Parts of the sylla[...]Paper- back). Plutarch, Rise and fall of Athem (Penguin). Plutarch, Fall[...](Penguin). Bengtson, H., The Greeks and the Persians ( Weidenfeld and Nicolson). Bowra, C. M., Periclean Athem (Weidenfeld and Nicolson). Bum, A. R., Persia and the Greeks (Arnold). Claster, J. N., Athenian democracy (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Forrest, W. G., The emergence of[...]ian War (Cornell U.P.). Kagan, D., Problems in ancient history, vol. 1 (Macmillan). Meiggs[...]( C.U.P.). Brunt, P. A., Social conflicts in the Roman republic ( Chatto and Windus). Kagan, D., Problems in ancient history, vol. 2 (Macmillan). Holmes, T. Rice, The Roman republic and the founder of the empire (0.U.P.). Cowell, F. R., Cicero and the Roman republic (Pelican). Balsdon, J. P. V. D., Julius Caesar and Rome (English U.P.). Appian, Roman[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS CLASSICS (HONOURS DEGREE) Badian, E., Roman imperialism in the late republic (Blackwell). Dickinson, J., Death of a republic (Macmillan). Lewis, N., and Reinhold, M., Roman civilization, vol. 1 (Columbi[...]of the divine Augustus), ed. P. A. Brunt and J. M. Moore (O.U.P.). Tacitus, On imperial[...]nt (Penguin). Millar, F., The Roman empire and its neighbours (Weidenfeld and Nicolson). Starr, C. G., Civilization and the Caesars (Norton). Lewis, N .. and Reinhold, M. (eds.), Roman civilization, vol. II[...]f the Roman order ( 0. U .P.). \Veils, J., and Barrow, R. H., A short history of the Roman empire (Methuen). Yavetz, Z., Plebs and Princeps (O.U.P.). AC99. Classics for the Honours Degree of B.A. Pre-requisite subjects: ACOI Latin 1, AC02 Latin II and AC03 Latin III; ACll Greek I, AC12 Greek II and AC13 Greek III. The formal work of the final Honours year consists mainly of weekly essays and tutorials. Essays in one tenn are devoted to literature, and in the other two to history and society. Unseen translation is also practised.[...]translation into English from Greek prose authors and poets. ( b) Passages for translation into English from Latin prose authors and poets. ( c) Greek and Latin literature. ( d) Greek and Roman history: Imperial Athens, and the Age of Augustus. ( e) Greek and Roman society, thought and religion. A wide choice of topics will be given in papers ( c), ( d) and ( e). In each paper candidates must answer questions from both the Greek and the Roman sections.[...] |
 | [...]ECONOMICS (FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS)[...]tudents who intend to take only a one-year course in Economics, nod all such students are recommended[...]ot be accep ted as qualifying a st~udcnt to enrol in the second-year half-subjects EE3G Macroeconomics ITH and EE4G Microeconomics llI:I, except that students who have pa sed with a distin ction or near distinction in E E71 Social Economics I ma)'- with the approval cf the Professor of Economics, be permitted to enrol in E • 3G Macroeconomics IDI and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. This course is given each year, alternating between day lectures in odd years and evening lectures in even years. It comprises two lectures and one tutorial a week. Its scope is as follows: The economic basis of social welfare, with special reference to the following topics : demand and supply; competition and monopoly; distribution of income and wealth; int ernational trade; national accounting; money and banking; theory of emplo)'ment: govern ment policy in depression and inflation; capital accumulation in underdeveloped areas. Preliminary reading:[...]s: Gill, R. T., Economic development past and present (Prentice-Hall). Samuelson, P. A., Hancock, K. J., and Wallace, R. H., Economics, Australian ed. (McGraw-Hill). Reference books will be prescribed in lectures. EElG. Macroeco[...]For syllabuses see under Faculty of Economics (Degree of B.Ec.). EE03. Eco[...]III is available to candidates proceeding to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. A candidate who wishes to present EE03 Economics III towards the degree must take EE7G International Economics IIIH and two half-subjects from the following list one of[...]ese half-subjects see under Faculty of Economics (Degree of B.Ec.). 0 EE6G Microeconomics IIIH will be offered for the first time in 1975, and may not be presented by a candidate who passed EE02 Economics II in 1973 or earlier.602 |
 | [...]subject: If the half-subject EElH Macroeconomics and Inter- national Trade llIH has not been passed, the half-subject EE7G International Economics IIIH and EE5G Macroeconomics IIIH must be taken concurrently. EE13 Economic Development Studies III is available to and idates proceeding to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. A candidate who wishes to pr[...]study the subject EE13 Economic Developmen t Ill and either of the half-subjects EE5H History of Econo[...]ect may not be counted towards EE03 Economics rrr and EE73 E conomic Development Studies III. For syllabuses of this subject and these half-subjects see under Faculty of Economics (Degree of B.Ec.). EE99. Economics for the Honours Degree of B.A. and B.Ec. For syllabuses see under Faculty of Economics (Degree of B.Ec.).[...] |
 | [...]ENGLISH LAN"GUAGE AND LITERATURF ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE AEOl English I, AE02 English Il, AE03 EngU h III, AE87 Old and ~liddl e English 11, AE88 Old and Middle Engli h HI. AE82 American Literature Il. A[...]y Studies U, AE73 Australian Literary Studies III and AE02 Linguistics II are subjects for the Ordinary degree of B chelor of rts. No student proceeding to a degree ma:ti without special pern1issio11 take AE02 English II or AE87 Old and Middle .l!.nglish Il until he has passed the final examination in AEOl English I , AE03 English Ill until he bas passed the final examination Ju AE02 English Il, AE88 Old and Middle English Ill until he l1as passed the Anal examination in E87 Oki and liddle English II, or AE73 Australian Literary Studies Ill until h has passed the flnal examination in AE72 Australian Literary Studi II. The subjects are ma<le up of lectures and tutorials. Since th tutorial groups are small, and are arranged as far as possible at times to suit the best convenience of both students and tutors. all students mu t attend the preliminary meeting held in the first week of the first tern in each ycur, at which the tutorial time-table is fixed. In AEOl English I and AE02 English II there are two lectures and one tutorial per week. In AE03 English III, three lectures and one tutorial.[...]lish I. I. ENGLISH LANGUAGE. The history and structure of the English language. Bolt[...]try: Chaucer, Th e pardoner's prologue and tale. eel. A. C. Spearing ( C. .P.). S[...]inemann). Wordsworth, Selected /)octru and vrose, ed. G. Hartman ( ignct ). 0 Hopkins, Poems and prose, ed. W. H. Card1rnr (Penguin). 0[...]be studied from thcs text will be announced arly in 1974. B. Drama: Shakespeare, Cori[...]Fielding, Tom Jones. Dickens, Dombey and son. James, Washington Square. Co[...]use for Mr. Biswas. Lawrence, D. H., Sons and lovers. Assessment as at present envisaged is based upon the year's work (essays and tutorial assignments) and upon two three-hour examinations at the end of the course in the proportion of one-third to two-thirds. 604 |
 | [...]marily concerned with English literature from 1550-1780. There will be a special study of Shakespeare and the Elizabethan drama and in addition. one topic must be chosen for intensive[...]offered.l. ENGLISH LITERATURE FROl\f 1550-1780. Spenser. Poetry, ed. H. Maclean (N[...]Spenser, Prothalamion. Davis, B., and Davis, E. (eds.), Poets of the early seventeenth[...]gmphie ( Scolar). Milton, Paradise lost and selected poetry and prose, ed. N. Frye, (Rine- hart).[...]. Avery (Arnold). Pope, Selected poetry and prose, ed. W. K. Wimsatt (Rinehart). Da[...]Swift, Gulliver's travels, ed. P. Dixon and J. Chalker (Penguin). Richardson, Pamel[...]las, ed. J.P. Hardy (O.U.P.). II. SHAKESPEARE AND THE DRAMA oF His AGE. Marlowe, Ta[...]B. Steane (C.U .P.). Shakespeare, Romeo and Juliet, Henry IV, Part I, As you like it, King[...]he changeling, ed. H. W. Bawcutt (Methuen). III. SPECIAL STUDIES BY OPTION. One of the following: (I) Narrative romance in prose and verse. Beowulf, trans. D. Wright (Panther[...]rnold). Sidney, Sir P., Arcadia, extracts in Sir Philip Sidney: selected prose and poetry, ed. R. Kimbrough (Rinehart).[...]Tolkien, J. R. R., Lord of the rings (Allen and Unwin). ( 2) The poetry of Edmund Spens[...] |
 | [...]ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE ( 3) Drama since 1700.[...]r, The beaux' stratagem (Regents) (also available in Restoration plays, Eve1yman, see belo[...]lo, The London merchant (Regents) (also available in Eighteenth century plays, Everyman, s[...]of being earnest (Heinemann). Shaw, Man and superman (Penguin). Eliot, T. S., The co[...]ible evidence (Faber). Wesker, A., Roots in the Wesker Trilogy (Penguin). Bond, E.,[...]harvest (O.U.P.). Buzo, A., Hibberd, J., and Romeril, J., Plays (Penguin). Students will be expected to read more widely in collections and the work of the authors listed above. Sugge ·ted[...]ery- man), Eighteenth century plays ( E veryman ) and Late Victorian plays (Oxford paperback) . ( 4) Indian, African and Chinese literature in English and translation. Tagore, R., Gitanjali (Macmillan). Rao, R., The serpent and the rope (John Murray). Narayan, R. K.,[...](John Murray). l\farkandaya, K., Nectar in a sieve (Signet). Desani, G., All about H. Hatter (Penguin). Senghor, L., Prose and poetry, trans. J. Reed and C. Wake (Oxford). Soyinka, W., The lion and the jewel (Three Crowns). Soyinka, W., T[...]sent envisaged is by assignments duri11g the year and two examination papers at the end of it. In the first p aper, two questions must be answered on each of Sections II and III above; in the second paper two questions on each of two group of texts in Section I, namely the earlier texts to Con[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE AE03. English III. A study of English Literature and Drama with special but not exclusive reference to the works listed.[...]Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, Browning, Hardy, Yeats and T. S. Eliot. The selection will include Wordswort[...]ion will also include a study of the prose essays in Foakes (ed.) Romantic criticism (Arnold's English[...]dard Authors). Wordsworth, Selected poetry and prose (Signet). Coleridge, Selected poems[...]English Series). Shelley, Selected poetry and prose (Modem Library). Keats, Selected poems and letters (Riverside Edition). Tennyson, Ten[...]y ( Papermac). Eliot, Collected poems, 1909-1962 (Faber). Foakes (ed.), Romantic critic[...]he artist as a young man. Lawrence, Women in love. Woolf, The waves. White, Riders in the chariot. C. SHAKESPEARE; MODERN DRAMA. Shakespeare, Hamlet, Antony and Cleopatra, Henry IV, Part I and Part II. Ibsen, Ghosts and other plays (Penguin), The master builder and other plays (Penguin). Chekhov, Three sisters and other plays (Penguin). Strindberg, Three plays (Penguin). Pirandello, Henry IV, and other plays (Penguin). Brecht, Mother Cou[...]sent envisaged is by assign ments during the year and by three examination papers at the end of it. In the first paper two questions relating to the course in general tenns must be answered. In the second paper three questions relating to poetry since 1780 must be answered. In the third paper three qu · stions r lntin[...] |
 | [...]ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE AE87. Old and Middle English II. A. ANGLO-SAXON CULTURE AND INSTITUTIONS. B. INTRODUCTION TO OLD ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. Prescribed book: Cassidy, F. G., and Ringler, R. N. (eds.), Bright's Old English grammar and reader, 3rd edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). C. INTRODUCTION TO EARLY MIDDLE ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. Prescribed book: Bennett, J. A. W., and Smithers, G. V. (eds.), Early Middle English verse and prose, 2nd edition (Clarendon). AE88. Old and Middle English III. A. MEDIEVAL ENGLISH CULTURE AND INSTITUTIONS. B. OLD AND MIDDLE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. For reference: Quirk, R., and Wrenn, C. L., An Old English grammar, 2nd edition[...]TO MIDDLE ENGLISH LITERATURE. D. STUDY OF OLD AND MIDDLE ENGLISH TEXTS. Prescribed books:[...]of the two lecture periods will regularly be used and the second occasionally, according to flexible ne[...]tem1ined lhe system of holding seminars at 10 a.m.-12 noon and 2-4 p.m. will be continued and provision will be made for at least one evening meetfog for those who cannot flt in at any of these times. The course may not be attempted externally. I. PoETRY AND PRosE IN GENERAL. 1. Elliott and Mitchell (eds.), Bards in the wilderness. Adam Lindsay Gordon, Colo[...]y. Clarke, M., His natural life (Penguin) and For the term of his natural life (Introduction by Elliott) (Angus and Robertson). O'Reilly, J.B., Moondy[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 3. Fiction, later. Fu[...]d children. Stow, R., The merry-go-round in the sea. White, P., The tree of man.[...]Hazzard, S., The evening of the holiday; People in glass houses. 4. Prose, descriptive and critical. Clark, M., A colonial city, ed[...]ensland U.P.). (This book is available in multiple copies at the Barr Smith Libraty.) Barnes, J., The writer in Austmlia (M.U.P.). II. MORE SPECIALISED TOPICS. 1. Regional Study. In connection with Clara Morison and Paving the way, a selection of early and later South Australian verse will be provided to[...]Supplementary reading will also be indicated in K. E. Fitzpatrick, Australian explore[...]will also be made to F. Manning, Her privates we, and L. Mann, Flesh in armour. Assessment will be continuous with essays and other class papers and a single three hour examination at the end of the[...]n with the Chai.r- man of the Department a course in Australian Literary Studies at third-year level,[...]ics for extended study, with three major e ·says and such other class work as may be determined. Assessment will be continuous and the course will be completed with one examination of three hours and a fourth essay or a second three hour examination in its place. Details of the course, with times o[...]ill be available at the English Department office in December of the preceding year. In order to qualify for admission a good perfonnance in AE72 Australian Literary Studies II is advisable[...]ng with enrolment. The provision of the course in 1974 is contingent on staff being available to teach it and a satisfactory level of demand. This co[...] |
 | [...]ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE AE82. Ame[...]English I. The course consists of two lectures and one tutorial a week. It is not available to exter[...]Emerson, Essays (Signet). Thoreau, Walden and Civil disobedience (Signet). "Hawthorne, The[...]0 Twain, Huckleberry Finn. " Available in Four classic American novels (Signet). Jam[...]ald, The Great Gatsby. Faulkner, The sound and the fury. The essential Hemingway (Penguin[...]e ballad of the sad cafe. Galloway, D. D., and Whitley, J. (eds.), Ten modern American sho1t[...]oems (Faber). Penguin modern poets, Nos. 5 and 9. Gleeson, P. (ed.), A first reader of co[...]a I. AEll Drama I is a subject for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts. The course will consist of one lecture per week in the history and development of theatre arts and one studio session in the theory and practice of drama. Preliminary reading could[...]mann Educational). Nagler, A., Source book in theatrical history (Dover). Nicoll, A., Wo[...]of drama (Cambridge). Williams, R., Drama in performance (Penguin). This subject will be offered in 1974 according to the availability of staff. 610 |
 | [...]II. Pre-requisite: A Division I Pa~s or better in any of: AEOl English l; AFOl French I or AFU Fre1[...]gy I. The subject will consist of two lectures and one tutorial a week providing an introduction to ( i) grammar and descriptive linguistics and (ii) historical and social linguistics. The course may not be attem[...]al lingttistics ( C. U .P.). English Language and Literature for the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Arts. Studc t · wishing to tnke[...]rk. They will he required to s tisfy the exnmincr in AE79 English llI , which will .involve work in the s concl nnd third years. The examination will[...]fore proceeding to AE99 Honours English Language and Literature, which will normitlly be taken in the fourth )'Car. AE69. English Language and Literature, Honoms, Second Year. During the second year in addition to AE02 English II and the other requisite second-year subjects, students accepted for Honours will attend special classes and will be required to reach a satisfactory standard[...]AE79. English IIlS. The Honours work in the thjrd year will bo nn e~tcnsion of Iii> Honour· work of the s cond year, and will normally be taken concurrently with 1\E03 E11gli ·h lU and ano,hor third-year subject, which for those taki ng pap rs (ii ) or ( iii ) or (iv) in AE99 H onour English L anguage and Lit rnlur will I.» AE88 0 cl nod Middle English III. The examination in AE79 Englisl1 IIIS, covering th e Hononrs work of the second and third years, will nonnally be taken in Augu t of the third year. It will consist of the[...]( i) English Language. (ii ) Shakespeare and the Drama of his age. (iii) Special Period. (iv) Special Topic.[...] |
 | [...]ES ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (HONOURS DEGREE) AE99. Honours English Language and Literature. TI1e examination will normally be taken at the end of the fourth year and wm consist of the following papers: ( i)[...]i) Old English. (iv) Middle English Special. ( v) Middle English General. (vi) Special Period of English Literature (taken from the period before 1780). (vii) Special Period of English Literature (taken from the period after 1780). (viii) Special Author or Authors. (ix) Special Topics. (x) Special Topics. (xi) The Novel. (xii )[...]lth Literature. (xvi) Continental Novel in Translation. Before presenting lb mselves for examination in pop rs numbered (ii), (iii) and (iv), students will be rec1uired to attend classes and pass the examinations in AE87 Oki and Middle English II and AE88 Old and 1i<ldle English Ill. In papers (vi) , (vii) (ix ) and (x) they may not take the same periods or topics as in AE79 English HIS [(iii) or (iv)]. Studen ts may s[...]of the Deparlrnent as altematives to papers (viii)-(xvi). Information about special periods, topics and authors is obtainable from the English Dep[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE There are six courses in French for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts: AFI I French IA, AFOI French I, AF02 French II, AF72 French IIA, AF03 French III and AF88 French IIIA. AFll French IA assumes little or no previous know) dge of th e language and is a first-year unit for th degree of 13.A. The aim of the cours is lo provide a bns[...]ents who have done little or 110 French at school and who wi :h to tudy the language at University eith[...]ledge of Fr nch for Honou rs or postgraduate work in another discipline. o subject i · pre-requi ·it[...]ndard of the Matri ulation exnmblation is assumed and students are advised to attem pt the course only if 1J1ey hav reached Grade D or higher in that examil1ation or po~sess . om oth r quivalent qualification. Students enrolled in AFOl French I for the first time will not be exempted from attendance at lectures and tutorials. AF72 French DA ma y be taken as an additional course to AF02 French II, and may be taken eilher in second or third year, the only pre-requisite being a pass in AFO.l French I at Division I standard or higher.[...]or admission to AF03 French III, for which a pass in AF02 French 11 is required. AF88 French IIIA m[...]taken as an additional course to AF03 French III, and will normally be taken in third year, the pre-reguisite b eing a pass in AF72 French IIA. The s quencc AFOl French I AF72[...]l count as a sequence for the Ordinary d gree. In AF02 French II and AF03 French III the lectures on the literature may be given in French. All exercises set during the year form an integral part of the courses, and students may be refused permission to sit for the[...]LANGUAGE. (a) Grammar, vocabulary, translation and writing of French. ( b) Speaking, aural compreh[...]t of this section of the course will be conducted in the Language Laboratory.) Prescribed text: Bieler, A., and others, Perspectives de Frnnce, revised 1972 edit[...]ecommended reference books: Murray, M. W., and Lentz, E. E., A French vocabulary (Blackie).[...]). Mansion, J. E., Harrap's shorter French and English dictionary. 2. MODERN FRANCE. Background reading, illustrating the life and culture of contemporary France. Prescribed text: Harris, J., and Leveque, A., Basic French reader, 3rd edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Recommended reference book: Ardagh, J., The new France (Pelican). 3. LITERATURE AND THOUGHT. Significant modern French authors, read partly in French, partly in translation, with alternative texts to suit special needs.[...] |
 | [...]FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Prescribed texts: C[...]l). (This section of the course, held la rgely in tutorial groups during the latter part of the yea[...]wledge of French for Honours or postgraduate work in another subject. )[...]ch I. The course comprises: 1. Tuition in the speaking and writing of French by means of the Language Laboratory ( 1-2 hours a week), lectures on grammar ( 1 hour a week) and tutorials ( 1 hour a week); 2. Translation from English into French in the form of sentences, short dialogues,[...]to1y work; 3. Lectures on French literature and civilisation: 2 hours a week. l. LANGUAGE. Prescribed book: Politzer, R. L., and Hagiwara, M. P., Active review of French (Blaisdell). The student should consult in the libra1y: Armstrong, L. E., The phone[...]Mansion, J. E., Harrap's standard French and English dictionary, 2 vols. Petit, C., Dictionnaire franr;ais-anglais and Dictionnaire anglais-franr;ais ( Hach[...]Background lectures to the period of literature and texts which are to be studied. In addition, lectures will be given on such s[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURECinema (illustrated by the showing of films) and on daily life in modern France (illustrated by slides). There will[...]an). Reference books: Parker, C. S., and Grigaut, P. L., Initiation a la culture frani;aise (Harper and Row). Michaud, G., Guide France (Hachette[...]lexicologiques (Baude). 2. TUITION IN THE SPEAKING AND WRITING OF FRENCH BY MEANS OF THE LANGUAGE LABORATORY AND IN TUTORIALS. Prescribed texts: Dayan, F., Les formes tJerbales du Frani;ais-Grammar notes and Dialogues et exercices structuraux, 2 vols. (University of Tasmania). Helbling, R., and Barnett, A., L'Actualite Frani;aise and Interviews. Tape study guide (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Beauvoir, S., de, Les belles images (Folio). 3. LITERATURE AND CIVILISATION: THE SEVENTEENTH AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURIES. Questions for special study: Term I: Le theatre au XVIIe et a[...]studied. The marks obtained by the student in essays will be incorporated with his total mark[...]Lagarde, A., et Michard, L., XVIIe SiBcle and XV Ille SiBcle ( Harrap). Works set for detailed study and explication de textes: Term I:[...] |
 | [...]FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Term II: La Fayett[...]or admission to AF03 French III, for which a pass in F 02 French II is required. AF72 F rench llA wi ll also be taken by intending Fren h fonours candidates in their second year of tudy. This course consi[...]THE FRENCH LANGUAGE, ( B). GRAMMAR OF OLD AND MIDDLE FRENCH. Prescribed book :[...], 2 vols. (Colin). 2. INTRODUCTION TO MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE FRENCH LITERATURE. Prescribed books: Groult, P., Emond, V., and Muraille, G., Litterature fran9aise du nwyen[...]The Department has copies of vols. I and II which students may borrow for the year.)[...]oase, A. (ed.), The poetry of France, vol. I: 1400-1600 (Methuen University paperbacks).[...]ca). Cruickshank, J., French literature and its background. I. The sixteenth[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE AF0[...]ap). Reference books: As for AFOl French I and AF02 French II. 2. TUITION IN THE SPEAKING AND WRITING OF FRENCH BY l\·1EANS OF THE LANGUAGE LABORATORY AND IN TUTORIALS. Prescribed texts: Dayan, F., Les formes verbales du franfais-Grammar notes and Dialogues et exercices structuraux, 2[...]La phrase. Les modalites de I'expression, Parts 1 and 2 (Univ. of Tasmania). 3. LITERATURE AND C1VILISATION: THE NINETEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENTURIES. Questions for special study: Term I: La poesie depuis Baudelai[...]studied. The marks obtained by the student in the essays will be incorporated with his total[...]Lagarde, A., et Michard, L., XI Xe siecle and XXe siecle ( Harrap). Works for detailed study and explication de textes: Term I: Ba[...]nie pastorale ( Harrap). Proust, Combray in Du cote de chez Swann (Folio). Malraux,[...]o AF03 French III, the pre-requisite being a pass in AF72 French IIA. AF88 French IIIA will also be taken by intending French Honours candidates in their third year of study. This course consi[...]tailed study of the history of the language, with special reference to phonetics and syntax.[...] |
 | [...]FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATUllE (B). UNSEEN TRANSLATION. Unseen translation from Old and Middle French, with linguistic com- mentar[...]ncien frafl{:ais (Larousse). Brunot, F., and Bruneau, C., Precis de grammaire historique de la[...]franr;aise ( Masson). Bourciez, E., and J., Phonetique franr;aise, etude historique ( Kli[...]ecle (C.U.P.). 2. STUDY OF MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERARY TEXTS. Prescribed bo[...]La Cha~telaine de Vergi, ed. G. Raynaud and L. Foulet (Champion). Bodel, J., Le ]eu[...]nger (Methuen). Proust, Un Amour de Swann in Du Cote de chez Swann (Folio). Bernanos,[...]Commes (Prentice-Hall). AF99. French Language and Literature for the Honours Degree of B.A. Students intending to take Honours sho[...]k. It is also pas ible to take a combined Honours degree, consisting of French and another sUbject. For this also, students should c[...]required Ci) to take the courses AE'02 French II and AF72 French IlA in their second year, aud AF03 French Ill and AF88 French IllA in their third year; (ii) to devote their fourth year entirely to advanced courses and exercises ( includiug a 10,000 word thesis) in Bterature and philology. The marks obtained for the essays in both the third and the fourth years may be considered with the final examination results in determining the student's classific;ation.[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Chateaubriand, Memoires d'o[...]a Peste (Methuen). Either: 2(A). MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. This will consist of the following: (a) History of the language: vocabulary and semantics. ( b) Unseen translation from Old and Middle French with linguistic commentary. ( c) Medieval and Renaissance texts. Prescribed books:[...]. La Chastel<line de Vergi, ed. G. Raynaud and L. Foulet (Champion). Bodel, L e }eu de Sa[...]( Mclhuen ). Prou t, U11 A mour de Swa11n in Du C8te de chez Swa1111 ( Folio). Bernanos[...]ce-Hall ). 3. OPTIONS. The study of one special subject, chosen from a list which will be supplie[...]of the fourth year. Some of the subjects offered in 1974 will include : Chretien de Tro[...]Roman, lexicography, linguistics, Pascal and the Jansenists. Honours students should mak[...]r with the following works: Langlois, P., and Mareuil, A., Guide bibliographique des etudes litteraires (Hachette). Bouvier, E., and Jourda, P., Guide de l'etudiant en littera[...] |
 | [...]Not available to external students. Two lectures and two hours tutorial/practical a week throughout th[...]he shape of the earth; distribution of continents and oceans; structure of the continents and major landforms; geomorphological methods. The energy balance of the atmosphere and the earth's smface. The diurnal, seasonal and latitudinal imbalance of radiation; the role of the wind in correcting this imbalance; climatic zonation. Distributions of main plant and animal groups in world. Dispersion: continental and island groups. Origins and dispersal of Australian groups. References: Barry, R. G.. and Chorley, R. J., Atmosphere, weather and climate (Methuen University Paperbacks[...]Elton, C. S., Ecology of invasions by animals and plants (Methuen). Flohn, H., Climate and weather (World Univ. Lib.). Keast, A. (ed.), Biogeography and ecology in Australia (Junk). Petterssen, S. , Introd[...]ot available to external students. Two lectu1·es and two hours tutodal/practical a week throughout the[...]6.nite ea rth. The course. xamines this problem and looks at tbe various ways in which different societies orgai1i e their ocial and economic systems to deal with increasing pressure upon resources. References: Broek, J. 0. M., and Webb, J. W., A geography of mankind, 2nd edition[...]osinski, L. A., Prothero, R. M. (eds.), Geography and a crowding world (O.U.P.). AJ12. Geography IIA and AJ22. Geography IIB. Pre-requisites: AJlH Phys[...]aphy I. There are four fields of study offered in this course, each representing a half-year subjec[...]mprises two of the fields of study set out below, and AJ22 Geograpby IIB comprises any two fields of st[...]eography IIA. There will be one lecture a week and one hour for practical work or for a tutorial in each week through the year in all four of the fields of study offered. A. BIOGEOGRAPHY AND CLIMATOLOGY: Processes in the atmosphere leading to the vertical and horizontal dispersal of heat and mass in the atmosphere. Modem theories of condensation and precipita- tion; tbe possibility of man modifying[...]ty, stability. World distributions of main J?lant and animal groups. Dispersion; continental and island groups. Origins and dispersal of Australian groups. 620 |
 | [...]OGRAPHY References: Barry, R. G., and Chorley, R. J., Atmosphere, weather and climate (Methuen). Darlington,[...]Elton, C. S., Ecology of i1wasions by animals and plants (Methuen). Gentilli, J ., Au ~rali[...]s on, Australia). Keast, A., Biogeography and ecology in Australia (Junk). Odum, E. P., Fundamenta[...]l). Robinson, H., Biogeography ( McDonald and Evans). B. STRUCTURAL GEOMORPHOLOGY: The fo[...]the proces es responsible for shaplng the su1foce and with variation · in structure and proc~ in lime. Thi course is concerned 12_rimaril{ with th[...]ered include the effects o J'oints. faults, folds and rnck type on landfom1 development. Volcanoes are[...]ted to the fount Lofty Ranges, the Flinder Ranges and Eyre Peninsula, each of which not only illustrate[...]or con ideriog the total development of landforms and the methods used to annlr ·e and explain geomorphological problem . A field camp will b held in th ~ 0 Flinders Ranges in addition to at least one day exc;urion in the Adelaid area. References: Holme[...]This course treats the space-economy as a srstem and examines the various factors, economic, social, political and physica which influence the locations, patterns, and movements of economic phenomena. References: Chisholm, M., Geography and economics (Bell). Eliot-Hurst, M. E., Geo[...]behaviour (Prentice-Hall). Estall, R. C., and Buchanan , R. 0., Industrial activity and economic geography (Hutchinson ). Lloyd, P. E., and Dicken, P., Location in space: a theoretical approach to economic geogra11hrt (Harper and Row). D. SOCIAL GEOGRAPHY: Social geography[...]stems. These systems result from the various ways in which men organise the space around them to accommodate their values and concepts. The migration of people and the diffusion of ideas within and between social systems as well as the organisatio[...]group's perception of its environment. Both urban and rural societies will be studied. References[...]ns (Tavistock). Cox, K. R., Man, location and behavior: an introduction to human geog[...]dential patterns (Bell). Lanegran, D. A., and Palm, R., An invitation to geography (McGr[...] |
 | [...]GEOGRAPHY AJ13. Geography IIIA and AJ23. Geography IIIB. Pre-requisites: AJ12 Geo[...]s a half-subject consisting of one lecture a week and the equivalent of two hours per week of tutorials[...]AJ13 Geography IHA comprises two half-subj cts, and AJ23 Geography Inn comprises any two half-subjects not offered in J\}13 Geo~raphy lIIA. With the consent of the Cha[...]e optiollS may be combined with approp1'iate unit in unol hcr faculty and counled as the equivalent of either AJ13 Geograph[...]s. The following half-subjects will be offered in 1974 as staff and enrolments allow: A. AUSTRALIAN DEVELOPMENT: The physical and economic factors affecting primary industry in Australia; and a study of the interaction of these factors in selected areas of Australian development. Ref[...]nment, 4th edition ( M.U.P.). Dury, G. H., and Logan, M. I., Studies in Australian geography (Heinemann, Aust.)[...]. A., Tha natural ·resources of Australia (Angus and Robertson). Throsby, C. D., Agricultural p[...]tmosphere, hydrosphere, bio· sphere. Development and change in food chains with change of environment. Evolution of man; effect of man on species and commtmities. lanagernen t of natural resources.[...]d. References: Drake, E.T., Evolution and enoironme11t (Yale U.P.). Laporte, L. F.,[...]fe (Pr nHce-HaU) , Paperback. Ucko, P. J., and Dimbleby, C. W., The domestica/.ion and exploit-0t1011 of ·1?1tz11ts and animals (Duckworth). Paperback. Watt, K. E[...]Quatenlat , partly with earlier climatic changes and their effects. Geological and geomorphological e vidence of climatic change, including sea-level changes and migration of climatic zones. Definition, duration and subdivision of the. Quaternary and the evidence and techniques used to establish the sequence. Theo[...]change, particularly those based on astronomical and meteorological factors. Evolution and distribution of plant and animal communities from the origins of life up to and including the Quaternary considered in relation to climate. In addition to lectures, tutorial and practical work, there will be field work in areas which display evidence of climatic change. References: Butzer, K. W ., Environment and archaeology (Methuen). Charlesworth, J. K[...]Arnold). West, R. G., Pleistocene geology and biology ( Longmans). 622 |
 | [...]). Lamb, H. H ., Climate: pre11e11t, past and future (. !ethuen). airn, A. E. M. (ed.), Problems in 7wleoclimatolo"Y (Wiley). Royal Meteorological Sociely. World climate from 8000-0 Il.C.: proceed- ings of the intemation[...]raw-Dill). Drake, E. T. (ed.) , Eoolutlon and environment (Yale U.P.). Keast, A. (ed.) , Biogeogravliu and ecology in Australia ( Junk).D. CLIMATOLOGY: Further studies in the radiation balance of the atmosphere. The relation between upper tropospheric flow and surface weather development. The heat balance of the human body and the effect of clothing and housing on this balance. The climates of the cont[...]d. References: Crowe, P. R., Concepts in climatology ( Longrnans). Low.ry, W. P., Wet111ier and life (Academic Press). Pettcrssen, S., Introduction to m eteorology, 3rd edition ( ;-..ifcCraw-I:Iill). Sellers, W. D., Physical[...]ible for building the lnnd surface are considered in this course. They include weathering, mass movements, and the work of runnin water, the \vine!, ice, glaciers and waves. Particular attention i given to tJ1e influence of climate, to the foml and elev lopment of slopes, and to evolutionary aspects of lirndfom1 development.[...]ustrate the effects of various particular age nts in shaping the land su.rface (e.g. the Simpson Desert, Eyre Peninsula, Great Ba in of the we.~tem United States) are considered in some detail, but overall tl1 0 course is problem-[...]ld Camp will be held, probably on Eyre Peninsula, and there will be at least one excursion in the Adelaide area. References: Embleton, C., and King, C. A. :tvl., Glacial and periglacial geomorphology (Arnold). Guilcher, A., Coastal and submarine morphology ( ~tethuen). Morisawa, M., Streams: their dynamics and morphology (McGraw-Hill). F. LOCATION THEORY:[...]r stud nt · ·who have already had some training in Economic Geography. The theoretical bases of locational decisio11s and their implication.'> for the spatial structure of[...]th ories wi.11 also be discussed. 1 ot a\'ailnhle in 1974. References: Hoover, E. M., An i[...]ichardson, H. W., Regional economics ( Wcidenfcld and Nicolson). Smitli, D. M., lllcltistrial location (Wiley). G. SOCIAL GEOGRAPHY: This course deals in particular with the urban society and the problems arising from urbanism and urbnni ntion. The organisation of the urban com- munity and its use of resourc s will be studied . Cone pts of social and spatial distance will be related to difficulties[...]ern city. References: Cousins, A. N., and Nagpaul, H., Urban man and society: a reader in urban sociology ( Knopf ) .[...] |
 | [...]GEOGRAPHY Fava, S. F. (ed.), Urba11ism in world perspective: a reader (Crowell). Ga[...].U. Press). Hunter, G., Industrialisation and race relations ( 0. U .P.). Juppenlatz, M., Cities in transformation; the u.rban squatter problem of th[...]world (Queensland U.P.). Morrill, R. L., and Wohlenberg, E. H., The geography of pove1·ty in the United States (McGraw-Hill).[...]As1A: A geographical study of India, Pakistan and Bangladesh and the countries of S.E. Asia with particular reference to the economic and social development in recent years. Not available in 1974. References: Asian Development B[...], South Asia (Heinemann). Spate, 0. H. K., and Learmonth, A. M., India and Pakistan (Methuen). Spencer, J. E., and Thomas, W. L., Asia east by south, 2nd edition[...]raphy of Australia, the main phases of xploration and settlement of the contine11t, and the evolution of the space content in terms of land ubdivision, agriculture and rural settlement, com- munications and urban centres. Attitudes and actions in the creation of the visual landscape are also considered, and special emphasis is placed on the making of the South Aus[...]he physical environment within which it functions and from which it draws some of its resources. There will be t\vo lectures and one tuto1ial a week through the year. Not availab[...]udents. References: Greenwood, N. H., and Edwards, J. M. B., Hum.an environments and 11atural systems (Prentice-Hall). The limits to growth, ed. by D. H. Meadows, and others (Earth Island). National Research Council, Committee on resources and man (Freeman). Scienti-fic American, "The[...]AJ99. Geography for the Honours Degree of B.A. Entry to Honours will depend on satisfactory performance in the work of the third year. Honours work includes seminars, written examinations and a field study of a selected geographical p[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE AGO! German I, AGll German IA, AG02 Gennan II, AG12 German IIA and AG03 German III are subjects for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts. AG87 German IIB and AG88 Germa n lllB are in principle for honours candi- dates only. See Syllabus AG99 German fo r the Honours Degree of B.A. See also AG02 German II (Part B), for special arrangements ill\"Olving AG87 German IIB. Stude[...]German dictionary, 2 vols. (Hodder and Stoughton). Recommended texts:[...]nheit und Gegenwart (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). 'Panorama': Berlchte, Analys[...]dition (Wiley). Elliott, B. J., Hitler and Germany (Modem times series) ( Longmans).[...]thuen) . Waite, R. G. L. (ed.), Hitler and Nazi Germany (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). C. JNTRODUCTION TO MO[...]F. (ed.), Prosa des Expressionism.us ( Reclam 8379-82). Brecht, B., Leben des Galilel (Hei[...]Weiss, P., Marat ( Suhrkamp/Harcourt, Brace and World). Grass, G., Katz und Maus (Heinemann) . Ritchie, J. M. (ed.), Periods In German literature (Oswald WolH).[...] |
 | [...]GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE D. PRACTICE IN CONVERSATION. Practice in conversation, pronuncialion, intonation, etc., i given in regular tutorial class~. Candidates will[...]ugh a spccifiecl 11 11mber of programmes in tlie /iing11age laboratory. Atten tion is drawn to the Gemian Club and the Goeth e Society. Both bodies conduct their meetings in German. D etails nre posted in the Department.[...](a), plus: Hammond, R. T., Fortbildtmg in der deutschen sprache, Student's book[...]r Jahre (Wagenbach). B. STUDIES IN GERMAN LITERATURE, 1800-1900. Prescribed texts: Forster,[...]Killy, W. (ed.), Deutsches Lesebuch, vols. 2 and 3: Klassik und Romantik; Das 19. Jahrlwndert (Fischer Biicherei 992-93). Zimmermann, M. (ed.) , Garte11fo11b[...]Kaiserreich und erster Weltkrieg 1871-1918 ( Goldrnanns gelbe Taschenbiicher 1819). Gearey, J., and Schumann, W., (eds.), Einfuhnmg in die deutsche Literatur (Holt). Ritchie, J. M. (ed.), Periods in German literature (Oswald Wolff). Ritter, G. (ed.), 1871-1914: Historisches Lesebuch (Fischer Biicherei[...]ch: Restournlion und Fortschritt 1815-1871 ( Goldmanns gelbe Taschenbi.icher 1818 ). Wuthenow, R. (ed.), Epochen der dculsch en Lyrik 1830-1900 ( dtv 4022). 1 .D. Candidates[...]tted to omit the appropriate part of (a) Language and to take as substitute either AG81 German IIB (A) Sttu:lies in Austrian literature; or an additional course in nineteenth century literature based on the follow[...]nge Deutschland. Texte und Dokumente ( Reclam 8703-07). 626 |
 | D.A.- YLLA))U ' FACULTY OF ARTS GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Gotthelf, J., Die schwar[...]integral part of the annual examination in AG02 Gennan Il in which pe.iformance throughout the year will b e taken into account. Practice in conversation pronunciationl intonation, etc., is given in regula r tutorial class . Candidates wi[...]11gh a specified n11111ber of vmgrammes in the language laboratory. Attention is drawn to th German Club and the Goethe Societv. Both bodies conduct their meetings in German. Details are posted in the D epartment.[...]mmended text: Schipporeit, L., Tenses and time phrases in modern German (Hueber). 2. STUDIES IN GEHMAN LYRIC POETRY. Prescribed texts:[...]e deutsche Lyrik, 2 vols. (Bagel). 3. STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY GERMAN PROSE. The course will consist of thirteen lectures on the texts in A below and thirteen seminars on each section of B[...]urids Brigge ( Insel). Mann, T., Tod in Venedig (O.U.P.). Diiblin, A., Berli[...]ches Lesebuch 4 (Fischer Bi.icherei 994). B. Special studies. Members may choose one of the following special study groups. (i) 1900-1920: Either Hofmannsthal, H . von, Andreas oder die Verei11igten: in H.v.H., Four stories (O.U.P[...] |
 | [...]GER:\IAN LA:\'GUAGE AND LITERATURE Wassermann, J., Caspar Haus[...]i 867). Mann, H., Der Untertan ( dtv 256-257). (ii) 1920-1945: Kafka, F ., Der Prozess (any edi[...]Seghers, A., Das siebte Kreuz ( rororo 751-752). (iii) 1945-1972: Boll, H., Der Zug war piinktlich[...]Recommended texts: Frenzel, H. A., and E., Daten deutscher Dichtung, vol. 2 ( dtv 3102).[...]Kotowski, G., Historisches Lesebuch 3, 1914-1933 (Fischer Bi.icherei 852). 4. STUDIES IN GERMAN LITERATURE, 1760-1805. Prescribed texts: Lessing, Min[...]Killy, W. (ed.), Deutsches Lesebuch, vols. 1-2 (Fischer Bi.icherei 991-992). Recommended texts: Von Hofe, H. H., Faust: Leben, Legende and Literatur (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Gray, R. D ., Goethe: a critica[...]1111 integral part of the annual examination in AG03 German lll in which performance throughout lhe year will be taken into accou11t. Practice in conver~ation, pronunciation , intonation etc. is given in regular tutoiial class ·. ttention i. also drawn to the German Club and the Co the Society. I3oth b die· conduct their meetings in Gem1an. Detail· are posted in lhe Department. AG[...]quired. A. LANGUAGE: GRAMMAR, GENERAL TRANSLATION AND CO'.\IPOSITION. Prescribed texts: Lange[...]oncise German dictionary, 2 vols. (Hodder and Stoughton ) . Ellert, F. C., and Heller, P., German One (Heath). 628 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF AR TS GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Recommended texts: E[...]rsity Tutorial Press). 8. LANGUAGE : READING AND SPECIAL TRANSLATION. Prescribed texts: Vo[...]Im Wandel der Jahre, 4th edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Ryder, F., and McCormick, E., Lebendige Literatur, Pt. 1 (Hought[...]an integral part of the annual examination in Gll German IA in which performance throughout the year will be taken into account. Practice in conversation. pronunciation. intonation, etc., is given in regular tutorial cla cs. Candidate are adu[...]Attention is also drawn to the German Club and the Goethe Society. Both bodi · conduct tl1eir meet- ings in German. Details are posted in the Department.[...]LANGUAGE. Translation, composition and essay writing; the language of literary cr[...]d texts: Hammond, R. T., Fortbildung in der deutschen Sprache (student's book) (O.U.P.). Gearey, J., and Schumann, W. (eds.), Einfiihrung in die deutsche Literatur (Holt).[...]eidt's concise German dictionary, 2 vols. (Hodder and Stoughton). Recommended[...]utschen wie Dich selbst (rororo 1297-98). Wagenbach, K. (ed.), Lesebu[...] |
 | [...]GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE C. GERMAN LITERATURE OF THE NINET[...]s an integral part of the ammal examination in AG12 German llA in which performance tbrou ghout the year will be taken into account. Praclice in conversation, pronunciation, intonation, etc., is given in regular tutorial classes. Candidal'es will[...]atory. Attention is also drawn to the Gem1an Club and the Goet11e Society. Both bodies conduct their meetings in German. Details arc posted in the Department.[...]man JIB. ADVANCED GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE I. GENERAL: Prescribed texts: Conrady, K. 0., Einfiihrung in die neuere deutsche Literaturwissenscha~ ( rororo 252-3) . Penguin companion to literature, vol. 2: European (Penguin). A. STUDIES IN AUSTRIAN LITERATURE. Prescribed texts :[...]213). Kohn, H., The Habsburg Empire 1804-1918 (Anvil Original). 630 |
 | [...]lfram van Eschenbach, Parzival, ed. H. M. Mustard and C. E. Passage (Vintage Books: Random[...]I. Details of this course are available in the Department from December 1973. D. HONO[...]973 : all members w!ll present at least one paper in the course of the year.[...]rman IIIB. ADVANCED GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE II. A. MYTHOLOGY AND LITERATURE. Prescribed texts: Hol[...]nd (University Paperbacks). Murray, Myth and rnythmaking ( Braziller). B. SEVENTEENTH CENTUR[...]erliche Simplicissimus ( Reclam). C. LITERATURE AND SOCIETY IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY. Prescribed texts:[...]mch: Restauratlon und Fortschritt 1815-1871 ( Coldmanns gel be Taschenbiicher 1818 ) . Wuthenow, R. (ed. ), Epochen der deutschen Lyrik 1830-1900 (dtv 4022).[...] |
 | [...]ABUS:ES GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (HONOURS DEGREE) Hermand, J. (ed.), Das junge Deutsch/and: Texte und Dokumente (Reclam 8703-7). Bramsted, E .. Aristocracy mul the middla clMses: social types in Germa11 literature 1830-HlOO (Phoenix[...]. untl 20. ]ahrlwnderts (Fischer). D. STUDIES IN NINETEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENTURY DRAMA. Prescribed text[...]II. Details of this course are available in the Department from December 1973. F. H[...]AG99. German for the Honours degree of B.A. B fore ntering Lhe final honour year candidates for the l1onours degn• • in German mu t {i) pass GO! German I or AGll German[...]C12 Gem1an liA; AG87 German IIB, AG03 German III, and AG88 German lilB at aJ,?propriately hi gh standard~ (ii) pass in three other subjects as indicated in Schedules-Degree of B.A., Scheoule III: The Honours Degree. During the Final year students will write a d[...]de not later than the beginning of the third term in the preceding year after consultation with the Pr[...]( a) Advanced language III. (b) Mythology and literature. See AG88 German IIIB (A). ( c) Studies in nineteenth and twentieth century drama. See AG88 German[...]mbine German with another subject for the Honours Degree. They should consult the Professor of Germ[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE AG74. S[...]ct is open to members of staff, research students and those honours students required by their Departments to take the course in Science German. 1t con ists of two lectu res weekly throughout the year. Its aim is to ensure fluency in reading German and in tran lation from German into English. No previous[...]red. Text-books: Rosenberg-Rodgers, A., and Horwood, E. K., German for sclenc.e studen[...] |
 | [...]HISTORY There are six subiects in History; n seventh subject, AH89 m story IIIS is available only to students enrolled for the Honours School in Histoty. A student proceeding to a degree mu t pass in AHO! History IA or AH31 History IB or AH41 Hi tory IC or APOl Politics I before he may take AH02 History II; and in AH02 History II before he may take AH03 History I[...]rope (O.U.P.). Dickens, A. G., Reformation and society in sixteenth-century Europe (Thames and Hudson paperback ). Elliott, J. H., Europe divided, 1559-1598 (Fontana paperback). Elton, G. R., Reformation Europe, 1517-1559 (Fontana paperback). Friedrich, C. J.,[...]able from the office of the Department of History in February. AH31. History IB. REVOLUTIONARY EUROPE 1780-1870. No pre-requisite subject. A first-year c[...]Hobsbawn, E . J., The age of revolution 1789-1848. Thomson, David, Europe since Napoleon[...]able from the office of the Department of History in February. AH41.[...]. THE UNITED STATES: COLONIES TO NATION 1608-1877. No pre-requisite subject. A first-year c[...]ck (Pelican). Ca tell, F. 0., Goodman, P., and Weinstein, A. (eds.), The growth of American politics (Oxford). Goodman, P. (ed.) , Essays in American colonial history (Holt, Rinehart and Winston) . Gatell, F. 0. (ed.), Essays on Jacksonian America (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Unger, I. (ed.), Essays on the Civil War and reco11Strnction (Holt, Rine- hart and Winston) . Greene, J. P. (ed.), The reinte[...]evolution (Harper). Blum, J. M., and others, The national experience (Harcourt[...] |
 | [...]AH02. History II. Pre-requisite: Pass in AHO! History IA or AH31 History IB or AH41 Histor[...]Politics I. Options will be offered, as staff and enrolments allow, from among the following: A. SouTII AsIAN HISTORY. A study of the history and civilisation of the Indian subcontinent ( India, Pakistan, Bangladesh) emphasising social and political developments in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Introductory reading:[...](Pelican). Srinivas, M. N., Social change in modern India (California U.P.). McLane, J. R. (ed.),The political awakening in India (Prentice-Hall). B. MoDERN EAST AsrAN HISTORY. A study of East Asian history in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, with special reference to China. Introductory reading: Reischauer, E. 0., Fairbank, J. K.i and Craig, A. M., East Asia: the modern transformation (George A !en and Unwin). Bianco, L., Origins of the Chinese[...]ey, W. G., The modem history of Japan (Weidenfeld and Nicolson). C. MoDERN SouTII EAST AsrAN HrsTORY. A study of South East Asian history in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries within which special options will permit the study of the history of one country in depth. Introductory reading: Bastin, J., and Benda, H., A history of modern South East Asia (Prentice- Hall). Steinberg, D. J., In search of South-East Asia: a modern history (Prae[...]-Hall). Allen, R.H. S., Malaysia: prospect and retrospect (O.U.P.). Chesneaux, J., The Vi[...]PACIFIC HISTORY. A study of social change in the Pacific Islands, New Zealand and New Guinea from the eighteenth century to th[...]Introductory reading: Davidson, J. W., and Scarr, D. (eds.), Pacific Island portraits (A.N.U[...](New Amer. Lib.). Maude, H. E., Of islands and men (O.U.P.). Shineberg, D., They came for[...].U.P.). Hastings, P., New Guinea: problems and prospects (Cheshire). E. RusSIAN HJSTORY IN TIIE NINETEENTII AND TWENTIETH CENTURIES. Introductory reading:[...]THE MODERN WoRLD: BRITAIN, RussIA AND GERMANY: NINETEENTII AND TWENTIETH CENTURIES. Introductory rea[...] |
 | [...]e German economy, 1870 to the present CWeidenfeld and Nicolson). Nave, A., An econo[...]e impact of Western man: a study of Europe's role in the world economy 1750-1960 (Macmillan). Barber, W. J.. A histor[...]conomic history of Europe, vol. 6.G. CULTURE IN VICTORIAN ENGLAND. A study of the interaction between industrialism and culture in England 1840-1918. Source material may be found not only in historical wtiting, but also in literature, painting, music, architecture and other arts. Introductory reading:[...]Hilton, T., The pre-Raphaelites (Thames and Hudson). Jordon, R. F., Victorian Architecture (Pelican). Gilbert and Sullivan, The Savoy operas ( Papermac).[...]Pevsner, N., Sources of modern architecture and design (Thames and Hudson Paperback). J. THE ENGLISH REVOLUTION AND THE MODER1'ISATION OF ENGLISH SOCIETY 1603-1760. Prelimina1y reading: Aylmer, G[...]Plumb, J. H., The growth of political stability in England 1675-172.3 (Peregrine). Plumb, J. H., England in the eighteenth century (Pelican). K. AUSTRALIAN HrsTORY : GOLD RusH TO GREAT DEPRESSIO:-<. A study of the history of Australia fr[...]lia (Hutchinson). Glynn, S., Urbanization in Australian history, 1788-1900 (N'elson). Golian, R., Radical and working class politics ( M.U.P.). Hancock[...]egend (O.U.P.). Younger, R. M., Australia and the Australians (Rigby). L. LITERATURE AND SOCIETY: BRITAIN AND EUROPE 1870-194.5. A study of some major Cl·ises in twentielh century Europ e tl1roug h historical and literary sources, concentrating on the British expe rience and vision: including the impact of the Great \\ nr, the Rus ian Hevolution . European Fascism and the Second World 'War. (Common lectur e:ou e with History IIIS: Britain 1914-1945.) 636 |
 | [...]lican). Stearns, P. N., European society in upheaval (Collier-Macmillan). For all subjects[...]able from the office of the Department of History in February. AH03. History IIIA. Pre-requisite: Pass in AH02 History II. One of the following options[...]istory IIIB. Options will be offered, as staff and enrolments allow, from among the following:[...]story. E. Russian history of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. F. lviaterial Foundations of the Modern World: Britain, Russia and Germany: nineteenth and twentieth centuries. G. Culture in Victorian England. J. The English revolution and the modernisation of English society 1603-1760. K. Australian History: Gold Rush to Great Depression. L. Literature and Society: Britain and Europe 1870-1945. The syllabus in each of the subjects listed for AH03 History IIIA will be similar to that of the corresponding subject in AH02 History II; but students taking AH03 History[...]AH13. History IIIB. Pre-requisite: Pass in AH02 History II. One of the following options[...]istory IIIA. Options will be offered, as staff and enrolments allow, from among the following:[...]istory. E. Russian history of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. F. Material Foundations of the Modem World: Britain, Russia and Germany: nineteenth and twentieth centuries. G. Culture in Victorian England. J. The English revolution and the modernisation of English society 1603-1760. K. Australian History: Gold Rush to Great Depression. L. Literature and Society: Britain and Europe 1870-1945. The syllabus in each of the subjects listed for AH13 History IIIB will be similar to that of the corresponding subject in AH02 History II; but students taking AH13[...] |
 | [...]HISTORY (HONOURS DEGREE) AH89. History[...]an of the Department to enter the Honours course. In 1974 the syllabus will consist of either (i) Australian history or (ii) Britain: War, peace and politics 1914-1940. History for the Honours degree of B.A. A student wishing to join the Honours[...]History IC or APOl Politics I; AH02 History II. In their third year Honours students will take: ( 1) AH03 History IIIA, and ( 2) AH89 History IIIS. A student who has special reasons for wishing to complete Part III of a sub[...]normally be given to a student who has not passed in AHOl History IA or AH31 History IB or AH41 History IC. In special circumstances Arts graduates may apply to be allo[...]l Honours will depend on satisfactory performance in the work of the third year. Final Honours work includes the writing of a thesis, two special subjects, and a general essay paper. 638 |
 | [...]MUSIC (FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS) All students are encouraged to participate in the practical work of the Department (e.g. choir;[...]so apply for aamission as 'single study' students in voice or instrument.[...]c THEORY: Elements of notation, terminology, and formal analysis. 2. Music IN WESTERN Soc1ETY: A study of selected areas in music history, taking into account the general cu[...]c. Text-books: Dunwell, W., Music and the European mind (Herbert Jenkins). Kar[...]style (McGraw-Hill). Einstein, A., Music in the romantic em {Dent) . Grout, D. J., A[...]ist (McGraw-Hill). Lang, P. J:1 ., Music in Western Civilisation (Dent). Merriam, A.[...]orthwestern U.P.) . Netti, B., The o1'1f and method in ethnom~1sicology (Collier Macmillan) . N[...]sic (Prentice-Hall) . Pawy, R G.1 M11slc in. the classical period (Prentice-Hall). Sachs, C., Tne f'ise of music in the ancient world ( orton). Salzman, E.,[...]music (Prentice-Hall). eay, A., M 11sic in. the mediaeval world (Prentice-Hall). We[...]tonal harmony from Bach to Beethoven. 2. Music IN WESTERN SocIETY: A study of selected areas in music history, taking into account the general cu[...]. Text-books: Dunwell, W., Music and the European. mind (Herbert Jenkins) . Goldman, R. F., Harmony in Western music (Norton). Reference b[...] |
 | [...]/seminars a week. 1. Musrc THEORY: (a) Studies in acoustics and instruments. ( b) Analysis and style study. 2. HISTORY OF MUSIC: (Terms I and III only). A choice of topics within the 18th and 19th centuries. 3. PRACTICAL 'WORK: (a) During Term II, a choice of workshops/seminars in one of the following areas: electronic music; ethnomusicology; music in education. 01' ( b) Individual instruction throughout the year in voice or instrument (subject to auditi[...]elican). Benade, A. H., Horns, st.rings and Jwrmony (Anchor Books). Hardy, G., and Fish, A. Mu ic Literature: a workbook for analysi[...]ersity paperbacks). Einstein, A., Music in the romantic eta (Dent). La Rue, J. Gui[...]53. Music III. Pre-requisite subject: a Pass in UA52 Music II. The course consists of twelve ho[...]eeks of two terms. PROJECTS: Two projects, one in each of two terms, chosen from the Department's P[...]ns well as pecific considerations of music theory and music history, the reiated mu icolc gical implications of aesthetics, philosophy and sociology. Jn addition to the written assignments within each project (e.g. style studies through analysis and applied techniques of ham1ony and counterpoint; essays, etc.) students are encourag[...]ve course work for each Project lasts four weeks, in the first half of a term, when a Project group me[...]nsive group work, a student co1'ltinues his study in the various fields which have been discus ed: for instance he prepares a recital programme, compositio11 and/or research papers relatin_g to the arious[...] |
 | [...]m. PRELIMINARY HONOURS: Preliminary Honours work in a chosen area: ethnomusicology; musicology; music in education. PROJECT: One project (additional to[...]UA69. Music for the Honours Degree of B.A. Students intending to take Honours shou[...]ects: UA51 Music I, UA52 Music II, UA53 Music III and UA68 Music IIIS. Candidates will complete resea[...]ETHNOMUSICOLOGY. Syllabus: A course of seminars and individual tuition in the theoretical back- ground to ethnomusicology,[...]L MUSICOLOGY. Syllah1.1s: A couTse of seminars and indi vidual tuition in: paleography: selected theoretical writings; edit[...]TIC MUSICOLOGY. Syllabus: A course of seminars and individual tuition in: advanced acoustics; psycho-acoustics; music phys[...]music philosophy; information theory. 4. Music IN EnucATION. A course of workshops in creative music, and improvisation; and a comprehen- sive study of more advanced teaching methods, including associated work in electronics. Part of this work will involve students taking projects into primary and secondary schools.[...] |
 | [...]PHILOSOPHY There are two half-subjects and three subjects in Philosophy for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts. ALIH.[...]half-subject. The half-subject is to be completed in one year and is not normally available to external students. There is one lecture each week and one tutorial each fortnight. The hnlf-subject i[...]philosophy. There will be a course of lectl.lres in the first term OJl Ethics and in the second and third terms there will be lectures on the following topics: bod)'. mind and death; freedom and detenninism ; the xistence of God. The aim of Lhese lectures is to consider what man is and what his place in the univer e might be. Text-books: Fr[...]phy series). Berofsky, B. (ed.), Free-will and determinism (Harper. Sources in Con- temporary Philosophy series ) . Campbell, K. K., Body and mind (Macmillan. Problems in Philosophy series). Hick, J. (ed.), The existence of God (Macmillan. Problems in Philosophy series). AL2H. Logic and Argument IH. There is no pre-requisite for this half-subject. The half-subject is to be completed in one year and is not normally available to external students. There is one lecture each week and one tutorial each fortnight. There are five courses of lectures in the half-subject, as follows:- A. A course in the first term dealing with elementarr formal logic, including accounts of truth, consistency and truth-functiona validity. B. A course in the second term dealing further with elementary f[...]an introduction to quantificational validity and the notion of proof. C. A course in the second term dealing with informal logic, including elementary theory of meaning and identification of fallacies. D. A course in the third term dealing with a special topic or topics in logic, (e.g. elementary axiomatics, logic and computing, logic and rationality). E. A course in the third term dealing with a special topic in philosophy. This will be a non-technical introduction to the philosophy of science and does not require a scientific background. T[...]. Students who intend to take the logic option in AL02 Philosophy II, which is a pre-requisite for AL99 Philosophy for the Honours degree of B.A., must take either ABD or ABE. Text-b[...]Course A: Jeffrey, R. C., Formal logic: its scope and limits (McGraw- Hill). For course B: Jeffrey, R. C., Formal logic: its scope and limits (McGraw- Hill). For course C: Wilson, J. B., Language and the pursuit of truth (Cambridge U .P.).[...]set text. For course E: Quine, W. V. 0., and Ullian, J. S., The web of belief[...] |
 | [...]re~re quisite for AL99 Philosophy for the Honours degree of B.A. The pn ·s-mark is an aggregate over the[...]sen (see below ) . The subject is to be completed in one year and is not normally available to external students. There are two lectures and one tutorial each week. The subject has three parts: Part A.(11), Part B.(11), and Part Logic (II) . Some two of these must be taken[...]pre-requisite for AL99 Philosophy for the Honours degree of B.A. Part A. (II) in 1975, which will be similar to Part A. (II) in 1974, will also b e offered as an option in AL03 Philosophy IIIA, but will be available only[...]y counted Part A. (II) towards AL02 Philosophy II in 1973 or subsequently. PHILOSOPHY A. (II ) . Th[...]erms of lectures on ethics, political philosophy, and the philosophy of the social sciences, and one term on moral responsibility. PHILOSOPHY B.[...]ll be three terms of lectures dealing with topics in the philosophy of science, the philosophy of mind, metaphysics and epistemology. PART LOGIC (II). There will be two terms of lectures on elementary logic and one term on the philosophy of logic. Text-bo[...]Student Editions). Berofsky, B., Free will and determinism (Harper and Row). For Philosophy B.(11) . Quine, W. V. 0., and Ullian, J. S., The web of belief (Random House).[...]ce-Hall). Rosenthal, D. (ed.), Materialism and the body-mind problem (Prentice- Hall).[...]Philosophy IIIA. The pre-requis ite is a pass in AL02 Philosophy II. Students who choose the logic[...]II. ( An y student who passed AL02 Philosophy II in or before 1970 will be deemed to have satisfied t[...]sen ( see below). The subject is to b e completed in one year and is not normally available to external students.[...]four parts, Part A(III), Part B(III), Part C(III) and Part Logic (III). Some two of these must be taken[...]as for Part A{ II), except that a higher standard in written work and examinations will be required. Part A (III) is av[...]dy counted Part A( II) towards AL02 Philosophy II in 1973 or subsequently, and is available only when the timetable permi[...] |
 | [...]ne term of lectures on the problems of universals and individuation, and two tenns on the philosophy of religion. PART C(I[...]ures on the problem of truth, one term on grammar and philosophy, and one term on meaning, intending and doing things with words. PART LOG1c(III). The[...]eteness, undecidability, modal logic and problems in the interpretation of formal systems. Text-[...]tudent Editions). Berofsky, B., Free will and determinism (Harper and Row). For Part B (III). Swinburne,[...]cle (Macmillan). Yandell, K. E., God, man and religion (McGraw-Hill). Strawson, P. F.,[...]ey, G. J., U11derstandi11g symbolic logic (Harper and Row). Quine, W. V. 0 ., Word a11d ob;ect[...]The course of lectures will be given every year and will be completed in one year. Subjects of examination will be the topics discussed in the following books: Hare, R. M., Language of morals (O.U.P.). Hare, R. M., Freedom and reason (O.U.P.). Aristotle, Nicomachean et[...]story of ethics (Routledge). Walsh, J. J., and Shapiro, H. L. (eds.), Aristotle's ethics: issues and interpretations (Wadsworth). Huds[...]AL99. Philosophy for the Honours Degree of B.A. Pre-requisite subjects: ALOI Philosophy I, AL02 Philosophy II and AL03 Philosophy IIIA. Besides satisfying the requirements set out in Schedule III of the degree of Bachelor of Arts, a candidate should have included the Logic option in his cour e in AL02 Philosophy II or should have passed a logic examination of equivalent tandard. Courses and texts will be decided at the beginning of[...] |
 | [...]POLITICS Five courses are offered in this Department: APO! Politics I, AP32 Politics IIA, AP42 Politics IIB, AP03 Politics IIIA and AP13 Politics IIIB. The books recommended are n[...]how the lectures should be supplemented. Essays and written ex rci cs are regarded as an integral par[...]rises two sections- a study of Australian society and its political sy tern and an introduction to political theory. Introductory notes and reading lists will be available at the office of the PoHtics D partrnent on 4 F ebruary. 1974, and hould Le collected by intending studci ts as soon[...]Preliminary reading: "Playford, J., and Kirsner, D., Australian capitalism-towards a soci[...]critique (Penguin). 0 Marx, K., and Engels, F ., The communist manifesto (Penguin).[...]d). Mill, J. S., Utilitarianism, liberty and representative government (Every- man). "Miller, J. D. B., and Jinks, B., Australian government and politics (Duck- worth, 1971 edition).[...]ounter) . 0 Encel, S., Equality and authority (Cheshire). "Mayer, H., and Nelson, H., Australian politics (Cheshire).[...]heory (Random). Books marked 0 are available in paperback editions. AP32. Politics IIA. Pre-requisite: Pass in APO! Politics I. Other pre-requisites for particular options are cited below, and in special cases alternative pre-requisites may be accepted[...]al students. Options will be offered, as staff and enrolments allow, from among the following: A. PoHtical sociology. B. Political theory and American politics . C. European politics. D. Marxism and third world ideologies. E. Contemporary[...] |
 | [...]POLITICS This course will examine theoretical and empirical approaches to the political aspects of sociology. It will examine th nature of sociology and sociological method including the problem of objectivity and values. The various concepts of social order will be studied and in both these fields attention will be paid to the c[...]the classical sociologists, particularly Durkheim and 'Veber. The more empirically-based section of t[...]; commu.oity power· social change, modernisation and revolution. Field-work pro1·ecl0 are encouraged as an integral part of the course and lectures in survey met iod will be provided . Introductory reading: 0 Almond, G. A., and Coleman, J. S. ( eds.), Politics of the developin[...](Princeton U.P.). "Almond, G. A., and Verba, S., Civic culture (Little Brown). 0[...]U.P.). 0 Aron, R., Main currents in sociological thought, vol. 2 (Penguin). "B[...]uin). 0 Bottomore, T. B., Elites and society (Penguin). 0 Bottomore, T . B., Sociology (Allen and Unwin). °Cohen, P., Modern social theory[...]sociology (Harper). "Dahrendorf, R., Class and class conflict in an industrial society (Routledge). Davies, A. F., and Encel, S., Australian society (Cheshire). "Dawson, R. E., and Prewitt, K., Political socialisation (Little Brow[...]ical imagination (Penguin). "Moser, C. A., and Kalton, G., Survey methods in social investigation ( Heinemann). "Nordlinger, E. A., Politics and society (Prentice-Hall). "Olsen, M. E., Power in societies (Macmillan). "Pizzomo, A. (ed.), Political sociology (Penguin). "Pye, L. W., and Verba, S., Political culture and political development (Princeton U .P[...]ociological theory (Routledge). "Rush, M., and Althoff, P., An introduction to political sociolo[...]ductory readings (Penguin). B. POLITICAL THEORY AND AMERICAN POLITICS. Pre-requisites: APOl Politics I or AH41 History IC (American History 1600- 1877). Not available to students who have alre[...]ideas, particularly those connected with majority and I!Unority rights, tlie American association of democracy and free enterprise and on the American science of politics in tlie twentieth century. Depending on student inte[...]s on me military-industrial power elite the lobby and pressure group theory, American elections and political parties, racism and Myrdal's American dilemma, the radicals and their analyses of American society. the e.\-pansi[...]hird-year stud ents will be expected to undertake in greater depth work in a specific field of interest to be arranged with their tutor early in the year. Suggested rnading: An American "college text" such as Burns and Peltason or Irish and Prothro. De Tocqueville, Democracy in America. 646 |
 | [...]S POLITICS "McKenzie, W. J. M., Politics and social science (Pelican). The Federalist Papers; ed. and introd. by Beloff, (Blackwell's Text edition) . The New York Times (Week in Review). "Zeitlin, M. (eel.), American. societ y, inc. (Markham). "Edwards, R. C., Reich, M., and Weisskopf, T. E., The capitalist system, a[...]ce-Rall). Christoffel, T., Finkelhor, D., and Cilbarg, D ., Up against the American m[...]APOl Politics I or AH31 History 1B or the optioD in AH02 History II, AH03 History IHA or AH13 History[...]political systems of Britain, France, West Gemmny and the Soviet Union . A prelirilinary reading list w[...]Some useful texts: Macridis, R. C., and Ward, R. E. (eds.), Modern political systems:[...]tion (Prentice-Hall). Rose, R., Politics in England (Faber). 0 Blondel, J., Voters, part'ies and leaders (Penguin ) . 0 Han on, A. H., and WaJles, !., Governing Brltai-11 ( Fontana ). 0 Ehrmann, H. W., Politics in France, 2nd edition (Little Brown ) . "Dlondel, J., and Godfrey, E. D. The government of Fran ce (Methuen[...]U.P.). "Schapiro, L. B., The government and volitics of the Soviet Union (Hutchinson). 0 Barghoorn, F. C., Politics in th~ USSR, 2nd edition (Little Brown). 0[...]ition (Crowell). "Edinger, L. J., Politics in Germany (Little Brown). "Almond, G. A., and Powell, G. B., Comparative politics (Little Brown). D. MAR.'C:ISM AND THIRD WORLD IDEOLOGIES. Pre-requisites: APOl Politics I or AH3 1 History lB (Revolutionary Europe 1780-1870) , or other subjects, at the discretion of th[...]le to students who have already passed the Social and Political Theory part of AP32 Politics IIA. or AP[...]nineteenth century to the present day. Theorists and movements in Europe and the Third World will be consid red. The course wj[...]o two parts. (a) A study of socialismi Marxism and anarchism, with particular emphasis on the writings of Marx and ater Marxists. A detailea course outline and reading guide will be available from the Politics Department Office in late January. Basic reading: "Horowi[...]Jordanf Z. E. (ed.), Karl Marx.: Economy, class and social revolution ( e son ). 0 Krimerman, L., and Perry, L. (eds.), Patterns of ana.rchy (Anchor).[...]htheim, G., The origins of socialism ( Weidenfeld and Nicolson) . 0 Lichtl1eim, G., A short history of socialism ( Weidenfeld and icolson ). 0 Lichtheim, G.[...] |
 | [...]e tho11ght of Karl Marx (Macmillan). Marx and Engels, Selected works (one volume edition-Foreig[...]ican). ( b ) After an examination of classical and contemporary theories of im2erialism and neo-colonialism the ideas of the revolutionary th[...]uch as the Negritude tradition, African socialism and African democracy. Basic reading: "[...]mann) . "Rhodes, R. I. (ed.), Imperialism and underdevelopment-a reader (Monthly Re[...]guin). "Handyside, R. ( c<l.). Reoolution in Guinea-selected texts of Amilcar Cabr[...]vi w). 0 Debray, R., Revolution in the revolution (Penguin). "Ho Chi Minh, O[...]of ~loo Tse-t1111g (Penguin ). "Reed, J., and Wake, C. (eds.), Senghor: /JrOSe ancl poetrv (O.U.P.). "Wauthier, C., The literature and thought of modem Africa ( Pall . !all). "Friedland, W. H., and Rosberg, C. (eds.) , African socialis1n ( Stallford U.P.). "Nyerere, J. K., Freedom and socialism (East African Publishing House).[...]Pre-reguisites: APOl Politics I or the option in AH02 Hi tory II. AH03 History IIIA or AH13 History IIIB called "Culture in Victorian England". ot available to tudents w[...]the pre-1974 AP03 Politic IllA-fodustrial Society and Th ories of Community. The course is concerned with the nature and problems of social life in modern industrial societies. fo particular, certa[...]view of human freedom autonomy or a\1thenticit;y, and the kinds of social re-organisation which they en[...]feminism: An analysis of the theories of feminism and the a sumptions they contest. The theories will b[...]cify investigation of the position of women, pa t and present. The prescriptions for change and the predictions for the future will be examined.[...]eading: Atkinson, D., Orthodox consensus and radical alternative (Heinemann). Birnbau[...](Doubleday). Goodman, P., Utopian essays and practical vroposals ( Vintage). IIJich, I., De-schooling society (Ca.Ider and Boyars ) . Illich, I., Celebratio[...] |
 | [...](Faber) . kinn r, D. F., Beyond freedom and dignity (Knopf). Tonnies F ., Comm1111ity and society ( Harp r) . Trilling, L ., Sincerity and a11tlienticity ( Harvard U .P.). 0[...]F., The origins of the famll.y, private l)ropcrty and tlic ·tate. Figes, E., Patriarchal atti[...]those units of AH02 History II, AH03 History lllA and AH13 History IIIB named A, B, C, D, E, or F or AJ03 Geography IIT (South and South East Asia) or EE13 Economic Development III[...]ill consider broad questions relating to politics and social change in Asia. Although the course will focus primarily upon China and India, broad comparative questions will be raised including the nature of theory and practice. A111011g the topics which will be raise[...]ice on present societies, Asian views of politics and the political and the nature of revolution and reaction in Asia. Recommended books: 0 A[...]ailey, F. G., Politics a11d social change: Orissa in 1959 (California U.P.). Brass, P.R., Factional politics in an Indian state (California U.P. ). 0 Hardgrave, R. L., India: government and 110/itics in a developing nation (Harcourt, Brace). °Kothari, R., Politics in India (Little, Brown ). 1 fcAlister, J. T., and 0 !us, P., The Vietnamese and thei-r revolution (Harper). "Moore, B., The social origins of dictatorship and democracy (Allan Lane/ Penguin).[...]U .P.). 0 mi th, W. C., Islam -in modern history (Mentor). 0 Wolf,[...]iew). Hunter, ., Chinese s7>iritualit11 (in press). Hunter, 1 ., Shanglwi journal ([...]rks. Hinton, W., Tlie hundred day war ( 1-.fonthl)' Review). Myrdal, J., Report fro[...]onal relations between advanced Western societies and the countries of South-East Asia and Latin America, including the phenomenon of[...] |
 | [...]POLITICS ( b) Problems of social and economic development in the "third world", and attempted solutions, including a comparative study of Vietnam, Philippines, Indonesia and China; ( c) The relationships b etween the major powers as a backdrop to the issues raised in (a) and (b). Recommended books : "Rhodes, R. I., Imperialism and underdevelopment-a reader (Monthly Re[...](Monthly Review). 0 Baran, P. A., and Sweezy, P. M., Monopoly capital ( P lican ) .[...]Mont.b ly Review ) . " Uphoff; . T., and Ilchman, W. F. (eds.), The political eco110111 y[...]l analysis ( Ierril). "Wheelwright, E. L., and lcFai:lane, B., T11e Chinese road to socialism[...]t Asia's economy (Penguin). "Friedman, E., and Selden, M. ( eds.) , America's Asia (Pantheon).[...]of crisis (Prentice-Hall). "Ferguson, Y., and Welker, W., Continuing issues in international politics ( Goodyear). "Clark, G., In fear of China (Lansdowne). "Horowitz, D ., From Yalta to Vietnam (Penguin). "Playford, J. D., and Kirsner, D., Australian capitalism, 2nd edition (Penguin) . Books marked " are available in paperback editions.[...]litics IIB. Pre-requisites: As for the subjects in AP32 Politics IIA or, alternatively, a/ass in AP32 Politics IIA. In special cases, other pre-requisites may be accepte by the[...]ics IIA or AP42 Politics IIB. B. POLITICAL THEORY AND AMERICAN POLITICS. Not available to students wh[...]P32 Politics IIA or AP42 Politics IIB. D. MARXISM AND THIRD WORLD IDEOLOGIES. Not available to students who have already passed the Social and Political Theory component of the pre-1974[...] |
 | [...]AP03. Politics IIIA. Pre-requisite: Pass in AP32 Politics TIA or AP42 Politics IIB, or other[...]al students. Options will be offered, as staff and enrolments allow, from among the following: A. PO[...]s IIA or AP42 Politics IIB. B. POLITICAL THEORY AND AMERICAN POLITICS. Not available to students who[...]2 Politics IIA or AP42 Politics IIB. D. MARXISM AND THIRD WORLD lnEOLOGIES. Not available to students who have already passed the Social and Political Theory component of the pre-1974 AP32 P[...]the pre-1974 AP13 Politics IIIB. The syllabus in each of the subjects listed for AP03 Politics IIIA will be similar to that of the corresponding subject in AP32 Politics IIA or AP42 Politics IIB ; but stud[...]APl3. Politics IIIB. Pre-requisites: Pass in AP32 Politics IIA or AP42 Politics IIB or AP03 Po[...]o itlcs ill . Option will be offered, as staff and enrolments allow, from among the following[...] |
 | [...]POLITICS B. POLITICAL THEORY AND AMERICAN POLITICS. Not available to students wh[...]Politics IIA or AP42 Politics IIB. D. MAllXISM AND THIIUJ WoRLD loEoLOGIES. Not available to students who have already passed the Social and Political Theory component of the pre-1974 AP32 P[...]IB. G. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS. The syllnbus in each of the subjects listed for AP13 Politics IIIB will be similar to that of the corresponding subject in AP32 Politics HA or AP42 Politics IIB; but studen[...]AP99. Politics for the Honours Degree of B.A. Students intending to take Honours sho[...]r. They will be required to undertake such thesis and seminar work as may be required by the Hea[...] |
 | [...]Y PSYCHOLOGY In 1974 there will be three courses in Psychology for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts: AYOl Psychology I, AY02 Psychology II and AY03 Psychology III.[...]he main fields of modern experimental psychology, and quali6es the tudent to take further psychology su[...]chology, personality, social psychology, thinking and language, elementary descriptive and inferential statistics. 111e course is mad up of three lectures, one tutorial and a one hour laboratory assignment each week. In addition students are required to spend periods not e ·ceeding a total of five hours in the year as participants in psychological experiments. Preliminary and parallel reading: Psychology today: an intr[...]References: Carroll, J. B., Language and thought ( Prentice-Hall) . Deese, J. E ., Psycholinguistics (Allyn and Bacon). Geiwitz, P. J., Non-freudian perso[...]Penguin Book ) . Munn, N., Fernald, L. D., and Fernald, P. S., Iritroduction to psychology,[...]the child (Prentice-Hall). Runyon, R. P., and Haber, A., Fundamentals of behavioral statistics[...], Foundations of physiological psychology (Harper and Row). Butter, C. M., Neuropsychology: The study of brain and behaviou1' ( Brooks-Cole) . Tyler, L. E., Tests and measureme11ts (Prentice-Hall). Approximately 20 Scientific American off-prints will be recommended in lectures during the year.[...]The course comprises: (i) Theory: three lectures and one tutori.J a week; (ii) Laboratory: an average of two hours a we k in Terms I and II devoted to general ex'Pe.rimental work and social ps>1 chology· (iii) Demonstrations, Rim and vi its to imtitutions: these replace the laborato[...]e course is oriented towards the controlled study and measurement of human and animal behaviour, both individual and social. It also deals with the testing of contemporary psychological theory and the possibilities for their application. Refer[...]minary meeting of the class. Bickman , L. and Hencby, T ., Beyond the laboratory: field research in social 11s11chology ( i\foGraw-H[...] |
 | [...]PSYCHOLOGY Campbell, B. A., and Church, R. M. (eds.), Punishment and aversive behaviour (Appleton-Century-Cro[...]y of sensory behaviour ( Holt, Rinehart and Winston) . Day, R. H., Perception (Wiley). Goldstein, H., and others (eds.), Controversial issues in learning (Appleton-Century-Crofts). Haber, R. ., Contemporary theory and research in visual perception (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Hilgard. E. R., and Bower, G. H., Theories of learning, 3rd edition[...]l). Murrell, K. F. H., Ergonomics (Chapman and Hall). Pribram, K. H., Languages of the brain (Prentice-Hall). Runyon, R. P., and Haber, A., Fundamentals of behavioural statistics[...]Sidowski, J. B. (ed.), Experimental methods and instrumentation in ps11chology (McGraw-Hill). Steger, J. A. (ed), Readings in statistics (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Thompson, R. F., Foundations of physiological psychology (Harper and Row). Welford, A. T., Fundamentals of skill (Methuen). Yates, A. J., Frustration and confUct. AY23. P[...]II. The course will consist of three lectures and one tutorial class each week throughout the year.[...]practical work itself will be carried out mainly in the student's own time. The lecture topics will include: pgychological statistics and res arch design, role theo ry, physiological and motivational processes, perception, and personality. Important reference books are as[...](Penguin). Arnold, M. B. (ed.), Feelings and emotions (Academic Press). Biddle, B. J., and Thomas, E. J. (eds.), Role theory: concepts and research (Wiley). Corso, J. F.,[...]ogy of sensory behavior (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Goodstein, L. D., and Lanyon, R. I. (eds.), Readings in personality assessment (Wiley) .[...]l sciences, 2nd edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston) ; or Edwards, A. L., Statistical methods, 3rd edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Kish, L., Survey sampling (Wiley). Lanyon R. I., and Goodstein, L. D., Personality assessment (Wiley). Lindzey, G., .and Aronson, E. (eds.), Handbook of social psychology, 2nd edition, volumes l and 2 (Addison-Wesley). Semeonoff, B. (ed.),[...]en). Winer, B. J., Statistical principles in experimental design (McGraw- Hill); or Edwards, A. L., Experimental d esign in psychological research, 4th edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston ) . Young, P. T., Motivation and emotion (Wiley). (Preliminary reading:[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS PSYCHOLOGY (HONOURS DEGREE) AY99. Psychology for the Honours degree of B.A. Pre-requisite subjects: AYOl Psychology I, AY02 Psychology II and AY23 Psychology III. Cand idates are required[...]full attendance for an entire academic year to a special course of study in tl1e 12sychological laboratory. Th course will includ lectures and discus ions on advanced topics. It will also involve the writing of a substantial essay and the presentation of a dissertation embod>•- ing the results of, and a survey of the literature relevant to, a researc[...]provides syllabus AY79 Psychology for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. (see under Faculty of Medicin[...] |
 | [...]OF THE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY REGULATIONS I. There shall be a postgraduate Diploma in Applied Psychology. 2. A candidate for admissi[...]diploma shall: (a) have been admitted to a degree of the University or to a degree of another university accepted for the purpose by the University, and ( b) have obtained the approval of the Hea[...]ject to th approval of the Council, the Facult ma in pecial cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may see[...]y to be undertaken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be pre cribed in the schedules approved by the Council. Such sch d[...]or such other date as the Council shall determine and shall be pub- lished in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]desires that the examinations which he has passed in the University or elsewhere should be counted pro tm1to for the Diploma in Applied Psychology, may on written applica[...] |
 | [...]lassifications of pass at an annual examina- tion in any subject for the Diploma: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit, and Pass. The names of candidates within each classification shall be arranged in alphabetical order. 7. (a) A candidate who fails to pas the examination in any subject or who fails to complete satisfactorily the prescribed practical work, and who desires to take the subject or practical work again, shall again attend such . lectures and satisfactorily do such written and practical work as the professor or lecturer conce[...]date who has twice failed to pass the examination in any subject or who has t\ ·ce failed to complete[...]r that subject or practical ' ork again except by special permi sion of the Faculty of Arts to be obtained in writing from th e Academic Registrar and then only u nder such conditions as may be prescr[...]candidate who has enrolled for at least two terms in an academic year and who is refused permission to sit for examination[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall be awarded the Diploma in Applied Psychology. Regulation[...]NOTE: Syllabuses of the subjects for th Diploma in Applied Psychologv are published below. immediately after the regulations and schedules of the diploma . For syllabuse. of ubject tnuJ?ht for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at th end of t[...]of study. 2. A candidate who holds an Honours degree of B.A. or B.Sc. in Psychology, or an Ordinary degree of B.A. or B.Sc. with Psychology as a third-year[...]the Department of Psychology that his experience in psychology is equivalent to a three-year u[...] |
 | [...]SCH EDULES sequence in psychology, and is of a kind which will enable him to understand and profit from the course of study for the diploma.[...]ot so satisfy the Head of the Department, tb e pr - liminary work necessary to satisfy the requiremen[...]OURSE OF STUDY 1. A candidate for the Diploma in Applied Psychology shall regu- larly attend lectures and seminars, do such written work as may be prescribed, and pass examination in the following subjects (unless exempted under reg[...]c) Occupational Psychology ( d) Personality and Social Relations ( e) Psychopathology ( f) Statistics and Methodology ( g) Educational Psychology II may be presented in place of any two of the subjects (a) t[...]tisfactorily the prescribed practical work, which in the case of part-time students will be undertaken[...]ctical work will include: (a) Practical work in applied psychology for a total of at least[...]applied psycho- logy, chosen by himself and approved by the Head of the Depa[...] |
 | [...]OF THE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY SY[...]e department concerned details of the examination in thnt ubject induding the relative weights given t[...]ng the subject: Psychology: Y. The first digit 0-7, identifies each of the eight Sttbjects for the[...]cates that it is a subject for either the Diploma in Applied P ychology or the Diploma in Education.[...] |
 | [...]PP .PSYCH. -SYLLABUSES DIPLOMA IN APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY The course is i11tended pl'[...]aculty of Science who hav ither an Honours Degree in P ycbology or an Ordinary D j!ree with Psychology[...]hat they have an equivalent tandard of attainment in psychology may also be permitted to proceed to th[...]he course ar expected to de elop research skills. and ome students may be ncouraged to pursue their research interests for a higher degree. The course will normally be complete<l in two year of pa1t-time study. ll includes lectures demonstrations, and discussions on the subjects of study listed below[...]tical work e 'ion per week throughout the course, and I ctures on special topi . The subject· of study 1-5 below are nomrnlly examined in the first year of the course, and subjects 6 and 8 below in the second year. e sm nt of tudents will[...]Occupational Psychology. 4. AY34 Personality and Social Relations. 5. AY44 Psychopathology. 6. AY54 Statistics and l\Iethodology. 7. AY64 Practical Work. 8.[...]AD30 Educational Psychology II may be taken in place of any two of the subjects 1[...]ur session per week. Topics will include: Changes in individual capacity and personality through the life-span, from childhood[...]nciple of human performance; the nature of skill, and implications for the design of machines and of working environments; methods of job-analysis; fatigue and boredom. AY24. Occu[...]opics will include: Factors affecting performance in occupational settings, such as : motivation; vocational guidance, personnel selection and training; managerial organisation. AY34. Personality and Social Relations. Lectures will be given for o[...]s will include: (a) The study of human adjustment and creative behaviour. (b) Interpersonal relationships in small group situations. 660 |
 | [...]: P ychosis, neuro~ls nnd personality disor<lers, and their causation ; the i:olc of interpersonal p rception, communication nn<l transaction in the development and mnintcnallce of disorder; p ychotherapy. AY54. Statistics and Methodology. Lectures will be given for three[...]f actions t3ken fo th fi eld ; uses of regression and covarinnce; factor analysis; the study of individual ca e ; the construction of psychological tests and t11e study of their reliability, validity, and \ttility; the de ign of questiortnafres, and the design nnd conduct of social surveys.[...]AY64. Practical Work. Praclica l work in applied ln«:hology will be required for a total[...]red hours. This wiJI normally be undertake.n both in the form of practical demonstration nncl exercises in the Psychology Dcpnrbnent, and in work in conjunction with agencies co-operating with the D[...]work ill the Department would include experience in psychological testing, interviewing aud casework. Assessment will be made on the basi · of attendance and work during Lhe period of enrolment for the diplo[...]ield of applied psychology, chosen by the student and approved by the Chairman of the Department of Psy[...]ology II. For syllabus see the Advanced Diploma in Education.[...] |
 | [...]OF THE DIPLOMA IN LIBRARY STUDIES REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a postgraduate Diploma in Library Studies. 2. Except as provided for in regulation 3, a candidate for admission to the co[...]t to the approval of the Cotmcil, the Faculty may in pedal cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the diploma a person who does not bold a degree of a university but has given evidence satisfacto[...]to be w1dertaken, the e ·amiuations to be pa sed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be prescribed in schedules approved by the Council. Such schedules[...]or such other date as the Council shall determine and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]esfres t11at the examinations which he has pas ed in the University or elsewhere should be counted for th e Diploma in Library Studies, may on written application be gr[...]lassifications of pass at an annual examina- tion in any subject for the diploma: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit, and Pass. The names of the andidates in each classification shall be arrang d in alphabetical ord · r. 662 |
 | [...](a) A candidate who fails to pass the examination in any subject or who fails to complete satisfactorily the prescribed practical work, and who desires to take the subject or practical work again, shall again attend such lectures and satisfactorily do such written and practical work as may be presclibed, unless speci[...]date who bas twice failed to pass the examination in any subject or who has twice failed to complete s[...]or that subject or practical work again except by special pennission of the Faculty of Arts to be obtained in writing from the Academic Registrar and then only under such conditions as may be prescri[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfied the examiners shall be awarded the Diploma in Library Studies. 10. The maA;mum number of candidates who may be emolled in an coul'se for the diploma shall be determined fr[...]il on the recommendation of the Faculty of Ar ts; and nothing in these regulations shall be held to bind the Council to provide any or all the courses in any year if for any reason the Council dec[...] |
 | [...]OF THE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION REGULATIONS[...].) 1. There shall be a postgraduate Diploma in Education. "2. Except as provided for in regulations 2A and 3 a candidate for admission to the course for the diploma shall have been admitted to a degree of the Unh ersit ' or to a degree of another university accepted f r the purpose b[...]t to the approval of the Cotmcil, the Faculty may in pecial cases and subject to sucb conditions (if any) as it may se fit to frupose in each case accept as a candidate for the diploma a[...]rtake work f r the diploma. 3. A candidate who in the y ar imm c1iatel , prec ding the year in which he wishes to be admitted to the course for the diploma failed in onl one subject necessary for the completion of an)' rclinnry degree of the Universit may, with special penni sion of the Facul ' be admitted to the course for the diploma if in the same rear he enrol for a subject nece sary for the completion of l1is degree. The diploma wi ll not be conferred upon th candidate until he ha h en • dmitted to the degree. 4. To qualify for the diploma a candidate shal[...]tudy extending over at least two years; and ( b) satisfy the University in a course of practical teaching. 5. The course of study and the fees to be paid by the candidate shall be prescribed in schedules which shall be drawn up from time to time by the Faculty of Arts and approved by the Council. Such[...] |
 | [...]or such other date as the Council shall determine and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]desires that the examinations which he has passed in the University or in another university should be counted pro tanto for the Diploma in Education, may on written application be granted[...]date who has twice failed to pa . the examin tion in any subject or division of a subject may not enrol for the subject agai n except b special permission of the Faculty and th en onl under such conditions as the Faculty ma[...]ted) after having enrolled for at least two terms in that year, shall be deemed to have failed to pass[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall be awarded the Diploma in Education. 10. 0 The regulation shall come into force, and all existing regula- tion halJ be repealed, on 1 Jan uary, 1962. However, a student who matriculat d in th Univer Hy on or before 31 March, 1960, may at[...]te the comse for the diploma under the regulation in force in 1960 provided that he satisfies the requirements[...]OTE : Syllabuses of the subjects for the Diploma in Education are published below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the diploma. For syllabuses of subjects taugh t for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at th e end of[...]culty, regularly attend lectures, do such written and tutorial work as may be prescribed, and pass examinations in the following subjects:[...] |
 | [...]cational Psychology I; Practical Teaching and Methodology; provided that a part-time teaching candidate who has had practical teaching experience and is emolled in Practical Teaching and Methodology may apply in writing to the Faculty of Arts, through the Acade[...]r exemption from attendance at classes, tutorials and supervfaed teaching practice in that subject666 |
 | [...]OF THE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION SYLLABUSES[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]he subject: Education: D. The first digit 0-3, identifies each of the four subjects for the di[...]cates that it is a subject for either the Diploma in Education or the Diploma in Applied Psychology.[...] |
 | [...]EDUCATIOX DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION. The course for Lhe diploma js a sin[...]te course of full-time study lasting for one year and requiring the whole of a candidate's time to be d[...]ts of reading, attendance at a number of tutorial and seminar classes each week, such practical and written exercises as may be prescribed, visits to schools and other institutions, periods of supervised teaching practice, and attenda11ce at lecture courses. Each of the le[...]ucation I. The following books, or chapters in books, should be read: Plato, The republic, particularly sections 9 - 14 and 18 - 28 in F. M. Cornford's edition. Rousseau, J. J., Emile. Arnold, M., Culture and anarchy. Mill, J. S., On liberty.[...]troduction to the philosophlf of education (Allyn and Bacon). Peters, R. S., Ethics and education (Allen and Unwin). Archambault, R. D. (ed.), Philosophical anal1fsis and education (Rout- ledge). Hirst, P. H., and Peters, R. S., The logic of education (Routledge)[...]. The course comprises three topics: Education in Australia; education in antiquity and in the middle ages; secondary education in England from the renaissance to the present day. Among the books recommended for reading in connection with the course, the following are of special importance: Cleverley, J., and Lawry, J. (eds.), Australian education in the twentieth century (Lon gm ans).[...](ed.), Pioneers of Australian education, vols. 1 and 2 (Sydney U.P.). Hyams, B. K., and Bessant, B., Schools for the people ( Longmans). Education in South Australia, Report of the Karn1el Committee 1969-70 (Govt. Printer, S.A.). Lawson, M. D., and Petersen, R. C., Progressive education: an introduction (Angus and Robertson). Childe, V. G., What happened in history (Penguin/Pelican). Koestler, A.,[...]. Marrou, H. I., The history of education in antiquity ( Sheed and Ward) . Knowles, D., The evolution of med[...]Brown, P., The world of late antiquity (Thames and Hudson). Bolgar, R. R., The classical heritage and its bene-/iciaries ( C.U.P.). Brooke, C., The twelfth century Renaissance (Thames and Hudson). Leff, G., Paris and Oxford Universities in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries (John Wiley) .[...]0., Renaissance thought, the classic, scholastic and humanistic strains (Harper Torch[...] |
 | DIP .ED .- SYLLABUSES[...]OF ARTS EDUCATION Curtis, M. H., Oxford and Cambridge in transition, 1558-1642, an essay on changing relations between the English universities and English society ( O.U.P.). Charlton, K., Education in Renaissance England (Routledge). Vincent,[...]schools, their continuing tradition, 1660-1714 (John Murray). Newsome, D., Godliness and good learning (John Murray). Cruickshank, M., Church and state in English education, 1870 to the present day (Macmillan). Banks, 0., Parity and prestige in English secondary education (Routledge and Kegan Paul). AD24. Sociology of Education I. This is an introductory course and, altbouEh its prinoipal aim is to indicate the relationship between education and its soc.ial setting, a special emphasis is placed on theorelical sociology befor[...]ocial class, the nature of social stratillcation in Australia and the relationship between social class and educational opportunity. The reading list i~ give[...]iscussed for which there is no adequate reference in readily available texts (e.g. one of such topics[...]iologist's own theoretical orientation on the way in which he applies the subject to the solution of e[...]ill also be referred to articles ill sociological and educational journals. Bottomore, T. B., Sociology: a guide to problems and literature (Unwin). Berger, P. L., Invita[...]ective (Penguin). Elvin, H. L., Education and contemporary society (Watts). Bottornore, T. B., Classes in modern society (Allen and Unwin). Tumin, M. M., Social stratificati[...]on learning (Harvard). Henderson, R. F., and others, People in poverty: a Melbourne survey (Cheshire)[...]uses of literacy (Penguin). Jackson, B., and Marsden, D., Education and the working class (Penguin). Halsey, A. H., and others, Education, economy and society (Free Press). Davie5, A. F., and Encel, S., Australian society: a sociological int[...]tralian study (Sydney U.P.). Katz, F. M., and Browne, R. K., Sociology of education (Macmillan). Partridge, P. H., Society, schools and progress in Australia (Pergamon). Fensham, P. J. (ed.), Rights and inequality in Australian education ( Cheshire).[...]school (Penguin). Ford, J., Social class and the comprehensive school (Routledge). Rubinstein, D., and Stoneman, C., Education for democracy (Penguin). Cox, C. B., and Dyson, A. E., Fight for education and The crisis in education (Black Paper I and II. The Critical Quarterly Society). Jackson, B., Streaming: an education system in miniature (Routledge). Zweig, F., The student in the age of anxiety (Heinemann). Hodgkinson, H. L., Education in social and cultural perspectives (Prentice- Hall). Hodgkinson, H. L., Education, interaction, and social change (Prentice- Hall).[...] |
 | [...]EDUCATION Smolicz, J. J., and Wiseman, R., European migrants and their children: Interaction, as imilatio[...]n Education, vol. 4, 1971, No. 2 (June ) and No. 3 (September)). Melbourne studies in education 1968-1969 (M.U.P.). Melbourne studies in education 1972 (M.U.P.). Etzioni, A., Modem organizations (Prentice-Hall). Josephson, E., and M., Man alone (Dell). Israel, J., Alienation from Marx to modem sociology (Allyn and Bacon). Durkheim, E., Suicide (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Durkheim, E., The division of labour (Free Press). Gerth, H. H., and Mills, C. W., From Max Weber (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Bottomore, T. B., Kar[...]entury- Crofts). Fischer, E., Marx in his own words (Allen Lane). Wolff, K. (ed.)[...]Illich, I., Celebration of awareness (Calder and Boyars). Illich, I., The schooling society (Calder and Boyars). AD34. Educatio[...]llowing books should be read as early as possible in the course to provide useful background material:[...]onal psychology (Methuen). Bradley, J. I., and McClelland, J. N., Basic statistical concepts: a self- instructional text (Scott, Foresman and Co.). During the course students will be requi[...]d a number of articles from journals of pscbology and educational psychology and the following books or selected portions of them:[...]y; a brief introduction (Holt, Rinehart and Winston 1. Secord, P. F., and Backman, C. W., Social psychology (McGraw-Hill).[...]Butcher, H. J., Human intelligence, its nature and assessment (Methuen). Wiseman, S. (ed.), Intelligence and ability (Penguin). Wason, P. C., and Johnson-Laird, P. N. (eds.), Thinking and reasoning (Penguin). Reichmann, W. J., Use and abuse of statistics (Penguin). Bloom, B. S[...]rs (Prentice-Hall). Heim, A., Intelligence and personality (Pelican). Holt, J. C., How ch[...]Pelican). Piaget, J., Science of education and the psychology of the child (Long-[...] |
 | [...]DUCATION Eysenck, H., Race, intelligence and education ( Sun Books) . Gilchrist, M., Th[...], Creativity (Penguin). MacGinitie, W. H., and Ball, S. Readings in psychological foundations af education (McGraw-Hill). AD44. Practical Teaching and Methodology. The prescribed period of supervise[...]aggregate of nine weeks. There will be classes and seminars on the methods of presenting the[...] |
 | [...]OF THE ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a postgraduate Advanced Diploma in Education. 2. A candidate for admission to the[...]e diploma shall: (a) have been admitted to a degree of the University or to a degree of another university accepted for the purpose by the University; and ( b) hold the Diploma in Education of the University or a qualifi-[...]t to the approval of the Council the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the diploma a person who does not hold a degree of a university but has given evidence satisfacto[...]ears. 4. Schedules defining the course of study and prescribing th fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn up from time to time by the Faculty of Arts and shall be approved by the Council. Such schedules[...]r such other date as the Council shall detemri11e and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]desires that the examinations which he has passed in the University or in another university should be counted pro tanto for the Advanced Diploma in Education, may on written application be g[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES 6. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall be awarded the Advanced Diploma in Education. 7. A candidate who passes the examinations in all the course work subjects prescribed for the degree of Master of Education shall on written application be awarded the Advanced Diploma in Education. Regulations allowed[...]llabuses of the subjects for the Advanced Diploma in Education are published below, immediately after the ret•ulations and schedules of the diploma. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diploma. see the table of subjects at the end of[...]lty, regu- larly attend lectures, do such written and tutorial work as may be prescribed, and pass examinations in the following subjects: Theory of Educa[...]or Comparative Education; or History and Sociology of Science.[...] |
 | [...]OF THE ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION AND OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION (COURSE WORK)[...]e department concerned d tails of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]he subject: Education: D. The first digit 0-5, identifies each of the six subjects for the diploma ( or degree). The second digit 0, indicates that it is a subject for the Advanced Diploma in Education or for the degree of Master of Education.[...] |
 | [...]EDUCATION THE ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION AND THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION. Each of the four courses necessary for the diploma and/or the degree consists of one seminar class a week lasting for an hour and a half and such written and practical work as may be prescribed.[...]concerning education. Arnold, M., Culture and anarchy. Dewey, J., The school and society (Chicago U.P.). Rousseau, J. J.,[...]Nettleship, R. L., The theory of education in Plato's Republic (O.U.P.). Comenius, J. A[...], J. H., How Gertrude teaches her children (Allen and Unwin). Silber, Kate, Pestalozzi: the man and his work (Routledge). Froebe!, F. W. A., Education of man. Mill, J. and J. S., On education, ed. F. A. Cavenagh ( C.U.P. ). Spencer, H., Education, intellectual, moral and physical. Newman, J. H., Idea of a university. Huxley, T. H., A liberal education; and where to -find it in his Lectures and lay sermons (Dent). Dewey, J.,[...]., The prel1,de. Leavis, F. R., Education and the universities ( Chatto and Windus). Lawrence, D. H., Letters. Lawrence, D. H., Education of the people, in his Phoenix: posthumom papers (Heinemann). Suttie, I. D., The origins of love and hate. Stewart, W. A. C., Quakers and educati-On (Epsworth). Castle, E. B., Moral education in Christian times (Allen and Unwin). Leavis, F. R., and Thompson, D., Culture and environment ( Chatto and Windus). ADl[...]se comprises two topics: The history of education in Australia; the history of education in France (a reading knowledge of French is NOT requ[...]Hamilton). Jaeger, W., Early Christianity and Greek Paideia (Belknap). 676 |
 | [...]s. Rashdall, H., The unioersiries of Europe in the middle ages, 2nd ed., ed. Powicke and Emden, 1936, 3 vols. (Clarendon Press), for refer[...]Cape). Barnard, H. C., The French tradition in education: Ramus to Mme. ecker de Sau[...]ohnson, D., Guizot: aspects of French history 1774-1874 (Routledge). Arnold, M. Democratic educ[...]). Acomb, E. M., The Frenc11 Laic Laws (1879-1889) (Octagon Book ). Debiesse, J., Compulsory education in France (UNESCO). Toulmin, S. E., and Goodfield, J,, The discovery of time (Hutchison) . Smeaton, W. A., Fourcroy: chemist and revolutionary, 1755-1809 (Heffer). \Vaddington, P., The history, administration and function of the Bacca- laureat as a secondary school examination in France (Xerox copy avail- able in the Barr Smith Libra.r y). Arnold, •I. Schools and 1miversitics 011 the continent ( 1ichigan U.P.). Craves, N. J. Teclinical education In France in the ninetee11rli century (Vocational asp[...]th er edt1C(ltion, vol. 16, 1964, pp. 148-160 nnd pp. 163-175). Craves, . J., The "grandes ecoles" in France (Vocational aspect of condary and further education, vol. 17, pp. 40-49). Zeldin, T., Higher education ·in France, 1848-1940 (Journal of Contem- porary History, vol. 2, 1967, pp. 53-80) . Hughes, H. S., Consciousness and society ( Vintnge Books, Random House). Wyk[...]e Fnurth Republic (Xerox copy avallable in the Barr Smith Library}. Fraser, W. R., Educat ion a11d society in modern Fr(l11ce (Routledge). Cros, L ., Th e explosion in the schools ( S.E.V.P.E.N. ) . Halls. W. D .. Society, schools and progress in France (Pergamon). Cape lie J.. Tomorrow's[...]ollins). French, E. L., Secondary education In the Australian social order, 1788- 1898 (Xerox copy available in the Barr Smith Library) . Goodman, R., Secondary education in Queensland, 1860-1960 (A. .U.) . . adel, G., Australia's colo[...](Cheshire) . Fogarty, R., Catholic educaUon in Australia 1806-1950, 2 vols. ( M.U.P.). New South ~ a l es[...]1ol11ted to s11roey secondary education In New South 'Wales, 1957 (The Wyndham Rep[...]. Austin, A. G., Australian education, 1788-1900, 3rd edition ( Pitmnn ). Aust.in, A. C., Select documents in Austmlian cdttcation (Pibnan ) . Barcan, A .. A l1ort history of du cotion in ew Sout1i Wales (Martindale). Grundy, D .. Secular, com7wlsory and free (.M.U.P.). Hansell, I. V., 7or fre e, nor sccuhir ( O.U .P.). Schools in Australia: Report of the Interim Con mitte[...] |
 | [...]ociology ( Free Press ) . Melbourne studies in education 1968-1969 (M.U.P.). Melbourne studies in education 1972 (M.U.P.). Fallding, H., The[...]dge). Sexton, P. C., Readings on the school in society (Prentice-Hall). Jackson, J. A., So[...]niversity Press). Bottomore, T. B., Classes in modern society (Allen and Unwin). Bottomore, T. B., Elites and society (Penguin). Lefebvre, H., The Sociology of Marx (Allen Lane). Encel, S., Equality and authority (Cheshire). Congalton, A. A., Status and prestige in Australia (Cheshire). Ford, J ., Social class and the comprehensive school ( Routledge). Stev[...]ritors (Hutchinson). Koerner, J. D., Reform in education (Weidenfeld and Nicolson). King, R., Education ( Longmans).[...]r teachability (Wiley). Yates, A., Grouping in education (Wiley), Etzioni, A., Modern organizations (Prentice-Hall). Etzioni, A., Readings in modern organizations (Prentice-Hall). Hansen, D. A., and Gerstl, T. E., On education: sociological perspectives (Wiley). Merton, R. K., and others, Reader in bureaucracy (The Free Press). Hatt, P. K., and Reiss, A. J., Cities and society: a reader in urban sociology (The Free Press).[...]y (Routledge). Merton, R. K., Social theory and social structure (The Free Press). Cockburn, A., and Blackburn, R., Student power (Penguin). Columbia University, Columbia College, Man in contemporary society ( Columbia U.P. ).[...]. Press). P rice, C. A., Southern Europeans in Australia (Oxford ). Travers, R. M. W ., An[...]Tesearch (Macmillan). Young, M., Innovation and re.search in education ( Routledge) . Wakeford, J., The[...]l E-nquiT11 ( Macinillan). Stephan, F . F., and McCarthy, P. J., Sampling aplnfons (Wiley ).[...]nal research ( Pergamon). F ischer E., Marx in his own words (Penguin ). Durkheim , E .. S[...]). Students will also be referred to monographs and articles in sociological and educational journals. They will also be expected to refer to government reports of educational and sociological importance. 678
|
 | [...]I. This course of lectures, tutorials, written and practical exercises will have special reference to educational research and the application of it to teaching in schools. Students must be familiar with the fo[...]o to consult several other journals of psychology and education. The following list of recommended b[...]d to be prescriptive; nor can it be comprehensive in view of the flexibility of the course. Au[...]ogy : a cognitive view (Holt, Rinehart and Wimton). Lloyd, B., Perc~ption and cognition (Penguin). Tanner, J. M. and Inhelder1 B. (ed .), Discussions 011 child develo[...]Socia!. Science Paperbacks) . Piaget, J., and Inhclcler, B., The psychology of the child ( Roul[...]ective approach (Wiley) . Eysenck, H. J., and Eysenck, S. B., Personality structure and measurement (Routledge). Butcher, H.J., Human intelligence, its nature and assessment (Methuen). Brown, R. W., Social psyc11olagy (Collier-Macmillan). Bruner, J. S., and others, A study of thinking (Wiley) . Bruner, J. S., and others, Studies in cognWve growth (Wiley). Shulman, L. S., and Keislar, E. R. (eds.), Learning by discovery (Ran[...]R. M., The conditions of learning (Holt, Rinehart and Winston) . Maccoby, E. E. (ed.), The deve[...]ock). Rosenthal, R., Experimenter effects in behavioural researcli (Appleton- Centucy-Crofts). Vygotsky, L. S., Thought and language (M.I.T. Press). Dienes, Z., and Jeeves, M., Thinking in structures (Hutcillnson Educa- tional)[...]Frames of mind (Methuen). Wallach, M. A., and Kogan, N., Modes of thinking ln young children (Holt, Rinehart and Wins ton ) . Wiersma, W ., Research methods in education (Lippincott). Campbell, D. T., and Stanley, J. C., Experimental a11d quasi experimental deSigns for research (Rand, McNally and Co.) . Furth, H .. Piaget and knowledge (Prentice-Hall). Geiwitz P. J., Non-freudian personality theories (Basic concepts in psy- chology series). Inhelder, B., and Piaget~ J., The growth of logical thinking[...] |
 | [...]e: Guilford, J. P., Fundamental statistics in psychology and education (McGraw-Hill). McNern[...]ey). Ferguson, G. A., Statistical analysis in psychology and education (McGraw- Hill). Catte[...]t 1 R., The structure of English education (Cohen and We t ). Johnson. W. H. E., Russia's ecluc[...](Harvard U .P.) . Cruickshank, M., Church and state in English education , 1870 to the prese[...]illan ). Dancy, J. C., The public schools and the future (Faber). King. E. J., Other schools and ours (Holt). The following books should als[...]yrdal, G., An American dilemma: the negro problem and modern democracy (Harper). U.N[...]Handbook of educa- tional organization and statistics. Durkheim, E., L'evolution pedagogique en France ( Alcan). Edwards. N., and Richey, H. G., The school in the American social order (Houghton).[...]Hans, N. A., Educational tradi- tions in the English-speaking countries (Evans). Hans, N. A. and Hessen, S., Ecl11catio11al policy in Sooiet Russia (King). U. .E.S.C.O., Edi1cation in the modern world. Simon, B., Studies in the ltistory of education (Lawrence and Wishart) . Peterson, A. D. C., A hundred[...]n (Duckworth). Dempster, J. J.B., Purpose in the modem school (Merhuen) . • eaJ, L. F., External examinations 'in secondary modern school . L eeds University. Institute of Education. Researches and Studies, o. 14, 1956 (Leeds U.P.).[...]edley, R. , Comprehe nsive schools today (Council and Education Pr.) . Tire world year book of e[...]Medsker, L. L., The junior college: progress and piospect (McGraw-Hill ) . Conant, J[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS EDUCATION De Grazia and Sohn, Revolution in teaching (Bantam). De Grazia and Sohn , Programmes teachers and machines ( Bantam) . Crow, A., and Crow, L. D., Vital issues 111 American education[...]nteUect (Harper) . Riesman, D., Constraint and variety in American education (Nebraska U.P.).[...]ic education (Chicago U.P.). Butts, R. F., and Cremin, L. A., A history of education in American culture (Holt). The wor[...]P.). Barnard, H. C., The French tradit ion in educatio1i (C.U.P. ). Bereday, C. z. F., and Pennar, J. (eds.), Politics of Soviet education (Stevens). Bereday, C. Z. F., and others, Tire changing Soviet scliool (Houghton) . Robbins, L. C., The university in the modern world (St. Martin's Press). Eclucatio11 in South Australia: Report of the Karmel Committee, 1969-70 ( S.A. Govt. Printer). Hansen,[...]ree, nor sec1t7ar (O.U.P.). McLainc, . C., and Selby Smith, R. (eds.), Fundamental isrnes ; 1[...]onwenlt11 Govt. Printer). Simpkins, W. S., and Miller, A. H. (eds.), Changing educatlon-Australi[...]Assoc.). AD50. History and Sociology of Science. A study of the developme[...]earliest times to the beginnings of modem science and of selected topics in the development of chemistry and the historical sciences from the seventeenth cent[...]ge, the nature of scientific methods, explanation and proof; the cross-fertilization between sciences; the relation between pure science and technology; the influence of non-scientific factors upon the growth of science; and the social and moral responsibilities of scientists. Special emphasis will be placed on the study of the effects of scientific and technological change on man's natural environment and on the structure :ind functin11 of social institu[...]on will also be given to the place of the history and sociology of science in the education of scientists at both secondary and tertiary level and to the role of scientific education in helping to control the socially dysfunctional aspect of scientific and technological innovation. Interests of individual[...]The course is intended primarily for graduates in science but, with the ap- proval of the Head of the Department of Education, in special cases other qualified graduates may be permitted[...]of objectivity (Oxford U .P.). Lakatos, I., and Musgrave, A., Criticism and the growth of knowledge (C.U.P.). M[...]lican). Ben-David, J., The scientist's role in society (Prentice-Hall). Sambursky, S., Phy[...]eks (Routledge). Clagett, M., Greek science in antiquity (Abelard-Schuman). Crombie[...] |
 | [...]ics (Doubleday). Hall, M. B., Robert Boyle and seventeenth centmy chemistry ( C.U.P. ). G[...]ain of being (Harper). Adams, F. D., Birth and development of the geological sciences (Dover).[...]n (Routledge). Polanyi, M., Science, faith and society (Oxford). Oppenheimer, J. R., The[...]ee crfses for physicists. Read, J., Humour and humanism in chemistry (Bell). Klemm, F., History of western technology (Allen and Unwln). Wnne, L. T., Medieval technology and social change (Clarendon). Derry, T. K., and Williams, T. 1., A short history of technology (Clarendon). Roubiczek, P., Ethical values in the age of science (C.U.P.). Weizsacker, C[...]relevance of science (Collins). Rose, H., and Rose S., Science and society (Allen Lane). Vavoulis, A., and Colver, A. W., Science and society (Holden-Day). Price D. J. de S., L[...]umbia). Marsak, L. M., The rise of science in relation to society (Macmillan). Buchanan, R. A., Technology and social progress (Pergamon). Spicer, E. H., Human problems in technological change (Wiley). Tricker, R. A. R., The contribution of science to education (Mills and Bacon). Yudkin, M., General educ[...]Jevons, F. R., Tl1e teaching of scie11ce (Allen and Unwin). Ross, A. S. C .. Arts v. scie11ce (Methuen). Brierley, J., Science in its context (Heinemann). Useful background reading will be found in the following paper-backed books: Hurd, D. L., and Kipling, J. J. (eds.), Origins and growth of physical science, 2 vols. (Penguin). Rook, A. (ed.), Origin and growth of biology (Penguin). Toulmin, S., and Goodfield, J., F abrlc of the heavens (Penguin) . Toulmin, S., and Cood6eld, J., Architecture of matter (P~nguin). Toulmin, S., and Goodfield J., Dlscoven1 of time (Penguin). Forbes, R. J., and Dijksterhuis, E. J., A history of scle11ce and technology, 2 vols. (Penguin). Moonman, E., Science and technology in Europe (Penguin). Reference books:[...]general history of the sciences, 4 vols. (Thames and Hudson). Sarton, G. A. L., An intr[...] |
 | [...]ington, J. lt, A history of chemistry, vols. 2, 3 and 4 (Macmillan). Needham, J., Science and cioilizalion In China, 4 vols. to date (C.U.P.). Dawnas, M[...]rate des techniques (P.U.F.). Singer, C. I;- Holrnyard E. J., Hall, A. R., and Williams, T. I., A history of teclmowgy,[...]ress).Collections of source materials, journals and collected essays: The source materials wm be s[...]wton, Bacon, Harvey, Boyle, Hales, Dalton, Darwin and Pasteur. Many important Greek and Latin works are available in translation in the 'Loeb Classic Library' and in Source Book in Greek Science (eds. Cohen, M. R., and Drabkln, I.E.) . For modem science~ apart from the collections of readings included in several of the recom- mendeo books useful material will be found in the So11rce Books in Astronomy ( e~ls. Shapley and Hawo~th ), .Physics (ed. Magie, W. F. ), Chemistru (eds. Leicester, fl. M., and Khckstem, H. S.), Geology ( eds. Mather, K. F., and Mason S. L.) and Medical History (ed. Clendening, L. ) . Much of the important reading for the course is contnined in the articles in journals such as The British fournal for the hist[...]ientia, Journal of the hi.story of ideas, Mineroo and T echnology all(l cultvre. A number of valuable articles and es ·ays fro:n these nnd other journals have been collected and reprinted. Books to which students will need to r[...]pers presented to the international confer- ences and symposia and of essnys written in honour of eminent scientists and historians and philosophers of science. Valuable collections of l'his type nre: Clagett, M. (ed.), Critical problem in the history of science (Wisconsin U.P.)[...]ge (Heinemann). Singer, C. (ed.), Studies In the history and method of science ( Claren- don). Underwood, E. A. (ed.), Science, medicine and history: essays in honour of Charles Singer (O.U.P.). Wiener, P. P., and Noland, A. (eds.), Roots of scientific thought (Basic books). Goldsmith, M., and McKay, A. L. (eds.), The science of science (Souvenir Pr.). Glass, H.B., and others ( eds. ), Forerum1ers of Darwin : 1745-1859 (John Hopkins Pr.). Bell, P[...]Conant, J. B. (ed.) , fl aroard case 1iistories In experimental scie11ce, 2 vols. (Harvard[...]l be consulted. Thesis for the degree of Master of Education. A candidate is r[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF ~1ASTER OF EDUCATION[...]REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a degree of Master of Education. §2. A candidate for admission to the course for the degree shall: (a) have been admitted to a degree of the University or to a degree of another university accepted for the purpose by the University; and ( b) hold the Diploma in Education of the University or a qualif[...]t to the approval of the Council the Facult , may in special cases and subject to such condition (if an ) as it may see fit to impose in each ca e accept as a candidate for the degree a person who does not hold a degr e of a univ r-[...]take work for the degre . t3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall: (a) satisfactorily compl[...]at least two years of part- time study; and (b) subsequently either present a satisfact[...]subject approved by the Faculty of Art and also be examined on a second subject approved by[...]rts. 4. Schedules defining the course of study and prescribing the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn up from time to time by the Faculty of Arts and shall be approved by the Council. Such schedules[...]or such other date as the Council shall determine and shall be pub- lished in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]966. §Amended 9 January, 1969, 21 December, 1972 and further amendment awaiting[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ARTS REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES 5. A candidate for the degree by part-time study shall be examined in any year in not more than half the subjects of the course of[...]ct of his thesi or the subject of his dis rtation and the sub- ject on which he desires to be examin d.[...]hall appoint a supervisor to guide the candidate in hi work. t7. A candidate shall present his thesis, or submit his dissertation and take the examination on his approved subject, wit[...]ies of the thesis or of the dissertation prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]nt examiners of the thesis or of the dissertation and the approved subject, of whom at least one shall[...]mined orally on his thesis or on his dissertation and may also be required to pass a written examinatio[...]who desires that examinations which he has passed in the University or in another university should be counted pro tanto for the degree of Master of Education, may on written applicatio[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall, on the recommendation of the Faculty of Arts, be admitted to the degree of Master of Education. Regulat[...]d 22 December, 1966. ft Amended 22 December, 1966 and further amendment awaiting allowance[...]ation 4. ) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of tvf.Ed. (Course Work ) are published above, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the Advanced Diploma in Education. For syllabuses of subject taught for other degree and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of[...]culty, regularly attend lechires, do such written and tutorial work as may[...] |
 | [...]SCHEDULES be prescribed, and pass examinations at the standard prescribed in the following subjects: Theory of Educat[...]; or Comparative Education; or History and Sociology of Science. 2. In order to reach the standard prescribed in clause 1 a candidate shall: (a) pass in each subject; and ( b) pass with Credit or Distinction in at least one of the subjects prescribed in clause 1. 3. A candidate who was enrolled in any of the course-work subjects on or before 31 March, 1972 may complete the degree under the schedule in force at the time of his enrolment provided that[...]schedules ): Candidates who pass the examinations in all the subjects prescribed in clause 1 of the schedules are advised to read regulation 7 of the regulations of the Advanced Diploma in Education. SYLLABU[...]e subjects for the pre-thesis course work for the degree of Master of Education are J?Ublished above, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the Advanced Diploma in Education. 686 |
 | [...]S REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS[...]1. (a) A Bachelor of Arts may proceed to the degree of Master of Arts by complying with these regulations, but may not be admitted to the degree until the expiration of two academic years from the date of his admission to the Ordinary degree or one year from the date of bis admission to the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts. (b) Subject to the approv[...]il, the Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree, on such conditions (if any) as it may impose in each case a person who ( i) bolds the degree of Bachelor of Arts or its equivafent in a university recognised for the purpose by the University of Adelaide, and (ti) satisfies the requirements of regulation 2.[...]to the approval of the Council, the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may im:rJOse in each case, accept as a candidate for the degree a _person who does not hold a degree of a university, but has given evidence satisfact[...]Faculty for his fitness to undertake work for the degree. 2. A candidate for the degree shall first satisfy the Faculty of his ability to proceed to the degree in the subject of study he selects. To do so he must: (a) have obtained the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts in a school to which his subject of study relates; or (b) have passed in all the courses for the Ordinary degree that are compulsory for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts, and in addition au examination of Honours standard, in a school or schools to which his subjec[...]fies the Faculty that his case deserves special approval. 3. Every candidate shall either:[...]subject approved by the Faculty of Arts and (if required) adduce sufficient evidence[...] |
 | [...]that the thesis is his own work; provided that in Classics a candidate shall present himself for an examination in addi- tion to presenting a thesis; or (b) satisfy examiners, by means approved by the Faculty in each case, that he has completed a course of advanced study in work selected from two departments within the Faculty and approved by the Faculty. A candidate who wishes to proceed to the degree in a course of study selected from two departments s[...]h the heads of the d part111ents concerned, apply in writing to the Academic Registrar for permission so to proceed and shall state in hfa application th e course which he wishes to un[...]the Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with direc- tions given to candidates[...]he Faculty expressly approve an extension of time in a particular case the thesis shall be submitted w[...]to take an examination, written or oral or both, in the field of study immediately relevant to the su[...]l be prescribed from time to time by the Council, and the schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. 6. A candidate who fulfils the requirements of these regulations and satisfies the examiners under regulation 4 shall on the recommen- dation of the Faculty be admitted to the degree of Master of Arts. Regulations[...]take combined cou rses; such applications should in the first instance be discussed with the H[...] |
 | [...]PARTMENTS OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS[...]attention of all candidates is directed to "Notes and Instructions to candi- dates for higher degrees (by thesis)" which gives general advice to candidates and sets out the specifications for theses. (See page 1110.) Classics: Candidates for the degree of :M.A. in Classics must: (a ) pr . ent a lh . i on a[...]mit ted a candidates for the <le{.rrec ar set out in th regulations of the degree of t-.!aster of Arts. In ge1 ml, a candiclat should have obta ined a good Honours degree in Latin or Cln sic~. The degree is intended lo be obtained nonnnlly by one year o[...]r two years of part-time study. 'Work towards the degree is pursued under a sup r- vi or or up rvisors appointed by the Faculty, and consists largely of readi ng and essay work until the caudidate is ready to begin[...]ccd standard, is not intended necessarily lo conh1in material that i a new contribution to knowledge .[...]con" ilt the Cl1airman of the Department of lassi in the first instance. English Language and Liternture: Candidates for the degree of M.A. in English Language and Literature are advised to take the earliest oppor[...]our es. andidates who wish to qualify for the degree of M.A. under reguJalion 2 ( b) are required for[...]e Chairman of the Department. English L:mguage and Literature: M.A. Qualif}•ing Examination. l[...]to he s I cted from AE99 Honours English Lauguage and Lit rature, paJ;>ers (ii}-( iv). Th e two papers m11st be taken at the e11d[...]students. 2. (a) AE99 Honours English Language and Literaluxe, paper ( i). ( b) Two papel"s 11ot taken in tl1e previous year, to be selectecl from F[...] |
 | [...]TS Candidates who have n satisfactory Honours degree or who have qualified by means of the M.A. qualif[...]Department as early as possible. French Language and Literature: Candidates for the degree of M.A. Ln French Language and Literature are advised to consult the Chairman of[...]rtment of French. Geography: Candidates for the degree of M.A. in Geography are advised to consult the Chairman of the Department. German Language and Literature: Candidates for the degree of M.A. in German Language and Literature are advised to consult the Professor of German. History: Candidates for the degree of M.A. in History are advised to consult the Chairman of the Department. Music: Canilldates for the degree of M.A. in Music are advised to consult the Head of the Department. Philosophy: Candidates for the degree of M.A. in Philosophy are required to consult the Head of th[...]irst month of the academic year about the subject and the course of reading for their thesis. Politics: Candidates for the degree of M.A. in Politics are advised to consult the Professor at the earliest opportunity. Psychology: Candidates for the degree of M.A. in Psychology are advised to consult the Chai[...] |
 | [...]TS REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF LETTERS[...]Faculty of Arts may accept as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Letters a person who has qualified for any degree in the University of Adelaide. ( b) On the recomm[...]ts, the Council may accept as a candidate for the degree a person who (i) has obtained in another university or institution of higher educa[...]the purpose by the University as equivalent to a degree of the University; and (ii) has, or has 11ad, a substantial association[...]versity. ( c) No person may be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Letters before the expiration of fiv[...]on which he obtained the qualification prescribed in (a) or (b)(i) above. 2. (a)A person who desires to become a candidate for the degree shall give notice of his intended candidatw-e in writing to the Acad mic Registrar and with such notice shall furnish particulars of his scholarly achievements and of the work which he proposes to submit for the degree. (b) The Faculty of Arts shall examine the information submitted and decide whether or not to allow the applicant to p[...]external examiners. 3. (a) To qualify for the degree the candidate shall furnish satis- factory evidence that he has made an original and substantial contri- bution of distinguished merit[...]ich the Faculty is directly concerned. (b) The degree shall be awarded primarily on a consideration of[...]any unpublished original work tl1at he may submit in support of his can.didahrre.[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS ( c) The candidate in submitting his work shall, where applicable, state generally in a preface and specifically in notes the main sources from which his information is d rived and the extent to which he has availed himself of the[...]publica- tions are concerned. He may also signify in general terms the portions of his work which he c[...]ny, of his works has already been submitted for a degree in this or any other university. 4. The candidate[...]sb·ar three copies of the work submitted for the degree, any unpubHshed work being prepared in accordance with the directions given in sub- paragraph (b) of clau e 2B of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. If the work is accepted for the degree the Academic Registrar will transmit two of the c[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners may, on the recommendation of the Faculty of Arts, be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Letters. 6. The fees to be paid b[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar.[...] |
 | FACULTY OF DENTISTRY REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Dental Surgery ( B.D.S.) Regulations and Schedules 694 Syllab[...]701 Bachelor of Science in Dentistry ( B.Sc.Dent.) Regulations and Schedules 714 Syllab[...]720 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See "Board of Research S[...] |
 | [...]GULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF DENTAL SURGERY[...]REGULATIONS 0 l. There shall be a degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery. 2. Schedules d[...]including lectures, clinical practice, laboratory and other practical work to be under- taken, the examina tions to be passed, and the fees to be paid, shall be drawn up by the F aculty of Dentistry and submitted to the Council. Such schedules shall be[...]rom such other date as the Council may determine, and shall be published in the University Calendar. 3. A candidate shall enter for each annual examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council, but shall[...]s completed to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned the course of study and practice prescribed for that examination. 4.[...]done by candidates by direction of the professors and lecturers and the results of terminal or other examinations in any subject may be taken into consideration at the final examination in that subject. 5. All regulations hitherto in force concerning the degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery are hereby repealed[...]ht or status acquired, duty imposed, or liability in- curred by or under any regulation hereby repealed. 0 6. The course of study for the degree of Bachelor of Dental Sur- gery shall extend over five years after matriculation. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall: 0[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS (a) regularly attend lectures and clinical practice and do written and laboratory or other practical work to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned; ( b) satisfactorily co[...]didate may begin the first term's work in the following year's course of study pending the[...]0 7. The annual examination shall be held in or about August or November, as the Council shall in each case determine from time to time. The supple[...]not be re-examined at a supplementary examination in any subject or group of subjects in which he had passed at the annual examination.[...]Examination. A final examination may al o be held in May or June. On the recommendation of the Board o[...]he Faculty may debar any candidate who has failed in the Final Examination from presenting himself at[...]a) There shall be tlu·ee classifications of pass in each com- ponent subject of the annual examinations for the degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pas with Cred[...]with Distinction or with Credit shall be aHanged in order of merit within the rel vant classification; the names of candidates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order. ( b) A candidate who fails to pass in any subject of an annual examination shall, unies[...]in attend lectures, clinical practice, laboratory and other practical work in that subject before presenting himself again for examination. In the case of the third, fomth and fifth years, such a candidate may also be require[...]tly, such lectures, clinical practice, laboratory and other practical work as the Faculty may prescribe, in other subjects of that annual examination.[...]17 December, 1970. t Allowed 17 December, 1970, and amendment awaiting allowance at time[...]of printing. It Amended 17 December, 1970 and amendment awaiting allowance at time[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES ( c) Except in the case of the First Annual Examination, a candi[...]ny subject shall not be granted a classified pass in that subject. tl2. candidate who ha pass d 1;u bj cts in other fa ultie or univ rs ities or 1 wh re, mny o[...]b · granted such xemption from th s r gulations and from sch dules made under th m as the Council on[...]ot fom1ing part of th regulations): Regulations 13-16 governing the Honours degree have been repealed ( awaiting allowance at time of printing). This degree will be replaced by the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in Dentistry the regulations and schedule of which ar published below, imme- diate[...]the Dental School Office the lists of instruments and equipment required by each tuden t before commencing each year's cour e. 3. yllabu es of ·ubject for lhe degree of B.D.S. nrn published below, immediately after t11e regulations and schedules of the degree. For ~')lllabuses of ubjects taught for other degrees and diploma see the tnble of subject nt the end of th[...]1. Approval of Enrolment. Students enrolling in the first year of the dental course, and all other students enrolling in the dental course for the first time, must have t[...]very student shall attend a course of instruction in the following subjects: (a) Biology, (b) Chemistry, (c) Behavioural Science, (d) Physics and ( e) Genetics. During the second year every student shall attend a course of instruction in each of the following subjects: (a) General Anatomy, ( b) General and Dental Histology, (c) Biochemistry, (d) Human Physiology, (e) Oral Anatomy (£) Dental Materials and Techrllcs. During the third year ever>' sh1den l shall at tend a courSe of instruction in each of the following subjects : (a) Hu man Physi[...]stry, (f) Prosthetic Dentistry, ( g) Pharmacology and 1 herapeutics; and shall attend at the Dental Department of the Roya[...]r clini al ins truction . During the fourth and fifth years e ery student hall attend a course of instruction in each of the following subjects: - ( a) General lvleclicine, (b) General Surgery, ([...]robiology, ( h) Oral Pathology, ( i) Oral Surgery and Anaesthe ia, ( jJ Pharn1acology, ( k) Con ervative D ntistry, ( I ) Crown and Bridge Prosthesis, ( m) Partial Denture Prosthesi[...]iples of Dental Practice ( q) Applied Physiology; and shall attend at the Royal Adelaide Hospital courses of clinical instruction in medical and surgical prnctice· and at the Dental Deportment of the Royal Adelaide Hospita1 for clinical in truction. 696 |
 | [...]ination the candidate shall satisfy the examiners in each of the following subjects and half-subjects: ( i) SZ71 Biology I.[...]M. A candidate who hn\•ing heei1 en rolled in the first year of the comse in 1972 or earlier alisfles th e examiners in 1973 in t11c subjects Biology l Chemistry I (at Di vi ion I standard or higher) , Physics 1, and an approved fourth subject s lect d from t11ose w[...]for the First Annual Examination on his passing, in Part I of the course of study for the Ordiuary degi:ee of Bachelor of Science in that University provided that the Part I cour e s[...]ination the candidate shall satisfy the examiners in each of the following subjects: ( i) General Anatomy. (ii) General and Dental Histology. (iii) Biochemistry. (iv[...]ation the candidate shall satisfy the ex- aminers in each of the following subjects: (i) Human P[...]ation the candidate shall satisfy the ex- aminers in each of the following subjects: ( i) Gene[...]( v) Oral Pathology II (vi) Pharmacology and Therapeutics (vii) Restorative Dentistry III.[...]ll be acceptable: Chemistry I, Physics I, Biology and Mathematics I or IB or Earth Sciences I or any Part I course in the School of Humanities or the School of[...] |
 | [...]ination the candidate shall satisfy the examiners in each of the following subjects: ( i)Preve[...](ii) Orthodontia (iii) Oral Surgery and Anaesthesia (iv) Oral Medicine[...] |
 | [...]delaide shall nttend nt the Dental D ... partment and at other Department! of the Royal Adelaide Hospilnl ll5 directed by the Dean of tho Faculty of Dentistry; and cnch student shall be ndmitted to the practice of[...]very student shall conduct hlmself with propriety and discharge the duties assigned to him, and pay for or replace any article damaged or lost, or destroyed by him, and make good any loss 1ustained by his negligence.[...]student shall at all times be under the direction and supervision of a duly appointed member of the teaching staff of the University of Adelaide, and shall carry out inch work as ohall be allotted to[...]ical Superintendent or the Dental Superintendent. In the case of aueb temporary suspension, wri[...] |
 | [...]US NUMBERS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF DENTAL SURGERY[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]al work, final written examinations, ·iw voce e.-.;aminntions) . Sullabus numbers: The first le[...]ubjects, as follows: Faculty of Dentistry - D Faculty of Medicine -M Faculty of Science - s The second letter: if it follows[...]tal H ealth. P: Deparbnent of Oral Pathology and Oral Surgery. R: Depa1tment of Restorative Dentistry. The first digit- 0-6: Indicates that the subject forms part of a sequence. 7-9: Indicates that the subject does not form part of a sequence. The second digit- 1-5: Indicates year of subject, e.g. first, s[...] |
 | [...]d to meet the specific needs of students enrolled in the Faculties of Medicine and Dentistry. Principles are illustrated with biological and medical examples.A. STRUCTURE AND BONDING. 1. Crystals and the solid state; the principle of X-ray crystallo[...]o a level for understanding of structures and reactions elsewhere in the course. 3. Qualitative discussion of spectrophotometry and spectral techniques used to establish mol[...]e of biological molecules, meta1 chelates and haem-type complexes. B. ENERGETICS AND CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIA. I. Equilibria in aqueous solutions: concepts of free energy, enthalpy and entropy; buffers; metal-complex formation[...]trodes. 3. Interfacial phenomena: interfaces and adsorption; monolayers; electrical double[...]- philic colloids. 4. Macromolecules and their physical characterisation. C. RATE PROC[...]. D. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. The lecture course in Organic Chemistry will be devoted to a discussion of the occurrence, preparation and properties, both physical and chemical, of the major famili es of organic compo[...]hydes amino acids and proteins ketones[...]amples will be included of compounds of medicinal and biological importance, e.g., anaesthetics, analge[...]eotides, steroids etc. At appropriate places in the course the following topics will be presented: 1. Isomerism: geometrical, optical, recognition and separation of isomers. 2. Spectroscopic methods: applications of ultra-violet, infra-red, n.m.r., and mass spectrometry in the identification of organic compounds. 3.[...]spectroscopy. 4. Carcinogenesis: separation and identification of carcinogenic hydrocarbons. 702 |
 | [...]DENTISTRY FIRST YEAR 5. Polymers: preparation and properties of synthetic organic polymers, protein[...]al processes: simple examples of transformations, in vivo, of organic molecules, transport mechanisms. 8. Fats and waxes, lipids. Text-books: Campbell, J. A., Chemical systems (Freeman, 1970). Richards, Cram and Hammond, Elements of organic chemistry (McGraw-[...].proaches to the understanding of hwnan behaviour in health and dJsease. Biological psychological, sociological, anthro- pological and development aspects will be considered. The course consists of three lectures, one tutorial, and one three-hour practical class, per week. Text-books: Mussen, P. H., Conger, J. J., and Kagan, J., Cltil<l deuelopme11t and personality, 3rd edition (Harper). Munn, . L., and Femald, L. D., and Fernald, P. S., Basic psychology, 3rd ed[...]ooks: Engel, G., Psychological develop11umt in health and disease (Saunders). Maxwell, A. E., Basic statistics in behavioural research (Penguin). Butcher, H.[...]ic American (Freeman ) . Proshansky, H. M., and eidenbery, B. ( els.) Basic studies i11 social Psychology (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Broom, L., and Selznkk, P., Sociology, 4th edition (Harper). Erikson, E. H., Identity and the life cycle ( l.U.P.).[...]s of two one-hour lectures, one one-hour tutorial and one three-hour laboratory session per fortnight.[...]hanges of state. Heat conduction, convection and vapour pressure. Sound. Wave aspects of[...]tons. Atomic spectra. Nuclear structure and radiations. Electric circuits. Text and reference books: Available from Department in January.[...] |
 | [...]enetics IM. There will be one lecture per week and one three-hour practical session fort- nightly th[...]nrL of the background to the practice of medicine and dentishy. Prnctical e ions and exercises will give students the opportunity to analyse data of normal and pathological human variation so as to encourage a critical approach to genetical and meClical problems. Scientific method. Mendelian genetics in human families. Application of statis- tical tests to genetic data. Cytogenetics. Biochemical and population genetics. Genetics of quantitative var[...]e-Hall). Maxwell, A. E., Basic statistics in behavioural research (Penguin). Stone, G. K., Evidence in science. A simple account of the principles of science for students of m edicine and biology (Wright).[...]A course consisting of two lectures, one tutorial and approximately four hours of practical work each week throughout the year. Both day and evening classes will be held. The course includes: an it troduction to the structure, physiology and functional evolution of plants and animals; elementary biochemistry, cell physiology and genetics; the mechanisms of evolution, and the principles of ecology. Text-books: Villee, C. A., and others, General zoology, 4ht edition (Saunders). Raven, P.H., and Curtis, H., Biology of plants (Worth). Reference books: Browoing, T. 0 ., Animal populations (Hutchinson). Holdren, J. P., and Ehrlich, P. R. (ed.), Global ecology (Harcourt Br[...]all). Hardin, G., Biology, its principles and implications, 2nd edition (Freeman). Johnson, W. H., and others, Biology, 3rd edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston).704 |
 | [...]consists of systematic lectures, demon trations, and practical work and extends over three terms. It is arranged to cover the g ne ral anatomy of the body and the principles underlying its structure, the detailed topographical anatomy of the head and neck and the dissection of this region. Text-books:[...]al anatomy, Vol. 3 (O.U.P. ). Scott, J. H., and Dixon, A. D., Anatomy for students of dentistry (Living- stone). Books for reference and further reading : Abbie, A. A., Principles of anatomy, 3rd edition (Angus and Robertson) . Gray, H., Anatomy, descriptive and applied (Longmans). Sieber, H., Oral anato[...](Mosby). MA82. General and Dental Histology. This course of study extends over three terms and consists of lectures. d emon- strations and practical classes on general histology and histology and development of teeth and adjacent structures. Text-books: Bloom, W., and Fawcett, D. Vv., A textbook of histology, 10th edition (Saunders). Reith, E. J., and Ross, M. H., Atlas of descriptive histology (Harper). Orban, B. J., Oral histology and embryology, 7th edition ( lllosby). Bevel[...]eth (O.U.P.). Noyes, F. B.. Oral histology and embryology, edited and revised by I. Schour (Kimpton). Widdowson, T. vV., Special or dental anatomy and physiology and dental histology (Staples).[...]ge). Reference books: Dickerson, R. E., and Geiss, I., The structure and action of pmteins (Harper and Row). Larner, J., Intermediary metabolism and its reguwtion (Prentice-Hall). Lazzari, E. P., Dental biochemistry (Lea and Febiger). Searcy, R. L., Diagnostic biochemistry (McGraw-Hill). Stanbmy, J. B., and others, Metaboli c basis of inherited diseases, 3rd edition (McGraw-Hill). White, A., and others, Principles of biochemistry, 4th ed[...] |
 | [...]SS22. Human Physiology. The course in Human Physiology extends over the three terms of[...]Text-book: Brobeck, J. R. (ed.), Best and Taylor's Physiological basis of medical practice, 9th edition (Williams and Wilkins). (Joint text-book with Bioche[...]nstruction on the functional anatomy of the teeth and associated structures consisting of; the morphology of primary and permanent teeth, the anatomy of the tooth supporting tissues and the physiology of dental occlusion. The teeth and associated structures will be studied in a series of laboratory exercises which include visual representation, tooth carving and tooth reconstruc- tion. Text-books: Kraus, B. S., and others, Dental anatomy and occlusion (Williams and Wilkins). Posselt, U ., The physiology of occlusion and rehabilitation, 2nd edition ( Blackwel[...]rs). Reference books: Scott, J. H., and Symons, N. B., Introduction to dental anatomy, 6t[...]Wheeler, R. C., Text-book of dental anatomy and physiology, 4th edition ( Saunders ) .[...]y I. The course consists of lectures, tutorials and practical work: one lecture per week through three terms on materials science in dentistry; one lecture per week in th first 9.Jld second tem1s and one tutorial p er week in the third tem1 on specific dental materials; and tluee hours of practical work per week in the first and second terms. Tutorials are continued in the Rr ·t term of the third year. The aim of the course is a detailed study of the physical, chemical and mechanical properties of materials used in restorative dentistry. Applications in dental technics are studied by means of practical[...]to dental materia"ls, 6th edition, 1972-73. Greener, E. H., Harcourt, J. K., and Lautenschlager, E. P., Materia"ls science in dentistry ( Williams and Wilkins) . Phillips, R. W., Skinners scie[...]s (Churchill Livingstone). Peyton, F. A., and others, Restorative dental materials (Mosb[...] |
 | [...]c background of disease; the causation, character and sequelae of in- Uammation, degeneration, regeneration, repair, hypertroph)I, atrophy and hyper- plasia; blood coagulation and its disorders, thrombosisi embolism, infarction and isohaemia; the biologic effects of radiant energy and ot viruses; the fundamentals of neoplasia. The pathology of systemfo disease of importance in dental practice is also briefly studied. Te[...]SS23. Human Physiology. This course in Physiology and Pharmacology is a continuation of the Second year studies ( SS22) and it extends over the first and second terms of Third year. Text and reference books: As for Syllabus SS22. In addition, as a text-book: Rand, M. J., and others, An introduction to the physiology and phar- macology of the autonomic nervous[...]DP03. Oral Pathology I. A course of lectures and practical classes extending over two terms. Thi[...]n is based on the principles of general pathology and miorobioloi.ry. Oral manifestations of disease processes are studied, and practical instruction given in clinical aspects and histopathology of diseased oral tissues. The c[...]l processes involving enamel, dentine, cemen- tum and pulp; dental caries; periodontal disease and cysts of the jaws. Text-book: Shafer, W. G., and others, A textbook of oral pathology, 3rd edition[...]rs). Reference books: Burnett, G. W., and Scherp, H. W., Oral microbiology and infectiou.s diseases, 3rd edition (Williams and Wilkins). Gorlin, R. J., and Goldman, H . M., Thoma's oral pathology (Mosby).[...]ard tissues ( Munksgaard). Rushton, M. A., and others, Oral histopathology (Livingstone).[...]ourse emphasises basic principles of microbiology and immunology covering lhe general areas of; morphol[...]lism, physiology, ecology, isolation, cultivation and classilkation of bacteria and viruses. Principles of disinfection sterilization and chemotherapy. Microbial genetics. Host-parasite relationships, mechani ms of microbial patbogenicity and principles of immunology and resistance to infective agents. Characteristics of selected groups of micro- Or$ranisms and viruses important in medical microbiology. Consideration of the oral microbiota and its relation to dental disease. Text-books: Burnett, G. W., and Scherp 1 H. W., Oral microbiology and infectious disease, 3rd edition (4th eaition if available) (Williams and Wilkins).[...] |
 | [...]THIRD YEAR Davis, B. D., and others, Principles of microbiology and immunology (Haeber or Harper International). Jawetz, E ., and others, Review of medical microbiology, 10th edit[...]s). Reference book: Harris, R., Art and science of dental caries research (Academic Press[...]DR03. Restorative Dentistry II. The courses in conservative dentistry and prosthetic dentistry form the basis of integrated studies in restorative dentistry which extend through the third, fourth and fifth years. CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY: The course consists of one lecture and three practical sessions per week through three terms. Practical work in the first term involves demonstrations and pre-clinical exercises concerned with the restora[...]s are r quired to achieve a satisfactory standard in work of the first term before proceeding in the second and third tenns with the treatment of patients and pre-clinical exercises concemed with cast restorations. A series of tutorials in each term parallels progress in the pre-clinical work. Text-book: Sturdevant, C. M., and others, The art and science of operative dentistry (McGraw-Hill). Reference books: In addition to those listed under Dental materials and technics ( DR02): Black, G. V., Operative[...]y (Heinemann). Hollenback, G. M., Science and technique of the cast restoration (Mosby). McGehee, W. H. 0., and others, A text-book of operative dentistry[...]d pra ti cal work: fift en Jectur s or t11torials in the fl1'1)t term, one lecture 12er ' eek in the second and thi.r<l tenns, three practical sessions p er week in the flrst and second terms and four session per week in the third term. Studies in tho fi1'1)t tenn are coi cerned with the physio- logy of oaclusioo and its relation to restorative d ntistry and in th econd and thlrd terms with the replacement of missing teeth and associat d structure by mean of partial ru1d comp[...]: Posselt, U., The physiology of occlusion and rehabilitation (Blackwell). Sowter, J.B. ([...]s). Reference books: Henderson, D., and Steffel, V. L., McCracken's partial denture construction (Mosby). Kraus, B. S., and others, Dental anatomy and occlusion (Williams and Wilkins). Ramfjord, S. P., and Ash, M. M., Occlusion (Saunders). 708 |
 | [...]MM04. General Medicine. A special course of lectures and clinical instructions in the principles of medi- cine and on the diseases of different organs and systems of the body, with particular reference to the relationship between medical disorders and the oral manifestations of disease, Text-boo[...]Reference books: Davidson, L. S. P., and others, Principles and practice of medicine (Livingstone). Houston. J. C., and others, A short text-book of medicine, 4th editio[...]MS04. General Surgery. A course of lectures and clinical demonstrations to illustrate the patterns of behaviour of surgical conditions, and the principles of their treatment. Text-book: Elmslie, R. G., and Ludbrook, J., An introduction to surgery: 100 top[...]ry. A course of instruction on child management and the materials and methods used in the treatment of injuries and diseases of children's teeth." Text-book:[...]ries of the Meth (Munksgaard). Brauer, J., and others, Dentistry for children (McGraw-Hill). Davies, G. N., and King, R. M., Dentistry for t.lie pre-school child (Living- stone). Hargreaves, J. A., and Craig, J. W., The management of traumatised[...]McDonald, R. E ., Dentistry for the child and adolescent (Mosby). " Clinical instructions in this subject commences in the fourth year and is continued throughout the fifth year until the final examination. Competence in the management of children's dental problems is included in the overall assessment of the final year students[...]DH14. Periodontology. Lectur and cHnical practice in the prevenlion, treatment and pathology of diseases involving ·upportiJ1g gingivae and bone of teeth. In vi w of the importance of the perioclontium in overall dental health, special mphasis is placed on the n d to pay proper atten[...]torative procedures. The area of commo.n interest in the llelds of peiiodontology and oral medicine is stressed. Clinical instruction in the subject commences in fourth year and is co11lim1ed throughout Bfth year tmtil the 6naJ examination. Competence in the management of periodontal problems is included in the o ernll assessment of the final year students. Text-books: Macphee, T., and Cowley, G. C., Essentials of periodontology and periodontics (Blackwell).[...] |
 | [...], 5th edition (Saunders). Goldman, H. M., and others, Periodontal therapy, 5th edition (Mosby). Ramfjord, S. P., and Ash, M., Occlusion, 2nd edition (Saunders).[...]al Pathology I. A course of lectures, seminal's and practical sessions extending over three terms.[...]e principles of diagnosis of oral mucosa! lesions and deals with the pathology of diseases of the oral[...]of the temporoman- dibular joint, salivary glands and nasal sinuses. Text-books and Reference books as for Oral Pathology I, plus the[...]( Churchill) . McCarthy, P. L., and Shklar, G., Diseases of the oral mucosa (McGraw- Hill). DB24. Pharmacology and Therapeutics, A course of instruction in the principles and application of pharmacology. Text-books: Meyers, F. H., and others, Reuiew of medical pharmacology, current edition (Lange) . Kay, L. W., Drugs in dentistry, current edition (John Wright). Walton, J. G., and Thompson, J. W., Pharmacology for the dental prac[...]urrent edition ( Hoeber). Goodman, L. S., and Gilman, A., The pharmacological basis of thera-[...]extends over the dental clinical year of 32 weeks and it consists of lectures, demonslTntions, laboratory work, clinical practice and tutorial instruction in conserv:ntive and prosthetic ?entistry: _T he. aim of. the cou~e. i[...]impler clinical procedures of operative dentistry and prosthodontic and to develop the theory and skills enabling them to umle1take more complex re[...]CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY: Endodontics: Lectures and practical work on three sessions per week during[...]ctures followed by demonstrations, practical work and tutorials on one session per week by roster. Crown and Bridge Prosthesis: One lecture and one practical class per week through three tenns. Clinical Practice and Tutorials: Rostered attendance for clinical practice and tutorials dealing with operative dentistry timeta[...]t three weeks of the year; one lecture per week in the first and third terms; rostered attendance for clinical practice and for seminars and tutorials on two sessions per week through[...] |
 | [...]Partial Denture Prosthesis: One lecture per week in the second term. Text-books: Blackman, S., and Poyton, H. G., A manual of dental and oral radiograph11 (John Wright). Heartwell, C. M., Syllabus of complete dentures (Lea and Febiger). Henderson{ D., and Steffel, V. L., McCracken's partial denture const[...](Mosby J· Ingle, J. I., Endodontics (Lea and Febiger). Johnston, J. F., and others, Modem practice in crown and bridge pros- thodontics ( Saunders).[...]rd edition (Saunders). Reference books: In addition to those listed under DR02 and DR03: Applegate, 0. C., Essentials of remov[...]hesia (Saunders). Coolidge, E. D., and Kesel, R. G., A text-book of endodontolog11 (Lea and Febiger). Johnston, J. F., and others, Modem practice in dental ceramics (Saunders). Miller, E. L., Re111-0vable partial prosthodontics (Williams and Wilkins). Osborne, J., and Lammie, G. A., Partial dentures (Blackwell).[...]cher (Mosby). Tylman, S. D., Theory and practice of crown and bridge prosthodontk:& (Mosby). Worth, H. M., Principles and practice of oral radiographic interpretati[...] |
 | [...]pidemiology of dental disease; methods of control and treatment; relation of dental disease to systematic disease; the place of dentistry in public health programmes. Reference books: Fluoride.t and 1111 man liealtlt ( W.H.O.). Dunning, J. r[...](Harvard U .P.) . 1izel, A. E., Nutrition in vreventfoe dentistry: science and wactice ( Saund rs). Clements, F. W., and others, Diet and 1111tritio11 for t11e Australian 1'eoplt (Angus and Robertson). Goose, D. H., and Hartle.~ . R. L ., Princi11les of preventive dent[...]amon Press ) . ognnae . R. F., Ch emistry and prevention of dental .caries ( Thom ;). Yow1g, W . D .. and Striffler, D. F., The dentist, ltis practice and his com munity (Saunders) . DH35. Orthodontics. L ectures and clinical instruction in the growth and development of the cranio- facial complex; the recognition, diagnosis and treatment of malocclusion and associated anomalies of the jaws with orthodontic procedures and also by means of surgical techniques. Text-book: Graber, T. M., Orthodontics: principles and practice, 3rd edition ( Saunders ) .[...]., Four lectures on the aetiology of irregularity and mawcclu- sion of the teeth (Dental Board of the United Kingdom). Horowitz, S. L., and Hixon, E. H., The Mture of orthodontic dlagnosi![...]zmann, J. A., Practice of orthodontics, Volumes I and II (Lippincott). DPI5. Oral Surgery and Anaesthesia. A series of lectures and clinical tutorials is given on the principles and practice of oral surgery and the use of local anaesthesia and general anaesthesia. Clinicnl practice include[...]urgery nnd elective oral surgery on out-patients, and major ornl surgery on patients admitted as in-patients to the Royal Adelaide Hospital on a theatte list. Instruction i included in the techniques of extra oral radiography and the interpretation of radiographs. Text-book[...]nor oral surgery (Wright). Killey, H. C., and Kay, L. W .. The impacted wf$dom tooth (Livingstone). Roberts, D . H., and Sowray, ]., Local cmalgesia in dentistry (Wright); or Jorgensen , N. B., and Hayden, J.. Sedation-loctil ancl general anaesthesia in dentistry, 2nd edi tion (L en and F ebiger ). Reference books: Howe, G[...]sis of anae$thesia· (Wright). Nevin, M., and Puterbaugh, P. G., Co11d11ctio11, infiltration and general anae.sthetics In dentistry (Dental Items oE Interest Publishing Co.). Jl.owe, N. L., and Killey, H. C., Fractrircs of tlte facial s[...] |
 | [...]eals with the principles of diagnosis of systemic and local diseases affecting the oral cavity, and inslruction is given in the use of clinical and laboratory diagnostic procedures. Methods of t[...]effect of dental treatment on medical conditions, and on the management of patients with medical disorders undergoing dental treatment. Text-books and reference books as for Oral Pathology I and II plus the following additional reference books: Alling, Charles C., Facial pain (Lea and Febiger). Kay, L. W., Dmgs in dentistry, 2nd edition (Wright). Kerr, D. A., and others, Oral diagnosis, 3rd edition (Mosby).[...]extends over the dental cHnical year of 32 weeks and it con ists of lectures, seminars clinical practice and tutorial instruction. There are two lecture · or minars p er week during the first and second tem1s. Students are r stered for clinical[...]led on five sessions per week throughout the year and to the radiology clinic timetabled on one session[...]ities for slu<lent to receive additional training and clinical experience in the comprehensive dental care of patient and aspects of practice management which will fit the[...]general practice on gra<luation. Text-books and reference books: Those listed under Restorative Dentistry I, II and III. Dental Radiology. An integrated course of lectures, demonstrations and clinical practice in dental radiology is given through the third, fourth and fifth years. O[...]iven at the beginning of Fourth year. Students in fourth and fifth years attend on roster in the Admissions Clinic of the Dental Department. D[...]ediate dental needs of the patient are considered and the alternative fonns of treatment are discussed.[...]eatment are evaluated. When patients present with special manifestations of pathology the relationship of the condition to general oental care and preventive and com- munity rlenlistry is reviewed, though such patients are referred to the appropriate special department( s) for more thorough investjgation Md treatment. (In the specialist departments diagnosis and treatment planning is also an impor- tant aspect of the students' instruction where as well as in a general way it is related to the problem of special treatment procedures.)[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS OF THE HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN DENTISTRY REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in Dentistry. Subject to these regulations a candidate may proceed to the degree by undertaking a course of study in one of the following: (a) Anatomy ( b ) Biochemistry ( c) Dental Health ( d) Genetics ( e) Histology (£)[...]Before entering upon the course of study for the degree a can- didate must: ( i) have completed the[...]iate for the proposed course of study, and (ii) be deemed by the Head of the Department[...]didate for advanced work. 3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall undertake advanced study extend[...]than two academic years as a half-time candidate, in one of the coUl'ses listed in regulation 1, and satisfy the examiners therein at the first[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF DENTISTRY REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES 4. Schedules defining the pre-requ[...]e course of study, including lectures, laboratory and other practical work to be under- taken, the examinations to be pa sed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn up by the Faculty of Dentistry, and ub- mitted to the Council Such schedules shall be[...]or such other date as the Council may cl termine, and shall be publi heel in the next University Calendar issu cl after that a[...]didate shall nter for the examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the CounciJ, but shall[...]has regularly attended the prescribed lectLU·es and has done written and laboratory or other practical work, where require[...]The nam es of the candidates who qualify for the degree shall be published in alphabetical order within the following classes and di vi. ions in each subject: First Class[...]rking time to his studies e.".'clusive of ev njng and weekends. SCHEDU[...]equisite work for admission to the courses listed in regulation 1 shall be as follows: Anatomy, Bi[...], Pathology, Pharmacology, Phy iology: a pass in the Thil'd nnual Examination for the degree of Bachelor 0£ Dental Surger . Dental Health, Oral Pathology, Oral Surgery, Restorative Dentis- try: a pass in the Final Examination for the degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery. Genetics: a pass in the Third Annual Examination for the degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery and a pass in the subject SJ02 Genetics II as prescribed for the degree of Bachelor of Science.[...] |
 | [...]llowing as may be required: (i) reading in selected fields and submissions of essays; (ii) attendance at lectures; (iii) practical work; and (iv) the undertaking of a research investigation on a topic assigned early in the course. SCHEDULE III: EXAMINATIONS The xamination for the degree may consist of such written, oral and practical examiuatious as may be requir cl Assess[...]date, practical work completed during the course, and the report on a research investigation may[...] |
 | [...]S NUMBERS OF THE HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN DENTISTRY SYLLABUSES[...]he department concerned details of the xamination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]ubjects, as follows: Faculty of Dentistry - - D Faculty of Medicine -M Faculty of Engineering - N Faculty of Science - - - s The second letter: if it follows[...]ent of Oral Biology. H: Department of Dental Health. P: Department of Oral Pathology and Oral Surgery. R: Department of Restorative Dentistry. The first digit- 7-9: Indicates that the subject does not form[...] |
 | [...]HONOURS DEGREE HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN DENTISTRY The following Honours courses are av[...]the approval of the Head of the Department, enrol in the Oral Biology Honours programmes after they ha[...]y completed the third year of the B.D.S. Ordinary degree or after they have obtained the Ordinary degree of B.D.S. or its equivalent. Under ce1tain circumstances candidates who have obtained the Ordinary degree of B.Sc. may be admitted to an honours programme in Oral Biology. Candidates will be expected to n[...]rwise determined by the Head of the Department) a special course of study, including essays, seminars and laboratory work and a research project under the upervision of staff[...]equired to undertake such formal courses of study in related subjects as deemed necessary in each case. DH99. Dental Health. Candidates may choo e one of tl1e sections of Dental Health as a principnl subject. The course wiJJ begin in tJ1e Rrst week of February and will consist of lectures, tutorials, practical work and reading in advanced aspects of the principal subject and related subjecls as presarlbed by the Head of tJ1e Department. Candidates will be required to participate in a research investigation under the direction and supervision of a member of staff and to submit a report on a topic assigned early in the course. A reading list will be provided and candidates will be expected to begin the course o[...]are advised to conswt ilie Head of the Department in the year preceding the Honours year.[...]ea of clinical dentistry. The course wlll begin in the first week of February and will require attendance at prescribed lectures in subjects related to Oral Pathology and Oral Surgery, such as Anatomy, Physioloizy and General Pathology. A minor research project will[...]urse is designed to further a student's knowledge in the relevant subjects and to train him in laboratory research techniques and methods of recording the results of experiments.[...]are advised to consult the Head of the Department in the year preceding the Honours year.[...]isby a a principal subject. The course will begin in the fir t week of February and will consist of lectures, tutoriaJs, practical work :ind reading in advanced aspects of the principal subject and related subjects as prescrjbed by the Head of the Department. Candidates will be required to participate in a research investigation under the 718 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF DENTISTRY HONOURS DEGREEdirection and supervision of a member of staff and to submit a report on a topic assigned early in the course. A reading list will be provided and candidat.e s will be expected to begin the course[...]are advised to consu1t the Head of the Department in the year preceding the Honours year.[...]ular Biology or Immunology. The course will begin in February and consists of seminars, tutorials and a research _project under the sui:iervision of a member of staff. A detailed reading list will be provided and candidates should begin the comse of reading duri[...]are advised to consult the Head of the Department in the year preceding the Honours year.[...]ment of Biochemistry, together with such reading and participation in lectures end seminars and other work as shall be prescribed by the Head of the Department. A candidate for the degree will be required to write a thesis on his research and pass such examinations as shall be prescribed by[...]of lectures, tutorials, practical work, reading_ and essay preparation in neuroanatomy and advanced histology. Topics included are: gross and microscopic structure of the centra] nervous system; cranial nerves and auto- nomic nervous system; advanced histology including ultrastructure, histochemistry, dilFerentiation and repair of tissues. Emphasis is given to the relat[...]. Candidates would be expected to study one topic in deQth and may have the opportunity to participate in relevant research type work under t.he supervisio[...]es, who should consult the Head of the Department in the early part of the year.[...]should consult the appropriate Head of Department in the year preceding that in which they wish to take the course.[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF DENTAL SURGERY[...]ty of Dentistry may accept as a candidate for the degree any person who: (i) has qualified in the University of Adelaide for the degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery and for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in Dentistiy with First or Second Class Honours; (ii) has qualified in another university for a degree or degrees which the Faculty regards as equivalent to those degrees specified in sub-section ( i) hereof; or (iii) has qualified for a degree in dentistry and whose qualifica- tions are regarded by the Faculty as equivalent to those specified in sub-section ( i) hereof. ( b) The Faculty of[...]may accept provisionally as a candi- date for the degree any other person who has qual.ified for a degree in dei1tistJ:y of the University of Adelaide or of another university and ~rho satisfies the Faculty that he is a suitable[...]il, th e Facully may accept a a candidate for the degree, provisionally or otherwise, a11d subject to such[...]llowed a comse of study acceptable to the Faculty and who atisfies th Faculty that he is a uita[...] |
 | [...]examination under regulation 1 ( d ) and the means by which it shall be cond[...]( e) A candidate shall not be admitted to the degree b efore the expiration of one year from ltis admission to a degree specifi a in section (a ) above or the expiration of two years from his adm ission to the degree or other qualification accepted by the Faculty under sectfons ( b) or ( c ) above. 2. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall either: (a) complete satisfactorily an approved programme of research work and submit a satisfactory thesis thereon; or ( b[...]ved course of postgraduate study; and (ii) complete satisfactorily an approved research project and submit a sa ti factory report th[...]p erson who wishes to become a candidate for the degree shall apply to th e Academic Registrar indicating in general te1ms the ubject and outline of bis proposed research or investigation and where applicable his proposed comse of study for[...]lation 2 above not earlier than one academic year and except by p ermi ion of the Faculty not later tlr[...]the Faculty at the end of each academic year. If, in the opinion of the Faculty, a candidate is not ma[...]e should norma lly have quali fied for the Honour degree of Bache lor of D enta l Surge1y or th Honours d gree of Bach !or £ Science in D enti try wi th First or Second lass H onours. A[...]e at the am • ·tandard a that fo r the Honours degree f Bach !or of Science in Dentistry for wh ich one ear of fulJ- time[...] |
 | [...]thesis or research report which shall be prepared in accordance ·with directions given from time to t[...]orally or otherwise on the subject of his thesis and the general field of knowledge in which it falls. 7. (a) For each candidate the[...]ners of the thesis or research report and the results of any examination; ( ii ) exami[...]ecommendation by examiners under that regulation; and (iv ) examine under regulation l(d )(i), a ca[...]end that the candidate: (i) be awarded the degree subject to such minor amendments of t[...]suggested; (ii) be not awarded the degree but be allowed to revise and resubmit his thesis or research repor[...]culty may allow; or (iii) be not awarded the degree. 8. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the Board of Examiners shall, on the recommendation of the Faculty, be awarded the degree of Master of Dental Surgery. 9. The fees to be[...]l be prescribed from time to time by the Council; and a schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. 10. All regulations hitherto in force concerning the degree of Master of Dental Surgery are herebx repealed. Candidates enrolled for the degree under the regulations hereby repealed may either; (a) complete the requirements of the degree under those regu- lations, provi[...] |
 | [...]RY REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF DENTAL SCIENCE REGULATIONS 1. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Dental Science shall not be admitted to the degree until the expiration of at least fow· years from his admission to the degree of Bachelor of Dental Sw·gery in the Unjversity of Adelaide: Provided that, in the case of a gra- duate fo dentistry of another university who has been admitted ad etmdem gradttm in th University of Adelaide, the period of four years shall be reckoned from the date of his first graduation in dentisb·y. 2. Except in special cases approved by the Council only persons who have been admitted to the degree of Master of Dental Surgery may become candidates for the degree of Doctor of Dental Science. 3. To qualify fot the degree a candidate shall submit a satisfactory thesis em[...]sb'y. The thesis may be written specially for the degree, or may be an already published work, or may be a[...]erely observational. The candidate shall indicate in a preface or in a separate statement wherein he consider that it advances dental knowledge or practice, and sh alI furnish a history of the progress of dental knowledge in the subject of the thes.i . A candidate may be required to undergo examination in the ubject matter of, or in ubjects cognate to, his thesis. 4. The degree shall not be awarded unless in the opinion of the examiners the thesis makes an original and substantial contribution to knowledge in some branch of Dental Science. f 5. The candidate shalJ l[...]demic Registrar thr e copies of the work prepared in accordance with the directions given in sub-paragraph ( b) of clause 2B of Chapter[...] |
 | [...]e Faculty of Dentist! \ ill recommend whether the degree be granted or withheld or dela red. :j:7. Repe[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the Unhersity Calendar. Regulations allowe[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ECONOMICS REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES AND DIPLOMA Bachelor of Economics ( B.Ec.) Regulations and Schedules 726 Syllab[...]733 Economics - 734 Commerce - 747 Diploma in Business Management (Dip.B.M.) Regulations and Schedules 753 Sylla[...]r of Business Management ( M.B.M.) Regulations and Schedules 761 Syllabuses of Course Work (See Dip.B.M. ) - 757 Master of Economics ( M.Ec.) Regu[...]765 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See "Board of Research St[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS[...]REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Economics. A candidate may obtain either degree or both. 0 2. The cow· e of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend over three years and that for the Honours degree over four years. A can- didate for the Ord.ina1-y degree shall attend lectures and pass examina- tions in accordance with the provisions of Schedule II; a candidate for the Honoms degree s11all attend lectures and pass examinatiops in accordance with the provisions of Schedule III.[...]s of candidates who pass at an annual examination in any subject or division of a subject for the Ordinary degree shall be published in alphabetical order in the following classi£cations: Pass with D[...]it Pass. If the pass lists be published in two divisions, a pass in the higher division may be prescribed in the syllabuses as a pre-requisite for admission either to further courses in that subject or to other subjects. 4. The names of candidates who qualify for the Honours degree shall be published in alphabetical order within the following classes and divisions: First Class Second Class[...]ils to obtain Honours may be awarded the Ordinary degree provided that he has in all other respects completed the work for the Honours degree. 0 Amended 4 November, 1965.[...] |
 | [...]S 5. No graduate who has obtained the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts in the school of Economics may obtain the Honours degree ot Bachelor of Economics. 6. Except by permissi[...]uisite subjects or preparatory work as prescribed in the syllabuses. 7. A candidate shall do such written or practical work in any subject as may be prescribed by the professor[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council, but shall[...]examination unless he has attended such tutorials and seminars, and has done such written or other work as may be required, to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned. 9. Written or practical wo[...]direction of the professor or lecturer concerned and the results of terminal or other examinations hel[...]taken into consideration at the final examination in any subject. 0 10. A candidate wbo fails to pass in any subject shall again attend tutorials and seminars and do written or practical work in that subject to the satisfaction of tbe professor[...]o has twice failed to pass the annual examination in any subject or division of a subject may not pres[...]may not proceed with the subject again except by special permission of the Faculty and under such conditions as the Faculty may prescrib[...]candidate who has passed equivalent examinations in the University or otherwise and who desires that the examinations which he has passed should be counted pro tanto for the degree of Bachelor of Economics, may, on written applica[...]the Council may deter- mine. f 13. A graduate in another faculty who wishes to proceed to the degree of Bachelor of Economics: ( i) may present for the degree not more than four subjects or their e[...]h he has already presented for another degree or in which be has been granted status or exemption on account of work done for another degree; 0 Allowed 20 December, 1956, and amended 24 December, 1969. f Amended 4 October, 1002, 4 April, 1963, 4 November, 1965 and 16 December, 19[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES (ii) shall present a range of subjects which fulfils in all respects the requirements of the sc[...]ir equivalent not presented for another degree. A candidate who holds a diploma may be granted such status in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Economics as the Faculty hall in each case determine; provided that if status be g[...]urrender his diploma before being admitted to the degree. 14. If in any year the number of students desiring to attend lectures in any subject be fewer than a minimum fixed by the Council, the course of lectures in that subject may be suspended for that year. 15[...]defining the course of study, including lectures and practical work to be undertaken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn up by the Faculty of Economics and be submitted to and approved bv the Council. Such schedules shall b[...]l or such other date as the Council may determine and shall be published in the next University calendar which is issued afte[...](Made by the Council under Regulations 2 and 15.) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of B.Ec. are published below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of su~ec t taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the nd of the volume. SCHEDULE I - GENERAL. 1. The subjects for the Ordinary degree shall be: Subjects and half-subjects as listed for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts except Social Ec[...]Economic Theory Economic Statistics II and IIA Elements of Accounting I[...] |
 | [...]O'f ' ECON"Qi\UCS SCHEDULES First- and second-year half-subjects: Macroec[...]c Thought IIIH Information Systems and Data Processing IIIH International[...]ate may present: Economic Geography I and either of the half-subjects Human G[...]Geography IH; or Economic Geography I and Geography I (passed prior to 1974); or Mathematics (Economics) I and Mathematics I; or more than one of: E[...]atical Statistics II; or Politics IIA and Politics IIB (unless both subjects have[...]r Economics II (passed prior to 1974) and Microeconomics IIIH; (ii) a student may present Mathematical Statistics II in place of Economic Statistics IIA; (i[...]ents Mathematical Statistics II. 2. A graduate in another faculty may be granted status in or exemption from not more than four subjects or their equivalent on account of work done for another degree. " International Economics IIIH and Macroeconomics IIIH will always be offered but ot[...]economics IIIH will be offered for the first time in 1975.[...] |
 | [...]empted by the Dean from Mathematics (Economics) I and two other subjects from Schedule I referred to in Schedule II. t 3. Courses of study must be app[...]4. Candidates who have completed subject for the degree prior to 1974 may continue under the schedules then in force, with such modifications (if any) as shall[...]the purpose of completing the requirements of the degree, a candidate shall not, except with permission of[...]s presented himself for the annual examina- tions in any subject may, at tbe discretion of the examine[...]mina- tion, wllich may be either oral or written; and hi~ results at such an additional examination shall be taken into account in determining bis results at the annual examination. SCHEDULE II - THE 0RDIN ARY DEGREE Except as provided for in clause 2 of Schedule I a candidate for the Ordinary degree shall pass in seven subjects and seven half-subjects or the equivalent. 1. (a)[...]agement Accounting II or Economic History II (or, in special cases approved by the Dean, another subject).[...]or two third-year half-subjects (or, in special cases approved by the Dean, another subject). t See Schedule II, 1 ( d) and 3( c). 730 |
 | [...]of the schedules): Students taking subject 1 ( b) in 1974 will be permitted to take Mathematics (Econo[...]owledg_e of mathematics i.~ helpful for economics and commerce courses and is essential for ome second- and third-year options. A tudent may count towards his degree: (a) both Management Accounting II and Economic History II if one is counted as subject 2(c) and the other as subject 3(c), and ( b) both Microeconomics lIIH and Macroeconomic IIIH if one is counted as 3(a)(ii) and the other as 3(a)(iii). A candidate who presents Economics ll passed in 1973 or earlier may not also present ficro conomics IIUI. 1'iJacroeconomics and International Trad IIIH offered in 1972 and 1973 will be cotmted as the two half-subjects 3(n)(i) and 3(a)(ii) und r this chedule. SCHEDULE III - THE HONOURS DEGREE A candidate for the Honours degree shall: (a) except as provided for in cl au e 2 of Schedule I, eass in even subjects and seven half-subjects or their equivalent as presc1ibed for the Ordinary degree in Schedule II, provided that one of the su[...]e work of the Final Honoms year must be completed in one year of ful1-time study, save[...] |
 | [...]S NUMllERS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS[...]department concerned details of tlJe examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]eaching the subject: Commerce - - - - C Economics - E The flrst digit- In flrst- and second-year subjects 0-3: Indicates that the subject is in sequence with another subject. 4-6: Indicates that the subject is not in sequence with another subject. 7-9: Indicates service subject. In third-year subjects and half-subjects the first digit serves only to differentiate the subjects and half-subjects. The second digit- 1, 2, 3: Indicates year of subject, e.g. flrst, second or third. (4-7: Not used.) 8: Indicates subjects[...] |
 | [...]ECONOMICS The main courses in Economics forming a sequence for the degrees of Bachelor of Agricultural Science, Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Economics are the half- subjects EElG Macroeconomics IH and EE2G Microeconomics IH, EE3G Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH and EE7G International Economics IIIH and two half-subjects one of which must be either EE5[...]economics IIIH will be offered for the first time in 1975 and may not be presented by a candidate who passed EE02 Economics II in 1973 or earlier.) Students who have passed with distinction or near distinction in EE71 Social Economics I or EE83 Agricultural Econ[...]al of the Dean of the Faculty of Economics, enrol in EE3G Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. The compulsory first, second, and third-year half-subjects (designated IH, IIH or IllH) are given annually, lectures in tbe second- and third-year subjects being given alternately at day and evening classes. Other third-year half-subjects m[...]1976 Macroeconomics IH Day and Day and Day and and Microeconomics IH Evening Eveni[...]cs IIH Day Evening and Microeconomics UH[...]will permit a student to complete these subjects in successive years as a sequence either of day or of evening lectures, according to the year in which he commences. E[...]cts. The course consists of one lecture a week and one tutorial a fortnight through- out the year. E[...]e not usually granted. The course will be offered in both evening and day lectures in 1974. The course provides an introductory study of t11e theory of mployment and production for the economy as a whole. It also provides, in an intrO<luctory way, an account of the way that money, debt, borrowing and lending relate to production\ investment and saving. The impact of governments and international trade on tne level of production and income is examined. A pr<.>Hminary study i made o[...]ntice- Hall). Robinson, M. A., and others, An introduction to economic reasoning[...]Text-books: Hancock, K. J., Hughes, B., and Wallace, R. H., Applied economics: read[...]aw-Hill). Harcourt, G. C., Karmel, P. H., and Wallace, R. H., Economic activity (C.U.P.). Samuelson, P. A., Hancock, K. J., and Wallace, R. H., Economics, Australian e[...]raw-Hill). Stanford, J. D., Money banking and economic activity (Wiley). 734 |
 | [...]OMICS Reference books: Haig, B. D., and McBumey, S. S., The interpretation of national in[...]d edition (Prentice-Hall). llitter, L. S., and Silber, W. L., Money (Basic Books).[...]ects. Th course consists of one lecture a week and one tutorial a fortnight through- out the yea1·.[...]s not usually granted. The course will be offered in both evening and day lectures in 1974. This course is concerned primarily with[...]eration of the behaviour of individual consWJ1ers and fim1s in a 'mixea- capitaust' economy. Emphasis is given t[...]control, sales tax ana price support arrangements in agriculture), production economics and the pricing and output behaviour of Rrms operating under di:lferent forms of in<lustri:il organisa- tion. Preliminary read[...]Text-books: Hancock, K. J., Hughes, B., and Wallace, R. H ., Applied economics: read[...]w-Rill). Leftwich, R. H., The vrice system and ·reso11roe allocation, 3rd edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Lipsey, R. G. An introduction. t[...]mics, 2nd or later edition ( WeJdenfeld and icolson). Reference books: Lancaster,[...]Pre-requisite subject: EElG Macroeconomics IH and EE2G Microeconomics IH. EE3G Macroeconomics UH will be given in 1974 as day lectures. It comprises one lecture per week and one tutoriaJ fortnightly. This course expands[...]cs rH analysis by introducing the monetary sector and the general level of prices. In this course we examine first the onernlions of the major finan cial institutions, and the role of money, finance and other forms of debt in economic activity. This material is then integrat[...]history of money (Pelican). llitter, L. S., and Silber, W. L., Money (Basic Books). Text-books: Arndt, H. W., and Stammer, D. W., The Australian trading banks, 4th edition ( Cheshire) . Dernburg, T. F., and McDougall, D. M., Macro-economics (McGraw- Hill). Hirst, R. R., and Wallace, R. H., The Australian capital mar[...] |
 | [...]ECONOMICS Mayer, T., Monetary policy in the United States (Random House). Stanford, J. D., Money banking and economic activity (Wiley). Reference books:[...]Penguin). Harcourt, G. C., Karmel, P . H ., and Wallace, R. H . Economic activity (C.U.P[...]. Iluncie, 1 • (ed.), Australian monetary and fiscal policy (London .P. ). S.bapiro, E . Macroeco11omlc analysis ( Harcomt, Brace and \i oriel). Smith. W. L ., and Teigen, ll. ( ed -.), Readings i11 mo1iey, national income and stabilizat/011 policy (Irwin). Thorn, R. S. (ed.), Monetary theory and policy (Random House). Additional references wi[...]. Pre-requisite subje t: EElG Macroeconomics IH and EE2G Microeconomics IH. One lecture a week and one tutorial a fortnight. This section will com[...]reto's analysis. Re-distribution of income a pect and the notion o( compensation will also be studied.[...]particular empha i on the fact that externaJities and in~reasing return ~o scale are widespread i~ real wo[...]ation will be anaJysed m the context of polJution and resource allocat1on problems. Possible olutions,[...]ed round an analysis of market structure, conduct and 12erformance. Thus it will complement the earlier lectures in that it will illustrate the market practicabiHty and fea ibility of attaining 'efficient' position . The course wi11 outli11e the current structure, conduct and performance of Au trallan industry. The concept o[...]sed; including barriers to entry, con- centration and collusion. The concept of an oligopoly market will be developed and it implications con id red . Fillally the course[...]r environmental crisis (Holt, Rinehart and Winston) . (ii) Scherer, F. M., Industrial market structure and economic pe1formance (Rand McNally).[...]s, R. E., American it1dustry: structttre, conduct and pe1formance, 2nd edition (Prentice-Hall) . Reference books: ( i) Dorfman, R., and Dorfman, N. S., Economics of the environment-sele[...]g Service). (ii) Needham, D., Economic analysis and industrial structure (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Low, R., Modern economic[...] |
 | [...]MICS Brash, D. T ., American /11uestment in 1\ustralian industry ( A.N. . ) . Wheelwright, E. L .. and Miskelly, J., An(ltomy of Au t-mlian 111a1rnfactu[...]ndu try ( M. .P.) . 1 ecdham, D., Readings in the economics of i11d11strial organizatio1i ( Hult, Rinehart and Winston). Galbraith, J. K., The new indust[...]ornics 1H. This course, comprising two lectures and one tutorial a week, will be given a evening lectures in 1974. The course is concerned with the conomic development of Great Britain, the United States of America and Australla. It will attempt to show how economic change was related to the social and economic position of these countries and how simple economic models can be used to analyse[...]A hworth, W., An eco11omic history of England 1870-1939 ( fothu en). Chambers, J. D., The workshop of the world (O.U.P.). Cbambers,J. D., and ~·li ngay, G. E., Tl1e agricultiual revolution, 1750-1880 (Batsfor ) . Checkland, S. C., The rise of industri"I society ill England 1815-1885 ( Longmans). Clapham, J. H.,[...]of England since 1750 ( C.U.P.). Deane P., and Cole, W. A., British economic growth 1688-1959 (C.U.P.). Hobsbnwm, E. J., Inclustry and empire (Pelican). Landes, D. S., The unboun[...]. Wilson, C., England's apprenticesliip 1603-1763 (Longman ). U.S.A. North, D. C., The economic growth of the United States 1790-1860 (Norton). Plus one of the following: Chandler, A. D., Bruchey< S., and Galambos, L., The clianging economic ord[...]mic history (McGraw-Hill). Hession, C. Ii., and Sardy, H., Ascent to affluence (Allyn and Bacon). Jones, Pd'A., An eco nomic history[...]Boehm, E . A., 20th century eco11omic development in Australia ( Longmans ) . Forster, C., Australian economic development In the twentieth century (Allen and Unwin). Griffin, J., Essays in economic history in Australia (Jacaranda).[...] |
 | [...]E71 Social Economics I or EEIG Macroeconomics IH and EE2G Microeconomics IH, unless the Chairman of th[...]se is given annually~ alternately as day lectures and evening lectures. It will be given in 1974 as oay lectures. It comprises two lectures and one tutorial a week. The course provides an[...]methods with sv.ecial reference to applications in the field of economics. It includes discussion of the available Australian economic statistics and of the methods of compJlation. The principal topics are: collection, presentation and description of data, with special reference to frequency distributions; an frltroduction to probability, sampling, significance and elementary decision th eory, incl uding the use of the nonnal , t and :i.;:! distribu- tions; linear regression and correlation; time series ; sample surveys · qunl[...]ry statistical computing; index numbers of prices and volume; elementary demography. Text-books:[...]s for decision making (Harcourt, Brace and World). or Neter, J., and Wasserman, W., Fundamental statistics for business and economics, 4th edition (Allyn and Bacon). Reference books: Boot, J. C. G., and Cox, E. B., Statistical analysis for managerial d[...]'Esperance, W. L., Modern statistics for business and economics (Collier Macmillan). Huff, D., How to take a chance (Gollancz, and Penguin). Karmel, P.H., and Polasek, M., Applied statistics for economists (P[...]Kazmier, L. J., Statistical analysis for business and economics (McGraw- Hill). Mansfield, E., Elementary statistics for economics and business (Norton). Mason, R. D., Programmed learning aid for business and economic statistics ( Self Review) ( Ir[...]istics (Macmillan). Spiegel, M. R., Theory and problems of statistics ( Schaum). Yamane,[...]roductory analysis, 2nd edition (Harper and Row). Yates, F., Sampling methods for censuses and surveys (Charles Griffin). Additional reference[...]publications of the Commonwealth Bureau of Census and Statistics, and they should procure a copy of the latest issue of[...]equisite subjects: EE41 Mathematics (Economics) I and EEO! Economics I or EEIG Macroeconomics IH and EE2G Microeconomics IH. Students other than candidates for the degree of Master of Business Manage- ment may enrol for[...]of Economics. The course comprises two lectures and one tutorial a week. In 1974 the course will be given as day lectures and thereafter will alternate between day and evening lectures.738 |
 | [...]may not be granted unless a satisfactory standard in them has been obtained. The course will deal with an essenlially mathematical approach to probabilitv and statistical inference with economic applications. The topics covered wilt include: probability and probability distributions, expected values and moments, estimation and statistical inference, simple and multiple regression. sampling theory, non-paramet[...]EOl Econornics I, or to do EElG Macroeconomics IH and EE2G Microeconomics IH concurrently. The course is given, in alternate years, as day and evening lectures. It will be given ns evening lectmes in 1974. It compri ·cs three lectures and one tutorial a week. Of these, one lecture per week for part of the year and some tutorial work is optional for students who h[...]on Mathe- matics. Exercises will be set each week and pennission to sit for the fina l examination wilJ[...]on: (a) Calculus-with applications to problems in economics and commerce. ( b) Matrix algebra-with application[...]Reference books: Archibald, G. C., and Lipsey, R. G., An introduction to a mathematical treatment of economics ( Weidenfeld and Nicolson). Dean, B. V., and others, Mathematics for modem management (Wiley).[...]ubjects: If the half-subject EElH Macroeco1lomics and Inter- national Trade IIlH ha not been passed the half-subjects EE7G International Economics IIIH and EESG Macroeconomics IIlH must be taken concurrent[...]eminars a week throughout the year, will be given in 1974 as day classes. Students w!ll be expected[...]e studies on selected countries, write two essays and p.repare some discussion papers for seminars.[...]cerned primarily with the problems of development in less- developed countries. Topics to be discussed[...]ustrialisation. foreign aid, employment, theories and techniques of planning, rele ant growth th[...] |
 | [...]y reading : Stein, L., Economic realities in poor countries (Angus and Robertson). Bernstein, H. (ed.), Underdevelopment and development: the third world today (Pe[...]t-books: Little, I. M. D., Scitovsky, T., and Scott, M., Industry and trade in some developing countries ( O.U.P.). Meier, G. M. (ed.), Leading issues in economic development, 2nd edition (O.U.P.). Schiavo-Campo, S., and Singer, H. W., Perspectives of economic develop-[...]Bauer. P. T., Dissent on develovment ( Weidenfeld and Nicolson). utclilfe, R. B., Industry and underdevelopment ( Addison-Wesler). Grilfln, K. B., and Enos, J. L ., Plmming Developm ent {Addison-Wesle[...]is half-subject will be given as evening lectures in 1974. This course is an extension of the macroeconomics and monetary sections of Economic:s J Md II. and a.~sum ·S a grasp of these prior oourses. It aim to develop is ues of both theory and policy. Areas of tbeo1y to be developed relate to inv tment and the trade cycle consumption theory, the monetary sector and elementary growth theory. The policy issues will relate to the problems of demand managem nt in tl1e context of the A11straliai1 cco11omy. Exe[...]reading: Harcourt, G. C., Karmel, P. H., and Wallace, R. H., Economic activity (C.U[...]obinson , J., Economics: an awkward corner (Allen and Un win). Text-books: Australia; Census and Statistics, Bureau of, Australian balan[...]e). Branson, W. H., Macroeconomic t71eoru and policy (Harper). Matthews, R. C. 0., The trade cycle ( C. .P.). Mueller, M. G., Readings in macro-economics (Holt). Reference books :[...]e 1 ( Macmillan). Arndt, H. W. and Corden, W. M., The Aust.ralian econom y (Cheshire). Arndt, H. W., and Boxer, A. H., Tlte A11stTOliar1 eco11omy {Cheshire). Ball, R. J., and Doyle, P. (eds.), Inflation (Penguin). Bo[...]urton, J., Wage i11flatio11 (l\'!acmillan studies in economics). Eva11s, 1. K , Macroeconomic activity {Harper and Row ). 740
|
 | [...]ject: EE02 Economics II or EE3G Macroeconomics UH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. The course consists of one lecture a week and one tutorial a fortnight through- out the year. Lectures will be in the evening in 1974. The genernl purpose of the course will b[...]ternational sector with the macro conomic analysi in Economics I and Economics Il; links betweei1 exchange rates. international prices, international capital movements and domestic wages and prices will b examined. Balance of payments adjus[...]ry reading: Harcourt, G. C., Karmel, P. H., and Wallace, R. H., Economic activity (C.U.P[...]stantial part of the course. Arndt, H. W., and Corden, W. M., The Australian economy (Cheshire). Treasury Economic Paper No. I , Overseas investment in Australia, 1972 (Australian Govt., Pub[...]ern economics ) . Isaac, J. E., and Ford, G. W. (eds.), Australian labour economics (Sun Books). John on, H. C;z, Inflation and the monetarist controversy ( 1orth Holland).[...]u p, F., Jnternatiom1l monetary economics (Alle11 and Umvin) . }.!ende, ]. E., Theory of interna[...]payments ( 0 .U .P. ). evilc, J. \ '., and Stammer, D. \ ., Inflat/011 a11cl unemployment (P[...]Pre-requisite subjects: EE3G Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. This half-subject may not be presented by a candidate who passed EE02 Economics II in 1973 or earlier. This course will be offered for the £rst time in 1975, and will comprise one lecture per week and one tutorial a fortnight. The material in this cour e will be an extension of the price theory analysis from first year and the indust1ial organisation theory from second year. Emphasis in the course will be placed on applying these tools of analysis to e:\.'Plain the behaviour of prices and various producing and consuming units within the economy.[...] |
 | [...]ect: EE02 Economics II or EE3G Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. Thi half-subject will be given ouce a week as late afternoon lectur •s in 1974. Iu addition day and evening tutorials will be offered every two to three week· . The course is concerned with the theory and practice of public .6nance w!Lh empba is on its application in Ll1e Australian economy. The effectiveness of the[...]ability to operate as an allocating, distributing and regulating body. The major sections of the course will therefore cover taxation and borrowing, public e.xpenditure appraisal, federal- tate fiscal relations and fi cal (as again t monetary) policy. Prelim[...]Hall) . Text-books: Downing, R. I., and others, Taxation in Australia-agenda for reform (M.U.P.).[...]ector (Penguin). Friedman, M., Capitalism and freedom ( C. U .P.). Nevile, J. W., Fiscal policy in Australia (Cheshire). Reference books:[...](Irwin). Mathews, R. L. Public invesbment 'in Australia (Cheshire). Mathews, R. L., and Jay, W.R. C., Federal finance (Nelson). Mishan, E. J., Cost benefit analysis (Allen and Unwin). Additional references will be prescribe[...]ect: EE02 Economics II or EE3G Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. EE3H Economics of Labour IIIH will be given in 1974 as evening lectures . lt comprises one lecture per week and one tuto1fal fortnightly. This course is essentially a study of the interaction of economic and institutiorn1J factors in the labour market. The topics studied will includ[...]cture; industrial relations systems; unemployment and the labour force; basic theorie of intlntion; and wages a11d incom policies. Emphasi will be given to the role of the Australian arbitration system in relation to general economic policy. Text-books: Burton, J., Wage inflation (Macmillan studies in economics). Isaac, J. E., and Ford, G. W., Australian labor economics: readings[...]Books). Rees, A., The economics of work and pay (Harper and Row). Reference books: Ball, 1l. J., and Doyle, P., In-flation (Penguin ). Dunlop, J. T., Wage d[...]Fleisher, B. M., Labor economics: theorv and evidence (Prentice-Hall). Hicks, J. R. 1[...]mu Labor Office, Job evaluatiori ( I.L.O. Studies and Reports N.S. 56). Isaac, J. E. , and Ford,_ G. W., Australian labor relations: reading[...]enguin). O'Dea, R., Inclustrial relations In Australia (West). Pohlman, J. E., Economies of wage and 71rice control (Grid). Portus, J. H., Aus[...]ons of wage policv, 2nd edition ( AUen and Unwia).742 |
 | [...]ect: EE02 Economics II or EE3G Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. This course consists of one lecture a week and a tutorial every third week throughout the year and will be offered as evening lectures in 1974. Tlie prime purpose of this course js to[...]haracteristics of agricul- tme (capital formation and technological innovation, production instability and price uncertainty, supply responses) ; the role of agriculture in the Australian economy; policy objectives and measures in support of the farm sector (such as price stabili! ation arrangements, duty free entry under by-law and tax concession ) ; recent and current problems in the farm sector (such as the cost-price squeeze o[...]of the dairy ind ustry, the reserve price scheme and operations of l:he Wool Corporation, quota restrictions on wlieat production and rural reconstruction ) . Text-book:[...](Chicago U.P.). Schultz, T. W., Production and welfare of agriculture (Macmillan). Williams, D. B., Agriculture in the Australian economy (Sydney U.P. ). Most of the reading is drawn from selected journal articles and Commonwealth publications. Photo copies of this material will be available in the Napier Birks room and on reserve in the Barr Smith Library. EE5H.[...]ect: EE02 Economics II or EE3G Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. This half-subject will be given as day lectures in 1974. The course covers some of the main contri[...]Text-books: Blaug, M., Economic theory in retrospect (Heinemann). Rima, I. H., Devel[...]ence books: Dobb, M. H., Theories of value and distribution since Adam Smith (C.U.P.).[...]Clarendon). Seligman, B. B., Main currents in modem economics: economic thought since[...]ss of Glencoe). Stigler, G. J., Production and distribution theories (Macmillan). Additional r[...]History IIIH. (Russia and the Soviet Union.) Pre-requisite subjects: EE02 Economics II or EE3G Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH, and EE 12 Economic History II. The economic development of Russia from the 1860's, and of the Soviet Union to the present, together with analysis of Russian and Soviet economic institutions and the operation of the Soviet economic syste[...] |
 | [...]Soviet economic development since 1917 (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Nove, A., An econ[...]Nave, A., The Soviet economy, 3rd edition; and/or Spulber, N., The Soviet economy: struc[...]ect: EE02 Economics II or EE3G Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. Basic concepts and case studies in demand analysis; cost analysis; pricing; forecasting demand and the growth of firms . Reference books:[...]economics (Prentice-Hall). Farrar, D. E. and Meyer, J. R., Managerial economics (Prentice-Hall[...]Haynes, W. W., Managerial economics: analysis and cases (Business Publications).[...]alism (Macmillan). Scitovsky, T., Welfare and competition (Allen and Unwin). Stokes, C. J., Managerial economi[...]-requisite subjects: EE32 Economic Statistics IIA and EE41 Mathematics (Economics) I or QMOl Mathematics I and a knowledge of elementary matrix algebra. tud[...]. The course will consist of one lecture per week and one tutorial a fortnight tluoughout the year.[...]!ll include the following topics: sincle equation and multiple equation estimation in econometric models, in particuTar the effects of violation of the classical least squares assumptions and the development of multiple equation estimation proceaures; the identification problem in multiple equation systems; the application of econometric techniques to applied problems particularly in demand and production studi.es. Text-books: Jo[...]Holland). Christ, C., Econometric models and methods (Wiley).744 |
 | [...]Holland). Kane, E. J.. Economic statistics and econometrics (Harper and Row). Leser, C. E. V., Econometric teclmiqves and problems (Griffin). Walters, A. A., An int[...]onometrics ( Macmillnn). Wonnacott, R. J., and T. H., Econometrics (Wiley, International Edition[...]d inten ive study is made of a few selected books and articles . Acens for study Include, welfar[...] |
 | [...]EE99. Economics for the Honours degrees of B.A. and B.Ec. Detailed a:,rangements for classes will deeend on enrolments, and stude.nts are a<l \'ised to communicate with the[...]terim lionours classes are conducted for students in the third year and 6nal honours classes in the fourth year. INTERIM HONOURS: Interim honours students will take the course in Economic Theory. FINAL HONOURS: ( i) Final honours students are required to undertake a research project and present a thesis of approximately 10,000 words. An absolntP. 1,1pper limit of 15,000 words will apply and theses in excess of this will be returned to be reduced to[...]heir theses 1_1pprov¢ by the Dean of the Faculty and be allotted to supervisors before the end of the[...]long vacation preceding their final honours year and must report to their supervisors not later_ than.[...]t week of February. They will be required to keep in touch with their supervisors during the term. A c[...]comment no later than the last day of first term and a final draft must be ready for typing at the end[...]lect two options from the following list. Classes and tutorials in these subjects will be arranged to take place in second and third terms. Accounting Theory[...]Economics of the Finn Capital and Growth International Trade[...]istics Development (iii) Seminars in Applied Economics will be held throughout the yea[...]: (a) The thesis. ( b) Two papers in Applied Economics. ( c) One paper in each of the two optional subjects.[...]mics I. For syllabus see under Faculty of Arts (Degree of B.A.). EE84. Agricultura[...]agement. EE63. Farm Prices and Policy. For syllabuses see under Faculty of Agricultural Science (Degree of B.Ag.Sc.). 746 |
 | [...]site subjects. The course compris two lectures and one tutorial class each week throughout the acade[...]ill not be granted unless a satisfactory standard in them has been reached. A self-contained course[...]e economists an under- standing o.f the strengths and limitations of accountb1g. Topics include the accounting process; introduction to the theory of valuation and income measurt:- ment; consolidations; sources and uses of funds; function of the auditor; analysis and i.11terpretation of financial accow1ting reports. Preliminary reading (optional) : Finney, H. A., and Miller, H. E., The accounting process (Prentice-H[...]n-Wesley). Text-books: Colditz, B. T.i and Gibbins, R. W. (eds.), Accounting perspectives (McGraw-Hi 1). Gordon, M. J., and Shillinglaw, G., Accounting, a management approach, 4th edition (Irwin) . Finney, H. A., and Miller, H. E., The accounting process (Prentice-H[...]esley). Reference books: Baxter, W. T., and Davidson, S. (eds.), Studies in accounting theory (Law Book Co.). Carrington, A. S., and Battersby, G. B., Accounting: concepts systems applications, Australian edition ( Whitcombe and Tombs). Mathews, R. L., The accounting fram[...]ing I, EEOl Economics I or EElG Macroeconomics IH and EE2G Microeconomics IH. (EE22 Economic Stati[...]us one tutorial each week. Day lectures are given in odd yean;, evening lectures in even ye rs. Day tutoria'ls are given every year, but evening tutorialS in even years only. A general course in management accounting which serve tw purposes : i[...]managers what they need to know about accounting and finance, whilst at the same time teaching future[...]ng. accounting information for tactical decisions and business finance. Text-books: Ho[...]( Prentice-Hall). Peirson, C. G., and Bird, R. G., Business finance (McGraw-Hill).[...]J., Corporate planning: a practical guide (Allen and Unwin). Battersby, A., et work analvsi.~ for planning and scheduling (Macmillan). Bierman, H., and Smidt, S., The capit.al budgeting daci ion[...] |
 | [...]COMMERCE Dopuch . and Birnberg, J. G., Cost accounting: accounting data for management's decisions (Harcourt, Brace and World). Drucker, P. F., Tiie practice of management (Z..'1ercury or Pan). Hirst, R. R., and Wallace, R. H. (eds.), Studies in the Australian COT1ltal market ( Cheshire). Hummel, P. M., and Seebeck, C. L., Mathematics of finance ( McGrnw-[...]making (Prentice-Hall). Rich11rd7 i\l. D., and Nielander, W. A. (eds.) , Readings in management (Souto-Western). Shillinglaw, C., Cost accounting\ analysis and co11trol (Irwin). Simon, H. A., Administra[...](Free Press). Solomons\, D. (ed.). Studies In cost analysis, 2nd edition (Sweet and Maxweu). an Home, J.C., Financial managemen't and policy, 2nd edition ( Prentice- Rall) . Weston, J. F., and Brigham, E. F., Managerial finance, 4th edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston) . EC13. Co[...]II. The cour e comprises two lectures a week and a tutoriaJ class each fortnight. An introduction to the Jegal system and legal concepts as used in Australia including an e.xamination of sources of law in AustraJin (the system of courts anci the legislati" authorities) and the rules of statutory interpretation. Lectures o[...]be assumed that students have covered tllis work in preliminary reading. A statement of the gener[...]s, capacity to contract termination of contrncts. and contractual remedies with some brief examination of legislation in South Australia, and its influence on the law 0£ contract. The la[...]gent's authority. the relationship of a principal and his agent with third parties and in particular in o fa1· as it affect the contractual situation of[...]ing a discussion of the doctrine of ratification, and the relationship which exists between a principa] and hi agent. The law of partnership, with discu ion of the character and the elements of the partnership relnlfonship, an[...]ith the partnership, the relation between partner and the dissolution of partnership. The law relati[...]iscussion of the following topics: the na ture of and types and classiHcations of con)panies, incorporation promo[...]re, maintenance of capital, dividends, the rights and duties of shareholders the rights and duties of directors, variations of clas rights, shares, fraud on and oppression of minority sharehold rs, and recent Company legislation. The following Sout[...], should be acquired: PartMrship Act, 1891-1935. Companies Act, 1962-72. Business Names Act, 1963. Misrepresentation Act, 1971-1972. Sale of Goods Act, 1895-1971. Consumer Credit Act, 1972. Consumer Transactions Act, 1972. And other statutes prescribed. 748 |
 | [...]ing books: Derham, D. P., Maher, F. K. H., and Waller, P. L ., "Judicial Precedent and Statutory Interpretation" in Cases and materials on the legal process (Law Book Co.). Vermeesch, R. B., and Lindgren, K. E., Business law of Australia, 2nd[...]digest of the law of agency, 13th edition (Sweet and Iaxwell). Cheshire, G. C., and Fifoot, C. H. S., The law of contract, 2nd Austra[...]terworth). Derham, D. P., Maher, F. K. H., and Waller, P. L., "Judicial Precedent and Statutory Interpretation" in Cases and materials on the legal process (Law Boo[...]ns). Higgins, P. F. B., Law of partnership in Au t1'0lia and ew Zealarul (Law Book Go. ) . Po[...]Butter- worth). Vermeesch, R. B., and Lindgren, K. E., Business law of Australia, 3rd edition (Butterworth). Yorston, R. K., and Brown, S. R., Company law, 3rd edition (Law Book[...]ect: EE02 Economics II or EE3G Macroeconomics IIH and EE4G Microeconomics IIH. The course comprises two lectures (of fifty minutes) and one tutorial class (of eighty minutes) each week[...]year. Students are required to prepare exercises and essays and permission to sit for the final examination will not be granted unless a satisfactory standard in them bas been reached. This subject is offered as a day-time course in even years, and as an evening course in odd years. Int rpersonal behaviour: interactions, aclivities. sentiments, transactions. !l'!em- bership and structure of groups, workgroup and inlergroup behaviour, leadership, upervision, motivation, worker satisfaction and morale, producti lty. Organjsa- tional change, manngement succession. T echnolog>' and organisation strncture. socio-technical systems. Selected research stu<li,es in organisational beluwiour, detailed critical analy[...]A.. Leadership (Penguin). Lawrence, P. R., and Seiler, J. A., Organisational behaviour and adminis- tration (Irwin-Dorsey). Vroom, V. H., and Deci, E. L., Management and motivation (Penguin). Whyte, W. F., Organi[...]Homans, C. C., The human group (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Jaques, E . The changing culture of a factory (Tavistock). Katz, D., and Kahn, R. L., The social psychology of orga[...] |
 | [...]COMMERCE '1-.fann, F. C., and Hofunan, L. R., Automation and the worker (Holt). Roethlisberger, F. J., and Dickson, W. J., Management and the worker (Wiley). Sayles, L[...]shing Co., San Francisco). Walker, C. R., and Guest, R. H., The man on the assembly line (Harvard U.P.). Walker, C. R., and Turner, A. N., The foreman on the assembly line (Harvard U.P.). Warner, W. L., and Low, J. C., The social system of the modem factor[...]Woodward, J., Industrial organization: theory and practice ( O .U .P.). T[...]s IIA. The course comprises one lecture a week and one tutorial a fortnight. Day lectures are given in even years, evening lectures in odd years. Day tutorials are given every year, but evening tutorials in odd years only. Income measurement and the effect of price changes; current problems in financial accounting; consolidations; auditing; valuation of assets, shares and enterprises. Preliminary reading: Chambers, R. J., Securities and obscurities (Gower). McDonald, D. L., Co[...], revised edition (Irwin). Kenley, W. J., and Staubus, G. J., Obiectives and concepts of financial statements (Acco[...]udies. Baxter, W. T., Depreciation (Sweet and Maxwell). Baxter, W. T., and Davidson, S. (eds.), Studies in accounting theory (Irwin). Bed[...](Addison-Wesley) . Bennett, J. W., and others, Topics in business finance and accounting ( Cheshire). Boutel[...]. Chambers, R. J., Accounting, evaluation and economic behaviour (Prentice- Hall). Chambers, R. J., Accounting, finance and management (Butterworths). Cyert, R. M., and Davidson, H. J., Statistical sampling for account[...]nformation (Prentice-Hall). Davidson, S., and others (eds.), An income approach to accounting theory (Prentice-Hall). Edwards, E. 0., and Bell, P. W., The theory and measurement of business income (University of California Press). Lee, L. N., and McPherson, L. A., Consolidated statements and group accounts (Law Book Co.). 750 |
 | [...]iting, 2nd edition (Wiley). Parker, R. H., and Harcourt, G. C. (eds.), Readings in the concept and measurement of income (C.U.P.). R[...]l). Sterling, R. R. (ed.), Asset valuation and income determination (Scholars Book Co.). Zelf\ S. A., and Kel~~~I T. F. (eds.), Financial accounting theory[...]requisite subjects: EE32 Economic Statistics IIA, and EE41 Mathematics (Economics) I or QMOl Mathematics I and a knowledge of elementary matrix algebra. Stud[...]A knowledge of computer programming as taught in EE32 Economic Statistics IIA in 1973 or the ability to write effective programs in BASIC or FORTRAN will be assumed. The course comprises one lecture a week throughout the year and one tutorial class every second week. Prnctical exercises will be required. Introduction to linear and non-linear programming; decision making under cer- tainty and uncertainty; inventory analysis; queueing theory; simulation and model building. Text-books: Schlaifer, R., Probability and statistics for business decisions (McGraw-[...]Livingstone, J. L. (ed.), Management planning and control: Mathematical models (McGraw-Hil[...]Llewellyn, R., Linear programming (Holt, Rinehart and 'Winston). McMillan, C., and Gonzalez, R. F., Systems analysis-a computer appr[...]o decision models ( Irwin). Naylor, T. H., and Vernon, J. M., Microeconomics and decision models of the ·fii-m (Harcourt[...]rtext). EC3H. Information Systems and Data Processing IIIH. Pre-requisite subjects:[...]A knowledge of computer programming as taught in EE32 Economic Statistics IIA in 1973, or the ability to write computer programs in a higher level language such as BASIC or FORTRA1[...]comprises one lecture a week throughout the year and one tutorial class every second week. Admission t[...]nal upon the satisfactory completion of exercises in system design and programming during the year. The course covers[...]ics: The economics of computer data processing and hardware selection; computer system installation[...]ware evaluation, computer installation management and computer system staffing; the control and security of computer operations. The exercise of managerial functions through computer systems; management infonnation systems and computer deci ion making· the analysis and design of systems; the organisational impact of computer instaflation; the data base concept and the social implications of data banks; the implications of human error and malfeasance in computerised systems, audit.[...] |
 | [...]ading: Fimberg, D., Computers, management and info1'mation (Allen and Unwin). Text-books: Glans, T. B., Grad, B., and others (eds.), Management systems (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). National Computing Centre, Basic training in systems analysis, A. Daniels and D. Yeates (eds.) (Pitman). Reference books:[...]sity. Course languages are BASIC (or FORTRAN) and COBOL. Clifton, H. D., Systems analysis f[...]usiness Books). Elliott, C. 0., and Wasley, R. S., Business information processing sy[...]J., Management guide to computer system selection and use (Prentice-Hall). Randall, C. B., and Burgly, S. W., Systems and procedures for business data processing ( South-Western). Sanders, D. H., Computers and management (McGraw-Hill). Schoderb[...] |
 | [...]OF THE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a postgraduate Diploma in Business Management. 2. (a) The Faculty of Ec[...]ct to the approval of the Council the Facult may, in sp cfal cases and ubj ct to such conditions (if any) as it ma see flt to impo e in each ca e, accept as a candidate for the diploma[...]date hall have bad at least two years' experience in business, public service or other field of employ[...]aximum number of candidates which may be enrolled in any subject hall be determined from time to time[...]n the recommendation of the Faculty of Economics; and courses will not b pro ided unl •ss a ufficient[...]for the diploma a candidate shall attend classes and pass the examinations in courses as prescribed in the schedules. 5. If in the opinion of the Faculty of Economics a candida[...]Council withdraw its appro al of his candidature and the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for the[...]he has regularly attended the prescribed classes and has completed satisfactorily such written and practical work as may be required.[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIO:-<"S AND SCHE DULES 7. Schedules defining the courses of study for the diploma, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn up from time to time by the Faculty of Economics and ap1)roved by the Council. 8. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall on written applicat[...]or th~ Diploma i11 Busine$$ Management or for the degree of M.B.l'\'f. are published below im- m diately after the regulations and schedules of the diploma . Syllabuses of subjects which may be l'aken a lso for the degree of B.Ec. are pllblished immediately after lhe regulations and schedules of that degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and dipomas se the tabl e of su bjects at the end of[...]F STUDY 1. The courses of study for the Diploma in Business Managen1ent shall comprise: Part I:[...]III. Part II: Economic Institutions and Policy; Organisation Theory and Behaviour; Economic and Accounting Analysis; Business Statistic[...]shall complete the required course-work subjects and pass examinations in them, as follows: Part I: At such standard as[...]t the Faculty may grant any candidate such status in any subject as it may determine. 754 |
 | [...]xceptions a candidate shall complete the subjects in Part I before proceeding with any of the subjects in Part II: (a) The Head of the Department of C[...]s completed all but one of the subjects in Part I to proceed to Part II and to take the Part I subject concurrently with[...]nce of any candidate on his completion of Part I, and a candidate whose p rfonnance in Prut I is deemed by the Faculty to be unsatisfact[...]with the specific advance approval of the Faculty in each , se, a candidate for tbe degree by part-time study shall complete the subject of Part II in two years; provided that in the case of a candidate proceeding under one of the provisos in clause 3 the year in which h e is compkting Part I shall not be counte[...]ects must be passed at first attempt with credits in at least two subjects.[...] |
 | [...]OF THE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]subjects which may be taken only for the Diploma in Business Management or the degree of Master of Business Manage- ment. The second[...]a subject which may be taken only for the Diploma in Business Management or the degree of Master of Business Management. For details of other subjects listed in the schedules of the Diploma in Business Management or the degree of Master of Business Management see the syllabuses for the degree of Bachelor of Economics.[...] |
 | [...]s offered annually for students proceeding to the degree of Master of Business Management and for such other students as the Professor of Com-[...]prove. EEOl Economics I or EElG Macroeconomics IH and EE2G Microeconomics IH, if not already passed, mu[...]take the full course EC02 Mana.gement Accounting, and in addition one lecture per week during first and second terms. Written assignments will be set thr[...]. Syllabus: As for EC02 Management Accounting, and in addition: The double-entry framework and the recording of business transactions; pre- paration of accounting reJ,?orts ; analysis and interpretation of accounting reports, limitations[...]As listed under EC02 Management Accounting and in addition: Anthony, R. N., Essentials of a[...]As listed under EC02 Management Accounting and in addition: Gordon, M. J., and Shillinglaw, G., Accounting, a management approac[...]EC30. Economic Institutions and Policy. The sl.tucture of the ustraJian economy-the structure of agricultural, indus- trial, lahour and capital markets. Economic policy objectives, and weapons of economic policy-monetary, fiscal , wages and trade. The development and opera- tion of Au tralian economic in titutions. Preliminary reading: Coo[...]ion). Text-books: Australia. Census and Statistics, Bureau of, Official yearbook of the C[...]re). Reference books: Arndt, H. W., and Carden, M. (eds.), The Australian economy (Cheshi[...]nment Printer, Canberra). Downing, R. I., and others, Taxation in Australia: agenda for reform (M.U.P.).[...]an industry (M.U.P.). Isaac, J. E., Wages and productivity (Cheshire). Karmel, P. H., and Brunt, M., The structure of the Australian econom[...]( Cheshire) . Williams, D. B., Economic and technical problems of Australia's rural[...]( M.U.P.). EC50. Economic and Accounting Analysis. Economic and accounting analysis at the rnnnngement level with particular emphasis on microeconomics and the internal policies of the firm. Topics include market structure, demand, cost and pricing, marketing and portfolio analysis. The course incorporates both lectures and case d iscussion. Text-book: Brigham, E. F., and Pappas, J. L., Managerial economics (Dry[...] |
 | [...]GEMENT Reference books: Elton, E. J., and Gruber, M. J. (eds.), Security evaluation and portfolio analysis ( Prentice-Hall ) .[...]wellyn, R. W., Linear programming (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Stubbs, P., The Australian motor[...]A knowledge of EE41 Mathematics (Economics) I and EE32 Economic Statistics IIA is assumed in this course. A knowledge of computer programming as taught in EE32 Economic Statistics IIA in 1973 or the ability to write effec- tive programs in BASIC or FORTRAN will be assumed. A course of study in oomputer programming using carrel sessions may be[...]athe- matical programming. Analysis of production and marketing situations. Text-books: Moore, P. G., and Hodges, S. D. (eds.), Programming for optimal d e[...](Penguin). Schlaifer, R. 0., Probability and statistics for business decisions (McGraw-[...]production systems (Reinhold). Hadley, G., and Whitin, T. M., Analysis of inventory systems (Prentice- Hall). Kemeny, J. G. , and others, Finite mathematics with business applicat[...]Livingstone, J.E. ( ed.), Management planning and control: Mathematical models (McGraw-Hill[...]., Linear Programming (Holt). McMillan, C., and Gonzalez, R. F., Systems analysis-a computer appr[...]EC70. Decision-Making. Cases in financial management and in business policy and pricing. Text-books: Craig, H. F., Australian case studies and readings in business administra- tion, 3rd edition (Law Book Co.). Hunt, P., and others, Basic business finance, text and cases, 4th edition (Irwin). Learned, E. P., and others, Business policy: text and cases, revised edition (Irwin). EC80. Organisation Theory and Behaviour. A knowledge of EC23 Industrial Sociology III is assumed in this course. Theory of organisations. Design of organisation structure. Organisational change and development. Some topics in industrial relations.[...] |
 | [...]xt-books: Dalton, G. W., Lawrence, P. R., and Greiner, L. E., Organisational change and development (Irwin-Dorsey). Dalton, G. W., Lawrence, P. R., and Lorsch, J. Vv., Organisational strnc- ture and design ( Irwin-Dorsey ) . Perrow, C., Org[...]n-Dorsey). Thompson, J. D., Organizations in action (McGraw-Hill) . Reference books:[...]ffectiveness (Goodyear). Lawrence, P. R., and Lorsch, J. W., Organisation and environment (Irwin). Miller, E. J., and Rice, A. K., Systems of organisation (Tavi[...] |
 | [...]GULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT[...]REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a degree of Master of Business Management. f 2. (a) The Faculty of Economics may accept as a candidate for the degree a graduate of the University of Adelaide or of an[...]to the approval of the Council the Facult)' ma)', in special cases and subject to uch conditions (if an ) a it may see fit to impose i11 ach case accept as a candidate for the degree a per on who docs not hold a degree of a university but has given evidence sati factory to the Faculty of his fitness to undertake work for tbe degree. ( c) A candidate shall have had at least two years' experience in business, public service or other field of employ[...]aximum number of candidates which may be enrolled in any course for the degree shall be determined from time to time by the Council on the recommendation of the Faculty of Economics; and courses will not be provided unless a sufficient[...]dents has enrolled. t4. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall: t (a) attend classes and pass examinations in courses as prescribed in the schedules; and 0 (b) subsequently, as prescribed in the schedules, present a satis- fact[...]approved by the Faculty of Economics. 5. If in the opinion of the Faculty of Economics a candidate for the degree is not making satisfactory progress the Faculty m[...]e Council withdraw it approval of his candidature and the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for tl1e degree. l Amended 12 December, 196:3.[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES 6. A candidate shall not be permitt[...]he has regularly attended the prescribed classes and has completed satisfactorily such written and practical work as may be required. 7. The Facul[...]gistrar three copies of bis dissertation prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]. Schedules defining the courses of study for the degree, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn up from time to time by the Faculty of Economics and approved by the Council. t 10. A candidate who holds the Diploma in Business Management shall surrender his diploma before being admitted to the degree. 11. A candidate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall, on the recommendation of the Faculty of Economics, be admitted to the degree. 12. These regulations shall come into force at[...](Made by the Council under Regulations 4 and 9.) OTE: Syllabu es of subjects for the degree of M.B.M. (Course Work) are published above, immediateJy after the regulations and schedules of the Diploma in Business Management. For syllabu es of subjects taught for other degrees and diploma see tbe table of subjects at the end of t[...]SES OF STUDY 1. The courses of study for the degree of M.B.M. shall comprise: (a) Course-w[...] |
 | [...]ES Part II: Economic Institutions and Policy; 0 Organisation Theory and Behaviour; Economic and Accounting Analysis; Business Statistics;[...]hall complete the prescribed course-work subjects and pass examinations in them, as follows: Part I: At such standard as t[...]t the Faculty may grant any candidate such status in any subject as it may determine. 3. Subject to[...]xceptions a candidate shall complete the subjects in Part I before proceeding with any of the subjects in Part II: (a) The Head of the Department of Com[...]s com- pleted all but one of the subjects in Part I to proceed to Part II and to take the Part I subject concurrently with his[...]nce of any candidate on his completion of Part I, and a candidate whose performance in Part I is deemed by th e Faculty to be unsatis- f[...]with the specific ad vance approval of the Facult in each cas , a candidate fo r the degree b part-lime study shall complete the subject of Pa1t II in two year ; provided that in the case of a candidate proceeding under one of the provisos in clause 3 the ear in which he is completing Part I shall not be counte[...]the Faculty that a graduate who holds the Honours degree of Bachelor of Economics shall be given status in this subject.[...] |
 | [...]t on which he proposes to write his di sertation; and he shall submit th dissertation within t\vo calen[...]ult 1 or from the date of passing the examination in the coi.u-se-work subjects, whichever is the late[...]passed at the first attempt with credits in at least two subjects. 2. Candidates who pass the examinations in all subjects prescribed in clause 1 (a) of the schedules are advised to read the regulations of the Diploma in Business Management.[...]jects for the pre-dissertalion cours work for the degree of Master of Business Management are published abo e. imm diately after the regulations and schedules of the Diploma in 13u iness ).!anagcment.764 |
 | [...]S REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ECONOMICS[...]y of Economics may accept as a candidate for the degree any graduate who: ( i) has obtained the Honours degree of Bachelor of Economics of the Univ[...]Honours; or (ii) ha obtained an Honours degree of another university, which degre t[...]to a First- or Second-Class Honours degree in Economics of the University f Adela[...]ma r accept provisionall 1 as candi- date for the degree other gn:i.duates of the Un iver ity of clelaide[...]ble satisfactorily to undertake the work for the degree. ( c ) A p rovisionally-accepted candidate shall, within such time as the F aculty shall in each case prescribe or allow, undertake an approved coUise of advanced study and pass an examination at FU-st or Second-Class H on[...]( d) A candid ate shall not be admitted to the degree before the expiration of one year from his admission to the Honours degree speci.Bed in section (a ) ( i ) above, or to the degree which the Faculty accepts as equivalent thereto u[...]n of two academic years from his admission to the degree accepted by the Faculty under section ( b) ab ove[...]o th e approval of the Council the F acu lty ma , in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may ee fit t impose in ach cas , accept as a c. ndidate for tbe degree a per on who, irresp ective of wheth r or not he[...]cult r of his fitn ess to undertnke wor k for the degree.[...] |
 | [...]EGULATIONS 2. A candidate may qualify for the degree by either: (a) satisfactorily completing an approved programme of research work on an approved topic and submitting a satisfactory thesis thereon; or (b[...]proved course of postgraduate study· and (ii) satisfactorily completing an approved[...]re- search work on an approved topic and submitting a satis- factory dissertat[...]A person who wishes to become a candidate for the degree shall apply to the Academic Registrnx indicating in general terms the subject of any research work to be undertaken, and where applicable, his proposed course of study fo[...]rovisionally or otherwise, as a candidate for the degree, the Faculty may appoint a supervisor to guide him in his work. 4. A candidate's progress shall be reviewed by the Faculty at the end of each academic year. If, in the opinion of the Faculty of Economics, a candid[...]Council, withdraw its approval of hi candidature and the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for the degree. 5. On completion of his work, the candidate sh[...]ree copies of his thesis or dissertation prepared in accor- dance with directions given to candidates[...]tation. The examiners shall report to the Faculty and may recommend ( i) that the degree be awarded; or (ii) that the thesis or dissertation be returned to the candidate for revision and resubmis- sion; or (iii) that the degree be not awarded. 7. A candidate who complies with all the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners of his thesis or disserta[...]n of the Faculty of Economics, be admitted to the degree. 8. The fees to be paid by candidates shall be[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. 9[...] |
 | FACULTY OF ENGINEERING REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Engineering ( B.E.) Regulations and Schedules 768 Syllab[...]781 Chemical Engineering - 782 Civil Engineering - 792 Electrical Engineering - 800 Mechanical Engineering - 806 Honours Degree - 817 Master of Engine[...]821 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See "Board of Research S[...] |
 | [...]LA TJO'.'<S OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING[...]REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Engineering. 2. Schedules defining the courses of study, including lectures, laboratory and other practical work to be undertaken, the examina- tions to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn up by the Faculty of Engineering and be submitted to the Council. Such schedules s[...]or such other date as the Council may determine, and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]ty a candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject for which he has not completed the pre-requisite work prescribed in the syllabus for that subject. THE ORDINARY DEGREE. t4. (a) To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall regu- larly attend lectures and do written, laboratory, and other practical work (where such is required) , and pass examinations in the subjects prescribed for one of the following[...]gineering. ft ( b) Before being admitted to the degree a candidate shall also submit satisfactory evidence that be has completed a period of practical experience in work approved by the Faculty of Engineering as ap[...]December, 1949, 15 January, 1959, 4 April, 1963, and 28 January,[...] |
 | [...]demic year, except that prac- tical examinations, and examinations in a subject in which the course of instruction has been complete[...]ndidate shaJl enter for examination on the foi·m andby the date prescribed by the Council, but shall[...]he has regularly attended the prescribed lectures and has done \:vritten and laboratory or other practical work, where required, to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned. ( c) Written and practical work done by candidates by direction of the professors or lecturers, and the results of terminal or other examinations in any subject, may be taken into consideration at the final examination in that subject. Hd) There shall be three classifications of pass at an annual exami- nation in any subject or division of a subject for the 0Idinary degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Cre[...]with Distinction or with Credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the classillcation; the names of other candi- dates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order either in one li tor in two divisions as the Council may, on the recommen[...]Faculty, determine. If the Pass list be published in two divisions. a pass in the higher division may be prescdbed in the syllabuses as pxe-requisite for admission either to further courses in that subject or to other subjects. ( e) A candidate who fails to pass in any subject shall again attend lectures and do 12ractioal work in that subject, to the satisfaction of the professors and lectUl'ers, unless exempted by the Faculty of Eng[...](f) Supplementary examinations will be held only in special cir- cumstances approved by the Faculty after consideration of individual cases. 6. Except in case of illness or other sufficient cause allowed by the Council, no candidate shall be credited in any year with atten- dance at lectures or laborato11' work in a subject unless he has attended at least three-fourths of the lectures and laboratory work respective.ly in that subject. 7. No candidate shall be granted exemption from attendance at lectures or practical work in any subject, except upon grounds approved by the[...]date who has twice failed to pass the examination in any subject or division of a subject may n[...] |
 | [...]ay not pro- ceed with the subject again except by special permission of the Faculty, and under such conditions as the Faculty may prescrib[...]who is refused permission to sit for examination in any subject or division of a subject shall be dee[...]ation. 9. A student who has passed examinations in pari materia in another faculty or otherwise, or who desires that[...]ical schools should be counted 71ro tanto for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering, may on application be[...]ll determine. THE HONOURS DEGREE. f 10. The Honours degree shall be available in each of the follow- ing courses: ( i )[...]neering. 0 11. (a) The work for the Honours degree shall be taken con- currently with the profession[...]of the final year of tbe course for the Ordinary degree as set out in the schedules for that degree. § ( b) No candidate shall proceed to the Honours degree except with the approval of the Head of his Department. ( c) In order to qualify for the Honours degree a candidate must ( i) pass in the professional engineering subjects prescrjbed for t11e Anal year of the course for the Ordinary degree at a standard generally higher than that required for the Ordinary degree; (ii) concurrently with the final-year work for the Ordinary degree attend further lectures and pass examinations on work at an advanced level.[...]ass with Honours shall be arranged alphabetically in the following classes under each Depart- ment: Fi[...]second class Honours may be awarded the Ordinary degree provided he has in all other respects completed the work for that degree. ft ( e) Before being admitted to the degree a candidate shall also submit satisfactory evidence that he has completed a period of practical experience in work approved by the Faculty of Engineering as ap[...]Allowed 11 November, 1954; amended 4 April, 1963, and 28 January, 1965. "Allowed 11 November, 1954; amended 28 January, 1965; and 4 November, 19[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF COURSES AND SCHEDULES ENGINEERING COURSES AND SCHEDULES (Prescribed by the Council u[...]G 111e University of Sydney has established a special four-year course in Aeronautical Engineering. Adelaide students who h[...]fully completed the first two years of the course in auy branch of Engineering, may apply for admission to tl1e third year of the course in Aeronautical Engineering in the University of Sydney. Those who have complete[...]er with documentary evidence of academic standing in the University of Adelaide, should be sent to the[...]iversity of Melbourne has established a four-year degree comse in Agricultural Engineering. Adelaide students who h[...]ully completed the first two years of the cow·se in Chemical, Electrical or Mechanical Engineering, p[...]ply for admission to the third year of the course in Agricultural Engineering in the University of Melbourne. Those who have completed only ilie first year of the cow·se in Chemical, Electrical or Mechanical Engineering ma[...]er with documentary evidence of academic standing in the University of Adelaide, should be sent to the[...]-time study. Details of these courses are set out in clauses 4, 5, 6 and 7. Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of B.E. are published below, immediately aft r the i · gulations and schedules of the degree. For syl1abuses of subj cts taught for oth[...] |
 | [...]ol for the subjects he wishes to study. NoTE: In the following sched ules of courses, in the column headed "Hours a \!Veek", a single 6gu[...]ils of the subjects Engineering I, Engineering II and En- gineering III are given in clause 9. FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...]Fielcl Work NX12 Engineering UC ·--· Lechll'es 3[...]Seminars 3 Project and Report Tota[...] |
 | [...]FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...]Ol Physics I ···- Lectures[...]ering I -· Lectures[...]additional year at this stage to qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Sch:nce, in order to improve his qualifications to undertake research in engineering science. 0 Or such other subjec[...]culty of Mathematical Sciences as may be approved in individual cases by the Faculty of Enginee[...] |
 | [...]FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...]cal 3 NX42 Engineering IIM -- Lectures 3[...]Lectures 1, 11 o Examinations in Mechanical Engineering IIIA and IIIB will be held during the vacation between second and third terms.774 |
 | [...]FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...]3 A candidate who has completed the First Year and who wishes to qualify for the B.Sc. and B.E. degrees concurrently is recommended to under[...]Tutorial 1 SC02 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II Lectures 3[...]Practical Any one student must pass in either parts (a), (b) and (c) or in parts (b) and (d). NH34 Chemical Engineering IIIC•[...]Project 401 • Examinations in Chemical Engineerin11: IIIA, IIIB and part of IIIC will be held in the second and third weeks of third term.[...] |
 | [...]s not passed lo Engineering I but who hn.s passed in Mathematics I, Physics I, nod Chemistry I, nnd o[...]mily compl.eto the ncndemic requirements for U1e degree of Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering by passing lo the following[...]en report on vacation experience will be required in lieu of part ( c) of Chemical Engineer[...]ing 4th year. ( b) A candidate who hns passed in Mnthemntics I, PbySi(lS J, Chemistry r. Applied M[...]c Ch mistry Tl, plus one other First Yenr subject and one other Second Year subject acceptable to tbe f[...]~ mar complete tht- ncndemic requirements for the degree of Jlachelor of Engineering in Cbem1cal Engineering by pnssing in the following •ubjccts. Before embarking on[...]ughout the year as part of Chemical Engineering I and will also be offered as a special short course of about four weeks' duration toward[...]THIRD YEAR Subject No. in[...]en report on vacation experience will be required in lieu of part (c) of Chemical Engineering I[...] |
 | [...]Any one student must pass either parts (a), (b) and (c) or parts (b) and (d). No candidate who has previously passed in NH12 Chemical Engineering I may take the latter o[...]has completed the ncndcmic. requirements for the degree of B.Sc. Lududlni; tbe subjects l.isted above plus Renetion KinctiC$ as part of a Third Year subject in Phys1cnl nnd Inorganic Ch~mistry may l)rocced to the degree of B.E. in Chemical En&<incering by ll1l:SSlng in the subjects listeJ in Scheclule S(b) or by passing in the following subjects. NH62 Chemi[...] |
 | [...]B .E. - ENGINEERING I , II AND III ENGINEERING[...]GINEERING I, ENGINEERING II AND ENGINEERING III. (a) Engineering I Subject No. in[...]3 Th.is subject must be taken in First Year by all Engineering ca[...]art 5. General Engineering ( b) Engineering II and Engineering III These shall be made up of se[...]al 3 5 Electrical Circuits and Machines ... Lectures[...]il Engineering Department will do Engineering IIC and IIIC; from Electrical Engineering, lJE; from Mechanicnl Engineering, IIM and IIIM; and from Chemical Engineering, Illli. The parts mnkin[...]Practical ... 3, 3• A .P,8SS in Engineering I, II or m will be granted on the subject as a whole and not in individual parts. 778 |
 | B.E. - PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE[...]cal experience is required under regulations 4(b) and ll (e), and this should be completed during the university va[...]the reqwremen ts of thi schedul before enrnlJing in the fourth year of the course. The Faculty may[...]ical experience obtained before he first enrolled in the Faculty; and in special cases, the Faculty may grant dispensation from th[...]consulting the Head of the Department concerned. In doubtful cases an inquiry hould be addressed to[...]mic Registrar. Before the end of the £rst term in each year of his course, a candi- date should sub[...]op . ration or indu tdal research or development. In addition during th May ,,acation in th fourth year, each student must visit at least[...]11e sixteen weeks' practical experience specified in clause (a), candidates must complete the two week Vacation Course in Workshop Practice arranged by the Faculty, and this will usually be taken in the second year of the course.[...] |
 | FACULTY OF B.E. - HONOURS, TRANSFERS ENGINEERING[...]SCHEDULES11. HONOURS DEGREE IN ENGINEERING. A cnndiclat for th Honours cl gree in Chemical, Civil, Electrical or 1echanical Engineering under regulation 11 and sy1labu number NII99, C99, NE99, and M99 shall complete the full coui· for th • final year of his respective com·se, and in addition, special Honours \\Ork comprising two hours of Honours lectnr a ' ek with, in Civil and Mechanical Engineering, an associat d laboratory project. 12. TRANSFERS BETWEEN COURSES. In special circumstances, and by decision of the Faculty of Engineering h1 each[...]one Engineering cow·se or from any other course in the University or elsewhere, to either the Civil[...]atics I, SPOl Physic I or XO! Enginee1fog I) hown in schedules 4, 5 and 6. A stud nt wi. bing to transfer to the Chemical[...]Faculty, present a fast- (or later) year subject in place of SPOl Ph r ic I. Such permission wiJl be gran ted only in special cir umstances. Any student contemplating[...] |
 | [...]NGINEERING OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING[...]isite sub;ects: Unless otherwise stated, a pass in a pre-requisite subject will mean a pass at Divis[...]e department concerned details <>f th exnminntion in that ·ubj cl includin~ the relative weights give[...]subject, as follows: Chemical Engineering - - H Electrical Engineering - E Civil Engineering - C Mechanical Engineering - - M X indicates that two or more departments are responsible for the subject. The first digit- 0-5: Indicates that the subject forms part of a sequence. 6-9: Indicates that the subject does not form part of a sequence. The second digit- 1-4: Indicates year of subject,"' e.g. first, second, etc. ( 5-8: Not used.) 9: Indicates subject available to Honours students only. "'Except in the cases of NE03 Electrical Engineering I and NM85 Engineering Management, which are given in the second and fourth years respectively. roTE: ome subjects listed in the schedules of the degree of B.E. are taught by cl •partn1ent~ of other faculties. In Lhe syllabus numbers of those subjects the h o di[...]nce shown above. For syllabuses of these subjects and half-subj cts sec the table of subjects at[...] |
 | [...]CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - FIRST YEAR CHEMICAL ENGINEE[...]SCOI. Chemistry I. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculties of Mathematical Sciences and Science respectively.[...]Resultant of coplanar forces a11d patial force and couple systems. Conditions of .e quilibriwR Vecto[...]tation. Solution of pinjointed frames. Transverse and axial loadings. Bending momei1t and shear force diagram. Centroid, centre of pressure. Moments and products of inertia and related theorems. Elements of hydrostatics. Virtu[...]DYNAMICS. Dynamics of particles. Rectilinear and angular motion-uniform and variable acceleration. Curvilinear motion-acceler[...]n relative to moving axes. Conservation of energy and momen- tum, action of steady and impulsive forces and couples. Extension to dynamics of rigid bodies. 3. GI\Af'HICS. Projections (first and third angle). Pictorial representation of data.[...]vision). Graphi- cal integration, differentiation and applications. Functional scales, slide rule, a[...]l representation ( dimetric, trimetric, isometric and perspective). Sketching. Drawing as a means of co[...]turing processes. Functional dimensioning. Limits and fits; interchangeable assemblies. Standards and standardisation. Introduction to mechanical design. Text-books: Hoelscher, R. P., and others, Graphics for engineers (John Wiley).[...](The Assoc. ) . Chiswell, B., and Grigg, E. C. M., S.I. units (Wiley). Either Meriam, J. L., Statics (Wiley) and Meria:r'n, J. L., Dynamics (Wiley). or Beer, F. P., and Johnston, E. R., Vector mechanics for engineers ([...]f Engineering including its Iustorical background and sociological implications. Students are given[...]ty during the course of inspecting the facilities and leaming somethu1g of the r -senrch objecti[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - SECOND YEAR[...]ematics IIB. SC02. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculties of Mathematical Sciences and Science respectively.[...]te subjects: SCOl Chemistry I, QMOl Mathematics I and SPOl Physics I. This subject is divided into tw[...]S ScrnNcE. The course consists of two lectures and three hours laboratory work a week throughout the year. It covers the following topics: Mechanical and rheological properties of real and idealized materials, atomic arrangements in solids, crystaUogmphy, imperfec- tions in crystals. Phase equilibria in metals and a11oys the structure and properties of ceramic phases, plastic deformation of crystalline materials. Phase transfomia- tions and heat treatment of steels. Polymer structure, comp[...]testing, methods of processing. Corrosion theory and application. Composite materials. Text-book:[...]books: Moffatt, W. G. ( ed.), The structure and properties of mat.erials, ·ol . 1-ill (Wiley). Alfrey, T., and Gurnee, E . F., Organic volymers (Prentice-Hall).[...](Wiley). Samans, C. H., Metallic material,s in engineering (Macmillan). Scully, J.C., The[...]E OCAL El\GlKEERlNC Pi.11NcIPLES. One lecture and one three-hour tutorial per week covering an intr[...]calculations, equilibrium stage operations, fuels and energy. Text-books: Schmidt, A. X., and List, H. L., Material and energy balances (Prentice- Hall); or Himmelblau, D. M., Basic principles and calcul.ations in chemical engineer. ing, 2nd edition (Prentice-Hall) ; or Hougen, 0 . A., Watson K. M. and Rag tz, R. A. Chemical process principles[...]of fu el ( · lsevi"r); or Harker, J. JI., and Allen, D . A. Fuel science ( Oli ver and Boyd).[...] |
 | [...]CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - SECOJ)l""D YEAR Reference books: Williams, E. T., and Johnson, R. C., Stoichiometry for chemical engine[...]edition (McGraw-Hill); or Whitwell J. C.. and Toner, R. K., Conservation of mass and energy ( Ginn-Blaisdell) ; or Henley, E. ]., and Rosen, E. M., Material and energy balance computations (Wiley).[...]f unit operations (Wiley). Badger, W. L., and Banchero, ]. T., Introduction to chemical engineering (McGraw-Hill). McCabe, W. L., and Smith, ]. C., Unit operations of chemical engineer- ing (McGraw-Hill). Coulson, J. M., and Richardson, J. F., Chemical engineering, 2nd edit[...]Hill). Brian, P. L. T. Stage<l c1,1scades in chemical procc.ssing ( Prentice-Hall). 784 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - THIRD YEAR[...]year dealing with the general theory of molecular and turb.ulent transport of properties, fluid mechanics, heat transfer processes and mechanical processes. TUTO.lllALS: Three hours[...]the practical appucalions of tlie tl1eory covered in lectures. LABORATORY Wonx: Three hours per wee[...]to illustrate the principles of transport theory and fluid mechanics as applied to unit operations.[...]d edition (McGraw-Hill); or Daily, J. W., and Harleman, D. R. F., Fluid dynamics (Addison-[...]h edition (McGraw-Hill) . Coulson, J. M., and Richardson, J. F., Chemical engineering, 2 vols.,[...]2nd edition (Pergamon Press). Bird, R. B. and others Transport phenomena (Wiley). McCabe, W. L., and Smith, J. C., Unit operations of chemical enginee[...]McGraw-Hill). Welty J. R., Wilson, R. E., and Wicks. C. E., Fundamentals of momen- tum, heat and mass transfer (Wiley Intemational Edition). i som, L. E.. and Pitt D. R Element, of tran port 71lienomen[...]ering IIB. Pre-requisite subjects: SC02 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II and QN02 Applied Mathematics II or QN12 Applied Mathe[...]cal engineering thermodynamics, renction kinetics and reactor design. TUTORIALS: Two hours a week for[...]the practical Applications of tJ1e theory covered in lectures. Text-books: Smith, J. 11 .. and Van Ness, H. C., lntrodr1ction 1·0 oTiem ical en[...]Laidler, K. J., Reaction kinetics, vols. 1 and 2 ( Pergamon). Smith, J. l-.L Chemical en[...]. Reference books: Balzhiser R. E.. and Samuel , M. K., and Elia...s n, J. D . Chemical engineerin[...]m , 3rd edition ( C. .P.). Denbigh K. G., and Turner, J. C. R. Chemical reactor theory, 2nd ed[...]eaction engineering (Wiley). Kramers, H . and Westerterp, K. R.. Elements of chemical reactor design and OJJeration (Chapman and l-Inll) .[...] |
 | [...]CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - TIIlRD YEAR (b) INSTRUMENTATION AND PROCESS CONTROL. LECTUREs: One lecture a week t[...]d to the frinciples of industrial instrumentation and an introduction to the elements o process control and process dynamics. TUTORIALS: One hour a week.[...]oks: Considine, D. M., Process instruments and controls handbook (McGraw· Hill).[...]Hill). ( c) SEMINAR. Three hours a week in first and second terms. Each student is required to submit an essay at the end of first term and present it at a seminar in second term. NX93.[...]IIH. Pre-requisite subjects: QMOl Mathematics I and NXOl Engineering I. This course is made up of parts 1, 4, 5 and 6 of Engineering II and Ill. Refer Schedule 9 ( b ) . 1. STRESS ANALYSIS.[...]onsists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week of laborat[...]The following topics will be covered: Stress and strain, normal alld shear. Tensile compressive and torsion tests to destruction. Elastic and plastic states. Load deformation relation for bars and columns. Torsion of tubes and shafts. Bolted and rivetted joints. Thin walled pressure v s els. Di[...]ress due to bendin!J, curvature moment relations, and deflections of simply supported and encastre beams by integration and momer1t area .methods. Shear. Introduction to composite and reinforced beams. Plastic moments, imple plastic[...]columns. Text-books: Timoshenko, S., and Young, D. H., Elements of strength of materials (Van Nostrand); or Seely, F. B., and Smith, J. 0., Resistance of materials (Wiley). 4. MACHINE DESIGN. A short course of 27 lectures and of 81 hours' drawing-office tutorial work in the fundamentals of design of machine elements and power transmission systems. Text-books:[...]chine elements (Macmillan). Siegel, M. J., and others Mechanical design of machines (International Text-book Co.). 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND MACHINES. The course consists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equivalent of three hours a week of laborator[...]rm devoted to network theory, including transient and steady state analysis of simple networks, network theorems, and the solution of three-phase networks. ( b) One lecture a week for one term devoted to self and mutual inductance and coupled coils, magnetic circuits and the calculation of m.m.f., transformers, direct current motors and generators. 786 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - THIRD YEAR ENG[...]week for one term devoted to synchronous motors, and generators, single phase and three-phase induction motors, and machine characteristics. Practical work in the laboratory is designed to illustrate the subj[...]ext-book: Smith, R. J., Circuits, devices and systems (Wiley). Reference books: Hayt, W. H., and Kemmerley, J. E., Engineering circuit analysis ([...]electricity (Blackie). Fitzgerald, A. E., and Higginbotham, D. E., Basic electrical engineering[...]onsists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equivalent of three hours a week laboratory w[...]term. The lecture course comprises: Vacuum and semi-conductor devices, their characteristics. and equivalent circuits. Recti6er circuits. Single stage ampliflers. RC;-;. transformer-, and LC- COUl,)led ampliflers. Class A, AB and B push-pull ampliliers. Direct coupled and feedback amplifiers. Controlled rectiBers. Practical work in the laboratory is designed to illustrate the subj[...]ext-book: Smith, R. J., Circuits, devices and systems (Wiley). Reference books: Lowenberg, E. C., Theory and problems of electronic circuits ( Schaum).[...]l, A., Introduction to electronic circuits (Allyn and Bacon).[...] |
 | [...]CHEMICAL E:\"GINEEHING - FOURTH YEA!l FOURTH-Y[...]term devoted to applications of transport theory and of fluid and particle mech- anics in the unit operations of chemical engineering. T[...]eries of projects based on the course of lectures and providing exercise in the preparation of engineering reports. Tex[...]culate technology (Macmillan). Kunii, D., and Levenspiel, 0., Fluidisation engineering (Wiley).[...]hi ch the student must take either Parts (a), (b) and {c) or Parts (b) and (cl). (a) REACTOR DESIGN AND FUELS. LECTURES: Two hours a week for one term dealing with advanced kinetics and reactor design. One hour a week for one term on t[...]r). Reference books: Cooper, A. R., and Jeffreys, G. V., Chemical kinetics and reactor design ( Prentice-Hall) . Denbigh, K. G., and Turner, J. C. R., Clzemical reactor theory, 2nd edition (C.U.P.). Energy and power (Scientific American/Freeman). Murray, R., Fuels rush in (Sun Books). ( b) PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL. L£croREs: T wo hours a week for the[...]aling with the principles of (a) process dynamics and simulation, and ( b ) process control. The theory is developed to[...]appl ied to a wide variety of practical problems in design and operation of chemical process plant. TUTORIAL:[...]wo terms with experiments illus- trating problems in process dynamics simulation and control of simple process plant. Tex[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - FOURTH YEAR[...]control systems (McGraw-Hill). Tyner, M., and May, F. P., Process engineering control (Ronald Press). (c) SEMINAR. Three hours a week in first and second terms. Each student is required to submit an essay at the end of first term and present it at a seminar in second term. (d) MATERIALS ENGINEERING. LECTUR[...]ith th following topics: The selection properties and fabrication of material for engineeri ng applications involving corrosive and hi~h l m12emture nvironment lructural and low alloy steels. The relation of struclurnl variables in polymer to their engineering properties, engineering properties of sp ·Cific polymer . Proccs. ing and selection of plastics. PRACTICAL Woruc Six hour[...]ms. The course will involve laboratory techniques and experiments related to the lecture course. T[...]s are advised to consult the lecturers about text and reference books in this subject before the beginning of first term.[...]ncurrent subjects: NH14 Chemical Engineering IIIA and NH24 Chemical Engineering IIIB. This subject is divided into two parts: (a) INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS AND OPERATIONS fuSEARCH. LEC'l'tlRES: Two lectures a week for two tenns dealing with topics in Industrial Economics and Operations Research. The lectures deal generall[...]the effective allocation of land, labour, capital and enterprise during all phases of the development and operation of a chemical manufacturing enterprise. The treatment includes research and development, patents, market analysis, plant loca[...]imation, capital investment evaluation, selection and purchase of labour and equipment, constnJction planning and control, production planning and control, cost planning and control, ba ic management principle , industrial[...]ny control, capitRl procurement, company finance, and a general treatment of the structure and environment of industry. ( 2) A review of the potentialities of the methods of operations research, with special reference to proolems arising in Chemical Engineering practice. Reference books: Ackoff, R. L., and Sasieni, M. W., Fundamentals of operations research (Wiley). Buchanan, R. H., and Sinclair, C. G., Costs and economics of the Australian process indus[...]1964, with 1966 supplement). Grant, E. L., and Ireson, W. G., Principles of engineering economy[...]fundamentals (McGraw-Hill). Peters, M. S., and Timmerbaus, K. D., Pumt d.eslgn and economics for chemical engineers,[...] |
 | [...]CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - FOURTH YEAR ( b) PLANT DESIGN. TUTORIAL: One tutorial a week for two terms dealing with sources and esti- mation of data, costing and economic analysis of alternative proposals, the appli- c·ation of Process Engineering and Operations Research techniques to the selection, sizing, design and optimization oE equipment and processes, project scheduJing nnd control, and plant operation and safety considerations. PROJECT: The project oc[...]dy of a selected process, calculation of material and energy balances, preparation of flow sheets, design of selected plant items, estimation of plant cost and process economics, preparation of a design report and drawing of plant lay-out. Preliminary reading: Jones, D. G., Chemistry and industry (O.U.P .). Text-book: Peters, M. S., and Tinrrnerhaus, K. D., Plant design and economic; for chemical engineers, 2nd[...]of Chemical Engineers) . Rudd, D. F. , and Watson , C. C., Strategy of process en 1 i11eerin[...]neering (M.I.T. ). Brown, R., and Campbell, G. A., How to find out in the chemical industry (Pergamon). Buchanan, R. H., and Sinclair, C. C., Costs and economics of the Austra- lian wocess[...]ice, vol. 1 (General), vol. 9 (Design and Construction), vol. 10 (Ancillary Services), vol.[...]e ign, etc.) (Butterworth). Faith, W. L., and others, Industrial chemicals, 3rd edition (Wiley). Hackney, J. W., Control and management of capital projects (Wiley). Hougen, 0. A., and others, Chemical prucess principles, vol. I, 2nd[...]Chem.ice] Engineers). Jelen, F. C., Cost and optimization engineering (lvfcCraw-Hill ).[...]udwig, E. E., Applied process design for chemical and petrochemical plants, vols. 1-3 (Gulf). Lyle, 0., The efficient use of s[...]ng techniques (McGraw-Hill). Rase, H. F., and Barrow, M. H., Pro ject tmgineering of process plants (Wiley). Sherwood, T. K., A course in process design (M.I.T.). Shreve, R. N., T[...]udents who have completed one or more years' work in the Faculty of Scienc[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - FOURTH YEAR ENGINEERING Certain courses cliifering from those listed in the preceding pages are pre- scribed for students who, having completed one or more years' work in suitable subjects in the Faculty of Science, wish to qual ify for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering. These are as follows :[...]Engineering I, part (a). ( b) Instrumentation and Process Control. The syllabus for this part of th[...]which the student must take either parts (a), (b) and ( c), or parts (b) and ( d). (a) Reactor Design. } (b) Process Con[...]eering IIlI. This course is made up of _parts 5 and 6 of Engineering II and III, Electrical Circuits and Machines, and Electronics (see Schedule 9 ( b) ) . For[...] |
 | [...]ERING CIYIL ENGINEERING - FIRST AND SECOND YEAR CIVIL ENGINEER[...]SGOI. Geology I. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculties of Mathematical Sciences and Science respectively.[...]. Applied Mathematics JIB. For syllabus see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of ~fathematical Sciences.[...]I. Pre-requisite subjects: QMOl Mathematics I and NXOl Engineering I. The course consi ts of four lectures a week and is an inlroduclory course in stress analysis. structural analysis. design of tructural elements and in surveying. Six hours a week for two tenns, nine h[...]rm will be occupied by laboratory, drawing office and field exe rcises. In addition, a field camp extend- ing over two weeks is held in the long vacation. Text-books: Clark, D., Plane and geodetic surveying for engineers, volume I, 6th edition (Constable). Case. J., and Chilver, A. H., Strength of materials and structures, 2nd edition (Arnold). Bresler, B., and others, Design of steel structures, 2nd edition ([...]h of materials ( Schaurn). Wilbur, J. B., and Norris, \V. A., Elementary structural analysis ,[...]tructures code. S.A.A. code for welding in buildings. S.A.A. high strength bolti11g code. Reference books: Seely, F. B., and Smith, J. 0. , Resistance of materials, 4th editi[...]Hill). Hsieh, Yuan-yu, Elementary theory and structures (Prentice-Hall). 1'.IcC[...] |
 | B.E. - SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF CIVIL ENGINEERING - SECOJ\'D YEAR E[...]ematics I (pass at Division I or higher standard) and SPOl Physics I. A knowledge of matriculation Chem[...]umed. Engineering IIC is made up of parts 5, 6 and 7 of Engineering II and III. Refer Schedule 9(b).5. ELECTRICAL Cmcurrs AND MACHINES. The course consists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week of laborat[...]rm devoted to network theory, including transient and steady state analysis of simple networks, network theorems, and the solution of three-phase networks. ( b) One lecture a week for one term devoted to self and mutual inductance and coupled coils, magnetic circuits and the calculation of m.m.f., transformers, direct current motors and generators. ( c) One lecture a week for one term devoted to synchronous motors and generators, single phase and three-phase induction motors, and machine characteristics. Practical work in the laboratory is designed to illustrate the subj[...]xt-book: Smith, R. J ., Circuits, devices and systems (Wiley). Reference books: Hayt, W. H., and Kemmerley, J.E ., Engineering circuit analysis (M[...]electricity (Blackie). Fitzgerald, A. E., and Higginbotham, D. E., Basic electrical engineering[...]onsists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week laboratory[...]term. Tiie lecture course comprises: Vacuum and semi-conductor devi es, their characteristirs, and equivalent cir- cuits. Rectifier circuits. Single stage amplifiers. RC-, transformer-, and LC- coupled amplifiers. Class A, AB nnd B push-pull amplifiers. Direct coupled and fee dback amplifiers. Controllecl rectifiers. Practical work in the laboratory is designed to illustrate the subj[...]ext-book: Smith, R. J., Circuits, devices and systems (Wiley). Reference books: Lowenberg, E. C., Theory and problems of electronic circuits ( Schaum).[...]eL A., Introduction to electronic circuits (Allyn and Bacon). 7. ENGINEERING MATERIALS. The course consists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week of laborat[...]opics will be covered: Stress strain behaviour in the real and idealised state; atomic bonding and packing; crystal structure; X-rays; the formation of polycrystalline materials; structure and properties of ceramics; equilibrium and non-equiliblium phase[...] |
 | [...]CIVIL ENGINEERING - SECOND YEAR reactions; heat treatment; metallography and selection of steels, cast irons, alu- minium alloys and copper alloys; deformation and failure of crystalline materials; corrosion; the structure, properties and applications of polymeric materials. Text-bo[...]Hill). Moffa~~ W. G. (ed.), The structure and properties of materials, vols. I-III ([...]urgy (Addison-Wesley). Polakowski, N. H., and Rjpling, E. J., Strength and structure of engineerini, materi[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF CIVIL ENGINEERING - THIRD YEAR[...]Engineering IIA. Pre-requisite subjects: Pass in QN12 Applied Mathematics IIB and NX12 Engineering IIC; Pass at Division I or higher standard in NXOl Engineering I. This course consists of three lectures and six hours' practical or tutorial work a week throughout the year, and is designed for students intending to complete a degree in Civil Engineering to cover the topics of Hydraulics and Instrumen- tation.(a} HYDRAULICS. LECTURES: Fluid properties and the nature of fluid motion - steady, unsteady, unHorm, non-unifomJ, rotational and irrotational. Fundamental laws of fluid motion, p[...]lotting; equation of motion for inviscid (Euler) and reaJ fluids (1 avier- tokesl, tbe equation of continuity in general form for compressible anc1 incompressib e flow; din1ensionaJ analysis and din1en- sionless groups; study of flow in closed conduits - pipeJines, networks.I steady and unsteady flow, water hammer and pendulat.ion, surge-tank analysis; now in open channels; Row through porous media, .fluid forces on a body in a free streami elements of boundary layer theory;[...]tructures, vortex behaviour; performance of pumps and turbines with their characteri tics inlluencing t[...]articula r applications; hydraulic measurement · - pressure, velocity, discharge, depth, orifices, w[...]PRACTICAL: Experimental work io the laboratory and field occupies about two- thirds of the time and the balance is spent in the design office. ( b ) INSTRUMENT AT ION. L[...]of system engineering applied to instrumentation and data collection and recording; physical measurements, detai1ed examin[...]y, acceleration, How dJscharge, tinle temperature and radio activ·ity; input circuits and si~a l processing facilities; elements of sui table electronic circuits ( ampliflers, oscilfators, counting and triggering circuits filters, etc.); recording med[...]rsion; digital transducers. digital data handling and recording techniques for computer entry; speciali[...]procedures. high speed photot,traphy (single shot and cine), radio isotope tagging procedures. PRACT[...]tory experiments, demonstrations, design seminars and field exercises are intended to illustrate the ap[...]Graw-Hill). Reference books: Rouse, H., and Ince, S., History of hydraulics (Iowa Institute o[...]sstb"le flow machines (Arnold). Wisler, C., and Brater, E., Ht1drolog11 (Wiley}. Chiswell, B., and Grigg, E. C., S.1. units (Wiley},[...] |
 | [...]CIVIL ENGIJ\'EERING - THIRD YEAR Oliver, B. M., and Cage, J. M., Electronic measurements and instn1menta- tion (McGraw-Hill). Doeblin, E. 0., Measurement systems: applications and design ( ,\kGrnw- Hill ). Smith, R. J., Circuits devices and systems, 2nd edition (Wiley). Studer, J. J., Electronic circuits and imtrumentation systems (Wiley). Prensky,[...]sion techniques ( \Viley). Alley, C. L., and Atwood, K. W., Semi-conductor devices and cirCllits (Wiley).[...]s course consists of three lectures, one tutorial and five hours' practical work a week throughout the year and is designed for students intending to complete a degree in Civil Engineering. LECTURES: (a) Structural An[...]of redundant pin-jointed frames; plastic analysis and design. ( b) Concrete Structure : 18 leotur~ o[...]ign; principles of limit state desigi].; analysis and design of reinforced concrete. rectangu lar aud tee beams subject to uexure, shear and axial loads, slabs, columns, wall and footings; introduction to preslressed concrete.[...]omics: 9 lectures on criteria for decision making in structural design; application of critical path analysis to design and constrnction; the Engineer in the design team. ( d) Soil Mechanics: 18 lectures on nature and classification of soils, measure- ment of strength and properties of soil; consolidation; earth pressures. ( e) Matrix Methods: 9 lectures on the assembly and solution of structural equation systems on the computer. DESIGN PROJECTS: The analysis and design of a steel and of a concrete structure. Each project occupies one three-hour tutorial period a week in the dra\\'ing office for half the year. LABORATORY Woruc Three hours a week for one term is given in concrete, in soil mechanics and in structures. Text-books: Smith, G. N., Elements of soil mechanics for civil and mining engineers (Crosby-Lockwood).[...]ced concrete design handbook, 2nd edition (Cement and Concrete Association of Australia). Wilbur, J. B .. and Norris, C. H., Elementary structural analysis, 2nd ecution (McGraw-Hill). Bresler, B., and others, Design of steel structures, 2nd ed[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF CIVIL ENGINEERING - THIRD YEAR ENGINEERING S.A.A. code for welding in building. S.A.A. code for concrete structures. AS. 1480-1973. S.A.A. code for prestressed concrete. Reinforced concrete detailing manual ( Cement and Concrete Association of Australia) . Reference books: Lambe, T. W., and Whitman, R. V., Soil mechanics (Wiley). Wu, T. H., Soil mechanics (Allyn and Bacon). Libby, J. R., Modem prestressed[...]Welding Foundation). Jaeger, J. C., and Cook, N. G. W., Fundamentals of rock mechanics[...]rses which are made up of parts of Engineering II and III (refer Schedule 9(b)): EITHER NX53. Engineering IIICA. Parts 3, 4 and 9. OR NX63. Engineering IIICB. Parts 3, 4 and 10. The syllabuses for these parts are as fo[...]MACHINES. An introductory course of 27 lectures and 27 hours' of drawing-office tutorial exercises in kinematics and dynamics of machines. Text-book: Mabie, H. H., and Ocvirk, F. W., Mechanisms and dynamics of machinery, 2nd edition (Wi[...]MACillNE DESIGN. A short course of 27 lectures and of 81 hours' drawing-office tutorial work in the fundamentals of design of machine elements and power transmission systems. Text-book:[...]chine elements (Macmillan). Siegel, M. J., and others, Mechanical design of machines (Internatio[...]GINEERING). Pre-requisite to this part: a pass in QN02 Applied Mathematics II (old course),[...] |
 | [...]CIVIL ENGINEERING - THIRD YEAR Reference books: Crand[...]Hill). Dantzig, G. B., Linear programming and extensions (Princeton U.P.). Potts, R. B., and Oliver, R. M., Flows in transportation networks (Academic Press[...]s of the two half-subjects EElG Macroeconomics IH and EE2G Microeconomics IH. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Ec. in the Faculty of Economics. 798 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ClVIL ENGIXEERING - FOURTH YEAR[...]re-requisite subjects: NC03 Civil Engineering IIA and NC13 Civil Engineer- ing IIB. It js also necess[...]0 lectures dealing wHh soil mechanics, surveying, and hydraulics. One session of three hours a week i[...]l work. Text-books: Clark, D., Plane and geodetic suroeyf11g for engineers, Vols. I and II ( Constable). Lambe, T. W., and Whitman, R. V., Soil mechanics (Wiley).[...]lics (Wiley). Ippen, A. T. (ed.), Estuary and coastline hydrodynamics (McGraw-Hill) . James, L. D., and Lee, R. L., Economics of water resources planning[...]uid dynamics (McGraw-Hill). Terzaghi, K., and Peck, R. B., Soll mechanics in engineering practice, 2nd edition. (Wiley). Wu, T. H., Soil mechanics (Allyn and Bacon). Jaeger, J. C., and Cook, N. W., Fundamentals of rock mechanics[...](Concrete Publications). Clendinning, J., and Olliver, J. G., The principles of surveying, 3rd[...]re-requisite subjects: NC03 Civil Engineering IIA and NC13 Civil Engineer- ing IIB. A course of about 80 lectures dealing with the theory and design of structures. Students must undertake t[...]alysis of structures (Wiley). Hall, A. S., and Woodhead, R. W., Frame a11alysiy (Wiley).[...]l structures (Prentice-Hall). Willems, N., and Lucas, W. M., Matrix analysis for structural engi[...]an experimental nature conducted during the year and to give a seminar on a related subject. St[...] |
 | [...]INEERING ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING - FIRST AND SECOND YEAR ELECTRICAL ENGINEERI[...]SCOl. Chemistry I. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculties of Mathematical Sciences and Science respectively.[...]SP02. Physics II. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculties of Mathematical Sciences and Science respectively. N[...]tures a week throughout the year. ENERGY STORAGE AND CONVERSION; Physical aspects; the magnetic cir[...]ergy conversion principles, stored energy, forces and torques of electromagnetic origin. Theory and operation of d.c. machines. ELECTRONICS: Elect[...]ductor diodes, transistors, thyristors, graphical and equivalent circuit analyses; rectifier and amplifier principles and performance. NETWORK TOPOLOGY: Kirchoff's laws. model and ·e lement quations, mesh. mod e and mixed methods of analysis, free and forced response of networks, co nvolution, networ[...]thods transform ers. polyphase sys tems, r onance and com- plex freq uency two ports. Laplace and Fourier Transform methods. TuTORIAL: Two hours a week throughout the year devoted to the working and discussion of problems, and the discussion of practical and theoretical topics. PRACTICAL: Three hours pra[...]hout the year, comprising a series of experiments and exercises designed to support the subject[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING - SECOND YEAR ENGI[...]Text-books: Either Millman, J., and Halkias, C. C., Electronic devices and circuits (McGraw- Hill); or[...], The analysi of linear circuits (Harcourt, Brace and World). Gourishankar, V.. Electromeclraniaa[...]Reference books: Lowenberg, E. C., Theory and problems of electronic circuits ( Schaum) . Fitzgerald, A. E., Kingsley, C., and Kusko, A., Electric 11Wchinery, 3rd edition (McGraw-Hill). Gray, P. E., and Searle, C. L., Electronic principles (Wiley). Vacation Course in Workshop Practice.[...]0). The course consists of two weeks full-time in truction in a11 approved engineer- ing workshop during a vacation. The cour ·c deals wi.th the basic machine-tools and processes with lhc aim of developing an understan[...]teeds, W., Engineering materials, 11UJchine tools and processes (Long- mans ). Sachs. G.,[...]tals (Pergamon). Degarmo, E . P., Materials and processes in manufacturing (Macmillan). Bolz, R.[...] |
 | [...]EERING ELECTRICAL E:-;"GINEEP.ING - THIRD YEAR THIRD-YEAR[...]of transmission lines, plane waves, guided waves and radiation using circuit and field concepts where appropriate. An introduc- tion to waveguides and microwave components. ( b) Steady state and transient analysis of rotating machines. Symmetri[...]opment of amplifier theory, modulation, detection and feed- back. Waveform analysis, generation and shaping. Elementary filter networks. ( d) An introductory course on linear feedback control systems with special emphasis on frequency response and root locus techniques. ( e) An introduction to image parameter and effective parameter filter theory; convolution.[...]a week throughout the year devoted to the working and discussion of problems, and the discussion of practical and theoretical topics. PRACTICAL: Practical work of six hours a week, comprising a series of experi- ments and exercises. Text-books: Adler, R. B., and others, Electromagnetic energy transmission and radiation (Wiley). Fitzgerald, A. E., Kingsley, C., and Kusko, A., Electric machinery, 3rd edition (McGraw-Hill). D'Azzo, J. J., and Houpis, C. H., Feedback control system analysis and synthesis (McGraw-Hill) . Seely, S., Electronic circuits (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Reference books: Dorf, R.[...](Addison Wesley). International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, Reference data for[...]rs. Magm.1sson, P. C., Transmission lines and wave propagaUon, 2nd edition (Allyn and Bacon). Majmudar H ., Electromechanical energ y con uerters (Allyn and Bacon). Plonsey, R., and Collin, R. E.i Principles and applicatio11s of electro* m agnetic fie[...]11reme11ts (McGraw-Hill ). Lindmayer, J., and Wrigley, C. Y., F1mdamentals of semi-conductor[...]n Nostrand) . Kuo, B. C., Linear networks and systems (McGraw-Hill). Smith, S. P., Problems in electrical engineering (Constable). Terma[...]s' handbook (McGraw-Hill). Thaler, G. J., and Wilcox, M. L ., Electric macl1lnes (Wiley ).[...]analysis ( Prentice-Hall) . Gray, P. E., and Searle, C. L., Electronic principles {Wiley). Johnson, W. C. Transmission lines and networks (McGraw-Hill-Kogakusha[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING - THIRD YEAR ENG[...]Engineering HE. Pre-requisite subjects: Pass in SPOl Physics I and pass at Division I or higher standard in QMOl Mathematics I and NXOl Engineering I. NX23 Engineering IIE is made up of parts 1 and 4 of Engineering II and III. Refer Schedule 9 ( b ) . 1. STRESS ANALYSI[...]onsists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week of laborat[...]The following topics will be covered: Stress and strain, normal and shear. Tensile compressive and torsion tests to destruction. Elastic and plastic states. Load deformation relation for bars and columns. Torsion of tubes and shafts. Bolted and rivetted joints. Thin walled pressure vessels. Di[...]stress due to bending, curvature moment relations and deflections of simply supported and encastre beams by integration and moment area methods. Shear. Introduction to composite and reinforced b e.'UJIS. Plastic moments, simple pla[...]umns. Text-books: Timoshenko, S.. and Young, D. H., Elements of strength of materials (Van Nostrand); or Seely, F. B., and Smith, J. 0., Resistance of materials (Wiley). 4. MACHINE DESIGN. A short course of 27 lectures and of 81 hours' drawing-office tutorial work in the fundamentals of design of machine elements and power transmission systems. Text-books:[...]chine elements (Macmillan). Siegel, M. J., and others, Mechanical design of machines (Internatio[...]atical Statistics II. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences.[...] |
 | [...]ELECTRICAL E:-IGINEERING - FOURTH YEAR FOURTH-YE[...]Communica lion theory; switching Lheory; theory and design of digital systems, advanced electronic devices and circuits; antennas and propagation; microwave engineerin g principles; d[...]g Office, Dover). Jordan, E. C., and Balmain, K. G., Electromagnetic waves and radiating systems ( Prentice-Hall) .[...]uter theory (Wiley). Grove, A. S., Physics and technology of semi-conductor devices (Wiley).[...]nts (McGraw-Hill). Doyle, J. M., Thin film and semiconductor integrated circuitry (McGraw-[...]orks (McGraw-Hill). Hill, F. J., and Peterson, G. R., Introduction to switching theory and logical design ( Wiley) . Hoernes, G. E., and Heilveil, M. F., Introduction to Boolean algebra and logic design (McGraw-Hill). Hoes[...](Wiley). International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, Reference data for[...]raw-Hill). Ledley, R. S., Digital computer and control engineering (McGraw-Hill). Lewin,[...]switching circuits (Nelson). Lynn, D. K., and others, Analysis and design of integrated circuits (McGraw-H[...]e- Hall). Mitra, S. K., Analysis and synthesis of linear active networks (Wiley).[...]ers' handbook (McGraw-Hill). Terman, F. E., and Pettit, J.M., Electronic measurements (McG[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING - FOURTH YEAR EN[...]power systems; advanced control systems, analogue and hybrid computers; sampled data systems; quantwn s[...]tures given by practising engineers from industry and Government establish- ments. Text-books: Fitzgerald, A. E., Kingsley, C., and Kusko, A., Electric machinery, 3rd edition (McGraw-Hill). D'Azzo, J. J., and Houpis, C. H. , Feedback control system analysis and synthesw (McGraw-Hill). Reference books: Bazovsky, I., Reliability theory and practice (Prentice-Hall). Carlson, A. B.,[...]Crary, S. B., Power system stability, vols. I and II (Wiley). Dorf, R. C., Modern control sustems (Addison Wesley). Dummer, G. W. A., and Griffin, N. B., Electronics reliability-calculation and design (Pergamon ). E lgerd, 0. I.. Co11trol ystems theory (McGraw.Hill). H11skey, H. D., and Korn, C. A. (eds.), Co1nputer handbook (McGraw- 1-Ull). K~10 , F . F.. 7et work analysis and synthesis (Wiley) . J· 1'.lelsa, L., and Schultz. D. G., Linear control systems (McGraw-Hi[...]g Corporation, Electrical t.ransmfssion and distribut.ion reference books. Hughes, W.[...]s). Reif, F., Fundamentals of statistical and tltermal physics ( IcGraw-Hill). Shinners[...]H. A. (ed.) . .iicrowave se1nicond11ctor <levices and their circuit am>lications (McGraw-HUI)[...]neering II, SP02 Physics II. ( a) MA'1 'AGEMENT AND IJ\"Ou 1.'lltAL 0RGAN1SATION. One lecture[...]nt, international trade, orga.nisalion structures and the nature of management. Reference book: Bethel, L. L., and others, Industrial organwation and management, 4th edition (McGraw-Hill). (b ) EXPERt:llE~AL l N YESTICATIO:-: Ar-'D S E 2'nNAR. Ettch candidate will be req[...]g the year. This will involve theoretical surveys and the design, developm ent and testing of quipment. The candidate will also be required to present the results of his investigation in the forn1 of seminars and demonstrate his equipment where appropl'inte.[...]ks listed under Section II of the Notes and Instructions to Candidates for Higher Degr[...] |
 | [...]GINEERING :MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - FIRST AND SECOND YEAR MECHANICAL ENGINEERIN[...]SCOl. Chemistry I. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and Science respectively.[...]AYO!. Psychology I. For syllabus see the degree of B.A. in the Faculty of Arts.[...]s of the two half-subjects EElG Macroeconomics IH and EE2G Microeconomics IH. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Ec. in the Faculty of Economics.[...]Applied Mathematics JIB. For syllabus see the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences.[...]al Engineering I. Pre-requisite subjects: Pass in SPOl Physics I and Pass at Division I or higher standard in QMOl Mathematics I and NXOl Engineering I; pre-requisite or concurrent subject: NX42 Engineering IIM. An introductory course in kinematics of mechanisms, analysis of machine elements and manufacturing processes leading to a synthesis of systems with emphasis on production technology and systems design. Preliminary reading: Street, A., and Alexander, W., Metals in the service of man (Penguin). Begeman, M. L., and Amstead, B. H., Manufacturing processes, 6th edit[...]Krick, E. V., An introduction to engineering and engineering design (Wiley). Text-[...]chine elements (Macmillan). Mabie, H. H., and Ocvirk, E.W., Mechanisms and dynamics of machinery, 2nd edition (Wiley). Datsko, J., Material properties and manufacturing processes (Wiley). Reference books: Siegel, M. J., and others, Mechanical design of machines (Internatio[...]Workshop practice. Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice as required for project work. Baumeister, T., and Marks, L. S. (edi:.), Standard handbook fo[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERJNG - SECOND YEAR ENG[...]materials (Van Nostrand) . Moore, H. D., and Kibbey, D. R., Manufacturing materials and processes ( Irwin). Sachs, G.,[...]Engineering UM. Pre-requisite subjecls : Pass in SPOl Physics I and Pass at Division I or higher standard in Q '101 )\!ulhematics I and NXOl Engineering I. Engineering II 1 is made up of parts 1, 2 and 7 of Engineering II and III. Refer Schedule 90>).[...]onsists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week of laborat[...]The following topics will be covered: Stresses and strains normal and sl1enr. Equilibrium, compatibility. Stress-strain[...]Experimental stress analysis. Tensile compressive and torsion tests to destruction. Elastic and plastic states. Load deformation relation for bars and columns. Torsion of tubes and shafts. Bolted and rivetted joints. Thin walled pressure vessels. Di[...]tress due to bending, curvature moment relations, and deflections of ·imply supported and encastre beams by integration and moment area methods. Shear. Introduction to composite and reinforced beams. Plastic moments, simple plastic[...]olumns. Text-books: Timoshenko, S., and Young, D. H., Elements of strength of materials (Van Nostrand). Seely, F. B., and Smith, J. 0., Resistance of materials (Wiley). 2.[...]NGINEERING. The course consists of one lecture and three hours' practical or design work a week for[...]g topics will be covered : Design of t ension and compression members. Statically indeterminate pro- blems in ten ion and compression. R.C. columns. Riveted, bolted and welded joints. Beams; built-up beams, composite beams, R.C. and prestressed concrete beams. Statically indeterminate beams - moment distribution - slope deflection equations. Simple trusses and rigid jointed frarnes; simple foundations, slab .[...]Association of Australia: Code AS. 1480-1973, S.A.A. code for concrete structures. Code CAl-1972, Use of steel in structures. Code CA34, Part 1 (1969) and Part 2 (1972), Loading code. Reference books: Norris, C. H., and Wilbur, J.B., Elementary structural analysis (McG[...]ced concrete design handbook, 2nd edition (Cement and Concrete Association of Australia[...] |
 | [...]MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - SECOND YEAR 7. ENGINEERING MATERIALS. The course consists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week of laborat[...]opics will be covered: Stress-strain behaviour in the real and idealised tnte; atomic bonding and packing; crystal structure; ngineering applications of X- rays; the fom1ation of single cry tal and polycrystalline materials; e<:p1ilibrium and non-equilibrium phase reactions; heat treatment; metallography and selection of steels; ca ·t irons; de- form ation and fail ure of crystalline materials; corrosion; the structure, properties and applications of polymeric materials. Text-bo[...]ill). Moffatt, W. G. (ed.), The structure and properties of materials, vols. I-III (W[...]Polakowski, . H .. nnd Ripling, E. J., $trengt11 and structure of engineer- ing mater[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - THIRD YEAR ENGI[...], NX42 Engineering IIM. An introductory course in fundamental and applied thermodynamics, heat transfer, and fluid mechanics, including about 96 lectures and tutorials andand gas-vapour mixtures. Int roduction to combustion.[...]transfer. Text-books: Van Wylen, G. ]" and Sonntag, R. E., Fundamentals of classical thermo-[...].P.). Reference books: Wallace, F. J., and Linning, W. A., Basic engineering thermodynamics ( Pitman) . Rogers, G. F. C., and Mayhew, Y. R., Engineering thermodynamics work and heat transfer , S.I. edition (Longmans). Lee, J. F., and Sears, F. W., Th ermodynamics ( Addison-Wesley).[...]5th edition (Macmillan ). Reynolds, W. C., and .Perkins, H . C., Engineering thermodynamics[...]( b ) FLUID MJ::CHAl'>lCS. General kin ematics and dynamics of fluid flow; flow about bodies, aerofoil th OT)' ; laminar and turbulent flow in pipes and boundary layers; incompressible flow measurement[...]hines (Arnold). Duncan, W. J., Thom, A. S., and Young, A. D., Mechanics of fluids, S.I.[...]old). Reference books: Sabersky, R. H., and Acosta, A. J., Fluid flow: a first course in fluid mechanics ( Macmillan). Lamb,[...]fluid dynamics (Blackie). Tietjens, 0 . ~; 1 and Prandtl, L., Applied hydro- and aero-mechanics (McGraw-Hill). Glauert. H., The elements of aerofoil and airscrew theory ( C.U.P.). Mises, R. von, Theory of flight (McGraw-Hill). Ower, E., and Pankhurst, R .C. The measurement of ai.r flow (Pergamon). Pankhurst, R. C. and Holder, D. W., Wind-tunnel technique (Pitman). Robertson, J. M., Hydrodynamics in the-Ory and appUcation (Prentice- Hall).[...] |
 | [...]MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - THIRD YEAR NM13. Mechan[...]ntics IIB (Division 1). An introductory course in mechanical system dynamics and design, including lectur s, tutorials, design tutorials and laboratory work. (a) MECHANICAL SYSTEM DYNAMICS. K.illematics and dynamics of machinery, including spur, bevel, helical and worm gearing; gear trains· cams; computing mecha[...]plane meChanisms; ciynamic balancing of rotating and reciprocati ng systems; aml vibrations. Instrumentation for dynamic measurements, recording and anal)rsis, including electronic techniques. Text-books: Hanna, J., and Stephens, R. C., Mechanics of machines (Advanced theory and examples) (Arnold). Reference books:[...]nery (Nelson). Martin, G. H., Kinematics and dynamics of machines (McGraw-Hill). Shig[...]undamentals (McGraw-Hill). Cerni, R. H., and Foster, L. E., Instrumentation for engineering me[...]es, A. M. P., Basic instrumentation for engineers and physicists (Pergamon). (b) MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN, A course of lectures and tutorials on. the design of machine elements and power transmission ystems. The application of tec[...]inDuenced by economic factors, cw·rent practice and manufacturing methods. Materials and their use; fabrication processes; the use of stock components; the application of combined stresses and theo1ies of failure; fatigue and creep; factors of safety and design stresses; applications of basic principles in the design of shafts subject to combined loading; bearings, couplings and clutches; belt drives, gearing, brakes and other machine components and assemblies. Text-books: Faires, V. M.[...]B.S. 436, Machine cut gears. A. Helical and straight spur ( B.S.I.). B.S. 436, Part 1, 1967, Spur and helical machine cut gears (B .S.I. ). B[...]ies). Reference books: Siegel, M. J., and others, Mechanical design of machines (Internatio[...]of bearings (Butterworth). Baumeister, T., and Marks, L. S. (eds.), Standard handbook for mechan[...]ars (McGraw-Hill). Standard specifications and codes of practice as required for project[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - THIRD YEAR ENGINE[...]rses which are made up of parts of Engineering II and III (refer Schedule 9(b)): EITHER NX73. Engineering IJIMA. Parts 5, 6 and 9. OR NX83. Engineering 1111\-IB. Parts 5, 6 and 8. OR NX43. Engineering IIIMC. Parts 5, 6 and 10. Pre-requisite subjects: NX42 Engineering I[...]these parts are as follows: 5. ELECTRICAL Cmcurrs AND MACWNES. The course consists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week of laborat[...]1 devoted to netw,,rk theory, including transient and steady state analysis of simple networks, 11eLwork theorems, and the solution of three-phase networks. ( b) One lecture a week for one term devoted to ~elf and mutual inductance and coupled coils, magnetic circuits and the calculation of m.m.f., transformers, direct current motors and generators. ( c) One lecture a week for one temi devoted to synchronous motors and generators, single pltase and three-phase induction motors, and machine characteristics. Practical work in the laboratory is designed to illustrate the subj[...]ext-book: Smith, R. J., Circuits, devices and systems (Wiley). Reference books: Hayt, W. H., and Kemmerley, J.E., Engineering circuit analysis (Mc[...]electricity (Blackie). Fitzgerald, A. E., and Higginbotham, D. E., Basic electrical engineering[...]onsists of one lecture a week throughout the year and the equiva- lent of three hours a week laboratory[...]e term. The lecture course comprises: Vacuum and semi-conductor devices, their characteristics and equivalent cir- cuits. Rectifier circujts. Single stage ampli.Jler ·. RC-, transfom1er-, and LC· coupled amplifiers. Class A, AB and B ptd1-pull ampliSers. Direct coupled and feedback ampUfiers. Controlled rectifiers. Pra[...]ext-book: Smith, R. J., Circuits, devices and systems (Wiley). Reference books: Lowenberg, E. C., Theory and problems of electronic circuits ( Schaum).[...]l, A., Introduction to electronic circuits (Allyn and Bacon).[...] |
 | [...]MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - THIRD YEAR 8. MATERIALS ENGINEERING. A course of lecture.s and practical work from the following topics: The metallography, properties and heat treatment of steels, cast irons, aluminium alloys and copper-based alloys; the selection of tool steels; the J?rocesses and metallurgy of welding; the plastic deformation and failure of metals and alloys; corrosion; the structure and properties of polymeric materials. 9. MATHEMATICS III (ENGINEERING). Pre-requisite to this part: a pass in QN02 Applied Mathematics II (old course), or QN12[...]. Dantzig, G. B., Linear 1>rogra111mi11g and extensions (Princeton U.P.). Potts, R. B., and Oliver, R. f., FlotW in transportation networks (Academic Pres[...]s of the two half-subjects EElG Macroeconomics IH and EE2G Microeconomics IH. For syllabuses see the degree of B.Ec. in the Faculty of Economics. 812 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF .MECHANICAL Ei'\GINEERING - FOURTH YE AR ENG[...]Pre-requisite subjects: All subjects included in the first three years of the Mechanical Engineering course, except by special permission of th e Faculty of Eng!n cring. An advan ed course in fundamental and applied thermodynamics, heat transfer and fluid mechanics. Th course is covered by about 90 lectures and tutorials and 120 hours' of laboratory or project work.(a) T11.E11l\100YNAM1cs. A course of lectures and laboratory work in th rmo<lynnmics and heat trans fer. Jacluding advanced thermodynamics[...]nes, steam turbiJ1es, refrigeration, psychrometry and air condilioning, compressed air; fu els and combustion; b eat transmission with appli- cation lo boilers, condensers, and other heat exchanger ; nuclea r power plant. Text-books: Van Wylen, G. J., and Sonntag, R. E., Fundamentals of classical thermo-[...]l). Haywood, R. W., Thermodynamic tables in S.I. units ( C.U.P.). Reference books: Reynolds, vV. C., and Perkins JI. C., Engineering thermodynamics[...]namics (Clarendon Pres ) . Obert, E. F., In ternal combustion engines ( International Text no[...]Taylor, C. F., Th e internal comb11Stlon engine In theory and practice, Vol. I (Wiley). Cohen, H ., and Rogers, G. Gas turbine theory (Longmans). Jenning , B . .H.1 and Roger, W. L., Gas turbine analysis and practice ( McGr11w-Hil1). Kearton, W. J., Steam turbine t11eory and practice (Pitman). Simonson, J. R., An i[...]raw- .Hill). Eckert, E. R. G., and Drake, R. M., Heat and mass transfer (McGraw- Hill). Jordan, R. C., and Priest •r, C. B., Refrigera tion and air conditioning ( Constllble) . Stoecker. W. F., Refrigeration and air conditioning (McGraw-Hill). Faires, t., Tlumnodunamics. ~Lh edition (- h1cmilla n ). American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-conditioniJ1g Engineers, Guide and cfota 1Jook-f1111cfome11t11/ a11d e<111 f1 •me11t, G11icle and data book-ap]Jlications. Rogers, G. F. C. and Mayhew( Y. R. Engineering tli ermody11amics work and Treat transfer, S.I. units Longmans). Wallace, F. ]. , and Linning, Basic engineering tliermodynamics, S.I.[...]( b) FLUID MECHANICS. A course of lectures and laboratory work in fundam ental and applied fluid dynamics including : laminar and turbulent boundary layers ; compressible f[...] |
 | [...]MECHAN ICAL ENG INEERING - FOURTH YEAR Text-books: Ferguson,[...]sor stage (Butterworth). Liepmann, H. W., and Roshko, A., Elements of gas dynamics (Wiley).[...]books: Goldstein, S., Modern developments in fluid dynamics (0.U.P.). Prandtl, L., The[...]luid dynamics (Blackie). Tietjens, 0. G., and Prandtl, L., Applied hydro and aero mechanics (Dover). Ower, E .. and Pankhurst. R. C. ,Th e measurement of air (low (Peq:r amon). Pankhurst. R. C.. and JTolder, D. W ., Wind-tu11nel teclrniq11e (Pitman}. Glnuert. H .. Th e e/(lments of aerofoil and alrscreio theory (C.U.P.) . Howarth, L . Modern deuelopments In fluid dynamics-high speed flow (0.U.P.)[...]hinery (Per- gamon). Cohen, B., and Rogers, G., Gas turbine theory ( Longmans). Courant, R., and Friedrichs, K. 0., Supersonic flow and shock waves (Inter- science). Cox. R. N., and Crabtree, L. F., Elements of hypersonic aerodynam[...]. Pre-requisite subjects: All subjects included in th e first three years of the Mechanical Engineering course, except by special p ermission of the Faculty of Engineering. An advanced course of lectures. tutorials and laboratory work in mechanical system dynamics and design, involving lectures and tutorials and laboratory and drawing office tutorial work. (a) MECHANICAL SYSTEM DYNAMICS. A course in systems dynamics i11cluding tile dynamics of engine and shaft; teady state and transient mechanical vibrations including measure[...]ic absorbers. vehicle ·pringing, critical speeds in torsion and wh irling, di crete and continuous systems. Analogies. Engineering acoustics and 11oise control. Automatic control. Text-boo[...]brations (McGraw-Hill} . :Macduff, J. N.. and Curreri, J. R., Vibration contTol (McGraw-Hill}. Burton, R.. Vibration and imvact (Addison-Wesley). Tuplin, W . A., V·ibration in machinery (Pitman). Raven, F. H ., Automa[...]se control (McGraw-Hill) . Kinsler, L. E. and Frey A. R., Fundamentals of acoustics (Wiley}. Deranek, L. L., Noise and vibration control (McGraw-Hill}. R[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - FOURTII YEAR ENGI[...]ECHANICAL SYSTEM: DESIGN. A course of lectures and drawing office tutorial work on advanced aspects of the design of machine members, mechanical assemblies and systems including treatments of various types of gears, lubrication and bearing design; reciprocating engine components; mathematical and experimental stress analysis, fatigue, creep, des[...]rved beam theory; the economics of product design and design in relation to manufacturing method. The work inc[...]ect involving many aspects of engineering science and practice including thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, dynamics of machines, stress analysis, social and economic factors . Text-books: As for Mechanical Engineering IIA, IIIA and IIB and IIIB, together with Juvinall, R. C., Engineering considerations of stress strain and strength (McGraw-Hill). Referenc[...]Iese/ engines ( Constable) . Chou, P. C., and Pagano, N. J., Elasticity (Van Nostrand).[...]Hill ). Ti mo henko, S., Theory of plates and shells (McGraw-Hill). Lubahn, J. D., and Felgar, Plasticity and creep of metals (Wiley). Cazaud, R., Fatigue of metals, tr. by Fenner (Chapman and Hall). Marin J., Mechanical properties of materials and design (McGraw-Hill) . Finnie, I., and H eller, W. R., Creep of engineering materials (McGraw· Hill). Durelli, A. J., and Riley, W. F., Introduction to photomechanics (Pre[...]itt, H. E., Gears ( Pibnan). Shaw, M. C., and Macks, E. F., Analysis and lubrication of bearings (McGraw-Hill).[...]Pre-requisite subjects: All subjects included in the first three years of the Mechanical Engineering course, except by special permission of the Faculty of Engineering. 1. T[...]year student on selected topics, one sociological and one technical. 2. A limited research-type project is undertaken by each student during the final year, and involves a written thesis submitted by the end of[...]undertaken by each student during the final year and is to be presented by the end of November.[...]covering certain of the more important managerial and non- technical factors which regulate the[...] |
 | [...]NEERING MECHANICAL E::-:GINEERING - FOURTH YEAR The course is given in two parts which must be taken concurrently. Part A is concerned with the principles of organi ation and management and Part B with accounting principles from an enginee[...]t. PART A.-lNDUSTRIAL ORGANISATION AND MANAGEMENT. Part A comprises one lecture a week throu ghout the year and several visits to engineering works. The course gives an introduction to economic development, fonns of bu in ss ownership, business finance, organisation, industrial engineering, quality contTol, plant location and layout inoustrinl relations, and linear program- ming as an id to business decisio[...]sf J. L., Production systems: planning, analysis, and control (John Wiey). Reference b[...]A., The theory of eco110mic growth (George Allen and Unwin). S.A. Laws, Statutes, et[...]handbook (McGraw-Hill). Ferguson, R. 0., and Sargent, L. F., Linear programming ( foGraw-Hill)[...]ouNTING. Part B comprises one lecture a week and one tutorial a fortnight for two terms. Written[...]different kinds of accounting entities; analysis and interpretation of accounting reports· introducti[...]ting framework (Cheshire). Gordon, M. J., and Shillinglaw, G., Accounting, a management[...] |
 | B.E. AND B.APP.SC.-SYLLABUSES[...]ENGINEERING HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING \Vork for the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Engineering is taken concurrently with that of the final year of the Ordinary Degree course. NH99. Chemical Engineering for the Honours Degree of B.E. The work for the Honours Degree will consist of the work prescribed for the Orclinary Degree plus such other work as the Head of the Departmen[...]depth of understanding than that required ot Pass Degree candidates. NC99. Civil Engineering-for the Honours Degree of B.E. and NC89. Civil Engineering IUD. The work for the Honours Degree will con ist of tl1e full course of lectures prescribed for the final year of the Ordinary Degree and in addition candidates taking Honours will: (a) take the ubject NC89 Civil Engineering IUD, consisting of special lectures at an advanced level, and pass an examination in that subject; and ( b) undertake a laboratory project, which may be an extension of the project taken in the practical work of the Ordinary degree or may be a separate project. NE99. Electrical Engineering for the Honours Degree of B.E. The work for the Honours Degree will consist of the full course of lecture and laboratory project work pre cribed for the final year of the Ordinary D e~'Tee and in addition candidates taking Honours will nttc:mcl special lectures at an advanced level. Honours candidate will be required to reach a signiAcantly higher standard in all ections of the work than that required of Pas[...]NM99. Mechanical Engineering for the Honours Degree of B.E. The work for th Honours D egr[...]res prescribed for the final year of Lh Ordinary Degree and, in addition, will incl11d an el cti ve cour. of sp .[...]at to the more advanced work of the honom cl sign and r sea rch type pl'Ojects. Th laborntory project in the Honour · 0ou rse is mor ambitious lhllJl that for the Ordinary Degree and is to be submitted a · a the i in th llr t we k of D c mber. HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE NH89. Applied Chemistry for the Honours Degree of B.App.Sc. NH79. Primary Metallurgy for the Honours Degree of B.App.Sc. NH69. Secondary Metallurgy for the Honours Degree of B.App.Sc. Candidates may choose one of Applied Chemistry, P1·imary Metallurgy, and Secondary Metallurgy as a principal subject. The course will consist of lecturesl seminars and courses of reading in advanced aspects of the principal subject 1ma in such other subjects as the Head of the D epartmen[...]ll the time not required for lectures to research and design projects. Candidates may be required to sa[...]iner that they have a reading knowledge of French and German.[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ENGINEERING[...]. The following persons may be candidates for the degree of Master of Engineering- (a) To proceed un[...]3: ( i) a candidate who lrns qualified in t11e University of Ade- laide for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Engineering or for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Engineering at a stan- d[...]ly high; or (ii) a candidate wl10 ho1ds in another university a qualifica- tion ac[...]ngineering as equivalent to the Honours degree of Bachelor of Engineering in the Uni- versity of Adelaide; or (iii) a candidate who has qualified for the degree of Bache- lor of Engineering in the University of Adelaide and has had at least three years of appropr[...]: a candidate who has qualified for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in the University of Adelaide: provided that a candidate who has qualified for only the Ordinary Degree in the Unjversity of Adelaide may not pres[...]ing to research work carried out by him in a department of the University of Adela[...]xperience before commencing his research in the Department. 2. Subject to the approval of the Council, t11e Faculty may, in special cases, and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may see St to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the degree under regulation 3 a perso1 who does not hold a degree of a university, but bas given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of his fitness to undertake work for the degree. 818 |
 | [...]ENGINEERING 3. To qualify for the degree under this regulation a candidate shall : (a) after consultation with the Head of the Department in which the work falls, submit in writing for approval by the Faculty a subject of adva11ced full-time study and research designed to extend over at l[...]ubject by the Faculty undertake, with- in the University of Adelaide and under the direction of a supervisor o[...]Faculty, the course of advanced study and research; ( c) if so required by the Facult[...]t a thesis embodying the results of his research; and ( e) submit evidence satisfactory to the Fac[...]g x- perience. 4. To qualify for the degree under this regulation a candidate -;hall- ( a) submit in writing for approval by the Faculty of Engineer-[...]satisfac- tion of the originality of, and the degree of liis responsibility fol', his desi[...]examination, written or oral or both, in the field of study immediately relevant to his thesis; and ( e) submit evidence satisfactory to the Fa[...]at least three years' practical experience in appropriate en- gineering work. 5.[...]l1e Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with directions given to candid[...] |
 | [...]l be prescribed from time to time by the Council, and the schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. 7. A candidate who fulftls th~ requirement · of these regulations and satisfies the examiners under regulation 5 may on[...]e "'ho had been accepted as !1 candi<lale for the degree uncl r the regu lations operative prior to the al[...]f the Stah.1tes seek permission, by ni;>plicnlion in writing to the Academic Registrar. to proc[...] |
 | [...]ENGINEERING OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE[...]e following persons may become candidates for the degree of Master of Applied Science: (a) Bachelors of Ap[...]helors of Engineering, ( c) Bachelors of Science, and ( d) other graduates whose academic qualification[...]l of the Council, the Faculty of Engineering may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the degree a person who does not hold a degree of a University, but has given evidence satisfact[...]aculty of his fitness to under- take work for the degree. 2. Unless the candidate has obtained th Honours degree of Bachelor of Applied Science or of Engineering[...]all, b fore submitting his thesis as provided for in regulation 5, pass such qualifying examination as the F aculty of Engi11eering may in the circumstance· deem proper. 3. Subject to condition to be determi ned in each case a gradu ate of a univer ity recognised by the University of Adelaide, whose degree js accepted by the Faculty of Engin ering as equival nt to one of the qu alifications required in regulation l , may be allowed by the Council to proceed to the degree in compliance with these regulations. Every such can[...]dar month at the University of Adelaide, or at an in titution approved for the purpose by the University of , delaide. 4. A candidate who holds the Honours degree of Bachelor of Applied Science or Bachelor of Engineering or its equivalent in a university recognised by the University of Adelaide may proceed to the degree of Master of Applied Science at the expiration of one year from the date of his admission to the Honow·s degree of Bachelor; no other candidate shall proceed to the degree before the expiration of two years from th[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS 5. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall submit a thesis upon an approved subject and shall adduce sufficient evidence that the thesis[...]te may also submit other contributions to science in support of his candidature. 6. Every candidate[...]three terms' notice of his intended candidature, and shall indicate therewith in general terms the subject of the research work or[...], may appoint a supervisor to guide the candidate in his work. The candidate shall submit his thesis not earlier than three terms and, except by special permission of the F acuity, not later than nine t[...]nt a Board of Examiners to report upon the thesis and any supporting papers that the candidate may subm[...]may require any candidate to pass an examination in the branch of science to which his original research or investigation is cognate. 8. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy or Doctor of Science wl1o[...]not to be of sufficient merit to qualify for the degree of Doctor but of sufficient merit for the degree of Master may be admitted to the degree of Master provided that he is qualified to become a candidate for the degree. 9. A candidate shall lodge with the Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the Board of Examiners shall on the rec[...]of the Faculty of Engineering be admitted to the degree of Master of Applied Science. 11. The fees to b[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar.[...] |
 | FACULTY OF LAW REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Laws ( LL.B.) Regulations and Schedules 824[...]f Court regulating the admission of practitioners - 848 Master of Laws (LL.M.) Regulations[...]854 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See "Board of Research S[...] |
 | [...]R E GULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF LAWS[...]REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Laws . .. 2. (a) The Council af[...]edules (i) defining the subjects of study for the degree to be provided by the University, and the post- graduate subjects to be offered; (ii) d[...]range of subjects satisfactorily to be completed, and t11e examinations to be passed by candidates; (ii[...]e-requisite for, or concurrent with, any subject, and the lectW"es, seminars, tutorials, moot court work, and written and other work to be undertaken by candidates; and (iv) fixing the fees to be paid by candidates. Pr[...]ial Transactions, Family Law, The Law of Evidence and The Law of Procedure. (b) The syllabuses of subjects shall be specified by the Head of the Department and submitted to the Faculty and the Council for approval. ( c ) Schedules made and syllabu es approved by the Council shall become e[...]uncil or such other date as the Council may :fix, and shall be published in the next edition of the University Calendar. 3. To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall comply with the provisions of s[...]on 2 hereof. 4. (a) To qualify for the Honours degree a candidate shall comply with the provisions of s[...]) of this regulation shall be awarded the Honours degree of ., Amended 16 Dece[...] |
 | [...]hall decide within which of the following classes and divisions the degree shall be awarded: First Class[...]of these regulations, may be awarded the Honours degree of Bachelor of Laws if the Council so decides, no[...]ulation (a) of this regulation. 5. (a) Except in cases approved by the Council annual examina- tions shall be held in November and supplementary examinations, where granted, shall be held in January, February or March in each year. (b) A candidate may sit for a supplementary examination in any subject or subjects, if he is granted permission by the Faculty to do so on academic, medical or other special grounds. f6. Students shall enter for annual and supplementary examinations on the form and by the date presclibed by the Council. No tudent[...]imself for an annual or supplementary examination in any subject if he has failed to do in a satisfactory manner such essays or other written work as may have been required of him in connec- tion with that subject. 7. If in any subject a candidate does not pass either at t[...]gain comply with the requirements of regulation 6 in respect of such subject before again presenting himself for examination in that subject. t8. The examiners in any subject may take into account not only work d[...]e awarded therefor, other work prescribed or done in connec- tion with that subject (including work done in connection with a moot) during the academic year[...]pass at an annual or sup- plementary examination in any subject or division of a subject for the Ordinary degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass w[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES Pass. The names of candidates who Pass with Distinction or with Credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the classification; the names of other candidates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order. The results of all annual and supplementary examinations shall be transmitted b[...]exemption from the requirements of regulations 6 and 7, and upon such conditions, ru it shall decide. 11.[...]s under these regulations or under schedules made in accordance with regulation 2 and may be granted such status, and upon such conditions, as the Council on the recom[...]s. 12. All previous regulations concerning the degree of Bachelor of Laws and the Final Certificate in Law are hereby repealed, provided that: (a)[...]epealed reroilations shall have stat11s in the equivalent subjects under sdiedules made under these regulations; and ( b) a candidate who first enrolled in the Faculty of Law before 1967, shall, in order to qualify for the degree, in addition to complying with the requirements of regulation 3 or 4, pass in two subjects, other than Science subjects, available for the degree of Bachelor of Arts and approved by the Faculty of Law.[...]lation 2.) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of LL.B. are published below, immediately after the rem.ilations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for otlier degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of the volume. SCHEDULE I: THE ORDINARY DEGREE. 1. A candidate for the Ordinary degree shall: ( a ) pass in the following subjects: ( i)[...] |
 | [...]( x) The Law of Evidence. ( b) Pass in five of the following subjects, provided that the[...]subject or subjects may not be offered in any one year: ( i) Administrative[...]tion of a certificate from the lecturer in charge or from the Dean) that he has satisfactorily participated in one seminar course (Seminar Course A) to be arranged by the Faculty. (d) Pass in one further subject listed in clause l(b), or satisfy the Board of Examiners that he has satisfactorily participated in a second seminar course (Seminar Course B)[...]e who has not qualified for the honours degree) present an honours dissertation considered[...]2. Candidates who have completed subjects for the degree prior to 1973 may continue under the schedules then in force, with such modification (if any) as shall be prescribed by the Dean. 3. A candidate who passed in Legal History prior to March 1974 shall count that subject in lieu of a seminar course and not as a sub- ject listed in clause 1 ( b). SCHEDULE II: THE HONOURS DEGREE. 1. A candidate for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Laws shall: (a) pass in the subjects listed in clause 1 (a) of Schedule I; ( b) pass in five of the subjects listed in clause l(b) of Schedule I;[...] |
 | [...]EDULES ( c) satisfy the Board of Examiners in respect of one seminar course (Seminar[...]ursuant to clause 1 ( c) of Schedule I; and ( d) complete satisfactorily the Honours dissertation . .Provided that a candidate who passed in Legal History prior to March 1974 shall count that subject in lieu of a seminar course and not as a subject from clause 1 ( b) of Schedule I[...]the permission of the Faculty, to be granted only in special cases, a candidate may enrol for the Honours diss[...]s obtained: (i) six or more honours points in the subjects (i)-(ix) listed in clause 1 (a) of Schedule I and the first two subjects listed in clause 1 ( b) of Schedule I completed by the candidate; or (ii) five or more honours points in the subjects (iv)-(ix.) listed in clause l(a) of Schedule I and the fir t two subjects listed in clause 1 ( b) of Schedule I completed by the candidate; or if the projects (i)-(iv) are taken in first year, fom or more honours points in the subjects (v)-(ix) listed in clause l(a) of Schedule I and the flrst two subjects listed in clause l (b) of Schedule I; or (iii) eight or more honours points in the subjects listed in clause 1 (a) of Schedule I and five of the subjects listed in clause 1 ( b) of Schedule I. ( b) For the _purpose of cl au e 2 (a) ( i) and (ii) of this schedule, where a candidate l1as completed more than two subjects listed in clause 1 ( b) of Schedule I, he shall count such[...]com12leted more than five of the subjects listed in clause 1 ( b) of Schedule I he shall count such p[...]calculated on the basis that a credit equals one and a distinction equals one and a half honours points. SCHEDULE III: POSTGRADUATE SUBJECTS. Courses in Estate and Tax Planning and in Legal Ethics and Accounts will be offered as postgraduate subjects. Students for the degree of Bachelor of Laws may, with the af pro val of the Dean, attend one or both of these courses in their fina year. SCHEDULE IV: RE[...]ements of Law, Constitutional Law I, Criminal Law and The Law of Torts for all other subjects; and 828 |
 | [...](b) The Law of Contract, The Law of Property and Constitu- tional Law II for all other subects except those listed in clause (a); and ( c) Commercial Transactions for the subj[...]sti- tutional Business Transactions, and Taxation Law. 2. Courses of study must be appro[...]y of Law recommends that candidates for the LL.B. degree take their subjects according to the following sc[...]uity, Commercial TransactiollS, Seminar Course A, and two of the following subject[...]man Law. Fourth Year: The Law of Evidence and either four of the following subjects,[...]y of Law recommends that candidates for the LL.B. degree who wish to take the B.A. degree concurrently should apply at the end of their first year for admission to the B.A. cour e in t11e following year, and take their subjects according to the follow[...]d The subjects listed under Note 1 for the second and third and Fou1th Year: years of the LL.B. course, and four subjects listed under sections l, 2 and 3 of Group A and Group B in Schedule I of the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Fifth Year: Either two Group C subjects from Schedule I of the degree of Bachelor of Arts;[...]or two Group C subjects from Schedule I of the degree of Bachelor of Arts[...] |
 | [...]BUS NUMBERS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF LAWS[...]es listed. However, them are important exceptions and students should make inquiries at the Law Library[...]department concerned details of the examfoal:ion in that subject including the relative weights given[...]oce examinations). Syllabus numbers: The first and second letters identify the Faculty of Law: LL. The first digit differentiates subjects which may be taken in the same year. The second digit- 1-4: Indicates year of subject, e.g. first, second,[...]subjects normally available only to graduates. 7-8: Indicates subjects which may be taken in either the third or fourth years. 9:[...] |
 | [...]w. An introduction to the study of law. History and organisation of the legal systems of England and Australia; nature of law, its making and application; precedent; interpretation of statute[...]xt-books: Derham, D. P., Maher, F. K. H., and Waller, P. L., An introduction to law,[...]Co., 1971). Reference books ( available in the Library) : Maher, F. K. H., Waller, P. L., anci Derham, D. P., Cases and materials on the legal process (Law Book Co., 1966). Campbell, E., and McDougal, D., Legal research: materials and methods (Law Book Co., 1967). Cross, R. N., Precedent in English law, 2nd edition (0.U.P., 1968).[...]dition (Pelican, 1963). Allen, C. K., Law in the making, 7th edition (0.U.P., 1964). Baalman, J., Outline of law in Australia, 3rd edition (Law Book Co., 1[...]R., The English legal system, 4th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1967). Plucknett, T. F[...]e interpretation of statutes, 12th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1969). Craies, W. F., Treatise on statute law, 6th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1963) . Radcliffe, G. R. Y., and Cross, G ., English legal system, 5th edition[...]l history of tl1e United Kingdom, South Australia and the Commonwealth of Australia; the- main principles of British constitutional law, with special reference lo the application of these principles in Australia; the Conslilution of Souili Australia;[...]eralism. Text-books: Bagley, J. J., and others, A documentary history of England, vols. 1 and 2 (Pelican, 1965-66) . Castles, A. C., An introduction to A[...]1963). Sawer, G., Australian federali.sm in the courts (M.U.P., 1967). de Smith, S. A., Constitutional and administrative law (Pelican, 1971). Cases, materials and readings in constitutional law (Mimeographed case-[...] |
 | [...]ks: Campbell, E., Parliamentar11 privilege in Australia (M.U.P., 1966). Campbell, E., and Whitmore, H., Freedom in Australia (Sydney Univer- sity Press, 1966). Combe, G. D., Responsible government in South Australia (Government printer, Ade[...]l\focmillan, 1959). Evatt1 H. V., The King and his dominion governors, 2nd edition (Coe hire 1967). Fajgenbuam, J. I., and Hanks, P., Australian constit11tional law, coses, materials and text (Butterworth, 1972). Heuston, R. F. V., Essays in constitutional law, 2nd edition (Stevens,[...]Book Co., 1968). Jennings, W. I., The law and the constitution, 5th edition (U. London P., 1959). Keir, D. L., and Lawson, F. H., Cases in constitutional law, 5th edition (O.U.P.[...]itutional history, 11th edition ( Sweet and Maxwell, 1960 ) . Lovell, C.R., English constitutional and legal history (O.U.P., 1962). Marshall, G.[...]P., 1971). Phillips, 0. H., Constitutional and administrative law, 5th edition, paper- back (Sweet and Maxwell, 1973). Phillips, 0. H., Leading cases in constitutional and administrative law, 4th edition, paperback (Sweet and Maxwell, 1973). Stephenson, C., and Marcham, F. G., Sources of English constitutional[...]onflicts of the seventeenth century, 1603-1689, students' edition (C.U.P., 1961). Vile, M. J. C., Constitutionalism and the separation of powers ( O.U.P., 1967). Wade, E. C. S., and Phillips, G. G., Constitutional law, 8th edition[...]opy of the South Australian Constitution Act, 1934-69, Criminal Law Consolidation Act, 1935-71 and Police Offences Act, 1953-1972 (Government Printer, Adelaide); and of the Commonwealth Constitu- tion, and the Statute of Westminster Adoption Act, 1942 (wi[...]nd edition (Law Book Co., 1970). Brett, P., and Waller, P. L., Cases and materials in criminal law, 3rd edition (Butterworth, 1[...]law (Foundation Press, 1957). Smith, J.C., and Hogan, B., Criminal law, 1st edition (Butterworth, 1965). Smith, J. C., and Hogan, B., Criminal law, 3rd edition (Butterworth, 1973). Morris, N., and Howard, C., Studies in criminal law (Clarendon Press, Oxford 19[...]a copy of the Criminal Law Consolidation Act, 1935-72, and the Police Offences Act, 1953-72 (Government Printer, Adelaide).[...] |
 | [...](Law Book Co., 1971), or Winfield, P. H., and Jolowicz, J. A., The law of tort, 9th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1971 ) . Reference books: Morison, W. L., Sharwood, R. L., and Phegan, C. S., Cases on torts (Law Boo[...]Salmond, J. W., Law of torts, 16th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1973). Clerk1 J. F., and Lindsell, W. H. B., Law of torts, 13th edition (S[...]Weir, T., A casebook on tort, 2nd edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1970). Williams, G. L., Joint torts and contributory negligence (Stevens, 1951). Wright, C. A., and Linden, A. M.1 The law of torts: cases, notes and materials, 5th edition (Butterworth, 19[...]erworth, 1968). Millner, M.A., Negligence in modern law (Butterworth, 1967). Aliyah, P. S., Vicarious liabilitiy in the law of torts (Butterworth, 1967). Aliyah, P. S., Accidents, compensation and the law (Weidenfeld and Nicholson, 1970). Linden, A. M. (ed.), Studies in Canadian tort law (Butterworth, 1968\. Higgins, P. F. P., Elements of torts in Australia (Butterworth, 1970). NoTE: Students should purchase a copy of the Wrongs Act, 1936-72, and of the Survival of Causes of Aption Act, 1[...] |
 | [...]ng agency. Text-books: Cheshire, G. C., and Fifoot, C. H. S., The law of contract, 3rd Austra[...]th, 1974) . McGarvie, R. E., Pannam, C. L., and Hocker, P. J., Cases and materials on contract, 2nd edition (Law B[...]tise on the law of contracts, 23rd edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1968). Treitel, G. H., The[...]tion ( O.U.P., 1971). Smith, J. C., and Thomas, J. A. C., Casebook on contract, 5th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1973). Williston, S., Treatise on the law of contracts, 3rd edition (Baker, Voorhis and Co., 1957-). Corbin, A. L., On contracts (West, 1950-). Bowstead, W., Digest of the law of agency, 13th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1968). Powell, R., Law of[...]uld purchase a copy of the Sale of Goods Act, 1895-1972 /Government Printer, Adelaide), and the Misrepresentation Act, 1971-1972 IGovernment Printer, Adelaide).[...]ty. A study of the principles of the law of real and personal property. Text-book: Sackville, R., and Neave, M. A., Property law cases and materials (Butterworth, 1971 ) . Stat[...]ty law (Law Book Co., 1967). Megarry, R. E., and Wade, H. W. R., The law of real property, 3rd[...]edition (Butterworth, 1967). Casner, A. J., and Leach, ·w. B., Cases and text on property, 2nd edition (Little Bro[...]Book Co., 196.5). Morris, J. H. C., and Leach, W. B., The rule against perpetuities, 2nd[...]n (West, 1966). Jessup, G. A., Forms and practice of Land Titles Office of Seuth Au[...] |
 | [...]of title ( 1859). Lewis, E. C., and Cassidy, D. I., Tenancy law in New South Wales ( Butteiworth, 1966).[...]es, 1961). Starke1 J. G., The law of town and country planning in New South Wates (Butterworth, 1966).[...]( Law Book Co., 1972). Cases, mat.e.rials and readings in Australian constitutional law ( Mimeo- gr[...]alia, 3rd edition (Law Book Co., 1964) (and supplement). Sawer, G., Australian federalism in the courts (M.U.P., 1967). Reference books:[...]., 1935). Cowen, Z., Federal iurisdiction in Australia (O.U.P., 1959). Mitchell, R. El[...]2nd edition ( Maxwell, 1910 ). Quick, J., and Carran, R. R., Annotated constitution of the Australian Commonwealth (Angus and Robertson, 1901). Wynes, W. A., Legislative, executive and iudicial powers in Australia, 4th edition (Law Book Co., 1970). Allen, C. K., Law and orders, 3rd edition (Stevens, 1965). de S[...](Stevens, 1968). Benjafield, D. G., and Whitmore, H., Principles of Australian administra[...](Law Book Co., 1971). Griffith, J. A. G., and Street, H., Principles of administrative law, 4th[...]on (Pitman, 1967). Robson, W. A., Justice and administrative law, 2nd edition (Stevens,[...]ore lectures commence. The. Constitution, and the Statute of Westminster Adoption Act, 1942[...]berra). The High Court Procedure Act, 1903-66 and The Judiciary Act, 1903-69 ( Government Printer, Canberr[...] |
 | [...]LL43. Equity. Such of the following special subjects as may be chosen by the lectu:rer; the principles of equity and equitable estates and interests; trusts; mortgages; wills and intestacy; administration of estates; the princip[...]H. T., Principles of equity, 27th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1973). Hanbury, H. G.,[...]edition (Stevens, 1969). Maudsley, R. H., and Bum, E. H., Cases and material,s on trusts and trustees (Butterworth, 1972). Other books on particular subjects suggested in lectures. Reference books: Nathan, J[...]itman, 1936). Jacobs, K. S., Law of trusts in N.S.W., 3rd edition (Butterworth, 1971). Fricke, G., and Strauss, 0. K., Law of trusts in Victoria (Butterworth, 1964). Nathan, J. A., and Marshall, 0. R., A casebook on trusts, 5th edition (Stevens, 1967). Pettit, P. H., Equity and the law of trusts, 2nd edition (Butterworth,[...]usts (Little, Brown, 1960). Parker, D. B., and Mellows, A. R., The modem law of trusts, 2nd edition ( Sweet and Maxwell, 1970). NoTE: Students should purchase a copy of the Trustee Act, 1936-68, and of the Law of Property Act. 1936-72. LL 73. Commercial Tr[...]w relating to agency, sale of goods, moneylending and instalment credit, and consumer protection. Text-book: Cases and materials on commercial transactions (issued by t[...]ended for Preliminary Reading: Borrie, G., and Diamond, A. L., The consumer, society and the law, 2nd edition (Penguin, 1968). Reference books: Speidel, R. E., Summers, R. S., and White, J. J., Commercial trans- actions[...]Digest of the law of agency, 13th edition (Sweet and Maxweu, 1968). Powell, R., Law o[...]Volume 4, Number 1. Borrie, G. ]., and Greig, D. W., Commercial Law, Australian e[...] |
 | [...]AR Fridman, G. H. L., Sale of goods (Sweet and Maxwell, 1966). Sutton, K. C. T., The law of sale of goods in Australia and New Zealand (Law Book Co., 1967). Dean, A., Law relating to hire-purchase in Australia, 2nd edition (Law Book Co., 1938). Mitchell, R. Else-, and Parsons, R. W., Hire-purchase Law, 4th edition[...]8/. Pannarn, C. L., The law of money lenders in Australia and New Zealand (Law Book Co., 1965). Sy[...]niversity Law School Committee on Consumer Credit and foneylending, Report (Government Printer[...]Great Britain. Law Commission. Exemption clauses in contract first report: amendments t[...] |
 | [...]ce. A study of the law of evidence as it applies in South Australia. Text-books: Cross, R.[...], 1970). Reference books: Cross, R. N., and Wilkins, N., Outline of the law of evidence, 3rd[...], S. L., The law of evidence, 11th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1970). Cowen, Z., and Carter, P. B., Essays on the law of evidence (Oxford, 1956). Cockle, E., Cases and statutes on the law of evidence, 11th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1970), Edwards, E. J., Cases on evidence in Australia (Law Book Co., 1968), Wells, W. A[...]dence (Government Printer, Adelaide, 1963-). Williams, G. L., The proof of guilt, 3rd[...]s should purchase copies of the Evidence Act, 1929-72 (Govern- ment Printer, Adelaide) . LL 74. The Law of Procedure. Pleading and practice in the Supreme Court and Local Court. Criminal pro- cedure in the Supreme Court, District Criminal Court and in Courts of Summary Jurisdiction. Reference books: The Supreme Court practice (Sweet and Maxwell, 1970) (and supplement). Hannan, A. J., Practice of the Local Court in South Australia (Law Book Co., 1934).[...]tice of the High Court of Chancery 1845-46. Chitty, T., Queen's bench forms, 18th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1956). Matrimonial causes hand-b[...]Hannan, A. J., Summary procedure of justices in South Australia, 3rd edition (Law Book[...]uld purchase copies of the Supreme Court Act, 1935-72, the Supreme Court Rules and amendments, the Local and District Criminal Courts Act, 1926-71 and the Rules made th·ereunder (Government Printer, Adelaide), the Service and Execution and Process Act, 1901-68 (Government Printer, Can- berra), the Evidence Act, 1929-69, the Criminal Law Consolidation Act, 1935-71, the Justices Act, 1921-69, and the Police Offences Act, 1953-67 (Government Printer, Adelaide).[...]is of the law relating to partnerships, companies and unincor- porated associations. Text-book: Afterman, A. B., and Baxt, R., Cases and materials on corporations and associations (Butterworth, 1972).[...] |
 | [...]on (Stevens, 1969). Kavass, I. I., and Baxt, R., Australian supplement to Gower's modem[...]aw Book Co., 1970). Hadden, T., Company law and capitalism (World University, 1972). Pennin[...]1973). Pennington, R. R., The investor and t11e law ( MacGibbon, 1968). Palmer, F. B.,[...]law of partnership, 13th edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1971). Ford, H. A. J., Principles[...]should purchase copies of the Companies Act, 1962-72 ( S.A.), the Partnership Act, 1891-1935 ( S.A.), and the Associations Incorporation Act, 1956-65 ( S.A.). LL64. Instituti[...], but is not exclusively devoted to. transaction in which financial institutions may be involved. It[...]ns; international trade law; bankers' securit-ies and the relation- ship of banker and custom r; negotiable instruments and the ass ignment of choses in action ; guara.ntees ancl Indemnities; insurance conb·acts; enforcem nt of judg- ment ; bankruptcy and insolv ncy. Reference books: Chorley[...]dition (Pitman, 1967). Chorley, R. S. T., and Smatt1 P. E., Leading cases in the law of banking, 3rd edition (Pitma[...]The law antl pl'actfce of banking, vol. I ( 1970) and vol. II (Pitman ). Paget, J. R[...]ey, B. B., The law relat£ng to bills of exchange in Australia, 2nd edition (Law Book Co., 1964) . Borrie, G. J., and Grieg, D. W ., Commercial law, Australian edition (Butterworth, 1971). Payne, W., and Ivamy, E. R. H., Carriage of goods by sea, 9th ed[...]ition (Stevens, 1969). Gutteridge, H. C., and Megrah, M., The law of banker's commercial credit[...]968). Starke, J. G., Assignment of choses in action in Australia (Butterworth, 1972). Hayek, E. J., Principles of bankruptcy in Australia, 2nd edition (Queens- land U[...]1970). Young, N. S., Bankruptcy practice in Australia, 3rd edition (Butterworth, 1[...]aux, R., The law of insurance, 3rd edition (Sweet and Maxwell, 1970).[...]axation Law. This subject will not be available in 1974. 840 |
 | [...]RD OR FOURTH YEAR SUBJECTS WHICH MAY BE TAKEN IN THIRD OR FOURTH YEAR NoTE: It is possible that[...]e of the following subjects will not be available in 1974. LL07. Admini[...]ding their application to administrative agencies and tribunals of particular significance, including l[...]ties. Text-books: Benjafieldia D. G., and Whitmore, H., Principles of Australian adminis-[...], 1971). Reference books: Brett, P. 1 and Hogg, P. W., Cases and materials on administrative law, 2nd eoi[...]( Stevens, 1968 ) . Griffith, J. A. G., and Street, H., Principles of administrative law, 4th edition (Pitman, 1967). Schwartz, B., and Wade, H. W. R., Legal control of government (Oxfo[...]y means of a comparison with their counter- parts in German law. The principles of the Cennan Civil Code will be placed in the setting provided by t·h German Constitution, th Cennan Court structure and the rules of procedure and evidence as applied by German Courts. Text-b[...]rne University Press, 1969). Zweigert, K., and Koetz, H., ( Ei11f111irung_ in die Rechtsvergleichung a11f dem Gebiete des Privatrechts, 2 vols. {Mohr, 1969 and 1971). LL57. Conflict of Laws. {1) General principles and theory of conflict of laws jurisdiction and choice of law i11 the general fi elds of matrimonial causes, actions In personam, title to property (both movable and immovable), and the status of children; recognition of foreign divorces, nullity decrees, adoptions and legitimntions; recognition and enforcement of foreign money judgments. ( 2) Conflict of laws in a federal system; diversity jurisdiction and choice of law; full faith and credit. Text-books: Kelly, D. St. L[...]eographed). Nygh, P. E., Conflict of laws in Australia, 2nd edition (Butterworth, 1971)[...] |
 | [...]1970). Cook, W. W., The logical and legal bases of the conflict of laws {Harvard[...]a, 1957). Cowen, Z., Federal lurlsdictlon In Australia {O.U.P., 1959). Cowen, z., and Mendes da Costa, D., Matrimonial causes furisclic[...]1971). Robertson, A. H., Characterization in the conflict of laws {Harvard U.P., 1940). Sykes, E. I., Cases and materials on private international law, 2nd editi[...](Law Book Co., 1972). Von Mehren, A. T., and Trautman, D. T., The law of multi-state problems[...]LL87. Criminology. study of the history and contemporary form of Australian penal and correc- tive measures {\ itb special attention given to the problems posed by the mentaUy abnonnal and juvenile offenders) and an assessment of their efficacy. The nse . meaning and interpretation of statistics. The law and practice of sentencing and the theorie of punishment. The sociology of crime and the criminal. Text-books: Chappell, D., and Wilson, P., The Australian criminal justice syste[...]orth, 1972). Walker, N. D., Crimes, courts and "figures (Penguin, 1971). Criminal Law and Penal Methods Reform Committee of South Australia (Mitchell Committee), Sentencing and corrections (First Report, 1973). Reference[...]emann, 1965). Tappan, P. W., Crime justice and correction (McGraw-Hill, 1960). Morris, N., and Hawkins, G., The honest politician's guide to crime control (U.C.P., 1969). Wilson, P.R., and Brown, J. W., Crime and the community (U. of Queens- land, 1973). Walker, N. D., Sentencing in a rational society (Penguin Press, 1969). Chappell, D., and Wilson, P. R., The police and the public in Australia and New Zealand (U. of Queensland, 1969). McClintock, F. H., and Avison, N., Crime in England and Wales (Heine- mann, 1968). West, D. J., Present conduct and future delinquency (Heinemann, 1969). Hart, H. L.A., Punishment and responsibility (O.U.P., 1968). Cros[...] |
 | [...]LAW TIIIRD OR FOURTH YEAR Hood, .R. G., and Sparks, R., Key i sues in criminology ( Weidenfeld, 1970).[...]obsession ( CoUancz, 1971 ). Wnlk r, . D., and McCabe, S., Crime oncl i11Sa11ity in England, vol. II (Edinburgh D.P., 1972[...]l (0.U.P., 1958). Shaw, A. G. L., Co1wicts and the colonies (Faber and Faber, 1968). Ward, P., and Wood, G., Law oml order In Australia (Angus and Robert- son, 1972). PhiUipson, M ., Sociological aspects of crime and delinquenc y (Routledge, 1971 ). Chapman, D ., Sociology and the .~teteoty7)e of the criminal (Tavistock,[...]Walker. 1 • D., Crime ancl 1n111lshme11t in Britain (Edinburgh University Press, 196[...]erty; maintenance; matrimonial causesi legitimacy and 1 gitimation; adoption; custody and guardianship of infants; aucl certain selected to[...]of domicil. Text-book: Hambly, A. D., and Turner, J. N., Cases and materials on Australian family law (Law[...]1) . Finlay, H. A. (ed.), Divorce, society and the law (Butterworth, 1969) . Toose, P. B., Watson, R., and Benjalleld, D., Aust1·alian divorce law and practice (Law Book Co., 1968). Finlay, H. A., and Bisset-Johnson, A., Family law 111 Australia (Buttel'- worth, 1972) . Eckelaar, J.. Famll11 sec11rity and fami/11 breakdown (Pelican, 1972).[...]A study of contracts of employment, conciliation and arbitration, trade unions and industrial accidents. The following statutes, w[...]mination, should be acquired: Conciliation and Arbitration Act, 1970-1972 (Government Printer, Can- berra).[...]s, J. H., Australian compul.sorv e1rbitraNon, 1900-1970 (Hicks/ Smith, 1971). Cooper, W. M., and Wood, ]. C., Outliues of i11d11Strial law, 6th ed[...]worth, 1971 ) . Nolan, J. R. W., and Cohen, K. A., Federal industrial laws, 4th editio[...]worth, 1968 ) . Batt, F. R., Law of master and servant, 5th edition (Pitman, 1967).[...] |
 | [...]THlRD OR FOURTH YEAR Sykes, E. I., and Glasbeek, H. J., Labour law in Australia (Butterworth, 1972). Glasbeek, H. J., and Eggleston, E. H., Cases and materials on industrial law in Australia (Butterworth, 1973). Atiyah, P. S., Accidents, compensation and the law (Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1970).[...]reignty, jurisdiction, immunities, responsibility and claims; the United Nations Charter, international organizations and the International Court of Justice. Text-book[...]A modern introduction to international law (Allen and Unwin, 1970). Holder, W. E., and Brennan, G. A., The international legal system[...](Longmans, 1967). De Visscher, C., Theory and reality in public international law, revised editi[...].P., 1968). Goodrich, L. M., Hambro, E., and Simons, A. P., Charter of the United Na[...]Court ( Stevens, 1958). McDougal, M. S., and Associates, Studies in world public order (Yale U.P., 1960).[...]1970). O'Connell, D. P., State succession in municipal law and international law (C.U.P., 1967).[...]1955). Shearer, I. A., Extradition in international law (Manchester U .P., 1971).[...]particular reference to tJ1e English legal sy tem in the eighteenfl1 centw'}'; the colonial legal systems in Australia, 1788-1850; law reform h1 the nineteenth century and its effects on the Au tmlian 1 gal system, 1850-1900; the Australian lega.l profession; traditiona- lism and innovation iu the Australian legal system with particular referenc to the comJ11on law and land law; the Australian aborigine. 844 |
 | [...]Co., 1971). Radcliffe, G. R. Y., and Cross, G., English legal system, 5th edition[...]1969). Bull n, E., Precedents of pleadings in personal actions in the superior courts of common law, 3rd e[...]. Currey, C. f., Sir Francis Forbes (Angus and Robertson, 1968). Dean, A., A multitude of[...](Cheshire, 1968). Fifoot C. H. S., History and sources of the common law (Stevens, 1949). Hannan, A. J.. The Ufe of Chief Justi ce Way (Angus and Robe1tson, 1960). Holdsworth, W .[...], especially vols. I, III, IV, VI, VII and Vu1 (Methuen). Maitland, F. W., The forms[...]w (Butterworth, 1929). Smith, J. H., Cases and rnate1·ials on the development of legal institut[...]LL67. Roman Law. I. The history and sources of Roman law. 2. An outline of Roman family law and of the laws relating to the acquisition of property, to contracts, and to delicts. 3. A comparative study of the Roman law of sale and the South Australian law relating to the sale of[...]tive study of the Roman law of damage to property and the South Australian law of negligence. Text-[...]W., The elements of Roman law, 4th edition (Sweet and l\Iaxwell, 1956), or Nicholas, J.[...]s: de Zulueta, F. M. (ed.), Caius, vols. I and II (O.U.P., 1946-53). Moyle, J. B. (ed.), Justinian's Instit[...]edition (C.U.P., 1972) . .Buckland, W. W., and McNair, A. D., Roman law and common law, 2nd edition, reprinte[...] |
 | [...]rworth> 1968). Lawson, F. H., l\ cgligence in the civil law (Oxford, 1950).[...]details concerning seminar courses to be offered in 1974 students should consult the de:partmental no[...]ts who have completed a seminar course previously and, for their second seminar course, by those students who wish to enrol for two seminar courses in 1974.846 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF LAW POSTGRADUATE AND HONOURS DEGREE LL05. Estate and Tax Planning. This course of lectures is given only in alternate years, and will not be offered in 1974. It is available to graduates in law, and with the Dean's permission, to I.aw students in their final year. Details of the cou.rse and a reading list are available in the Law School. LL15. Legal Ethics and Accounts. A course of fourteen lectures on the rules and etiquette of professional practice, and on certain basic accounting procedures in the practioner's office. This subject is available to graduates in law, and, with the Dean's permission, to law students in their final year. HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF LAWS LL99. The Honours Dissertation. Candidates for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Laws are required to com- p[...] |
 | [...]RT REGULATING THE ADMISSION OF PRACTITIONERS, 1955-1972 BY virtue and in pursutrnce of sc ·lion 72 of the Supreme Court Act, 1935-1972, and of alt other powers us there1mlo cMbling, We, the[...]e admission of Barristers, Attorneys, Solicitors, and! Prootors made on the 17th day of August, 1936 ar[...]red upon th"' C:Olirse of swdy prescribed for the degree nf Bachelor of Lnws, or tbc Final Certi6C11te in Law nt the University of Adelaide by the regulations of the Univcr ity then ;n force, and who shall be allowed by the Council of the University to complete the course for the degree or the Finn! Certificate 11nder s11ch reg11lntion[...]"l3ritlsb subject" shnll be deemed to include and always to have included a person havin[...]subject: "Court" mcAns the Full Court: "Degree of Bachelor of Laws" means the degree of Bachelor (lf L. ws .In the Unl"ersity of Adclnidc nnd In ludes the degree of Bnchelor of Laws or an nquivn lent degree of n University in tho Con,monwcnlth of Australia or its Territo.tic[...]e Master of the Supreme Court of South Australia, and includes the O~puty M.Mte.r : "l'rncmtion r" means n Dnrrister, Attorney, Solicitor, and Proctor of the Supreme Court of South[...]itish Commo11wenlth outside Australia, in regnrd to whiob the Court is satisfied that[...]1 for ndmission is nt least equru to the standard in this Stnte, and thnt correspondJag eligibjjjty for ndmission of P[...]ds importing the mnscullne gender shall be deemed and taken to include the· feminine gender, nnd the singular to include the plural and the plural the singular. 4. The business of the[...]A0MlSS101 5. ( l) A person who is of good fame and cbar-ncter, nod who hn attained Ure n!le of twent[...]o be admitted ns a prnctitioner if such person is:- ( n) A clerk who hos served tho prescribed p[...]\! by these Rules. ( b) A mW11bcr of the bnr in England, or of 'orthern Ireland. ( c) A Scot[...]) A Solicitor of tl1e Supreme Court of Judicature in England, or of the Supreme Court of '[...]d as a solicitor iu Scotlond. ( '-') A Ilnrrister or Solicitor of tho Supreme, or Su[...]tory of the Common- wcnlth of Austral.in. (2) An applicant mentioned in sub-paragraphs (b). (c), (d), (e) and (f) of the preceding 0 sub-rule is in these Rules referred to as "an applicant[...]dmitted elsewbere. ( 3) An applicant mentioned in subparagraph (a) of subrule (1) of this Rule shal[...]ave an adequate knowledge of South Australian law and practice. Any other applicant shall be req[...] |
 | [...]ed n.od shown o satlsfn tory interest in n co1u·se of lectures given nt the University or otherwise n.s npprovcd by tho Boord in the subject Legal Ethics nnd Accounts; or[...]credited with the examinations of the University in the followini: subjects, nnmely-[...]ional Lnw ll; or FnmJly Lnw ns OM of the subjects in the cour e for the Ordin1try degree of BacheJor of Laws of the Unlvenity under the[...]tlons (including the Schedules tliereto) for that degree ns they existed prior to[...]tions; or Mercantile Law J ns one of the subjects in the COutse for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Lnws 0£ the 1Jnivorsity under the Rcgulnlions ( includ:in.g the Scliedules thereto) for thnt clegr<'e as th[...], l972; (x) The Lnw o{ Evidence; and ( x:i ) The Law of Procedure; or in pince of (x) and (xi) The Law of Evidence nncl Procedure as one or the subjects in the course for tho Orclinn.ry degree of Dnchelor of Laws of th[...]Sclieclules thereto) for that degree ns they existed prior to the 1st clay of JnnuAI')', lll72i and hns .J>roduccd to the Board uf Examiners n cettlllcnte of the kind n1cnti ned In s11b-parogTnph (n) of this sub-nile; or ([...]with the exombiations entitling llim to take the degree f o Uuiv1>rsitr in tho Commonwenltli of Australia or or its Territor[...]L nw of the University, ccrt:iRes tl1nt tbe degree course of such Uni\'ersity is[...]t ncadmnic merit for the purpose of n h1w course, and (ii l thnt the Boord of Examiner[...]uah course is ndec,iunte, and I iii) thnt h • hns, if so requ[...]s npproved by the ~Board, in tl1e su bject Lcgnl Ethics nnd Accounts, or in n subject or subjects that the Donrd considers to be the equivalent tbetcof; and ( d) he bns, in nddilion to the tcqufrements of sub-pamgrnph ( n)[...]this sub-rule, ns the case mny be, or in substitution for tbc requirements of sub-[...]iRI exnminn- lion set h)• the Bonrd in any sub1ect or subjects, or. i£ the Judges prescribe MY oplionnl subject in tho degree course of the Univcnity ns n necessary snbjcct fo[...]ing thnt he has token or is entitled to t1tkc the degree. ( 2) Where, llS a result of nny change which hns been mnclc in nny course for which nn npplicant hos i:nrolled at the Umvcrsity, a snbJect mentioned In sub-rulo ( l l ( b ) of this Rule is no longer of[...]bns pnssed or been credited with the t'Xnm!nation in som oth11r subject or subjects which inand the applicant's npplicntion for ndmisslon, where in the opin,i on '?( the Board it is ncccssnry or desirable so to do, gmnt the ap.Plicant stntus in nny such subJ ct.[...]Pco"ided thnt- ( l ) lllly npplicnnt who has-- ( n) pnssed or been credited wlth tho ex minntion in the subjects m •ntionccl in sub-pnrngrnJ?h (bl of Rule 6(1 ), and ( b) served 11Ddcr nrt:icles for nt le[...]has obtained, or become qualified to receive the degree of Bachelor of Laws shall be eligible f[...]plicant who has- ( a) obtained the said degree, and ( b) served nuder articles for at least[...]r articles for not less than two years; and[...] |
 | [...]ADMISSION RULES (4 ) nny applicant who has - ( n ) obtnlncd tho snid degree, nnd (b) served in nrt!cles for nl least one yenr n!tcr obtniniug, or becoming qunliflcd to receive, the snme, and ( c) hns ntte.ud d nnd sliown n sntisfnctory interest in n conrsc oE prncticnl instruction[...]not p:tssed or been credited with 11n cxnminntlon in n pre-rcguisite subject or subje[...]or become qunllfled to receive the degree of Bachelor of Lnwa of tbu University,[...]applicant who hns become qunlillcd to receive the degree of Docholor of Lnws, or who hns passed or been credited with the exnrnfantions in Ui subjects mentioned In sub· t>nrngmpb (b) of Rule 6(1), shall {or t he[...]of which wos neoossary to entitle him to the nid degree or to such pnss or credit s tbe cnse may bo. 8.[...]of o person articled to n prnctitloner practising in the country one year of the pcrlod of nrti[...]ge of the Supreme Court may be counted as service in articles but so as not to exceed one-half of the[...];anunry, 1974, he nas pl\Ssed E lc.ntents of Lnw and one, but otherwise Elements o Law nod[...]scribed as compulsory for the Ordinary degree of Bnchelor of L:1ws of the Univeuity. ( b)[...]tion to enter into articles. Such notice shall be in Form A in the schedule hereto, and shllll contain the particulars therein prescribed[...]until the Doard bas given its consent in writing thereto. 12. The Board may require any[...]nding to enter into articles to attend before it, and to furnish such evidence of his good character and fitness as it thinks fit. 13. Notice to attend under Rule 12 shall be in writing (Form B), and may be given by tho Law Society or by the Master, by posting the same to the address stated in the particulars furnished under sub-paragraph ( c[...], before the expiration of the period referred to In that subparograph. 14. Wi.thin one month nfter[...]he nrticled cleTk shall- ( n) flle the nrtlcles in the omce oE the Master together with nn nffidavit[...]ualifications required by Rulo 11; ( c) file in the office of the Master a copy of every such cer[...]the Lnw Society copies of the snid allldll\•it and of every sucb certificntea nnd of any[...]nt of nny articles the cleric shnll- ( n) Ste in the office of the Master the su_pplementnry artic[...]er with on nffidavit verifying the due execution: and ( b) servo on the Law Society a copy o[...] |
 | [...]ll be articled to a practitioner who has not been in practice in this State as a principal for a continuous perio[...]r the Deputy Crown Solicitor for the Commonwealth in this State. Provided that compliance with th[...]miners upon its being satisfied that it is proper in all the circumstances to do so. 17. o practiti[...]iod of articles adequate to entitle him (If he is In all other respects entitled) to move for ndmission. Notwithstanding tho provisions of this Rule and of Rule 19 the Crown Solicitor for tl.1e Stnte ma[...]ed clerks serving under articles nt the same time and those clerks mny for the purposes of carrying out[...]required by Sub-Rule ( 1) of Rule 19 be employed in such d ut.ias of n lcgnl nature within the dopnrt[...]whole t em1 of !Us art oles be nctually employed in !bis State in the proper business, prnctic<l nod em- l'lO)'ment[...]vision of- a) the practitioner prnctising in this State t·o whom ho is articled; or ! b[...]y be) the partner or prnctltioner shall bnve been in practice ln this State ns a prlnclpnl for a con-[...]rk shall during the period of bis Articles engage inin writing of bis principal in cnch instance previously obt11lned 11ncl then only to the extent, and subject to any conditions, specUlcd in such np,p roval and coosent. ( 2) An nrtlcled clerk or proposed articled clerk mny with the consent in writing of hrs principal or pro.vosed priJlcipnl[...]r the Deputy Crown Solicitor for the Commonwealth in this State, shall not he in breach of this Rule merely by reason of the fact[...]ublic servant. ( 4) An articled clerk engaging in part time service in the defence forces of the Commonwealth of Australia shall not be in breach of this Rule merely by reason of the fact[...]h of Australia under the Nntionnl Service Act 1951-1953 or otherwise shall not terminate a clerk's ar[...]'Oriod of such service which exceeds sixteen days in any one year shall not be deemed service wider ar[...]eason it Is ndvisable to terminate the artfo.lcs; and the 11onrd mny thereupon allow the clerk to enter[...]be intends to move for admission- ( a} file in the Master's Office notice of his application· ( b post and keep .vustcd In the Master's Office n copy of the snld notice; ancl ( c[...]n shall state the applicant's place of residence, and shall be in Form D. 24. Every applicant shall as soon as practicable after filing and posting his notice of application publish notice of bis intended application on two separate occasions in each of two daily newspapers published in Adelaide.[...] |
 | [...]s to be made, the applicant shall- ( a) file in the Master's Office an affidavit by him (Form E), and any other affidavits upon which he reli[...]passed the prescribed I w exnminnliom, and nny other certillc.,te on which he relies, nnd shnll file in t he Master's Offico copy of every such ct!rtiflcatc; (c) file in the Master's O ffice n certificate (Form F ) h)' ihe pr ctitio[...]facts which entitle the a11p icnnl to ndmii;sion; and ( d) serve n copy of every affidavit, and of e\'Cry C(lrt!Jlcate on the Lnw Society.[...]re shall comply with the requirements of Rules 23 and 24 and shall as soon as practicable after filing and posting his notice of application, but not less t[...]cation for admission is to be made- (a) Ille in U1e office of the Master- ( I) lln af[...]nffidavits upon which he relies; (ii) in the cnse of nny npplicnnt ndmiltcd elsewhere, "xcept nn applicant mentioned in Rule 5 ( l) ( f) a certlficntc in Fonn fr. (b) produce to the Master his origi[...]d his Inst nnnuDI certi!kntc (if nny), and nny other ccrtillcnte or document un which he relies. nnd shall file in the Master's Office n copy of every suoh ccrti8<.'ate, or document; ( c ) serve n COpy of c\•ery n.flldnvit, and of every cortificnte, or document on the Law[...]st three calendnr months m the State continuously and immediately preceding the filing of his notice of[...]d of Exarniners- that he ordinarily resides in and is domiciled in this State or in some other State or Territory of the Common[...]An applicant previously admitted elsewhere shall, in the first place, be admitted conditionally only f[...]y affidavit thn.t since his conditionnl admission and until the date of a1>plicnliou for the order bsolute he hns continuously resided in this State or some other State or TerritOl'Y of the Commonwealth and has not pursued any occupation or business other lhn11 the prope[ business of ti legal pmctitionor (whether in South Australia or elsewhere) nnd that to the 'b[...], shnll- (n ) file, serve, nod l)ost notices, and affidnvlts and eertillcnlcs; nnd (b) nd,•ertisc, nnd attend before the Doard of Examiners; and. ( c) comply with nnd be subject to these Rul[...]ns n clerk who bas .<crv d his articles in accordance with these Rules. Provided thnt tiny nffidnvit.s Qn which the npplicant rcli.cs in SUJlpOrt of his RPl,llicntion sb111l be[...]ARD OF EXAMINERS 30. ( l ) Th~ Bonrd of Ex11n1in~rs sh all co11sist of the Master, the Deputy Mast[...]President for tlio time bcbtg of the Law Society, and at least sbi: prac- titioners lo be ppointed by the Chief Justice for such yeriod as he fixes. In the event of n ,.n nncy occurring during the peri[...]er shall be one of them . ( 5) The Master, or in his absence the Deputy Master, shall be the Chair[...]shall be decided by a majority of those present, and the Chairman shall have a casting vote as well as[...]hall inquire into every application for admission and report to the Court whether the applicant- ( a) is eligible for admission; ( b) is a fit and proper person to be admitted; and ( c) has complied with these Rules. ( 2[...]shall also report to the Court as to the fitness and capacity of the npplicnnt to net ns a practitioner in all business and matters usually transacted by, or entrusted to pr[...]shall be prefaced by a statement of its findings in relation to the facts of the case.852 |
 | [...]1301\J'd may require nny applicant for admission, and a practitioner to whom the npplicnnt wos articled[...]il, to nnswcr ln writing, or to attend before it, and answer orally, such que. lions relevant to his np[...]Tho Donrd of Exnmincrs shall have the same powers in relation to witnesses, the production of articles, books, and docun1ei1ts, and the general conduct of any inquiry, as the Statutory Commitfee bas under tbe Legal Practitioners Act 1936-1948; and the provisions of that Act relating to witnesses nnd persons summoned as witnesses, to proceeding in the 11b1cncc of the person whose conduct as being inquired into, and to incriminating answers, hnJI npply murotis mutnndis in rolntion to inquiries by the Board under these Ru[...]of the Board shall have power to administer oaths and affirmations. ( 2) Every summons to a person to appear before the Board shall be in writing signed on behalf of the Board by the Mast[...]time, or at all; or ( b) some short interval in his service under articles, the Board of Examiner[...]An objection shnll ho made by- ( II) filing in the Mnstor's Office n notice of objection; and (b) 6Jing in the Master's Office nn affidavit of the facts, information, or[...]F'orthwith upon such Rling, copies of the notice, and affidavit shall be served on the npplic11nt, nnd[...]. 40. The Board of Examiners shall inquire into and report to the Court upon any objec[...]y made. APPLICATIONS AND APPEALS 41. Applications for admission shall be made only on the first Tuesday in the month of March, and on the first Monday in the months of June, and October, in each year, and on such other days as the Court may specially app[...]ination of the Board, he may appeal to the Court, and such appeal shall be heard by the Court at such t[...]14. ( l) The appeal sbnl! be by notice 0£ motion in 11 summary way. ( 2) The notice of appeal shal[...]lant shall serve tbe notice upon the Law Society, and upon any person affected by the appcnl. 45. ([...]s herein otherwise provided, the Court shall hear and detennine all 11p1>lientions for ndmissio n, and other applications under these Rules, and all appeals, and shnll mnke s11ab orders therein ns it thinks fit.[...]EXEMPTIONS 4.6. The Court, U under special circumstnnces it thinks Gt so to do1 may exe1hpt[...]r £urtlie.r cornplinncc with nn>' of these Rules in a case where It is sntlsR d llmt by rcnson[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF LAWS[...]Faculty of Law may accept as a candidate for the degree of Master of Laws any person who: (a) has become entitled to receive the Honours degree of Bachelor of Laws of the University of Adelaide; ( b) has obtained in another university qualifl.cations which in the opinion of the Faculty of Law are at least equivalent to those of the Honours degree of Bacl1elor of Laws at the Univ rsity[...]be able satisfactorily to undertake work for the degree. ( b) Every person who is accepted as a probatiomu{ candidate for the degree shall within such tim as tbe Faculty shal in his case 0 prescribe or allow pass at Honow·s tandard and at tJ1e fir t attempt such examinations formal or[...]to the approval of the Council the Faculty ma i1 special cases and subject to such conditions as it may e fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate or a a probationary candidat for the degree a p rson who does not hold a university degree, if it is satisfied that he i likely to be able satisfactorily to undertak work for the degree of Master of Law . 4. To obtain the degree a candidate shall demonstrate in a thesis on a subject approv d by the Faculty his[...]out indepen- dent research, to marshal logically and appropriately, and to analyse and assess, the material produced by that research, and to express clearly and effectively the conclu ions to be drawn fr[...] |
 | [...]time the thesis of a full-time candidate for the degree shall be submitted within two calendar years, and the thesis of a part- time or external candidate[...]f the subject of his research, unless the Faculty in special circumstances determines that it shall commence o[...]mic Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accor- dance with directions given to candidates[...]thesis. The examiners shall report to the Faculty and may recommend ( i) that the degree be awarded; or (ii) that the thesis be returned to the candidate for revision and resubmission; or (iii) that the degree be not awarded. 9. If a thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Laws or D octor of Philosophy be con[...]idate submitting that thesis for the award of the degree the Faculty may if in its opinion the thesis submitted is of a standard[...]th the relevant requirements for the award of the degree of .r..itaster of Law recommend that the latter degree be awarded. 10. Tl1e fee to be paid by candidat[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. 0[...] |
 | [...]REG ULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF LAWS[...]. A Bachelor or Master of Laws may proceed to the degree of Doctor of Laws by complying with the following regulations, but sbalJ not be admitted to the degree until the expiration of the fourth academic year from bis admission to the degree of Bachelor of aws or to a degree considered by the Council as equivalent thereto. 2. A candidate for the degree shall: (a) hold or have qualilled for the honours degree of Bachelor of Laws; or (b) hold or have qualified for the degree of Master of Laws; or ( c) have passed an examina[...]Law: provided that the Faculty of Law m~y accept in lieu of the foregoing an equivalent quali.fication obtained in any other university recognised by the University f Adelaide. 3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall present a thesis on a subject of law proposed by him and approved by the Faculty of Law which (a) contains a substantial contribution to some branch of I gal knowledge; (b) exhibits powers of original research and scholarship; and ( c) whether or not previously published in full or in part shall in the opinion of the examiners merit publication as[...]ofot work, or a thesis pre' iously accepted for a degree in this or in any other wtlversity, will not be accepted alone for the degree. 4. Every candidate m y al o present in upport of his candidatur oth r published books, m[...]nt to which he was responsible for the initiation and prepara- tion of such publications. 5. The can[...]emic R egistrar three copies of the work prepared in accordance with the direction given in sup-paragraph ( b) of clause 2B of Chapter XXV of the StatLites. If the work is accepted for the degree the Academic Registrar will transmH two of[...] |
 | [...]nal to the University; but exceptions may be made in special cases recommended by the Faculty and approved by the Council. 7. The examiners may,[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners may, on the recommendation of the Faculty of Law, be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Laws. 9. The fees to be paid by c[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar.[...] |
 | [...]MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES AND DIPLOMA Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences (B.Sc.) Regulations and Schedules 860 Syllab[...]870 Mathematical Physics - 874 1fathematics (Pure and Applied) - 876 Statistics 890 Diploma in Computing Science (Dip.Comp.Sc.) Regulations and Schedules 893 Sylla[...]895 Master of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences (M.Sc.)[...]897 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See "Board of Research Studies"[...]1104 Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences ( D.[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES[...]REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences. A candidate may obtain either degree or both. 2. The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend over three years of full-time study or the equivalent and that for the Honours degree over one additional year. 3. (a) In these regulations and in schedules made under them by the Council the foll[...]dy at the University normally completed in one academic year. "Unit" means a course of[...]n a prescribed topic normally completed in one academic term. (b ) The Council, after r[...]e prescribe schedules defining (i ) th e subjects and units of study for the degree, (ii) th range of subjects and units to be satisfactorily completed a nd the examinations to be passed by candidates, and (iii ) the fees to be paid by cand idates. ( c[...]uncil may fix. ( d) The syllabuses of subjects and units shall be specified by the Head of the Department concerned and submitted to the Faculty and Council for approval. ( e) Schedules made and syllabuses approved by the Council shall be published in the next edition of the University Calendar. 860 |
 | [...]y, a candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject or unit, for which he has not satisfactorily completed the pre-requisite studies as prescribed in the syllabus for that subject or unit. ( b) Ex[...]date takes a subject or unit will be granted only in special cases and on grounds approved by the Faculty. 5. (a) Examinations in any subject or unit shall be held in accor- dance with the provision of the relevant s[...]. ( b) A candidate shall enter for examination in a subject on a form and by a date pre cribcd by the Council, but shall no[...]sfaction of the teaching staff concerned. ( c) In determining a candidate's final results in a subject (or unit) the examiners may take into account the candidate's written or prac- tical work and his results at any examinations in it. ( d) A candidate will be permitted to take a supplementary exam- ination only in circumstances approved by the Faculty. 6. The names of the candidates who pass in any ubject for the Ordinary degree shall be published in three classiBcattons: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit, Pa s. The names of candidates in each of the clas ifications shall be published h1[...]s. If the list of candidates who pas be publi bed in two divisions, a pass in the higher division may be prescribed in the approp1iate syllabuses as pre-requisite for a[...]lation 7. 7. (a) A candidate who foils to pass in a subject (or unit) or who obtains a lower division pass and who desir s to take the subject or unit again sha[...]f Department concerned, do written or otb.er work in that subject or unit to the satisfaction of the t[...]wice failed to obtain a Division I pass or higher in the examination in any subject shall not emol for the subject again except by permission of the Faculty and under such conditions as the Faculty may presmibe[...]o sit for or absents himself from the examination in any subject after having attended substantially the full cow·se of instruction in it, shall be deemed to have failed to pass the ex[...]hat higher division pass is a pre-requisite, save in exceptional circumstances and with the per- mission of the Faculty.[...] |
 | [...]NS 8. (a) A candidate who has passed subjects in othe1· facultie or universities or elsewhere, ma[...]be granted such exemption from these regulations and from schedules made under them as the Council on[...]on f the Faculty may determine. ( b) A graduate in another faculty, who wishes to proceed to the degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Science and to count towards that degree subjects which he has already presented for another degree may do so, subject to the following conditions:[...]of the relevant schedule made under regulation 3, and (ii) he shall present two third-year subjects not presented for any other degree. 9. (a) A candidate desiring to enter for an h[...]ncerned. The £nal examination may not, except by special permission of the Faculty, be taken until fom yea[...]) T11e work of the Honours year must be completed in one year of full-time study, save that on th reco[...]mes of the candidates who qualify for the Honours degree shall be published in alphabetical order within the following classes and divisions in each subject: First Class Second Clas[...]is w1able to complete the course for the Honotu-s degree within the time allowed, or whose work is unsatis[...], which may permit him to re-enrol for the Honour degree under such conditions (if any) as it may determin[...]ay not enrol a second time for the Honours course in the same subject if he ( i) has already quali£ed for Honour in ·t hat subject; or (ii) has presented himself for examination in that subject but has failed to obtain Hono[...] |
 | [...]10. A graduate who has obtained the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts may not proceed to the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in the same subject. 11. A graduate who h as obtained the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts and has fulfllled the requirements of clause 9 for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences shall be awarded the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts. 12. Applications for appr[...]es 4(a), 4(b), 7(a), 7(b) or 8 shall be submitted in writing to the Academic Registrar.[...]ation 3. ) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for U1e degree of B.Sc. in U1e Faculty of Mathematical Sciences are published below, immediately after Ute regulations and schedules of the degtee. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of[...]aphy I English I French I and IA German I and IA Greek I History IA, IB and IC Latin I Music I and IA Politics I Psyc[...] |
 | [...]Intxoductory Philosophy IH Logic and Argument Ill Human Geography IH[...]gy IH 0 0 Geology IH Gen tics and Human Variation IH 2. (a) Second-year sub;ects[...]matical Sciences: Applied Mathematics IIA and IIB Mathematical Statistics II Pu[...]ies II English II French II and IIA Geography IIA and IIB German II, IIA and IIB Greek II 0 With permission o[...]may be counted as a Mathematical Sciences subject in place of Mathematics I for the pmpose of Schedule II. 00 General Geology IH and Physical Geology lH will be available in 1974 only to students who have already pnssed one of these half-subjects and who wish to enrol in the other to complete the requirements for[...] |
 | [...]Linguistics II Music II Old and Middle English II Philosophy II Politics IIA and IIB Psychology II Economics:[...]II Organic Chemistry II Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II Physics II[...]al Sciences: Applied t-.fathematics III and IIIA Computing Science III and IIIA Mathematical Physics III Mathematical Statistics III Pure Mathematics III and IIIA Arts: Australian Literary Stu[...]gy III English III French III and IIIA Geography IIIA and IIIB German III and IIIB Greek III History IIIA, IIIB and IIIC Latin III Music III Old and Middle English III Philosophy IIIA and IIIB Politics IIIA and IIIB Psychology III[...] |
 | [...]Economics: International Economics IIIH and two half-subjects from the following li[...]onomic Thought IIIH Information Systems and Data Processing IIIH Macroeconomics III[...]plied Mathematics IIIM Biochemistry III and IIIM Botany III and IIIM Computing Science IIIM G[...]Geochemistry III Geology III and IIIM Geophysics III Histology and Cell Biology III Microbiology III Organic Chemistry III and IIIM Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IIIB and IIIM Physics III and IIIM Physiology III, IIIA, IIIB and IIIM Pure Mathematics IIIM Zoology III and IIIM "Microeconomics IIIH will be offered for the first time iD 1975 and may not be presented by a candidate who passed Economics II in 1973 or earlier. SCHEDULE II: THE ORDINARY DEGREE 1. Subjects: Throughout this Schedule the word "subject" denotes a subject listed in Schedule I. 2. Equivalence of first-year h[...] |
 | [...]eral requirement: To q ualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall present uine subjects, includin[...]may be counted a a Mathematical Sciences subject in pl ace of _ fathematics I fol' the purpose of thi[...]shall be either 4 first-year, 3 second-year, and 2 third-year subjects; or 5 first-year, 2 second-year, and 2 third-year subjects. Permission of the Facul[...]third-year unit or half-subject may be presented in more than one subject for the degree. ( b) The following combinations of subjects may not be presented for the degree. ( i) Biology I and any one of Botany I, Zoology I, General[...]IH or Plant Biology IH; (ii) Chemistry II and either Physical and Inorganic Chemis- try II or Organic Chemistry II; (iii) Ancient History and either Greek II or Latin II or Latin III; (iv) Classical Studies I and either Greek II or Greek III; ( v) Social Economics I and any one of Economics I, Macro- economics IH and Microeconomics IH; (vi) Economic Geography I and one of Geography I, Physical Geography IH or Human Geography IH; (vii) German I and German IA; (viii) German II and German IIA; (ix) Mathematics I and Mathematics IM; ( x) Applied Mathematics IIA and either Applied Mathematics IIB or Applied Mathematics II; (xi) Computing IH and Applied Mathematics IIB; (xii) Economics II and either Macroeconomics IIH or Micro- economics IIH; (xiii) Geology I and any one of Geology IH, General Geology IH and Physical Geology IH; (xiv) Geology IH and either General Geology IH or Physical Geology IH; (xv) Music I and Music IA.[...] |
 | [...]ULES 7. Examinations: (a) Final examinations in any subject or unit shall be held in the examination period defined by the Cou[...]e completion of the course of instruction in that subject or unit. ( b) An examination whic[...]vided that such examinations are not held in the vacation and that attendance at such examinations is not compulsory. 8. When, in the opinion of the Faculty, special circumstances exist, the Council, on the recommendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary any of the provisions of clauses 1-7 above. 9. The names of the candidates who pass in any subject shall be published in an official list and be arranged in alphabetical order in the classifications: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit and Pass. SCHEDULE III: THE HONOURS DEGREE 1. A candidate may, subject to approval by the Head of the Depart- ment concerned, proceed to the Honours degree in one of the following subjects: Applied[...]Statistics. 2. A candidate for th ·' Honour degree in any subject shall not begin Honours work in that subject until h e bas qualifi d for th . Ord[...]elor of Arts or Bachelor of Science or such other degree as may be acceptable to the Faculty. A c ndidat w[...]must comp] te his guaJifications for th Ordinary degree bef01·e b ginning the work of the cond ·ear of his Honours comse. · 3. When, in the opinion of the Faculty, special circumstances exist. the Council, on the recommendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary the provisions of clauses 1 and 2 above. 868 |
 | [...]AL SCIENCES OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]subject, as follows: Applied Mathematics - - - N Pure Mathematics - - - M Computing Science - - A Statistics - - - - T Mathematical Physics - - - F The first digit- 0-6: Indicates that the subject is in sequence with another subject. 7-9: Indicates that the subject is not in sequence with another subject. 8: Indicates a third-year subject taken in more than one department. The second digit- ![...]of subject, e.g. first, second or third. ( 5--6: Not used.) 8: Indicates subject taken[...]he Honours year. The letter H used in place of the second digit indicates a half-subject two of which count towards the degree as a whole subject. NOTE: Some subjects for tl1e degree of B.Sc. in the Facu.lty of ~fathematical Sciences are taught by de_part:meuts of other faculties. In the syllabus numbers of those subjects the two digits do not necessarily bnve the significance shown in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences table[...] |
 | [...]COMPUTING SCIENCE. Course in Computer Programming. ' he D epartment of Computing Science will conduct a credit course in Fortran programming_ for students of Architectural Design and Prnclice. The course will b conducted during second terrn and involve two hour p r week , t a lime to be arrang[...]rst-year half-subject, consisting of two lectures and one tutorial per week throughout the year. A background in algebra, such a may be obtained from the fatricu[...]er programming. Syllabus: Algorithmic processes and languages (Fortran in 1974). Computer organisation and coding. Data structures and their ma11ipulation. Reference books:[...]r, F., CompuUng: an introduction (Harcourt, Brace and World). McCracken, D. D., A guide to Fort[...]r, T. M., Introduction to computer science (Allyn and Bacon). Walker, T. M., and Cotterman, W. W., An introduction to computer science and algorithmic processes (Allyn and Bacon). THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN COMPUTING SCIENCE Pre-requisites for QA03 Computing Science III, QA13 Computing Science IIIA and QA83 Computing Science IIIM. ( i) FortTan Prog[...]mputing Science 111, QA13 Computing Science IIIA, and QA83 Computing Science llIM or certain u11it ther[...]al programming experience such as may be obtained in the subjects QA7H Computing IH, a second-year App[...]or QT02 1atliemnticnl Statistics IT. Students in doubt should consult the Department. (ii) Matl[...]!eve.I or higher. For ·tu<lents wishing to major in Computing Science the recommended course is: F[...]QA03 Computing Science III, plus one subject. In 1975: (a) QA7H Computing IH and one second-year Mathematical Sciences[...]tics II, or (d) QM22 Mathematics IIM taken in 1974 will be formal pre-requisites for QA03 Computing Science III and most individual uni ts thereof. In 1976 and thereafter QA 7H Computing IH and Q 02 Applied Mathematics IIA will be formal pre-requisites for OA03 Computing cicnce Ill and certain units thereof and QA 7H Computing 1H will be the formal pre-requisite for QA13 Computing Science IIIA and QA83 Comp11ti11g Selene Ill1'1. 870 |
 | [...]six third-year units A301, A302, A303, A304, A305 and A306 offered by the Department of Computing Scien[...]ts of six third-year units offered by Departments in the Facultx of Mathematical Sciences and selected with the approval of the Heads of all De[...]rom units offered by other Depart- ments in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences.[...]st of six third-year units offered by Departments in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and the Faculty of Science and selected with the approval of the Heads of all De[...]cted from units offered by Departments in the Faculty of Science. (For the purpose of this subject, a double unit in the Faculty of Science is regarded as two single[...]f about 27 lectures, tutorials, written exercises and, in most units, practical programming exercises. The lecture times for the units are shown in parentheses.A301. CoMPUTER SYSTEMS (First term:[...]. The major parts of a computer will be described in terms of their functions. foclud ed in the course will be topics sucl1 as code structure[...]ng digital computers (Wiley). Maley, G. A., and Earle, J., The logic design of transistor digital[...]. Tl1e pre-requisite for this subject is a pass in at least one second-year mathe- matics or statist[...]numerical solution of systems of linear quations and the computation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors.[...] |
 | [...]E Reference books: Isaacson, E., and Keller, H. B., Analysis of numerical methods (Wiley). Ralston, A., A first course in numerical analysis (McGraw-Hill). Wilkinson, J. H., Rounding errors in algebraic processes (Prentice-Hall). Wil[...]The pre-requisite is a Division I pass or higher in a first-year mathematics subject other than QA7H.[...]. Statistics IH. An introduction to programming in an assembly language. Description of simple assemblers, loaders and interpreters. Students are required to complete s[...]ference books: Barron, D. W., Assemblers and loaders (Macdonald). Grishman, R., Assem[...]tran programming will be assumed. Pre-requisite in mathematics is a Division I pass or higher in a first-year mathematics subject other than QA7H[...]7H Statistics IH. Structured Programming, Algol and other programming languages. Reference books: Dahl, 0. J., and others, Structured programming (Academic Press).[...]amming languages (Macdonald). Baumann, R., and others, Introduction to Algol (Prentice-Hall) . Sammet, J., Programming languages: history and fundamentals (Prentice- Hall). Sh[...]ran programming will be assumed. Pre-requisite in mathematics is a Division I pass or higher in a first-year mathematics subject other than QA7H[...]yntax analysis, string languages, strings, Snobol and other programming languages. Reference book[...]s (Wiley). Griswold, R. E., Poage, J. F., and Polansky, J. P., The Snobol-4 program-[...]ran programming will be assumed. Pre-requisite in mathematics is a Division I pass or higher in a first-year mathematics subject other than QA7H[...]ng, file structures, access methods, organisation and management of files on direct access devices, trees- digraphs-networks-list structures: applications and methods of representation, algebra of stri[...] |
 | [...]. Berztiss, A. T., Data structures: theory and practice (Academic Press). Iverson, K. E.,[...]ng language (Wiley). HONOURS DEGREE OF B.A. OR B.Sc. QA99. Computing Science for the Honours degree of B.A. or B.Sc. In general, only students who have reach · d a safofactory standard in QA03 Computing Science 111 or QA13 Computing Science ill \ or QA83 Computing Science IIIM, and one other third-year subject o!Tered by the Depar[...]TJle course wilJ be detenninc<l from y r to year and will consist i>a:rtly of leclur s given in the Deparlment of Computing Science, and partly of 1 ctures given i11 other departments of[...]ges, theory of languages, omputer architecturn. A special course is available for students taking Honours .omputing Science as a preparation for teaching com).>uting in secondary schools or fo1· students who may " 'J ·h to take a higher degree iu Compuling Science as a qualiflcalion for teaching in a College of Advallced Education. A comprehensive[...]nce not later Lhan the end of the preceding year, and be prepared lo commence work on a ·uitable p roject in Lhe first w eek of Febn1ary.[...] |
 | [...]pre-requisites for QF13 Mathematical Physics III and QF03 Theoretical Physics are passes at Division I or higher standard in SP02 Physics II and QM02 Pure Mathematics II or QN02 Applied Mathemat[...]ts, most of which consist of two lectures a week, and a tutorial, for one te.rm:F301. MATHEMATICAL METHODS: First Term. Vector and Tensor Analysis. Theory and applications of distributions. F302. ADVANCED DYNAMICS: First Term. Lagrange's and Hamilton's equations of motion, electrodynamics, and charged particle motions. F303. QUANTUM MECHANIC[...]iples, with emphasis on the use of Hilbert space, and some elementary applications are included. F304.[...]entz transformations. Minkowski space, kinematics and dynamics of point particles, electromagnetism. F[...]mmended to students wishing to proceed to honours in Mathematical Physics. It includes more advanced applications, and is a con- tinuation of F303, a knowledge of which[...]. Macroscopic conservation laws, thermodynamics and irreversible processes. Magnetohydrodynamics. F3[...]HYSICS: Third Term. Stellar models: hydrostatic and radiative equilibrium, polytropic gas spheres. Th[...]Physics III. This is a group C Science subject and may be taken only with SP03 Physics 111 or SP83 Physics llIM or SC13 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IIIB or SC83 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IIIM. It consists of at least[...]l normally include at least four of the units F301-3 and F305-7 and the unit Complex Functions in QM03 Pure Mathematics Ill. (Unit F304 forms part[...]l nom1ally include at least five of the units F301-7. The unit Analysis II in Pure }.I, tliematics hould be included by[...] |
 | [...]QF99. Mathematical Physics for the Honours degree of B.Sc. tudents who have reached a satisfactory standard in at le t four c>f the ,third-year units F301-7, nnd other third-year Science or Malb matical S[...]mechanics, quanta! many body theory, electricity and magnetism, .advanced plasma dynamics, theoretical[...]onours programmes of the Departments of .Physics and r..lathematics. lo aclditio1l students will be r[...]ri.ginal contribu- t ions to, some advanced topic in mathematical physics, to be approved in advance by the Head of the Department. A[...] |
 | [...]IENCES MATHEMATICS - INTRO. NOTES MAT[...]ite subjects for admission to the various courses and units as prescribed in the syllabuses below. 2. The Departments of Pure and Applied Mathematics offer the following courses:[...]) ( Part 9 of Engineering II and ill). Fourth Year: QM99 Honours Pure Mathema[...]jects marked 0 arc lathcmatical Sciences subjects and may count towards the requirements of Section 3 of Schedule II for the Ordinary degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of l\[athcmatical Scieiices. The fourth-year courses are available only in the Faculty of Matl1ematical Sciences. 3. The[...]ed Mathematics II course (given for the last lime in 1973) has been re_placed by two alternative co11r[...]ied Mathcmati~ llA (to be given for the fust time in 1974) and QN12 Applied Mathematic' Ill (given for the firs[...]t Q 12 Applie~ Mathem~lics IIB includes .1~ tmit _in comp.uter prograi:i:ming m place of numencal anal[...]of programming. Students without such a knowledge and all Engilleering students must do QN12 Applied Ma[...]rse), QM22 Mathematics TIM may be presented for a degree; neither may the com- bination Q 12 Applied Mathematics IIB and QATH Computing IH or, after 1974, tho combination Q •122 '1alhematics TIM and QA7l:I Computing IR. A pass at Division I or higher standard in e itllt~r QMOl Mathematics I or Ql\111 Mathematic[...]101 Mathematics I provides the bett r backgrounCI and /reparation. The second-year course QM22 Mathemat[...]cs tM. A pass at Division I or higher standard in Q 122 Ap_plied Mathematics IIA or Q 12 Applied Ma[...]ar units, a pass at Division I or higher standard in QM22 Inthematics IIM is an alternative pre-requisite. 4. For students wishing to major in Applied Mathematics the recommended choice of sub[...]llows QA7H Computing IH, for example, to he taken in second year if not taken in first year. 876 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF MATHEMATICS - INTRO. NOTES MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 5. For students wishing to major in Pure Mathematics, the recommended choice of subje[...]subject. 6. For students with special interest in mathematical logic, philosophy courses (with the[...]strongly advised to study some computing science and statistics in addition to mathematics.[...] |
 | [...]IENCES MATHEMATICS - FIRST YEAR FIRST-YEA[...]I. A knowledge of .Matriculation Mathematics I and II will be assumed. The course comprises four lectures and one two-hour tutorial class a week. A pass in it at Division I or higher standard is sufficient[...]s IIB . The syllabus comprises functions of one and two real variables, differentiation and integration, vectors, elementary linear algebra. Text-book: Kaplan, W., and Lewis, D. J., Calculus and linear algebra, combined edition (Wiley[...]al). Reference books: Abrahamson, B., and Gray, M. C., The art of algebra (Rigby). Allendoerfer, C. B., and Oakley, C. 0., Principles of mathematics[...]d, J. W., Algebra (Pitman). Barnes, E. S., and Robson, B. N., Calculus-a first course (including[...]n-Century-Crofts). Thomas, G. B., Calculus and analytic geometry, 2nd or 3rd edition (Addison-Wesley). Tierney, ]. A., Calculus and analytic geometry (Allyn and Bacon). QMll. Math[...]who have studied Matriculation Mathema- tics IS, and a knowledge of this subject will be assumed. (Matriculation Mathematics I and II, or Matriculation Mathematics I if taken befor[...]also provide a suitable background. ) A p ass in it, at Division I level or hig her, is a pre-requisi,te for QM22 ~!athem ati cs IIM, and al o for Q 22 Applied Mathematics IIA or QN12 App[...]QMOl Mathematfos I pro "des the better background and preparation. Exceptionally a student obtaining a pass at Distinction level in QMll Mathematics IM may, with the permission of t[...]matics lI. The course comprises four lectures and one two-hour tutorial class a week. The yllabus comprises differential and integrnl calculus of functions of one or two real va riables; differential equations; vectors and 2 and 3 dimensional coordinate geometry; linear eq uations, matrices and determinants; systems of linear inequalities; alg[...]ms. Reference books: Abrahamson, B., and Gray, M. C., The art of algebra (Rigby). Allendoerfer, C. B., and Oakley, C. 0., Principles of mathematics[...]Schaum's Outline Series). Barnes, E. S., and Robson, B. N., Calculus-a first course, (includin[...]Hilton, P. J., Partial derivatives (Routledge and Kegan Paul) . Munkres, J. R. , Elementary[...]-Century-Crofts). Thomas, G. B., Calculus and analytic geometry, 2nd or 3rd edition[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF MATHEMATICS - FIRST YEAR MATH[...]thema- tics IS. ( r-. latricuJation Mathematics I and II, or Matriculation Mathematics I if taken befor[...]background. ) The course com- pri e two lectures and a one.hour tutorial class a week. The syllabus comprises differential and integral calculus, d ilfercntial equations, vectors and 2 and 3 dimensional coordinate geometry, linear equations, matrices and determinants. Reference books: Abrahamson, B., and Gray, M. C., The art of algebra (Rigby). Allendoerfer, C. B., and Oakley, C. 0., Principles of mathematics[...]Schaum's Outline Series). Barnes, E. S., and Robson, B. N., Calculus-a -first course, including the supplement ( Rigby) . Hille, E., and Salas, S., First year calculus (Ginn/Blaisdell).[...]-Century-Crofts). Thomas, G. B., Calculus and analytic geometry, 2nd or 3rd edition[...] |
 | [...]CIENCES MATHEMATICS - SECOND YEAR SECOND-YE[...]student, who obtains a pass at Distinction level in QMll . (athematics IM, may, with the permission of the Head of the Department of Pure Mathematics, enrol in QM02 Pure Mathematics II. The course comprises four lectures and one tutorial class a week. The syllabus comprises elementary theory of real and com_plex functions; convergence of real and complex sequences, power series; linear algebra, matrices and determinants; elementary modem algebra; calculus[...]ks: Curtis, C. W., Linear algebra (Allyn and Bacon). Phillips, E. G., Functions of a complex variable (Oliver and Boyd). Spivak, M., Calculus (Benjamin).[...]aumont, n. A., Liuear algebra {Harcourt, Brace and World). Burkill, J. C., A first course In mathematical analysis ( C. U.P.). Coutant, R., Differential and integral calculus, vol. I (Blackie). Courant, R., and John, F., Introduction to calculus and analysis, vol. 1 ( Interscience). Hyslop, J. M., Infinite series (Oliver and Boyd). Lipschutz, S., Linear algebra ( Sc[...]y, N. H., lntrod11ctio11 to modern algebra (Allyn and Bacon); or McCoy, N. H ., Fundamentals of abstract algebra (Allyn and Bacon). Recommended general reading:[...]students who intend to take a third-year subject in Pure Mathematics, Birkhoff, G.i and Maclane, S., A survey of modern algebra, 3rd edit[...]ndard. Mathematics I provides a better background and preparation than Mathematics IM. It wi ll be a[...]e comprises four lectures ( Ml2, Tul2, Wl2, Thl2) and one tutorial class a week. The syllabus compri[...]Trustrum, K., Linear programming (Routledge and Kegan Paul). 880 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF MATHEMATICS - SECOND YEAR MATHE[...]Feller, W., Introduction to probability theory and its applications, vol. I (Wiley).[...]m ) . The reference books by Feller, Rabenstein and Spiegel will be particularly useful to students w[...]d. QMOl Mathematics I provide a better background and preparation than QMll Mathematics IM. OTE: Thi.'! combination QA7H Coroputing IH and Qi 12 Applied Millhemntics IIB cannot be presented for a degree. The course comprises four lectures ( M9, Tu9,[...]that a course on computer programming is included in place of numerical analysis and the probability units are different. Text-books and Reference books: As for QN22 Applied Math[...]r standard. The course comprises four lectures and one tutorial class a week. The syllabus comprises sequences and series, elementary calculus of one and more variables, power series, linear algebra, elementary modern algebra, differen- tial equations, computing and linear programming. Text-books: Burkill, J. C., A first course in mathematical analysis (C.U.P.). Kreyszig,[...]Beaumont, R. A., Linear algebra (Harcourt, Brace and World). Courant, R., Differential and integral calculus, vol. I (Blackie). McCoy, N. H., Introduction to modern algebra (Allyn and Bacon). Munkres, J. R., Elementary linear[...]Trustrum, K., Linear programming (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Weiss, M. J., and Dubisch, R., Higher algebra for the undergraduate (Wiley). Special note: o lhfr<l-year subject in Pure or Applied Mathematics is available to tuden[...]robability ( 1302), Differential equations ( 306) and Queues ( N309) will be available to students who[...]nits can be combined with units from a department in the Faculty of Science to ni. ke up a thir[...] |
 | [...]NCES PURE MATHEMATICS - THIRD YEAR THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN PURE MATHEMATICS. The Depnrlinenl of Pure !vl[...]of which consi ts of lwo or three lectures n week and one tutorial a fortnight fo r one term . The pre-requisite for Geom lry ( !111307) and Complex Fw1ctions ( 1313) is a p ·, at Di ision I level or higher, in OM02 Pure ~ l athematics II or QM22 i\1(athematic[...]ve gain ed a pass, at Division I level or higher, in ON02 Applied Malhematic II may take Complex Funct[...]level or higher, i n QM02 Pure Ma tliematics II. In addition. as specifi ed below, ome units p re-suppose a knowledge of units offered in preci;:c.ling tern . nits M301 ( Sets and um bers) , M307 (Geometry) , and M313 (Com plex Functions) are particularly recon[...]o wish to 11rol as visiting tu d enl~. M301. SETS AND NUMBERS (First term: Tl2, Thl2). Sets, relations and mappings; the axiom of choice and related topics; cardinal and ordinal numbers ; the construction of the real nu[...]y (Van Nostrand). Sigler, L. E., Exercises in set theory (Van Nostrand). Reference books: Abian, A., The theory of sets and transfinite arithmetic (Saunders) . Bick,[...]act analysis (Addison-Wesley). Rotman, B., and Kneebone, G. T., Theories of sets and transfinite numbers ( Oldbourne). Swierczkowski, S., Sets and numbers (Routledge and Kegan Paul). Vilenkin, N. Ia., Stories abo[...]n1: MIO, TIO, ThlO). An introduction to topology and analysis in n-dimensional Euclidean space. Text-book:[...]itable foundation for further study of the theory and applications of complex analysis at honours level[...]ding conformal mapping, Cauchy's integral theorem and the residue theorem, together with applications.[...]ference books: Carrier, G. F ., Krook, M., and Pearson, C. E., Functions of a complex variable (McGraw-Hill). Levinson, N., and Redheffer, R. M., Complex variables (Holden-Day) . Nevanlinna, R., and Paatero, V., Introduction to complex analysis (Addison- Wesley ). Rudin, W., Real and complex analysis (McGraw-Hill). (This is p[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF PURE :l>IATHEMATICS - THIRD YEAR ;\!ATHEl\IATJC[...]ore infom1al treatment of the most basic material in Analysis II (M303 above), with more emphasis on t[...]Complex functions, including contour integration and conformal mapping, together with applications. Text-book: Carrier, G. F., Krook, M., and Pearson, C. E., Functions of a complex[...]e of which will be assumed; the Lebesgue integral and its applications. A knowledge of some topics from Sets and Numbers ( M301) will also be assumed. Text-books and reference books: As for Analysis I ( M302).1130[...]l2, Tl2, Thl2). A basic course on groups, rings and ideals, integral domains, fields. A knowledge of Sets and Numbers ( M301) will be assumed. Reference books: 0 Birkhoff, G., and MacLane, S., A survey of modern algebra, 3rd edit[...]y, N. H., Fundamentals of abstract algebra (Allyn and Bacon). Herstein, I. N., Topics in algebra ( Blaidsdell). Dean, R. A., Elem[...](Wiley). Fraleigh, J.B., A -first course in abstract algebra (Addison-Wesley). 0 A st[...]EBRA II (Third term: Wl2, Fl2). Further topics in algebra, including Sylow theory and modules over a principal ideal domain. Students intending to enrol in QM99 Honours Pure Mathematics IV are strongly adv[...]d this unit, a knowledge of which will be assumed in all honours courses in algebra. Text-book: Hartley, B., and Hawkes, T. 0., Rings, modules and linear algebra (Chapman and Hall). Reference books: Ames, D. B.,[...]y, N. H., Fundamentals of abstract algebra (Allyn and Bacon). M307. GEo.METRY (Third term: Tl2, Thl2). Selected topics from: properties and interrelations of the various geometries; the axiomatic and transformation approaches; projective, affine, Euclidean and hyperbolic geometries. Reference books. 0 Eves, H., A survey of geometry (Allyn and Bacon). °Coxeter, H. S. M., An intrnductio[...]ry (Pergamon). Ogilvy, C. S., Excw·sions in geometry (Oxford). Pedoe, D., A course in geometry for schools and universities (Cambridge U .P.).[...] |
 | [...]CIENCES PURE MATHEMATICS - THIRD YEAR M309. TOPOLOGY (Second term: Wl2, Fl2). (Students intending to nrol in QM99 Honours Pure Mathematics IV are strong!>..'[...]d this unit, a knowledge of which will be assumed in some Honours courses in Analysis.) Topological spaces and metric spaces; continuous functions and mappings; function spaces. Applications of topolo[...]Simmons, G. F., Introduction to topology and modern analysis (McGraw- Hill). Hocking, J. G., and Young, G. S., Topology (Addison-Wesley).[...]3. Pure Mathematics III. Pre-requisite: a pass in QM02 Pure Mathematics II at Division I or higher[...]ematics· the course consists of units M301 (Sets and umbers), 1'302 (Analysi I ), M304 (Analysis lll), M305 (Algebra 1), M307 (Geometry) and either 1'.1303 (Analysis II) or M313 (Complex Fun[...]n of Lhe Head of the Departme11t, a s.t udeat may in exceptional circumstances be permitted to substitute another unit given in the Department for one of the units normally requ[...]the D epartment about their third-year programme, and should note the normal pre-requisites listed in the calendar nti:y for QM99 Houours Pure ?vlat11en1atics lV. They are in nDy case reqtti:rcd to offer M303 (Analysis II) for examination and advised to attend M306 (Algebra II) and M309 (Topology); a knowl eclg~ of .1306 and M309 will be assumed in some compul~ory course in Algebra and Analy i · in QM99 Honours Pure Mathematics IV.[...]ure l\latheinatics IIIA. Pre-requisite: a pass in QM02 Pure Mathematics II at Division I or higher[...]ts of six third-year units offered by Departments in the Faculty of Mat11cmatical Sciences and selected with the approval of the Heads of all D[...]units offered by other Depart- ments in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences; (iii) the units M301 (Sets and Numbers), M302 (Analysis I), and M305 (Algebra I) must all be included[...]. Pure Mathematics IIIM. Pre-requisite: a pass in QM02 Pure Mathematics II at Division I or higher[...]ts of six third-year units offered by Departments in the Faculty of ~fath cm atical Sciences and the Faculty of Science and selected with the approval of t11e Heads of nil D[...]ted from units offered by Departments in the Faculty of Science; (iii) the units M301 (Sets and Numbers), M302 (Analysis I), and M305 (Algebra I) must all be included. (For the purpose of this subject, a double unit in the Faculty of Science is regarded as two[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF APPLIED MATHEMATICS - TIIlRD YEAR MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES TIIlRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS. The Department of Applied[...], each of which consists of three lectures a week and one tutorial a fortnight for one term. The pre-re[...]lathematics IIB at Division I or higher standard. In addition, as pecified b elow, some units pre-suppose a knowledge of units offered in preceding terms. N301. ELASTICITY (First term: M[...]d. A knowledge of applied probability as given in the Applied Probability Unit in ON02 Applied Mathematics II or QN12 Applied Mathematics IIB or QM22 Mathematics IIM in 1973 will be assumed. Processes defined on a probability space; Markov chains, Kolmogorov differen- tial and difference equations. Generating function methods[...]to branching processes, queuing system, genetics and epidemics. Reference books: Karlin, S., A first course in Stochastic processes (Academic Press). Feller, W., An introduction to probability theory and its applications, vol. 1 (Wiley). N30[...]er standard. A knowledge of mechanics as given in the Mechanics Unit in Q 02 Applied Mathematics II or QN12 Applied Mathematics IIB in 1973 will be assumed. Euler equation, Lagrange multipliers. Constrained and unconstrained optimiim- tion problems. Applicatio[...]er standard. A knowledge of mechanics as given in the Iechanics Unit in QN02 Applied Mathematics II or Q 12 Applied Malhcmntics IIB in 1973 will be assumed. Classical h>'<lrodynamic[...]: Rutherford, D. E., Fluid dynamics (Oliver and Boyd). Chorlton, F., Textbook of flu[...] |
 | [...]NCES APPLIED MATHEMATICS - THIRD YEAR N305. MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING (Seco[...]ard. A knowledge of linear programming as given in the Linear Programming Unit in ON02 Applied Mathematics II or QN12 Applied Mathematics IIB in 1973 will oe assumed. A selection of topics fr[...]heory, quadratic programming, integer programmfog and convex programming. Applications of linear and non-linear programming. Reference book: Dantzig, G. B., Linear programming and extensions (Princeton U.P. ). N306. DIFFERENT[...]andard. A · lection of topics from: Existence and uniqueness. Critical points and stability theory. Linear systems analysis, Sturm-[...]theory of ordinary differential equations (Oliver and Boyd). Hildebrand, F. B., Metho[...]Sanchez, D. A., Ordinary differential equations and stability theory (Freeman). St[...]r standard. J\. knowledge of mechanics as given in the Mechanics Unit in QN02 Applied Mathematics II or Q 12 AppUed Mathematics Im in 1973 will be assumed. In addition a knowledge of elementary elasticity and hydrodynamics such as could be gained by attendin[...]inuum mechanics, with applications to the elastic and plastic deformation of solids, and to the mechanics of viscous fluids. Reference books: Fung, Y. C., A first course in continu111n meclwnics (Prentice-Hall). Sc[...]A knowledge of linear programming, such as given in the Linear Program- ming Unit in QN02 Applied Mathematics II or QN12 Applied Mathematics IIB in 1973 will be assumed. A selection of topics from: graph theory and its application to network flows; labelling and cheapest route algorithms; the transportat[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF APPLIED MATHEJ\!ATICS - T HIRD YEAR MATHE;\IATICAL SCIENCES Reference books: Potts, R. B., and Oliver, R. M., Flows in transportation networks (Academic Press). Trustrum, K., Linear programming (Routledge and Kegan Paul). N309. QuEUES (Second term: M2, WlO,[...]rd. A knowledge of N302 is assumed. Definition and examples of queues. Techniques used in solving queueing prob- lems, imbedded chains, Kolmogorov differential equations. Transient and ergodic behaviour of simple queues. Referenc[...]server queue (North Holland). Cox, D. R., and Smith, W. L., Queues (Methuen).[...]C6; two of the three units N304. N305, N309; and two of the three units N303, N307, N308. S[...]cs IV will be encouraged to take additional units and are advised to see the Head of the Department bef[...]ts of six third-year units offered by Departments in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and selected with the approval of the Heads of all D[...]om units offered by other Depart- ments in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences; (iii) not more than two Applied Mathematics units may be selected in any one term. Pre-requisites: See und[...]ts of six third-year units offered by Departments in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and the Faculty of Science and selected with the approval of the Heads of all De[...]ust be selected from units offered by Departments in the Faculty of Science; (iii) not more than two Applied Mathematics units may be selected in any one term. (For the purpose of this subject, a double unit in the Faculty of Science is regarded as two[...] |
 | [...]U RS DEGREES) MATHEMATICS FOR THE HONOURS DEGREE OF B.A. OR B.SC. N.B. Students who are consi[...]QM99. Pure Mathematics for the Honours Degree of B.A. or B.Sc. (Honours[...]the end of the year pree ding th ir nrolment, in order to ensure that they have obtain d the neces[...]tisfactory standard to plan their course of study and discuss their c:hoice of proj ct. All stud nts a[...]Pure Mathematics III, at a satisfactory standard and including Unit M303 (Analysis II)[...]wledge of the material of Units M306 (Algebra II) and M309 (Topology}; and (iii) a third-year subject offered by another Department in the Faculty of Mathematical Scienc[...]artments of the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences, and by the School of Mathematical Sc.iences at The Flinders University of S.A., including some compu1 ory units in Algebra and Analysis; uni.ts offered by other Departments wil[...]ll advi"sc him on his choice of lecture programme and guide him in tbe writing of a project on some topic in mathematics. Work on this project should begin in the Department in the first week of February and should be completed by the end of the third term'[...]e Departments of Applied Mathem!ltics, Statistics and Computing Science, t·h D · partrnent of Pur Mat[...]ended to potential secondary mathematics teachers and to students who wish to take a higher degre in Pure ~Iatb ematics ns a pr pnration for teaching in a College of Ad1·anced Education . Som[...] |
 | [...]QN99. Applied Mathematics for the Honours Degree of B.A. or B.Sc. (Honours Ap[...]andard satisfactory to the Head of the Department in the following, (i) QN03 Applied Mathematic[...]uting Science or Mathematical Physics; (iii) and such additional third-year units as may be requir[...]atistics, Computing Science, Mathematical Physics and by the Sc1100Js of Mathematical and Enrlh Scienc •s at The Flinders University of S[...]l be assigned a supervisor who will advise him on and approve his ch.oice of lecture _programme and guide him in the writing of a project on some topic in Applied Mathematics. PossjbJe topics shouJd be di[...]ing year. Work on the chosen project shouJd begin in the Department in the Erst week of February and hould be completed by the end of the third term's lecture programme. Special Course for Prospective Teachers. Special units are available for stud 11ts taking QN99 Hon[...]tics IV as a preparation for teaching mathematics in a secondary school or who may wish to tak a higher degree in Applied Mathematics as a qualiH ation for teaching in a College of Advanced Education. A compreh nsive[...]dete11nfoed accordjng to hi background of second- and third-year su_bjects, and the normal honours pToject may be replaced[...] |
 | [...]S. Students who Intend to take advanced courses in Statistics are advised to include the following first- and second-year subjects in their course. First Year; Q 101 Mathematics I, QT7H Statistics IH. Second Year: QM02 Pure Mathe- matics II and QT02 Matl1ematical Statistics II. Before enrolling in third-year unit courses, all students must discus[...]ion Mathematics IS or Matriculation Mathematics I and II. This first-year half-subject compr.ises two lech1res and one hour tutoria l per week. The emphasis in this introductory course is on logical aspects of[...]d include description of data, relative frequency and probabilitr, probaliHty calculus, distribution ,[...]n, analysis of variance, Chi- square tests of fit and indep endence, non-parametric method . Text-book: Huntsberger, D. V., and Billingsley, P., Elements of statistical inference, 3rd edition (Allyn and Bacon). Reference books; Acton, F. S.[...]obability theory (Wiley). Snedecor, G. W., and Cochran, W. G., Statistical methods, 6th edition[...]i tics 11. The course compr.ise four lectures and two one-hour tutorials per week. Students who hav[...]tics IH should read through Hunts- berger, D. V., and Billingsley, P ., Element.s of stati.~tical inference, 3rd edition (Allyn and Bacon) before lectures begin; for these students one additional hour per week will be set aside in llrst term for studying this book. Programmin[...]r this subject must take tb e preliminary cou.rse in Fortran progmniming on the CDC 6400 computer, giv[...]nts who have demonstrated beforehand a pro6ciency in Fortran programming on this computer to the satis[...]the Head of Department. Syllabus: Probability and probability distributions as mathematical models[...]ons of the normal binomial, Poisson Chi-square, t and F distributions, simple and multiple regression analysis of variance, experim[...]ave their own copies of: Lindley, D. V., and Miller, J. C. P., The Camb1·idge elementa[...] |
 | [...]R. A., Design af experiments, 8th edition (Oliver and Boyd). Snedecor, G. W., and CocJmm, W. G., Statistical methods, 6th edition ( lowa State College Press). Fisher. R. A., and Yates F., Statistical tables for biologicall.agricultural and medical research, 6th edition, revised and enlarged ( OJiver and Boyd). Acton, F. S., Analysis of straight[...]Bulmer, M. G., Principles of statistics (Oliver and Boyd). QT03. Mathematical[...]er standard. The course comprises five lectures and two tutorial classes per week. Each unit will have two or three lectures and one tutorial p er week for a term. Units:[...]. Third Term: T303 Applied Probability. T306 Special Topics. Any unit in the second and third terms can only be taken after all units in previous terms. Prior to enrolling, all third-y[...]epartment. T301 DISTRIBUTION THEORY. Frequency and distribution functions. Exact sampling distributions and distribu- tions associated with the Normal distri[...]ICAL INFERENCE. Interval estimation, parametric and non-parametric, sufficient statistics, methods of estimation. Likelihood ratio tests and chi-square tests. T303 APPLIED PROBABILITY. De[...], branching processes, the Poisson process, birth and death processes. T304 LINEAR MODELS I. Least sq[...]projections, Gauss Markov theorem, normal theory and maximum likelihood. T305 LINEAR MODELS II. Non[...]ltivariate analysis, discriminate functions. T306 SPECIAL TOPICS. Models in analysis of variance. Advanced experimental design, variance com- ponents and estimation. Sampling surveys. Contingency tables. Text-book: Lindley, D. V., and Miller, J. C. P., The Cam111"ldge elementary stat[...]O.U.P.). Fisher, R. A., Statistical methods and scientific Inference (Oliver and Boyd).[...] |
 | [...]STATISTICS Kendall, M. G., and Stuart, A., The advanced theory of statistlcs, vols. I, II and Ill ( Griffin). Hogg, R. V., and Craig, A. T., Introduction to mathematical rtatis[...]Fisher, R. A., Th e design of experiments (Oliver and Doyd) . Schelfe, H., A11alysis of variance (Wiley). Rno, C. R., Linear, statistical inference and its applications (Wiley). WiJJiams, E. J.,[...]atistics (Wiley). Bliss, C. I., Statistics in biology, vols. I and Il (McGraw-Hill). Fisher, R. A., Statistical methods fo r research workers ( Oliver and Boyd). Draper, . It, and Smith, H., Armlied regression analysis (Wiley ).[...]an). QT99. Statistics for the Honours Degree of B.A. or B.Sc. (Hon[...]thematics III, QT03 Mathematical Statis- tics III and other prescribed courses at a standard satisfacto[...]he course will be deten11ined from year to yea r, and wilJ comp rise topics selected from the following[...]ltivariate anal ysis, measure theory, probability and stochastic processes, statistical programming, li[...]tion of other topics from Honours Mathematic.q IV and other subjects. Students are required to write n detailed report on an assigned topic in Statistics under the sup rvision of n member of t[...]f the preceding year. Work on this project begins in the Department in the first week of February and must be complel d by the e11d of lectures. 892 |
 | [...]OF THE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTING SCIENCE REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a postgraduate Diploma in Computing Science. 0 0 2. Except as provided for in regulations 2A and 3 a candidate for admission to the course for the diploma shall have been admitted to a degree of the University or to a degree of another university accepted for the purpose by[...]t to the approval of the Council the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (.ii any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, ace pt as a candidate for the diploma a person who does not hold a degree of a university but has given evidence satisfacto[...]ork for the diploma. 0 3. A candidate who in the year immediately preceding the year in which he wishes to be admitted to the course for the diploma failed or is required to pass in only one subject necessary for the completion of his course for an Ordinary degree of the University may, with per- mission of the F[...]ces, be admitted to the course for the diploma if in the same year he enrols for a subject necessary to complete his qualifications for the degree. The diploma will not be granted until the candidate has qualified for the degree. 4. To qua}jfy for the diploma a candidate shal[...]y to be undertaken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be prescribed in schedules approved by the Council. Such schedules[...]or such other date as the Council shall determine and shall be published in the neKt: Uuiversity Calendar which i issu[...] |
 | [...]SCIENCES REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES 0 6. A candidat who desires that the examinations "'hich he has passed in the University or elsewhere should be counted for the Diploma in Computing Science may on written application be g[...]lassifications of pass at an annual examina- tion in any subject for the diploma: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit, and Pass. Th names of the candidates in each classification shall be arranged in alphabetical order. 8. (a) A candidate who fails to pass in a subject and desires to take the subject again shall again attend lectures and satisfactorily do such written and practical work as the professor or lecturer conce[...]date wbo has twice failed to pass the examination in any subject or division of a subject may not enrol for that subject again except by special permission to be obtained in ...vriting from the Academic Registrar and th en only under such conditions as may be prescr[...]ted) after having enrolled for at least two terms in that year, shall be deemed to have failed to pass[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall be awarded the Diploma in Computing Science. 0[...]) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the Diploma in Computing Science are published below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the diploma. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of[...]rials, do such written work as may be prescribed, and pass examinations in the following subjects: Numerical Analysis, Computer Systems and Programming, Data Structure and Data l.lanagement. 2. A candidate shall also satisfactorily undertake and complete a course of practical work. 894 |
 | [...]OF THE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTING SCIENCE SYLL[...]department concerned deh1il · of t11 examination in that subject including the relative weigl1ts give[...]ject: Computing Science: A. The flrst digit- 0-3: Identifles each of the subjects for the diploma[...]4: Indicates that it is a subject for the Diploma in Computing Science.[...] |
 | [...]COMPUTING SCIENCE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTING SCIENCE The Department offe1'S a postgraduate Diploma in Computing Science which may be taken in one year of full-time study or lwo years of part-[...]The course is not designed to cater for graduates in Computing ciencc but, in special circumstanc • , graduates of sufficient merit m[...]f the Department of Computing Science, preferablr in December of the yea,. before they enrol , for details of the units they wil be requ ired to take and they must be ready to start work on a suitable project in the llrst we k of February. The units wiJJ be selected from third- and fourtl1-year units offered hy the Department of Com- puting Scfcnce and certain other departments and will be chosen according to tl1e background and interests of the particular student. Pre-requi[...]ad progrnmming experience such as may be obtained in QA7H Comfuting IH, a second-year Applied Mathematics subject or QT02 Mailicmatica Statisti II and tJ1ose without consid rable programming experience nre advised to take the Diploma over two years and to enrol for QA7H Computing IH in their first year. (ii) Mathematics: Students w[...]e ·econd-year mathen atics or statistics subject and in addition, some of the Diploma units offered require a pass in a third-year mathematics unit. However graduates[...]background are invited to apply to the Department and may be able to enrol for the Diploma.[...]deals with the analysis of numerical methods used in ilie solution of scientific problems and caters for computer solution of problems in ilie Operations Research and other fields. QAI4. Computer Systems and Programming. This subject is concerned with design of computer systems and advanced programming. QA24. Data Structures and Data Management, This subject describes the typ[...]s available for specification of complex problems and computing methods for handling these structures.[...]e rnquired to carry out a major practical project in Computing Science which will involve exten[...] |
 | [...]L SCIENCES OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES[...]e following persons may become candidates for the degree of ,J,ster of Sci nee in the Faculty of lathematlcal Scienc s: (a) Bachelo[...]to the approval of the Cotmcil, the Faculty may, in special c.:'l s and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may ec fit to impo e in each c.:'lse, accept as a candidate for the degree a person who does not hold a degree of a university, but has given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of his fitness to undertake work for the degree. Uni · · the candidate has obtained the Honours degree of Bachelor of Sci nee in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences he shall, before submitting his thesis as provid d for in regulation 4, pass such quali- fying xamination as the Faculty may in the circwnstances deem proper. 2. Subject to condition to be determined in each case a graduate of a univei·sity recognised[...]s qnivalent to one of the qualiflcations requir d in regulation l, may be allowed by tJ1e Council to proceed to the degree i.n compliance with these r ulation . Every such[...]ide. 0 3. A candidate who holds the Honours degree or its equivalent in a university recognised by the University of Adelaide may proceed to the degree of Master of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences at th[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS to the Honours degree of Bachelor; no other candidate shall proceed to the degree before the expiration of two years from the begin[...]ate shall submit a th is upon an npproved subject and shall , dduce sufficient evidence that the th i i[...]ate may also ubmit other conh·ibutio11s to matl1 - matical sci uces in support of his candidature. 5. Every candidate[...]tbJ·ec terms' notic of his intended candidature, and shall indicate th rewith in general tem1s ti subject of the r search wo.rk or[...], may appoint a up -rvisor to gttid the candidate in his work. The candidate shall submit his fuesi not earlier than three term and, except by sp cial permission of th Faculty, not[...]int a Board of Examiners to report upon the thesi and any supporting papers that the candidate may subm[...]may require any candidate to pass an xamination in the branch of science to which hi original research or in ·estigation is cognate. 7. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Fhilosophy whose work i considered b[...]not to be of sufficient merit to quaJify for the degree of Doctor but of sufficient merit for the degree of Master may he admitted to the degree of M ter provided that he is qualified to b come a candidate for the degree. 8. On completion of his work a candidate shall[...]mic Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]idate who complies with t11e foregoing conditions and satisfies the Board of Examiners shalJ 011 th e r[...]culty of Mathematical Sciences be admitted to the degree of Master of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences. 10. The f[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar.[...] |
 | [...]TICAL SCIENCES OF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES[...]these regulations a person who has been admitted in the University of Adelaide to an Honours degree of Bachelor of Science or a degree of Master of Science, Arts or Economics, or to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in a field of study approved by the Faculty of r fathematical Sciences, may proceed to the degree of Doctor of Science, in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences. ( b) On[...]or the degr e a person who bas been admitted to a degree in the University of Adelaide other than one named in section (a) of this regulation or who is a gradua[...]ca- tion recognised by the University of Adelaide and bas a sub tantial association with the University; prnvided that in each case the gra- duate concerned has, in the opinion of the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences, had an adequate training in the mathematical sciences. ( c) No person shall be accepted as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences before the e[...]person who desires to become a candidate for the degree shall give notice of his intended candidatu1·e in writing to th Academic Registrar and with such notice shall furnish pruticulars of his achievements in the mathematical sciences and of the work which be proposes to submit for the degree. ( b) The Faculty of Mathematical Sciences sha[...]com- mittee to examine the information submitted and to advise the Faculty on whether the Faculty should-( i) allow the applicant to proceed, and approve the ubject or subjects of the work to be[...](ii) advise the applicant not to submit his work: and the Facttlty's deci ion shall be conveyed to the applicant. ( c) If it accepts the candidature and approves the subject or sub- jects of the[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS 3. (a) To qualify for the degree the candidate shall fmnish satis- factory evidenc[...]h the Faculty is directly concerned. ( b) The degree shall be awarded primarily on a consideration of[...]submit for examina- tion. ( c) The candidate in submitting his publisl1ed works shall state generally in a pr face and speci.Bcally in notes the main sourc · from which his information is de1·ived and the extent to which he ha availed himself of the[...]ublica- tions are concerned. He may also signjf y in general terms the portions of his work which he c[...]part, if any, of the work he has submitted for a degree in this or any other university. 4. The candidate[...]demic Registrar three opi~ of the work prepared in accordance with the directions given in uh-paragraph ( b) of clause 2B of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. If the work is accepted for the degree the Academic Registrar will transmit two of the c[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners may, on the recommendatio[...]ulty of Mathematical Sciences, be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences. 6. The fe[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. Regu[...] |
 | FACULTY OF MEDICINE REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES AND DIPLOMA Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery ( M.B., B.S.) Regulations and Schedules 902[...]edical students to the teaching hospitals - 909 S[...]or of Medical Science ( B.Med.Sc.) Regulations and Schedules 927[...]931 Diploma in Clinical Science (Dip.Clin.Sc.) Regulations[...]935 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See "Board of Research St[...] |
 | [...]OF THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY[...]of study for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery shall extend over six years.[...]a candidate must attend regularly such tutorials and seminar work, satisfactorily perform such labora- tory, practical, clinical and written work, and pass such examinations as the Council may from ti[...]e. 0 3. Schedules defining the courses of study and practice to be under- taken, ·the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be submitted by the Faculty of Medicine to the Council and on approval by the Council shall be effective fro[...]m such other date as the Council shall determine; and they shall be published in the next edition of the University Calendar issue[...]l be held as follows: Preliminary Examination: in or about November of the first year. First Professional Examination: in or about August of the third year. Second Professional Examination: in or about November of the fourth year. Final Professional Examination: Part I in or about November of the fifth year; Part II in or about November of the sixth year. "'[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF l\-! EDIC I NE REGULATIONS 5. Subject to the provisions of regulation 10 ( d) hereof, a candidate shall pass in the whole of one examination before entering upon the courses of study and practice leading to the next examination. 6. A candidate shall enter for each examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council, but hall n[...]complet ed to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned, prior to the beginning of the examination, the courses of study and prnctice prescribed for it. 7. The examiners in any subject may take into consideration written o[...]required of candidates during the course of study and practice and the results of terminal or other examinations in the subject. 8. A candidate who fails to pass in an examination shall, before presenting himself f[...]d again such part or parts of the course of study and practice leading to that examination as the Faculty may direct. 0 9. (a) Except in the case of the Second Professional Examination and the Final Professional Examination, Part II, the names of candi- dates who pass in the whole of an examination prescribed under regulation 4 hereof shall be arranged in alphabetical order. ( b) The names of candidat[...]ing reached the standard of Distinction or Credit in any of the component subj cts for that xamination shall in each of these subjects be aiTauged in order of merit within the relative classification; provided that a cand idate who p, sse in a supplementary or speciaJ examination in any subject or subjects shall not be classified at that examination. ( c) Except in the case of the Preliminary Examination, a candidate who passes in an examination in any subject from part of which he has been grante[...]n. ( d) At the Second Professional Examination and the Final Profes- sional Examination, Part II, th[...]pass with Distinction or Credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the classification and the names of other candi- dates shall be arranged in alphabe~ical order: provided that a candi- date who passes in a supplementary or special examination, which in the case of the Second Professional Examination and the Final Pro- fessional Examination, Part II, ma[...]at examination. ( e) A candidate whose results in all the Professional Examinations in the medical course have been adjudged by the Facu[...]0 Amended 17 December, 1970, and 21 December, 1972.[...] |
 | [...]y on the recommendation of the Board of Examiners in the final year of the course, be awarded the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (with Honours ) .[...]pru·t of an examination permission to sit for a special or supplementary examination; the extent of such special or supplemen- tary examination to be determined by the Board in each case. ( b) The Board of Examiners may grant a candidate who has failed in part only of an examination permission to sit for a supplementary examination in the subject or subjects in which he has failed. 0 ( c) On passing in a special or supplem en tary examination grantedunder thi[...]c.1 the whole of the examination; but if he fails in such special or suppl mentary examination he shall take again, anc.1 pass in, the whole of the examination prescribed under re[...]eof before pro- ceeding with tbe courses of study and practice leading to the next examination; provide[...]require a candidate to repeat only those subjects in which he has failed. ( d) A candidate granted permission to sit for a supplementary or special examination may enter provisionally upon the courses of study and practice leading to the next examination pending[...]E 0 ll. A candidate who has passed subjects in other faculti.es or universities or elsewhere may[...]ARLIER REGULATIONS 12. All regulations hitherto in force concerning the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery are hereby repealed: provided[...]urse of study a candidate shall have matriculated in the University and have been accepted by the Council as a stu[...] |
 | [...]oS])ital Clinical Year begins on the fifth Monday in the year. 2. CancUdates sl1ould obtain the descri[...]is hed below, immediately after the regul a tions and schedules of the degrees. For }'llabu es of subjects tau ght fo r oth e r degrees and diplomas see the t11bl e of s ubj ect~ a t tbe en[...]year the student shall attend courses of lectures and practical work in (a) Biology, ( b) Chemistry, ( c) Behavioural Science, ( d) Physics, and ( e) Genetics. During the second year the student shall (a) attend a course of instruction in Anatomy (including Gross Anatomy, Histology and Embryology), and dissect during the whole academic year; ( b) attend a course of instruction in Biochemistry; ( c) attend a course of instruction in Human Physiology; ( d) attend a course of instruction in Medicine in the Community. During the first two terms of[...]including clinical demonstrations where required, in: ( a) Anatomy including Neuroanatomy; ( b) Physiology, and Pharmacology; ( c) Pathology; ( d) Microbiology; ( e) Medicine in the Community. During the third term of the third year and during the fourth yea.r the student shall attend courses of topic instruction in 1fedicine. Surgery. Psychiatry, Micro- biology, P[...]Biochemistry, Applied Anatomy, Community Medicine and ..Public H ealt11 , as di rncted. During the[...]nt shall (a) attend a course of instruction in Obstetrics and Gynaecology; ( b) attend a course of instruction in Medicine and Surgery; ( c) attend a course of insh·uction in Psychiatry; ( d) attend a course of instruction in Medical Paediatlics; ( e) attend a course of instruction in Surgical Paediatrics; (£) continue to attend demonstrations in Clinical Pathology; ( g) attend Class Exami[...]andidate shall attend as directed for instruction in: (a) Medicine; ( b) Surgery; ([...]( d) Surgical specialities; ( e) Obstetrics and Gynaecology; ( f) Paediatrics ( g) Community Medicine; and undertake either a period of elective study appro[...]Examination, Pa rt I, undertake a revision course in one or more of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Paediatrics, Medicine and Surgery.[...] |
 | [...]cal Instruction. Clinical instruction will b egin in the third term of the third year and extend to the end of the sixth year. During this period the student shall (a) attend the medical and surgical practice of the Royal Adelaide Hospital and/or the Queen Elizapeth Hospital for such period as may be directed, in tlie wards and in the outpatients department; and receive tutoria l ins truction in medicine and surgery as directed; ( b ) during the fifth[...]as may be directed, the ob te trical and gynaecological practice of t11 c Royal[...]ital or the Queen ictoria Hospita l in the wards and in the outpatients departmen t; and res ide fo r 6 weeks or such p eriod as may be directed in the Queen ictorin Maternity Hospita[...]tern ity ection ) fo r clinical work in ob tetrics; ( c) hold for a total of at lea[...]at the Adelaide Children's Hospital; and durin g the sixth year attend the paediatric prac[...]reside during the sixth year for at least 8 weeks in the Royal Adelaide Hospital and/or the Queen Elizabeth Hospital for clinical instruction in medicine and surgery; ( e) reside during the sixth year for a period of 4 weeks in such hospital as may be directed for clinical instruction in obstetrics and gynaecology; ( f) receive instruction during the sixth year in community medicine as directed; ( g) attend a course of clinical instruction in psychiatry during the fifth year;[...]. C. Approval of Enrolment. Students enrolling in the first year of the medical course, and all other students enrolling in the medical course for the first tinle, must have[...]II. SCHEDULE OF EXAMINATIONS. The subjects and half-subjects of the examinations prescribed in regulation 3 shall be as follows and a candidate shall satisfy the examiners in each subject and half-subject: (a) The Prelimi11ary Examination (to be held in or about November of the first year ).[...]netics IM. A candidate who having been enrolled in the first year of the course in 1972 or earlier, satisfies the examiners in 1973 in the following subjects: Biology I, Chemistry I (at Division I standard or higher), Physics I, and an approved fourth subject selected from those wh[...]us for the Preliminary Examination on his passing in Part I of the 906 |
 | [...]CINE SCHEDULEScourse of study for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Science in that University provided that the Part I course s[...]U be (equired to repeat the course of instniction and present himself for re-examination only in the subjects or half-subjects in which he failed to satisfy the examiners. The[...]n 10 to present themselves therefor) will be held in or about the following February. ( b) The First[...]ns; one near the end of each of the first, second and third academic terms of the second year:[...]n 10 to present themselves therefor, will be held in or about the following February. Before being[...]will be required to have satisfied the examiners in the work of the Second Year. Third Year: One e[...]n 10 to present themselves therefor, will be held in or about the following November. ( c) The Second Professional Examination (to be held in or about November of the fourth year) .[...]of teaching.) 3. A practical examination in Special Pathology. As the work for the Second Professi[...]ivision into specified subjects, supplementary or special examinations may be granted only under regulation[...]l Professional Examination Part I (to be held in or about November of the fifth year) : I. Obstetrics and Gynaecology. 2. Paediatrics. A candidate's performance in Medicine, Surgery and Psychiatry will be taken into account in determining the results of the examinations. A candidate who is granted a supplementary examination in part or the whole of Part I will normally be required to undertake a prescribed course of revision in Ii u of undertaking a sixth-year elective. The su[...]le: Chemistry I, Physics I, Biology I and Mathematics I or IB or Earth Sciences I or Any Part I course in the School of Humanities or the School of[...] |
 | [...]Part II 1. Assessments of performance in the required clinical work. 2. A multi-disciplinary examination in l\l[eclicine, Surgery, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Paediatrics Psychiatry and Community Medicine (to be held in or about October and lovember of the sixth year). 3. Viva voce exaininations as required (to be held in or about October and November of the sixth year). A candidate who is granted a supplementary examination on part or in the whole of Part IT will normally be required to[...]spital residence charges may be found under "Fees and Charges" on page 1125.908 |
 | [...]THE PRACTICE OF THE TEACHING HOSPITALS AND THE INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL AND VETERINARY SCIENCE l. Medical students admit[...]under the control of the Medical Superiatendent 0 in relation to matters of common disciplinei the Uni[...]case without the permission of the Hospital Board and the Senior Medical Officer under whose care the patient is or has been. 3. Except in the performance of his clinical duties, no studen[...]atient without the pennission of both the patient and the Senior Medical Officer in charge. 4. No student may communicate directl[...]re laid down from time to time by the Universi ty in conjunction with the Teaching Hospitals . Fees ar[...]ents shall discharge the duties assigned to them, and pay for or replace any article damaged or lost or[...]of the Medical Superintendent• of the hospital in respect of discipline and general conduct. 9. Subject to RLtle 10 nny[...]ll forfeit all payments which may hnvo been mnclc and all rights accruing therefrom. 10. In nil instnnoes where a lude.nt bas b e-en either s[...]nd. lion to the Bonr<l of the Hosplt-nl concerned and ttl the Council of the University for conf\rinoti[...]Director of the Institute has the authority given in these Rul es to the Medical Superintendent of a Teaching Hospital, and where the Council of the Institute replace[...] |
 | [...]THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY[...]deparhnent concerned details of the examinal'ion in that subject including the relative weights given[...]subjects, as follows: Faculty of Medicine - M Faculty of Science - S The second letter: if it follows[...]e courses for the Second Professional Examination and the FinaJ Professional Examination, Part II, which are designated MX74 and MX76 respectively: Anatomy and Histology - - A Obstetrics and Gynaecology - 0 Paediatrics - - - - C Pathology P Medicine - - - - M Surgery - - - - - - - S Psychiatry - - - H The first digit- 0-6: Indicates that the subject forms part of a sequence. 7-9: Indicates that the subject does not form part of a sequence. The second digit- 1-6: Indicates year of subject, e.g. first, s[...] |
 | [...]d to meet the specific needs of students enrolled in the Faculties of Medicine and Dentistry. Principles are illustrated with biological and medical examples. A. STRUCTURE AND BONDING. 1. Crystals and the solid state; the principle of X-ray crystallo[...]o a level for understanding of structures and reactions elsewhere in the course. 3. Qualitative discussion of spectrophotometry and spectral techniques used to establish mol[...]e of biological molecules, metal chelates and haem-type complexes. B. ENERGETICS AND CHE?.HCAL EQUILIBRIA. l. Equilibria in aqueous solutions: concepts of free energy, enthalpy and entropy; buffers; metal-complex formation[...]trodes. 3. lnterfacial phenomena: interfaces and adsorption; monolayers; electrical double[...]- philic colloids. 4. Macromolecules and their physical characterization. C. RATE PROCESSE[...].D. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. The leclure course in Organic Chemistry will be devoted to a discussion of the occurrence, preparation and properties, both physical and chemical, of the major families of organic compou[...]des amino acids and proteins ketones[...]amples will be included of compounds of medicinal and biological importance, e.g., anaesthetics, analge[...]cleotides, steroids, etc. At appropriate places in the course the following topics will be presented: 1. Isomerism: geometrical, optical, recognition and separation of isomers. 2. Spectroscopic methods: applications of ultra-violet, infra-red, n.m.r., and mass spectrometry in the identification of organic compounds. 3. Fl[...]nce spectroscopy. 4. Carcinogenesis: separation and identification of carcinogenic hydrocarbons. 5. Polymers: preparation and properties of synthetic organic polymers,[...] |
 | [...]al processes: simple examples of transformations, in vivo, of organic molecules, transport mechanisms. 8. Fats and waxes, lipids. Text-books: Campbell,[...]al systems (Freeman, 1970). Richards, Cram and Hammond, Elements of organic chemistry (McGraw-[...]pproaches to the understanding of human behaviour in health and disease. Biological , psychological, sociological, anthropo- logical, and developmen tal aspecL~ will be considered. The course consists of three lectures, one tutorial, and one three-hour practical class, per week. Text-books: Mussen, P. H., Conger, J. J., and Kagan, J., Child development and personality, 3rd edition (Harper). Munn, N. L., Fernald, L. D., and Fernald, P. S., Basic Psychology, 3rd ed[...]ooks: Engel, G., Psychological development in health and disease (Saunders). Maxwell, A. E., Basic statistics in behaviouml research (Penguin). Butcher, H.[...]fic American (Freeman). Proshansky, H. M., and Seidenberg, B. (eds.), Basic studies in social psychology (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Broom, L., and Selznick, P., Sociology, 4th edition (Harper). Erikson, E. H., Identity and the life cycle (1.U.P.).[...]s of two one-hour lectures, one one-hour tutorial and one tluee-houT laboratory session per forlnight.[...]Changes of state. Heat conduction, convection and vapour pressure. Sound. Waves aspects of light. Photons. Atomic spectra. Nuclear structure and radiations. Electric circuits. Text and reference books: Available from Department in January.[...] |
 | [...]enetics IM. There will be one lecture per week and one three-hour practical session fort- nightly th[...]ce of medicine ancl dentistry. Practical s ssions and xercises will give tudcnts the opportunity to analyse data of normal and pathological human variation so as to encourage a critical approach to genctical and medical problems. Scientific method. Mendelian genetics in human families. Application of statis- tical tests to genetic data. Cytogenetics. Biochemical and population genetics. Genetics of quantitative var[...]e-Hall). Maxwell, A. E., Basic statistics in behavioural research (Penguin). Stone, G. K.. Evidence in science. A simple accormt of the principles of science for students of medicine and biology (Wright).[...]A course consisting of two lectures, one tutorial and approximately four hours of practical work each week throughout the year. Both day and evening classes will be held. The course includes : an introduction to the structure. physiology and functional evolution of plants incl animals; lc:mentary biocbemi try. cell physiology and genetics; the mechai1i ms of evolution, and the plincipl s of ecology. Text-books: Villee, C. A., and others. General zoology, 4th edition (Saunders) . Raven, P. H ., and Curtis, H., Biology of plants (Worth). Reference books: Browning, T . 0., Animal populations (Hutchinson) . Holdren, J. P., and Ehrlich, P. R. (ed.), Global ecology (Harcourt Br[...]Hall). Hardin, G., Biology, its principles and imvlicatians, 2nd edition (Freeman). John on, W. H., and others, Biology, 3rd ediHon (Holt, Rinehart and Winston ).914 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF MEDICINE FIRST PROF. EXAM. (sEco:-.;o-THlRD YEAR) FIRST PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION. SECOND- AND THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS. NOTE: This examination is held in two parts: (1) second-year and (2) third- year. ( 1) In the second-year a co-ordinated course in human biology comprise MA02 Anatomy, SY72 Biochemistry and SSl2 Hwnan. Physiology. Students arc required to[...]subjects at the beginning of second-year. ( 2) In the third-year a co-ordinated course in advanced hwnan biology com- prises MA03 Anatomy and SS13 Human Physiology. Also included in the third- • year course is MP03 Biology of Disease comprising Microbiology and General Pathology. Students are required to enrol[...]cience is closely co-ordinated with other courses in human biology, particularly SS12 Human Physiology[...]s the following: INTRODUCTORY ANATOMY; Lectures in the first tem1. GROSS ANATOMY: Lectures, tutorial-demonstrations and practical work on the limbs and trunk, extend over three terms. Functional aspect[...]of the body-prosected specimens are provided for special regions. HISTOLOGY AND CELL BIOLOGY : Lectures, demon tration and practical classes on general cytology, and the microscopic structure ( incl uding ultrastructure) of the cells, tissues, organs and sy terns of the body: Lhc course relates structur[...]classes. EMBRYOLOGY: Lectures cover both pre- and post-natal stages of normal human growth and development and extend into related topics such as: control of development, e:q1erimental embryology, congenital anomalies and teratogenesis. At the beginning of the Anatomy course students must have: dissecting instru- ments and laboratory coat or gown; a human half-skeleton; an approved micro- scope and the following books (latest editions). Ar[...]mental anatomy ( Saunde1·s) . Bloom, W., and Fawcett, D. W., A textbook of histology, 10th edi[...]ngham, D. J., Manual of practical anatomy, vols. 1-3 (O.U.P.) . Gardner, E., and others, Anatomy (Saunders); or Gray, H., Anatomy, descriptive and applied ( Longmans) . Reith, E. J., and Ross, M. H., Atlas of descriptive histology (Harp[...]Abbie, A. A., Principles of anatomy (Angus and Robertson). Appleton, A. B., and others, Surface and radiological anatomy ( Helfer). Clark, W. E[...]ues of the body ( O.U.P.). Hamilton, W. J., and others, Human embryology ( Heffer).[...] |
 | [...]birth (Oxford Med. Pub.). Toner, P. G., and Carr, K. E., Cell structure. An introduction to b[...]SS ANATOMY: Lectures, tutorial-demonstrations and practical work on the head and neck extend over the first two terms. Lectures and demonstrations on special topics are ' given in the second term. Students dissect part of the region-prosected specimens and models tire provided for special structures. NEUROBIOLOGY: This course is clo ely co-ordinated with the course in neurophysiology given in the flrst term. Lectures, demonstralions and practical work (including brain cli.sseclion and sl11dy of prepared sections) relate structure to function in the nervous system. (Clinical demonstrations are[...]us system: basic elements of structure and function (McGraw-Hill, International srudent edit[...]guire, F. A., Anatomy of the female pelvis (Angus and Robertson). Peele, T. L., The neuroanato[...]Graw- Hill). Smout, C. F. V., and Jacoby, F., Gynaecological and obstetrical anatomy (Lewis).[...]SY72. Biochemistry. A course of lecrures and laboratory work in biochemistry including both fundamental and applied aspects. Work in Biochemistry will be completed in the second year of the medical course. The course wiJl include aspects oF: protein strucrure and function; biochemistry of enzymes; nucleic acids and protein synthesis; biochemistry of gene action;[...]biotics; metabolism of carbohydrates, amino acids and lipids; molecuJar functions of vitamins; biochem[...]ion, vision! bone mineralisation, blood proteins and red b lood cells; biochemical conlTo med1anl5ms;[...]cancer, metabolic disorders; use of biochemistry in diagnosis; molecular approach to disease. The cou[...]Text-book: Brobeck, J. R. (ed.), Best and Taylor's physiological basis of medical practice, 9th edition (Williams and Wilkins). (Joint text-book with Human[...]mistry, 14th edition (Lange). White, A., and others, Principles of biochemistry, 4th edition (McGraw- Hill). Bartley, W., and others, Biochemistry of the tissues (Wiley).[...]hemistry (McGraw-Hill). Stanbury, J. B., and others, Metabolic basis of inherited disease, 3rd[...]ll). Larner, J., Intermediary metabolism and its regulation (Prentice-Hall). 916 |
 | [...](SECOND-THIRD YEAR) SS12. and SS13. Human Physiology. The course of lectures and experimental work in Human Physiology and j>hannacology extends over the three terms of the second year and the first and second terms of the third year o:f the medical study. In the second year students enrol for SS12 and in the third year for SS13. Text-books: Brobeck, J. R. (ed.), Best and Taylor's physiological basis of medical practice, 9th edition (Williams and Wilkins). (Joint text-book with Biochemistry.) Rand, M. J., and others, An introduction to the physiology and pharma- cology of the autonomic nervous[...]tic Publishing Co.). Meyers, F. H., and others, Review of medical pharmacology (Lange); o[...]. Biology of Disease. An introductory course in Microbiology and General Pathology. Details are given below[...] |
 | [...]ination. Applied Physiology and Pharmacology. The course extends through four con eculive terms beginning with the third term in the third year of medical studie , a11d is int gr[...]application of important principles of physiology and pharmacology lo medicine and surgery. Text-books: Brobeck, J. R. (ed.), Best and Taylor's physiological basis of medical practice, 9th edition (Williams and Wilkins). Laurence, D. R., Clinical pharmacology, 4th edition (Churchill); or Melman, K. L., and Morelli, H. F., Clinical pluzrmacology. Basic principles in therapeutics (Macmillan). Campbell, E. J. M., and others, Clinical physiology, 4th edition (Black-[...]l). Reference book: Goodman, L. S., and Gilman, A., The pharmacological basis of therapeu[...]ortant principles of anatomy to medicine, surgery and radiology. Medicine and Surgery. A cour e uf tutorials, .lectures and clinfoal instruction on the medical and surgical asp els of diseases. The course is part[...]ch provides integrated multidisciplinary teaching in community medicine, public health, history taking, diseases of the nlimcntary tract[...]malities, urinary tract diseases disea es of bone and joints, diseases of the blood, neuro- logical disorders, <liseases of the eyes, skin, ar , nose and throat, and anaesthesia and 1·e · u~citation. The psychological a~-p ecls o[...]e cours commencing the thfrd term of ledicine Ill and continuing throughout 1\'1edicine IV, is designed[...]dents a baJanced inlToduction to clinical science and to integrate the medkal sciences with clinical medicine. For text-books and equipment see under MX76 Fi11a.I Professional Exa[...]ortance: thei.r isolation, morphology, physiology and classification. The prfnoiples of stertlization and dis.illfection, the use of antibiotics and chemotl1erapeul'i.c agents. The role of micro-organisms in human disease, con- sidered as a study of host-parasite relationships; epidemiology and its relation to hospital cross-infections. An out[...]. The collection of specimens for bacteriological and viral diagnosis. The principles of immunology as applied to the diagnosis, prophylaxis and therapy of bacterial and virus diseases, transplantation, diseases due to allergy or hypersensitivity and autoimmune disease. In the first and second terms of the third year, introductory lectures and a practical course using basic laboratory teclmiques are given. In the following four terms theYe arc minars on sele[...]ems, including visits to the Children's Ilo pita! and the Northlleld \11'nrds of the Royal Adelaide Hospital. Students are expected to take an active part in the e clinical presentations. 918 |
 | [...]robiology (Livingstone). Humphrey, J. H ., and White, R. G., Immunology for students of medicine, 3rd edition (Blackwell). Garrod, L. P., and O'Grady, F. (ed.), Antibiotic and chemotherapy, 3rd edition (Livingstone).[...]Pathology. The course in Pathology extends over the third and fourlh year . 11 tl1e llrsl and econd terms of the third year of the medical cour[...]f pathology are p,r ·ented as part of the course in MP03 Biology of D isease. The nature and causes of disease are fh t considered, and then foll ow a full cons.ideration of the inflammatory reaction, including tissue regeneration and repair. Other topics are coagi.ilation and its disorders, thrombo ·is, mbolism and i11farction, retrograde cellular clianges and degenerations, the biological efEect of radiant e[...], chro- mosomal abnormalities, haemorrhage, shock and oedema. Commencing in tl1e third term of the third year of the medical[...]of instruction on solected topics: The nak d-cyc and microscopic changes in disca eel organs and tissu are considered, and the morbid physiology of disease is also discusse[...]d material, clinico-pathological demon. tration , and attendance at necropsie in the mortuary of the Ro)•ld Aaelaide Ho pital. 1 ecropsies are hel.d daily when material is available. and students are required to attend as many as possib[...]For General Pathology: Curran, R. C.. and Harnden, D. G. (eds.), The pathological basis of[...]). Reference books: La Via, M. F., and Hill, R. B., Princi11les of pathobiology (Oxford[...]est edition (Lloyd-Luke). Walter, J. B., and Israel, 11. S., General pathology, 3rd edition (Churchill). For Special Pathology : Robbins, S. L., and Angell, M., Basic pathology (Saunders). Rob[...]companion to medical studies (editors R. Passmore and J. S. Robson) , volume 2: Pharmac[...] |
 | [...]ECTS. M075. Obstetrics and Gynaecology. FIFTH YEAR. A course of lectures in obstetrics and g)•naccology is given during the fifth year. St[...]ne clinical term. During this lime both obstetric and gynaecological clinicaJ attachments ar performed and studeJl l~ are resident for six weeks. Tutorials in practical obstetrics, endocrinology and gynaecological pathology are given during term. Seminars are conducted in which social, psychological and psychosomatic aspects of human reproduction and sexuality are discussed. Text-books:[...]., Gynaecology, 2nd edition ( 1971) (Little-Brown and Co.). Llewellyn-Jones, D., Fundamentals of obstetrics and gynaecology, Vol. I: Obstetrics, Vol. 2: Gynaecology (Faber and Faber). Townsend, L., Obstetrics for stud[...]. Danforth, D. N., Textbook of obstetrics and gynaecology, 2nd edition, 1971 ( Harper and Row). Garrey, M. M., and others, Obstetrics illustrated (Livingstone). Peel, J., and Potts, M., Textbook of contraceptive practice (Ca[...]s ( Churchill). Reid, D. E., Ryan, K. J., and Benirschke, K., Principles of management of[...]). Advanced reading: Hytten, F. E., and Leitch, I., The physiology of human pregnancy[...]tion, by J. C. Moir (Balli ere, Tindall and Cox). Shaw, W., Textbook of operative gyn[...]edition ( Livingstone). Haines, R. M., and Taylor, C. W., Gynaecological pathology (Churchil[...]J. W., Obstetrics, 14th edition, by L. M. Hellman and J. A. Pritchard (Appleton-Century-Croft[...]. Kistner, R. W., Gynaecology: principles and practice, 2nd edition, 1971 (Year Book[...]SIXTH YEAR Each student will reside in an obstetric hospital for four weeks for a studen[...]tached to the practice of a visiting obstetrician and gynaecologist. 920 |
 | [...]CAL DISEASES OF CHILDREN; Lectures, tutorials, and clinical instruction in the general problems of paediatrics, including th[...]l. Reference books: White, M., Surgery In infancy and childhood, 2nd edition, ed. by W. M. D[...]ached to the practice of a visiting paediatrician and may be required to reside in a hospital for a period of four weeks as a studen[...]Medicine. Fifth-year students spend six weeks in the University Departments of Medicine and Surgery at either the Royal Adelaide Hospital or[...]ourse is designed to analyse the whole diagnostic and clinical aJ>proach to the patient. Each student b[...]of the course is provided to allow for the study and ca.re of patients under the supervision of the University Department of Medicine and the Clinical Teachers of the University at both hospitals. Students will spend four weeks in General M dicine in the capacity of Junjor Interns at the t~ching hos[...]iod of four weeks devoted to Medical Specialties. In addjtion the new curriculum provides an eight week elective period in a variety of activities within and outside the teaching hospitals. A course in Community Medicine is pr vided for four weeks.[...]commended throughout tbe three years' instruction in Medicine. MEDICINE: Text-books: Davidson, L. S. P ., and others, Principles and practice of medicine ( Livingstone); or Houston, J. C., and others, A short text-book of medicine (English Univer- ties Press ) and Harrison, T. R., and others, Principles of Internal medicine (McGraw- Hill); or Beeson, P. B., and McDermott, W ., Text-book of medicine (Saunder~). Special reference books: Zilva, J., and Pannall, P. R., Clinical chemistry in diagnosis and treatment (Lloyd-Luke). Hin[...] |
 | [...], Cardiology (Bailliere). Sneddon, I. B., and Church, R. E., Practical dermatology (Arnold).[...]Liver disease (Churchill). Ramsay, A. M., and Edmond, R. T. D., Infectious diseases (Heinemann). De Gruchy, C. G., Clinical haematology in medical practice (Blackwell). Truelove, S. C., and Reynell, P. C., Diseases of the digestive system[...]ndocrinolog11 (Saunders). Teplick, J, G., and others, Roentgenologic diagnosis , vol. 1 (Saunde[...]Sutton, D., Radiology for general practitioners and medical students ( Churchill Livingsto[...]CAL SIGNS: Text-book: Judge, R. D., and Zuidema, G. D., Physical diagnosis, a physiologic[...]). Recommended book: Morgan, W. L., and Engel, G. L., The clinical approach to the patien[...]CHEMISTRY: Text-book: Krupp, M. A., and others, Physician's handbook (Lange ). THERAPEUTICS: Text-books: Chattonj M. J., and others, Handbook of medical treatment (Lange ); o[...]gned to help the student to acgulre the knowledge and skills necessary for the evaluation of psychological and sociological factors and the integration of these with biological factors in all fonns of ill ness. In the first year the course i11 Behavioural Science[...]cal, psychological, sociological, anthropological and psychiatric contribu- tions to the understanding of normal and abnom1al behaviour. Certain applications of these data are developed in the second-year Community Medicine course. In the fourth-year topic teaching programme the principles of the clinical interview are taught and psychosocial aspects of disease are presented and dis- cussed where appropriate throughout the year. In the fifth year students are assigned to psychiatric units in general hospitals for clinical clerking, the detailed study of the patient and his family and an over-view of the field of general psychiatry. Text-books: Solomon, P., and Patch, V. D., Handbook of psychiatry, 2nd edition[...]ge). Engel, G., Psychological development in health and disease (Saunders). Reference books: Cameron, N., Personality development and psychopathology (Houghton MifBin). Morgan, W., and Engel, G., The clinical approach to the pa[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF MEDICINE MEDICINE - FINAL PROF. EXAllf. JI (SIXTH YEAR) Kolb,[...]inical psychiatry (Saunders). Pilowsky, I., and Maddison, D. C., Psychiatry and the community (Sydney U.P.). Erikson, E. H., Identity and the life cycle (I. U .P.). Shepherd, M., Lader, M., and Rodnight, R., Clinical psychopharmacology[...]rbacks are valuable: Brown, J. A. C., Freud and the post freudians (Penguin). Crowcroft, A., The psychotic (Penguin). Kessel, W. I. N., and Walton, H.J., Alcoholism (Penguin). Lowe, G. R., Persoruzl relationships in psychological disorders (Penguin). Stengel, E., Suicide and attempted suicide (Penguin). Storr, A., Sex[...]Surgery. Fifth-year students spend six weeks in the Universit)' De12artrnents of Surgery and Medicine at either the ~oyal Adelaide Hospital or the Queen Elizabeth Hospital in a course designed to analyse the whole diagnostic process including special diagnostic procedures. Each student hns individua[...]vision of a preceptor from these D eparbnents. In the sixth year each student is attached for four[...]e is given duties which will involve him directly in patient-care, as the most junior member of the surgical team. Normally, he will be required to be in residence at the hospital to enable him to mainta[...]ur weeks each student will attend for instruction in a surgical specialty. SURGERY: Text-books and equipment: Introduction (fourth year) : Elmslie, R. G., and Ludbrook, J., An introduction to surgerq: 100 top[...]fourth, ££th, sixth year) : Judge, R. D., and Zuidema, G. D., Physical diagnosis: a physiologic[...]( Saunders ) . Moyer, C. A., Allen, J. G., and others, Surgery, principles and practice, 4th or 5th edition (Lippincott[...]LOGY: Text-book: Vaughan, D., Cook, R., and Asbury, T., General ophthalmology, 6th[...] |
 | [...]r loupe, a Bishop Hannan or Mayou binocular loupe and a torch; details of approved types can b[...]the Medical School Office. EAR, NOSE AND THBOAT: Text-book: Hall, I. S., and Colman, B. H., Disease of the nose, throat and ear, 9th edition (Livingstone); or De Weese, D. D., and Saunders, W. H., Textbook of otolaryngology,[...]k: Scott Brown, W. G., Valentine, J. C., and Groves, J., Diseases of the ear, nose and throat, 3rd edition (Butterworth) .[...]e public, advertising, hospitals, the law courts, and the State.924 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF MEDICINE MAI3. Histology and Cell Biology Ill for the degree of B.Sc. SS02. Physiology II (Histology and Cell Biology section) for the degree of B.Sc. MA79. Anatomy and Histology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. MA72. General Anatomy for the degree of B.D.S. MA82. General and Dental Histology for the degree of B.D.S. MM04. General Medicine for the degree of B.D.S. MS04. General Surgery for the degree of B.D.S. MP73. General Pathology for the degree of B.D.S. MA89. Anatomy for the Honours degree of B.Sc. in Dentistry. DB99. Oral Biology-Anatomy and Histology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. in Dentistry. MP89. Pathology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. in Dentistry. MA61 and MASI; MA62 and MAS2. These subjects are provided for students enrolled at the South Australian Institute of Technology in the course for the Diplomas in Technology in Physiotherapy and Occupational Therapy. MA61. Anatomy I (P) and MASI. Anatomy I (O.T.). Separate courses are given but generally comprise the following as included in MA02: Introductory anatomy lectures given in the first term. Courses of lectures on the gross anatomy of the extremities and trunk, given throughout the year. Functional aspe[...]ding the development of the nervous system) given in the second and tliird terms. Practical work includes dissections of the extremities and trunk. Tutorial- demonstrations are held in conjunction with dissections. Prosected specimens[...]ingham, D. J., Manual of practical anatomy, vols 1-3 (O.U.P. ). Gardner, E., and others, Anatomy (Saunders) or one of several alte[...]., Medical embryology : human development, normal and abnormal (Williams and Wilkins); or Williams, P. L., and Wendell-Smith, C. P., Ba.sic human embryology (Pitman) ; or Hamilton, W. J., and others, Human embryology (Heffer). Reference books: Abbie, A. A., Principles of anatomy (Angus and Robertson). Cunningham, D. J., Text-book o[...].U.P.) ; or Gray, H., Anatomy, descriptive and surgical (Longmans); or Lockhart, R. D., and others, Anatomy of the human body (Faber).[...]must equip themselves with dissecting instruments and coat, and half a human skeleton.[...] |
 | [...]SYLLA.BUSES MA62. Anatomy II (P) and MA52. Anatomy II (O.T.). Separate courses are given but generally comprise the following as included in MA03: Lectures and demonstrations on the gross anatomy of the head and neck, the vertebral column, and on special topics, given in the first two terms. Functional aspects of anatomy are emphasised. Lectures on neurology given in the second and third terms. Practical work in the fom1 of dissectio1\s of the bead and neck, the vertebral column and the central nervous svstem. Tutorial-demonstrations are held in con- junction with dissections. Prosectecl specim[...]al anatomy, vol. 3 (O.U.P.). Gardner, E., and others, Anatomy (Saunders) or one of several alte[...]approved by the Department. Matzke and Foltz, Synopsis of neuroanatomy, 2nd edition, 197[...]Jones, F. Wood, Principles of anatomy as seen in the hand ( Bailliere, Tindall and Cox) . · Jones, F. Wood, Structure and function as seen in the foot (Bailliere, Tindall and Cox) . Noback, C. R., The human nervous system: basic elements of structure and function, 1967 (International students edi[...] |
 | [...]LATIONS OF THE HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MEDICAL SCIENCE[...]EGULATIONS 0 1. There shall be an Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science. Subject to these regulations a candidate may proceed to the degree in one of the following subj1~cts: (a) Anatomy;[...]tments of Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Child Health 00 , and Mental Health 0 ). 2. Before entering upon the course of study in one of the subjects for the degree a candidate must, ( i) have completed the pre-requisite work for that subject, and (ii) be deemed by the Head of the Department[...]idate for advanced work. 3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall interrupt his medical course, u[...]f advanced study extending over at least one year in one of the subjects listed in regulation 1, and satisfy the examiners therein.[...]00 Re-named Paediatrics and Psychiatry respectively.[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES f 4. The names of the candidates who qualify for the degree shall be published in alphabetical order within the following classes and divisions in each subject: First Class Secon[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council, but shall[...]has regularly attended the pre- scribed lectures and has done written and laboratory or other practical work, where required, to the satisfaction of the professors and lec- turers concerned. 6. Schedules defining t[...]course of study, including lecttrres, laboratory and other practical work to be under- taken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by can- didates sl1all be drawn up by the Faculty of Medicine, and submitted to the Council. Such schedules shall be[...]r such other date as the Council may de- termine, and shall be published as soon as practicable after t[...]dcnt who ha. passed examinations 111 pari nwteria and at equival ent standard in an ther faculty or otherwis , and de ·ires that such examinations shall be cow1ted pro tanto for the Honoms degree of Bachelor of Medical Science, mAy on written ap[...]is: Anatomy, Biochemistry, Physiology: a pass in the First Professional Examination in the course for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery. Pathology, Microbiology, Pharmacology: a pass in the Second Pro- fessional Examination in the course for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery. Genetics: a pass in the First Professional Examination in the course for the degrees of Bach lor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery, and in the annual examination in Genetics II as prescribed for the degree of Bach lor of Science. 928 |
 | [...]ULTY OF MEDICINE SCHEDULES Psychology: a pass in the First Professional Examination in the course for degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery, and in the annual examination of Psychology II as prescribed for the degree of Bachelor of Science. Clinical Science: a pass in the Final Professional Examination, Part I, in the course for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery. SCHEDULE[...]cts undertaken concurrently: l. Course of Reading in selected fields, and the submission of a series of essays associate[...]research project which will be assigned early in the course and on which a thesis must be submitted.[...]EDULE III: EXAMINATION. The examination for the degree will consi t of a written paper or papers, the es[...]sis on the research project, an oral examination, and a practical examination if required by the[...] |
 | [...]NUMBERS OF THE HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MEDICAL SCIENCE[...]e department concerned details of the examination in thnt subject including the relative weights given[...]ous subjects, as follows: Faculty of Arts - - - - - A Faculty of Science - S Faculty of Medicine - M The second letter, if it follows A, is[...]ing the subject as set out below: Anatomy and Histology A Obstetrics and Gynaecology - 0 Paediatrics - - - - C Pathology - P Medicine - - - - M Surgery - - - - - - - S Psychiatry - - H The first digit- 7-9: Indicates that the subject does not form part o[...]lable only to candidates for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc.[...] |
 | [...]HONOURS DEGREE THE HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MEDICAL SCIENCE. MA99. Anatomy for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. SY89. Biochemistry for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. MM99. Clinical Science (Medicine). M099. Clinical Science (Obstetrics and Gynaecology). MC99. Clinical Science[...]gery). SJ89. Genetics for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. SK89. Microbiology for the Honoun degree of B.Med.Sc. MP99. Pathology for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. SS79. Pharmacology for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. SS69. Physiology for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. AY79. Psychology for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. Students requiring further information concerning syllabuses and work required for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science are advised[...] |
 | [...]OF THE DIPLOMA IN CLINICAL SCIENCE REGULATIONS 1. There shall be a postgraduate Diploma in Clinical Science. 2. A candidate for admission[...]n admitted to the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Slll'gery of the University or to a corresponding degree or degrees of another university accepted for the[...]tudy extending over at least one year; and ( b ) submit evidence that subsequently to qualifying for the award of the degree or degrees referred to in regulati011 2 ]1ereof he has undergone in a hospital, practical clinical trainin[...]ars. 4. The course of study shall be prescribed in schedules which shall be drawn up from time to tim by the Faculty of 1edicine and approved by the Council. Such schedules shall tak[...]or such other date as the Council shall determine and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]ion may not enrol for the diploma again except by special permission of the Faculty and then only under such conditions as the Faculty ma[...]ted) after having enrolled for at least two terms in that year, shall be deemed to have failed[...] |
 | [...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners shall be awarded the Diploma in Clinical Science. Regulations awaitin[...]attend lectures, complete such written, practical and tutorial work as may be prescribed, and pass examinations in: Basic Clinical Science; and One of the following Applied Clinical Scienc[...]Practice Medicine Obstetrics and Gynaecology Paediatrics[...] |
 | [...]E REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SURGERY[...]ing persons may be accepted as candidates for the degree of Master of Surgery: (a) Bachelors of Surgery of the University of Adelaide; ( b) Graduates in surgery of another university who bold a degree which is accepted by the Council on the[...]the Faculty of Medicine a equivalent to the degree of Bachelor of Surgery of the University of Adelaide. No person may be awarded the degree of Master of Surgery until three years have elapsed since he became qualified to receive the degree by virtue of which he qualified for acceptance as a candidate for the degree of Master of Surgery. f2. Except by special permission of the Faculty of i\'1edicine, every c[...]hree terms' notice of his intended candi- dature, and shall indicate in general terms the subject of the research work or[...]andidate will be required to under- take his work and appoint a supervisor or supervisors to whom the candidate \Vill be responsible for tbe preparation and presentation of his thesis. f 3. A candid, te for the degree shall submit: (a) evidence satisfac- tory to the Facttlty of Medicine of his having had special training in surgery .including at lea t two years' such train[...]k relevant to th sci nc r art of surgery or both; and (c) uch ther published pap r in upport of hfa candidatuie as he may wish. f 4. To qualify for award of the degree the thesis must make a contribution to sur[...] |
 | [...]for any portion of the work to any other person, and stating that the thesis does not contain any material which has b en ace pted for the award of aoy other degree in aoy university; (b) a statement of the nature of[...]tigated; ( c) a review of the relevant scientific and historical background; (cl) a detailed account of[...]of investigation employed, the results obtained, and their interpretation. t6. On completion of his[...]the Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]te may be required to undergo an oral examination in the subject-matter of the thesis and in any other subject-matter cog- nate thereto. 7.[...]whether or not an oral examination is necessary, and may then recommend (a) that the degree be awarded, or ( b) that the degree be awarded on satisfactory completion of an oral[...]d to the candidate for revision, or ( d) that the degree be not awarded. 0 0 8. Repe[...]l be prescribed from time to time by the Council; and a schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar.[...] |
 | [...]E REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF MEDICINE[...]ing persons may be accepted as candidates for the degree of Doctor of Medicine: (a) Bachelors of Medicine of the University of Adelaide; ( b) Graduates in medicine of another unj versit who h ld a degree which is accepted by the Council on the recommen-[...]of the Faculty of l Iedicine as equjvaJ nt to the degree of Bachelor of 11 diciue of the University 0£ delaide. 2. No person may be awarded the degree of Doctor of Medicine until three years have elapsed since he became qualified to receive the degree sp cili 0 <l in r gulatiou 1 of these regulations. He may pro- ceed to the degree either b)' compl ting a pe1iod of research and presenting a satisfactory thesis thereon, or by t[...]. 3. o thesis or other work pre ent d for the degree may include material which has b een accepted for any other degree or qualifica- tion of any university or in ·titution. The degree shall not be awarded unless the thesis or work su[...]ccount of original work by the candidate for th e degree amoun ti ng to a substantial contribution to know[...]sh a history of the progress of medical knowledge in the subjects of the thesis or work; ( d) indicate clearly and fully, by appropriate references, the[...] |
 | [...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar.Regulations governing admission to the degree by thesis 6. A person who wishes to proceed to the degree of Doctor of Medicine by thesis shall make writte[...]as a candidate shall conduct or continue research in the field of study approved by the Faculty. The F[...]point a supervisor or supervisors of his research and may nominate a depa.rbnent or departments under w[...]ll give the Academic Registrar one month's notice in writing of his intention to submit his thesis and shall give par- ticulars of any other work which he desires to submit in support of his thesis. The Faculty may permit the submission of such work if in its opinion it may conveniently be examined along[...]demic Registrar three copies of the work prepared in accordance with the directions given in sub-paragraph ( b) of clause 2B of Chapter X.h.'V of the Statutes. If the work is accepted for the degree the Academic Registrar shall b·ansm:it two of th[...]lf for examinatiou upon the subject of his thesis and matters related thereto. 12. After the examiners[...]ommend that the candidate: (a) be awarded the degree; or ( b) be awarded the degree on the satisfactory completion of an examination on the subject of his thesis and matters related thereto; or ( c) be not awarded the degree, but be allowed to revise and re- submit his thesis (within such perio[...]y allow); or ( d) be not awarded the degree and be not allowed to re-submit his t[...] |
 | [...]LATIONS Regulations concerning admission to the degree by previously published work 13. Any person who[...]e Faculty to submit, as evidence that he is a fit and proper person to receive the degree, work or papers previously published by him. 1[...]he Faculty under regulation 13 hereof shall apply in writing to the Academic Registrar giving particul[...]matter to a committee which shall enquire into it and make recommendations t o the Faculty. The Faculty[...]cant proposes to submit, advise him of its doubts and request him to reconsider his application. 15.[...]demic Registrar three copies of the work prepared in accordance with the directions given in clause 2B of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. If the work is accepted for the degree the Academic Registrar shall transmit two of the[...]self for examination upon the subject of his work and matters related thereto. 17. After the examiners[...]ommend that the candidate: (a) be awarded the degree; or ( b) be awarded the degree on the satisfactory completion of an examination on the subject of his work and matters related thereto; or ( c) be not awarded the degree. Regulations allowed 21 D[...] |
 | FACULTY OF MUSIC REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Music (B.Mus.) Regulations and Schedules 942 Sylla[...]947 Master of Music (M.Mus.) Regulations and Schedules 955 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See "Board of Research St[...] |
 | [...]REGULA TIO.KS. OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MUSIC[...]REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary degree and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Music. A candidate may obtain either degree or both. 2. The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend over three academic years and that for the Honours degree over four academic years. f 3. To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall complete· three years of academic study and pass the examinations prescribed' under Schedule I. f 4. (a) To qualify for the Honours degree a candidate shall attend lectures and do sucb other work as may be properly required by the· Professors and Lecturers concerned, and pass examinations in accor- dance with the provisions of Schedule II. (b) The names of candidates who qualify for the Honours degree shall be published in alphabetical order within the following classes and divisions in each school: First Class Second Clas[...]ich may recommend that he be awarded the Ordinary degree, provided that he has, in all other respects, completed the work for the Honours degree. ( d) A candidate may not enrol a secon[...] |
 | [...]ses of study (including lectures, practical work, and examinations) to be undertaken and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be drawn up by the Faculty of Music and submitted to the Council for approval. Such sched[...]or such other date as the Council may determine, and shall be published a soon as practicable after th[...]c, a candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject for which he has not <:ompleted the pre-requisite work prescribed in the syllabus for that subject. t7. The separat[...]e an academic year of study need not all be taken in one and the same year, nor need the examination in all the subjects of the academic year to study be passed at the same time; but except by special permission of th e Faculty of Music a candidate s[...]has satisfied th e pre-requisite work prescribed in the syllabus of the subject concernecl. 0[...]andidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council, but unless[...]has regularly attended the pre- scribed lectures and has done the written and practical work required to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned. (b) The examination in a subject shall take the form prescribed in the syllabus. Written or practical work done by[...]direction of the professor or lecturer concerned, and the results of terminal or other examinations hel[...]ken into ·consideration at the final examination in any subject. ( c) There shall be three classi[...]pass at each annual examination for the Ordinary degree as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Cre[...]th Distinc- tion or with Credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the -classification; and the names of other candidates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order. 0 9. (a) A candidate who fails to pass in any subject shall, before presenting himself again for examination, again attend lectures and do written or practical work in that subject to the satisfaction of the professor[...]has twice failed to pass the annual examina- tion in any subject or division of a subject may not pres[...]may not proceed with the subject again except by special permission of the Faculty of Music and under such conditions as the Faculty may p[...] |
 | [...]LATIONS ( c) For the purpose of sections (a) and ( b) of this regulation a candidate who is refuse[...]tion after having enrolled for at least two terms in that year, shall be deemed to have failed to pass[...]not be re-examined at a supplementary examination in any subject in which he passed at the preceding annual examinati[...]candidate who bas passed equivalent examinations in the University or elsewhere and desires that such examinations be counted pro tcmto for the degree of Bachelor of Music may, on written applica- tio[...]candidate who by 31 farch, 1970, had matriculated and completed at least one academic 1ear of study for the degree of Bachelor of Music under the regulations in force in 1969 ma r com- plete his course under those regul[...]ndidate who, by 31 farch, 1972, had matriculated and complet d at least one •ear of academic study for the degree of Bachelor of Music under the r gulations in force in 1970, may com- plete the Honour. degree under those regulations provided that he <l es so[...]andidat who by 31 l'vlarch, 1973 had matriculated and comp! ted at least one ear of academic study for the degree of Bach lor of Music under the regulations in force in 1972, may com- plete his comse under those regulations provided he completes the course for the Ordinar degree by March, 1975 or the course for the Honour degree by March, 1976. ( d) A candidate may at any time apply for status under these regulations and shall be granted such status thereunder as the Faculty of Music may in each case determine. Regulations allowed 2[...] |
 | [...]tion 5.) NOTE: Syllalmses of subjects for the degree of B.Mus. are published below, immc<liately after the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of su bjects tau ght for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of[...]SCHEDULE I- THE ORDINARY DEGREE. l. Before admission to th e course of study for the degree of Bachelor of Music, a candidate shall show sufficient musical aptitude and may be required to pass a special entrance examination appro- p1iate to the course[...]at enrolment each year. 3. A candidate for the degree will, throughout the period of his enrolment, be[...]upervisor. He will normally be required to attend and satisfactorily participate for up to two homs a week, in tutorials and practical lessons, as determined by the supervisor in consultation with the Head of the Department of Music and the candidate's practical teacher. In addition he will b e required to take part satisfactorily in general practical work in the D epartment of Music (e.g. choir, orchestra and chamber music). 4. To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shall satisfy the examiners in each of the following subjects or projects: (a) Theoretical and Historical Studies I, ( b) Practical Studies I, ( c) Tutorials and Practical Work I, ( d) Project I, ( e) Project IIA, IIB and IIC, (f) Tutorials and Practical Work II, (g) Project IIIA and IIIB , (h) Tutorials and Practical Work III, (i) Elective Work. SCHEDULE II - THE HONOURS DEGREE. l. (a) Before entering an HonoUl's course a ca[...]of the second year of the comse for the Ordinary degree. ( b) The work of the final Honours year must be completed in one year of full-time study, provided that[...] |
 | [...]SCHEDULES 2. To qualify for the Honours degree a candidate shall complete: (a) the work prescribed in Schedule I: The Ordinary degree, provided that a topic of his elective work shall be in the subjects in which he subsequently takes Honours; ( b) on[...]Honours Ethnomusicology Honours Music in Education; ( c) one Honours project. 946 |
 | [...]US NUMBERS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MUSIC[...]he department concerned details of th examination in ll111t subj ct including the relative weights giv[...]econd letter identifies the Department of Music: ;-_,1, The first digit- Differentiates subjects in the same year. The second digit- 1-3: Indicates year of subject, e.g. first, second or third year. (4--8: Not used.) 9: Indicates a final hon[...] |
 | [...]students are required to take part satisfactorily in group practical work in the Department of Music.[...]tuition throughout the year. SYLLABUS: Studies in one of the following groups: voice and one instrument; two instruments; composition and either voice or one instrument; voice alone; one[...]alone. UM31. Theoretical and Historical Studies I. CLASSES: Four lectures/tutorials during the first and second terms. SYLLABUS: ( i) Aural training. (ii) Introduction to acoustics and instruments. (iii ) Study of the following[...]art Inventions (Dover). Mozart, Symphony in G minor, K550 ( Nmton Critical Scores).[...]Stravinsky, The Rite of Spring ( Boosey and Hawkes). Debussy, L'Apres-midi d'un faun[...]bone Sequenza (Universal). (iv) Assignments in selected fields of music theory and history, including tonal harmony.[...](Pelican). Benade, A. H., Horns, strings, and harmony (Anchor books). Goldman, R. F., Harmony in "\Vestern music (Norton). Refernnce books:[...]mann). Briggs, G. A., Musical instruments and audio (Wharfdale Wireless \Yorks). Bukofzer, M. F., Music in the baroque era (Dent). Crocker, R. L., A[...]ation of early music (Faber). Harman, A., and Mellers, W., Man and his music (Barrie and Rockliff). Harrison, F. L., ·Musicology[...]cologist (McGraw-Hill). Lang, P.H., Music in Western civilisation (Dent). La Rue, J.,[...]., Structmal hearing (Dover). Salzer, F., and Schachter, C., Co1rnterpoi11t in COJllJ)O$ilio11 (McGraw-Hill). Schoenberg, A., Preliminary exe1·cises in cou11terpoi11t (Faber paperback).[...] |
 | [...]F MUSIC SECOND YEAR UM41. Tutorials and Practical Work I (Schedule I clause 3). As directed by the course supervisor in consultation with the Head of the Departme11t and the student's practical teacher, including participation in general practical music of the Department.[...]from the project programme below, normally taken in third term, first year, and examined at first-year level. SECOND-YEAR SUBJECTS. UM42. Tutorials and Practical Work II (Schedule I clause 3). Pre-requisite subjects: UM41 Tutorials and Practical Work I; UM21 Practical Studies I. As directed by the course supervisor in consultation with the Head of the Department and the student's practical teacher, including participation in general practical music of the Department.[...]equisite or concurrent subjects: UM31 Theoretical and Historical Studies I, UM21 Practical Studies I and UM51 Project I. A project chosen from the project programme below, normally taken in first term second year, and examined at second-year level.[...]equisite or concurrent subjects: UM31 Theoretical and Historical Studies I , UM21 Practical Studies I and UM51 Project I. A project chosen from the project programme below, normally taken in second term second year, and examined at second-year level.[...]IIC. Pre-requisite subjects: UM31 Theoretical and Historical Studies I, UM21 Practical Studies I and UM51 Project I. A project chosen from the project programme below, normally taken in third term second year, and examined at second-year level.[...] |
 | [...]THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS. UM43. Tutorials and Practical Work III (Schedule I clause 3), Pre-requisite subject: UM42 Tutorials and Practical Work II. As directed by the course supervisor in consultation with the Head of the Department and the student's practical teacher, including participation in general practical music of the Department.[...]rent subjects: UM52 Project IIA, UM62 Project IIB and UM72 Project IIC. A project chosen from the project programme below, normally taken in first term third year, and examined at third-year level.[...]nt subjects: UM52 Project IIA, UJ\162 Project IIB and UM72 Project IIC. A project chosen from the project programme below, normally taken in second term third year, and examined at third-year level.[...]site subjects: UM52 Project IIA, UM62 Project IIB and UM72 Project IIC. Pre-requisite or concurrent subjects: UM53 Project IIIA and UM63 Project IIIB. Normally two topics which ma[...]ns, individual or group research projects, chosen in consultation with the Head of the Department and course supervisor, and practical teacher. 950 |
 | [...]FACULTY OF MUSIC HOl\OURS DEGREE HONOURS DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF 1IUSIC.[...]UM99. Composition. A course of seminars and individual tuition in composition and analysis of music. Candida tes will be required[...]s. lhe general na ture of which has been approved in advance by the Facul ty of 1'1usic, and which must be lodged with the Dean by 1 November of the y r in which the candida te in tends to lake the examination. Assignments in advanced anal ysis must be completed during the y[...]. HrsTORICAL MusICOLOGY. A course of seminars and individual tuition in: paleographf; selected theoretical writings; edit[...]SYSTEMATIC MUSICOLOGY. A course of seminars and individual tuition in: advanced acoustics; psycho- acoustics; music phy[...]Performance. A course of individual tuition in performance. Candidates will be required to perform two recital programmes, approved in advance by the Faculty of Music, for public performance, and will be required to show a knowledge of history and repertoire of music rele\·ant to their instrumen[...]. UM69. Music in Education. A course of workshops in creative music and improvisation; and a comprehen- sive study of more advanced teaching methods, including associated work in electronics. Part of this work will involve students taking projects into primary and secondary schools. U.l\159. Ethnomusicology. A course of seminars and individual tuition in the theoretical background to ethnomusicology, in[...]A project chosen from the project programme below and examined at Honours level.[...]provides syllabuses UA51, UA52, UA53, UA6l, U A68 and UA69 (see the degree of B.A. in the Faculty of Arts) .[...] |
 | [...]ll as sp ecific conside rations of mu ·ic theory and mu ic history, lhc related musicological impli- cation of aest h • tic.~ , philosophy and sociology. In add ition to the written n ·sign- ments with in each project (e.g. sty le stud ies th rough analysis and applied t chniques of harmony and c:oun terpoin t; es ays. tc.) tudents are ncourag[...]of Gregorian chant interpretation; its influence in the develop- ment of harmony and its use as a structural device in Western compositions. 2. THE CONCERTO FROM MOZART[...]3. PosT-EXPRESSIONISM. From Schoen b rg Berg and Webern up u11til C.1960, with special emphasis on the role of expressionism :in the development of new forms of music theatre ( Brechtian th orie ; Claude); Central European literary and graphic arts; post- Scriabin epigonalism in the Soviet Union before 1930; Blacher, Fortner, H[...]ailable only to composition students). Studies in contemporary composition, including analytical, technical, and aesthetic considerations, conducted at all levels of the degree course.5. ETHNOMUSICOLOGY. In general, the project offered in Term I will expect the student to carry out a fie[...]ular migrant group1 music used therapeutically) . In T em1 ll the topic will be prescribed ( e.g. Aooriginal music or Indian music). The wo rk will be done in conjunction with a traditional perfom1er who wi11 as ist with the p roject. Special p ermission will be required to take an individual study in Temi ll which is more relevant lo the Tem1 I format. 6. Musrc IN EoucATION (all students taking one of the Music in Education projects must have attended the appropriate Workshop). Topics will be determined in relation to aspects of work covered in Music Education Workshops (e.g. graphic notation,[...]Projects include a balanced proportion of written and creative work and teaching practice.[...]ductus); music theoretical writings; basic skills in music palaeography. lsorhythrnic tech- niques fro[...]HE FRENCH CLASSICAL TRADITION. Opera, cantata, and symphony during the second half of the 18t[...] |
 | [...]SICOLOGY. (See 1974 First Term (5).)5. Music IN EDUCATION. (See 1974 First Term (6).) THIRD TERM. 1. Music IN hALY 1550-1650. The madrigal; early instrumental music; o[...]ra; performance practice; notation. 2. BEETHOVEN AND GOETHE. The music of Beethoven considered against[...]onal). A general study of avant garde composers and their works. 4. ELECTRONIC Music. An historical, theoretical and practical study of the fundamentals of electronic music, and its application in present-day society. 5. COMPOSITION (may also be[...]s of performances of non-Western music. 7. Music IN EDUCATION. (See 1974 First Term (6).)[...] |
 | [...]FIBST TERM. 1. 16TH CENTURY MASS AND MOTET•. 2. ORLANDO DI LASSO AND TIIB Musrc OF THE GERMAN RENAISSANCE. 3. DISSOL[...]Y (provisional). 4. ETHNOMUSICOLOGY. 5. Music IN EDucAnoN. SECOND[...]. COMPOSITION. 5. ETHNOMUSICOLOGY. 6. Musrc IN EDUCATION. THIB[...]6. INTRODUCTION TO ETHNOMUSICOLOGY. 7. MusIC IN EDUCATION. 954 |
 | [...]C REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF MUSIC[...]ulty of Music may accept as a c.'lndidate for the degree of Ma ter of 1u ic a person who: (i) has qualified in the University of Adelaide for the degree of Bachelor of fosic; or (ii) ha obtained, in ano ther universit or institution recognised for[...]pted by the Faculty of Music as equ,valent to the degree of Bachelor of Music in the Univer ity of Adel aide. 2. In special ca e · th Council, on the recommendation of the Facult ' and subject to such conditions (if an ) a it may impose in each cas , ma 1 accept as a candidate for the degree a person who does not hold a degree of any university but ha · given evidence satisf[...]ter of 1v1usic. 3. The course of study for the degree shall comprise two parts as follows: Part A: Such preliminary study and examinations as may be pre- scribed in the schedules of the degree; Part B: A course of advanced study and/or research extending over not less than one cale[...]ether with such examinations as may be prescribed in the Schedules of the degree. The Faculty may, in special cases, permit a candidate to complete Part B over[...]cide if he has: (a) qualified for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Music; or (b) qualified for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Music and has passed in ( i) all the Ordinary degree subjects that are[...] |
 | [...]GULATIONS compulsory for the Honours degree in the field to which his subject of study relates; and (ii) an examination of Honours standar[...]e Faculty as equivalent to the Honours degree of Bachelor of Music in the University of Adelaide. A candid[...]ully or partly satisfy the requirements specified in (a), (b) or (c) above may be exempted from the whole or nch part of Part A as the Faculty may decide, and shall thereafter fuIBl the requirements of Part B, as prescribed in the schedules. 5. A candidate who is required to undertake any work in Part A shall be registered as a candidate in that Part for at least three terms before presenting himself for the examination prescribed in that Part. 6. A candidate in Part B shall satisfy the examiners in Composition, or in Musicology, or in Performance, as prescribed in the schedules and shall not present himself for examination until the expiry of three terms from his acceptance as a candidate in that Part. 7. If in the opinion of the Faculty of Music a candidate i[...]Council, withdraw its approval of his candidature and the candidate shall cease to be enrolled for the degree. 8. A candidate shall as early as possible and in any event not later than the last day of the first term in his final year, submit for approval by the Facult[...]of a thesis; or (iii) two recital programmes and the subject of a dissertation which h[...]ertation or thesis, as the case may be, p repared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]l be an external examiner, shall be appointed by, and shall report to, the Faculty of Music. ( b) Th[...]equire a candidate to undergo further examination in the field of study immediately relevant to[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF MUSIC REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES ( i) be accepted (subject, if th[...]returned to the candidate for revision and re-submission; or (iii) be rejected. 11. T[...]ll be prescribed from time to time by the Council and the schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar. 12. A candidate who fulfils the requirements of these regulations and satisfies the examiners in the field to which his subject relates shall on t[...]dation of the Faculty of Music be admitted to the degree. Regulations allowed 21 December,[...]( Made by the Council under Regulations 3, 4, 6 and 11. ) SCHEDULE I: PRELIMINARY STUDY AND EXAMINATIONS Part A: Preliminary study and examinations: as prescribed in the schedules for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Music.[...]ty under regulation 8. (ii) Structural and harmonic analysis of an approved work. (iii) Special papers: History of Music Theory (two three-[...]or unpublished. (iii) Special papers relating to the candidate's field o[...] |
 | [...]under regulation 8. (ii) Special papers: History either of vocal or of inst[...] |
 | [...]IC REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF MUSIC[...]aculty of Music may accept as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Music a person who: (i) has qualified in the University of Adelaide for the degree of Bachelor of Music or the degree of Master of Music; or (ii) has obtained another degree in the University of Adelaide and has satisfied the Faculty of his fitness to undertake studies for the degree of Doctor of Music. (b) On the recommendation[...]ic, the Council may accept as a candidate for the degree a person who ( i) has obtained in another university or institution of higher educa[...]equivalent to one of the qualifications specified in (a) above and (ii) has, or bas had, a substantial association w[...]versity. ( c) No person may be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Music before the expiration of five[...]on which he obtained the qualification prescribed in (a) or ( b) ( i) above. 2. (a) A person who desires to become a candidate for the degree hal l give notice of his intended candidature in writing to the Academic Registrar and with such notice shall furnish particulars of his musical achievements and of the work which he proposes to submit for the degree. ( b) The Faculty of Music shall appoint a committee to examine the information submitted and to advise the Faculty whether the Faculty should: ( i) allow the applicant to proceed, and approve the subject or subjects of the[...](ii) advise the applicant not to submit his work; and the Faculty's decision shall be[...] |
 | [...]EGULATIONS ( c) If it accept the candidature and approve the subject or subjects of the work to be[...]external examiners. 3. (a) To qualify for the degree the candidate shall furnish satis- factory evidence that he has made an original and substantial contri- bution of distinguished merit to some branch of music. (b) The degree shall be awarded primarily on a consideration of[...]nal composition or other work tJ1at he may submit in support of his candidature. ( c) The candidate in submitting his published works other than compositions shall, where applicable, state generally in a preface and specifically in notes the main sources from which his information is derived and the extent to which he has availed himself of the[...]t publications are concerned. He may also signify in general terms the portions of his work which he c[...]mposi- tions or other work he has submitted for a degree in this or any other University. 4. The candidat[...]emic Registrar tlu·ee copie of the work prepared in accordance with the directions given in sub-paragraph ( b) of clause 2B of Chapter X. r of the Statute . If the work is accepted for the degree the Academic Regisb·ar will transmit two of the[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the examiners may, on the recommendation of the Faculty of Music, be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Music. 6. The fees to be paid by[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar.[...] |
 | FACULTY OF SCIENCE REGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Science (B.Sc.) Regulations and Schedules 962 Sylla[...]971 Anatomy and Histology (for B.Sc.) - 972 Biochemistry - 974 Bota[...]977 Chemistry: Physical and Inorganic 981 O[...]1002 Physiology and Pharmacology 1009 Psychology (for B.Sc.) - 1012 Zoology 1013 Master of Science in the Faculty of Science (M.Sc.) Regulations[...]1018 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Regulations and Schedules: See "Board of Research Studies"[...]1104 Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Science (D.Sc.) Regulati[...] |
 | [...]EGUL ATI OXS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE REGULATIONS 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Science. A candidate may obtain either degree or both. 2. The course of study for the Ordinary degree shall extend over three academic years and that for the Honours degree over four academic years. 3. (a) In these regulations and in schedules made under them by the Council the foll[...]udy at the University normally completed in one academic year. "Unit" means a comse of s[...]on a prescribed topic normally completed in one academic term. 0 ( b) The Council, afte[...]me prescribe schedules defining (i) the ·ubjects and units of study for the degree (ii) the range of subjects and units ( including lecture courses, laboratory courses and other practical work) to be satisfactorily completed and tJ1e examination to be passed by candidat s (iii) the method of publishing the exam- ination results, and (iv) the fees to be paid by candidates. ( c) S[...]ouncil may fix. ( d) The syllabuses of subjects and units shall be specified by the Head of the Department concerned and submitted to the Faculty and Council for approval. ( e) Schedules made and syllabuses approved by the Council shall be published in the next edition of the University Calenda[...] |
 | [...]y, a candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject or unit, for which he has not satisfactorily completed the pre-requisite studies as prescribed in the syllabus for that subject or unit. ( b) Ex[...]date takes a subject or unit will be granted only in special cases and on grounds approved by the Faculty. 5. (a) Examinations in any subject or unit shall be held in accor- dance with the provision of the relevant s[...]. ( b) A candidate shall enter for examination in a subject on a form and by a date prescribed by the Council, but shall no[...]imself for examination unless he has done written and laboratm·y or other practical work, where requir[...]sfaction of the teaching staff concerned. ( c) In determining a candidate's final results in a subject (or unit) the examiners may take into account the candidate's written or practical work and his results at any examinations in it. (cl) A candidate will be permitted to take a supplementary examination only in cfrcumstances approved by the Faculty, and then only if the candidate's previous work in the subject or unit has been ·uch as to indicat[...]6. There shall be three classifications of pass in any subject for the Ordinary degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction Pass wi.th Credit, Pass. The names of the candidates in each of the classifications shall be published in accordance with the provision of the relevant sch[...]. If the list of candidates who pass be published in two divisions, a pass in the higher divi ion ma)' be prescribed in the approp1iate syllabuses as pre-requisite for a[...]ulation 7. 7. (a) A candidate who fails to pass in a subject (or unit) or who obtains a lower division pass and who desires to take the subject or unit again sha[...]m by the Head of Department concerned, do written and laboratory or other work in that subject or unit to the satisfaction of the t[...]wice failed to obtain a Division I pass or higher in the examination in any subject shall not enrol for the subject again except by permission of the Faculty and under such conditions as the Faculty may prescrib[...]o sit for or absents himself from the examination in any subject after having attended substantially the full course of instruction in it, shall be deemed to[...] |
 | [...]hat higher division pass is a pre-requisite, save in exceptional circumstances and with the permission of the Faculty. 8. (a) A candidate who has passed subjects in other faculties or universities or elsewhere, may[...]be granted such exemption from these r gulations and from schedules made under them as the Council on[...]of the Faculty may determine. ( b) A graduate in another faculty who wishes to proc ed to the 0 degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Science and to count towards that degree subjects which he has already presented for another degree may do so, subject to the following conditions:[...]of the relevant schedule made under regulation 3, and (ii) he shall present two third-year subjects not presented for any other degree. 9. (a) There shall be the following classifications for the Honours degree and the names of successful candidates in each subject shall be published in alphabetical order within each classification:[...]0 10. A graduate who has obtained the Honours degree of Bachelor of Arts, or the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences, may not proceed to the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science in the Faculty of Science in the same subject. 11. Applications for approva[...]s 4(a), 4(b), 7(a), 7(b), or 8 shall be submitted in writing to the Academic Registrar.[...] |
 | [...]ion 3.) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of B.Sc. in the Faculty of Science are publi hcd below, immed iately after the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of ubject at the end of the volume. I. THE ORDINARY DEGREE Definitions for the purposes of these Schedules A Group A subject: A subject in first year, equivalent to one-quarter of a year's work. A Group A half-subject: A half-subject in first year, equivalent to one-eighth of a year's work. A Group B subfect: A subject in second year, equivalent to one-third of a year's work. A Group C subject: A subject in third year, equivalent to one-half of a year[...]units. A Group D subfect: A double subject in third year, equivalent to two Group C subjec[...]which forms part of a combination approved in lieu of a Group C subject under Clause 5 of these[...]ules. I. The subjects of study for the Ordinary degree shall be as follows: Group A subfects: B[...]istry I Geology I Mathematics I and IM Physics I Psychology I[...]IH 0 Physical Geology IH 0 Genetics and Human Variation IH Mathematics IH Statistics IH 0 General Geology IH and Physical Geology IH will be available in 1974 only to students who have already passed one of these half-subjects and who wish to enrol in the other to complete the requirements for[...] |
 | [...]Group B subjects: Applied Mathematics IIA and IIB Biochemistry II Botany II[...]cs UM Organic Chemistry II Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II Physics II P[...]C subjects: Applied Mathematics III, IIIA and IHM Biochemistry III and IHM Botany III and IIIM Computing Science III, IIIA and HIM Genetics III Geochemistry III Geology III and IHM Geophysics III Histology and Cell Biology III Mathematical Statistics III Microbiology III Organic Chemistry III and IIIM Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IIIB and IIIM Physics III and IHM Physiology III, IHA, IIIB, and IIIM Psychology III Pure Mathematics III, IIIA and IIIM Theoretical Physics III Zoology III and IHM Group D subjects: Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IHA Group E subjects:[...]Zoology IIIE 2. To qualify for the Ordinary degree a candidate shaII, subject to the conditions and modifications specified in clauses 3, 4, 5 and 6 below, satisfactorily complete the follo[...] |
 | [...]rom Group B or two subjects from Group B and a fifth Group A subject or its equivalent. ([...]of the work is common to both subjects, and (ii) only one combination of subjects permitted[...]he equivalent of one first-year subject available in the Faculty of Arts, in lieu of not more than one Group A subject or its equivalent required under paragraphs 2( a) and 2( b). 4. The following combinations of subjects shall not be presented: Biology I and any one of Botany I, Zoology I, General[...]matics IS, IM, I, IH; Mathematics IIM and any one of Applied Mathematics II,[...]thematics II; Applied Mathematics IIA and IIB; Computing IH and Applied Mathematics IIB · Chemistry II and either Physical and Inorganic Chemis- try II or Organic Cb mistry II. Geology I and any one of G ology IH, General Geology IH and Phy ical Geology IH. G ology IH and either General Geology IH or Physical[...]nt one of the following combinations of subjects, in lieu of a subject from Group C: Palaeontology III and Genetics II; Palaeontology III and Botany II; Palaeontology III and Zoology II; Zoology HIE and Biochemistry II; Zoology HIE and Mathematical Statistics II. 6. Any department offering a Group C, D, or E, subject may declare in its syllabus that this subject is passed by units. In that case: (i) A candidate may enrol in any number of units, subject to the approval of the Heads of the Departments concerned, and may, with their approval, change[...] |
 | [...]de by a date to be fixed by the Council. A result in a unit may be counted towards only one subject. (iii) Except in special circumstances approved by the Council on[...]the grades obtained by a candidate in any acceptable unit, taken in one academic year, may only be coun[...]ject which is to be passed by units in that year or towards a subject which is to be passed by units in the academic year in which the candidate next enrols. (iv) The grades obtained in individual units for a subject under[...]e recorded by the Academic Registrar and shall be available to the candidate on request after being so recorded. Such grades shall b - as follows: 10 = Very High Dist[...]Board of Examiners. ( v) The Jinal result in any subject under this schedule shall be[...].5 the result shall be a Distinction in the subject, if greater than or equal to 5.5 but less than 7.5 a Credit, and if greater than or equal to 3.5 but[...]e appropriate number of single units, and shall be appropriately weighted in computing the average grade under ( v). 7. (a) Final examinations in any subject or unit shall be held in the examination period defined by the Council following the com- pletion of the course of instruction in that subject or unit. ( b) An examination counting as part of a final examination may be held in a part only of a subject if the Faculty so[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF SCIENCE SCHEDULES Class and terminal examinations in a subject or unit may be held at any time fixed b[...]cerned, provided that the examination is not held in the vacation and that attendance at the examination is not compulsory. 8. When, in the opinion of the Faculty of Science, special circum- stances exist, the Council, on the recommendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary any of the provisions of clauses 1-7 above. 9. The names of the candidates who pass in any subject shall be published in an official list and be arranged in alphabetical order in the classifications: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Credit and Pass. II. THE HONOURS DEGREE 1. A candidate may, subject to approval by the Head of the Department concerned, proceed to the Honours degree in one of the following subjects: Ana[...]Pharmacology Physical and Inorganic Chemistry Physics[...]Zoology 2. A candidate for the Honours degree in any subject shall not begi n final-year Honours work in that subject until he has qualified for the Ordiuary degree of Bachelor of Science in either the Faculty of Science or the Faculty of Mathematical Sciences, and has com- pleted such pre-requisite subjects (if any) as may be prescribed in the syllabus. 3. When, in the opinion of the Faculty of Science, special circum- stances exist, the Council, on the recommendation of the Faculty in each case, may vary the provisions of clauses 1 and 2 above.[...] |
 | [...]S NlndBERS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]ching the subject as follows: Bioch mi try - - - - - Y Microbiology - - - - - K Botany - - - - B Organ ic Chemistry (for Chemistry: sec Physical and subjects, see u.nd r[...]ry; Chemislry) - 0 Organic Chemistry Physical and Inorganic Economic Geology - - E Chemi. try (for subject[...]see under Chemis try) - - C Genetics - • J Pl1ysi P Geology and 1 fin eralogy - C Physiology: see Human Human Phy iology and Physiology and Pharmacology (for subjects, Pharmacology ee under Physiology) - - S Zoology - - - - - - - Z The first digit- 0-6: Indicates that the subject is in sequence with another subject. 7 or 9: Indicates that the subject is not in sequence with another subject. 8: Indicat[...]r of subject, e.g. first, second or third. (4-7: Not used.) 8: Indicates subject taken b[...]ar. 9: Final Honours. The letter H used in place of the second digit indicates a half-subject two of which count towards the degree as a whole subject. NOTE: Some subjects for the degree of B.Sc. are taught by departments of other faculties. In the syllabus numbers of those subjects the two digits do not necessarily have the significance sl1own in the Faculty of Science table above.[...] |
 | [...]ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY. (FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE) SECOND YEAR. For details of the Histology and Cell Biology section of SS02 Physiology II, see u[...]HIRD YEAR. MA13. Histology and Cell Biology III. Pre-requisite subject: SS02 Physiology II (which includes Histology and Cell Biology II), at Division I or higher standar[...]approved by the Head of the Department of Anatomy and Histology. The Department has declared that this subject may be passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the schedules. The[...]t11e relationships between microscoplc structure and functiou in mammalian <.'elJs and tissues and stressing recent advance.s in the morphological and physiological sciences. The units, however, can be taken in combination with other units in the Physical and Biological sciences. The combination of units in such cases must be approved by the Head of the Department of Anatomy and Hi tology at the time of enrolment. The Departmen[...]ch consists of approximately 14 hours of lectures and 50 hours of practical work: 1. GENERAL CYTOLOGY: First half of Term I. The ultrastructure and function of cell organelles and intercellular sub- stance. Special study of tissues: differentiation and histogenesis, repair and transplantation, ageing. Special histological methods. 2. NEUROCYTOLOGY: Second half of Term I. The ultrastructure and cytochemistry of nerve cells. Special neurocyto- logical methods. Analysis of neurotransmitters, biogenic monoamines, releasing factors, and neurosecretion. Special sense organs. 3. ELECTRON MICROSCOPY: First half of Term II. The principles and techniques of transmission and scanning electron microscopy and freeze etching, with practical instruction using[...]s of ultrastructural analysis. 4. HISTOCHEMISTRY AND CYTOCHEMISTRY : Second half of Term II. The principles and techniques of qualitative and quantitative histo- chemistry and cytochemistry. Cellular localization of chemical[...]al coordinating role of the neuroendocrine system in physio- logical function. The role of hypothalamic and extra-hypothalamic centres in endocine rci.'Ulation. To provide a basis for the specialized course in 1~ eproductive Physiology (see 4. ). 6. REP[...]OLOGY: Second half of Term III. Physiology and endocrinology of reproduction. Study of the proce[...]ogenesis, fertilization, implantation, gestation, and parturition. Con- traceptive mechanisms. Text-books: General: Bloom, W., and Fawcett, D. W., A textbook of histology, 10th[...]he cell (Saunders). Unit 2: Schade, J.P., and Ford, D. H., Ba.sic neurology (Elsevier). Unit 3: Martini, L., Motta, M., and Fraschini, F., The hypothalamus[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF SCIENCE ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY Unit 4: Austin, C.R., and Short, R. V., Reproduction in mammals (C.U.P.). Unit 5: Meek, G. A., Pra[...]stochemistry (Churchlil). Books for reference and further reading: McClung, C. E. (ed.), Hand[...]ic Press). Bourne, G. H., Cytology and cell physiology (Clarendon). Mitchell, G. A[...]neuroanatomy (Toronto U.P.). Toner, P. G., and Carr, K. E., Cell structure. An introduction to b[...]given during the course. MA79. Anatomy and Histology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Pre-requi ite: 1 13 Histology and Cell Biology III at a standard satisfactory to the Professor of Anatomy and Bi tology. Students taking individual units of th[...]candidate should consult the Professor of Anatomy and Hi tology during the yea r preceding the Honour year, and to give fu.11 attendance for an academic year to a special course of study and laboratory work and to parti.cipate in experimental research work under the supe.rvision[...]of reading, suggested by the Department of natomy and Hi tology, sl1ou.ld be commenced during th[...] |
 | [...]tending to take 'Biochemi try Ill ( Y03 or SY83 ) in third year. There is a _place in the subject for those strongly biased towards the[...]tics II, S002 Orguuic Chemistry II, SC02 Physical and foorg~mic Chemistry Il, SS02 Physiology II. Other[...]SY02. Biochemistry II. Division I pass in SCOl Chemistry I. This requirement may be waived, in rare circumstances, subject to the approval of th[...]r his nominee. A course of three hour lectures and six hours practical work a week and tutorials. The cour e will include : protein structure and function; biochemistry of enzymes; metabolism of carbohydrates amino acids and lipids; biochemical control mechanisms in the cell; ·pecialised functi.o ns-visual process, bone mineral- isation, muscle contraction; nucleic acids and protein synthesis; biochemistry of gene action- microbiology and bacterial genetics; biochemistry in medicine and industry. The practical work will be related t[...]shers). Reference books: White, A., and others, Principles of biochemistry, 4th edition ([...]ular genetics (Nelson). Dickerson, R. E., and Geis, I., The structure and action of proteins (Harper and Row) . Watson, J. D., Molecular biology o[...]Hall). Lamer, J., Intermediary metabolism and its regulation (Prentice-Hall). THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN BIOCHEMISTRY. Pre-requisite subjects for all third-year subjects in Biochemistry: SY02 Bio- chemistry II at Division[...]at the third-year subjects may be passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the Schedules. The[...]ts, each consi. ting of not more than 16 lectures and about 50 hours pl'actical work. Because of the rapid development of the subject most of the readfog matter in all units will be reviews or original articles. T[...]ble by the Department. 1. NUCLEIC Acm STRUCTURE AND BIOSYNTHESIS: First term. Sequence analysis of DNA and RNA. methods and results; scquellce imcl stn1cture of transfer RNA and viral fu'-!A. D A biosynthesis in bacteria, nzymology, RNA initiation, mec.hanisms; DNA repair, lucleic acid hybridi- zation, methods and problem . RNA bio;ynthesi in bacteria enzymology, inhibitor . preour or RN[...]he nucleic acids, 7th edition (Chapman and Hall). 974 |
 | [...]HEJ'.HSTRY 2. GENE EXPRESSION A:-ID frs CONTROL IN BACTERIA AXD THEIR VIRUSES: First term.[...]mplate level-promoter region, op rator region and binding of control proteins to these; role of RNA polymera e in control; mRN t rmination, ( b ) at the R[...]vailability. The course will use bacterial and bacteriophage systems for illustrative material. 3. PROTEIN STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION: Second term. Chemical and physical principles and procedurn applied to lhe elucidal icm of the structure and behaviour of protein molecules at cliff r nt orga[...]volution; secondary structure-determination of degree of helicity in native and denatured states; conformation- chemical and physical tcclu1iques for recognition of reactive groups, size and shape determination by ultTacenlTi - fog.e. osmotic press ure. viscosity, light sc[...]n ,. 10N "' 'D ITS CoNTROl.. 1,.., Hro1n:n Onc,>u'-'l ~1s: Second term. ompon nts of eukaryote cell nucl us and comparison of the mechanisms invo h·ed in gene expression ( R A synthesis, processing, transport and translation ) in higher cells wilh U1ose in bacte rin; structure of the eukaryote bromosome; component of isolated chromatin and lheir pos ible role in a gen expression. Types and mecbani m o.f control in euka ryo tes-differentia- tion, transcriptional and post-transcriptional. The course will c[...]logical systems for illustrative m, terial and will include oocyte maturation, tjssue culture, cell fu ·ion studie , hormone action, and red blood cell maturatiou . 5. l'.1ECHANISM AND CONTROL OF ENZYME AcTIVITY: Third term .[...](allosteric enzymes. modifi cl enzymes, tissue- and species-specific isoenzyrnes). Procedures for[...]u types of reactions; interpretation of these in terms of rnechani m of enzyme action. 6. BIOCHEMISTRY OF MEMBRANES AND CELL SURFACES: Third term. T)•pe of biological membranes and their fw1ction ; structure of membrane ' and method of studying them; membranes i1wolved in protein syn thesi and secretion of proteins. Transport across membranes in bacterial and higher c !Is. Hormone action and membranes. Cell surface.~ of eukaryot ; co[...] |
 | [...]SY99. Biochemistry for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Pre-requisit subject: SY03 Biochemistry Ill or SY83 Biochemistry IIIM. In exceptional cases students ha ing passed another[...]thelr full lime for nn entire academic year to a special cour e of study and XJ?erimental work in the Department of Bio- chemistry. Candidate \ ill[...]first Monday of February. but this can be altered in special circumstances by arrange- ment with the Professor[...]work wilJ illcluclc a course on techniqu,es used in biochemical r earch; participation in n ~erics of lecture-symposia on topics of modem biochemistry; participation in research seminars. and the performance of research work und r the superv[...]the student will report on the aim, significance and approach of his research topic. Toward the end of[...]sit for a written deductive examination, present and def1nd an original proposition on science and submit the results of his research i11 t he form[...]) SY89. Biochemistry for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. See Schedule II of the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. SY79. Biochemistry for the Honours degree of B.Sc.Dent. SY82[...]For syllabuses see under Faculty of Dentistry. (Degree of B.D.S.) 976 |
 | [...]of the volume. EXAMINATIONs.-All examinations in Botany cover both theoretical and practical aspects. These cannot be taken separate[...]ion of the two half-subjects SBlH General Biology and SB2H Plant Biology. SB[...]gy Ill. A half-subject comprising one lectu re and two hours' practical work per week nod one discus[...]applicable to all organisms, viz: cell structure and function, elementary biochemistry, genetics, the[...]be included. Text-book: Raven, P. H., and Curtis, H. , Biology of plants (Worth).[...]ology Ill. This half-subject can only be taken in conjunction with SBlH General Biology IH. A half-subject comprising one lecture and two hours' practical work per week and one discus ion period per fortnight throughout th[...]evolutionary relationships, structure, physiology and reproduction of plants; human interactions with e[...]y be included. Text-book: Raven, P. H., and Curtis, H., Biology of plants (Worth).[...]ich is given jointly by the Departments of Botany and Zoology, see under Zoology.[...]ubjects : A pass at Division I or higher standard in either Botany I [i.e. an aggregate of SB lH General Biology and SB2H Plan t Biology] or SZ7l Biology I or, for 19[...]ology concurrently with SB02 Botany 11 ) . A pass in SCOl Chemistry I is also required but a candidate[...]l of the Head of the Botany Department ( obtained in writing through the Academic Registrar). The course comprises two lectures and two practical periods per week through- ou[...] |
 | [...]lic energy; perme- ability of cell to water and solutes; movement of water mineral ions and organic solutes within lhc plant. Plant growth. Text-book: Salisbury, F. B., and Ross, C., Plant physiology (Wadsworth). B. PLANT ECOLOGY: Principles and practice of plant ecology; ecological anatomy; bi[...]rence books: Kershaw, K. A., Quantitative and dynamic ecology (Edward Arnold). Greig-Sm[...]ology, 2nd edition (Butterworth). c. EvoLUTlON AND T AXO OMV OF THE Ar-.c10 PEH~'l : Natural selection and speciation, chromosome botanv, recombinati.on S}'[...]xonomic concepts illustrnted by selected families and genera; bio- geography and origin of angiospem1s. A representative herbarium of between 50 and 80 species of South Australia:n plants is to be made during the year and submitted by the first day of third term, and a taxonomic project is carried on throughout the )'ear and submitted by t11e last day of lectures. Boili herbarium and project count towards final marks. This may be varied and ca11didate are advised to consult the Depar[...]edit ion (Prentice-Hall). Davis1. P. H., and Cullen, J., The identification of flowering pl.ant families (Oliver and Boyd). Black, J. M., Fwra of So11tl1 Aust[...]cultJvated 71lants, 2nd edition (Allen and Unwin). Davis, P. H., and lle)•woocl, H., Principles of angiosperm[...]tany (McGraw-Hill). Willis; J. H., Manual and dictionary of {lowering ·plauts and ferns (C.U.l'.). Cotton, B. C. (ed.) , South Australian national parks and wildlife reserves (Government Printer, Adelaide). TlllRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN BOTANY. Pre-requisite ubjects: SB02 Botany II[...]red to have pas ed SB2H Plant Biology lH; or gain special permission of the Head of the Department for part[...]rs the seven double-units listed below. 1urubers 3-1 each comprise three lectures and the equivalent of one and a half days ( ( 11 hours) practical work per week, for one term . The other two are each equivalent in content to this but the work is done during inten[...]ng students, space per- miltilig. The two courses in a term are at different times so that hoth may be taken in appropriate combination with unit courses in another department. 978 |
 | [...]An intensi\1e course gi ven dudng four weeks in Ja1)uary. Students wishing to nrol for thi co[...]station ( cost approx. $1 a day). A course in ecology emphasizing the study of the interactions between grazing animals and vegetation in arid areas, the principles involved, and their application to management practices.[...]ear. Field work is a normal part of the course and will be undertaken when weather and tides are convenient (cost about $15) . T[...]ngiosperms; comparative morpllology, reproduction and relationships; marine ecology and biogeography; primary productivity; economic aspe[...]books as set during the course.3. BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS OF PLANT CELLS: Third term. Cell physiology, photosynthesis, respiration, bio-energetics and mechanisms of energy conservation; membrane bi[...]ransport. Reference books: Davies, D. D., and others, Plant biochemistry (Blackwell). Nobe[...]Papers to be notified during the course. 4. CELLS AND EMBRYOS: Second term. A course in developmental biology given jointly with Zoology. Fertilisation; normal and asymmetrical division of cells; differentiation of cells and regulation of cellular activities; movement of cells; induction of growth and form in embryos. Text-book: Ebert, J. D., and Sussex, I. M., Interacting systems in development, 2nd edition (Holt). Refer[...]Cell biology (Harper). du Praw, E. J., Cell and molecular biology (Academic Press). Torrey, J. G., Development in -flowering plants (Macmillan). 5. MYCOLOGY: Second term. Morphology and taxonomy of the fungi; industrial and applied mycology. This course is given at th[...]taxonomy (Macmillan). 6. COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY AND PALAEOBOTANY: Third term. This course involves comparative studies of living and fossil representatives of the bryophytes and vascular plants. The course may include da[...] |
 | [...]Hutchinson). Watson, E. V., The structure and life of bryophytes (Hutchinson). Reference[...]t during the course. 7. ENVIBONMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY AND ECOLOGY: First term. Physics of the plant environment and physiological responses to it; plant water re[...]etation; understanding ano use of instrumentation in the field. The course will include a fi eld e[...]. Press). Kozlowski, T. T. Water deficits and plant growth, vols. I and II (Academic Press). Munn, R. E[...]SB99. Botany for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Pre-requisite subjects: A satisfactory standard in SB03 Botany III or SB83 Botany IIIM or special permission of the Head of the Department. Cand[...]ailed knowledge than is required for the Ordinary degree. A course of reading is prescribed and students are required to lead seminars and write e says. In addition, candidates are ei..-pected to study more deeply one branch of botany, to carry out research in this field and to present the results in a written report. A small proportion of the total course is flexibl e and candidates choose, with approval, between additional project work and courses such as third-year science units AC74 Sci[...]epartment during the final year of their Ordinary degree course. The Honours course commences at th[...] |
 | [...]Sludents who intend to take third-year subjects in the Department · of Physical and Inorga-nic Chemistry or Organic Chemistry arc ad i eel to take the following combinations of first- and second-year subj cl~ : First Year: SCOl Chemistry[...]cs I, QMOl Mnthcinntics l or QMll MathemaUcs [ ~. and either SZ71 Biology I or SGOl Geology 1; Second Year: SC02 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry 11, S002 Organic Cfiemistry n, and SY02 Biochemistry II or Q 102 Pure Mathematics 11[...]or who thinks he may wish, to proceed to Honours in either Department of Chemistry is advised to disc[...]as early as possible. PHYSICAL AND INORGANIC CHEMISTRY[...]ledge of Matriculation Chemistry will be assumed. In addition, students would be assisted greatly by a study of Physics and either Mathematics IS or both Mathematics I and II at Matriculation level. The course consists of three lectures and three hours practical work and one tutorial each week throughout the three terms[...]ular work assignments based on the lecture course and prescribed text-books: The course is given in three sections: Chemical Structure, including molecular and crystal structure, methods of structure determina[...]ion to thermodynamics, energetic considera- tions in the synthesis and stability of compounds, intermolecular forces, gases, liquids and solutions. Reaction Mechanisms and Synthesi.s, including the kinetics of chemical re[...]hesis of compounds with reference to both organic and inorganic systems. Extensive lectures notes are[...]ms (Freeman). Richards, J. H., Cram, D. J., and Hammond, G. S., Elements of organic chemi[...]t Edition) (McGraw-Hill); or Tedder, J. M., and Nechvatal, A., Basic organic chemistry (Wiley).[...]ecular models. Further details will be circulated in the Department. SC02. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II. Pre-requisite subjects: A Division I pass, or higher, in SCOl Chemistry I. The course assumes a knowledge of some topics covered in first-year Mathematics courses and students wishing to enrol for SC02 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II without having passed QMOl Mathematics I, QMll Mathematics IM, or QM7H Mathematics IH in combination with either QA7H Computing IH or QT7H Statistics IH must obtain special permission from the Head of the Department of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry. The course consists of three lectures, one tutorial and not less than six hours' practical work a[...] |
 | [...]emistry, coordination chemistry, the struc- ture and the reactions of inorganic compounds of both metallic and non-metallic elements, and analytical chemistry. A more detailed syllabus fo[...]will be available from the Department of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry during the enrolment period.[...]sical chemistry, preparative inorganic chemistry and modem instrumental analysis. Text-books: Cotton, F. A., and Wilkinson, G., Advanced inorganic chemistry, 3rd[...]trochemistry ( Butterworths). Basolo, F., and Johnson, R. E., Co-ordination chemistry: the chem[...]entice-Hall). Buckingham, A. D., The laws and applications of thermodynamics (Per- g[...]Sheehan, W. F., Physical chemistry (Allyn and Bacon). Dickerson, R. E., Molecular therm[...]requisite subj els: A Division I pass, or higher, in SCOl Chemistry I. A pnss in a full or a half Mathemati.cs subject in first year is desirable; a student without such[...]consult the Head of the De1,>artment of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry for advice before enrolling. The course consists of three lectures and six hours practical work a week throughout the th[...]l is directed to principles of inorganic, organic and physical chemistry as applied to biological systems. The lectures in physical chemistry will serve as an introduction[...]f e.nzyrne catalyzed reactions, surface chemistry and biodegradability, analytical spectroscopy,. and electrochemistry. The lectures in inorganic chemistry will serve as an introauction to transition metal chemistry and metal complexes, especialo/ their bondin~l structure and reactions, as a basis for later studies in metallo-biochemi.stry. T.ne lectures iu organic c[...]h the chemistry of the heterocycUc compounds with special reference to nitrogenous and other compounds of significance to the biologist,[...]ry of carbohydrates, the chemistry of amino acids and related compounds. The practical course w!IJ illustrate lecture topi.cs in physical chemistry the synthesis and instrumental hwestigation of coordination compounds, and the main methods and techniques of organic chemistry. Text-books: English, J., Cassidy, H. G., and Baird, R. L., Principles of organic chemistry ( McGraw-Hill). Basolo, F., and Johnson, R. E., Coordination chemistry (Benjamin)[...]). Sykes, P. A., A guidebook to mechanism in organic chemistry, 3rd edition ([...] |
 | [...]SICAL .All."D INORGANIC THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN PHYSICAL AND INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Pre-requisite subjects: A DMsion I pass, or higher, in SC02 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II is the d irable pl'c-requi[...]pproval of the Head of the Department of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry in each case, students may be allowed to proceed to a umited programme of third-year units in SC03 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry III on the basis of Division I passes or higher, in second-year (Group D) subjects other than SC02 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II. The Department offers t[...]nits, each of which consists of about 15 lectures and about 54 hours' practical work and tutorials. The Department has declared that the third-year subjects may be passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the Schedules. A pa[...]will be available from the Department of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry in December and during the enrolment period. Prior to enrolling a[...]r course with members of staff of tl1e Department and finally with the Head of Department. 1. QuANTUM[...]ore complex atoms, molecular orbitals, simple and complex molecules~ ,,. molecular orbitals, cal- culation of charge densities bond orbitals and aipole moments; symmetry operations; group theory. Text-books: Hanna, M. W., Quantum mechanics in chemistry (Benjamin); or Murrell, J. N., Kettle, S. F. A., and Tedder, J. M., Valence theory, 2nd editi[...]l meiliods to calculate thermodynainic /roperties and equilibrium constants; Maxwell-Boltzmann, Fer[...]ion of intermolecular forces from equilibrium and transport properties. Text-book: Denbig[...]rm. Crystal symmetry; a,pplication of X-ray and electron diffraction to the crystalline state especially in determination of crystal and molecular structure. Text-book: Sands, D.[...]Reference books: Lipson, H. S., Crystals and X-rays (Wykeham). Stout, G. H., and Jensen, L. H., X-ray structure determination (Macmillan). Bloss, F. D., Crystallography and crystal chemistry (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). 4. REACTION KINETICS: Second term. Theories of gas and liquid phase reactions; unimoleculnr, bimolecular, ter- molecular, chain, and photochemical reaction~i. stationary state and non- stationary state systems. The prac[...] |
 | [...]CHEMISTRY, PHYSICAL AND INORGANIC Reference books: Benson,[...]cal kinetics (McGraw-Hill). Frost. A. A., and Pearson, R. G., Kinetics and mechanism, 2nd edition (Wiley).[...]5. MOLECULAR SPECTRA: First term. Theory and selected applications of emission, absorption and resonance spectroscopies including the use[...]ill). Reference book: \Valker, S., and Straw, H., Spectroscopy, vols. 1 and 2 (Chapman and Hall). 6. 0RGAN01vIETALLIC CHEMISTR[...]is is placed on their p repnratio11, reactivities and struolure. Bonding concepts and thermodynamic data are introducecJ to rationnlise[...]look at the role of organom tallic compounQs in catalysis. Text and Reference books: Cotton, F. A., and Wilkinson, G., Advanced inorganic chemistry, 3rd[...]ition ( Interscience). Phillips, C. S. G., and Williams, R. J. P., Inorganic chemistry , vol. 2[...]A physical chemical discussion of the structure and solution properties of natural and synthetic macromolecules. Reference books:[...]ence, 2nd edition (Wiley). Mahler, H. R., and Cordes, E. H., Biological chemistry (Harper[...]. METAL CoMPLE.'l:ES: First tem1. Bonding in complexes, crystal field and charge transfer spectra. Fonnation of complexes in solution: species, equilibria, and energy changes. Text-books: Cotton, F. A., and Wilkinson, G., Advanced inorganic chemistry, 2nd[...]cGraw- Hill). 9. PATTERNS OF INORGANIC AND ORGANOMETALLIC REACTIONS : Third term. A di~cussion of inorganic and organometallic cl1cmistry from the point of view of reaction types, with em phasis on c:mr nt thinking and research in the area covered. Topics covered will includ :[...]d migration reactions C'insertion" reactions). and their importance in the reactions of small molecules with transition metals; reactions invol ving changes in metal oxidation states ("oxidative-addition" r[...]f vVilkinson's catnl>' t, the Wacker reaction, and Wilke ch mi~lry); reactions of stroined hy[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF SCIENCE CHEMISTRY, PHYSICAL AND INORGANIC orbital symmetry conservation a[...]ons; electro- philic substitution reactions and protonation of metal complexes; organo- met[...]lecules. Text-books: Cotton, F. A., and Wilkinson, G., Advanced inorganic chemistry, 3rd edition ( lnterscience) . Basolo, F., and Pearson, R. S., Mechanisms of inorganic reactions[...]E SoLUTIONs : Second term. Equilibrium and transport properties of electrolyte solutions. Interpretation in terms of simple models. Reference books: Robinson, R. A., and Stokes, R. H., Electrolyte solutions, 2nd edition[...]terworth). Gurney, R. W., Ionic processes in solution (McGraw-Hill). Bockris, J.O'M., and Reddy, A. K. N., Modern electrochemistry (Plenum Press). Three different subjects in third-year Physicnl and l norga11!c Cbemi try are offered depending on wh[...]tments. All studen ts intending to take cour ·es in third-year Physical and Inorganic Chemistry mu t obtnin notes issued by t[...]prior to enrolment during the en rolment p eriod and/or immediately after the results of the November[...]offered are: SC03. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IHA. A Croup D subject. E[...]ent toge ther with four units or two double-units in either Organic Chemistry; or Biochemistry; or Pur[...]rned. Note: The pre-requisites for the subjects in other Departments must be observed. SC13. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IIIB. A Croup C subject. Si[...]f Department. SC83. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IUM. A Group C subject. Fou[...]f the Departments concerned. SC99. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Pre-requisite subjects: Any third-year subject in the D epartment of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry together with subjects in any of the D epartments of Organic Chemistry, Bio[...]pproved by the Head of the Department of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry. Subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry in each case, a student may proceed to Honours in Physical and Inorganic Chemistry if he bas taken a fust degree programme which has not included a Physical and Inorganic Chemistry III subject.[...] |
 | [...]CHEMISTRY, PHYSICAL AND INORGANIC A series of unit courses in advanced Physical and Inorganic Chemistry will be provided for the Hono[...]CE SPECTROSCOPY. 13. MOLECULAR SYMMETRY AND GROUP THEORY. 14. OPTICAL ACTIVITY. 15. NON-ELECTROLYTES AND THEIR SOLUTIONS. 16. MECHANISMS OF SOLI[...]. Students will select courses from Honours units and from third-year units in Physical and Inorganic Chemistry not taken in the course for the Ordinary degree. Lectures or unit courses in other Departments may also be taken. The lecture[...]ined by consultation with his research supervisor and the Head of Department. Each student will be assi[...]of a member o staff of the Deparbnent of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry. The performance of each student will be assessed on the basis of written and oral examinations and the student's written report of his research investigatfon. Books: Those for the Ordinary degree, and in addition other reference books which will be recommended by supervisors and lecturers. 986 |
 | [...]-requisite subject: A Division I pass, or higher, in SCOl Chemistry I. The course, which is given annually, consists of three lectures and at least six hours practical work a week througho[...]tures wrn provide an introduction to the physical and theoretical aspects of organic chemistry, and a discussion of the reactions and properties, including those of biological signifi[...]ing to the major families of a.liphatic, aromatic and beterocyclic compounds. Text-books: Morrison, R. T., and Boyd, R. N., Organic chemistry, 2nd edition or Student edition (Allyn and Bacon). Sykes, P., A guidebook to mechanism in organic chemistry, 3rd edition ( Longmans) . Hart, H., and Schuetz, R., Laboratory manual for organic chemis[...]rtmental Office. THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Pre-requisite . 1,1bjects for all third-year ubjects in Organic Chemistry: S002 Organic Chemistry ll at D[...]of the Head of the Organic Chemistry D epartment in each case students may be allowed to proceed t o a limited programme of third-year un its in Organic Chemistry on the basis of Division I passes or higher in second-year subjects other than S002 Organic Chem[...]at the third-year subjects may be passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the Schedules. The[...]units each of which consists of about 15 lectures and about 54 hours' practical work and tutorials. I. SPECTROSCOPY: First term. Theory and applications in organic chemistry of infra-red, ultra-violet,[...]netic resonance, electron paramagnetic resonance, and mass spectrometry. 2. PHYSICAL-ORGANIC CHEMISTRY : First term. Thermodynamics and kinetics of organic systems; conformational analy[...]TES: Second term. Structure, stereochemistry and reactions of free radicals, carbenes, nitrenes, carbonium ions and carbanions. Reactions involving dissolving metals[...]ynthesis of complex molecules. 6. BIOSYNTHESIS AND HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS: Third term. Biosynth[...]of biological significance. 7. ORGANIC CHEMICALS IN THE ENVII\ONMENT: Third term. Petrochemical[...]emical smog; production, properties, reactions and degradation of p esticides; food additives, plastics and plas- ticizers; detection and assay of organic chemicals in the environment.[...] |
 | [...]No·m: All students intending to take courses in third-year organic chemistry nmst obtain notes is[...]rtment concerning suggested combinations of units and must make nn appointmeot prior to enrolment with[...]t-books: All Units Morrison, R. T., and Boyd, R. N., Organic chemistry, 2nd edition or Student edition (Allyn and Bacon). Fleming, I., and Williams, D. H., Spectroscopic methods in organic chemistry (McGraw-Hill). Unit 2 Alder, R. W., Baker, R., and Brown, J. M., Mechanism in Organic chemistry ( Wiley-lnterscience). Depuy, C. H., and Chapman, 0. L., Molecular reactions and photo- chemistry (Prentice-Hall) . Units 3, 4 and 5 Carruthers, W., Some modern methods of o[...]S099. Organic Chemistry for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Pre-requisite subj ct : A third-year . subject in the D epartment of Organic Chemistry [preferably S003 Organi.c Chemistry Ill] and a third-year subject in the Deparbnent of Physical and Inorganic Chemish·y, or a third-year subject in the D epartment of Biochemistry, or such othe.r t[...]which is given annually, will consist of lectures and seminars in advanced Organic Chemistry and such lectures in Physical and Inorp;an.ic Chemistry, and Biochemistry as the Professor of Organic Chemistry may deem necessary. All time not devoted to lectures and seminnrs will be given to laboratory work. Each s[...]investigate a research problem under the guidance and supervision of one or more members of the staff o[...]emistry. Students who wish to take the Honours degree should consult the Professor of Organic Chemistry during the _preceding year in order that they can be advised on a suitable course of study. Books: Those for the Ordinary degree and, in addition, other reference books, a list of which will be published in the Department of Organic Chemistry.988 |
 | [...]GENETICS. SJ7H. Genetics and Human Variation IH. A first-year half-subject d[...]enetics as a means of understanding the diversity and underlying unity of mankind. There will be one lecture each week and three hours of practical and tutoiial work fortnightly throughout the year.[...]differences. Human chromosomes. Sex detenninalion and differentiation. Human populations a11d their genetlcnl slruc:ture. Elements of demo[...]tation antigens, colour-bllndness, etc. Selection in primitive and c ivilized communities. EIIects of migration and mcial mixture. Gene action and inborn errors of metabolism. Polygenic variation (body hape and size, fingerprints, intelligence, etc.) . Twin comparisons. Mutation and radiation hazards. Human evolution. Text-bo[...]on (Prentice-Hall). Stone, G. K., Evidence in science. A simple account of the principles of science for students of medicine and biology (Wright).[...]t suitable for taking along with SJ02 Genetics II in second year: SY02 Biochemistry ll, SB02 Botany II[...]Zoology ll. Pre-requisites: either (A) Passes in one biological and one mathematical subject or half-subject from Group A; or ( B) In special circumstances a knowledge of biology and mathematics deemed satisfactory by the Head of th[...]e. Three lectures, three hours' practical work and one tutorial a week for three terms. Views on the origin of the universe and of life. Mendelian inheritance. Prob- ability and inductive inference in genetics. Linkage. Mitosis and meiosis. The chromosome theory of heredity. Structural changes in chromosomes. Recombina- tion systems in micro-organisms. The genetic material. Gene mutation. Gene tructure and function. Protein synthesis. Gene regulation. The[...]irihcritance. Dilferentiation,. Sex determination and differentiation. Polyploidy. Breeding systems in plants. Population growth and the elements of demography. Population genetics and natural selection. Polygenic variation (e.g. height, yield, intelligence) and its particulate basis. Heritability and the response to selection. Inbreeding and outbreeding. Speciation. Genetics and Man-pedigree analysis, chromosomal variants, inbo[...]oks: Bailey, N. T. J., Statistical methods in biology ( E.U.P.). McKusick, V. A.,[...] |
 | [...]sion I or higher standard. Four cours , A, B, C and D, are offered as part of SJ03 Genetics III. Each course extends over three terms and consists of one lecture and an average of 2-3 hours of practical or tutorial work per week. A[...]ics III takes three of these courses.A. GENE AND CHROMOSOME STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION: Text-books: Hartman, P. E., and Suskihd, S. R., Gene action, 2nd edition (Prentie&- Hall). Swanson, C. P., and others, Cytogenetics (Prentice-Hall). Refer[...]olecular genetics (Freeman). B. RECOMBINATION AND GENETIC SYSTEMS: Text-books: Hayes, W., The genetics of bacteria and their viruses, 2nd edition (Blackwell). Fincham,]. R. S., and Day, P. R., Fungal genetics, 3rd edition (Blackwe[...]Evolution of genetic systems, 2nd edition (Oliver and Boyd). Lewis, K. R., and John B., Chromosome marker (Churchill). Wilkie, D., The cytoplasm in heredity (Methuen). C. ECOLOGICAL GENETICS. H[...]cal genetics (North Holland) Race, R. R., and Sanger, R., Blood groups in man, 5th edition (Blackwell). Reference books: Cavalli-Sforza, L. L., and Bodmer, W. F., The genetics of hutMn popula-[...]Freeman). Giblett, E. R., Genetic marker1 in human blood (Blackwell). Robinson, D. N., Heredity and achievement (Oxford U. Press). D. QuANTITATIVE GENETICS: Text-books: Crow, ]. F., and Kimura, M., An introduction to population genetics theor11 (Harper and Row) . Falconer, D. S., Introduction to quantitative genetics. (Oliver and Boyd). Reference books: Allard, R.[...]es of plant breeding (Wiley). Mather, K., and Jinks, J. L., Biometrical genetics, 2nd edition (Chapman and Hall). Newton Turner, H., and Young, S. S. Y., Quantitative g~lcl In sheep breeding ( Macmillan). 990 |
 | [...]SJ99. Genetics for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Candidates are required to give their full attendance for one academic year to a special course of study in the Deparbnent of Genetics. Each candidate will have a prescribed reading list and a research investigation to be carried out under[...]r of staff. The course will include participation in seminars and discussions on advanced topics and the writing of essays and literature reviews. Candidates will be required to take a written exrunination and to present a thesis embodying the results of thei[...]of Medicine or Dentistry. (Degrees of M.B., B.S. and B.D.S.) SJ89. Genetics for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. The pre-requisites are passes in SJ02 Genetics II and in the First Professional Examination in Medicine. Intending candidates should consult the[...]ble. SJ79. Genetics for the Honours degree of B.Ag.Sc. For syllabus see under Faculty of A[...]ence. SJ69. Genetics for the Honours degree of B.Sc.Dent. For syllabus see under Fac[...] |
 | [...]GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES. One 6rst-year ubjc t and one half-subject are availabl . SGOl G eology I p[...]clion to the geological sciences through lectures and practical work and is the norm.al pre-requisite for entry to SGOZ C · ology Il. It also serves students in t.he Faculties of Engineering and Agricultural Science. SG7H Geology lH is a lecture course, available to students who have a general inter t in the cience or it'S relevance to problems of the e[...]ogy I but a knowledge of Mall'iculation Chemistry and Physics will be helpful. The course consists of three lectures, three hours practical work and one tutorial per week throughout the year. The.re[...]c lecture course (two lectures per week) is given in three sections: Global Geology and Geophysics, including global gravity, seismicity,[...]sea floor spreading, continental drift, petrology and plate tectonics. Geological History and Evolution of the Landscape, including weathering and erosion, sedimentary rocks, the fossil record, pr[...]ructures, landscape evolution. Earth Resources and Conse1'Vation, including mineral and energy resources, aspects of engineering geology and hydrogeology. A supplementary .lecture course (one lecture per week ) provjdes the additional background in mineru logy, petrology, palaeontology and geophysics req uired for the course 0£ prnotical[...]er includes the study of crystals minerals, rocks and fos. ils; i1 terpretation of elementary geologica[...]ises. T he practicnl cou1·s • thus illustrates and d ,·clops tl1C lecture course with reference to[...], G. M., An introduction to geological structures and maps (Arnold). Reference books: Read, H. H., and Watson, J., Introduction to geology, 2nd edition, vol. 1 ( Macmillan) . Gilluly, J., and others, Principles of geology, 3rd edition (Freeman). Dott, R. H., and Batten, R. L., Evolution of the earth (McGraw-Hil[...], 2nd edition (Nelson). Longwell, C. R., and others, Physical geology (Wiley). Shelto[...]rth (Freeman, Cooper). Griffiths, D. H., and King, R. F., Applied geophysics for engineers and geologists (Pergamon). McAles[...]ll). 0 This is also a text for Geology II and III.992 |
 | [...]CIENCE GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES Talbot, J. L., and Nesbitt, R. W., Geological excursions in the Mount Lofty Ranges and the Fleurieu Peninsula (Angus and Robertson). Atlas of Australian resources,[...]is desirable. The course consists of two lectures and one tutorial per week throughout Lhe year. The le[...]will be specially de igncd for t he half-subject and will include some practical activities. Text[...]ooks). Reference books: Gillully, J., and others, Principles of geology, 3rd edition (Freeman). Longwell, C. R., and others, Physical geology (Wiley). Holmes,[...]rentice-Hall). SGlH. General Geology IH and SG2H. Physical Geology Ill. These half-subjects have be n replaced by SGOJ Geology I and SG7H Geology IH. SGlH General Geology lH and SG2H Physical Geology ill will therefore be available in 1974 only to stude.nts who have already pas ed one of ll1 e half-subjects and who wish to enrol for the other in order to complete the requirements for entry to S[...]slrongly recommended. For 1975, an alternative, and normal pre-r quisite wiJI be a Division I pass, or higher in SGOl Ceology I. LECTURES.-This course consists of three lectures a week throughout the year as follows:- Crystallography: The symmetry of crystals and lattices. Mineralogy: The theory of uptical mineralogy. Petrology: The characteristics and mode of occurrence of igneous, meta- morphic and sedimentary rocks; a study of the accepted classi[...]rocks. Structural Geology: The geometry and interpretation of geological structures. Geomorphology: The nature and development of land forms with emphasis on structural control. Stratigraphy and Sedimentation: Principles, with application to th[...]Mineralogy: Optical mineralogy; study of minerals in the hand specimen.[...] |
 | [...]LOGICAL SCIENCES Petrology: Identification and classification of rocks; study of typical rocks both in hand specimen and under the microscope. Structural Geology: I[...]. Palaeontology: Introduction to morphology and taxonomy; interpretation of fossil assemblages. FIELD WoRK.-A minimum of ten days will be spent in the field during the year. Excursions to localities of special interest will be arranged. APPARATUs.-Students[...]t (Wiley). 0 Verhoogen, J., and others, The earth (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). 0 Williams, Howel, and others, Petrography ( Freeman). Dunbar, C. 0., and Rodgers, J., Principles of stratigraphy (Wiley).[...]ation of minerals (McGraw-Hill). "Blatt, H., and others, Origin of sedimentary rocks (Prentice-Hal[...]A., et al., The geological evolution of Australia and New Zealand (Pergamon) . Gay, P.,[...]xas). Hyndman, D. W., Petrology of igneous and metamorphic rocks (McGraw- Hill). Jennings, J. N., and Mabbutt, J. A., Landform studies from Australia and New Guinea (A.N.U. Press).[...]eology III texts. THIRD YEAR SUBJECTS IN GEOLOGICAL SCIBNCES. Pre-requisites vary according to the units or subjects taken and are given below. The Department has declared that the third-year subjects may be passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the Schedules. The Department of Geology and Mineralogy and the Department of Economic Geology offer the foll[...]8 hou.rs' 1>ractica1 work: 1. STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY AND TECTONICS: Second term. Further interpreta[...]llowed by an introduction to tectonic regimes and tectonic maps. Field studies will form a part of the course. Text-books: Price, N. ]., Fault and ioint development in brittle and semi-brittle rock (Pergamon) . Ramsay, J. G., Folding and fracturing in 10cks (McGraw-Hill). Reference books: C[...]f the earth (Prentice-Hall). Turner, F. J., and Weiss, L. E., Structural analysis of metam[...] |
 | [...]]., The dynamic earth (Wiley). Bird, J. M., and !sacks, B. (eds.), Plate tectonics (American Geophysical Union). 2. STRATIGRAPHY AND BASIN STUDIES: Third term. Principles of stratigraphy and historical geology. Field studies will form a[...]th, 2nd edition (Freeman). Krumbein, W. C., and Sloss, L. L. Stratigraphy and sedimentation, 2nd edition (Freeman) .[...]EFORMATION OF GEOLOGICAL MATERIALS: Not available in 1974. The physical background for the advanc[...]Text-book: Wulff, J. (ed.), The structure and properties of materials, Vols. 1, 2 and 3 (Wiley). Reference book: Jaegar, J. C., and Cook, N. G. W., Fundamentals of rock mechanics (Methuen). 4. IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC PETROLOGY I: First term. The characteristics and origin of the principal associations of igneous and metamorphic rocks. Field studies will form a p[...]books : Hyndman, D. W., Petrology of igneous and metamorphic rocks (McGraw- Hill) . E[...]erals (McGraw- Hill); or Deer, W. A., and others, An introduction to the rock forming minerals ( Longmans). Williams, H., and others, Petrography (Freeman). Reference books: Verhoogen, J., and others, The earth (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Hatch F. H., and others, Petrology of the igneous r(Jcks, 12th edi[...]2nd edition (Springer). Turner, F. J., and Verhoogen, J., Igneous and metamorphic petrology, 2nd edition (McGraw[...]., Metamorphic petrowgy (McGraw-Hill). 5. IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC PETROLOGY II: Third term. The application of theoretical and experimental petrology to natural rock systems[...]books: Hyndman, D. W., Petrology of igneous and metamorphic rocks (McGraw- Hill). Eith[...]minerals (McGraw-Hill). or Deer, W. A., and others, An introduction to the rock forming mine rals ( Longmans). Williams, H., and others, Petrography (Freeman) .[...] |
 | [...]Reference books: Broecker, W. S., and Oversby, V. M., Chemical equilibria in the earth (McGraw-Hill). Zussman, J. (ed.), Physical methods in determinative mineralogy (Academic Press ) . 6. SEDIMENTATION AND RELATED OnE DEPOSITS: Third term. The interpretation of sedimentary environments, and the relation of this to the nature and distribution of sedimentary ore and fuel deposits. Low- temperature geochemistry.[...]R. C., Ancient sedimentary environments (Chapman and Hall). Blatt, H., and others, Origin of sedimentary rocks (Prentice-Hal[...]l). Reference books: Potter, P. E., and Pettijohn, F. J., Paleocurrents and basin analysis ( Springer) . F[...]ochemistry (McGraw-Hill). Garrels, R. M., and Christ, C. L., Solutions, minerals and equilibria ( Harper and Row). Berner, R. A., Principles of chemical sedimentology (McGraw-Hill). 7. MAGMATIC AND HYDROTHERMAL ORE DEPOSITS: Second term. The nature and origin of ore-bearing fluids. Principles controlling the con- centration and localisation of magmatic and hydrothermal ore deposits . Text-books:[...]othermal 01'e deposits (Holt, Rinehart and Winston) . 8. CRYSTAL CHEMISTRY OF MrNERALS: Second term. Text-books: Bragg, W. L., and Claringbull, G. F., Crystal structures of minerals (B ell). Verhoogen, J., and others, The earth (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Reference books: Evans, R. C.[...]raw-Hill). Faul, H., Ages of rocks, planets and stars (McGraw-Hill). Reference books: M[...]stry, 3rd edition (Wiley). Broecker, W. S., and Oversby, V. M., Chemical equilibria in the earth (McGraw-Hill). 996 |
 | [...]CE GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES10. GENERAL PALAEONTOLOGY AND BIOSTRATIGRAPHY: First term. Text-book: Raup, D. M., and Stanley, S. M., Principles of palaeontology (Free[...]RATE PALAEONTOLOGY: Second term. Morphology and evolution of the fossil invertebrates. Text-b[...]all). 12. VERTEBRATE PALAEONTOLOGY, PALAEOBOTANY AND PALAEOECOLGY: Third term. Major evolutionary trends, palaeoecology and biogeography. Text-books: Colbert, E.[...]Reference book: Delevoryas, T., Morphology and evolution of fossil plants (Holt). 13. EXPLORATI[...]ion of geophysical methods to exploration for oil and minerals. Text-books: Dobrin, M. B., In[...]er). Reference books: Griffiths, D. H., and King, R. F., Applied geophysics for engineers and geologists (Pergamon). Nettleton, L[...]A: Third term. Text-book: Grant, F. S., and West, G. F., Interpretation theory in applied geophysics (McGraw-Hill). Re[...]k: Canadian Centennial Conference on Mining and Groundwater Geophysics, Niagara Falk;, 19[...]y of Canada). The units can be combined in the following subjects:[...](A Group C subject.) Units 1, 2, 4, 6 or 7, 10 and 13. Students who are presenting unit 13 as part of SG73 Geophysics IU should include both Wlil 6 and unit 7. In special circunistances other substitutions may be permHted. Greater flexibility in the choice of units is afforded by SG83 Geology 11IM and other IIIM subjects.[...]from those offered by the Department of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry, including the unit in crystallography.[...] |
 | [...]. Geophysics III. (A Group C subject.) Units 13 and 14 tog_ether with four units from the Departments of Mathematics and Physics, including the unit on Elasticity.[...]laeontology III. (A Group E subject.) Units 11 and 12. SG13 Palaeontology III may be taken together with SJ02 Genetics II or SB02 Botany II or SZ02 Zoology II, in lieu of a Group C subject.[...]ved. Subject Combinations and Pre-requisites. Students majoring in th Geological Sciences will normally take SG03 Geology Ill and either SC23 Geochemistry III or SG73 Geophysics I[...]quisites but QMOl Mathematics I, SPOl Pli.ysics I and SCOl Chemistry I are all highly desirable. Pr[...]bjects for SG23 Geochemistry Ill: SC02 Geology II and the pre-requisites for the chosen units in Physical and Inorganic Chemistry III ( SC03 or SC13 or SC83).[...]subjects for SG73 Geophysics IIJ: SGOI Geology I and SN22 pplied fathematics IIA or S 12 Applied Ma[...]jects for SG13 Palaeontology III: SG02 Geology II and SZ71 Biology I or SZOl Zoology I at Division I or higher standard and unit 10 above ( General palaeontology and biostratigraphy). Th pre-requisite.s for indi[...]those for the subje.c t ill which they ocour but in special circumstances exemption from certain pre-requisit[...]SG99. Geology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Pre-requisit:i subjects: Passes satis~actory: to the Professors concerned in ai:y third-year subiectf other tl1an Ceopbys1cs, offered by the Departments of Economic Geology and C eo ogy and fineralogy together wit'b. a sec011d subject in Geological Science~ or a subject offered by the D[...]plied Mathematics, Statistics, Physics, Pl1ysical and Inorganic Chemistry or Organic Chemistry. Cand[...]several courses from a number which will be given in specialised Belds of geology and economic geology including geo- physics. geochemistry and palaeontology. In addition, candidates will undertake supervised in[...]ore of the&e fields. Speciill co11r es of reading and laboratory st1o1dies will be laid down and each candidate will he required lo give all the time not required for lectures or in the field to work in the laborntory. Candidates may be required to sat[...]apply, before the end of the year preceding that in which they wish to emol, to the Profesi;or[...] |
 | [...]SG89. Geophysics for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Pre-requisite subjects: Pa ses satisfactory to the Professor of Geophysics in Geophysics Ill and one of the other third year subjects offered by the D epart- 01euts of Economic Geology and Geology and Mineralogy, or a third year subject olFered by th[...]several courses from a number which will be given in specialized fields of geologyj economic geology, mathematics and phy. ics. Honours students may, after consu talio[...]t, also be required to take some third year unjts in the D epart- ments of Geology Applied Mathematic.~ or Physics, which they did not take in third year. In addition, ca.ndidntes will undertake supervised i[...]Geophysics before the encl of the preceding y ar. Special courses of reading and laboratory studies will be laid down and each candidate will be required to give all the time not required for lectures or in the Seid to work in the laboratory. Candidates ma)' be required to sa[...]apply, before the end of the year preceding that in which they wish to enrol, to the Professor[...] |
 | [...]CROBIOLOGY. THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN MICROBIOLOGY. Pre-requisite subjects: SY02 Biochemistry II and a Division I Pass or higher standard in any two subjects from Group B, one of which can b[...]approximately 22 lectures, 18 hours of tutorials and seminars and 70 hours of practical work. 1. GENERAL MICROB[...]many common features of structure, development and function, they also differ in some fundamental ways. An introduction to tJ1e ba[...]charac- teristics of their growth, sexual and asexual multipl1cation and genetic re- combination. Bacterial viruses will be discussed in some detail. 2. IMMUNOLOGY: Second term.[...]aint the student with the basic principles and concepts of immunological meChanisms whereby mature vertebrates resist invasion by bacteria, viruses and foreign tissue cells. The structure and diversity of antibodies and antigens will be considered, together with[...]available for the detection of antibodies in relation to the specificit( of antigen-antibody r[...]with particular reference to the cells involved in antibody fonnatioo, im- mune tolerance, hypersensitivity reactions and immunity to transplanted foreign tissues.[...]e of the immunological mcchanfams involved in the removal of parasites from mammalian hosts.[...]ral importance of the mechanisms of natural and acquired immunity to fondamental biology will be considered. The roles that phagocytic cells and humoral factors, including antibody and complement, play in the recognition and removal of foreign and effete materials in invertebrates and vertebrates will be discussed. Emphasis will be placed on the evolutionary sequence and increasing complexHy of the systems involved in recognition of unwanted materials. Consideration will be given to the role of the thymus in the development of immunologicaJ competence in foetal and newborn animals. Finally, various theodes of antibody production will be considered in the ligl1t of present knowledge of the deta[...]he relationship of antibody structure to function and the genetic control of protein synthesis.[...]ruif, P. H., The microbe hunters (Harcourt, Bruce and Co.). Nicol, H., Microbes by the m[...] |
 | [...]all subjects) : Principles of microbiology and immunology, by B. D. Davis and others (Harper and Row). Abramoff, P., and La Via, M., Biology of the immune response (McGra[...]ill). Reference books: Humphrey, J. H., and White, R. G .. Immu11ology for stl.J(fents of med[...]well). Kabat, E. A., S11'11ct11ral concepts in imm1111ology and imm1111oc'1emlstry (Holt, Hinehart and Winston) . Boyd, W. C., Fundamentals of immunology, 4th edition ( lnterscience). Kabat, E. A., and Mayer, M. I., Experimental immunocliem!Jtry, 2nd[...]SK99. Microbiology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Pre-requisite subject: Students intending to take the Honours course in Micro- biology are recommended to tak the foll course in SK03 Microbiology Ill. Students taldng other suit[...]full attendance for an entire academic year to a special course of stud)• and laboratory work, and to P.arlicipate in experimental work of n resenrch character under t[...]sion of staff members of the Department. A course in reading, which hould be commenced during the long[...]SK79. Microbiology for the Honours degree of B.Sc.Dent. For syllabus see under Faculty of[...]SK89. Microbiology for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. See Schedule II of the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science.[...] |
 | [...]ed to take QMOl Mathematics I with SPOl Physics I in their first year, and Q 22 Appliea Mathematics IIA or Q 12 Applied Math[...]ith SP02 Physics II. Students mterestcd primarily in physics and mathematics will nonnally take QM02 Pure Mathemat[...]or B subject (e.g. SG02 Geology II, SC02 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II) , or two Group A half-sub[...]QT7H Statistics IH) is entirely satisfactory. In the third year, 15 "unit courses" are offered by[...]with SP03 Physics III. This other subject would, in general, be of a physical and mathematical nature, e.g. SP83 Physics IDM, QF03[...]s Ill, QA83 Computing Science IIIM, SC13 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IIIB, SC83 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry IIIM. In the Honours year, a further range of unit courses[...]e of the third-year units which they did not take in third year. All physics students should refer to the Laboratory rules, which are printed in this volume of the Calendar. For all laboratory c[...]ysics I, but a knowledge of Matriculation Physics and Matriculation Mathematics I and II (or Matriculation Mathematics IS) will be assumed. The course comprises three lectures, one tutorial and three hours of practical work a week, and is given annually. The course is given in the following parts: Mechanics, including classical mechanics, gravitation, special relativity, and introductory quantum physics. Structure of matter, including atomic and nuclear properties, structure and properties of microscopic systems. Oscillations and waves, including forced and natural oscillations, elastic waves, interference and diffraction. Electricity and magnetism, including electrostatics, electromagnetic effects, alternating currents, particles and fields. Text-books: Resnick, R., and Halliday, D., Physics, combined edition (Wiley-Toppan). Resnick, R., Basic concepts in relativity and early quantum theory (Wiley). Reference books: Gamow, G., Matter, earth and sky, 2nd edition (Prentice-Hall). Weidner, R. T., and Sells, R. L., Elementary modern physics (Allyn and Bacon). Feynman, R. P., and others, The Feynman lectures on physics, vol. l (Addison-Wesley). Shortley, G., and Williams, D., Elements of physics, 4th edi[...] |
 | [...]LTY OF SCIENCE PHYSICS Jenkins, F. A:1 and White, H. E., Fundamental-s of optic&, 3rd editio[...]hysics (Wiley), Feather, N ., Vibrations and waves (Pelican ) . Ebbighausen, E. G., Astronomy (Merrill). Resnick, R., Introduction to special relativity (Wiley). Bondi, H., Relativity and common sense (Heinemann). Crawford, F. S[...]3, Waves (McGraw-Hill). Weidner, R. T., and Sells, R. L., Elementary classical physics, vols. 1 and 2 (Allyn and Bacon). .[...]: SPOI Physics I at Division I or higher standard and QMOI Mathematics I or QMll Mathematics I.III. The course comprises three lectures, one tutorial and six hours practical work per week, and is given annually. The lecture topics are: A. ELECTROMAGNETISM AND OPTICS. Circuit Theory : annlysis of D.C. and A.C. circuits with applications. Electro- magneti[...]ta- tional dynamics; properties of gases, liquids and solids. Thermodynamics: first and second laws, heat engines, statistical concepts,[...]edinger wave equation with appli- cation . Atomic and Nuclear Physics: J?roperti and ·interaction of radiation, atoms and nuclei. E lectrons in Solids: free electron and band models of solids, semiconductors and practical semiconductor devices. Text-books: Winch, R. P., Electricity and magnetism (Prentice-Hall) ; or Duffin, W. J., Electricity and magnetism (McGraw-Hill). Kl ein, I. V., Optic.v (Wiley). Kittel, C,, In troduction to solid st.a te 11l1 y.~ics ( Wiley).[...]ntists (McGraw-I-Iii] ). Taylor, E . F ., and Wl1 el r, J. A., Spacetime physics (Freeman).[...]Reference books: Hax~i. W. J-1., and Kemmerly, J. E., Engineering circuit analysis (Mc[...]Introd11 ctio11 t o modem 01>tics (Holt, Rinehart and Winston.) fac.Fadyen, K. A. ~ Physics l[...]ty of London Press J. ~l erm in , . D., Space and time irl special relatii;ity ( !cGraw-Hill ). King, A. L ., Th ermopliysics (Freeman). French, A. P., Special relaHvity ( orton). Weidner, R. T., and Sells, R. L., Elementary modern physics (International Student Edition, Allyn and Bacon ).[...] |
 | [...]ICS TIURD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN PHYSICS. Pre-requisite subjects: SP02 Physics II at Division I or higher standard and QM02 Pure Mathematics II or QM12 Applied Mathemat[...]at the third-year subjects may be passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the Schedules. Final[...]nits, each of which consists of about 16 lectures and 36 hours of laboratozy work. 1. ELECTROM[...]12. PLANETARY INTERIORS 13. HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF PHYSICS 14. ENVIRONMENTAL P[...]III. A group C subject. Six units, including 1 and 3, but not more than two from uni ts 10-15. T he Mathematic.ill Physics unit 3 (Mathematical Methods) may be taken in place of one of the units 2, 4-15 above. A minimum of nine hours' labora tory wor[...]he approval of both Heads of D epartments, a unit in Mathema- ti cal Physics may b e taken in place of one of the units listed above. Two tem1s[...]t, offered by the Mathematical Physics Department and may be ta ken with either SP03 Physics III[...] |
 | [...]ons from the experimental laws of electricity and magnetism-a consistent formulation in terms of fields and sources, with sources detemlincd by macrnscop[...]media. Propagation of electromagnetic waves in homogeneous isotropic media. Poynting's theorem. Theory of dielectrics and dispersion-using a classical microscopic model. Text-book: Ramo, S., and others, Fields and waves in communication electronics (Wiley); or Slater, J. C., and Frank, N. H., Ekctromagnetism (McGraw-Hill).[...]l. II (Addison-Wesley). Panofsky, W. K. H., and Phillips, M., Classical electricity and magnetism ( Addison-Wesley) . 2. ELECT[...]ion of electromagnetk waves on transmission lines and in wave guidei; resonant cavities, radiation density. Propagation, scattering and absorption of lecb·omagnetic wa s in weakly ionized gases; ionospheric propagation, effect of magnetic field. Reflection and transmission of electro- magnetic waves at a[...]celerated charges. Text-book: Ramo, S., and others, Fields and waves in communication electronics (Wiley). 3. QuANTUM MECHANICS: First term. Wave-particle duality and need for a wave mechanics . Relation between wave and ray optics. Hamiltonian theory. Setting up a wave equation. Schroedinger's equation and Borns intcrpretatfon of 'Y. Expectation values.[...]Hydrogen atom. Text-book: Dicke1 R. H., and Wittke, J. P., Introduction to quantum mechanics[...]Kirchhofr-Hehnboltz diffraction integral, Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffrn ction, diffraction gm tings,[...]'s theory coherence spatial £Itering, holography and olher related topics in modern optics. Reference books: Fowles, G. R., lntrod11cU011 to modern optics (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Ditchbum, P. W "< Liglit, 2nd edi[...]ct Thomson J. H., Optics (Wiley). Born, M., and Wolf, E., Principles of optics (Pergamon). 5. ST[...]statistical mechanics, statistical thermodynamics and applicalions of macroscopic thermodynamics, the microcanonical, canonical and grand canonical ensembles, some simple applicatio[...]uantum stati tics of ideal ga es. The formulation and solving of problems is an important par[...] |
 | [...]book: Reif, F., Fundamentals of statistical and thermal physics (McGraw-Hill). Reference book[...](McGraw-Hill). Herzberg, G., Atomic spectra and atomic structure (Dover). Kuhn, H. G., Atom[...]physics, namely the nature of nuclear forces, and nuclear structure. A brief survey of nncl ar prop rlies in g neral will be followed by a discussion of p hysical idea.~ rel vant lo n particle in a potential well. These ideas will then be ap[...]nally nuclear struc- tu re will be discus eel in terms of shel.l models. Reference books:[...]electric properties. Free electron gas. Electrons in periodic lattice. Energy bands. Lattice inlpe[...]oduction to the basic ideas of astro- physics and stellar astronomy, including discussions of the s[...]ation, stellar evolution, the interstellar medium and galactic structure. Text-book: Frontiers in astronomy-Readings from Scientific America[...] |
 | [...]S: First tenn. An introduction to physical and dynamical meteorology. Topics will be selecte[...]q: cloud phys ics; atmospheric electricity; solar and terrestrial rad iation and J1eat balance; the wind-equations of motio n, etc .. approximations and applications; turbulence, dilfusion of pollutants[...]tical meteorology (Holt). Haltiner, G. J., and Martin, F. L., Dynamical and physical meteorology (McGraw-Hill).[...]outer layers of the earth; crustal reflection and refraction technique ( ex-plosion seismology) ; e[...]crustal movements. D etection of elastic wave and location of earthquakes. T ravel time cur ves and structure of the d ep int ri or of the earth; density and composition. The moon and the other planets. Reference books: Ho[...]F. D., Physics of the earth (Wiley).13. HISTORY AND PHn.osOPHY OF PHYSICS: Third term. The topics to be discussed in 1974 are: statistical physics and the history of the theory of heat; history and philosophy of special relativity; philosophy and interpretation of quantum mechanics. Reference books: Brush, S. G., Kinetic theory, vols. 1 and 2 (Pergamon) . Gibbs, J. W., Elementary principles in statistical mechanics (Dover). Whittaker, E., A history of the theories of aether and electricity ( Dover). Bohm, D., The special theory of relativity (Benjamin). Williams, L. P., Relativity theory: its origins and impact on modern thought (Wiley).[...]dor). Born, M., Natural philosophy of cause and chance (Dover). Bohm, D., Causality and chance in modern physics (Routledge and Kegan Paul) . 14. ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSICS[...]arth as a planet, the sun, the earth's atmosphere and oceans, evolution of the atmosphere, biological processes and abnospheric composition, global effects of in[...]an's impact on the global environment: Assessment and recommendations for action, repor[...] |
 | [...]ICS: Second term. Biological slTucturc and function. Microscopy and X-ray dillraction. Atoms, molecules and bonding. Cry tals, llquids and monolayers . .Proteins and nucleic acids. Large molecules in solution. Topics chosen from: membranes, transpor[...], Biophysical principles of structure and function (Addison-Wesley). Setlow, R. B., and Pollard, E. C., Molecular biophysics (Addison-Wesley).LABORATORY WORK IN THIRD YEAR: The work includes formal courses i11 Labomlory Teclmiques (first term only), Electronics and Vacuum Physics. In addition research type projects are carried out u[...]search groups. Students undertake laboratory work in proportion to the number of lecture units to be counted. SP99. Physics for the Honours Degree of B.Sc. The Honours course will ilonnally inc[...]Fomier meiliods atmospheric physics astrophysics. and atomic and molecular physics, but not ail topics will necess[...]will be required to take some compulsory courses, and a selection of optional courses, and they will also be requiJed to take some third-year units which they did not take in third year. Full details may be obtained on appli[...]al pre-rec1uisites for Honours Physics are a pass in SP03 Physics III at a standard satisfactory to the Head of Lhe Department of Physics, together with a pass in SP83 Physics JIIM, or QF03 Theor tica] Phy[...] |
 | [...]LOGY. Physiology is a subject tl1at can b taken in combination with a ariety of Physical, Biological and Mathematical subjects. It is requested that :ill[...]ult the Department of Phy iology before enrolling in any coUI e in Physioloin1. SS02[...]ogy II. Pre-requiste subjects: COI Ch mi try I, and either SZOI Zoology I or SZ7l Biology I. In sp cial c ircumstances a cundidate may be permitted to enrol in SS02 Physiology ll with only one pre- requisite,[...]rse consists of approximately one-third Histology and two-thirds Physiology. HISTOLOGY: The course comprises about 20 lectures and 60 hour ' practical work and iJ1cl.udes microscopy; introductory cytology and cytochemistry; and the histology of intercellular substance, tis ·ues and systems of the body. Emphasis is laid on the rela[...]SIOLOGY: The course comprises about 50 lectures and 100 houTS' practical w01:k . The subject matter d[...]unction of the principal mammalian tissu organs and systems, together with the hormonal and neural integrations of the organism. Text-books: For Histology: Leeson, T. S., and Leeson, C. R., Histology, 2nd edition (Saunders).[...]hysiology: Vander, A. J., Sherman, J. H., and Luciano, D. S., Human physiology (McGr[...]Abbie, A. A., Principles of anatomy (Angus and Robertson). Clark, Sir W. E. Le Gros, The[...]Butler, J. A. V., Inside the living cell (Allen and Unwin). Guyton, A. C., Textbook of medical physiology (Saunders). THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN PHYSIOLOGY AND PHARMACOLOGY. Pre-requisite subject: SS02 Physi[...]I pass or higher standard. Students taking units in third year must nominate their units at the time of enrolment and have them approved by the Head of the Department[...]at the third-year subjects may be passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the Sche~ules. The[...]ts, each of which comprises three lectures a week and nine hours' practical work a week for one term: 1. PRINCIPLES OF PHARMACOLOGY AND TOXICOLOGY: Term 1. Principles of drug action. Factors which modify the mtensity and duration of drug action. Drug toxicity and development. Environmental toxicology. 2. CEL[...]m 1. Membrane electrical properties and membrane potentials. Ionic fluxes, a[...] |
 | [...]gs on the major organ systems, the peripheral and the central nervous systems. Drug dependance and problems of drug abuse. 4. SYSTEMATIC NEUROPHYSIOLOGY: Term 2. Somaesthetics, special senses, and the motor system. Sleep, consciousness, tl1e[...]l'm RENAL PHYSIOLOGY : T erm 3. Physiology and biophysics of the circulation. Kidney and body fluids . 6. NEUROENDOCRINOLOGY AND REPRODUCTIVE PHYSIOLOGY: Term 3. For detail[...]han the particular combinations listed under SS33 and SS43. SS33. Physiology[...]on of two double units from the above list take n in separa te terms ( two terms' work ) together with two units or one double unit (one tem1's work ) in another Department. Text-books: Double un[...]Double unit 2: Katz, B., Nerve, muscle and synapse (McGraw-Hill) . Double unit 4 :[...]ty Press). Double unit 5: Berne, R. M., and Levy, M. N., Cardiovascular physiology, 2nd editi[...]nders) . Double unit 6: Turner, C. D ., and Bagnara, J. T., General endocrinology (Saunders). Reference books (for all units) ; Cooke, I., and Lipkin, M., Cellular neurophysiology (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Pitts, R. F., Physiology of the kidney and body fluids (Year Book). Macleod, J. J. R.,[...]ountcastle (Mosby). Goldstein, A., and others, Principles of drug action (Roeber) . Goodman, L. S., and Gilman, A., The pharmacological basis of t[...] |
 | [...]GY PHARMACOLOGY OR PHYSIOLOGY FOR THE HONOURS DEGREE OF B.Sc. SS89. Pharmacology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Pre-requisite subjects: SS03 Physiolo[...]r full altemlance for an entire academic yeu to a special course of study and laboratory work in the pharmacolo_gy laboratory, and to participate in experimental work of a research character under th > direction and supervision of the Head of the Department. A course In reacHng, which should be comme1lced during the long vacation prior to the Honours year, will be published in the Department of Human Physiology and Phannacology. Candidates may be required also to[...]ent that they ha ve a readfog knowledge of French and German. SS99. Physiology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Pre-requisite subject: SS03 Physiolog[...]full attendance for an entire academic year to a special cour. e of study and laboratory work in the physiology laboratory, and to fartioipate in experimeutal work of a research character under t[...]ervision of the Professor of Physiology. A course in reading, which should be commenced during the long vacation prior to the Honours year, will be published in the D~artment of Human Physiology and Pharmacology. Candi- dates may be required also t[...]ssor that they have a reading knowledge of French and Cenmm. ADDITIONAL[...], B.S.) Applied Physiology and Pharmacology. MX74. Second Professio[...]SS69. Physiology for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. SS79. Pharmacology for the Honours degree of B.Med.Sc. SS22. Human Physiology. (Degree of B.D.S.) SS59. Physiology or Pharmacology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Dent.[...] |
 | [...]PSYCHOLOGY. (FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE) In 1974, the following Psychology courses will be offered in the Faculty of Science: AYO! Psychology l ; AY0[...]logy Il will be n Division I or higher level pass in AYOl Psychology I, a.nd the prc-requis.ite for AY[...]AY89. Psychology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. Candidate · arc requ.ired to give their full attendance for an entire academic year to a special course of study in the psychological Jaborntory. The course wlll include lectures and discussions on advanced topics. It will also involve the writing of a substantial essay and the presentation of a dissertation mbodying the r ults of, and a survey of the literature relevant to, a[...] |
 | [...]ZOOLOGY. EXAMINATIONS: All assessments in Zoology include both practical and theoretical work; these cannot be taken separately. PRACTICAL ZOOLOGY: A record of all work done in the laboratory must be kept in a suitable note- book; these records will be inspected periodically and at the final assessment.[...]three will be spent on lectures. The emphasis in this course is on the study of animals in relation to their environment. Some adaptations of animals that live in the sea, in fresh water and on land. Parasites and their environment. The following topics are al[...]: the principles of genetics, ecology, physiology and taxonomy, the mechanism of evolution, the nature of science and scientific method. The lectures and the practical course centre around the following[...]Fascolia, Taenia, Ascaris. Tutorials are given and discussions on topics concerned with human biology are held. Text-books: Villee, C. A., and others, General zoology, 4th edition (Saunders). Buchsbaum, R. M., Animals without backbones, vols. 1 and 2 (Penguin). Hardin, G. J., Science, conflict and society, readings from Scientific Ameri[...]Students should consult: Romer, A. S., Man and the vertebrates, vols. I and 2 (Penguin). Ramsay, J. A., A physiological[...]einemann). Abercrombie, M., Hickman, C. J., and Johnson, M. L., A dictionary of biology ([...]II. Pre-requi ite subjects: SCOl Chemi try I and a pass at Division I standard or higher in SZOl Zoology I or SZ71 '.Biology I. In special circumstances a candidate may be permitted to emol in SZ02 Zoology II without the pre-requisite of SCOl[...]classical zoology which is functional morphology and evolution of complexity in fovertebrates and vertebrates; Ji cellular and animal physiology which is mechanisms. adaptation[...]es as well as a view of modern scientific method; and ~', ecology and mechanisms of evolution. Statistics is taught as a method for dealing with biological data and is thus incorporated within the practical part of[...]Text-books: Clarke, G. M., Statistics and experimental design (Arnold). Rus[...] |
 | [...]d edition (Saunders). Borradaile, L. A., and others, The invertebrata, 4th edition ( C. U .P.,[...]in, M., Biochemical evolution, edition translated and augmented by S. Margulis (Academic Press). Hyman, L. H., The invertebrates, vols. 1-6 (McGraw-Hill). Kenyon, D. H., and Steinman, G., Biochemical predestination (McGraw- Hill). Mayr, E ., Animal species and evolution ( Harvard U .P. ) . Saunders, J. T., and Manton, S. M., A manual of prnctical vertebrate[...]es, 2nd edition ( O.U.P.). Loewy, A. G., and Siekevitz, P., Cell strncture and function , 2nd edition ( Holt, Rinehart and Winston ) . THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS IN ZOOLOGY. Pre-requisite subject for II third-year subjects in Zoology: SZ02 Zoology II at Division I pass or higher tandard. In special circumstances and with the permission of the Head of the Department[...]at the third-year subjects may be passed by units in accordance with clause 6 of the Schedules. The[...]ffers the following double-units: 1. ECOLOGY .AND MARINE BIOLOGY: 27 lectures and practicals during first term. About o[...]ollowing topics will be discussed. The population in relation to the community nnd the ecosystem[...]ther components of environment. Behavioural and physiological responses of animals to their environment. The marine environment: ocean currents, tides and waves salinity, tem- perature and movement of water; the ocean floor. Plankton: adaptation to environment; migrations; nutrient cycles and food chains. Fisheries: ,growth-rates; age-determination; populations. Intertidal animals: environ- ment; adaptat[...]artha, H. G., Introduction to the study of animal populations, 2nd edition (Methuen). Tait, R. V[...]). Reference books: Andrewartba, H. G., and Birch, L. C., The distribution and abundance of animals (Chicago U.P.). Elton, C. S., Animal ecology (Sidgwick and Jackson). Fisher, R. A., The design of experiments (Oliver and Boyd). Ford, E. B., Ecological genetics (Methuen). Hardy, A. C., The open sea, parts I and II (Collins). Harvey, H. W., The chemistry and fertility of seawaters (C.U.P.). Odu[...] |
 | [...]GY 2. ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR: Twenty-seven lectures and tutorials and twenty-seven practicals during second term.[...]animal behaviour; the concept of drive; hormones and behaviour; the acquisition and processing of info1111, tion; ethological theory;[...]behaviour. Text-books: Dethier, V. G., and Stellar, E., Animal behaviour, 3rd edition (Prent[...]thology: the biology of behaviour (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). Mednick, S. A., Leaming[...]3. ENVIBONMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY: Twenty-four lectures and tutorials and prac- ticals during the third term.[...]hysiologically adapted to the envirom:n ent in which they live. Emphasis will be placed on[...]nutrition, osmotic regulation, reproduction and temperature regulation. Text-book: Gordon, M. S., Animal physiology: principles and adaptations (Macmillan, N.Y.). Refer[...]ry Biology Series (Arnold). 4. CELLS AND EMBRYOS: Second term. A course in developmental biology given jointly with Botany. Fertilisation; normal and asymmetrical division of cells; differentiation of cells and regulation of cellular activities; movement of cells; Uiduction of growth and form in embryos. Text-book: Ebert, J. D., and Sussex, I. M., Interacting system<i in development, 2nd edition (Holt) . Reference books: Dowben, R. M., Cell biology (Harper and Row). Du Praw, E. J., Cell and molecular biology (Academic Press). Torrey, J. G., Development in flowering plants (Macmillan). 5. SYSTEMATICS AND B!OGEOGRAPHY: Twenty-four lectures or tutorials and twenty-four practicals during third term.[...]emming from specified reading will be given in place of formal lectures. A proportion of the pra[...]tudent investigating his or her own project in field and laboratory. Students will be assessed from their prac- tical work and by means of es ·ays. Topics discussed will include the following: Aspects of variation in relation to distribution; concepts of the species; function and taxonomic importance; types of classi6catio11; essen- tlalism and weighting; phylogenetic systematics; numerical taxonomy and bio_geography; taxonomic charactelistics of the biota of isolated islands and lakes, high mountains, and the tropics; latitudinal gradients in diver- ity; relict faunas; the distribution of plants and animals in the southern cold temperate zone.[...] |
 | [...]eference books: Cain, A. J. (ed.), Function and taxonomic importance (Systematics Associa[...]of zoological nomenclature, ed. N. R. Stoll and others ( Internat. Trust for Zoo!. omenclature). Mayr, E., Animal species and evolution (Harvard U .P.). Mayr, E., and others, Methods and principles of systematic zoology (McGraw[...]th two units or one double-unit (one term's work) in another department. Students who wish to enrol for SZ83 Zoology IHM and then to take an Honours degree in Zoology should consult the Head of the Department[...]A course consisting of two lectures, one tutorial and approximately 4 hours of practical work each week throughout the year. Both day and evening classes will be held. The course includes: an introduction to the structure, physiology and functional evolution of plants and animals; elementary biochemistry, cell physiology and genetics; the mechanisms of evolution, and the principles of ecology. Text-books: Villee, C. A., and others, General zoology, 4th edition (Saunders). Raven, P.H., and Curtis, H ., Biology of plants (Worth). Reference books: Browning, T. 0., Animal populations (Hutchinson). Holdren, J. P., and Ehrlich, P. R. (ed.), Global ecology (Harc[...] |
 | [...]Hall). Hardin, G., Biology, its principles and implications, 2nd edition (Freeman). Johnson, W. H., and others, Biology, 3rd edition (Holt, Rinehart and Winston). SZ99. Zoology for the Honours degree of B.Sc. tude.nts enrolled in SZ03 Zoology ID or SZ83 Zoolog>' IllM who wish to tak an Honours degree in Zoology should consult the Professor sorne 'tim <[...]nsult the Head of the Department before enrolling in Z73 ZooloID' JIIE. Candidates are expected to attain a higher standard in general zoology than that required for the Ordinary degree. To this end, a course of reading and several essays are prescribed. In addition, candidates are expected to study more deeply one branch of Zoology, and to carry out research· as an exercise in scientific lllethod. Students are expected to begin work during the long vacation. and to work full-time at their courses through[...] |
 | [...]EGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE[...]e following persons may become candidates for the degree of Master of Science in the Faculty of Science (a) Bachelors of Science, ( b) Bachelors of Agricultural Science, and ( c) other grnduates whose academic qualification[...]to the approval of the Council, the Faculty may, in special cases and subject to such conditions (if any) as it may see fit to impose in each case, accept as a candidate for the degree a person who does not hold a degree of a university, but has given evidence satisfactory to the Faculty of his fitness to undertake work for the degree. 0 1A. Unless the candidate has obtained the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Science or of Agricultural Science he shall, before sub- mitting his thesis as provided for in regulation 4, pass such qualifying examination as the Faculty may in the circumstances deem proper. 2. Subject to conditions t< be determined in each case a graduate of a university recognised by the University of Adelaide, whose degree is accepted by the Faculty of Science as equivalent to one of the qualifications required in regulation l, may be allowed by the Council to proceed to the degree in compliance with these regulations. Every such can[...]ide. 0 3. A candidate who holds the Honours degree of Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Agricultural Science or its equivalent in a University recognised by the University of Adel[...]ended 15 January, 1959, 12 December, 1963, and further amendment awaiting allowance at time of printing. t Amended 4 April, 1963, and further amendment awaiting allowance at ti[...] |
 | [...]FACULTY OF SCIENCE REGULATIONSthe degree of Master of Science in the Faculty of Science at the expira- tion of one year from the date of his admission to the Honours degree of Bachelor; no other candidate shall proceed to the degree before the expiration of h'IO years from the date[...]is candidature. 00 4. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall submit a thesis upon an approved subject and shall adduce sufficient evidence that the thesis[...]te may also submit other contributions to science in support of his candidature. 0 5. A person seeking enrolment as a candidate for the degree ball apply to the Academic Registrax and shall ubmit as part of his application, a statement of his academic standing, accompanied, in the ca e of a person who is not a graduate of the[...]of Adelaide, by acceptable proof of such standing and an outline of the research work or investigation[...]may appoint a supervisor to guide tJ1e candidate in his work. The candidate shall submit ltis thesis not earlier than three terms and, except by special permission of the Faculty, not later than nine te[...]nt a Board of Examiners to report upon the thesis and any supporting papers that the candidate may subm[...]may require any candidate to pass an examination in the branch of science to which his original research or investigation is cognate. t7. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy or Doctor of Science whos[...]not to be of sufficient merit to qualify for the degree of Doctor but of sufficient merit for the degree of faster ma)' be admitted to the degree of Master provided that he is qualified to become a candidate for the degree. tf 8. On completion of his work a candidate sh[...]mic Registrar three copies of his thesis prepared in accordance with directions given to candidates fr[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisfies the Board of Examiners shall on the recommendation of the Faculty of Science be admitted to the degree of Master of Science in the Faculty of Science. §10. The fees to be p[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar.[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE[...]o these regulation a person who has been admitted in the University of Adelaide to an Honours degree of Bachelor or a degree of Master in Science, Agricultural Science, Applied Science or Engineering, or to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in a field of study approved by the Faculty of Science, may proceed to the degree of Doctor of Science in the Faoulty of Science. (b) On the recommenda[...]nce the CounciJ may accept as a candidate for the degree a person who has been admitted to a degree in the University of Adelaide other than one named in section (a) of this regulation, or who is a gradu[...]ucatioll recognised bv the University of Adelaide and has a substantial association with the University; provided that in each case the graduate concerned has, in the opinion of the Faculty of Science, had an ade[...]o person shall be accepted as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Science before the expiration of :[...]person who desires to become a candidate for the degree shall give notice of his intended candidatme in writing to the Academic Registrar and witb such notice sball furnish particulars of bis scieotiflc achievements and of the work which he proposes to submit for the degree. ( b) The Faculty of Science shall appoint a committee to examine the information submitted and to advise the Faculty on whether the Faculty should-(i) allow the applicant to proceed, and approve the subject or subjects of the work to be[...](ii) advise the applicant not to submit his work: and the Faculty's d ecision shall be conveyed[...] |
 | [...]EGULATIONS ( c) If it accept the candidature and approve the subject or sub- jects of the work to[...]external examiner. 3. (a) To qualify for the degree the candidate shall fum.ish satis- factory eviden[...]t11 e Faculty is directly concerned. ( b) The degree shall be awarded primarily on a consideration of[...]y submit for ex- amination. ( c) The candidate in submitting his published works shall state generally in a preface and specifically in notes the main sources from which his information is derived and the extent to which he has availed himself of the[...]publi- cations are concerned. He may also signify in general terms the portions of his work which he c[...]part, if any, of the work he has submitted for a degree in this or any other University. 4. The candidat[...]mic Registrar three copies of t he work p repared in accordance with the directions given in sub-paragraph (b ) of cl ause 2B of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. If the work is accepted for the degree the Academic Registrar will transmit two of the c[...]didate who complies with the foregoing conditions and satisB.es the examiners may, on the recommendation of the Faculty of Science, be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Science in the Faculty of Science. 6. The fees to be paid[...]schedule of fees so prescribed shall be published in the University Calendar.[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCEREGULATIONS, SCHEDULES AND SYLLABUSES OF DEGREES Bachelor of Technology ( B. Tech.) Regulations and Schedules 1024 Syllabuses[...]ogy 1036 Civil Engineering - 1039 Surveying[...]or of Applied Science ( B.App.Sc.) Regulations and Schedules 1057 Syllabuses[...]1076 Secondary Metallurgy - 1079 Mineral Engineering 1082 Data Processing - 1085 General Studies Electives 1096 Bachelor of Pharmacy Regulations and Schedules 1088 Syllabuses[...] |
 | [...]B.TECH. AND APPLIED SCIENCE REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY[...]der Regulation 9. l. There shall be an Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Technology. 0 2. Schedules[...]cour es of study, including lecture , laboratory and other practical work to be undertaken, the examina- drawn up by the Faculty of Technology and Applied Science and sub- mitted to the Councils of the University and the South Australian tions to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be Insti[...]or such other date as the Councils may determine, and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]al has been given. t3. §(a) To qualifv for the degree of Bachelor of Technology a candidate must regu1arly attend such tutorials as may be prescribed and do written, laboratory and other practical work, where such is required, and pass examinations in the subjects prescribed for one of the following[...]eying, 0 (b) Before being admitted to the degree a candidate shall also satisfy the Faculty of Technology and Applied Science that he has ful£lled the requirements in practical experience that are prescribed in the schedule relating thereto. t Amended 15 Janua[...]0 Amended 12 December, 1963, and |
 | [...]ULATIONS AND APPLIED SCIENCE 4. (a) All annual examina[...]academic year, except that practical examinations and examinations in a subject in which the course of instruction has been complete[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council, but shall[...]e bas regularly attended the prescribed tutorials and bas done written and laboratory or other practical \vork where required to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned. · ( c) Written and practical work done by candidates at the direction of the professors or lecturers and the results of terminal or other examinations in any subject may be taken into consideration at the final examination in that subject. 0 " ( d) There shall be three classifications of pass at the annual examination in any subject or division of a subject for the degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction, Pass with Cre[...]with Distinction or with Credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the classification; the names of other can- didates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order. tt ( e) A candidate who fails to pass in any subject shall again attend tutorials and do practical work in that subiect to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers unless exempted by the Faculty of Tech- nology and Applied Science. Any snch exemptions will hold fo[...]( f) Supplementary examinations will be held only in special circum- stances approved by the Faculty after con[...]ty a candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject for which he has not completed the pre-requisite work prescribed in the syllabus for that subject. f 5. Except in case of illness or other sufficient cause allowed by the Faculty, no candidate shall be credited in any year with attendance at tutorials or laboratory work in a subject unless be has attended at least three-fourths of the tutorials and laboratory work respectively in that subject. t6. No candidate shall be granted[...]date who has twice failed to pass the examination in any subject or division of a subject may not pres[...]may not proceed with the subject again except by special permission of the Faculty, and under such conditions as the Faculty may p[...] |
 | [...]B.TECH. AND APPLIED SCIENCE REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES For the purpose of this regulation[...]ho is refused per- mission to sit for examination in any subject or division of a subject shall be dee[...]n. 00 8. A student who has passed examinations in pari mate1'ia in another faculty or otherwise, or who desires that[...]nical schools should be counted pro tanto for the degree of Bachelor of Technology may on application be g[...]andidates who had entered upon the course for the degree in or before the academic year 1969 will be permitted to enrol in the course for the degree i:ilter 31 December, 1969, provided that candidat[...]Institute of Technology at Whyalla or Port Pirie in or before the academic year 1966 will be permitted to enrol for the degree on such conditions as the Council may approve. Such students will be eligible to proceed to the degree under these Regulations provided that they qualify for the degree not later than 31 March, 1976, unless the Council approve an extension of time in a particular case under clause 5 of Chapter XXV o[...]mber, 1966. §Amended 21 December, 1967 and 17 December, 1970.[...]ublished below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other de&'Tees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the end of[...]-time study. Details of these courses are set out in clauses 4 to 9. 3. COMPLETI[...]e Faculty, a candidate may not enrol for subjects in the second or third year of the course before he has passed the examinations in all of the subjects prescribed in the Schedules for the previous year of the[...] |
 | [...]AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...] |
 | [...]B.TECH. (CIVIL ENG.) AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...]Practical 2 TH81 Engineering Chemistry and Materials Lectures 2[...] |
 | [...]AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...]Engineering (T) -· Lectures[...] |
 | [...]B.TECH. (ELECTRICAL ENG.) AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...]a week TMOl Mathematics IA ·-·- Lectures 3[...]torials 2 TPOl Applied Phy~ics I - .. Lectures 3[...]actical 2 TH81 Engineering Chemistry and Materials Lectures 2[...] |
 | [...]AND APPLIED SCIENCE 8. E[...]FlRST YEAR Subject No. in[...]Practical 2 TH81 Engineering Chemistry and Materials Lectures 2[...] |
 | [...]B, TECH. ( MECHA>'lJCAL ENG. ) AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...]a week TMOl Mathematics IA - ··· Lectures 3[...]tical 2 TH81 Engineering Chenristry and Materials Lectures 2[...]Practical 6 TK83 Electrical and Civil Engineering (S) Lectures[...] |
 | B.TECH. - PRACT. EXP., GEN. STUDIES FACULTY[...]ULES AND APPLIED SCIENCE 10. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE To fulfil the requirements in respect of practical experience required under re[...]ng a period of not less than two months and at least one p eriod being spent in work related to the student's professional[...]has undertaken for at least six months in full-time employment. The service of the stude[...]A student who had entered upon the course for the degree in or before 1964 may fulfil the requirements relati[...]f his having had six months' practical experience in work relevant to his profes- sional interests. 11. GENERAL STUDIES ELECTIVE In addition to passing in all of the subjects prescribed for each year of t[...]eneral Studies courses: Subject No. in Syllabus Subject TG91 Social and Technological History TG81 Literature and Society TG71 Social and Technological History ( C.E. ) TG61 Social and Technological History ( S) TG51 Science and Modem Society TG41 German Life and Literature TG31 Political Science[...]Economic Society TG62 Psychology and Human Organisation TG52 Design and Invention TG42 Japanese Language and Culture[...] |
 | [...]BERS AND APPLIED SCIENCE OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY[...]given. Such lists are supplied to students early in the academic year by the lecturers concerned. Ex[...]e department concerned details of the examination in that subject including the relative weights given[...]first letter identifies the Faculty of Technology and Applied Science: T. The second letter identifie[...]as follows: Accounting - A General Studies - - - - - G Building - - - - - B Mathematics - - - - - - M Chemical Technology - - - H Mechanical Engineering - - K Civil Engineering - - c Mineral Engineering - T Electrical Engineering - E Physics - - - - - - - P Electronic Engineering - - L The first digit- 0-3: Indicates (except in Mathematics: 0-2) that the subject is in sequence with another subject. 4-9: Indicates (except in Mathematics 3-9) that the subject is not in sequence with another subject. The second digit- 1-4: Indicates year of subject, e.g. first, second,[...]res at the right-hand side of the syllabus number and title indicate, respectively: Number of lect[...]22, means two hours a week for two terms. Thus 2-22-1 indicates a subject having two lectures and one hour of practical work a week throughout the year, and two hours a week of tutorial work for two[...] |
 | [...]B. TECH.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]TM91. Mathematics IB. (3-2-0) A knowledge of Mathematics I at Matriculatio[...]ned. A course of three hours per week lectures and two hours per week tutorial throughout the year.[...]ential calculus including partial differentiation and differential . Integral calcuJus with applications. Elementary differential equation·. Sequ nee and Series. Curve sketching and curve lllling. Logic and propositional calculus. Intro- duction to li near[...]1ts nnd matrices. Differenc calculus. Probability and talistics. TP91. Applied Physics IR. (2-1-2) Properties of Matter: Harmonic motion. Elast[...]ts, detergents. H eat: Temperature measurement and control. Expansion, calorimetry. Specific heat. Kinetic theory and elements of thermodynamics. Vapours, hygrometry,[...]ht. Photometry. Colour. Acoustics: Sound waves in gases and solids. Ultrasonics. The ear. Sound sources and receivers. Reverberation. Sound insulation. Magnetism and Electricity: KirohofF' laws, D.C. measurements, E[...]ance, A.C. theory. Coupling. Filters, integrating and differentiating circuits. Valves, semi-conductors and Lheir uses. Transducers. X- and gamma rays. TH81. Engineering Chemistry and Materials. (2-0--3) Sh-uctural chemistry; physical and organic chemistry as applied to topics of[...]f industrial significance. The rope.rties and principles underlying the fabrication treatm nt, t sling, and use o metallic and non-metallic materials in the engineer- ing · lectronic and construction industries. TB21. Tectonics I. (3-7-0) Draughting tools and techniques. Plane geometry, solid geometry; proje[...]ng; sketching; lettering. Basic Building Elements in relation to single and two storey buildings. Wnl1s; floors; roofs; doors[...]ces; working drawings. Theory of design. Elements and principles of visual composition bi 2 and 3 dimensions. Visual properties of materials. Application of basic principles to architectural, interior and industrial design. The use of scales, .figured dimensions, plans, sections, elevations and de.tailed drawings in relation to Bills of Quantities. System of taking off arious profession and trai:les. The work and interaependen.ce of ilie various professions and trades involved in building; the architect, the builder, ilie[...] |
 | [...]ECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]02. Building Science IR. (2-0-3) Steel and concrete as building materials. An introduction to the problems of sun, heat, light and sound in buildings. Review of heat, light, sound and solar effects. TB12. D esign of Structures IR. (1-1-2) Statics, strength of materials. Theory of beams, frames, columns, in statically cletem1inate cases. Use of tables, codes and handbooks in element design. TB22. Tectonics IIB. (2-0-7) Multi-storey buildings, their elements, erection and construction. Site visits and reports. Standard methods of taking off and billing more advanced building elements. The bill, remeasurement and settlement. TC62. Surveying IB. (1-0-3) Lectures: The constructiou, adjustment and use of instruments, iJ1cluding the theodolite; chain surveys; levelling; traverse; measurement and setting out of earthwork; curve ranging; computation of traverses and levels: areas and volu mes with straight and irregular boundaries; stadia meas urements; plotting and n11ishillg p lans; sections aud traciJ1gs, plane table. Errors and their effects in c.h aining, levelling and instrument use. Practical Work : Three hours a[...]ut works, adjustment of instruments, calculations and plans connected with above. TB92. Buildmg Law. (2-1-0) History and principles of law. Common precedent and statute law. Industrial and contract law. Local authority law. Buildin[...] |
 | [...]B.TECH.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]3. Building Science IIR. (2-0-3) Timber and metallic alloys as building materials. Further studies in sun, heat, light and sound. Design problems. Heating, cooling, ventilation, intra-building transportation. Gas, electrical, water and sanitary services. TB13. Design of Structures UR. (1-1-2) Statically indeterminate structures. Plastic behaviour. Soil mechanics. Arches. Design of elements and simple statically indeterminate strnctures in steel, concrete (plain and pre-stressed), timber. TB23. Tec~onics IIIB. (2-0-5) Indu trialisecl buildin components. er ction and construction of large build- ings. Heavy con. tn.1clion. Site reports. visit~ and projects. (Option.) Quantity surveying methods for more advanced build ings and structures. Cost-planning. Professional quantity surve)' ing. Site and head office administration. T A93. Building Accountancy. (2-2-0) The nature and purposes of accoun ting; b as ic accounting concepts; the account- ing framework and t.he recording of lrnnsactions; income measurement and valuation problems; financial reporting; annlysis and interpretation of ·financial and opemting statements; limitations inherent in accounting reports; accounting for different forms of business ownership; cost accumulation, analysis and control; sources and application of funds; business flnance.[...]Programming (Computer Programming). (2-1-2) Fortran computer language. Network analyses. Simulation techniques. Critical path methods. Cost, time and resource variable. A General Studies Elective. (0-2-0) For syllabuses see below, after Pharma[...] |
 | [...]ERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY (CIV[...]TMOI. Mathematics IA. (3-2-0) A knowledge of Mathematics I and II at Matriculation is assumed. Sequences, difference algebra, summation, integration. Calculus and applications. Vector algebra, matrices. Paramete[...]. Applied Physics I. (3-1-2) nits and dimensions, vector analysis. Conservation laws, d[...]ctricity, AC theory~ modern magnetism. Conduction in gases plasmas, quantum theory, atomic ana Jmclear theory, X-rays, spectroscopy, radioactive isotopes, health physics, electron emission from solids, vacuum and solid state devices. Temperature measurement equations of state, thermodynamics, heat transfer, low and high temperature . THBI. Engineering Chemistry and Materials. For syllabus see Subject Index.[...]1. Engineering Mechanics IA. (2-1-11) Kinematics, ewton's Laws of Motion. \Vork, energy, power. Momentum and impulse. Conv rsative systems. friction. Equation of energy and angular momen- tum for motion of a rigid bod r ab[...]mass centre of a rigid body. Theorems of parallel and perpendicular axes. Statics conditions of equilibrium, parallel forces, couples and moments. Reduc- tion of a system of forces. Centre of mass. Bending moment and shear force, light frameworks. Elements of hyd[...]TC61. Civil Drawing. (0-0-3) c 0£ slide rule; preparation of charts, graphs, and nomograms; third and first angle projection; auxiliary projection; sectioning and dimensioning; interpenetra- tion o.f solids; deve[...]te plans; sections, mass haul diagrams· som1ding and grading diagrams. Preparation of simple structural and mechanical asseml>lies. Pipe work layouts; reinfo[...]ic Engineering Techniques (Part Course). (21-0-3 1 ) Safety principles; fou11d11' work; hand tools; cutting tools; machine tools; welding and associated process ; joining methods; and finishing processes. Elem ntary machining exercise-, demonstrations of lecture material on tu[...] |
 | [...]B. TECH.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]2. Mathematics IIA. (3-2-0) TM12. Mathematics IIB. (2-2-0) TM13. Mathematics IIC. (1-1-0) The subject matter of Mathematics II is[...]ard Mathematics IIA, IIB or IIC indicates success in 6, 4 or 2 units. The units approved for the various courses are set out below: COURSE AND SUBJECT APPROVED UNITS[...]1, 2, 3, 7 Data Processing (Options M and G) 10, 11, 12, 13[...]3, 4 Matrices and linear algebra: basic concepts and properties, special forms, transformations, systems of linear equations, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Markov chains. UNIT 2.[...]calculus: differentiation of vectors, div. grad. and curl; integration and integral theorems; introduction to ten[...] |
 | [...]ERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE UNIT 4. Complex variable ana[...]lications. UNIT 5. Fortran programming: input and output statements, arithmetic statements, transfe[...]ity; representation of data, measures of location and disper- sion: normal, binomial and Poisson distribution; quality control, significan[...]pling, linear regression. UNIT 7. Gamma, beta and error functions; orthogonal functions including L[...]UNIT 9. Statics of ideal flexible cables, beams and columns. Dynamics of systems of paiticles, plane[...]rtation type problem (method). UNIT 12. Graphs and network arcs, vertices, paths, matrix representat[...]. Civil Engineering IIA (T). (2-2-3) Simple com1ections, theories of failure, tes[...]viour of components staticallf determinate beams, and special problems. Columns, design of timber and stee members, basic indetem1inate structures including inter- secting beams, torsion dynamic loads~ forces in space. Curved beams, thick and lhin cylinders, elementary concept ot p lasticity, introduction to influence lines and moment distribution. Reinforced and presh·essed concrete, beams footings and r taining walls, slabs. Introduction to ul[...] |
 | [...]B. TECH.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]Civil Engineering IIB (T). (3-1-3) Properties of materials including steel, concrete, timber, aluminium and its alloys. Properties of cement and concreting materials, design of mixes, quality co[...]perties of concrete. Physical properties of solls and their mea urements. Applications to simple retaining wall and foundation problems. ite exploration and soil sampling. Field testing. Classification. A s[...]uler' equation. Bemoull.i's eciuation; rotational and irrotational motion. Steady real fluid Aow-laminar and turbulent, liydraulic and energy lines; flow measure- ment; momentum; impuls turbines and rotodynamic machinery. Potential flow, the Aow net; dimensionless groups and dimensional analysis; hydrology. Steady Row in closed circuits-uniform and non-uniform, the Moody chart, pipe networks, pipes with reservoirs. Steady flow in open channels-uniform and 11on-uniform. TCOI. Surveying I. (2-1-32) The construction, adjustment and use of instruments, including levels, level compensation, theodolite, double image, subtense and diagrammatic methods of tacheotomy. Chain surveys, levelling, traverses; measurement and setting out of earthworks; curve ranging; computation of traverses and levels; areas and volumes with straight and irregular boundaries stadia measure.T!lents; errors and their effects in chaining, levelling, traversing and instrument use. Underground and surface surveys connected with mining type operations; equipment, basic defini- tions setting out and control of tunnels; plans; projections and models in relation to mining surveys· xploration surveys, shaft plumbing, bore hole data, various instrnments usea in mine surveying. TE72. Electrical Engineering SC (T). (1--0-22) D.C. circu)t analysis with applications to measUl'ements and control circuits and including simple non-linear elements. :Magnetic properties of materials and magnetic circuit analysis with applications to relays and related electromagnetic devices. A.C. circuit response, power factor correction and an introduction to three-phase systems and transformers. Transient response of linear circuits and the effect. of transients in simple switching and control circuits. Characteristics, starting and control of d.c. and n.c. machines. Transducers and associated circuits. Analogue methods and analogue computation. Text-book: Fitzgerald, A. E., and others, Basic electrical engineering (McGr[...] |
 | [...]RING AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]Civil Engineering lllA (T). (3-31-2) Influence lines for determinate structures,[...]tructures, graphical methods. Moment disb"ibution in rigid frames, column analogy. Prestressed and reinforced concrete, ultimate design, composite c[...]res. M.odel analysi of structures. Practical work in the laboratory and drawil1g office in conjunction with the above.[...]Civil Engineering IIIB (T). (4-0-3) Traffic data, geomeb"io design of highways and railway , pavement mat rials and types design of pavements, earthworks and drainage. Tran portation engineer- ing, airports, highways, railways. Plastic states in soil and applications to ret ini.ng wall and foundation problems. Consolidation theory. Effective slTess theorie$ and tress paths. Elastic stress disb"ibution. Settle[...]e problems. Construction of foundations-cofferdam and cai sons. Unsteady flow in closed conduits pipelines with pumps and turbines, water hammer. surge tank analy is. Open[...]on. Boundary layer theory, fluid fore s on a body in a free tream , flow through poron. mecliai sedim nl transport. Laws of similarity for hydraulic and aerodynamic mode s. Hydrology· water resomces planning. 'i\r'ater supply, sources, storage, treatment and djstribution, sew rage systems, treatment and disposul. TC33. Civil Engineering IIIC (T). (3-0--32) Profession<tl prac;tic:•\ report-writing.[...]sonnel 1nanage- ment, estimatincr control costing and financial ru pects. MethodS enmloyed in the basic process of civil engineering construction as applied to typical construction projects. Seminars and projects. Students will be expected to prepare a paper witl1 a verbal summary thereof, based on a reading and/or laboratory project. TC93. Structural Design (G--0-4) Design projects covering timber, concrete and steel construction. TC53. Engineering Computations. (1-0-2) Fitting of curves to experimental results[...]graphs, equations of tructw-al analysis expressed in matrix form and their solutions, applications of partial differential equations to problems in hydraulics and structures, con- formal mapp.ing used in analysis of flow-nets.[...]Survey Camp. Th survey camp is held annually and is of two week ·' duration. Accomn1oda- tion and stretchers are provided, but bedding and Lransportation are the student's re ponsibility.[...]ed. Each student must obey all regulations whilst in camp. All plans, field notes and computations must be completed satisfactorily and handed to the leclur r-in- charge at the closing of the camp. A candidate whose work is deemed unsatis- factory by the lecturer-in-charge will not be credited with attendance at the camp and be may be required to do additional practical wor[...]camp must be niade at the Jn titute of Technology in the flrst tem1.[...] |
 | [...]B. TECH.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]TN12. Applied Geology I. (2-1-3) Philosophical principles; age, structure and geochemistry of the earth. C1ystal- logrnphy. Min[...]cks; . t.ratigraphy. Metamorphic rocks. Structure and form of geological bodies; topographical and geological n1ap- ping e.xercises. Palaeontology. Renewable and non-renewable resources; industrial uses of rocks and minerals; groundwater. Outline geology of South ustralia and Austraua. Plate tectouics. A minimum of three[...]at weekends). All field practicals are compnlsory and the student's performance is assessed as p[...] |
 | B. TECH. - SYLLABUSES FA[...]AND APPL IED SCIEi'\CE[...]TC02. Surveying IIA. (2-3-3) (a) Engineering surveying: Surveys for roads, railways, water supply, irrigation and drainage. Transition and vertical curves. Earthworks. Control surveys for dam deflections, earth settlement and structural deflections. Hydrographic surveys. Fir[...]f a sound cadastre. Field procedure on both local and national systems. Problems arising from a changed[...]dastral, not ma thematical ). Minor triangulation and traversing. Control surveys . Use of air photographs in cadastral surveys. The theory of error propagation in all surveying procedures, and its application in prnctice. ( c) Computations connected with (a) and ( b). ( d) Practical work and assignments. TC72. Surveying IIB. (4-3-3) (a ) The concept of map projections; detailed treahne nt of the Cassini-Soldner and transverse mercator projections : Observational procedures. Triang ulation, traversing and levelling for control purposes. Barometric heighting and trigono- metric levelling. Control for photogramm[...]nt. ( b ) Astronomy. Astronomical co-ordinates and the factors influencing them; reduction of mean to apparent place. Time. Simple and precise methods for the determ ination of azimuth latitude and longitude. The inlluence of systematic and random errors on star observations and on the selection of star programmes; accuracy to[...]. Influence of instrumentnl errors. The receiving and recording of time ignals. A programme of appro[...]ted for the determ ination of latitude, longitude and a1irnutb together with investigation of the resul[...]ith all relevant computa tions. programme details and investigations of results. TB82. Land Use. (1-0-0) The interaction of movement and land use in terms of the human use and enjO}'llWnt of urban and regional situations. Effects of planning policy on land use. Theorie of land use determinants and current practice. The elements of urban and regional plans, including: residential; industrial; wholesaling; retailing; torage and business areas; open spaces · public service facilities; institutions; traffic; transportation and parking will be analyzed in terms of the form and direction of growth. Case studies.[...]TC92. Cartography. (0-0-4) s of equipment. conventional signs, prepara[...]surveys. Cadastral plans. Preparation of proposal and subsequ nt plans. road plans, etc., including calculations. Topographical mapping: scope and requirements. Compilation of source materi[...] |
 | [...]B. TECH.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]TC03. Surveying III. ( 4Jf2-2Jfl-O-O) This subject will consist of the foll[...]aw. 45 hours of lectures. The elements of land and property law. Principles of land registration. Develop- ment of land registration in Australia. Principles of conveyancing Statutes in the Australian States and those of South Australia. Special statutes. ( b) Land valuation. 20 hours of lectures. Definition of value, methods and principles of valuation. City suburban and mral lands. Valuation of improvement; to land. De[...]ation. Reports. Subdivisions. Business valuations and goodwill. Compen- sation for compulsory acquisiti[...]f lectures. A survey of the history of the law and the courts with an analysis of the principles of law un<le r th e two western codes. Appeals, arbitration and concilia- tion methods. Selected legislation in Australia and overseas will be examined with speciflc reference[...]tralia. A survey will be made of the planning law in force in all state · of A11stralia. ( d) Land Utilization. 20 hours of lectures. Climate in relation to primary and secondary industries. Soil types in relation to primary production. Geological associations. Distribution and identification of the indigenous and exotic timbers in South Australia. Erosion and methods of erosion control. I e) Town Planning. 30 hours of lectures. Design and analysis of land use in development, including examples from history, with special references to the problems of the surveyor in practice. TC63. Geodesy. 3-3-0) The Oblate spheroid. Laplace equation: Computations connected with triangu- lation, trilateration and traverses; computation in plane rectangular co-ordinates. Lines on the eart[...]of flgUTeS, I vel nets, trigon ometric levelling, - traverses, etc. Adjustments involving dissim ilar[...]f the ad justed value. Interrelation of the geoid and spheroid . Significance of data at the OJigin. Mi[...]determination. Gravity influence on trigonometric and geodetic levelling. TC83. Photogrammetry. (3-0-6) A sl1ort 11istory of the development of phot[...]otograph: photographic materiitls. Aerial cameras and calibration. Ground con- trol and fli ght planning. Radial and aerial triangulation. Rectification. Theory of pl[...]TC43. Engineering (T). (2-1-3) Properties of fluids; fluid statics; I>ressu[...]uler's equation, Bernoulli's equation; rotational and irrotational motion. Steady, real flui d How- laminar and turbulent; hydraulic and energy lines; flow measurement; momentum; impulse turbines and rotoclynamic machinery. Pote ntial flow, the flow net; dimensionless groups and dimensional analysis; hydrology. Steady flow in closed conduits-uniform and non-unifom1, the l\foody chart; pipe networks; pipes with reservoirs. Steady flow in open channels-uniform and non-uniform. Physical properties of soils and their measurements. Applications to simple retaining wall and foundation problems. Site exploration and soil sampling. Field testing. Classificati[...] |
 | [...]THSl. Engineering Chemistry and Materials. For syllabuses see Subject Index.[...]neral Electrical Engineering A. ( 1-1--0) An introduction to liJ1ear l umped circuit t[...]network theorems, a.c. ci rcuits constant voltage and current sources, maximum power trans.fer, measuri[...]lectro-mechanical power conversion. Vacuum tubes and transistors ns circuit elements. The use of the c[...]asic Engineering Techniques. (21-0-3) Safety principle ; fo m1dry work; hand tools· culling tools; machine tool~; w lcling and associated process ; joining methods; and finis hing pmc se . O rthographic dra wing[...] |
 | [...]B. TECH.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]M12. Mathematics JIB. (2-2-0) For syllabus see Subject Index.[...]Electrical Engineering IA. (2-1-2) Steady state analysis of A.C. circuits, dual equivalents, phasor and locus diagrams, transform methods transients in D.C. and A.C. circuits. Pole-zero diagrams, network functions. ?-.fagnelic circuits energy storag , self aJ1d mutua[...]se circuits, electro- mechanical power conversion and D.C. machines; cha1·acteristics of generntors, motors and amplifiers; losses, efficiency and performance, singly and in com- bination. TE12. Electrical Engineering IB. (2-0-2) Units, standards, accuracy, analogue and digital presentation, errors and statis- tics. Instrument classification, ba ic measuring circuits and range extension. Measurement of resistance, capacitance, inductance, current voltage, power, energy and power factor, al o phase and resolved compon · nts down to very low frequenci[...]tic measurements. Transformer bridg . Transducers and a sociated m asurem nts. Instrument dy11amic . Analogu principles, distribut d and lumped systems. Electro-mecl1anical analogues and their duals. Conversion fa ctors, time and impedance scaling. imulation on analogue computer[...]rs, mullipHer , fun ction generator . Programming and applicalions of a11alogue computers.[...]. Mechanical Design S. (1-1-3) Introductory service course in solid mechanics, dynamics and mechanical design with some practical work in drawing office and in mechanics' laboratory. Concepts of stress and strain, analysis of forces and stresses in frames, beams, shafts and columns; section properties. Theories of elastic and fatigue failures. Rigid body dynamics, inertia forces and torques, impulse and impact, work and energy; friction mechanism. Design of simple machine members. joints and fastenings, design philosophy, design factors, design properlie ; catalogue selection of ball bearings and vee belts. Pressure vessels, pwnp and pipe systems. Limits of size, standard fits, tolerance in assemblies, introduction to geometric tolerances.[...]Thermo-Fluid Dynamics I. (2-1-32) An introductory course in applied thermodynamics and fluid dynamics. The1111odynamics: ideal gases,[...]quation; incompressible flow, types of flow, flow in pipes and fittings, drag coefficients; compressible[...] |
 | [...]GINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]. Electrical Engineering IIA. (3-3-4) Four terminal networks, generalised constant[...]li.n.es with dis- tributed elements, equivalent T and it networks, power circle diagrams. Trans- formers under stendy stnte and transient conditions, multiple windings separate and auto connected, polyphase transformation. Complex wave fonns. Haunonics in three-phase systems. Symmetrical components. Synchronous machines salient and non-salient poles, two reaction theory, locus diagrams, parallel operation. Rectification and inversion, high voltage D.C. power links. Inducti[...]l, multi-speed, synchronous operation. Unbalanced and single-phase supply. Power supply systems, stability, operation~ protection. Fault conditions and circuit breakers. Utilization of plant anCJ appli[...]13. Electrical Engineering IIB. ( 12-0-2131) A course of lectures on the principles of design and development of electrical eng_ineering systems, and a student project. The project will be assigned and preliminary studies made in the first term followed by investigation, design and/or construction in the remainder of the year. \.Vritten reports and seminar presentations will complete the work.[...]3. Automatic Control I. (1-1-2) Open and closed loop systems, steady state and transient response, performance requirements. Control system components. Analysis of linear system response in the time, frequency and complex frequency domains. Synthesis of systems and compensation networks. The application of the analogue computer to control system analysis and synthesis. Introduction to non-linear system an[...]TM13. Mathematics IIC. (1-12-0) For syllabus see Subject Index.[...]53. Applied Electronics. (1-0-2) Pre-requi. ite or concurrent subjects: Mathematics IIC and Electrical Engineer- ing IIC or Mathematics I (Engineering) and Electrical Engineering II(T) or IIA(T) or Electri[...]concepts h1cluding semi-conduction, average, peak and RM values, sjmple RC, LR and LC networks. ideal tran formers; vaouwn, semi- conductor and gas-diodes as rectiflers; filtering; vacuum-tube and trallSistor amplillers; grnphical and equivalent circuit analysis; amplified response; feedback; oscillators; class C power amplifiers and applications; characteristics and applica- tion of foe thyration, ignition, silicon-controlled rectiRer, uni junction, glow tube and zener diode; simple DC and AC timers; saw-tooth generators; electronic count[...]torage d1wices; lmnsducers, varicaps, thermistors and other sp · cial devices· integrated circ[...] |
 | [...]B.TECH.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]I. TH81. Engineering Chemistry and .Materials. TE91. General El[...]TP92. Physics IIE. ( l,2,lJP-1-3) A course of approximately 45 lectures with a one-hour tutorial and a three-hour laboratory session per week. It will provide an introduction to the physics of materials and devices used in electronic and communication engineering. Electricity and Magnetism: field theory and Maxwell equations, the production propagation and transmission of electromagnetic waves, dielectric and magnetic materials. Electron Pliys-lcs: the dynamics of charged particles in electric and magnetic fields, electron tubes, thermionic and photoelectric effects. Atomic theory, elec- trons and ions in gases, discharge pnys,ics. The wave nature of the[...]antum theory, band theory, metals, semiconductors and insulators. semiconductor devices. Quantum Ele[...]Electrical Engineering SE (T). (2-0-2) D.C. linear and non-linear circuits, A.C. circuits, bridges, true[...]tems, symmetrical components, harmonic anah•sis and simple non-linear circuits. Transients in linear circuits, transform techniques. Analogue computers for simulation. Magnetic materials and circuits, transformers and saturable reactor . Electro-mechanical power conversioll, cboracteristic.s and control of D .C. and A.C. macliines. servo-motors and transducers. Introduction to precision mea[...] |
 | [...]NGINEERL~G AND APPLIED SCIENCE TL02. Electronic Engineering IA. (2-1-2) lesh and nodal analysis of network; use of matrix methods;[...]hods to determine network response for sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal excitation;. use of Fourier series nn<l Fourier transform in wave-fonn analysis;/ropagntion charac- teristics of transmission networks; constant-k and m-derive filters; elementary network synthesisi wave-motion on transmission lines; Smith chart; electronic in truments inclucting the vacuum-type voltmeter, Q-[...]Electronic Engineering IB. (2-1-2) Devices, diode , transistor, FET, linear in[...]circuits, h, y, Tee, hybrid pi equivalents. Audio and video ampli6er, small sigi1nl analysis, gain, bandwidth, distortion. Feedback in nmpli6ers, oscillators antl digital circuits. D.C[...]C applications. Tuned amplifiers, single, double, and stagger tuning. Power amplifiers, \videband and narrow-band. Power supplies, rectification, filtering, regulation, DC-DC conver- tors, SCR in power control. Transducers, electromechanical and photo-electric, strain gauges, magnetic tape recording. Text-book: Shilling, D., and Belove, C., Electronic circuits: discrete and integrated (McGraw-Hill).[...] |
 | [...]B. TECH.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]Electronic Engineering IIA. (2-1-3) Modulntion methods; principles of informatio[...]rmination of field slTength, radiation resistance and directive gain of simple antennas and antenna arrays; the receiving antellJ)a; propagation of ground waves skl' waves and space waves; scatter propagation; devices for gen[...]Electronic Engineering IIB. (2-1-3) Wave-shaping by non-Bnenr ci rcuit elements;[...]ircuits; charge control analysis; multi-vihrntors,- saturating and non- snturating types, classification; negative r[...]rithmetic; sampling techniques; logic, principles and circuits; binary codes; error detecting codes; in[...]Electronic Engineering IIC. (1-1-4) Circuit and system design: Design philosophy, component limitations, worst case and statistical design analysis, the place of analysis and laboratory work in circuit and system design, estimation of reliability standard[...]gramme evaluation review techniques, elec- trical and environmental testiug. Students will design, construct and test a piece of electronic equipm1mt within the scope of an electronic engineer in design. A report is to be suEmitted and seminar presented on this design project.[...] |
 | [...]NGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY[...]. TH81. Engineering Chemistry and Materials. For syllabuses see Subject Index.[...]. Engineering Mechanics I. (22, 11-1-11) Pre-requisite or concurrent subjects: General Mathematics and General Physics or Mathematics IA and Applied Physics I. Principles of statics; paralJelogram of forces ; equilibrium of forces in a plane; moment of a force; couples; force systems in space; simple trusses; funicular polygon; cables and chains; friction; virtual displacement; centre of gravity; static moments, first and second moments of area; and moments of ineitia. Bending moment and shear force diagrams; elastic stress and strain; Hooke's Law; normal and shear stresses· tensions; compression and shear; bending of homogenous beams; torsion of ci[...]. Engineering Drawing. (0-0-3) Fundame11 LaJ principles of orthographic clrn.wing. their application to visual perception in three dimensions1 and to tl1e conventional practices of engineering dra[...]nes, planes, surfaces ai1d soHds · intersection~ and development of surfaces; drawing of multi-view engineering drawi11gs, intToduction to dimen ioning for flt and i11terchangeability; axonometric projection; free[...]neering Manufacturing Practice I. (1-0-3) The subject covers descriptively the basic m[...]ocesses with an introduction to safety principles and small tools. The range of metal cutting processes and machines. The basic "ch.ipless" processes of pressing, rolling, swaging and drawjng and extrusion. Metal joining by fusion, adhesion and mechanical connection . Casting, moulding and die injection processes. Material finishin[...] |
 | [...]B. TECH.-S YLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]Engineering Mechanics Il. (4-0-3) A detailed coverage of solid mechanics and dynamics, with some experience in mechanical testing and experimental work on machines. Mechanics of Solids: forces, stresses, strains and deflections in beams, columns, shafts, non-circular sections! springs; two dimensional stresses, strains in three dimensions; bolted and we ded joints· failure theories for yielding and brittle fracture non-symmetrical b ending of beam[...]f points nnd rigid bodies; mechanisms, velocities and ac- celerations, fundamental law of gearing; kinetics of particles rigid bodie and connected systems, work, energy, impu.lse an d momentu m; clutches, brakes and belt drives; diversion of flui d streams, motion with varying mass, im pact of bodies; free and forced vibrations, damping· balancing of rotors and engines. TK22. Mecha[...]Introduction to the design of machine elements and transmission systems, using codes and catalogues and applying knowledge gained in mechanics and engineer- ing materials. Practical work including sketching and drawing of components and assemblies, and th e selection of Sts and tolerances. Limits and fits, geometri c tolerances; design properties, d[...]ing or fatigue failure~ design of machine members and fastenings; design of bolted, welded and glueo joints; shafts. slope and deflection; seals; helical sp.rings; antifriction bearings; belt and chain drives · couplJng ; wire ropes; geometry of cams and gear . TK12. Production Technology I (T). (2-0-3) An introductory course in metrology and material cutting and forming with metallurgical considerations of heat treatment, fabrication and material properties. Part A: The theory of measurement; basic instruments and their uses, accuracy and limitations; inspection methods, machine testing,[...]anics of orthogonal metal-cutting; friction; wear and lubrication, tool- life, machine-ability comparisons, introduction to oblique cutting, up-cut and down-cut milling an<l grinding. Automatic and semi-automatic lathes; standard time data; economics of machining. The theory and practice of press-forming of metals: blanking, dr[...]rt B: The metaUur1,ry of heat-treatment of metals and alloys; annealing. normalizing quenching, temp ering, isothermal treatment age-hardening and mal- leabilising; surface hardening processes; development of special properties of metals and alloys for industrial use. Metallurgical aspects of the joining of metals and alloys by welding. brazing and soldering. Metallurgy of melting and ca ting: defec t control, property optimis[...] |
 | [...]INEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]Thermo-Fluid Dynamics II. (2-12-32) An advanced course in applied thermodynamics and fluid dynamics establishing design capabilities in these topics. Fluid dynamics: potential !low t[...]cul tion vorticity, llow nets; continuity, energy and momentum equations, real Uuid ilO\ , turbulence,[...], boundary layer, sef a ration friction, pressure and induced drag; compressible flow, nozzles, oorma s[...]atic, measurement; compressihility effect on lift and drag; cavitation; fluid hammer. Heat transfer: conduction, lumped and distributed systems, tmnsients, heat generation;[...]ngineering Mechanics III. (1-1-0) A continuation course in Dynamics covering mechanical vibration, automatic control and analogue techniques. Analogue principles, distributed and lumped systems, mathematical models, analogies. M[...]ibration absorbers. Natural frequencies of multi- degree freedom lumped parameter systems, torsional oscil[...]non-linear vibrations. Automatic control, open and closed loops, continuous and on-off feedback principles, time delays, relative[...]n. Analogue computation, llow diagram , magnitude and time scaling for solut_ion of ordinary differential equations. basic computer functions and circuits. so.lution of partial differential equations and algebraic equations. TK23. Mechanical Design II. (1-1-0) Pre-requisite: Mechanical Design I. Design of machine elements and systems. Geometric tolerances for pi1ined assembl[...]ws, ·Hat plates pressure vessels, piping, brakes and clutches, plain bearing$, helical and pl311etary transm.issio11 units.[...] |
 | [...]B. TECH.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIBD SCIBNCE[...]Production Technology 11 (T). (2-11--32) The mechanics, practices and economics of basic mechanical material forming processes. Vibrations in metal-cutting processes. Developments in metal-working processes. Quality control, control[...]eet metal drawability testing, anisolTOpy effects in materials comparative b·eatment of rres ing materials. Metallurgy of creep, fatigue, brittle fra cture and survey o properties of relevant ma terials. Corro- sion, oxidation and surfnce treabnent. Properties and formability of plastic and coml'osite materials under stress, temperature, age, eXlJOSure to light and chemical attack. The selecting of engineering materials and specification of h·eatment to meet specified pro[...]Mechanical Engineering Projects. (0-0--6) Design and e:..-perimental investigations of topics related[...]ion of manufacturing faciliti es, budget control, and experimentation, with seminars and written reporting. TK83. Electrical and Civil Engineering S. (3-0-2) Part A: D.C. circuit response simple non-li[...]its, switching, control circuits. Characteristics and applications of common transducer elements. photo-electric cells, thermo-couples, associated solid state and vacuum tube amplifiers. Characteristics, starting aml control of common D.C. and A.C. machines. Electrical installations, switchboard and protection requirements, tbree- pbase power measurement. Part B: Elementary urveying instruments and methods, their application and limitations. Design and control of concrete mixes. elementary design of reinforced concrete beams, columns and footings. Pliysical properties of soils, exploration methods, design of foundations for static and dynamic loads.[...] |
 | [...]EGULATIONS AND A P PLIED SCIENCE OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE[...]ulation 8. §t 0 1. There shall be an Ordinary and an Honours degree of Bachelor of Applied Science. A candidate may obtain either degree or both provided that until the Council decides otherwise a candidate for the degree in Mineral Engineering or in Data Processing or in Applied Physics may proceed to the Ordinary degree only. 0 2. (a) For the Ordinary degree schedules defining the courses of study, including lectures, laboratory and other practical work to be undertaken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be drawn up by the Faculty of Technology and Applied Science and submitted to the Councils of the University and the South Australian Institute of Technology.[...]or such other date as the Councils may determine, and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued after that approval has been given. ( b) For the Honours degree schedules defining the courses of study, including lectmes, laboratory and other practical work to be undertaken, the examinations to be passed and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be drawn up by the Faculty of Engineering and submitted to the Council of the University. Su[...]or such other date as the Council may determine, and shall be published in the next University Calendar which is issued afte[...]al has been given. 3. ft (a) To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Applied Science, a candidate must regularly attend such tutorials as may be prescribed and do written, laboratory and other practical work, where such is " Amen[...] |
 | [...]B.APP.SC, AND APPLIED SCIE="CE REGULA TIOKSrequired, and pass examinations in the subjects prescribed for one of the following[...]d Physics . t (b) Before being admitted to the degree a candidate shall also satisfy the Faculty of Technology and Applied Science (in respect ot the 01·dinary degree) or the Faculty of Engineering ( in respect of th honours degree) that be has fulfilled the requirements in pra tical ex1Jerience that are prescribed in the schedule relating thereto. 4. (a) All an[...]demic year, except tha t prac- tical examinations and examinations in a subject in which the course of instruction bas been complete[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and b)' the date prescribed by the Council, but shall[...]has regularly attended the prescribed tutorial· and has done Wl·itten and laboratory or other practical work where required[...]essors nd lecturers concerned. ( e) Written and practical work done by candidates at the direction of the professors or lecturers and the results of terminal or other examinations in any subject may be taken into consideration at the B.nal examination in that subject. 0 (a) There shall be three classifications of pass at the annual examination in any subject or division of a subject for the degree, as follows: Pass with Distinction Pass with Cred[...]with Distinction or with Credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the classification; the names of other candidates who pass shall be arranged in alphabetical order. t t( e) A candidate who fails to pass in any subject shall again attend tutorials and do practical work in that subject to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers unless exempted by the Faculty. Any uc[...](f) Supplementary examinations will be held only in special circumstances approved by the Faculty after consi[...]ty a candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject for which he has not completed the pre-requisite work prescribed in the syllabus for that subject.[...] |
 | REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES FACULTY OF TEC[...]P.SC. AND APPLIED SCIENCE tt5. Except in case of illness or other sufficient cause allowed by the Faculty, no candidate shall be credited in any year with attend- ance at tutorials or laboratory work in a subject unless he has attended at least three-fourths of the tutorials and laboratory work respectively in that subject. tt6. No candidate shall be granted[...]0 7. A candidate who has passed examinations in pari materia in another faculty or otherwise, or who desires that[...]nical schools should be counted pro tanto for the degree of Bachelor of Applied Science may on application[...]andidates who had entered upon the course for the degree in or before the academic year 1969 will be permitted to enrol in the coms for th degr e after 31 Dec mber, 969, pr[...]Institute of Technology at Whyalla or Port Pirie in or before the academic year 1966 will b permitted to enrol for the degree on such conditions as the Council may approve. Such students will he eligible to proceed to the degree under these regulations provid d t hat they qualif , for the degree not later than 31 larch, 1976, unless th e Council approve an exten ion of tim · in 3 particular case under clause 5 of Chapt r X)(\[...]ber, 1966. f Amended 21 December, 1967 and 17 December, 1970. H Amended[...]tion 2.) ' OTE: Syllabuse of subjeots for the degree of B.App.Sc. are published below, immediately after the regula tions and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the encl of[...]-time study. Details of these courses are set out in clauses 4 to 9. 3. COMPLET[...]e Faculty, a candidate may not enrol for subjects in the second or third year of the course before he has passed the examinations in all of the subjects prescribed in the sch dules for the pr vious year of the[...] |
 | [...]B .APP .SC. (APPLIED CHEMISTRY) AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...]Practical 2 TT52 Fluid and Particle Dynamics Lectures[...]tical s• THSS Process Dynamics and Control Lectures[...] |
 | [...]AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...] |
 | [...]FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...]Practical 3 TH83 Process Dynamics and Control Lectures[...] |
 | [...]AND APPLIED SCIENCE 7. SEC[...]SECOND YEAR TM12 Mathematics IIB ·-- Lectures 2[...]actical 3• TI'l2 Metallography I .- .. Lectures i•[...] |
 | [...]FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...]ractical 2 TH81 Engineering Chemistry and Materials Lectures 2[...]ractical 2• TM13 Mathematics IIC ·-- Lectures 1[...] |
 | [...]AND APPLIED SCIENCE 9.[...]FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.APP.SC. - PRACT. EXP., HONS. DEGREE AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]RACTICAL EXPERIENCE To fulfil the requirements in respect of practical experience required under re[...]covering a period of not less than two months and at least one period being spent in work related to the student's professional intere[...]at he has undertaken for at least six months in full-time employment. The service of the stude[...]A student who had entered upon the course for the degree in or before 1964 may fulfil the requirements relati[...]f his having had six months' practical experience in work relevant to his profes- sional interests. 11. HONOURS DEGREE (a) The Honours degree shall be available in each of the following courses: Appli[...]( b) No candidate shall proceed to the Honours degree except with the approval of the Faculty of Engine[...]application. ( c) A candidate for the Honours degree shall regularly attend lectures and practical work for one year and shall pass examinations in one of the subject scheduled in Syllabus Nos. NH69, NH79 and NH89. ( d) A candidate . for the Honours degree in any subject shall not begin the Snal- ear Honours work in that subject until he bas qualified for the Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Appliecl Science and has included in hi gualifications all the courses in that subject prescribed for the Ordinary degree. ( e) The names of candidates who qualify for the Honours degree shall be published in alphabetical order within the following classes and divisions: First Class[...] |
 | [...]12. GENERAL STUDIES ELECTIVE In addition to passing in all of the subjects prescribed for each year of t[...]eneral Studies courses: Subject No. in Syllabus Subject TG91 Social and Technological History TG81 Literature and Society TG71 Social and Technological History ( C.E.) TG61 Social and Technological History ( S.) TG51 Science and Modern Society TG41 German Life and Literature TG31 Political Science[...]Economic Society TG62 Psychology and Human Organisation TG52 Design and Invention TG42 Japanese Language and Culture[...] |
 | [...]MBERS AND APPLIED SCIE'.'i'CE OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE[...]given. Such lists are supplied to students early in the academic year by the lecturers concerned. Ex[...]e department concerned details of the xamina.tion in that subject including the relative weights given[...]first letter identifies the Faculty of Technology and Applied Science: T. The second letter identifi[...]ng A General Studies - G Business Administration - u Mathematics - -M Chemical Technology - - H Mechanical Engineering - K Civil Engineering - c Metallurgy T Electrical Engineering - E Mineral Engineering[...]p The £rst digit- 0-3: Indicates (except in Mathematics: 0-2) that the subject is in sequence with another subject. 4-9: Indicates (except in Mathematics 3-9) that the subject is not in sequence with another subject. The second digit- 1--4: Indicates year of subject, e.g. £rst, second, third or fourth except in the case of TH05 Chemical Instrumentati[...]res at the right-hand side of the syllabus number and title indicate, respectively: Number of lec[...]2, means two hours a week for two terms. Thus 2-22-1 indicates a subject having two lectures and one hour of practical work a week throughout the year, and two hours a week of tutorial work for two[...] |
 | [...]THO!. Chemistry I (T). (3-1-3) Theoretical and physical chen1i lry: properties of the solid and liquid state; phase rule; chemical equilibriwn; chemical thermodynamics; chemical kinetics; redox reactions and electro-chemical cells; surface chemistry; diffus[...]Organic chemistry: A study of functional groups in aromatic and aliphatic compounds. TH9[...]T81. Engineering l\faterials A. (1-0-31!) The properties and principles underlying the fabrication, testing, and use of metallic and non-metallic materials in the chemical industry.[...] |
 | [...]\IISTRY AND APPLIED SCIE~CE[...]Chemistry II (T), Physical. (2-1-3) Thermodynamics; chemical kinetics; surface chemistry; molecular spectro- scopy; properties of electrons in solids; diffusion; radiochemistry.[...]. Chemistry II {T), Organic. (2-1-3) Theoretical organic chemistry with particular reference to structural chemistry and its effects on organic reactivity. Preparation, properties and reactions of aromatic compounds.[...]22. Applied Chemistry I. (2-2-0) Mass and energy balances; thermodynamics; industrial chemi[...]92. Engineering Service. (1-0- 2) Part A: An elementary introduction to mecha[...]terial selected ftom the following topics: Stress and strain concepts; design phiJosophy; factors of sa[...]resses; section properties; design codes; members in tension, compression, bearing, shear and bending; theories of elastic and fatigue failure; code design of pipes and fittings. Part B: Alternating quantities; use of CRO; A.C. circuits; concept and measure- ment of phase angle; phasor diagrams; A.[...]hase systems· power measurement. Characteristics and uses of common D.C. and A.C. machines; non-linear conductors; diodes; A.C. to D.C. conversion triode and tran istor characteristi cs and uses; D.C. bridge and potentio- meter circuits. Transducers: electrical control circuits. TT52. Fluid and Particle Dynamics. ( l-l2-21) Fluid and particle dynamics, introductory consideration of solid-liquid and solid-solid separation processes.[...] |
 | [...]B.APP.SC.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]. Applied Chemistry II. (2-1-32) An advanced treatment of selected topics in applied chemistry; process eco- nomics; design of[...]ing systems; applicnlion of computers to problems in these areas; presentation of seminars by students[...]hemical Process Kinetics. (1-1-31) The analysis of kinetic data and its application to the design and operation of chemical reactors.[...]Chemical Instrumentation. (2-0-32) Theory of instrumental techniques in modern analytical chemistry; application of analytical instruments in process plant control; measurement of representat[...]. TH83. Process Dynamics and Control. ( 1-1-32) Theory of automatic control as applied in the chemical process industries; dynamic behaviour of process equipment, controllers and controlled systems. Methods of system analysis. Simulation; computer techniques in control; dynamic optimization; non-linear systems[...]Transfer Operations. (2-1-3) Heat, mas. and momentum transfer as encountered in the chemical industry. General principJes of countercurrcnt operation of stagewise and differential con- tact :r;>rocesses. Separolion p[...]Applied Chemistry Project. (0-0-42) The project will normally involve theoretical and experimental work on a topic in Applied Chemistry; a detailed report is to[...] |
 | [...]ICS AND APPLIED SCIENCE BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE[...]TP02. Applied Physics II. (4-1-5) A course of four JecluTes, one tutorial and one 5 hours laboratory per week for one year. Tl1e course will provide a theoretical and experimental basis for later specialised stud ies and an introduction to a number of topics in Applied Physics. It contains the following top ics : Electricity and magnetism: Fields, electromagnetic wave propagation and trans- mission, ionospheric physics. Electron physics: Atomic spectra, electrons and ions in vacuum, in gases and in solids, introductory semiconductor physics. Solid state: The properties and theory of perfect and imperfect crystalline materials. Sonics: The production propagation properties and applications of sound waves of different frequencies. Applied Optics: The theory and applications of interference and diffraction. Image forming systems, photography,[...]TM82. Mechanics I (T). (1-11-0) Dynamics of a particle and systems of particles. Plane motion of rigid bodies. Forced and clamped vibrations. Central force motion. Motion in resisting media. Introduction to Lagrangian metho[...]Electrical Engineering SP (T). (1-0--2) D.C. circui t analysis; non-linear conductors; applicatio11s to measurement and con trol system . A.C. circuit analysis; phasor d[...]tion; 3 phase systems. M.agnetic circuits; r lays and related magnetic devices. Transient circuit analysis. T ransfom1er ; magnetic amplifiers; common A.C. and D.C. machines. Transducers and uses. Analogue methods nnd analogue comput[...] |
 | [...]B.APP.SC.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]TL92. Electronics (T). (2-0-2) 1leasuring instruments, multime ter, VTVM and oscilloscope; rectification, filtering and regula tion as applied to power supplies· thyrat[...]con- trolled rectifiers; vacuum-tube, transistor and field-effect transistor amplifiers; modes of conn[...]ted power supplies; simple ampliti.1de, frequency and phase modulation; time division and frequency division multiplexing· linear and non-linear wave shaping; logic gates; inverters; multfvibrators; counti.ng, scalars, timing circuits, AID and D/ A converters, elements of a digital computer;[...]M03. Mathematics IIIA. {1-1--0) Gamma, beta and error fun ctiolls asymptotic expansions. Frobenius solution of ordinary di fferen tial equations. Special functions and their occurrence in the solution of pa rtial diffe rential equations. Fourier transforms and their application to the solution of partial differential equations, and communications theory. Numerical Integration. Numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equations.[...]TP03. Applied Physics III. (5-1-10) A course of five lectures, one tutorial and 10 hours work per week for one year. The course deals with the basic physics of some specialised topics and additional areas of applied physics. Solid State: Transport properties of solids and the effects of electric and magnetic fields. Quantum properties of solids. Nuclear Physics: Nuclear structure and reactions. Introductory reactor physics. Structure Analysis: The uses of X-rays, electrons and neutrons in the deter- mination of composition and structure. Geophysics: Application of physical methods to problems concerned with the earth and its atmosphere. Elements of Quantum Mechanics:[...]. Metallurgy for Physicists. (22-0--32) A course of two hours lectures and three hours practical per week for two terms, con[...]of the yieldi ng, work hardening. fatigue, creep and fracture of meta l sJHJ!le and polycrysta!s; an introduction to phase transforma tions in metals an<l anO}'. in tem1s of the process of nudeation and growth: ~o l idl.fication. recn·. tnlll-a[...] |
 | [...]i\:SI AND APPLIED SCIENCE and TM93. Programming Project. (0-11-31) A problem involving the application of computer techniques applied to prac- tical physics will be set and supervised jointly by the Schools of Mathematics and Physics. and TP93. Control Studies. A course of one hour of lecture and two hours of laboratory work per week for two ter[...]ce the students to the lleld of automatic control and to the use of analogue computation, and covering the foll.owing topics: Open loop and clos d loop systems, steady state and transient response, per- formance requirements ;[...], synchros. sen·omotors; nnal)•Sis of response in the time and in the frequency domains and the ir eorrelntio n; ana logies, simulation and introduction to analogue compu tat ion .[...] |
 | [...]B.APP.SC.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]echniques (M). Orthographic drawings, principal and auxiliary views, sections, conventional methods,[...]orial drawing. Hand tools, machine tools, welding and other joining methods, finishing processes. Met[...]including microscopy, metallography, photography and mechanical, magnetic, thermal and radiation testing of metals.[...]T91. Materials Science (T). ( 2-1-0) The course covers the following topics: lale[...]e (amorphous) structures. Structural imperfection and atom movements : impure pbases, crystal imperfections atom movements. Metallic phases and their properties: single phase metals, multi-phase metals and equilibrium relationships. Organic materinls and their pro~rties: polymer cnemistry,, molecular ar[...]stem. Modifications of properties through changes in micro- structure: heat treatment of steel, alloy[...]toughness, fatigue, creep. Stability of materials in service environment: corrosion, oiddati.on[...] |
 | [...]LURGY AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]TT32. Mineral Processing I. (1-12-21) Fluid and !article dynamics, introduction to comminution mineral separation and solid-Hui separation processes.[...]T62. Applied Mineralogy. ( 1-0-2) A course of lectures especially designed to[...]of the Earth; mineralogyci· igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks and minerals ; mineral textuxes an intergrowths; mineral deposit ; laboratory t echniques of separation and id nti6- cation of miner I ; isomorphism, polymorphism, solid solution, exsolution; special mineralogical problems in metallurgy; b rief study of concentrates and beach sands: elementary ore microscopy.[...]72. Extractive Metallurgy I. (1-0--31) Pre-requisite: Physical Chemistry I(T) (Part). Industrial practices in the field of extractive metallurgy with reference to underlying principles of chemical thermodynamics and kinetics. TT92. Industrial Metallurgy IA. (1-0--31) An abbreviated version of Industrial Metallurgy I devoted to consideration of the uses of refractories and fuels and the machinery and techniques of com- mercial metal fabricati[...] |
 | [...]B.APP. SC .-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]3. Mineral Processing II. (2-1-3) The theory of mineral separation processes and the application of theory to mineral separation operations. Laboratory techniques for examining and testing ores and selecting mineral separation processes.[...]73. Extractive Metallurgy II. (2-2-3) Pre-requisite subjects: Extractive Metallurgy[...]al Chemistry IIT. Application of thermodynamics and kinetics to extractive metallurgical pro- cesses and process design. TH73[...]TH83. Process Dynamics and Control. For syllabuses see Subject Index.[...]mical Instrumentation (Part Course). ( 1-0-31) Theory of instrumental techniques in modern analytical chemistry; application of analytical instruments in process plant control; measurement of repr[...] |
 | [...]TALLURGY AND APPLIED SCIENCE BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCI[...]emistry 11 (T), Physical (Part Course) (22-12-61) Thermodynamics; properties of electrons in solids; diffusion and two of the following options: chemical kinetics;[...]. Physical Metallurgy IA. (2-1-3) Pre-requisite subjects: Basic Science Techniq[...]ence T, Applied Physics I. A course of lectures and tutorials devoted to consideration of the characteristics and properties of pw-e metal , tl1e principles of nlloying and the features of metallic phase diagrams. Non-equi[...]structures. The fundamentals of crystal- lography and crystal defect tl1eory. The application of diffra[...]to illustrate the content of tlle lecture course, and drawing office work to establish the fundamentals[...]. Industrial Metallurgy I. (2--0-32) Refractories and fuels .in tlle metallurgical and engineering industries and a review of the machinery and technique.~ of commercial metal fabrication processes. Heat treatment of metals and alloys.[...] |
 | [...]B.APP.SC.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]lied Physics I. A course of lectures, tutorials and practical sessions to introduce the student to modern techniques and equipment of materials preparation, treatment and property measurement. Preparation of high purity metals and alloys-zone refining, levitation melting. Product[...], strain/nnneal techniques, Bridgman techniques. :-.fodern methods of the experimental heat treatment and working of metals-use of high vacua, controlled a[...]f measurement of the thermal electTical. mngnetic and mechanical properties of single and polycrystalline metals and alloys. Application of these meas11rements to the study of structural changes in metallic system .[...] |
 | [...]. Physical Metallurgy IIA. (4-2-3) Pre-requisite subjects: Physical Metallurgy[...]mistry IIT. Introduction to modem alloy theory and its application . Classical and statistical tliermodynamic analysis of so)jd and liquid metallic solutions. Thennodynamics and kin etics of phase lransformations. Detailed cons[...]yield~ work hardening, annealing, frncture, creep and fatigue of metals, alloys ano other crystnlllne materials in tenns of crystal defect theory. Basic features of nuclear reactor design. Radiation effect~ i11 metallic and non-metallic materials. Me tallmgy of uranium, plutonium, lhoriwn, zirconium and beryllium. Ceramics in nuclear use. Nuclear fu el systems. Selected topics in Physical metallurgy. TT23. Industrial Metallurgy II. (4-1-5) The casting of metals. Introduction to theory and practice of commercial metal fabrication processes. Practical metallurgical aspects of deformation and failure. Defects in metals, testing_. Quality control. The selection of materials. \.Velding metallurgy. Corrosion and corrosion prevention.[...]TT13. Metallography II. The observations and analysis of materials by modern penetrative radiation techniques-X-ray diffractometry and radiography, thin foil transmis ion, replica and scanning techniques of electron microscopy electr[...]ro-analysis, magnetic resonance, Mossbauer effect and field ion/emission microscopy of metals, alloys and non-metallic materials. TE63. Electrical Engineering SK (T). (12-0-22) Alternating quantitic.s; u e of C.R.O.; A.G. circuits; coucept and measurement of phase angl ; phasor diagrams; A.C.[...]hase systems; power measurements. Characteristics and uses of common A.C. and D.C. machines. 'on-linear conductors· diodes; A.C.-D.C. con- version; triode and transistor characteristics and uses. D.C. bridges and potentio- meter circuits : Transducern: El[...] |
 | [...]B.APP.SC.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]I. TH81. Engineering Chemistry and Materials. TKO!. Engineer[...]ngineering Mechanics II AS. (2-0-2) Mechanics of solids; forces, stresses, strains and deflections in beams, columns, shafts, non-circular sectionsf springs, two-dimensional stresses, strains in three dimensions; bolted and we ded joints, failure theories for yielding and brittle fracture; non-symmetrical bendlng of beam[...]TC52. Civil Engineering S(T). ( 22 11-12-31) Physical properties of soils and their measurements. Applications to simple retaining wall and foundation problems. Site exploration and soil sampling. Field testing. ClassiB.cation. Properties of cement and concrete materials, design of mixes, quality controL elastic properties of concrete. Reinforced and pre-stressed concrete beams, footings, retaining[...]TN32. Mining Engineering I. (2111-12-31) Mining engineering; boring, drilling and blasting~ open cut and underg~ound mining melhods; mine sampling and testing; tunne1ling; trenching and sinking. Mine surveying, construction, use and adjustment of instrwnents including level, theodolite, tacheometer and plane table; computation of traverse and levels!· setting out; errors and their adjustment; plotting, various methods of contro and transfer. TC8[...] |
 | [...]INEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]Applied Geology UM. (3--0-4) Mineralogy, including microscopy nnd mineragraphy of the common rock form- ing minerals and ore minerals. Petrology; constitution, origin, oc[...]supergene alteration. Natural fuels; metallic and non-metallic deposits, nature, origin, composition, character, distribution. Geological and geoph):'sical prospecting, mapping, pboto- interpretation. Influence of rock types and strnctures 011 cuttings, tunnel~. excavations; fo[...]flooding, scouring, silting. Field Practicals and Field Camp. TN33. Mining Engineering IIA. Theory of drilling and rock fracture by explosives and other means. Soil Mechanics; consolidation, plasticity in soil masses, stress-strain properties, stress dis[...]settlement, seepage problems, retaining structure and silos, stability of slopes, earth dams and mine tailings dams. Mechanical and other physical properties of rocks. Experimental stress analysis, laboratory techniques and methods of Held instrumentation. Stability of rock lopes. Design and supfort of excavations. Ground control in ·urface and undergrow1d miniJ1g. Centro of surface subsidence and design of shaft pillars. Rock burst phenomena and layout of deep mines. TK43. Engineering Mechanics II BS. (.24-1) Dynamics: motion of points and rigid bodies, meclianisms, velocities and accelerations, fundamental law of gearing; kinetics of particles, rigid bodies and connected systems, work energy, impulse and momentum; clutches, brakes and belt drives; diversion of fluid streams, motion with varying mass, impact of bodies, free and forced vibrations, damping, balancing of rotors and engines.[...]Engineering Management. ( 1-21--0) An introductory course in the principles of Engineering Management. Purpose and functions of a business, management and control of work, service functions. Organisation concepts, management and declsio.n theory, nnancial evaluation of d[...] |
 | [...]B.AP P .SC .-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]. Mining Engineering JIB. (1-1--31) fcthods of woddng stratified and un tratified deposits; alluvial open cas t and underground metal mil1cs, coal mines, petJ'Oleum[...]esign planning. layout, scheduling. Shaft sinking and tunnelling; selection of site. hape, opti1mul1 si[...]ntilation ; environment, I oncli- tions, air flow and beat tt;ansfer; fnn efficiencies, t est seleclion[...]se of power i.n mines, diesel, ol ctric hydraulic and compressed air power. Preparation of mi nerals; m[...], chutes, haulages; winding ys lems, ropes, power and ,-elocily calcula- Hon, vibrations. Seminar and project. TE72. Electr[...]Applied Geology Field Camps II and III. A ten-day Reid camp will be h Id during the May or August vacations and will be compuJ ory for all Applied Geology tudents at second- or third-year level. In some years the camps for second- and thinl-year student are combined, in others they are separated. Transportation and accommodation are provided, but beddfog i.s the student' re. ponsibility and a charge is made to co,·cr the cost of me[...] |
 | [...]ING AND APPLIED SCIENCE BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIE NCE[...]TM21. Programming I. ( 2-1-0) Programming languages; Fortran; an introduction to Algol and an intrnduction to assembly language. Fundamental[...]mber systems. Flow charting. Projects to be coded in Fortran. TA81. Accounting I. (2-1-1) An introduction to Accounting concepts: Deve[...]accounting, the effects of ow1 ersllip, activity and lunctional division on accounting systems. An introduction to logic : The nature and function of logic; the rol of logic in accounting. An introduction to Data Proce sing : Electrnnic computers and how the>' work, system investiga- tion: communication and implementation of a system. Students will be given practice in anal 'Sis and design of accounting y terns and computer u e.[...] |
 | [...]B.APP .SC.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]TM22. Programming II. (2-1-3) Data statement; vadable fom1at; internal tra[...]ontrol; charac- ter manipulation routines; record and file structures; machine instructions; address modification; macro-instructions..i.. data generation; open and closed subroutines; input/output; the histo.ry of[...]rform, input/ output using serial files · arrays and table generation; practical work will cover npplica·tions from both business and science; programming exercises in Fortran and Cobol; design of a simple com- puter system includfug peripheral and storage devices; utilit}' routines; multi- progra[...]TM92. Statistics. (3-1-0) The theory of grobahility and probability distributions. The collection and representation of data. Signillcance tests ba..~ ed on the normal, t, F, and x2 d:iStribution. Simple and multiple linear regression, Randomization and design of eXJ?eriments; the analysis of variance.[...]TA92. Economics (T). (2-1-0I Macro Economics: Economic laws and limitations. The functioning of an economic syste[...]ational income-meaning, measurement, determinants and fluctuations. Australian national income accounts[...]an Federal/State finance. Finn ncial institutions and monetary policy. Micro Economics: Principles of production. Production costs. Demand theory. Market stmcture and performance. The equilibrium of the firm under different market structures. Income distribution and the prices of the factors of production. Internat[...]tional financial institutions. Overseas borrowing and foreign ownership of industry. Text-books: To be notified in class. TU92. Administration. (2-1-0) The busineSs organisatiOT\, its structme and principal activities. Planning, policies, end dec[...]action of basic functions. Techniques, procedures and controls used in business operations. Human behaviour and moti- vation in organisations. Communication processes. Methods of analysing systems and procedures. A[...] |
 | [...]AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]3. Systems Analysis. (3-2-3} Origin and nature of system analysis; problem definition; pr[...]orporate analysis, system modelli1Jg· simulation and planning, informa- tion flow analysis; sy 't.ems[...]sis; data control systems! diagnosis of financial and operations problems; interviewing techniques, personne selection, operations planning and costing; data capture policy; conversion standard docu- mentation and training; data base and interactive systems; systems audit and. check points; comp\1ter aids to systems analysis, introduction of systems; monitor·- ing and maintenance of production systems; human engineer[...]3. Programming ID. (2-1-3) Principles of assemblers-syntax analysis; directives; core organisation; structure; insertion and search of symbol tables; macros. Data structures-Storage of arraysi tdnogular and symmetric matrices; sparse arrays· linear queues and stacks; Linkea Hsts; insertion and deletion il1 lists; doubly-linked and circuJar lists; tree structures; arrays stored as trees; designs and implementation of Logic circuitry; computer timing and control; peripheral devices; storage (disc.~. tap[...]a simple computer ystem; introduction to analogue and hybrid computation. On- line computing principles[...]llating disc sorting); introduction to APL-monadk and dyadic operators; fl.motion definition; vectors;[...]ples of operating systems-purpose; job scheduJing and loggin~; keep- ing statistical flies; priority allocation; core swapping; compilers and loaders; job control language.[...]Numerical Mathematics. (3-1-2) Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations. Solution of linear systems, matrix inversion and algebraic eigenvalue problems. Interpolation, numerical quadrature and differentiation. Difference and differential equations and simple integral equations. Use of analytic appr[...]Operations Research I. (3-1-0) This subject assumes a knowledge of section 1, 2 and 4 of Mathematics IIA, and a familiarity with elementary probability concept[...]analysis para- metric programming, transportation and assignment problems. Critical path methods. Queui[...]ts. Simulation. Dynamic programming. Graph theory and network flows. Markov chains. Inventory co[...] |
 | [...]B .PHARM. AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]EGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF PHARMACY[...]E: This course is being discontinued. As provided in Regulation 10, no new enrohnents have been accepted since 1969. 1. There shall be an Ordinary degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy. 2. Schedules defining the courses of study including lectures laboratory and other practical work to be undertaken, the examina- tions to be passed, and the fees to be paid by candidates, shall be chawn up by the Faculty of Technology and Applied Science and submitted to the Councils of the University and the South Australian In titute of Technology. Such schedules shall become[...]om such other date as the Councils may determine, and shall be published as soon as practicable after that approval has been given. 0 3. To qualify for the degree a candidate must regularly attend such tutorials as may be prescribed and do written, laboratory and other practical work, where such is required, and pass examinations in the subjects prescrib d in the schedules. 4. Except by permission of the Faculty a candidate shall not be admitted to the class in any subject for which he has not already completed the pre-requisite work as prescribed in the syllabus for that subject. 5. (a) Annual[...]academic year, except that practical examinations and the annual examination in a subiect in which the course of instruction bas been complete[...]candidate shall enter for examination on the form and by the date prescribed by the Council but shall n[...]e bas regularly attended the prescribed tutorials and done the written and laboratory or other practical work, where required, to the satisfaction of the professors and lecturers concerned.[...] |
 | [...]ke into consideration, at the final examina- tion in any subject, a candidate's written and practical work in that subject during the year and his results at terminal or other examina- tions in the subject. ( d) There shall be three classil[...]with distinction or with credit shall be arranged in order of merit within the classification and the names of other candidates wbo pass shall be arranged in alphabetical or<ler; provided that a candidate who sits for a supplementary or pecial examination in any subject or group of subjects of any annual ex[...]mitted to take a supplementary examina- tion only in special circumstances approved by the Faculty and then on ly if in the opinion of the examiner the candidate's previous work in the subject has been such as to indicate that he[...]therefrom by the Faculty, again attend tutorials and laboratory and other practical work in the sub- jects of the examination before presenti[...]again for the annual examfoation. 0 6. Except in case of ilh1ess or other sufficient cause allowed bv th Faculty, no candidate shall be credited in any year with attendance at tutorials or laboratory work in a subject unless he bas attended at least three-fourths of the tutorials and laboratory work respectively in that subject. 7. A candidate who has twice failed to pass an examination in any subject may not present himself again for ins[...]ho is refused per- mission to sit for examination in any subject or division of a subject shall be deemed to have failed to pass the examination, and the annual examination and the supplementary examination shall be deemed to[...]n. 8. A candidate who has passed examinations in 1Jari materia within the University or at other approved universities or institutions and who de ires that such examinations shall be counted pro ta11to for the degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy shall, on written[...] |
 | [...]B.PHARM. AND APPLIED SCIENCE REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULESt10. Only those candidates who had enter d upon the course for the d gree in or before the academic year 1969 will be permitted to enrol in tbe course for tbe degree after 31 December, 1969. Such students will be eligible to proceed to the degree under these regulations pro- vided that they qualify for the degree not later than 31 March, 1976, unless the Council approve an extension of time in a particular case under clause 5 of Chapter XXV o[...]ation 2. ) NOTE: Syllabuses of subjects for the degree of B.Pharm. are published below, immediately after the regulations and schedules of the degree. For syllabuses of subjects taught for other degrees and diplomas see the table of subjects at the eua of[...]e Faculty, a candidate may not enrol for subjects in the second or third year of the course before he has passed the examinations in all the ubjects prescribed in the schedules for the previous year of the comse.[...]FIRST YEAR Subject No. in[...] |
 | [...]AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]Practical -· 6 TF18 Pharmaceutics II ····- Lectures 8[...]Practical .• 7 TF78 Physiology and Pharmacology Lectures[...]3• TF88 Forensic Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Practice . .[...]tudies Elective Tutorials - 2 (see Schedule 4>4. GENERAL STUDIES ELECTIVE. In addition to passing in all of the subjects prescribed for each year of t[...]ies courses: Subject No. in Syllabus Subject TG91 Social and Technological History TG81 Literature and Society TG71 Social and Technological History ( C.E.) TG61 Social and Technological History ( S) TG51 Science and Modern Society TG41 German Life and Literature TG31 Political Science TG21 International Affairs - Asia TG92 Music[...]c Society. TG62 Psychology and Human Organisation TG52 Design and Invention TG42 Japanese Language and Culture[...] |
 | [...]MBERS AND APPLIED SCIENCE OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF PHARMACY[...]given. Such lists are supplied to students early in the academic year by the lecturers concerned. Ex[...]e department concerned details of the examination in tbat ubject including the relative weights given[...]first letter identifies the Faculty of Technology and Applied Science: T. The second letter identifi[...]subjects, as follows: Chemical Technology - - H Mathematics - - M General Studies - G Physics - p The first digit- 0-3: Indicates (except in Mathematics: 0-2) that the subject is in sequence with another subject. 4-9: Indicates (except in Mathematics 3-9) that the subject is not in sequence with another subject. The second digit- 1-4: Indicates year of subject, e.g. first, second,[...]res at the right-hand side of the syllabus number and title indicate, respectively: Number of lect[...]2, means two hours a week for two terms. Thus 2-2 2-1 indicates a subject having two lectures and one hour of practical work a week throughout the year, and two hours a week of tutorial work for two[...] |
 | [...]B.l'HAl\l\f.- SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF PHARMACY.[...]Chemistry IIA (T), Organic (2~1-4lf) T heoretical organic chemistry with particular reference to structural chemistry and its effect on organic reactivity. Preparation, properties and reactions of heterocyclic compounds and aromatic compounds. An introduction to natural pr[...]2. Pharmaceutical Chemistry I. (32 41--0--82 51) Pre-requisite subjects: Chemistry I, Gen[...]rmaceutical Chemistry I. The theoretical pasis and practical application of classical and modern instru- mental methods of analysis, including: titrametric and potentiometric procedures1 radiochemical methods[...]tometry _polarimetry, optical rotatory dispersion and light scattering. Chromatographic techniques, sedimenta- tion, osmometry, diffusion and .Bow berefringence. Thermodynamics theano- chemistry\ reaction kinetics, rates and orders of reaction, inHuence of factors such as p[...]re on Ieactlon rates, catalysis. The chemistry and properties of carbohydrates, proteins lipids and nucleic acids. Biological oxidations, _preservation and transfer of energy, energy yielding path- ways, b[...]TF12. Pharmaceutics I. (42 31--0-6) Pharmaceutical calculations, dosage forms and routes of administration. Su1face active agents. Solubilization and emulsification. Rheology of Newtonian and non- Newtonian systems. Adsorption. Stability of[...]the bacterial cell; factors affecting the growth and death of bacteria. The mode of action of antibiotics and other chemotherapeutic agents. Drug resistance. The genetics of bacteria and their viruses. Immunology. Dispensing and the preparation of selected pharmaceuticals from[...]ve of the physicochemical aspects of the lectUies and practical exercises illustrative of the mi[...] |
 | [...]AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]Pharmaceutical Chemistry II. (32 21-0-6) Photochemistry, terpenes and steroid , alkaloids, chemical carcinogenesis and selected topics in natural product chemistry. The relationship between physical and chemical structure and biological activity. Toxicology and the factors influen- cing the metabolism of foreign compounds in animals. Biological control, and the biochemical basis of cancer. The functions of[...]TF13. Pharmaceutics II. (3-0-7) The effect of formulation on drug availability. Complexation and proteit1 binding of drugs. Kinetics of absorption, distribution and elimination of drugs. Drug-plastic interactions.[...]nbletting, micromeritics, use of ternary diagrnms in formulation of emulsi6.eo. and solubilized systems. Radio-active materials. Methods of sterilisation and their pharmaceutical applica- tions; the ki11etics of disinfection and evaluation of bactericidal agents. Antibiotics. I[...]Preparation of sterile medicaments. Dispensing and formulation exercises. Physical pharmacy exercise[...]ial. TF73. Physiology and Pharmacology. (2-0--32) Pre-requisite subject: Pharmaceutical Chemi[...]urse will comprise approxilnately half physiology and half pharmacology. Physiology will comprise th[...]al mammalian tissues to- gether with the hormonal and neural integration of the organism. The practical is based on mammalian material and illustrates basic physiological principles. In pharmacology, emphasis will be placed on the following topics: biological variation in response to drugs and principles of biological assay; physico-chemical factors in drug action; mechanisms of actions of drugs in common clinical use. Practical work will illustra[...]topics. TF83. Forensic Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Practice (2-0-0) Forensic Pharmacy; National Health Act; pharmaceutical practice; commercial pharmacy and book-keeping; veterinary pharmacy; public health; International, British and Australian pharmacy.[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.TECH., B.APP.SC. AND B.PHARM.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIED SCIENCE[...]ELOR OF TECHNOLOGY, BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF PHARMACY. GE[...]ELECTIVES. TG91. Social and Technological History. (0-2-0) A selection of historical topics arranged ch[...]he pro- ce ses of change, innovation, reati\·ity and the place of technology in history; what i hi tory?; ancie11t technology, pyramids and power sources; ancient trade and mining; salt and society; t11e renaissance; printing, painting and gunpowder; shipping technology and di covery; the slave trade; was there an inclu trial revolution?; Bessemer steel· t echnology and 19th century war; lrondad to Dreadnought· political implications of technology; new sources of power and material ; bureaucracy; utopia and dystopia. TG71. Social and Technological History C.E. The influence which teclmological progress has exerted upon society and vice versa. The changes which have occurred in Engineering Technology from the time of stone-age man ~o the modern era; special emphasis on developments in the field of Civil Engineering; the background of social, eoonornic and political events. TG61. Social and Technological History S. (0-2-0) The history of man's attempts to re.Present his world by means of astronomy, surveying and cartography is related to the prevailing social order and its philosophy. TG81. Literature and Society. (0-2-0) A thematic approach to certain aspects of the human situation as depicted in literature. The course is designed to encourage discussion of some important social issues and of the ways in which different authors have thought about them.[...]s. TG51. Science and Society. Study of a selecl group of scientifi[...]that ba,•e re\'ol utionised science. t chnology and social institutions in modern time . tlwough case tudics that i.llusM1te the p1•ocess of discovery and the nature of theories· scienti£lc methods of inquiry and validation· tb emergence and institutionalization of cienti.Bc institu- tion ; the role and respon ibilities of cientist ; science, technology and the economy; science policy and the relation of science to government; contemponuy social change clue to science and technology; some ·cientific ide of seminal value in ot11er disciplines. TG41. German Life and Literature. (0-2-0) A study of German life and culture embracing German achievement especially in the fields of music, literature and art. The language may be taught at an elementary[...]International Affairs-Asia. (0-2-0) An introduction to Asian histor}' and current affairs . Asian civilisations, the impact of the V/ei.i: and the emergence of new nations. Topics for study in[...]ation of japan; the attainment of communist power in China; Indo-China; recent developments on[...] |
 | B.TECH., B.APP.SC. AND B.PHARM.-SYLLABUSES FACULTY OF TE[...]IES ELECTIVES AND APPLIED SCIENCE ship with Asia; and Asia in the world economy. Students will be expected to make use of reference books, newspapers and weeklies; also to prepare a project based on this[...]TG82. Philosophy. (0--2-0) An introduction to the philosophical ideas and methods which describe, analyse and justify nature, man and society. The approach will be through discussion and reading around particular tradi- tional philosophical problems, and contemporary social issues. Emphasis will be on relevance to the contemporary society and individual. TG92. Music. (0--2-0) Technical knowledge of music is not a pre-req[...]e way music has functioned as a mirror of society and social behaviour from primitive man and early civilizations through Greek, Roman, Mediaev[...]concerned with the strncture of mu£i.c-how it is and has been put togeth er; the qualities of the gift[...]; the creative anc.1 interpretive mind; tradition and innovation in modern music; the aesthetics and appreciation of music; teclmology and music; music in culture and counterculture. TG72. The Development of Economic Society. (0-2-0) Pre-market economy; mergence of a market economy ; commerci I revolution; competition; supply and demand forces; the consumer; removal of market ri[...]eer inventor; rise of factory as centre of social and economic life; i:ole of government; the autom ted[...]oratio11. TG62. Psychology and Human Organisation. (0-2-0) The aim of this course is to acquaint the student with some of the ba ic concepts of psychology in the areas of motivation, perception, learn ing, personali ty and social psychology, with the main emphasis being o[...]ll be illustrated by references to the structui:e and problems of industrial society, and, where possible, by practical demonstralions. The applications of psychology to current social problems and issues such as censorship, drug abuse, and alienation will be considered. and students will be encouraged to establish the rele[...]TG52. Creativity, Design and Invention. Research, invention and design. The application of knowledge, mind and skill, through creativity in arts, crafts and vocations. Research and development through all forms of media from fine[...]duct design. The reintegration of art, technology and science. Studies in self-knowledge, adaptability, fundamentals of perception, discrimina- tion design and creation. Appreciation of natural forms and man-made products in tl1e human environmen t. Studio work in various skills, orthodox and unorthodox, for expression, communication and interaction.[...] |
 | FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY B.TECH., B.APP.SC. AND B.PHARM.-SYLLABUSES AND APPLIBD SCIENCE[...]TG42. Japanese Language and Culture. This course aims to provide students[...]An introduction to the culture, religions, modem and anci nt literature and art of the Japanese people, an essential part of[...]ated. TG32. Greek Life and Literature. This course involves the study of everyday life in Greece, its music and general culture, and includes an elementary course in colloquial Greek. Greek literature will be studied through the reading and discussion of set texts. Students intending to take this course should acquaint themselves with ancient and modern Greek Literature, particularly classic Greek drama and the modern Greek novel, preferably wilh works by Sophocl es and N. Kazantzakis. It is the aim of this course that students should be able to assess the Greek people and their culture objectively, and the contribution of Greek migrants to Australian[...]ill be taught through conversation models drilled in group work and in the language laboratory.[...]of this course is a concern with couununication, and as such Drama is regarded as an instrument to nnalyz and speculate about the human condition. Both through a study of Drama per se and workshops, one's lmowledge of oneself nncl of other people i extended by studying or crealilig situations in which actions 11nd reactions (and the reasons for them) occur. Obviously workshops are largely exercise in communications and e.xchanges of idea through a releasing of creative potential in imprOl' isa.tion. A soHd technical background will be built up and an osion of self-consciouness will take place in order to give maximum support to the. imaginative ideas. Students with a prnctical involvement and technical aptitudes are expected to develop an informed analytical interest in tlieir chosen medium and those who start with an interi:>.st more histoiic[...]xtual) sre expected to develop practkal interests and to work on specific {'rojects in any of a vnriety .of media and performnnce situations. The problems o rehearsal[...]f clarification of intention through recognisable and communicative forms and the problems of performance are regarded a. the p[...]ontain an approacl1 to Theatre, Film, T elevi ion and Radio which is both theor •tical and practkal. 1098 |
 | [...]RONl\ffiNTAL STUDIES REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE Master of Environmental Studies - - HOO[...] |
 | [...]REGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES[...]TIONS NOTE: This course will not be available in 1974. 1. There shall be a degree of Master of Environmental Studies and a Board of Environmental Studies.[...]ies, the South Australian Director of Environment and Conservation, ex officio; ( b) one[...]urrently enrolled as candidates for the degree; ( d) up to ten members, the majority of who[...]nsible for the acceptance as candi- dates for the degree of applicants for admission to the course of study for the degree. ( b) Subject to availability of accommodation and facilities (and in the case of a candidate for some other higher degree to the con- currence of the Faculty concerned al[...]e qualified for admjssion to the comse or courses and whose work or studies are relevant to envi[...] |
 | [...]; ( c) subject to the control of the Board, exercise a general control over its administrative business; and ( d) perform such other duties as the Counc[...]n's absence. THE DEGREE 7. (a) An applicant for admission to the course of study for the degree must be a graduate of the University of Adelaide[...]( b) Admission to the course of study for the degree shall be subject to approval by the Board of Envi[...]ribe before being accepted as a candidate for the degree. ( d) Applications for admission shall be addressed to the Academic Registrar. 8. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall: (a) satisfy examiners in courses of study as prescribed in the schedules; and ( b) as prescribed in the schedules, carry out research work and present a satisfactory dissertation on[...]. Schedules defining the courses of study for the degree and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn up from time to time by the Board of Environmental Studies and approved by the Council. 10. The maximum number of candidates which may be enrolled in any course for the degree shall be determined from time to time by the Coun[...]mmendation of the Board of Environmental Studies; and nothing in these regulations shall be held to bind the Council to provide any or all the courses in any year if for any reason the Council dec[...] |
 | [...]REGULA TJONS 11. If in the opinion of the Board of Environmental Studies a candidate for the degree i. not making satisfactory progress the Board may[...]Cou11cil withdraw its approval of his candidature and the candidate shall thereupon cease to be enrolled for the degree. 12. On completion of his work the candidate s[...]gistrar three copies of his dissertation prepared in accor- dance with directions given to candidates[...]under regulation 8, both for the courses of study and for the dissertation. 14. A candidate who fulfils the requirements of those regulations and satisfies the examiners appointed under regulatio[...]Board of Environmental Studies be admitted to the degree. 15. These regulations shall come into[...] |
 | BOARD OF RESEARCH STUDIES REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES OF THE DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) - - 1104[...] |
 | [...]EGULATIONS OF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY[...]I. GENERAL 1. There shall be a degree of Doctor of Philosophy and a Board of Research Studies. 0 2. (a) (i) T[...]er of the Faculty of Architecture and Town Planning, one member of the[...]Faculty of Mathematical Sciences and three persons emolled as full-time students for the degree of Ph.D. elected from among themselves in accordance with elec- tion procedures drawn up and approved by the Board of Research[...]standing required for candi- dature, tlle nature and extent of the work to be completed and the fees to be paid by candidates shall be drawn up from time to time by the Board and submitted to the Council. Such schedules s[...] |
 | [...]from such other date as the Council may determine and shall be published in the University Calendar.[...]A person seeking enrolment as a candidate for the degree shall apply to the Registrar in such form as the Board shall prescribe and hall submit as part of his application a statement of his academic tanding, accompanied in the case of a person who is a graduate of a Unive[...]delaide by proof thereof acceptable to the Board, and an outline of the course of study and research which he proposes to pursue. 5. (a) A person shall not be enrolled as a candidate for the degree unless the Board is satisfied: ( i) that his proposed course of study and research can be adequately supervised; and (ii) that he is personally qualified to undertake the particular course of study and research which he proposes. ( b) The Head of the appropriate department and the appropriate faculty shall have the power to make recommendations to the Board on the matters set out in sub-clause (a) of this clause. ( c) The appropr[...]ature shall date, which shall normally be the one in which the candidate begins his course of study and research for the degree. ( b) When a candidate is required under regula[...]l date. III. WoRK FOR THE DEGREE 7. (a) A candidate shall pursue, to the satisfaction of the Board, and in accordance with any special conditions that may be specified in his case, an approved course of study and research in the University under a supervi or or supervisors appointed by the appropriate Faculty and approved by the Board. At least one superv[...] |
 | [...]d a written report on the wo.rk of each candidate in his charge. He shall report to the Board at any time if in his opinion a candidate is not making satisfactory progress in his work or is otherwise not fulfilling the condi[...]or appears unlikely to reach the standard of the degree. 8. A candidate for the degree shall devote his whole time to the pursuit of his approved course of study and research; provided that full-time members of the academic staff of the University and fu1l- time members of the academic staff of the South Australian Institute of Technology who are engaged in teaching courses prescribed for a degree of the University may be permitted to proceed to the degree on such conditions as the Board may prescribe.[...]rovisions of this regulation, a candidate for the degree shall pursue bis approved course of study and research within the University for a period of not less than two years and not more than four years from the date of his enrolment. ( b) In special circumstances the Board may accept as an internal half-time candidate for the degree a person who, in it opinion, is a fully qualified person, is free to pursue his research programme within the University and is able to d vote at least half of his time to his research. In such a case the Board shall prescribe for the duration of bis programme minimum and maximum periods which in its opinion, having regard to the proportion of his time which he is able to devote to the programme in the appropriate departments, are respectively equ[...]for at least two years within the University, but in exceptional circum- stances the Board may approve a reduced period on such conditions as it may determine in each case. ( d) A candidate's supervisor, w110[...]ard, may permit a candidate to spend three months in any one year of his candidature away from the Uni[...]ected with bis research. A period of such absence in excess of three months must be approved in advance by the Board. ( e) Because of the spec[...]y of the South Australian Institute of Technology in the conduct of certain University courses, notwithstanding the provisions of regulations 5 (a) and 7 (a) and sub-clause (a) of this regulation, the Board may,[...]Science, permit a candidate to carry out his work in a department of the South Aus- tralian Ins[...] |
 | [...]least half of his time to his research; and (iii) the Board is satisfied that facilities[...]posed comse of study are available only in the Institute. 10. (a) A candidate shall submi[...](b) At the end of his approved course of study and research, or by the end of the fourth year from his enrolment, a candidate shall present to the Registrar, in such form as the Board prescribes, not fewer than[...]es of a thesis embodying the results of his study and research. He may submit al o, in support of the thesis, other relevant material provided that no material presented for any other degree within this or any other university shall be so submitted. 0 ( c) Only in exceptional circumstances and by special permission of the Board on the recommendation of[...]ate faculty shall nominate two external examiners and may nominate one or more internal examiners. The[...]orally or otherwise on the subject of his thesis and the general field of knowledge within which it fa[...]he appropriate faculty. 11. To qualify for the degree the thesis shall contain a significant contributi[...]culty shall consider the reports of the examiners and report, with recommendations, to the Board. The B[...]end that the candidate: ( i) be awarded the degree subject to such minor amendments of th[...]may have suggested; (ii) be not awarded the degree, but be allowed to revise and resubmit his thesis within such period[...]lished below, immediately after these regulations and schedules.[...] |
 | [...]A!\'D SCHEDULES (iii) be not awarded the degree and be not allowed to resubmit his thesis; or (iv) be awarded an appropriate degree of Master subject to the concurrence of the appropriate faculty. 13. Two copies of a thesis and other material on which the degree is awarded shall be deposited in the Library. Regulations allo[...]candidate for th d ·gr e is normally an Honours degree of Bachelor (with first or second class Honours) or a degree of Master of the University of Adelaide. 2. The Board may accept as a candidate for the degree a graduate who does not gualif under claus 1 but[...]t least one year of full-time postgraduate tud y and research and (b) passes a qualifyincr examination pre- scribed by the appropriate faculty and approved' by t11 Board. 3. Provided that it is satisfied in each case, on the recommendation of the Head of the department and the faculty concerned, that the course of study undertaken and the academic standard reached are equivalent to t[...]aide, the Board may accept as a candidate for the degree a p erson who holds a d gree of another universit[...]). 4. A person who proposes to proceed to the degree by undertaking a course of tudy and research in education shall also hold the Diploma in Education of the Univer ity or a quali:fication accepted by the Uni- versity as equival nt, and shall have at least three years' experience in teaching or in some other educational work approved by the University before enrolling for the degree. The attention of intending candidates[...] |
 | NOTES AND INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES FO[...] |
 | [...]EGREES AND BOARDS NOTES AND INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES FOR HIGHER[...]I. GENERAL 1. The degrees of Master and of Doctor (except the degree of Doctor of Philosophy) are administered by the Faculty concerned. However the degree of D octor of Philosophy is common to all Facultie (except Technology and Applied Science) , and accordingly responsibility for the adminish·ation of that degree is vested in a Board of Research Studies. The attention of all candidates is drawn to the regulations and schedules of the degree to which they are proceeding, and to clause 2B of Chapter XXV of the Statutes. 2[...]study must be approved by the appropriate faculty and, in the case of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, by the Board of Research[...]roval. 3. A candidate for the d gree of Master in th e Faculties of Agricul- tural Science, Al'chit[...]er regulation 3 of the d gree of M.E. ), Medicine and Science and a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Pl ilosophy pursues a cow·se of res[...]repo1t formally each year on the candidate's work and pl'ogress. In the case of a candidate for a master's degree, such r port will be to the appropriate faculty; of a candidate for the Doctor of Philosophy degree, to the Board of Research Studies. The supervisor will also report whenever in bis opinion the student is not making satisfactory progress in his work, is otherwise not fulfilling the conditi[...]' fully informed of the progress of his research, and to consult him about proposed future work and about the general planning of his thesis. lf not[...]ed mind upon which the student may test his ideas and so be led to develop his own critical faculties.[...]as to the most satisfactory method of developing and presenting his material. For a candidate whose mo[...]ors on all matters of general concern to his work and thesis. 1110 |
 | [...]NOTES TO CANDIDATES AND BOARDS[...]) The responsibility for the layout of the thesis and selection of tbe title rests with the candidate after discussion with bis supervL<;or, and the completed thesis should be shown to the supervisor before submission. In order to save delay ill the al?pointment of examiners a candidate is advised to give three months notice in writing to the Academic Registrar of intention to[...]binding. ( b) The thesis of a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy should be written and submitted before the candidate leaves the University. In exceptional circumstances the Board of Research S[...]de to authors ( C.S.I.R.O., 1953). Barned, J. R., and Petrie, C. M., Guide to report writing, revised[...]nference of Biological Editors, Committee on Form and Style, Style manual for biological journals ([...]Biological Sciences, 1960). Emberger, M. R., and Hall, M. R., Scientific writing (Harcourt, Brace,[...]o authors", Journal of Physiology, v. 182, 1966: 1-33. Trelease, S. F., How to write scientific and technical papers (Williams and Wilkins, 1958). OTHE[...]1959). Crutchley, B., Preparation of manuscripts and correction of proofs, 3rd edition (Cambridge University Press, 1965). Hook, L., and Gaver, M. V., The research paper, 3rd edit[...] |
 | [...]EGREES AND BOARDS Seeber, E. D., A style manual for stude[...]. L., A manual for writers of term papers, theses and dis- sertations, 3rd edition (University of Chicago Press, 1967). Wiles, R. M., Scholarly reporting in the humanities, 3rd edition (Uni- versity of[...]of th pap r only with double pacing. The top typ - written copy should be prepared on bond pap r using a good black inked ribbon. Quotatio11s and footnotes may be typ d in single spacing. Fooh1otes should he clearly separ[...]Work previously published, if submitted, may be in printed form. Other forms of presentation may be allowed, if the Librarian ap- proves. In such cases bond paper should be used. If copies a[...]not be less than 3 · 5 cm on the left-hand side and 1 · 5 cm on the other three sides to allow for binding and trim- ming of an acceptable standard. ( c) The thesis should incorporate in the foilowing order ( i ) a title page giving the title of the thesis in full, the names and degrees of the candidate, the name of the department of tbe University asso- ciated with the work and the date when submitted for the degree; (ii) a table of contents; (iii) a summary in not more than 500 words; (iv) a signed statement[...]hich has been accepted for the award of any other degree or diploma in any university and that, to the best of the candidate's lmowledge and belief, the thesis contains no material previousl[...]another person except when due reference is made in the text of the thesis; (v) An acknowledgment of[...]al not suitable for binding should be placed last and treated as indieated below. 3. Diagrams and Figures. The following are general suggestions for normal practice, but they may be varied in special cases with the approval of the Librarian: (a) Diagrams and figures, etc., should preferably be drawn or photographed on size A4 or quarto paper and bound in the appro- priate place in the text. If it is necessary to mount phot[...] |
 | [...]NOTES TO CANDIDATES AND BOARDS[...]er somewhat heavier than that of the other pages, and great care should be taken to avoid wrinkling the[...]ng tJ1e figure. ( c) Tables should be inserted in the appropriate place in the text, except that lengthy or bulky tables sho[...]en.4. Binding. (a) The thesis must be sewn and bound with dark cloth on stiff covers. (A spring-type or screw-type binder is unacceptable. Stapling and plastic or "perfect" binding without sewing are a[...]( c) On the spine of the thesis should be given, in gold lettering of suitable size, normally reading from the bottom to the top, the candidate's surname and the title of the thesis, abbreviated if neces- .[...]e title of the iliesis near the top of ilie spine and the candidate's surname near the middle. ([...]bound near the back of the thesis as an appendix. In the case of published papers of unusual size it may be desirable to bind them in a separate volume. If they have been bound by the publisher it is desirable to keep them in a special case made and lettered to simulate a bound volume of a thesis. Supplementary material such as folded maps and other large folded sheets may be placed in a pocket inside the back cover of the bound thesi[...]tape or micro- film which cannot readily be kept in a pocket should be placed in a spec.ial case made and lettered to simulate a bound volume of the thesis[...]wise be uniform with the first part of the thesis in respect to colour, lettering and, as far as possible, size. 5. Availability. ([...]e top typewritten copy (or approved alternative), and two additional loose copies of the ummary should[...]r. If the thesis is accepted for the award of the degree tlrn Academic Registrar will distribute two copies, includuig the top copy, to the University Library, and one copy to the Head of the appropriate Un[...] |
 | [...]GREES AND BOARDS (b) Subject to the author's consent, one copy of the thesis deposited in the Library will be available for loan. ( c) Su[...]) The author will be asked after the award of the degree to give his consent to ( b) and ( c) in writing. Such notice of consent will be inserted by the Academic Registrar in the copies deposited in the Library. ( e) If the author's consent is not given to section ( b) the thesis will in any case become available for loan two years after the award of the degree. 1114 |
 | [...]ibrary 1116 Laboratory Rules and Rules Applicable to Students on Univer[...] |
 | [...]HE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY I. OPENING AND CLOSING OF THE LIBRARY 1. Except on Sa turdays, Sundays, public holida)'S and such other occasions as the Co uncil may direct t[...]turdays from 1.30 p.1n. to 5.30 p.m. on Sundays, and to 10 p.m. on such days as the Library Com- mitte[...]2. The following persons are entitled to read in the Library: Members and past members of the Council. Graduates of th[...], of the academic staff of the University, and members of any Faculty or Board of Studies of[...]Officers of the administrative staff. Heads and Deputy Heads of affiliated colleges. Professional officers, laboratory managers and senior laboratory technicians. Students enrolled for courses of study in the University. 3. Other persons who wish to study in the Library may, after appli- cation to the Libra[...]III. CONDUCT OF READERS 4. Books and periodicals are not to be removed from the Library, except in accordance with the provisions of Section IV.[...]ith the comfort of other readers, or cause damage in the Library, or disfigure a book or periodical in any way, may be excluded by the Librarian or officer in charge, and shall make good any damage caused; they may also[...]ay think fit. If he impose a fine he shall report in writing to the Registrar the amount of such fine, and the reason for it; and the fine shall be paid to the Registrar within se[...]ing his absence from the Library. ( d) Smoking in the Library is not permitted, except in the rooms prescribed by the Committee. 1116 |
 | [...]he following persons are entitled to borrow books and periodicals: Members and past members of the Council. Professors, rea[...]s nior d mon h'ators, tutors, demonstrators, and other persons of equivalent status holding[...]rt-time teachi11a or research appointments in the Universit . The Registrnr, Academic Registrar and Bursar. Heads and D puty Heads of affiliated colleges. Professional officer , laboratory managers and senior laboratory technicians. Such o[...]s as the Chairman of the Library Committee and the Librarian may from time to time approve. 0 7. (a) Postgraduate students and research scholars enrolled as candidates for higher degrees may borrow books (and periodicals in acordance with Clause 8). ( b) Undergraduates and tudents proceeding to diplomas in the University who have paid the fee appropriate[...]f oth r i.miver ities approved by the Univer ity, and such other persons as the Chafrman of the Librar Committee and the Librarian ma from time to time approve, mn borrow book from the "Barr Smith Librar '• the Law Librar ' and the Medical Libn:uy on lodging a deposit of $5 and on paying in addition an annual fee of $3.50. The ma not borro[...]. (cl) The deposit required of borrowers named in section ( c) of this clau e will, subj ct to any deductions incurred in accordance with these Rules, be returned to the bonower after application in writing to the Librarian. The application shall i[...]be subject to the following conditions except by special arrangement: (i) J o borrower shall be allowed to have in hi possession more than six volumes b[...]at the discretion of the Librnrian if in the meantime there has been no ther a[...]ty cents a da ( iv ) Books placed on reserve and available for lom1 for a per.iod of Jess than two days ma be borrowed in the period begin- ning one how- before and ending fifteen minutes before th 0 Amended by Council in July, 1972.[...] |
 | [...]UNIVERSITY LIBRARY Library is closed, and must be retlll'ned to the Library no lat[...]£ed time is thirty cents an hom to a total of $3 in any da , and in addition sixty cents for any failure to return th[...](v) Any book borrowed from the open shelves in the multiple- copy coll.ection must be[...]fteen cents an hour to a total of $1.50 in any day, and in addition thirty cents for an r fail u·e[...]to the Library by hand. 8. Only persons listed in clause 6 are entitled to borrow periodical bound or uubound. Other members of the teaching and research staff, and postgraduate students enrolled as candidates for higher d grees, may borrow bound and unbound periodicals on production of their borrower's cards suitably endorsed. Students who are enrolJed in th fourth or a Jater e~u· of a cour e for a degree may I orrow from the Bru:r Smith Library bound vo[...]does not necessarily apply to the Medical Library and the libraries within the Faculties of Agricultural Science, Law and Music.) 9. No periodical shall be borrowed until it ha been in the Librar seven days. Every bound or unbound per[...]seven da s at the discretion of the Librarian if in the meantime there has been no othe1· applicatio[...]ok or periodical borrowed a oucher mu t be £lied in and deposited with the Librar.ian. No book or periodical ma ', in , n circumstances, be taken out of the Librar unt[...]olume. 11. Notwithstanding clause 7 ( e) (ii) and (iii) above, the Librarian may recall a book or periodical at any time, and thereupon it mu t be retmned within three days of[...]beyond the specified time is fifteen cents a day in the case of a periodical lent for seven days or a book lent for at least fourteen days, and thirty cents a day in the ca e of a book I nt for a period of two to th[...]e late return of a book or periodical may be paid in the Library as the volume is retmned and before an invoice is issued. In this case the penalty mentioned in clause 7(e) (ii) and (iii) above for later turn of a volume is[...] |
 | [...]RULES MUSIC LIBRARYand that mentioned in clause 7 ( e) (iv) and ( v) above by five cents an hour, with a corresponding reduction in the other penalties mentioned. 13. All books and periodical on loan from the Library shall be retu[...]each year by the Chairman of the Librar Committee and the Librarian for the annual check. 14. Borrowers of books and periodicals shall be held responsible foi: any lo[...]tion, or disfigurement by writing or other marks, and hall be required to pa the full cost of replacing or repairing such volumes and may also, at the discretion of the Council, be :f[...]16. No book shall be borrowed untiJ it has been in the Library seven days. Otherwise, any book excep[...]f the Librar Committee. 17. Except as provided in clause 7 ( e) (iv) books and periodicals may be borrowed until thirty minutes before closing time on week- days and until fifteen minutes before closing time on Satmdays and Sundays. 18. i To publications lodged in deparbnents of the University by permission of th[...]ary any of the foregoing rules at any time either in specific cases or generally. V. RULES FOR THE Music LIBRARY 20. Teachers in the Elder Conservatorium are entitled to borrow b[...]en recommendation of a teacher, but must not have in their possession more than two copies at the same time. 21. In all other respects the foregoing rules of the Uni[...]c Library. VI. RULES FOR THE MEDICAL AND LAw LIBRARIES 22. Medical graduates who are members of the Australian Medical Association ( S.A. Branch), dental graduates who are members of the Australian Dental Association ( S.A. Branch) and members of the Au tralian Physiotherapy Association (S.A. Branch) shall be entitled to use the Medical Library in accordance with the terms of the agree- ments between the Branches and the University. The agreements ma be se n in the Medical Librar . 23. In all other respects the foregoing rules of the University Library shall apply to the Medical and Law Libraries. Rules appro[...] |
 | RULES GENERAL AND LABORATORY RULES[...]LE TO STUDENTS LABO RA TORY RULES AND RULES APPLICABLE TO STUDENTS ON UNIVERSITY[...]f Adelaide Act Amendment Act, which are published in the University Calendar and are exhibited on notice boards through- out the U[...]Department may exclude any student from any class in that Department for any cause he shall deem sufficient; and be shall report every such exclusion, and the grounds for it, to the Council through the Ch[...]material of any kind on the University grounds or in any University building is forbidden.[...]taking regular courses involving laboratory work in the University an appropriate laboratory will be open daily during term time ( Satw;days and holidays excepted) at such hours as shall be cons[...]ad of the Department concerned. Per- sons engaged in advanced work or original research may work at su[...]d on by students or graduates not proceeding to a degree in the University at such times and under such conditions as the Head of the Department may determine; the fee for use of a laboratory and its facilities, and the charges for materials, to be determined in each case. 3. Whenever necessary and possible, each student will have a definite working place and locker or drawer assigned to him, which he may no[...]bout the laboratories unnecessarily. 4. Paper and refuse of any kind must be placed in the receptacles provided for the purpose. No soli[...]esponsible for the cleanliness of their apparatus and work places or benches, which must be left clean and tidy after each practical session. 1120 |
 | GENERAL AND LABORATORY RULES[...]S APPLICABLE TO STUDENTS 6. All preparations and equipment made from materials supplied by the Uni[...]must be reported at once to the person currently in charge of the laboratory. 10. The Head of a[...]ste of gas, water or electricity. He shall report in writ- ing to the Registrar the amount of such fine, and the reason for it; and the fine shall be paid to the Registrar wi[...] |
 | [...]s enrolled for second-year or subsequent subjects in the Departments of Economics and Commerce.3. Times of use During the academic year the room will be open between 9 a.m. and 10 p.m. on Mondays to Fridays, and from 9 a.m. to 12 noon on Saturdays. At all other[...]turned to the desk of the Supervisor after use. In no circumstances may such material be removed fro[...]n of a member of the lecturing staff; except that in the case of students presenting for Economic Stat[...]After use, machines must be cleared, switched off and covered; and the plugs must be removed from the powerpo[...] |
 | [...]d to the central computer, or used for collection and dissemina- tion of computer material, which areas are hereby defined as Com- puting Annexes, and to such other areas as may be declared by the Council to be Computing Annexes. In these rules the term 'supervisor~ means th p erson appointed in consultation with the Director of the Computing C[...]hall open the Annexe during normal working hours, and during such extended periods as may in his judgement be desirable and can be adequately supported. 5. Users of Annexes shall not conduct themselves in a way which will interfere with other users, eith[...], by interference with equipment, or otherwise. In particular, users must- ( a) obey directions by the supervisor designed to maintain safe, clean and tidy working conditions; ( b) not remove mater[...]erwise controlling the use made of the equipment; and ( f) not cause unauthorised work to be[...] |
 | [...]or the beginning of the written or practical work in that examination. 2. No candidate will be allo[...]or the beginning of the written or practical work in that examination, nor during the last quarter of[...]on only at the absolute discretion of the Officer-in-Charge. A candidate who wishes to leave the room[...]t during any examination whatever: (a) have in his or her possession any book or notes or any ot[...]r she may improperly obtain assistance in his or her work; or ( b) directly or indire[...]to obtain, directly or indirectly, assistance in his work, or give or endeavour to give[...]s of this regulation shall lose that examination; and, if detected at the time, shall be summarily dismissed from the exantlnation room; and shall be liable to such further punishment, wheth[...]or her seat until all answers have been collected and the announcement is made that candidates may leav[...]ted on the front of the examina- tion answer book and any directions that may be printed at the head of[...]enuine claim for enquiry should state their cases in writing to the Academic Registrar. 1124
|
 | [...]FEES AND CHARGES FEES AND CHARGES (a) General. As from 1 January, 1974 all tuition fees and associated charges (such as examination and graduation fees) will be abolished. This decision[...]tudents whether full-time, part-time or external, and includes overseas students; it does not apply to students taking courses in the Department of Adult Education, nor to Elder C[...]udents taking studies not forming part of a Music degree course. Accordingly, apart from the exceptions note.d above, no student enrolled in the University in 1974 and subsequently will be required to pay any tuition[...]o pay the prescribed Union fees [see ( b) below]; and he may also, in some circumstances, incur a liability to pay certain University charges [see (c) below]. In some subjects attendance at excursions or camps forms a compulsory part of the practical work and certain costs will be incurred [see ( d) below].[...]tudent taking a course for a Bachelor's or higher degree or for a diploma must, unless exempted by the Union Council, pay a Union Entrance Fee and a Union Annual Fee. Payment of these fees entit[...]) with the use of the Union buildings, facilities and services. It also entitles them to take full part in the activities of the Students' Association, Postgraduate Students' Association, Clubs and Societies Council and the Sports Association. The Union fees comprise[...]ee of $20, payable upon first enrolment; and (ii) a Union Annual Fee of $66 for full-time students, and $33 for part-tim and postgraduate students, or students enrolled both in the University and in a Co11ege of Advanced Educa- tion ( form[...]following charges will be made by the University in appropriate cases: Late enrolment ...[...]submission of entry for examination . .. $10 In addition, charges may be made to students who do[...]the University Library. Such charges are set out in the rules concerned. All rules are printed in this volume from pages 1116 to 1124.[...] |
 | FEES AND CHARGES Students in the third year of the dental course will be required to pay a returnable deposit of $20 in connection with the use of hospital equipment during the clinical years of the course. In the medical course, for all students in the fourth, fifth and sixth years of the course, there are hospitals re[...]arges for supervision. {d) Compulsory Excursions and Camps. In some subjects or courses attendance at excur ions[...]on, meals, etc. ) may be involved. The subjects and estimated living costs involved are as follo[...]This Ii t is published only for the information and guidance of tudents and in no way restricts the University in determining each year the natme, dmation and cost of the excursions or camps asso- ciated with pru-ticu.lar subjects or courses, or the list of subjects and cour es in which such attel1dance ma be requfre<l. 0 Maximum amount. See syllabuses of unit courses in Botany. t In addition students should allow up to $75 for equipment and field clothing (full details from Departme[...] |
 | [...]TIME-TABLES FOR 1974 NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables. All lectures are of[...]1128 FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING: B.Arch.[...]1158 FACULTY OF ARTS: B.A. (For 1974) -[...]1141 Adv.Dip.Ed. (and M.Ed. Course Work) (For 1974) 1135 (Tentative for 1975) - 1141 Late Afternoon and Evening Lectures - 1156 FACULTY OF DE[...]1142 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS: B.Ec. - 1143 Dip.B.M. (and M.B.M. Course Work) - 1144 Late Afternoon and Evening Lectures - 1156 FACULTY OF EN[...]1145 FACULTY OF LAW: LL.B. - 1158 FACULTY OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES: B.Sc. - 1149 Late Afternoon and Evening Lectures - 1156 FACULTY OF MEDICINE: M.B., B.S. -[...]1155 FACULTY OF SCIENCE: B.Sc. - 114~ Late Afternoon and Evening Lectures - 1156 FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCE: B.Tech.[...] |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL SC[...]ThuTSday I Fridar I FIRST- AND SECOND-YEAR SUBJECTS See degree of B.Sc. in the Faculties of Mathematical Sciences and Science respectively. \ \"[...]CTS Agricultural Biochemistry I - Lectures .. .. .. 2 9 - - - WP03 Practicals ..[...].. - I (). ~ - - - I Lectures[...]- - - - -" -[...]-[...]- WA03 Agriculture III- Lectures .. .. .. - - 9 2 - Practicals .. .. .. - - I O·I - - WN03 I Animal Physiology & Production I - Lectures .. .. .. - - 3 - 12 WY73 Pra[...].. .. .. - - - - 9-12 Lectuc-es .. .. .. 3 - 2 - - Tutorials .. .. .. 4 or 5 - - - - WFOS I Crop Physfology-[...]tures .. .. .. 9 - 5 - - Practicals .. .. .. - - - 10-1 - WE03 Entomology-Pathology- I Lectures .. .. .. - - - 9, 3 - Practicals .. .. .. 10-1 - - - - EE83 Farm Management-[...].. .. .. 12 2 -- - - QT02 Practicals ..[...].. .. - S-G - - (See B.Sc. in Faculty of Mathematical WBl 3 Sciences) Soil Science I - Lectures .. .. .. - I - - 2[...]Practicals .. - - - - 3-6 FOURTH-YEAR SUBJECTS WB04[...]tures .. .. .. II - - II II .. - - - EE84 I Practicals[...]2-6 - -- 9, 10 Practicals .. .. .. - S-G - - WA04 WA71 Agriculture IV[...].. .. .. - - 9.1 - - Lectures ..[...]II -- - II -[...]- I Practicals 2-6 2-G NOTE: Lectures in all subjects taken at the Waite Agricultural Rese[...]ence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time·tables. 1128 |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENC[...]ctures .. .. .. 10 - - 12 12 EE03[...].. .. .. - - - 2-6 2-6 (See B.Ec. in Faculty of Economics) WE04 Entomology II[...]I - - 9 Practicals .. .. .. 2-6 - 2-<l - - SJ03 Genetics III- Lectures .. .. .. - lO, 12 - 9.10 - Practicals .. .. .. - 2-5 - 2-5 - Tutorial .. .. .. - 9 - - - WF04 Horticultural Science- Lectures .. .. .. - 11, 12 - 9 12 Practicals .. .. .. - - - - 2-6 QT03 Mathematical Statistics III- (See B.Sc. in Faculty of Mathematical Sciences)[...]ctures .. .. .. 9, 12 - I - - 9 Practicals .. .. .. 2-6 - 2-6 - - WP04 Plant Pathology II- Lectures .. .. .. - lO - lO 10 Practicals .. .. .. - 2-6 - 2-6 - WBl4 Soil Science II-[...]-[...]2-6 - - - 2-6 I - -[...]I NOTE: Lectures in all subjects taken at the Waite Agricultural Rese[...]mence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time·tables, Any student who is apparen[...]o pursue a combination of subjects due to a clash in the houn; set aside in this time-table for work in that subject should consult an Assistant t[...] |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF[...]Friday FIRST-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS (GROUP A) AAOI Anthropology I .. .. .. - - 4.1 5 - 4.15 AQOI Chinese I ..[...]- - 9 -* QA7H Computing IH- Lectures .. .. .. II - - - II Tutorial .. .. .. 3(A) - - - 3(B) AEll Dra m. I ..[...]£conorni c G cograph1· I.. .. -* *9 - *[...]9 -* AEOI English I .. .. .. .. - 12(A) - 12(A) - AFOI French I .. .. .. .. -[...]- -[...]-[...]- - -[...]-[...]- - - AGll German IA .. .. .. ..[...]Greek I .. .. .. .. - 10 - -JO 2.15 AC71 Greek IA .. .. .. .. 9 - 9 9 AHO! History IA .. .. .. .. - 4.1 5 - 4.15 - AH31 History IB .. .. .. .. 6. 15 - G. 15 - - AH41 History IC .. .. .. .. - - 9 - 9 AJ2H Human Geography IH (Second half of year) .. .. - II - II - ALIH Introductory Philosophy IH .. - Il(A) - - - - 5.15(B) - - - AGO! Latin I .. .. .. .. 12 - - - 12 AL2H Logic and Argument IH .. .. - - - - - -[...]- - EEIG Macroeconomics IH .. .. .. - JO(A) 12(B) - -[...]S.15(C) QMOI Mathematjcs I - Lectures .. .. .. IO (A) - IO(A) IO(A) IO(A)[...]4.15(B) - 4.15(B) 4.15(B) 4.15(B) Tutorials (2 hours) .. .. 11-1 11-1 - 11- 1 11-1 QM7H Mathematics IH- 2.15-4.05 - 2.15-4.05 - 2.15-4.05 Lectures .. .. .. 4.15 - ~. 1 5 - - Tutorial (I hour) .. .. - - - II II d QMll Math[...]-- - 2. 15 - 2.15 Lectures .. .. .. 4.15(A,B)• - 2.I S(A) 4 .15(B)• 4.15(A,B)•[...]Tutorial (2 hours) .. .. - - - ll · l l l·l' EE2G Microeconomics IH .. .. - - - IO (A) ll (B)[...]Music I } ,, .. .. .. 4.15-6.15 - 4.15-6.15 - - UA61 Music IA AJIH Physical G[...](First half of year) .. .. - 11 - II - NOTE: Morning lec tures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including th ose shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables. For time-tables of subj[...] |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR[...]r .. .. .. .. 6.15 - 6.15 - 6.15 AYO! l'Aychology l .. .. .. .. IO(A) -- IO(A) - !O(A)[...]5. 15(B) 5.15(B) - 5.!5(B) EE7l Social Economics I .. .. .. 5. 15 - - 5.15 - QT7H Statistics IH- Lectures .. .. .. 12 - - - 12 Tutorial (I hour) .. .. 2 - - - 2 SECOND-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS (GROUP B) AE82 A[...]- -[...]- -[...]-[...]-- QN02 Applied Mathematics IIA-[...]12 12 12 - 1 utorial (I hour) .. .. - 9, 10 - 9, JO 12 QN12 Applied[...]-[...]-[...]-[...]evelopment II .. .. - 11 - - AE72 Australian Literary Studies 11 .. - 5.15 - 5.15 - AC32 Classical Studies II .. .. - 12 - 12 - EE12 AE02 Economic History II[...].. - - -9 6. 15 -[...]-[...]- AF02 l' rcnch ll .. .. .. .. - 11 - II 3.15 AF72 French llA .. .. .. .. - 2.15 11 - 11 AJ12 Geography IIA} f[...]hy JIB two 0 : .. .. 4.15 - 4.15 4.15 4.15 AG02[...]- -[...]- -[...]-12 AG87 German IIB .. .. .. .. - - 4.15 2.15 - AC12 Greek II .. .. ..[...]IS .. .. .. .. *9 - *9 10 *9 AH02[...]A. South Asian History .. .. - 5.15 - 5.15 - B. Modern East Asian History .. - - 10 - 10 c. Modern South East Asian History - 4.15 - 4.15 - D. Pacific History .. .. JO - - 10 - E. Russian History in the 19th and 20th centuries .. .. - 3.15 - 3.15 - F. Material Foundations of the[...]modem world .. .. 6.15 - - - 6.15 G. Culture in Victori.an England J. The English Revolution and 2.15 - 2.15 - - modernisation of English society 1603-1760 .. .. 3.15 - 3.15 - - K. Australian History: Gold Rush[...]to Great Depression .. 12 - 12 - - L. Literature and Society: Britain and Europe 1870-1945 .. 3. 15 - 3.15 - - AC02 Latin II .. .. ..[...]* * NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time tables 4 (including those shown as 12 noon) . Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables. For time-tables of su[...] |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR O[...]Linguistics II .. .. .. - 3. 15 - 3.15 -10 EE3G rvlacroeconomics IIH .. .. - - - - QT02 Mathematica) Statistics II-[...]Tutorial (2 hours) .. .. - 10-12(C) 2.15-4.05 2.15-4.05 - B or Cat discretion of Departm[...]Lectures .. .. .. - 12 9 9, 12 - Tutorial (1 hour) ..[...]Microeconomics IIH .. .. .. -* * - *10 -* -* UA52 Music II .. .. ..[...]4.15-6.15 - 4.15-6.15 - - AE87 Old and Middle English II ..[...]4.15 - 4.15 - 9 AL02 Philosophy II .. .. 11 - 11 - II AP32 Politics IIAl AP42[...]A. Political sociology .. .. - 10 - 10 - B. Political theory and American politics .. .. .. - 11 - 11 - c. European politics D. Marxism and third world .. .. - - 2.15 - 2.15 ideologies[...]-- -[...]- 5.15[...]- -[...]- F. Asian politics .. .. . . 6.15 - 6.15 - G. International politics ..[...]- *[...]5.15 -* *[...]tures .. .. .. 9(A) - 9(A) 9(A) 9(A)[...]12(B) - 12(B) 12(B) 12(B) Tutorial (I hour) .. .. - 9, 10 - JO 9, 11 THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS (GROUP C) QN03[...]tics III } QNl3 Applied Mathematics IIIA - Lectures (6 hours) ..[...]Australian Literary Studies III .. -*9 9 -"" 9 -* AC33 QA03 Classical Studies II[...]- - - 9 QA13 Computing Science IIIA - Lectures .. ..[...]III .. .. .. .. 5.15 - 5.15 - 5.15 AE79 English UIS ..[...]9(A) - 9(A) -* - 6.15(B) - 6. 15(B) 4.15(8) NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time.. tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables. For time-tables of su[...] |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHE[...]Practical .. .. .. - - 2.15-4.15 - - AG03 Germ n Ill .. .. .. .. - I l (A) 3.15(A) II (1\ ) - 6.15(B) - 5.15-[...]- - AG88 AC13 Germon llUl ..[...].... .... .... - - 10 3.15 - AC78 C reek lll. .. .. .. .. -*[...]10 -* -* *[...]. 12 - 12 - - British .. .. .. .. 3.15 - 3.15 - - AC03 -QF13 Latin III[...]- 2.15[...]- UA53 Music III .. ..[...]* * AE88 Old and Middle Eoglish III .. *[...]6.15 -* *[...]6.15 -* *[...]Politics IIIA} (see Politics IIA and .. 4. 15 - 4.15 - 4.15 AP13 Politics IIIB[...]gy III .. .. .. 2.15 - 10 - 10 Pure Mathematics III } QM13 Pure Mathematics IIIA - Lectures (5 hours)[...]* * * .NOTE: Morning Lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables. For time-tables of subjects[...]riate Faculty Time-table. Times for tutorials and/or practical work will be arranged at the commenc[...]1 ¢ Time to be arranged. French I, II and III: Lectures arc given in the evenings in cycles of three years: French III, 1974; French I, 1975, French II, 1976. German I, II and III: Lectures are given in the evenings in cycles of three years: German III, 1974; German I[...]rman II, 1976. ·Greek II: a - Third term only Latin II: b - First term only. Latin III: c - Second term only. lvfathematics IH: d - Only if numbers warrant. Mathematics IM: e - Lecture class B only if numbers warrant. f - Only if numbers warrant. Mathematical Statistics II: g - Lecture in first tenn only.[...] |
 | [...]ABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY[...]ces warrant. Courus normally taken in the ufirst year": AY04 Developmental Psychology (2 hours) - - - 3" - AY14 Human Skills (2 hours) .... - - - - 3b AY34 Personality and Social Relations (2 hours) .. .. .. .. - - - - 3' AY44 Psychopathology (2 hours) .. .. - - - 3• - AY24 Occupational Psychology (2 hours) .. Practical Work and Seminars (l! hrs.) -- - - - -[...]-3/ Couru1 normally taken in the "stcond year": :\\'M Statistics and Methodology (2 hours) - 3 - - - \'G~ Practical Work and Seminars (It hrs.) - 5.25 - - - Times for tutorials and/or practical work will be arranged at the commencement of lectures. Developmental Psychology: a - Fjrst term only. Human Skills: b - First term only. Personality and Social Relations: c - Second term only. Psychopathology: d - Second term only. Occupational Psychology: e - Third term only. Seminars: f - Third term only. 1134 |
 | [...]DIP.ED., ADV.DIP.ED. AND M.ED.-TIME-TABLES[...]BLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION, AND MASTER OF EDUCATION (COURSE WORK)[...]History of Education I .. .. - - - - Al. 9 AD04 Theory of Education I .. .. - - - - $ ;it. 10.30 AD20 Sociology of Eduration II .. .. - - - 5. 10 - ADOO Theory of Education II .. .. 5. 10 - - - -[...] |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR[...]I Friday FIRST-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECT (CROUP A) AAOI 111hropnlog)' I .. .. .. - - 4. 15 - 4. 15 AQOI Chiuc'c I .[...]"li\ssicltl cudits I .. .. .. -[...]*9 -* *9 -* QA?H ;ompu cing Iii- LcclurC3 .. .. .. II - - - II Tmori.1 .. .. .. 3(A) - - - 3(B) AEll Drnmo .I ..[...]£.couomic: C()j! rnph)' .! .. .. -* -* * 5.15 -* *[...]En •lish I .. .. .. .. - 12(A) - 12(A) - AFOI French I .. .. .. .. -[...]- -[...]-[...]-[...]Ccrmlln I .. .. .. - - ll(A) 3. !5(A} -[...]History IA .. .. .. .. -* * 4. 15 -* *[...]4.15 -* AH3! History IB .. .. .. .. - - 4.15 - 4.15' AH4l History IC .. .. .. .. - - 9 - 9 AJ2H Human Geography IH (Second half of year) .. .. - 5.15 - .S.15 - ALJH Introductory Philosophy TH .. - ll(A) - - - ACOI Latin I .. .. .. .... - -[...]- - - - -[...]-12 AL2H Logic and Argument IH .. - - - 11 (1\ ) - - - - 5.15(U) - EEIG l'vlacroeconomics IH .. .. - - 12(A) - - QMOJ Mathematics 1- - - 5. 1.S(U) - - Lectures .. .. .. IO(A) - IO(A) IO(A) IO(A)[...]4. 15(B) - 4. IS(B) 4. 15(8 ) 4. 15(B}[...]orials (2 hours) .. .. ll-l 11-1 - 11 · 1 11-1 QM?H Mathematics IH- 2.15-4.05 - 2.15-4.05 - 2.15-4.05' Lectures[...]- -- 4.15 - -[...]-[...]- - 2.15 - 2.15 Lectures .. .. .. 4.15(A,B)' - 2.15(A) 4.1 5(13)' 4.15(A,B) • Tutorial (2 hours) .. .. -- - -[...]- -[...]-[...]j\ficroeconomics IH .. .. -- - - - ll(A) - - - 5.!5(B) UA51 UA6l Mus[...].. .. .. 4.15-6.15 - 4.15-6.15 - - AJIH Physical Geography IH (First half of year} .. .. - 5. 15 - 5.15 - NOTE: ?i.1orning lectures in all subjects will conunence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures wiH commence at the time shown in the time-tables. For time-tables of sub[...] |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELO[...]Politi<> I .. .. .. .. - 10 - I 10 - AYO! P>)•cholog1· I .. .. .. .. lO(A) - IO(A) - IO(A)[...]5.15(B) - 5.15(B) - 5.l5(B) EE71 QT7H Socia[...].. .. - 12 - 12 - Lectures .. .. .. 12 - - - 12 Tutorial (I hour) .. .. 2 - - - 2 SECOND-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS (GROUP B)[...].... - - AE82 American Literature II[...]istory II .. .. 2.15 - 2.15 - - AA02 Anthropology II .. ..[...]12 12 12 -12 Tutm ial (I hour) .. .. - 9, 10 - 9, 10 QN12 Applied Mathematics[...]9 9 9 - Tutorial (l hour) .. .. - - -11 12 9, 11. 12 AQ12 Asian Development II .. .. 11 - - - AE72 Austra)ian Literary Studies II .. - 9 - 9 - AC32 EE12 Classical Studies II[...]- -[...]- -[...]-- AE02 English II .. .. .. . . - 5.15 - 5.15 - AF02 French II .. .. .. .. - 11 - II 4.15 AF72 French IIA .. .. .. .. - 2.15 II[...]I - II AJl2 AJ22 Geograp[...].. .. 10 - 10 10 10 AG02[...].. .... .. 12 - 12 2.15 - AGl2 Ccrm>n II .. .. .. .. 10, 12 - 12 3.15 9 AG87 Cc:rm;,m JIB .. .. .. .. - - 4.15 4.15 - ACl2 Greek 11 .. .. .. .. - 2.15• - 2.15° - AC77 Greek IIS AH02 History II-[...]A. South Asian History . . .. - 5.15 - 5.15 - B. Modem East Asian History .. - - 10 - 10 c. ~fodern South Eas[...]- 4.15 - 4.15 - D. Pacific History 10 - - 10[...]I - E. Russian History in the 19th and 20th centuries ..[...].. - 3.15 - 3.15 - modem world .. .. 6.15 - - - 6.15 G. Culture in Victorian England 2.15 - 2.15 - - J. The English Revolution and the modernisation of English society 1603-1760 .. .. 3.15 - 3.15 - - K. Australian History: Gold Rush[...]Depression .. L. Literature and Society: Britain 12 - 12 - - and Europe l 870-1945 .. 3.15 - 3.15 - - NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects win commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time[...] |
 | [...]TIME·TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR[...]Linguistics II .. .. .. - * 3.15 - 3.15 * -* EE3G Macroeconomics IIH[...]- 10-12(C) 2.15- 1.05[...]2.15-4.05[...]- QM22 Mathematics IIM- Lectures .. .. .. - 12 9 9, 12 - Tutorial (I hour) ..[...]Music II .. .. .. .. 4.15-6.15 - -l.15-G. IS - - AE87 Old and Middle English II ..[...]* * AP32 Politics llA} - * *[...]A, Political sociology .. .. - 10 - 10 - B. Political theory and American politics .. .. .. - II - 11 - c. European politics .. .. - - 2.15 - 2.15 D. Marxism and third world ideologies .. .. .. 6.15 - 6.15 - - -- E. Contemporary social theory .. - 5.15 5.15 F. Asian politics .. .. .. - 6.15 - 6.15 - G. International politics ..[...]3.15 -* *[...]3.15 -* *[...]tures .. .. .. 9(A) - 9(A) 9(A) 9(A)[...]12(B) - 12(B) 12(8) 12(B) Tutorial {l hour) .. .. - 9, 10 - 10 9, II TIURD-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS (GROUP C) QN03[...]Australian Literary Studies III .. -* * 5.15 -* *[...]5.15 -* AC33 Classical Studies III .. .. 9 - - - 9 QA03 Computing Science I[...].. .. .. .. II - 11 - 11 NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lecture5 will commence at the time shown in the time-tables. For time-tables of sub[...] |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELO[...]+- AF03 French III .. .. .. .[...]3.15 '*9 -"' 9 -* AF88 French IHA .. .. ..[...].. 4.15 4. 15 - 4.15 '1.15 P[...]German III .. .. .. .. -* II *9 *[...]II -* AG88 AC13 German IIIB[...].. - - 4.15 4.15 - AC78 Greek HIS .. .. ..[...]ralian or .. .. .. 12 - 12 - - AC03 QF13 British ..[...]-[...]-[...]-[...]Lectures .. .. .. - 2.15 2.15, 3.15 2.15 - Tutorial .. .. ..[...]4.15-6.15 - * 4.15-6.15 - -* UA68 ~Iusic IIIS ./- .,.:. ./- -/- -/- AE88 Old and Middle English III .. AL03 Phi[...]12 -* *[...]12 -* *[...].. 6.15 - 6.15 - 6.15 AP13 Politics IIIB and IIB) AY23 Psychology III .. .. .. 5.15 - 5.15 - 5.15 QM03 Pure Mathematics I[...]* * NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables. For time-tables of subjects t[...]opriate Facu1ty time-table. Times for tutorials and/or practical work will be arranged at the commenc[...]tc. 'if; Time to be arranged. French I, II and III: Lectures are given in the evenings in cydes of three years: French III, 1974; French I, 1975, French II, 1976. German I, II and III: Lectures are given in the evenings in cycles of three years: German III, 1974; German I, 1975; German II, 1976. Greek II: a - Third term on1y. Latin II: b - First term on]y. Latin III: c - Second term only. Mathematics IH: d - Only if numbers warrant. Mathematics IM: e - Lecture class B only if numbers warrant. f - Only if numbers warrant. 1\fathematical Statistics II: g - Lecture in first term only.[...] |
 | [...]SUBJECTS FOR THE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY[...]rrant. Co11rst.r normally taken in the "first year":[...]velopmental Psychology (2 hours) - - - 3• - AY14 AY34 Human Skills (2 hours) Personality and Social Relations .. .. - - - - 3• (2 hourn) .. .. .. .. - - - - 3" AY44 Psychopathology (2 hours) .. .. - - - 3d - AY24 Occupational Psychology (2 hours) - - - 3' - Practical Work and Seminars (l t hrs.) - - - 5.25 31 Gour.res nonnally taken in the "second year,,: A Y54 "\ Y6~ Statistics and Methodology (2 hours) Practical Work and Seminars (It hrs.) - - -.,s[...]- -[...]-[...]- -[...]-[...]I Times for tutorials and/or practical work will be arranged at the commencement of lectures. Developmental Psychology: a - First term ooly. Human Skills : b - First term nnly. Personality and Social Relations : c - Second term on1 y. Psychopathology: d - Second term only. Occupational Psychology: e - Third term only. Seminars : f - Third term only. 1140 |
 | [...]DIP.ED ., ADV.DIP.ED. AND M.ED.-TlME-TABLES[...]BLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION, AND MASTER OF EDUCATION (COURSE WORK)[...].day Fciday foi1/l-tim11h1Jc111.1- 1imcs for a.JI subjccu will be orr[...]- mcnt or lcclurd. Pa11-.tim1 st111ltnt1-timcs for sulJjecu a[...]cMionol Psychology I .. .. - - - - Sat. 10.30 A024 ociology or Educ.11ion I ·- .. - - - - Sat. 9 AD40 A030 Cornp:unt[...]-·.. .... - -[...]- - - - - -[...]EduClltion 11 .. .. 5.10 - - - - A050 H istory and Theory of cicncc .. 5.10 - - - -[...] |
 | B.D.S. AND M.B., B.S.-TIME-TABLES[...]DENTISTRY AND MEDICINE FACULTIES OF DENTISTRY AND MEDICINE TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECT[...]SURGERY BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY[...]- -- 10[...]- -[...]- SP7H Practical (3 hours}[...].. .. - 2.10-5 - 2.10-5 2.10-5 Lectures .. .. .. - 10 - - 12 Tutorial (I hour) .. .. 12 12 - - - Jilli Practical (3 hours fo[...]- - 2.10-5 - - Lectures .. .. .. - - - 12 - Practical (3 hours fortnightly[...]-- -- - - 9-12(A) 2.10-5(B}[...]- - Z71 Biology I - .. .. ....[...]J,.cc1un:s - 5.15 g• 5.15[...]- Mli71 Tu1orinl[...].. .. .. II II - - II Tu1orinl .. .. .. - - + + Prac:tical .. .. .. 2-5 - - -* - SECOND- AND LATER-YEAR SUBJECTS Dentistry: Dental School O[...]cal subjects-Departments of Anatomy, Biochemistry and Human Physiology. Clinical and Para-clinical subjects-Medical School Office. NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time·tables (including those shown as 12 noon) . Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables. Alternatives are indicated by A and B. Biology I: a - Only if total enrolments for Biology I warrant a[...]d at the 5.15 time. - The laboratories are open during the following hours: 9 a.m.-6 p.m. Monday, Wednesday and Friday. 9 a.m.-10 p.m. Tuesday and Thw-sday. <ft 1 hour to be arranged. 1142 |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ECONO[...]FIRST-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS AJ71 Economic Geography I .. .. - 9 - 9 - ECO! Elements of Accounting I .. .. - 12(A) - 12(A) - - 5.15(B) - 5.15(B) - EEIG Macroeconomics IH .. .. - lO(A) 12(B) - - - - 5.15(C) - - EE41 Mathematics (Economics) I .. 5.15 - 5.15 - 5.15 EE2G Microeconomics IH .. .. .. - - - lO(A) ll(B) - - - - 5.15(C) SECOND-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS EC13 Commercial Law II .. .. .. - - 2.15 - 2.15 EEI2 EE22 Econom[...]- - -- 6.15[...]- -[...].. - - - 12 - - -[...]conomics IIH .. - IO EC02 Management Accouoting II .. - 5.15 - 5.15 - EE4G Microeconomics IIH . . .. .. - - 10 - - THIRD-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS EC2H Accounting Theory llIH .. .. - - - - 12 EE4H Agricultural Economics IIIH .. - - - 5.15 - EEBH •Econometrics IIIH .. .. .. - 10 - - - EEl3 Economic Development III .. - 11-1 - 11-1 - EE6H Economic History IIIH .. .. - 5.15 - - - EE68 •Economic Theory .. .. .. - 2.15 2.15 - - EE3H EE5H Economics of Labour I[...]- - - - 9 - - - - EC23 Industrial Sociology III .. .. - - IO - 10 EC3H Information Systems and Data Pro- EE7G cessing IIIH[...]- - - - -[...]- - -[...]IIIH .. .. .. .. - - - 4.15 - EE5G Macroeconomics IIIH .. .. - - 5.15 - - EE7H EE6G Managerial Economics IIIH .. Microeconomics IIIH (First time in - - - 9 - 1975) .. .. ..[...]*Public Finance IIIH .. .. - 4.15 - - - NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables. It is expected that those subjects and half-subjects (except those marked •) which are given as day classes in 1974 wlU be given as evening classes in 1975 and vice versa. Macroeconomics IH, Microeconomics IH and Elements of Accounting I will continue to be offered both as day and evening classes.[...] |
 | DIP.B.M. AND M.B.M.-TIME-TABLES[...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (C[...]Business Management) 5.15 5. 15 - 5.15 - EC30 EC50 Economic Institutions and Policy .. Economic and Accounting Analysis 3-5 - -- - 9-11 - - - - EC60 Business Statistics..[...].. .. - - - - -- 8.30-11 EC70 Decision Making .. .. 8.30-ll - - ECBO Organisation Theory and Behaviour - - - 3.S.30 -1144 |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ENGINEERI[...]FIRST YEAR SCOI Chemistry I - Lectures .. .. .. 9(A,B) - 9(A,B) - 9(A,B) 5.15(C) - 5.15(C) - 5.15(C) Tutorial (I hour) .. .. - - II - - - - 12 - - Practical (3 hours) .. .. - 2.10-5 - 2.10-5 2.10-5 NXll Economics I (Engineering) Lectures .. .. .. - - 5.15 - 5.15 Tutorial (I hour)[...]* NXOJ Engineering I - * *[...]Lectures .. .. .. Il(A) - - ll(A) ll(A) Tu[...]-[...]- - - -[...]- Practical (3 hours) .. .. - 10-1 - 2.10-5 2.10-5 SCOI Geology I - Lectures .. .. .. - 9(A) 3.15(A,B) 9(A) - - 5.15(B) 5.15(A,B) 5.15(B) - Tutorial (I hour) .. ..[...]2.J0-5 *[...]- *[...]2.10-s• --* - 2.10-5 - - QMOI Mathematics 1- Lectures .. .. .. JO - 10 10 10 Tutorial (2 hours) .. .. 2.15-4.05 - 2.15-4.05 - 2. 15-4.05 SPOI Physics I - Lectures .. .. .. 9(A) - 9(A) - 9(A) 5.JS(B) - 5.15(B) - 5.15(B) Tutorial (I hour) .. .. - - - - Practical (3 hour11) .. .. 2.10-5 10-1 -* 2.10-5 2.10-5 - 2.J0-5 - - - AYOI Psychology 1- Lectures .. .. .. 5. 15 - 5.15 - 5.15 Practical (2 hour[...]SECOND YEAR QN22 Applied Mathematics JIB-- Lectures .. ..[...]9 9 9 9 - Tutorial (I hour) Chemical Engineering I - .. - - - 12 9, ll, 12 NHl2[...].. .. 10 10 10 - - Tutorial (3 hours)[...]2.10-5 - - 2.J0-4[...]- - - - - NC02 Civil Engineering I- Lectures .. .. .. - JO IO 10 10[...]Practical .. .. .. JO-I - 2.10-5 2.10-5 - NE03 Electrical Engineering 1- Lectures Tutori[...]-- II[...]- -[...]Practical .. .. .. - 10-J(B) - 10-l (A)[...][ - NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables.[...] |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ENGINE[...]Lecture .. .. .. - 11 - - - PrncticnJ •[...].. .. .. 2.10-5 2.10-5 - - - Lecture .. .. .. - - 11 - - P rncticnJ< .. .. .. 2.10-5 2.10-5 - - - Engineering Ma tcri. lJ Lecture .. .. .. - - - 11 - Prnc1iCAJ• .. .. .. 2.10-5 - - - 2.10-5 NX42 Enginccrin11 11M-[...]Lecture .. .. .. .. - - 12 - - Prnclica l c .. .. .. 2.10-5 2.10-5 - - - Structural Eng ineering Lecture .. .. .. - 11 - - - P rncLicnl .. .. .. - - 2.10-5 - - Engineering M ateria l• Lccltlrc .. .. .. - - - 11 - Fratticol • .. .. .. 2. 10-5 - - - 2. 10-5 NM0 2 M cchonical Engineeri ng I - Let"turcs .. .. .. - 10 - 10 10 T u1oriAl/Pructicnl .. .. 10-1 - - 2.10-5 - SC02 Physle11 I "'1d In organic Cltcmistry rl- Lee lu res .. .. .. 12 - 12 - 12 T u 101"inl .. .. .. - - 4.15 - - P ractical {6 how>) .. .. - - - 10-5(A) 9-6(B) SP02 Physics II- Lectures .. .. .. 10 - 10 - 10 Tutorial .. .. .. - - 2.15-3.05 - - Practical .. .. .. 2.10-5(A) 10-l(A) - 10-l(C) 2.I0-5(B) - 2.10-5(C) - 2.10-5(B) - TIDRD YEAR NHI S Chemical[...].. 9 9 9 - - Tutorial Prac[...].. - 2.10-5 - - 11-1 - - -[...]9- 11[...]- NH23 Chemical Engineering IIB-[...].. .. .. 12 - - 12 12 Tutorial .. .. .. - - - 9-11 .[...]- - - 2.10-5 - NC03 Practical ..[...]- - - - 2.1 0-5 Lectures .. .. .. - 11 11 II - Tutoria!/Practica 1 .. .. 10-1 - - 2.10-5 - NCl3 Civil Engineering IIB- Lectures .. .. .. - 10 IO 10 - Tutorial/Practical .. .. 2. 10-5(B) - 2.10-5(A) - 2.I0-.5(A.B) NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables. 1146 |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ENGINEERIN[...]9 9 9 9 - Tutorial .. .. .. 10 IO(B) - IO(A) - Practical (6 hours)[...].. .. - - 2.10-5(B) 2.I0-5(B) 9-5(A) NX53} NX63 Theory of Machines[...].... - - Lecture .. - - 9 Practical 0 .. .. - - - - 9-1 Machine Design Lecture .. .. .. - 12 - - - Practical .. .. .. - 2.J0-5(A) 2.10-5(B) - - Mathematics III (Engineering) Lectures .. .. .. - - 9 - 9 Tutorial .. .. .. 9 - - - - Economics (Engineering)[...]- - 12 - JI NX23 Engineering IIE-[...]Lecture .. .. .. - - 10 - - Practical c .. .. .. 2.10-5 2.10-5 - - - Machine Design Lecture .. .. .. - 12 - - - Practical .. .. . . - 2.10-5(A) 2.10-5(B) - - NX52 Engineering IIH- Electrical Circuits and Machines Lecture .. .. .. .. - II - - - Practical• .. .. .. - 2.10-5 - - - NX93 Engineering IIIH- Str[...]Lecture .. .. .. - - 10 - - Practical c .. .. .. - 2.10-5 - - - Machine Design Lecture .. .. .. - 12 - - - Practical .. .. .. - - 2.10-5 - - Electrical Circuits and Machines Lecture .. .. .. - II - - - Practical c .. .. .. - 2.10-5 - - - Engineering IIIM- NX73} NX83 Electrical Circuits and Machines NX43 Lecture .. .. .. .. - 11 - - - Practical c .. .. .. 2.10-5 2.10-5 - - - Electronics Lecture .. .. .. - - II - - Practicalc .. .. .. 2.10-5 2.10-5 - - - Materials Engineering Lectures .. .. - - 12 - JI Practicalc ..[...]" - - 2.10-5 - - M athematics III (Engineering) Lectures .. .. .. - - 9 -- 9 Tutorial .. .. .. 9 - - - NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables.[...] |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ENGINEERI[...].. -[...]- 12 - II QT02 Mathematical Statistics II[...]Tutorial .. .. .. - - - 2.15-4.05 - NM03 Mechanical Engineering IIA-[...].. .. .. 12 12 - 12 - Tutorial .. .. .. - - -- - 12 NM13 Practical[...].. .. - - - 2.10-5 Lectures .. .. .. 10 9 - 9 - Tutorial .. .. .. - - - - IO QM02 Tutorial/Practical Pure Mathematics I I - .. .. - 2.10-5 - 2.10-5 - Lectures .. .. .[...]Tutorial (I hour) .. .. - - - -[...]Departments. NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as I 2 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables. A, B, C and D indicate alternatives. =F- Time to be arranged. Engineering I: a - Only if numbers exceed lecture room or laboratory capacity. Geology I: b - Only if numbers exceed lecture room or laboratory[...]Engineering IIIH: Engineering IIIM: c - Nine three-hour practical sessions. Mathematical Statistics II: d - First term only. 1148 |
 | [...]B .SC.-TIME·TABLES AND SCIENCE[...]1974 FACULTIES OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIBNCE TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF[...]FIRST-YEAR SUBJECTS SZ71 Biology I - L ectures .... .. - 9(A) - 9 (A) - - 5.15(B) - 5.15 (B) - Tutorial (I hour) .. .[...]- * Practical (4 h[...]* SBlH General Biology IH (half-subject)- * * *[...]Lecture .. .. .. - 9 - - - Tutorial ( 1 h our fortnightly[...]- - * 10-1 - - -- -[...]- SB2H Plant Biology IH (half-subject)- Lecture .. .. .. - - - 9 - Tutorial (I h our fortnightly) b - -* - - - SCOl Practical (2 hours) Chemistry I - .. .. - - 10-12 - Lec tures .. .. .. 9 (A,B) - 9(A,B) - 9 (A,B) 5.15(C) - 5.15(C) - 5.15(C) Tutorial (1 hour) .. .. - - II - - - - 12 - - Practical (3 h ours) .. .. - 2.10-5 - 10-1 10-1 QA7H Computing IH (half-subject)- - - - 2. 10-5 2.10-5 Lectures .. .. .. ll(A) ll(B) - ll (B) ll (A) Tutorial ( l hour) .. .. 2.15 - - - 2.15 3.15 - - - 3.15 SJ7H Genetics and Hu.man Varia tion IH (half-subject)- L ecture .. .. .. - - - 12 - Practical (fortnightly) (3 hours) - - - 9-12 - - - - 2.10-5 - SGOl Gcology J- Lcoturc.1 .. .. .. - 9 (A) 3.J5 (A,B) 9(A) - .. -2.10-5 5.15(B) 5.15(A,B) 5. 15(B) - Practical .. .. 10-1 - - - - 2.10-5 - 2. 10-5 - - 6.15-8. 15 c - 6. 15-8.15' SG7H Tutorial (1 hour)[...]Lectures .. .. .. - 9(A) 3.15 (A,B) - - - 5.15(B) 5.15(A,B) - - Tutorial (I hour) ..[...]* - QMOI Mathematics 1- * *[...]es .. .. .. lO(A) - lO(A) IO(A) lO (A)[...]4.15(B) - 4. 15(B) ·~. I S(D) 4.15(B)[...]Tutorial (2 hours) .. .. 11-1 11-1 - 11-1 11-1 2.15-4.05 - 2.15-4.05 - 2. 15-4.05 NOTE: Morning lectures in a ll subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures wiJl commence at the time shown in the time-tables.[...] |
 | [...]AND SCIENCE FACULTIBS OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE-Continued TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR O[...]ectures .. .. .. 4.15(A,B)d - 2.15(A) 4.15(B)d 4. 15(A,B) 4[...]- - -- 4.15(A,B)d - - 11-1[...]-[...]11-1 • QM7H Mathematics IH (half-subject)- - - - - 2.15-4.05 Lectures .. .. .. 4.15 - 4.15 - - Tutorial (I hour) .. .. - - - II 111 - - 2.15 - 2.151 SPOI Physics I-[...]l.ctturCJ .. .. .. 9(A) - 9(A) - 9(A)[...]- -[...]- -[...]Tutorial (I hour) .. .. - - ,,,,_[...]- - Practical (3 hours) .. .. 10-1 10-1 - 10-1 10-1 2.10-5 2.10-5 6.15-9.15 2.10-5 2.10-5 AYO ! Psychology I - Lectures .. .. .. 10(A) - IO(A) - IO(A) 5.15(B) - 5.15(B) - 5.15(B) Practic[...].. QT7H Statistics IH (half-subject)-[...]Lectures .. .. 12 - - - 12 Tutorial (I hour) .. .. 2.15 - - - 2.15 SZO l Zoology I - Lectures .. .. .. - 2.15 - 2.15 - Practical (5 hours) h .. .. - 10-12.30 - 10-12.30U -[...]- 3.15-5.30[...]- 3.15-5.30U[...]- I NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as J 2 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables. Alternatives are indicated by A 1 B and C. ,;. Time to be arranged. Biology: a - The laboratories are open during Lhe following hours: 10.10 a.m.-6 p.m. Monday. 9.10 a.m.-6 p.m. Wednesday. 9.10 a.m.-10 p.m. Tuesday and Thursday. 9.10 a.m.-4 p.m. Friday. Students may make their ow[...]average of 4 hours a week. General Biology IH and Plant Biology IH: b - Tutorials are given on alternate Tuesdays in the time allotted for practical work. Geology: e - Evening practical fourth hour may be used for tutorial or private study. Mathematics IM: d - Lecture class B only if numbers warrant. e - Only if number! warrant. Mathematics IH: f - Only if numbers warrant. Zoology: g - Tutorials are given on alternate Thursdays in the time allotted for practical work. h - Additional practical times will be available on Wednesday and Friday afternoon if numbers warrant. 1150 |
 | [...]B .SC.-TIME-TABLES AND SCIENCE[...]FACULTIES OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE-Continued TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SC[...]ctures (3 hours) .. .. II - II - 11 Tutorial (I hour)[...]2.10-5(A) * - * 2.10-5(8 ) -* #- - Lectures .. .. .. 12 12 12 12 - Tutorial (I hour) .. .. - 9, 10 - 9,10 12 QN22 Applied M[...]9 9 9 9 - Tutorial (I hour) .. .. - - - 12 9,11 ,12 SY02 Bioche[...].. .. .. 9 9 - - 9 Tutorial .. .. .. #- * #- SB02 Practical (6 hours)[...].. .. -* l0-5(A) 10-5(B) - -* Lectures .. .. .. - 12 - 12 - Practical (6 hours) .. .. - 2.10-5 10-1. 2.JQ..5b 2.10-5 6 SC12 Chemistry II- Lectures .. .. .. 12 - 12 - 12 Practical (6 hours)[...].. .. - - 9-5 - - SJ02 Lectures .. .. .. 10 - 10 - 10 Tutorial (I l hours) .. .. - - 2.15-3.35 - 2.15-3.35[...]Practical (3 hours) .. .. 2.10-5 2.1 0-5 - - -[...].. .. .. 9 9 - - 9 Tutorial (I hour) .. .. #- Practical (6 houn) ....[...]2.10-5 - * 2.10-5 c * 9-12' *[...]2.10-5 Monday and Wednesday are altema- tives. Thursday and Friday are alternatives. Q'f02[...]Tutorial (2 hours) .. .. - 10-12 2.15-4.05 2.15-4.05 - B or C at discretion of Department[...]Lectures .. .. .. - 12 9 9, 12 - Tutorial (I hour) .. ..[...]ctures .. .. .. 11 - 11 - 11 Practical (6 hours) .. .. - 10-5(A) - 10-5(8) - $002 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry II- Lectures .. .. .. 12 - 12 - 12 Tutorial (I hour) .. .. 4.15(A) - 4.15(B) - - Practical (6 hours) .. .. - 10-5(A) - 10-5(8) 9-6(C) • NOTE: Morning lectures in a ll subjwu will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including thooeshown M 12 noon) . Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables.[...] |
 | [...]AND SCIENCE FACULTIES OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE-Continued TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCI[...]YEAR SUBJECTS (Contd.) Sl'02 Physics I I - Lectures .. .. .. 10 - 10 - 10 Tutorial (I hour} .. .. - - 2.15-3.05 - - Practical (6 hou"') " .. 2.l0-5(A) 10-l(A) - 10-l(C) 2.10-5(8) C at discretion of Department .. - 2.l0-5(C) - 2.10-5(B) - s 02 Physiology I I - Lectures .. .. .. 12 - 12 - 12 AY02 Practical (6 ho=) Psychology I I - .. .. - - 9-5 - - Lectures .. ..[...]5.15 - 5.15 - 5.15 Tutorial (I hour[...]Lectures .. .. . . 9(A) - 9(A) 9(A) 9(A) 12(B) - 12(B) 12(B) 12(B) Tutorial (I hour} .. .. - 9, 10 - 10 9,11 SZ02 Zoology I I - Lectures .. .. .. - 10 - 9 - Practical .. .. .. - - 10-5(A) 10-5(8) 10-5 (C} I NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables. Alternatives are indicated by[...]c. ~ Time to be arranged. Botany: a - Practical class to be held only if numbers warrant. b - Practical dasses on Thunday and Friday are alternatives, but most students are ex[...]on Thu.,.day. Geology: ' - Practical classes to be held only if numbers warrant. Mathematical Statistics: d - Lecture in first term only. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry: t - Due to several lecture commitments during[...] |
 | [...]B.SC.-TIME-TABLES AND SCIENCE[...]FACULTIES OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE-Continued TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF S[...]combination of subjects due to an apparent clash in the hours set aside for practical work in these subjects should consult the appropriate dep[...]ese time-tables show the hours set aside for work in each department. Students taking a particular mod[...]ead of Zoology III, should consult the time-table in the department. S •ll:ibw No.[...]ctures .. .. .. 12 - 12 12 - Tutorial (I hour) ..[...]actical (8 hours) .. .. all day - -* - *[...]- -[...]-[...]5.15 c - 2.15' - - Practical (12 hours) .. .. 2.I0-5b all day - all day all dayb[...]Lectures (3 hours) .. .. - 10,12 - 9,10 - Tutorial .. .. .. - 9 - - - Practical (8 hours) .. .. 2.10-5d 2.10.5• SG03}[...]urs per unit) e .. all day all day - all day all day SG73 G[...]Lectures .. .. .. - 5.151 - 5.15f - Practical .. .. .. MAl3 Histology and Cell Biology I I I - * * *[...]Lectures .. .. .. - 9 - 9 12[...].. .. all day - all day - - QF03} QF13 Theoretical Physics- Lectures .. .. .. - 2.15 2.15,3.15 2.15 - Tutorial .. ..[...]Lectures .. .. .. - 9 II g - Tutorial .. .. .. if> =!- "'- Practical (IO hours) .. .. -* "" 9-1 -- D·I - - 2. 1()..5 2. 1 ().~[...]I - NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects wjll commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables.[...] |
 | [...]AND SCIENCE FACULTIES OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE-Continued TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SC[...].. 9,4.15 5.15 9 - 9,4.15 Tutorial[...]* * ~J Physical and Inorganic Chemistry- SCIS Lectures[...]Practical (12 hours) .. .. - allday(A) all day(A) all day(B) all day(B) SP03 Physics-- P63 Lectures .. .. ..[...]- - - -[...]-[...]2.l0-5t AY23 Psychology- Lectrnes .. .. .. 2.15 - 10 - 10 Tutorial (1 hou[...]* * Pure Mathematics-- * *[...]ectures .. .. .. 9,5.15 - 9,2.15 9 9 Practical (9 hours) .. .. 2.10-5 2.10-5 all day - all day[...]I NOTE: Morning lectures in all subjects will commence at ten minutes past the hour shown in the time-tables (including those shown as 12 noon). Afternoon and evening lectures will commence at the time shown in the time-tables. Alternatives are indicated by A, B, C, etc. -::/=- Time to be arranged. Biochemistry: a - Special arrangements will be made for students taking both Physiology and Biochemistry. Botany: b - One Botany unit may be held at these times. Alternative practical times may be arranged. c - For students taking Cells and Embryos. Genetics: d - Two additional hours practical to be arranged. Geology: e - Students taking subject SG03 are required to attend both Monday and Friday practical classes in Geology. Geophysics: f - Second and third terms only. Organic Chemistry: g - AvaiJable only for those students who obtain prior permission from the Head of Department. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry: h - First term only. Physiology: j - Alternative class to be held only in some units if numbers exceed laboratory capacity. k - Special arrangements will be made for students taking both Physiology and Biochemistry. 1154 |
 | [...]TIME-TABLE OF SUBJECTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MU[...]y Thunday Friday UM31 Theoretical and Historical Studies I 11-1 a - - - 2.4a 4.15-6.15° - - - - UM41 Tutorials and Practical Work I .. - - 9.30-1 - - Projects .. .. .. .. - 9.30-4.30• - 9.30-4.30 c - Other subjects (as arranged by the[...]Department of Music) .. .. Theoretical and Historical Studies I: a - First and second terms only. b - Second term only. Projects: c - Intensjve group work for projects is held[...] |
 | [...]AND EVENING LECTURES LATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING LECTURES, 1974 FACULTIES OF ARTS, ECONOMICS, MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE This table docs not include subject[...]after 4.15 p.m. but for which practical cla'iSes and tutorials are available only at earlier times.[...]Fridoy FIRST-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS AAOI Anthropology I .... .. - - 4.15 - 4.15 SZ71 Biology I - Lectures[...]- 5.15 - 5.15 - ECOi Elements of Accounting I .. .. -* * 5.15 -* *[...]5.15 -* AEOI English I .. .. .. .. - 5.15 - 5.15 - SGOI Geology 1- Lectures Pr[...]- -[...]6.15-8.15[...]-[...]6.15-8.15[...]-[...]- Tutorial .. ..[...]Lectures .. .. .. - 5.15 5.15 - - Tutorial .. ..[...]History IA .. .. .. .. -* * 4.15 -* *[...]4.15 -* AH31 History IB .. .. .. .. 6.15 - 6.15 - - ALIH Introductory Philosophy IH .. - 5.15 - - - AL2H Logic and Argument IH .. .. - - - 5.15[...]-- -- EEIG EE2G Macroeconomics II-I[...]-- - -[...]- 5.15 UA51 Music I .. .. .. .. 4.15-6. 15 - 4.15-6.15 - - SPOI Physics I - Lectures .. .. .. 5.15 - 5.15 - 5.15 Tutorial (I hour)[...]Practical (3 hours) .. .. -* -* * 15 6.15-9. -* -* APO! Politics I .. .. .. .. 6.15 - 6.15 - 6.15 AYO! Psychology I .. .. .. .. 5.15 - 5.15 - 5.15 E E71 Social Economics I .. .. .. 5.15 - - 5.15 - SECOND-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS AE72 Australian Literary Studies II .. - 5.15 - 5.15 - EE12 Economic H:istory II .. .. - - 6.15 6.15 - AJI2 Geography IIA} f AJ22[...]two 0 : . . .. 4.15 - 4. 15 4. 15 4.15 AH02[...].. - 5.15 - 5.15 - C. Modern South East Asian Histo[...]- 4.15 - 4.15 - EC02 Modem World[...]- -[...]- - -[...]- UA52 Music II .. .... .. 4.15-6.15 - 4.15-6.15 - - AP32 Politics IIA} - AP42 Politics IIB D. Marxism and third world ideologies .[...].. 6.15 - 6.15 - - E. Contemporary social theory ..[...]- -[...]- -[...]-[...]- AY02 Psychology II .. .. .. 5.15 - 5.15 - 5.15 1156 |
 | [...]1974 LATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING LECTURES, 1974 FACULTIES OF ARTS, ECONOMICS, MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCE-Continued Si·ll bw N o.[...]y Fridni• TlllRD-YEAR SUBJECTS AND HALF-SUBJECTS EE4H EE6H[...]- - -[...]- -[...]- - - EE3H Economics of Labour IIIH . . .. 6.15 - - - - AE03 English III .. .. .. .. 5.15 - 5. 15 - 5. 15 AF03 French III .. .. .. .. - 6.15 - 6. 15 •1.1 5 AG03 German III . . .. . ... .. 6. 15 - 5. 15-7.15 - - AH03 History IIIA} . AHl3[...]G International Economics IIIH .. - - - - 5.15 EC2H Introduction to Operati[...]IIIH .. .. .. .. - - - 4.15 - EE5G Macroeconomics IIIH .. .. - - 5.15 - - AL03 Philosophy IIIA .. .. .. 6.15 - 6.15 - 6.15 ALIS Philosophy IIIB .. .. .. 4.15 - 4.15 - 4.15 AP03 Politics IIIA} (m Politics IIA and APl3 Politics IIIB IIB above) EE2H Public Finance IIIH .. .. - 5.15 - - - '# Time to be arranged.[...] |
 | [...]-TIME-TABLES LAW AND TECH. & APP.SC. 1974 TIME-TABLES FOR ARClllTECTURE, LAW, TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIBNCE[...]974 Particulars of time-tables for subjects in these courses may, after enrolments are completed[...]Law School Office. TECHNOLOGY AND APPLIED SCIENCE The Academic Secretary, including PHARMACY (Degree) South Australian Institute of Technol[...] |
 | [...]TA Geography ..•.. --· AJ 620 Agricultural Biochemistry and Geology, Mineralogy and Soil Science WB[...]WA 520 German Language and Literature AG 625 Anatomy and Histology MA 915[...]WN 523 Human Physiology and[...]LL 831 Applied Mathematics -·· QN 876[...]Physics •. QF 874 Architecture and Town Planninst RA 543[...]... .. AQ 589 Technology and Applied Biochemistry and General Science)• ... ...... ...... ··- TM Physiology[...]of Technology and Applied Building•[...]SK 1000 Chemistry: see Physical and Mineral Engineering 0 ... TN Inorganic Chemistry and Music ...- . Organic Chemistry ......[...]ty of Obstetrics and Gynaecology .• MO 920 Engineering)[...]f Oral Pathology and Ornl Surgery DP 707 Technology and Applied Science) 0 . ..[...]Pharmacy (Degree)" TF Computing Science[...]osophy _ AL 642 Dental Health DH 709 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry SC 981 Economic Geolog[...]siology (see flutlt <l.n Economics _ ·-· EE 734 Physiology and Plu1.rmacology)[...]eering (Faculty of and Applied Science)" TP Engineering)[...]Plant Pathology --· WP 530 Electrical Engineeri[...]ology _ WF 531 Technology and Applied Science)• _ -· TE P[...]MH 922 English Language and Literature Psychol[...]ntistry DR 706 French Language and Literature AF 613[...] |
 | SYLLABUS NUMBERS - DESCRIPTION[...]letters followed by two digits, e.g. AE12 except in the case of half-subjects where the letter H repl[...]rolling the subject. The second letter (except in Engineering and Technology: q.v.) identifies the department teach[...]gs which vary according to the faculty concerned, and which are explained in the syllabuses for each degree and diploma. CODE LETTERS Faculty[...]w 517 Architecture and Town Planning R[...]s 971 Technology and Applied Science T[...] |
 | [...]620 AC13 Greek III ·-·- 594 AJ22 Geography[...]595 AJ23 Geography lllB ..... ·-· 622 AC32[...]593 AL02 P hilosophy 11 ·- 643 AC78 Greek IIIS ·-·· ..... ...... -· 594 AL03 Plti losopby TUA. - ....• .. .... 643 AC79 Honours Classical Studies --· 599 AL13 Philosophy nm ,__ -·· ..... . 644 AC89[...]Education 680 AD44 1-'rncticai Teaching and AQOl Chinese I ..[...]ry nnd Sociology of Scilmcc --· ...... ...... 681 AYO! Psycho[...]660 AE69 English Lnnguoge and AY34 Personality and Social Rela- Literature, H ons. 2n[...]AY54 Statistics and Methodology .. 661 tudies 111 - .. 609 AY64 Practical[...]Research Investigation or AE87 Old and Middle English II .. . 608 Critical Survey AE88 Old and Middle English III 608[...].. ..... . 932 and Literature ... 612 AY89[...]616 DB24 Pharmacology and Thera- AF88 French IIIA --· _.... .. .... 617[...]DB99 Oral Biology (Honours and Literature ...... 618[...]718 AGO! German I --· 625 DH04 C hi[...]709 AG02 German II -- 626 DH14 Periodon tology ·- 709 AG03[...]712 AGU German IA ·-· 628 DH35 O rt[...]712 AG12 German IIA -··· 629 DH99 Dental H e[...]718 AG87 German IIB _.... --· 630 AG88 German[...]DP15 Oral Surgery and Anaesthesia 712 AHOl[...]713 AH02 History II ··- 635 DP79 Or[...]637 B.Sc.Dent.) ...... ·-·· 718 AH13 H[...]Oral Pathology (Honours AH31 History IB -·· · 634[...] |
 | [...]!Honours B.Sc.Dent.) ·- 718 MA02 Anatomy[...]'ii"o!ogy ECOl Elements of Accounting I ·-- 74 7 III ...... ...[...]7 49 MA62 Anatomy IIP ... ...... -- ...... 926 EC2H Introduction to[...]..... ...... 751 MA79 Honours Anatomy and EC30 Economic Institutions and Histology (B.Sc.) ·- · 973 Policy ...... ...... ..... ...... 758 MA82 General and Dental Histology 705 EC3H Information Systems and Data MA89 Anatomy (Ho[...]d.Sc.) ... 932 EC50 Economic and Accounting Analysis ·- ·- · 758 MC75 Paediatrics _ -·- ...... 921 EC60 Business Stati[...]932 ECBO Organisation Theory and Behaviour .•[...]!Dentistry) EE13 Economic Development III - 739 MM04[...](B.Med.Sc.) Economic Statistics TI .-.. 738 (Medicine)[...].. 7 42 M075 Obstetrics and Gynaecology ... 920 EE32 Econ[...]735 (Obst. and Gyn.) 932 EE3H Ec[...](Medicine) - ..... ...•. 917 Reso[...]. 707 EE4G Microeconomics IIH - 736 MP89 Patholog[...]ical Science (B.Med.Sc.) EE63 Farm Prices and Policy 526[...]II (M.B., B.S.) ... Studies III --· -· .. 603[...]832 NC25 Structures IV . -· .... 556 LL02 The Law of[...]IIIC 799 LL05 Estate and Tax Plannin~ 847 NC44[...]III •. 550 LL15 Legal Ethics and Accounts ... 84 7 NC54 Arch[...]817 LL21 Criminal Law --· ...... 833 NC99 Hon[...] |
 | [...]nours RAIO Theory and Practice of B.Sc.Dent.)[...]817 RA15 Building Science V --· 556 NH79 Honours P[...]lurgy 817 RA20 Theory and Practice of NH89 Honours Applied Chemistr[...]RA21 History of Architecture I -·- 545 Engineering[...]IC 815 l'lanning Il l -·.. 551[...]815 llA34 AJ'chitcctuml . Design and NM85 NM99 fi~~~~~~c~~ic~1ement[...]546 NXOl En1tincering I -·"" .....~ 782 RA42 Studio W[...]552 NX12 Engmcurmg HC - -·- .... . 793 RA44 Studio Work[...]555 1X2S Engineering 11.E .•.•. - ..... 803 RA45 Studio Work V -... 557 X42 Engin[...]570 NX52 Engin ering llll. ·- 791 RA53 Professional Practice I --· 552 NX53 Engineerin' JJ[...]8ll o.f Planning _,,. --· ...... 570 I X93 Engineering llUI ··- 786 RA64 Urban and Regional Planning[...]_ 554 QA03 Computing Science nr - 871 RA65 Urban nn[...]lTu\ 871 RA70 .Lnw in llulntion to Plnnn ing 570 OA14[...]RA71 Architccturnl and Free Pro~mmmin~ - 896[...].... ...... 546 QA24 Datn trucl-ures and Dnte RA75 Archi[...]. ...... .. .... 896 RA81 Art History and Apprecfatjon 546 QA7H Compu[...]RA98 Preliminary Hon~-;;;,s ...Archl~ OF03 Theoretical Physics I[...]874 tecture ...... -... ..... -·· 555 QF13 Mathematical Physics[...]875 SB02 Botany II ...... - ·· 977[...]980 8OM13 Mll Matbe.mat:ics JM -· -· Pure Mnth!!mntks IDA[...]881 COl Chemistry r - --· ..... 981 QM71{ Mnthe mntic.< IH --· -·· 879 SC02 Physical and Inorganic M83 Pure Ma thematics nIM -· 884 Chemistry n --· ...,. 981 8M99 H onours Pure Mathematics B.A. and B.Sc . . .... 888[...]scos Ph)'si c'1.l and lnor·ganic[...]Chemistry illA --· 985[...]Cl2 Chentls try II - · --· 982 QN03 Applied Ma thc[...]887 SC71 C hemistry 'JM ...... ·-· 702, 9 l 2 QN22 Applied Mnth[...]887 Chemistry IHM -· . 985 ON99 Honours Appl[...]SC99 Honours Physical and B.A. and B.Sc.... 889[...]992 QT03 Mathematical Statistics III -· 891 SG02 Geology II ...[...]998 (B.A. and B.Sc.) 892 SGlH[...]SG23 Geochemistry III - .... 997 RAOO Theory and Practice of SG2H[...]54 7 SG83 Geology IIIM -·· 998 RA03 B[...] |
 | [...]Page SJ02 Genetics II ···- 989 TCOl Surveyi[...]T) .. . 1043 SJ7H Genetics and Human TC22 Civ[...]TC92 Cartography .. - . 1045 S002 Organic[...]Electrical Engineer- SP99 Honours Physics - ·.. 1008 ing A[...]1010 TF13 Pharmaceutics II ... ·- 1095 SS39 Phys iol[...]TF73 Physiology and Pharma- B.Sc.Dent.)[...]TF83 Forensic Pharmacy and (Pharmacology) ...[...]TG22 Drama (Tech. and App.Sc.) 1098[...].. 932 TG32 Greek Life and Literature ... 1098 SS79[...]TG41 German Life and Literature 1096[...]932 TG42 Japanese Language and SS83 Physiology Tl lM ·-- ...... 1010 Culture ·- ..... ·-·· 1098 SS89 Honours Pharmacology 1011 TG51 Science and Modem Society 1096 SS99[...]gy 1011 TG52 Design and Invention ... 1097[...]TG61 Social and Technological SY02 Biochemistry II -·-· 974 History[...], _ 975 TG62 Psychology and :H~"rna-;;... SY72 Biochemistry (Medicine[...]6 Organisation .. ···- 1097 SY79 Biochemistry (Hons. TG71 Social and Technological B.Sc.Dent.)[...]TG81 Literature and Society 1096[...]•• 976 TG91 Social and Technological[...]... . 1078 Zoology IIIM ·-- 1016 TH12 Chemistry[...]TH23 Applied Chemistry II ·-·- ·"·· 1072 TA81 Account[...]... 1037 TH81 Engineering Chemistry and TB03 Building Science HR ......[...]1036 TH83 Process Dynamics and TB22 Tectonics IIB[...] |
 | [...]Page TKOl Engineering Mechanics I ·-- 1053 TU03 Engineering Manag[...]1083 TK02 Engineering Mechanics Il ·-... 1054 TU92 Administration[...]. . 1055 UA69 Honours Music ·-·· 641 TK42 Engineer[...]1083 UM09 Honours Project ..- . 951 TK61 Engineering M[...]UM21 Practical Studies I ··~· ·-·· 948 TK71 Basic Engineering Techniques UM31 Theoretical and Historical (Part Course) .. ... ...... .. .... 1039 Studies I .... - ... .. ._ .. 948 TK81 Basic Engineering Techniques 1047 UM41 Tutorials and Practical TK82 Thermo-Fluid Dynamics I ..[...].. ...... 949 TK83 Electrical and Civil Engineer- UM42 Tutorials and Practical ing S . ... .... .[...]1053 UM43 Tutorials and Practical TK92 Mechanical Design S - .. 1048 Work Ill -- 950 TK93 Mechani[...]1056 UM52 Project IIA -··· 949[...]IIA .. . 1052 UM62 Project IIB ·-· .... .. 949 TL12 Electro[...]eering JIB 1052 UM69 Music in Education 951 TL23 El[...]IIC 1052 UM72 Project IIC - 949 'IL53 Applied[...]1039 UM99 Composition - 951 TM02 Mathema[...]1074 TM12 Mathematics JIB - .. 1040 WA02 Agricul[...]athematics 1087 and Nutrition 532 TM63 Operations Research I ·-- 1087 WA84 Plant Breerung[...]I ... 518 TM92 Statistics _ . ·- .- .. 1086 WB13 Soil Science I[...]1075 WB14 Soil Scien ce II - ... ...... 519[...]B 1084 WE03 Entomology and Plant[...]" 1080 TT13 Metallography IT -·- ...... 1081 WN03 Animal Physiology and TT22 lndustrinl Metnllurgy I[...]1081 WN04 Animal Physiology and TT32 Mineral 1'rocesging I ...... .. .... 1077 Production II . - · ..... . .... 524 TT52 Fluid and Particle Dynamics 1071 WN99[...]ralogy .... .. 1077 and Production ...... .. .. 532 TT63[...]1074 WY89 Hons. Biometry -· 533 1166 |
 | [...]I WB03 518 Biology I - ··· ...... ..... . SZ71[...]RA12 547 Animal Physiology a;:;_d P~-;,d,;~: Building Sci[...]551 AnY::i~1 I Ph:Y~io1om;· W:;d. i>~~d.;-~: WN03 523 Building Science IV[...]TN23 1083 Cnrtogrnphy .• ··- ..... TC92 1045 A[...]Nll62 791 Applied Mathematics III ·- QN03 887 Chcmicnl E[...]TP03 1074 Chcmicnl lustrumcntAtion ~- -.- TH63 1072 Architectural and Free Drawing RA71 546 Chemienl Instrumentation (Po.rt Architectural Design and Plan- Course[...]SC71 702, Ar%ifecJ!'raC:O.;.;iitn and ···p1a;:;:[...]THOl 1070 Architectural Design and Pl,;;:;: Chemistr[...]Chemistry II ( r)~ Phys1cnl -·· ..... . TH02 1071 Architectu[...]1079 Architectural Structures V ·- NC55 556 Children's De[...]TC61 1039 Art History and Appreciation RA81 546 Civil Engineering l ·- NC02 792 Asian[...]TC12 1041 Automatic Control I ..... ····- TE93 1049 Civil Engineeri[...]Civil Engineerln1t me ··- NC34 799[...].... NC89 817 (Part Course) ·- ·-· ·-· TK71 1039 Civil En[...]TC52 1082 Basic Science Techniques --· TH91 1070 Cl[...] |
 | [...]RASO 570 Commercial Law II ··-- EC13 748 Engineer[...]NX52 791 Computer Systems and Engine[...]NX83 811 Conflict of Laws ... ·- ·· LL57 841 En!(inc[...]Engineering Chemistry and Programming) ...... ...... ...... ..... . TM83 1038 Materials -·· -- -- ..... . TH81 1036 Cont[...]TK91 1053 Criminology ... -··· LL87 842[...]TKOl 1053 Data Structures and Data Engin[...]AS TK42 1082 Design and Invention . TG52 109[...]English I -·· AEOl[...]. ...... TG72 1097 English II __ -·· _ -- -·- AE02 605 Developmental[...].... . AY04 660 English III -- ..... . AE03 607 Drama I ...... _ ....• -··· AEll 610 Entomology II ..[...].... ..... . WE04 528 Drama (Tech. and App.Sc.) TG22 1098 Entomology and Plant Pathology WE03 5[...]E Estate and Tax Planning LL05[...]TT72 1077 Econometrics IIIH ·- ·· ...... ..•.. EE8H 744 Extract[...]TT73 1078 Economic and Accounting Analysis EC50 758[...]F Economic Development Studies III .•.• -- . EE73 603 Family Law ... -··· LL17 843 Econo[...]...... ..... . EE6H 743 Farm Prices and Policy ... .. ...... EE63 526 Economic Institutions and Policy EC30 758 Final Profe[...]EE22 738 Part II (M.B., B.S.) ... ··- ·- · MX76 921 Economic Statistics IIA EE32 738 Fluid and Particle Dynamics ••.. TT52 1071 Economic Theory ··- ••.. EE68 745 Forensic Pharmacy and Pharma- Economics I (Engineering) ...[...]EE03 526 French I ·- AFOl 6[...]l 613 Economics of Labour IIIH ·- · EE3H 742 French II[...]AF72 616 Use - - EE43 52[...]G Electrical and Civil Engineer- ing S ... ...... .•...[...]..... NE03 800 General and Dental Histology MA82 7[...]NE13 802 General Geoloiw IR -· .... ...... SGlH 993 Elect[...]NE24 805 Genetics IM •. · ·- ...... ...... SJ8H 704, Elcct[...]SK TE63 1081 Genetics and Human Variation IH SJ7H[...]SGOl 992 Elements of Accounting I --·· ECOl 747 Geol[...] |
 | [...]SG83 991! Classics ... ...... - ··· ...... .. ... . AC99 601 Geo[...]SG73 998 English Language and Literature- Germnn J -··· AGOl 625[...]AE79 612 German IT -- AG02 626 Fina[...]AE99 612 Germon TTA - AG12 629 French Language and Literature AF99 618 G[...]AG87 630 Geography - ··· AJ99 624 Gonnnn DT --· AG03 627 Germ[...]AG99 632 Gcrmnn urn -·- ··- -- AG88 631 History- Germon Li[...]ure TG41 1096 History HIS ·-- AH89 638[...]AC71 593 Latin ··- AC89[...]AY99 655 Greek !ITS -- - ..•.. -- AC78 594 Music- Greek Life nnd Litcrnhiro •... TG32 1098 Music IIIS .. -·· UA68 6[...]SY79 719 Histology and Cell Biology III ...... MA13 972 Dental Health • . DH99[...]SJ69 719 History IB --· AH31 634 Mat[...]NH59 719 History IC - ... AH41 634 Mic[...]DP89 718 History IIIB . - · _ -· ...... AH13 637 Oral Surgery DP79 718 History and Sociology of Science AD50 681 Pa[...]...... WF04 531 Economics B.A. and B.Ec. EE99 746[...]NM99 817 Year . --- SS22 706 Human Physiology (Dentist[...]Applied Mathematics B.A. and B.Sc. .• _,,_ ··-· ..... QN99 889[...]Computing Science B.A. and B.Sc. .• -- ...- QA99 873[...]RS Pure Mathematics B.A. and B.Sc. QM99 888[...]Statistics B.A. and B.Sc. QT99 892 A[...]MA99 932 Animal Husbandry and Nutrition WA79 532 Biochemistry[...]SY89 932 Animal Physiology and Produc- Clinical Scien[...]Music in Education[...] |
 | [...]IA NM03 809 Anatomy and Histology MA79[...]s 1193 1074 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry SC99[...]rmntion Systems ond Dntn Processing llIH --- ..... ...... EC3H 751 Institutionl[...]EE7G 741 l n temnlionn.l Lnw - ·-- LL37 844 Numerical Anal[...]J Obstetrics and Gynaecology ... M075 92[...]AY24 660 Japanese Language and Culture TG42 1098 Old and Middle English II ... AE87[...]LL47 844 Old and Middle Enp;lish III AE88[...]TB82 1045 Oral Surgery and Anaesthesia ... DP15 712[...]S003 988 Latin III . .. ..-.. AC03 592 Org[...]IM S083 988 Law in Relation to Planning RA70 570 Organisation TI1eory and Legal Ethics and Accounts ... LL15 847[...].... AE92 6ll Literature and Society ... TG81 1096 Logic and Argument IH AL2H[...]Pacdi3lrl<!$ ...... ··-· MC75 921[...]Periodontology -··· ...... ...... ·- DH14 709 Macroeconomics IH[...]744 Pluumnceutics II ...... ·-· ...... TF13 1095 Materials Science (T[...]874 Philosophy ...... ....• •.•.. ··- _ TG82 1097 Mathematical Statistics II .- .. QT02 890 Phllo~ophy[...]AL03 643 Mathematics I ···-· QMOl 878 .Phl.losophy ll1B ...... ...... ·-· ... .. AL13 644 Mathematics IA --· TMOl 1039[...]PhiJ'cn1__~d..!.°o~-nni~--·C11.~~s~ Mathematics IB[...]IT A ...... •.••. ..... •••·•• ·-· ...... SC03 985 Mnthemntics JIB _[...]TM13 1040 l IIB -- - ·· -·- _ ·-- __ SC13 985 Mnllicmn tlcs !lM lnthemn[...]TK22 1054 Ph)'sic• l Geography ill -- AJlH 620 Mecl-.[...] |
 | [...]SPOl 1002 Social and Technological History[...].. TG61 1096 Physics HE - TP92[...]SS83 lOll Statistics and Methodology AY54 661 Physiology and Pharmacology ..... TF73[...]TC82 1043 Practical Teaching and[...]TC02 1045 Preventive D~ntlstry -·· ...... DH25 712[...]TC72 1045 Proe<'.$S D>.,lnmies and Con!Tol TH83 1072 S[...]TB21 1036 Programming II - .. TM22[...]TB22 1037 ProgrnmmJng UT - TM23 1[...]UM53 950 Theoretical and Historical Proicct ITTB (B.Mus.) ...... UM63 950 Studies I ·~- ...... ...... UM31[...]. QF03 874 Ps)•chology I ·-- .... .. AYOl 653 Theory and Practice of Town Psycl1ology IT ..... .. .[...]AY23 654 Theory and Practice of Town Psychology and Human[...]TG62 1097 Theory and Practice of Town Psychopathology ..[...]Tutorials and Practical Work I CB.Mus.) - ...... ...... ...... .. .... UM41[...]R Tutorials and Practical Work II[...]AY74 661 CB.Mus.) - · UM43[...]LL67 845 Urban and Regional Planning and Urban Design I[...]s Urban and Regional Pi;;;,ning and Urban Desiiin II RA65 556 Science and Modern Society TG51 1096 Science German ...... ·-··· ...... ..... . AG74 633[...]SZ02 1013 Social and Economic spects of Zoology III -- SZ03 10[...]RA60 570 Zoology IIIE - SZ73 1016 Social and T~c~;:;logJ~~l Hist.;ry[...] |
MD |
UA-00000244 |
0108-0060 |
Contains regulations, schedules and syllabuses for all University of Adelaide undergraduate and postgraduate degree and diploma courses in 1974, and includes rules and timetables. 663pp. Pages are numbered 509 to 1171. Includes various Tables of Subjects, Faculties and Departments, Syllabuses and Options. |
https://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en In Copyright |